B2B Fintech: Payments, Supply Chain Finance & E-Invoicing Guide 2016
Transcript of B2B Fintech: Payments, Supply Chain Finance & E-Invoicing Guide 2016
INSIGHTS INTO THE B2B PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING MARKET
B2B Fintech Payments Supply Chain Finance amp E-Invoicing Guide 2016
Wersquod love if you shared your newfound wisdom with friends
The Guide offers invaluable market insights for professionals in the B2B payments e-invoicing and supply chain finance space
Friso Spinhoven | Senior Manager | Innopay
This guide carefully documented keeps readers informed about the latest developments and opportunities in Fintech B2B payments SCF and e-invoicing
Michiel Steeman | Co-founder | SCF Community
Contact us
EditorsMirela AmarieiTiberiu AvramDaniela CiobanuOana IfrimAnda KaniaEmil JuverdeanuSebastian LupuMadalina MocanuAndreea NitaAdriana ScrepnicMihaela Mihaila
RELEASE VERSION 10MAY 2016 COPYRIGHT copy THE PAYPERS BV ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
TEL +31 20 893 4315 FAX +31 20 658 0671MAIL EDITORTHEPAYPERSCOM
B2B Payments Supply Chain Finance amp E-Invoicing Market Guide 2016
INSIGHTS INTO THE B2B PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING MARKET
3 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | INTRODUCTION
Editorrsquos letterMcKinsey started off its ldquoGlobal Payments 2015 A Healthy
Industry Confronts Disruptionrdquo report by outlining the four
potential disruptions that will alter the payments industry during
the next years First change nonbank digital entrants will
transnotform the customer experience reshaping the payments
and broader financial services landscape The pressure put on
banks caused by technology giants and innovative startups
reaches a whole new dimension And although generally
speaking startups have not been a significant threat to banks in
the past McKinsey believes things will be different this time ldquodue
to the nature of the attackers the prominence of smartphones
as a channel and rapidly evolving customer expectationsrdquo
The second change is reflected in the modernization of domestic
payments infrastructures There are approx 15 countries where
this modernization has already happened and many others plan
to do so in the near future The third trend intently looks at
digitization in transaction banking Retail banking has experienced
impressive progress in payments However the most interesting
transformation is currently happening in the B2B space as you
will discover in this Guide Finally the fourth potential disruption
comes in the form of cross-border payments inefficiencies
These in the minds of innovative companies present themselves
as great opportunities
To these four trends I would add several others that have a
tremendous impact on the overall industry for those already
exploring them For this we looked at how parties are handling
the changes (and challenges) in technology organizational
ownership regulation MampA standardization
bull Technology developing a sense of urgency towards lsquodoing
somethingrsquo with the available financial technology is essential
Fintech is already here so companies must pass the testing
phase towards implementation and solving actual problems
Fintech companies lsquoattack frictionrsquo and leverage innovative
technologies (eg mobile apps application programming
interfaces (APIs) cloud technology crypto technology artificial
intelligence and data analytics) to address convenience user
experience and functionality They also lsquoattackrsquo the limitations
that originate from traditional banking products and services
In the case of blockchain banks actively look for ways to
integrate this technology into their business Yet despite the
efforts of financial institutions to find out how much business
they can gain by adopting blockchain technology it is still not
clear if itrsquos just a(nother) hype or if it corresponds to similar
interest from corporations
Also finally banks amp corporates are starting to make use of their
data and turn that into business profit The financial services
industry is currently facing a wave of entrepreneurial disruption
disintermediation and digital innovation so how to face one
of the potentially biggest challenge ever ndash the information
management
bull Organisational challenges developing a sense of ownership
becomes top priority
Against the historically known rigid organisational structure and
hierarchy banks amp corporations are trying to break down silos
and leverage conversation across departments with the ultimate
result of having lsquoone version of the truthrsquo a lsquosingle agendarsquo a
lsquoplanrsquo More often than ever knowing who owns the final decision
of implementing a (commercial) payments solution or a financing
service emerges as top priority Questions such as ldquoHow to gain
management support for implementing certain programsrdquo
ldquoWho are the relevant stakeholders to make seamless
payments and finance a realityrdquo and ldquoWhat are their role in the
programmerdquo etc are no longer left unanswered
bull Regulation (keeping a watchful eye on regulation amp law is
also crucial but keep in mind that regulation that supports the
growth of your business is already in place
We often hear that regulation should level the playing field for
all market participants If this is really the case find out in this
report Explore the Guide for up-to-date information about
the PSD2 Prompt Payment Code Directive 201455EU for
E-invoicing and Procurement etc
bull MampA (scalecapabilitiesspeeding up innovation) In terms
of value some of the industrys largest deals during 2015
occurred in the payments segment
4 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | INTRODUCTION
The industrys highest value transactions include Global
Payments announced the USD 788 million acquisition of
Heartland Payment Systems a provider of payment processing
services to merchants PayPal acquired Xoom Corporation a
digital money transfer provider Optimal Payments bought Skrill
with USD 12 billion Alibabacom acquired Paytm for USD 680
million BBVA acquired Simple for USD 118 million One of
the most interesting moves however might be MasterCardrsquos
acquisition of VocaLink 13 banks serve as shareholders
for VocaLink which have reportedly approved the deal with
MasterCard to enter into the negotiation stage several media
outlets reported This deal is projected to be worth GBP 1 billion
(roughly USD 14 billion) and would involve the UK`s largest
banks mdash Barclays HSBC Lloyds Banking Group and Royal
Bank of Scotland which collectively own 80 of VocaLink
VocaLink processed 1 billion transactions in 2015 which
amounts to half of all UK payments and also processed 90
of salaries and at least 70 of all household`s bills and state
benefits The reason why MasterCard is interested in VocaLink
is the desire to scale internationally So far MasterCard captures
only 5 of the debit card payments in the UK thus it points to a
desire to compete with Visa abroad
Furthermore in 2015 we have seen a different dynamic in the
incumbents vs fintechs war Payments amp finance service providers
banks and corporations are either investing in fintech players
acquire them partner them or build from scratch labshubs
accelerators to spur innovation (more on this later in the Guide)
bull Optimisation standardization Last but not least itrsquos time to
optimise standardise revise
There is almost a tangible feeling that lsquotime is nowrsquo for revamping
old infrastructure honing processes enhancing operations
perking up data analysis augmenting reporting etc Yoursquove
heard it before certainly but it bears repeating The time for
innovation is now But (sic) not before the industry comes to
terms (literally) regarding what supply chain finance actually
means what is meant by late payment etc
In the first part of the guide we investigate the initiatives in
the field of B2B payments supply chain finance amp e-invoicing
describing various models for digital finance as presented by key
industry players either in the form of an exclusive interview or an
elaborate article
In the second part you can find in-depth company profiles
that map out key players in the global e-invoicing and supply
chain finance space The company profiles section comes with
essential information about markets (target group specialisation
etc) proposition (processes facilitated pricing model solution
description etc) services (dynamic discounting legal compliance
tools AP AR management standards supported) etc
This Market Guide carefully created by The Paypers puts
together the most recent and relevant information in payments
amp finance The guide brings a fresh perspective about the
industry puts in focus the potential impact of the latest industry
developments and opportunities keeping the readers well
informed and always a step ahead
This guide wouldnrsquot exist without all the people who matter most
the authors our media partners and you our faithful reader We
thank you all for your continuous support This report has been
put together with the utmost care If you discover that despite
our efforts it features information that is unclear or erroneous we
very much appreciate your feedback using editorthepaypers
com email address
Mirela Amariei
Senior Editor The Paypers
5 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | TABLE OF CONTENT
Table of contents
37
11
1213
1517
192022
25262830
3233
3637
39
414244
Editorrsquos LetterFour Trends in B2B Payments and Financing Innovation | Mirela Amariei Senior Editor The Paypers
Thought Leadership
B2B paymentsExclusive interview with Andrew P Reid | Managing Director and Head of Cash Management Corporates EMEA Global Transaction Banking Deutsche BankBlockchain in B2B Payments | Enrico Camerinelli Senior Analyst Aite GroupThe Emerging Internet of Payments | Roger Bass Founder CEO and Principal Traxiant
BlockchainB2B Blockchain-based Payments Can it Beat the Banks | Kris Wielens Senior Consultant Orchard FinanceThe Three-Phased Transformation of Supply Chain Finance with Blockchain Technology | Gys Hough Consultant Innopay
Innovation in payments amp bankingExclusive interview with Wim Raymaekers | Head of Banking Market SWIFTExclusive interview with Markus Strauszligfeld | Head of International Cash Management Sales UniCreditMaking One-Click Finance Possible ndash Who Are the Relevant Stakeholders and How They Should Work Together | Susie West CEO and Founder sharedserviceslinkExclusive interview with Marten Nelson | VP Marketing TokenThe Future of Banking Innovation and the Fintech Startups Journey | Falguni Desai Founder amp Managing Director Future Asia Ventures
The power of data amp traceability Track and Trace of Invoices for Working Capital Optimisation | Prof Dr Michael Henke Director Enterprise Logistics Fraunhofer InstituteTurning Financial Messaging Data into Business Profit ndash The New Challenge for Financial Institutions | Andreacute Casterman Chief Marketing Officer INTIX
Commercial paymentsGaining Management Support for Your P-Card Programme | Terri Brustad Manager of Content Services NAPCPCommercial Payments under the Scrutiny of New Technology | Chris Holmes Senior Vice President KAE
6 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | TABLE OF CONTENT
Table of contents
4748
50
52
54
5758
60
63646668
70
72
89
Trade amp finance Financing International Supply Chains An Idea Whose Time Has Come | Alexander R Malaket Deputy Head of the Executive Committee ICC Banking CommissionImproving Access to Finance for SMEs with the Open RFI Project | Matthijs van Bergen Researcher SCF Windesheim amp Steven van der Hooft CEO Capital ChainsIf Supply Chain Finance is Supplier-Centric Financial Supply Chain is Customer-Centric | Magnus Lind Co-Founder The Talent ShowSupply Chain Finance Time for SMEs to Take Position | Anita Gerrits Supply Chain Finance Specialist
E-invoicingCross-border Invoicing ndash The Real Challenge for Multinational Projects | Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz Product DevelopmentManager Comarch EDIWhy lsquoOpenness Should Be The 1 Selection Criteria for Any E-invoicing RFP Process | Jaap Jan Project ManagerSimplerinvoicing
Regulation amp lawPSD2 XS2A ndash a Step Towards Open Banking | Brendan Jones Evolution Payments ConsultingLate Payment ndash A Perspective | Matthew Davies Director of Policy and Communications Asset Based Finance AssociationThe Directive 201455EU for E-invoicing and Procurement How Public Authorities Should Respond | Charles Bryant Secretary General EESPARegulation and Growth in Alternative Finance ndash A Contradiction in the Making | Tony Duggan Founder and Director IAAF
Part 2 ndash Company profiles
Glossary
7 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
4 Trends in B2B Payments and Financing Innovation
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
I lived to see the US electing its first black president I watched
the 2008 financial crisis crushing many dreams I witnessed the
creation of Anonymous and Wikileaks two organisations that
changed the way we the people (and the organisations) carry
ourselves online Blockchain is being built right under my curious
eye by someone whorsquos identity is virtually unknown (or is it)
I am a young business professional curiously watching how
things unfold and change my life and others forever And I have
questions Lots of them What if one day I will be able to make B2B
payments from my mobile phone enjoying the same convenience I
have in my personal life And without any fees And cross-border
Real-time would be nice too Could blockchain help Are the
incumbent players ready to respond to my needsrequirements
What do new companies offer What is the risk working with
them What can help me identify the best solution Where are the
innovations heading What are the use cases for blockchain
In the sea of options here are 4 trends that I picked up and that
will make a dent in my history and that of payments amp financing
innovation
Trend no 1 FintechOne thing I learned while working at The Paypers as an expert on
B2B payments is that I should always ask these three questions
what was what is and what will be And I first looked at the
current payments infrastructure
Intuitively modernizing the internal infrastructure and operations
to meet new payments needs unleashes new market innovations
but the reality is that they ndash both old and new infrastructure ndash will
have to co-exist for a while
But first things first ndash how does the current payments infrastructure
stack up compared to the online sectors For instance in the UK
Fintech sector EY experts believe the entire UK industry currently
generates GBP 20 bn in revenue annually The payments
infrastructure alone accounts for GBP 81 bn while the online
sector for GBP 19 bln The former is dominated by established
players (card schemes issuers processors merchant acquirers
national payment infrastructures) while the latter sees a huge
number of newbies and thus remains largely fragmented
What has changed Everything and nothing at the same time
Some established fintechs are seeking to deliver a step change
in legacy infrastructure and the need for faster payments has
visibly increased in the B2B segment yet Ardent Partners
research still points to ACH commercial cards amp wire transfers
as the fastest growing e-payment methods in 2016
Also if you look at a bankrsquos product portfolio one will discover a
range of solutions in retail private commercial investment and
transacnottion banking along with wealth and asset management
and insurance However if you look at the fintech landscape one
will discover an increasing number of service providers that focus
on improving specific parts of this traditional broad portfolio by
using innovative technology In other words fintechs build and
execute specific parts of the banking value chain better cheaper
and faster than what is currently on offer at banks Cheaper and
faster sound compelling
Investors seem to enjoy the show too Globally investment in
fintech ventures tripled from USD 4 billion in 2013 to USD 12
billion in 2014 with Europe being the fastest growing region in the
world according to a report by Accenture
How banks corporates amp payment schemes react to the inflow of new entrantsMore than 90 of bankers expect that fintech will have a
significant impact on the future landscape of banking Almost a
third believe that fintech will win an equal share or even dominate
the market
Interestingly this yearrsquos Davos event was a lot about financial
technology (compared to previous years when it was much more
about banking) and what industry experts picked up was that
when it comes to big banks and payment schemes they all
consider themselves part of fintech or driving it
8 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
ldquoBiggest Global Banks at Davos Were All Fintech Innovators
Nowrdquo -Bloomberg
The way that is unfolding is that for instance big banks started
to consolidate their position in the fintech world through heavy
investments in startups through acquisition and mergers via
opening innovation labshubs via high-profile partnerships etc
Some examples include JPMorgan Chase and Banco Santander
announced an investment in ex-banker Blythe Mastersrsquo blockchain
startup Deutsche Bank invested in PayPal and OnDeck Bank
of America has a USD 3 billion annual budget for investing in
technology and innovation a figure thats doubled since 2010
Visa has disclosed a 10 stake in the fintech unicorn Square
and alongside Nasdaq Citi and other industry players invested
USD 30 million in Chaincom a blockchain developer platform
that serves an enterprise market
Whatrsquos more all big players ndash banks payments providers card
schemes ndash poured their money into innovation labs hubs
accelerators The highlights of 2015 are as follows Visa Europe
launched Visa Europe Collab its new international innovation
hub and argued that the company is in a unique position to
help innovators develop and scale their ideas MasterCard on
the other hand has selected in February 2016 together with
Silicon Valley Bank four startups to take part in the fourth class
of CommerceInnovated a virtual accelerator designed to help
commerce startups grow their businesses The solutions that will
be built here range from mobile lending to instant authentication
and identity checks As part of the program the startups will
gain access to operational expertise from Silicon Valley Bank
MasterCard and their respective networks
Wells Fargo is committed to ldquohelp innovative entrepreneurs
overcome challenges and seize opportunitiesrdquo with investments
of up to USD 500000 through its Startup Accelerator a program
focused on startups that create solutions for financial institutions
and enterprise customers Since its inception in 2014 the
Wells Fargo Startup Accelerator has received applications from
innovative companies in 23 countries
Peeking through the corporate sector window Future Asia
Ventures talks about 116 corporate accelerators being live
worldwide Europe takes the lionrsquos share with 54 accelerators
mostly based in the UK and Germany however companies are
increasingly launching and adding more accelerators in EMEA
and Asia Pacific locations as well
No matter what the approach is the consensus is that there is
a huge need to reduce costs to align with a digital strategy not
merely upgrade the IT systems
ldquoThe state of corporate banking IT in the digital business world is
precariousrdquo ndash Gartner amp BCSG
Survey data indicates CIOs are underestimating the importance
of digital technology lack adequate staff and resources and are
mostly ignoring nonbank disrupters
Although concerned some banks do not appear to be stepping
up to the challenge A majority of bankers (54) believe that
banks are either ignoring the issue or that they ldquotalk about
disruption but are not making changesrdquo
Make no mistake banks are actively engaged in digitalization
and most firms have an IT strategy that is aligned and integrated
with an attendant technology roadmap for implementing a digital
business However although 62 of institutions reported that
they have already started deploying a digital banking roadmap
only 53 of them have not appointed an executive to define and
lead implementation This suggests several significant road bumps
are likely to appear during the digital transformation journey
Whatrsquos more if you look at the relationship between banks and
corporates things have a different shade of gray In a 2014
report from EY 63 of corporates reported product and service
innovation to be a critical part of their relationship with banks
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
9 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
Yet those respondents suggested that only 40 of banks
have satisfactory performance levels Moreover a more recent
report (September 2015) from Total Solutions and Innopay shows
that only 14 of corporates make use of B2B FinTech solutions
(survey among large corporates in the Netherlands) Another 70
of the corporates are following the B2B fintech market but have
not engaged yet According to the survey the two main reasons
not to engage are a lack of sufficient knowledge about and
insight into the impact of using finTech solutions and concerns
about the continuity of the finTech company Only 125 of the
questioned companies state that they do not want to jeopardise
their bank relation
Trend no 2 Cross-border payments amp B2B commerce80 of cross-border payments revenues are B2B according to
McKinsey Emerging Asian and Eastern European economies are
set to experience the greatest growth
So if the contribution of cross-border payments to total payments
revenue growth will climb from 5 in 2013-2014 to 14 in 2014-
2019 there is money to be made and fintech is the front-runner to
help remove some of the frictions
As nonbank players increasingly encroach on the traditional
cross-border turf of banksmdash moving from consumer-to-consumer
to B2B cross-border paymentsmdashthey will force many banks to
rethink their longstanding approaches to cross-border payments
ndash McKinsey
In this scenario of lsquounbundling of the full-service model of banks
into bits and piecesrsquo the market depicts new names Traxpay
Align Commerce Payoneer Transpay Ripple eeDOCS Earthport
Kontox to name only a few
Good news though major banks around the world take action
to improve the customer experience in cross-border payments
dramatically by signing up to SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation
initiative announced at the end of December 2015 The +45
participating firms include major transaction banks from Europe
Asia Pacific Africa and the Americas
The goal is to enhance cross-border transactions by leveraging
SWIFTrsquos messaging platform and global reach
Trend no 3 BlockchainBlockchain is the technology underpinning Bitcoin and one of its
biggest advantages is that it allows two parties to transact without
making use of a central authority of third party intermediaries
Oversimplifying a bit it removes huge costs and adds transparency
speed and security Ripple Ethereum Monero Lightning Network
Amiko Pay Bitfury and others act as agents of disruption in the
B2B payments world by using blockchain rails
ldquoBanks foresee benefits for corporations by virtue of the
applications running on the blockchain that will ripple down to
the banksrsquo corporate clients Consequently before launching
any blockchain-related program a bank must be very clear and
extremely convincing about what is in it for its corporate clients
- Enrico Camerinelli senior analyst at Aite Group
Other players lsquorewiringrsquo the way payments are processed through
the use of blockchain include GoCoin Blade GemPay Gazeebo
io etc as depicted by William Mougayar author of the book lsquoThe
Business Blockchainrsquo
Trend no 4 Alternative financingAccording to the lsquo2016 UK Alternative Finance Industry Reportrsquo
by Nesta and KPGM the UK online alternative finance industry
grew to GBP 32 billion ndash an 84 increase compared to the GBP
174 billion of 2014 In 2015 almost 20000 British SMEs raised
alternative finance through online channels receiving GBP 22
billion in business funding The online alternative finance industry
is pushing the needle of market growth business models public
awareness corporate partnerships institutional funding product
innovation international expansion as well as further regulatory
support and policy acceptance
Among all models peer-to-peer business lending and invoice
trading are the largest models by volume of the UK online
alternative finance market
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
10
Share this story
B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
In total nearly GBP 149 billion was lent to SMEs in the UK
(a 99 year-on-year growth rate and 194 average growth rate
between 2013 and 2015)
Interestingly enough innovative corporate partnerships are
being forged between alternative finance platforms with the likes
of Virgin Amazon Uber Sage and KPMG This has certainly
pushed boundaries ndash merging the traditional corporate world
with the disruptive models of alternative finance
Invoice trading the second highest model continues to be a
popular financing tool for small and medium-sized enterprises
wanting to trade their invoices or receivables at a discount
in exchange for the speedy procurement of working capital
However while the GBP 270 million market size in 2014 grew by
178 compared to 2013 growth from 2014 ndash 2015 was more
modest with a 20 growth rate to GBP 325 million
Zooming in on the strategies banks (and alternative finance
providers for that matter) use to better position themselves we
identify a lot of partnerships Banks teaming up with online lenders
This is a different dynamic ndash instead of trying to displace banks
online lenders decided to strike partnerships For instance On
Deck teamed up with JP Morgan Chase and said it will help speed
up the process of offering small business loans to the banks 4
million customers Lending Club another online lender tied-up
with Citi Moven partnered marketplace lender CommonBond
In a game of tongue twisters American Banker said that fintechs
team up to become more like a bank I would argue that banks
team up with fintechs to become more like a fintech
Also another question arises what if a corporate want to expand
into more countries That may mean to establish a physical
presence in each location that is relevant to their client Could
banks satisfy that need too
The industry is dynamic and some companies leapfrogged some
steps but although the developments are innovative and exciting
the road ahead is paved with many bumps
About Mirela Amariei Crafting large-scale industry reports carrying out interviews and writing about innovation in payments and fintech are Mirelarsquos daily treats As the Senior Editor at The Paypers she speaks frequently with key thoughts leaders to identify trends and trendsetters She can be reached at mirelathepayperscom and via Linkedin wwwlinkedincominamarieim
About The Paypers The Paypers is the leading source of news and intelligence for professionals in the payment community worldwide Our products are aimed at merchants payment services providers processors financial institutions start-ups technology vendors and payment professionals and have a special focus on all major trends and developments in payments-related industries including online and mobile payments and banking ecommerce e-invoicing supply chain finance web fraud amp security and many others
wwwthepayperscom
Mirela Amariei
Senior EditorThe Paypers
Thought Leadership Section
B2B Payments
13 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B payment innovation the beginning of exciting times
Deutsche Bank
Why should banks and corporates invest in real-time payments For corporates the benefits stem from the capability for executing
time-sensitive transactions ndash such as High-Value critical vendor
or MampA-related payments ndash while receiving close-to-immediate
proof of execution instead of waiting for the specific entry to be
documented by standard intraday reporting
For banks to serve client needs they need to be involved in these
developments which is why Deutsche Bank and others are helping
develop a Pan-European Instant Payment Solution For large
banks involvement in establishing such future paymentcollection
platforms is a revenue loss avoidance tactic rather than a
profit creation one as they will otherwise lose market share to
disruptors And while urgent payments can currently be more
expensive there may be a regulatory push for banks to provide
real-time payments with no extra charges in the near future
What are the benefits and challenges of implementing pay-on-behalf-ofcollect-on-behalf-of structuresPOBOCOBO structures help corporates consolidate cash
flows and rationalise account structures as well as increasing
purchasing power when negotiating cash management terms
with banks POBOCOBO simplifies liquidity management as
cash is centralised through domestic and cross-border cash
concentration It also allows for streamlined cash management
activities across subsidiaries as payments and receivables
are bundled in one place (such as a Shared Service Centre)
for execution out of the central account Improving cash and
liquidity management in these ways reduces credit need and the
operational burden on subsidiaries
Deutsche Bankrsquos experience and feasibility studies on POBO
COBO in Europe over the past four years have shown four kinds
of challenges market-specific practices and legal tax and
operational considerations In addition POBOCOBO structures
differ in the status of the underlying account For POBO the
ordering account can be a normal operating account in most
jurisdictions but since funds collected within COBO structures
often relate to different legal entities the underlying account is
often considered a trust account This has further implications
For instance depending on regional Anti-Money Laundering laws
an account can contain either own funds of the account holder
or funds that belong to third parties (trust accounts) ndash not both
That in turn may require corporates to separate some incoming
transaction flows from the entities flowsrsquo part of the on-behalf-of
structure
What main friction points in B2B cross-border payments will disappear in the next five yearsDevelopments driven by regulatory change or facilitated by
technology and solution-based improvements will ultimately
allow for more frictionless and cost-effective transaction
processing For example the Payment Services Directive (to be
updated soon by PSD-2) affected cut-off times and value-dating
habits and a shift will likely take place in this area to align cross-
border payments in different currencies with the same value-
dating as SEPA payments
Similarly currency payments will likely become easier thanks
to automated conversion services such as Deutsche Bankrsquos
FX4Cash which offers client ease-of-use real-time FX rates
and enhanced transaction data And solutions such as Virtual
Accounts will improve reconciliation and accounting (through the
rationalisation of physical bank accounts across a region)
Retail banking has experienced futuristic leaps in the payments space ndash now is the time for the same level of transformation and convenience in the B2B space
The industry is poised to apply such innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration will this be possible
14 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What bank-core competencies foster innovation and growth through fintech partnerships in the B2B payments space We have witnessed the effects of the first wave of digitalisation
on daily activities particularly through smart devices and apps
Peer-to-peer and C2B processes have already experienced
radical transformation and the industry is poised to apply such
innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration
between incumbents and new players will this be possible
Fintechs have the technical skills and understanding of consumer
behaviour fail-friendly mindset and regulatory freedom to be
innovative ndash but in an increasingly competitive landscape that
will see market consolidation over coming years they need more
than that to survive Banks conversely experience internal and
external obstacles to innovating independently including legacy
systems internal siloes a cautious culture and tighter regulatory
restrictions But by offering the strength of their established
reputation global infrastructure existing client-base and expertise
regarding risk regulation and treasury needs banks can support
fintech growth bring new products to market through such
strategic alliances and successfully scale-up new offerings
What are the Bankrsquos plans for blockchainDistributed Ledger Technology is not new but interest around its
potential applications is rising and opportunities for blockchain
ndash from fraud prevention and risk reduction to quicker and more
transparent payment flows ndash cannot be ignored We are at the
beginning of the blockchain journey and the ways it will change
business models processes and ecosystems are yet to be
seen but we predict immense potential up and down the value-
chain Participants ndash for example it was one of the first banks to
test smart contracts for corporate bonds which was conducted
in-house in collaboration with the DB Labs Deutsche Bank
recently opened innovation labs in London and Berlin with a third
just opened in Silicon Valley which will help the Bank best utilise
new technologies and deepen relationships with start-ups In a
decade there will be myriad different blockchain technologies and
interoperability will be crucial The Bank is an initial driving member
of blockchain consortium R3 CEV and participated in trials of five
distinct blockchain technologies with other member banks
About Andrew Reid Appointed to his current role in 2013 Andrew has been with the Bank for 17 years within corporate cash management and trade finance Andrew supports and advises clients in adapting to the new regulatory environment and optimising their treasury operations
About Deutsche Bank Deutsche Bank provides commercial and investment banking retai l banking transaction banking and asset and wealth management products and services to corporations governments institutional investors businesses and private individuals Deutsche Bank is Germanyrsquos leading bank with a strong position in Europe and a significant presence in the Americas and Asia Pacific
gtbdbcom
Andrew P Reid
Managing Director and Head of Cash Management Corporates EMEA Global Transaction Banking
Deutsche Bank
15 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Blockchain In B2B Payments
Aite Group
Financial institutions are spending time and resources to find
out how much business they can gain by adopting blockchain
technology This hype on the bank side does not correspond
to similar interest from corporations nor itrsquos clear whether
blockchain technology creates similar business opportunities
for each side Yet a significant roadblock must be removed
That is the extremely poor understanding corporate people
have about blockchain In a January 2016 survey 95 corporate
executivesmdash66 of whom were supply chain and treasury
managers with the remaining coming from IT legal and salesmdash
were asked if they were familiar at all with the term ldquoblockchainrdquo
Over 80 answered ldquonordquo The first step of the journey is thus to
align on terms and definitions Consider blockchain as a ldquosecured
spreadsheetrdquo that sits in the cloud that multiple parties can review
Each of the transactions that are a part of it is guaranteed by a
set of cryptographic keys and all transactions are stored in one
database The blockchain is essentially an enormous database
that runs across a global network of independent computers
Main characteristics of blockchainIrrevocability There is an irrevocable trail (ie time-stamping)
of all the transactions that have ever been made which makes
attempts at hacking or fraud unsuccessful
Title transfer It allows property whose ownership is controlled
via the blockchain (ie physical property such as cars phones
or houses)
Distributed The ledger represents the truth because mass
collaboration constantly reconciles without having the need to
trust because thatrsquos built into the mechanism
Smart contracts Perhaps the most relevant blockchain feature
smart contracts are self-executing contractual states stored on
the blockchain which nobody controls and therefore everyone
can trust The code can control and restrict how the data is
accessed and used
Where do we go from hereA bitcoin that transfers ownership of title of a crypto-currency
can be applied between two parties that exchange goods for
money in business-to-business (B2B) transactions B2B partners
would best benefit from blockchain-based applications in the
increasingly global B2B payments There are complexities with
foreign payments that are not experienced in domestic payments
such as foreign exchange value-added taxes in certain countries
interfaces with many clearing and settlement networks and
the need to understand and apply specific country laws with
regard to payments processing Knowledge about the status of
payments can be even more important than settling the payment
itself The status of payments may affect the ability of a buyer
to make a purchase from a seller depending on the amount of
credit extended by the seller to the purchaser It may also impact
future pricing provided by the seller to a buyer For time-critical
payments knowing the location of a particular transaction in the
payment process allows the payer to take action if the payment is
delayed The more corporate treasurers know about outgoing and
incoming payments the better their cash forecasts
Blockchain and B2B paymentsThis article examines which blockchain drivers best apply to
current B2B payment process elements and intermediaries
ndash eg banks network providers clearing and settlement
structures Rather than revolutionary the analysis determines
how blockchain supports improves and- eventually- replaces
current B2B payments processes (see Figure 1)
Figure 1 Blockchain Features Applied to B2B Payment Process Elements
Source Aite Group
16 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
When paying the supplier the buyer issues a payment
instruction from its accounts payable to the bank This initiates
the transfer of title of currency and a time-stamp makes the
transaction irrevocable The intermediary bank may enjoy
blockchainrsquos irrevocability and title transfer to secure the
uniqueness and traceability of the transactions underpinning
the cash transfer The distributed nature of the blockchain
ledger avoids any delayed centralized control of AML screening
checking of availability of funds and clearing billing and
reporting activities All executed operations are validated within
The ledger offers the extra capability to the bank to swiftly handle
format translations from the clientrsquos accounting system A smart
contract on the blockchain provides the bank with the capability
to charge transparent and auditable service fees
The distributed ledger operates as the connectivity software
that the clearing network provides to all trading parties and
intermediaries The network is also capable of offering time-
stamping services as well as detect transactions that may trigger
the execution of smart contract applications Format translations
can be easily offered as a value added service
The beneficiary bank receives notice of an irrevocable transfer of
cash title that the distributed ledger renders valid and immediately
executable The ledger also streamlines all necessary account
management verifications to validate the payment data The sellerrsquos
account is immediately credited and all subsequent regulatory
and accounting reporting is made auditable and irrevocable
Bank services can be charged via smart contract applications
agreed between the parties The blockchain enables the seller-
ie the B2B payment receiving party- to update the accounts
receivable database with a payment confirmation that becomes
an auditable transaction
Blockchain is certainly not the panacea for all problems but the
frequency of applied features to the B2B payment processes
tells however that all parties involved could strongly benefit
from this technology without the need for anyone to be removed
About Enrico Camerinelli Enrico Camerinelli is a senior analyst at Aite Group specializing in wholesale banking cash and trade finance and payments He brings a strong European focus to Aite Grouprsquos Wholesale Banking practice Mr Camerinelli has been widely quoted by publications ranging from American Banker to the Financial Times
About Aite Group Aite Group is an independent research and advisory firm focused on business technology and regulatory issues and their impact on the financial services industry With expertise in banking payments wealth management capital markets and insurance Aite Groups analysts work with clients as partner advisor and catalyst
wwwaitegroupcom
Enrico Camerinelli
senior analystAite Group
17 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Emerging Internet of Payments
Traxiant
New offerings have been proliferating in B2B payments not
to mention financing solutions of various kinds Their growth
however and the shift from paper to electronic has long been
stymied by a lack of interoperability Most industry actors see the
need for an industry-scale solution to this problem and believe it
will happen eventually But fewer are clear on the path to get there
In the USD 700 trillion of B2B payments globally connecting
the many buyers sellers and providers of payments financing
and software solutions might seem an impossible task And
yet we have the example of the Internet A framework for
such payments interoperability would also almost inevitably be
standards-based and global So itrsquos reasonable to use the term
the ldquoInternet of Paymentsrdquo (ldquoIoPrdquo) to talk about this The naming
of such a phenomenon however is of course less important
than questions such as ldquowhetherrdquo ldquowhatrdquo ldquohowrdquo and ldquowhenrdquo
Unlike most industry actors we believe that the conditions for
the IoP to emerge have recently been falling into place Tactical
business needs are aligning with cloud-based technology
platforms and solution options And alignment with standards
frameworks notably around ISO 20022 offers the potential for
faster and wider scaling of such solutions with lower investment
The payments solutions that account for most B2B volume
today such as cheque and ACH are commoditized Their
transaction revenue models donrsquot support much investment
in next-generation solutions Basis point revenue streams
from receivablestrade financing forex and card models by
contrast can support such investments Buyers nowadays donrsquot
pay much for those services most rather expect to receive
discounts or rebate payments Thus a critical driver of revenue
in such businesses is the ability to get suppliers enrolled and
agreeing to pay the relevant fees This supplier onboarding
process is invariably hard work especially as you get further
out on the ldquolong tailrdquo Most new ldquosolutionsrdquo being promoted to
suppliers offer benefits of earlier or faster payment But they are
from the supplierrsquos perspective typically exception processes
and thus value-subtracting
Among enterprise buyers card e-payables and global payments
solutions are now relatively widely adopted ndash as indeed are
supplier networks Increasing competition from financial
institutions but also fintech players makes it ever more important
that providers optimise for adoption and value also on the
supplier side of the equation Strategically the requirement here
is for an extensible standards framework and platform that can
connect suppliers globally across both commodity payment and
value-added trade and financing scenarios
Tactical solutions however are also needed more narrowly
focused but aligned with the larger strategic goals One essential
element of such tactical solutions is enabling suppliers to
connect using their existing payments and software solutions
For ldquolong tailrdquo suppliers their ability to do so via a low friction
ldquoconsumerizedrdquo experience will also matter In recent years
cloud solutions and APIs to enable this have become available
for some widely-used financial solutions No silver bullet will
work for every supplier instantly And yet solving the problem for
supplier systems one by one is clearly an approach that wonrsquot
scale However by aligning with ndash and shaping ndash a standards-
based IoP framework early movers can start to build network
effects that do scale Proprietary network effects can and will
drive competitive advantage especially for early movers even
when built on top of standards A broader network effect will
come from the technical openness of the growing IoP ecosystem
As that happens industry actors of all kinds will invest in
solutions based on IoP standards so as to get connected
18 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
No discussion of B2B payments futures would be complete
without touching on the blockchain Such solutions seem likely
to play an important role How the various ldquonot-Bitcoinsrdquo with
their technical and regulatory benefits will fare against Bitcoin
itself remains unclear Standards such as the ldquoInterledger
Protocolrdquo could play a role perhaps enabling an ldquoInternet of
Valuerdquo layer for the IoP That said in global B2B payments
the ldquochicken-and-eggrdquo challenges that are inherent in any
new network technology clearly exist Blockchain adoption as
a purely ldquoback officerdquo or inter-bank technology seems likely
to happen first within narrowly-defined early use cases and
communities Adding value to pre-existing end-user (buyer-
seller) interactions like Skype did may be one plausible early
adoption scenario ldquoPiggy-backingrdquo on another network layer or
use case like Paypalrsquos initial use for eBay payments is another
way to think about this Combining all of these may work best
end user demand can be effective in driving adoption by solution
providers notably banks in this case
An Internet of Payments as it emerges will reshape the B2B
payments industry and much more besides It will likely develop
quite suddenly as a mass phenomenon much like the Internet in
the mid-nineties It will create winners and losers Those who move
early to test learn and shape the emerging Internet of Payments
ecosystem and framework will be best positioned to win
About Roger Bass Roger Bass is Founder CEO and Principal of Traxiant Previously with Intuit for eleven years he recently led a Network Payments initiative Other instrumental roles included the launch of Intuitrsquos European operations first online banking solution SMB Internet group and the QuickBooks platform Reach out via rogertraxiantcom
About Traxiant Traxiant provides software and consulting solutions to help financial and technology providers grow their B2B Payments and Financing solutions and profit from the Internet of Payments Solutions and areas of expertise include card e-payables global payments receivables financing and supplier networks
wwwtraxiantcom
Roger Bass
CEO and PrincipalTraxiant
Blockchain
20 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B Blockchain-based Payments Can it Beat the Banks
Orchard Finance
For those interested in Supply Chain FinanceTrade Finance
there is an increasing amount of articles about blockchain
For those who are not yet familiar with this term it is the
underlying technology behind Bitcoin The starting point for this
technology was to allow two parties to transfer a token of value
(Bitcoin) from one to another in a cheap reliable and fast way
Three main criteria for it are the two parties can be anywhere in
the world there should not be a central authority processing a
transaction and the same token (Bitcoin) cannot be spent more
than once
To meet all these criteria the solution proved to be a distributed
ledger containing all transactions visible for all participants in
the network A transaction is approved by consensus which is
reached by cryptographic encryption This technology is called
blockchain Many articles about blockchain are focused on the
way it works (hence are very technical) but because of the
complex terminology being used it causes more confusion than
clarity Perhaps the authors of these articles have been inspired
by former American president Harry S Truman when he said lsquoIf
you canrsquot convince them confuse themrsquo
Instead of focusing on the technology it is far more interesting to
understand what it can do for businesses The technology itself
is very powerful and it has the potential to radically transform
how businesses work and how payments are done If a Bitcoin
can be transferred in such a cheap fast reliable manner why
not a Euro or a Dollar
The current situation of a lsquoreal-time paymentrsquo is still depending on
cut off times of banks The party that initiates the payment sees
the amount deducted from their bank balance then the receiver
will get the amount some time later Depending on the sending
and receiving bank this can range from a couple of hours up to
a couple of days What happens is that the bank of the sender
updates its ledger (the bank balance of the sender) sends the
transaction via (most likely) the SWIFT network to the receiving
bank Afterwards the receiving bank receives the transaction
and updates its ledger (the bank balance of the receiver)
Blockchain payments how real-time are theyAs said before blockchain is a distributed ledger a shared
database All parties involved have access to this database
thus the participants that are allowed to participate see the
same version of the truth This means that if one party wants to
send a token of value to another party it updates the distributed
ledger When this update is agreed by the participants the lsquonewrsquo
state of the ledger is accepted With Bitcoin the acceptance
is done by miners validating the transaction via sophisticated
cryptographic encryption A transaction is fully validated in
approximately 8 minutes
The Bitcoin blockchain is a well-developed network with many
miners that can vet a transaction This Bitcoin blockchain
however might not be the best blockchain for B2B payments
There are providers in the market that are building new types
of blockchains that are specifically developed to facilitate
payments within a Supply Chain This means that payments
can be done real-time worldwide at low cost Next to the fast
low-cost payment processing there is another interesting aspect
to blockchain-based payments By using so-called lsquosmart
contractsrsquo payments can be made conditional
There are a wide array of situations this can be applied to
bull A payment can be executed in case certain criteria are met
For example a container with bananas arrives in the Port of
Rotterdam at an agreed time and by using special scanning
equipment the quality and quantity are checked and approved
When these criteria are met a payment is executed automatically
bull A budget can be allocated and this budget can only be spent
on predefined parties For instance a government provides
a rental allowance for individuals with a minimum income
This allowance can only be spent at a pre-approved landlord
In case it is not used before a certain moment in time the
allowance is cancelled
21 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Various parties in a supply chain can all be paid when the end
consumer purchases the product For example a consumer
buys a song online At the moment of purchase the amount
paid is distributed amongst the band the producer the studio
and the record label All parties are rewarded based on their
added value
Blockchain-based payments open up many possibilities
Not only is it possible to trade easier and cheaper but also
payments can be made smarter Banks are particularly interested
in this new technology and are closely investigating the potential
it may offer to them It is exciting times for banks and payment
institutions as with blockchain the real disruption is knocking
on the door The disruption here is not that things are done a
bit smarter more efficient or faster The disruption in payments
is that there is technology available that makes banks PSPs
credit card companies redundant Cutting out these middlemen
by making use of technology that provides the same trust and
robustness (or perhaps even more) will increase the speed of
payments increase the possibility to trade with each other while
significantly reducing costs
About Kris Wielens Kris Wielens is Senior Consultant with Orchard Finance He has more than a decade experience is (corporate) payments with various fims He has been active as Head of Strategic Partnerships EMEA Business Development Manager Sales Manager and Credit Analyst
About Orchard Finance Orchard Finance is a leading independent consultancy and staffing company specialized in the areas of Finance and Treasury Tailoring to our clients we offer advisory services project management and staff ing support Our professionals have a long standing reputation based on operational and project experience in banking corporate finance and treasury management amp control
wwworchardfinancecom
Kris Wielens
Senior ConsultantOrchard Finance
22 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Three-Phased Transformation of Supply Chain Finance with Blockchain Technology
Innopay
At Innopay we saw the early discussions around Bitcoin in 2010
transforming into a discussion about blockchain technology
by 2015 When blockchain was eventually seen as a promising
technology the discussions transformed to ldquoSo where can we
use itrdquo Although many contexts for the usage of blockchain
concepts have been discussed this article specifically discusses
the use of blockchain concepts as a transformative force in
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) SCF as we broadly define it is the
management of financial flows in the supply chain which includes
financial processes (transaction processes data processing
invoice matching etc) and SC financing techniques
We believe blockchain concepts could fundamentally change
how we organise SCF in the nearby future but it will take time
before involved stakeholders will have gained the desired
level of common understanding needed to make it a reality
The fundamental reason behind this is that the benefits of
blockchain only get realised within the context of a network and
the level of usage of a technology within a network is largely
dependent on usersrsquo collective level of understanding
We predict that the collective understanding comes in phases (as
it is currently unfolding in the banking and insurance industries)
namely shared database transactional network and automatable
transactional network This development of the collective
understanding provides a tidy framework in which we can
describe the abovementioned transformation of SCF
Phase 1 Setting up shared databases (0-3 years)One of the fundamental e-business process challenges has
always been how do companies cross each otherrsquos organisational
boundaries to allow a secure dependable and synchronised flow
of goods and transactional data The most logical means would
be by using a shared database Currently blockchain technology
is the de facto instrument for shared database where all the
involved parties can read and write on the database while the
state of the database can be trusted without the involvement of
intermediaries As the communal understanding ndash and subsequent
use ndash of blockchain as a shared database gains traction within the
context of SCF we will see fundamental improvements in essential
processes such as
bull Synchronising processes
bull Harmonised naming and numbering conventions
bull Deducing the current state of invoices
bull Invoice double spending when it comes to financing
bull Insight into goods flows (ownership and arrivals)
bull Less administrative steps for goods receipt to activate invoice
sending and subsequent payout
bull Cheap and transparent dispute resolution
Phase 2 Transactional network (3-5 years)In the development of an understanding of blockchain technology
the knowledge that a transaction is nothing more or nothing less
than an accepted change to a database is an essential step
Although this insight may sound straightforward it is counterintuitive
based on the ubiquitousness of the traditional banking payment
and escrow services for transactions in SCF Their role is seldom
questioned or re-examined As soon as this insight becomes
common knowledge the potential of blockchain technologies
within transactions for both financial and ownership of goods
purposes will be understood at a more innovative level
With blockchain-based transactional networks any type of
transaction can be directly executed without the need for third
parties As soon as this functionality becomes part of the collective
understanding of the SCF community the community can take
advantage of this by reducing complexity by coordinating
financial information monetary flows and goods movements into
one transactional network
Currently transactional complexity and challenges surrounding
the coordination of different transactional flows are limiting
scalability and international breadth of SCF networks Blockchain
technology can provide elegant solutions to these impediments
and unlock value at an international level by further linking small
SMEs to global corporates and financiers
23 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Phase 3 Automatable transactional network (5-7 years)As soon as the SCF community gains communal understanding
of blockchain as a transactional network then the next natural
line of inquiry could be the nature of transaction initiation During
this inquiry the following components of blockchain technology
will be discovered and the third phase might commence
bull Multi-signature capability ndash a means of separate entities to
safely and securely state whether an event took place or not
bull Smart contracts ndash agreements that automatically execute the
change of ownership of funds or goods based on whether an
event took place or not
bull Cryptocurrencies ndash a set of tokens of a variable but crypto-
graphi cally verifiable amount which is used for efficient value
transfers
By means of combining multi-signature and smart contracts with
existing e-mandates or cryptocurrencies the automatic payment
of invoice amounts or other types of collateral could be initiated
and executed instantaneously and automatically This will open
the path towards an international SCF network that automatically
creates investment grade financial instruments as a seamless
part of the supply chain process
ConclusionAlthough history shows us that we can only have so much
foresight we see a clear match between the features of blockchain
concepts and SCF we believe that at some point blockchain will
be a prominent part of SCF The speed at which SCF will evolve
and innovate will depend on the creativity of its stakeholders
and how fast the common understanding on how to use the
technology will develop Seeing that blockchain technology has
something compelling to offer at each phase of understanding we
see rapid developments taking place sooner than later
About Gys Hough Gys Hough follows the develop-ment of blockchain concepts since 2012 and was involved in shaping several business ideas based on blockchain concepts in the field He is also involved in the facilitation of various discussions surrounding blockchain applications in the financial industry
About Innopay Innopay is an independent consulting company specialised in online payments digital identity and e-business We help our clients including financial institutions governments and corporates to develop the compelling strategies and digital services for consumers and companies that are key for successful competition in a rapidly digitising world
wwwinnopaycom
Gys Hough
ConsultantInnopay
Innovation In Payments amp Banking
26 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
SWIFT
Launched in December 2015 to much anticipation in the industry
the initiative has received strong backing with more than 50
leading banks already signed up The Paypers spoke to Wim
Raymaekers SWIFTrsquos Head of Banking Market and programme
manager of the global payments innovation initiative to find out
more about this exciting move
We often hear that B2B payments are opaque complex and risky Why do you think that is and where do you think that improvements can be madeYes currently when a corporate treasurer sends a request
for a cross-border transaction to his bank he typically has no
sight on what actually happens with that demand They often
liken this to a lsquoblack holersquo saying they have no view on when
payments occur or their final costs This can lead to problems
with suppliers or end-customers not to mention increasing
financial risks resulting from payment delays or non-compliance
with regulatory requirements
I think improvements can be made in three main areas firstly
the speed of payments corporates want fastest payments so
banks need to be able to guarantee that they are made within
certain timeframe Secondly corporates want to know the
exact payment amount that will reach their counterparty ndash here
banks need to provide transparency on the fees involved and
the amount credited to the creditor And thirdly they want to
be able to track payments banks need to let corporates know
when payments have been initiated and credited to the creditors
account to avoid delays in the supply chain or frictions between
supplier and seller
What are the opportunities for a corporate to leap forward through the use of the cross-border payment industryCorporates are not in the business of payments they just want
to buy and sell Yet they do have to manage their treasury to
make those payments ndash so a better faster more transparent
payment solution is important to them On top of that having
a good payment infrastructure benefits your supply chain
Because if the money does not get to the supplier in time the
credit line will go up causing delays on all fronts So the better
your payment infrastructure is the stronger and more reliable
your supply chain is
Designed for the corporate treasurer SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation initiative offers an ambitious roadmap for reinventing the correspondent banking model as we know it today With ever increasing competition from new entrants offering same-day or even real-time payment facilities SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
Correspondent banking rejuvenated
SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
27 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What can you tell us about the global payments innovation initiative (gpii) and what are SWIFTrsquos plans in regard to this initiativeAs part of the initiative SWIFT is working in close collaboration
with the largest transactions banks in the world to enhance
their corporate customersrsquo cross-border payment experience
Together we will strive to provide a faster service with upfront
clarity on costs confirmation of delivery and richer remittance
information data
We are now working together with the banks to commonly
agree service level agreements (SLAs) to which all the initiative
member banks must comply The new service will be designed
to address end-customer needs without compromising banks
abilities to meet their compliance obligations market credit and
liquidity risk requirements
What is the role of blockchain in this initiativeSWIFT is devoting significant resources to instigate the
opportunities and challenges of deploying blockchain and
distributed ledger technologies more broadly on our platform
While the initiative aims to first make improvements based on the
existing infrastructures in parallel we are building a gpii vision
for cross-border payments This will set out how we will adopt
new technologies in order to ensure corporate customers receive
the best possible payments experience in the near future
Wim Raymaekers
Head of Banking MarketSWIFT
About Wim Raymaekers Wim Raymaekers leads SWIFTrsquos banking initiatives worldwide and is responsible for developing and driving value propositions across the banking community In this capacity Wimrsquos mission is to help banks grow their business particularly in view of changing customer and market requirements
About SWIFT SWIFT is a global member-owned cooperative and the worldrsquos leading provider of secure financial messaging services We provide our community with a platform for messaging and standards for communicating and we offer products and services to facilitate access and integration identification analysis and financial crime compliance
wwwswiftcom
28 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Moving payments into the digital era
UniCredit
Which are UniCreditrsquos strategies to remain competitive in the B2B cross-border payments spaceUniCredit is taking a number of steps to ensure that it offers a highly
competitive portfolio of payments services including a number of
tools for simplifying cross-border transactions
In particular UniCredit has invested considerably in the
Bank Payment Obligation (BPO) ndash a settlement tool which
enables firms to execute secure transactions mediated by
partner banks through a quick and efficient digital process
When carried out properly BPOs combine the risk mitigation and
financing advantages of Letters of Credit (LCs) with the digital
speed of open account settlement This makes them particularly
advantageous for cross-border transactions ndash especially with
unfamiliar counterparties or those concentrated in a particular
region or industry Thanks to bank mediation the risk of non-
payment in such cases is drastically reduced ndash allowing firms
to take on more business and sell their receivables more easily
UniCredit has worked hard to bring these benefits to clients in
the most efficient and convenient format possible ndash offering vast
improvements on LC processing times which are only set to
increase once the process is fully digitalized This principle of
fully digitalized processes is also reflected in UniCreditrsquos virtual
accounts services which enable clients to consolidate their
bank accounts in a given currency into a single ldquoparentrdquo account
This can then be divided internally into as many ldquovirtualrdquo
accounts as required ndash with each account given its own allocated
funds account number and permissions Already available
for affiliatesrsquo incoming and outgoing transactions in nearly 50
countries including the SEPA zone and six CEE markets this
system generates huge benefits to efficiency scalability and
transparency ndash eliminating the need for cash pooling expediting
the process of opening and closing accounts and providing a
comprehensive overview of cash flows without sacrificing detail
Going forward UniCredit intends to remain at the cutting edge
of B2B cross-border payments with new initiatives such as the
integration of big-data analytics into existing payments services
ndash offering clients insights based on payments data and other
relevant information
With increased customer demand to install real-time payment infrastructures what trends do you see happening right nowThe demand for instant payments is part of a wider trend towards
greater speed and efficiency in the industry This is particularly
notable in ecommerce where firms are looking to provide
increasingly rapid delivery services ndash with next-day and even
same-day delivery now possible The use of digital technology to
expedite routine processes is becoming more and more prevalent
with clients increasingly basing their expectations on their
experiences in the retail sector UniCredit is keen to play its part
in this development and is already implementing real-time rates
for instant payments ndash including for cross-border transactions ndash
ahead of the November 2017 implementation date
How has UniCredit adapted to the digitalisation of the transaction banking industryUniCredit has established itself as a frontrunner in the
development of key advances such as the BPO and virtual
accounts and continues to search for new and innovative ways
to leverage technology for the benefit of its clients To this end
it has taken a number of steps to ensure continued innovation
ndash with product development teams harnessing the expertise of
traditional banking experts and technology specialists along
with a wide range of external perspectives
This has already seen blockchain technology become a reality
for custody services clients while virtual accounts technology
is being supplemented by CAMT messages ndash enhancing
standardisation even beyond the SEPA zone with automated
reconciliation between banks and corporates
The field of payments is undergoing a period of transformation as digitalisation paves the way for greater speed and efficiency
29 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
UniCredit has also adopted a more holistic client interface
including its IT solutions provider in client meetings This enables
UniCredit to adapt its solutions to clientsrsquo individual technological
requirements rather than expecting them to adapt to accommo-
date the solution
How do you support your CEE-based clients in their efforts to optimise working capitalUniCredit offers its CEE-based clients a full range of support for
their working capital optimisation programmes ndash having been the
first in Russia Bulgaria and Croatia to offer classic services such
as cross-border cash pooling UniCredit also offers unrivalled
BPO coverage with the instrument already available in Bulgaria
and Romania In terms of approach we encourage firms to avoid
the lsquosilorsquo mindset of asking how they can benefit from individual
tools such as receivables finance or approved payables finance
ndash instead promoting a focus on overarching short- mid- and
long-term goals Mostly it turns out that short-term liquidity
generation is not corporatesrsquo main concern ndash especially given the
abundance of liquidity in todayrsquos market Other factors however
such as risk mitigation supply-chain stability and balance-sheet
optimisation almost always figure in their plans ndash demanding
a holistic programme for working capital optimisation This of
course also means being prepared for the eventuality of liquidity
suddenly or gradually drying up
In the face of fintech disruption which areas can banks capitalise onFintech companies certainly bring new impulses to the transaction
banking sector but banks almost always excel by capitalising
on their existing strengths ndash drawing on their holistic financial
expertise and their status as trusted and highly regulated
partners to corporate clients These strengths can to a certain
extent be amplified through digitalisation within banks ndash
translating greater efficiency into greater convenience for clients
Even more promising however is the potential for co-operation
between banks and specialist technology companies with banks
combining their core strengths and broad client base with fintech
independence and nimbleness to create the ideal conditions for
innovation
About Markus Strauszligfeld Since 2005 Markus Strauszligfeld has been Head of International Cash Management Sales at UniCredit responsible for cash management and eBanking sales to large and multi-national organisations in Europe the US and Asia
About UniCredit UniCredit is a bank with a substantial footprint in Europe and an extensive international network of branches representative offices and correspondent banks ndash enabling it to follow its clients wherever they go Its payments services come under the Global Transaction Banking (GTB) unit
wwwgtbunicrediteu
Markus Strauszligfeld
Head of International Cash Management SalesUniCredit
30 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Making One-Click Finance Possible ndash Who Are the Relevant Stakeholders and How They Should Work Together
sharedserviceslink
There are 6 stakeholders in your supplier financing programme
(SFP) This article examines each of the groups and what their
contribution to the SFP is
Accounts PayableIn recent years the AP function has nudged its way to the front
of the crowd becoming the owner of most SFPs This is an
interesting development as the owner in the past was Treasury
This shift has come because of the evolution in invoice
processing technology Ten years ago APrsquos focus was to (slowly)
pay paper invoices Since then most multi-nationals have
implemented e-invoicing Sizeable volumes of invoices are now
received electronically meaning invoices are processed posted
and paid quicker And whether or not AP realised it at the time
the scene was being set for something greater to unfold early
pay programmes
Accounts Payablersquos contributionAP teams have become experts in onboarding suppliers This
expertise was established during earlier e-invoicing or P-card
programmes Supplier onboarding is complicated but after a
few rounds of reaching out and asking suppliers to change
something you soon become proficient in onboarding AP has
been driven to become expert in supplier onboarding as the
financial gain relies on supplier engagement This positions AP
to own the supplier onboarding process for your SFP
ProcurementWhereas AP owns the onboarding process Procurement
will own the actual relationship with suppliers which means
owning the message contained in the supplier communication
Suppliers listen to Procurement and see it as the key point of
contact Procurement can help make the SFP more successful
by drafting and signing off on clever messaging
Procurementrsquos contributionProcurement also owns the assessment of supplier risk ndash
assessing each supplierrsquos financial risk year-end and the
suitable rate that should be applied (given their credit history
etc) Forensic research into each supplier will further your
understanding of the opportunities and risk and the effect on
the return
ITYou may decide to use your own cash or a third partyrsquos cash
Either way technology will be involved You will want IT brought
into the project early to understand macro considerations
like security connectivity and compatibility IT will likely leave
business process and functional requirements to AP Treasury
and Procurement
ITrsquos contributionSFP technologies have been on the market for years They are
developing and becoming more varied Itrsquos likely that someone
in the IT team has installed a SFP tool before Make sure this
person sits on the team Also make this program a priority SFPs
will not drain IT (wo)man days so it need not compete with more
demanding IT initiatives Work with someone in IT that lsquogetsrsquo this
and can approve on security etc at a quick pace
TreasuryAlthough Treasury was historically the owner and leader of SFPs
it has taken on the role of collaborator in recent years offering
crucial perspective regarding the larger levers that should or
shouldnrsquot be pulled given the companyrsquos cash position
Treasuryrsquos contributionTreasury understands the flow of cash and its real cost and
opportunity to the business Because of this it is well placed to
regularly assess which approach to take ndash is it better to use the
companyrsquos own cash use a third partyrsquos cash (and if so which
party) or to stall on early payments altogether Treasury has a
360ordm view of the companyrsquos strategic aims the balance sheet
the bank account real-time rates and alternative rates through
alternative methods as well as whats most important given
where the company is in its financial year Treasury is the brains
behind the SFP
31 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
C-SuiteThe CFO needs to back your project and this support must
be visible It is important to educate them on the SFP early by
presenting them with relevant case studies you have gathered
and the possible business case
C-Suite contributionThey will need your direction but the CFO and CPO will add
panache to your SFP The lsquosignaturersquo on the comms piece sent to
suppliers should be theirs If any buyer in the business becomes
concerned about this programme the C-Suite needs to have
a response at hand To realise the significant savings that can
come from your SFP your C-Suite must be ready to provide the
required PR
SuppliersBuyers rarely push back against SFPs because a) itrsquos optional
for suppliers and b) itrsquos attractive for suppliers However getting
the suppliers to engage is instrumental and makes the supplier
a key stakeholder
Supplier contributionSuccess Without their participation your business case is a flop
So make sure they understand what the SFP is whatrsquos in it for
them what they need to do who they can reach out to with
questions or concerns and that participation in SFP inevitably
qualifies them as a preferred supplier
ConclusionGet the first five stakeholders onboard early at concept stage
so they feel supportive of the SFPrsquos direction and purpose and
ask them how involved they would like to be given their role
About Susie West Susie West is the CEO and Founder at sharedserviceslink and proudly labels herself as a shared services geek She has been in the shared services industry since 1998 In 2007 she set up sharedserviceslink a leading global business community for professionals looking to improve performance in shared services Her central aim is to help individuals companies and the market mature through the sharing and consumption of (mostly peer generated) best practice information
About sharedserviceslink sharedserviceslink is a business community for professionals working in shared services sharederserviceslink is viewed as trusted advisors to this market because it offers exceptional content connection insight and overall value
wwwsharedserviceslinkcom
Susie West
CEO and Foundersharedserviceslink
Exclusive interview
32 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About the companyToken provides digital payment solutions for banks and their clients to deliver instant end-to-end secure and frictionless payments worldwide The solution addresses the key concerns of PSD2 security disintermediation and lack of revenue
wwwtokenio
Marten Nelson
VP MarketingToken
Website wwwtokenioOffices location Redwood City California USAFounded in 2015Categories payments psd2 fintech
Token
The next generation of payments infrastructure will first of all help banks open up
What drives real-time payments infrastructure adoption in the US vs EUA number of valuable business cases drive the adoption of real-
time payments infrastructure Both consumers and businesses
expect funds to be instantly available during a payment
transaction 25 years ago the invention of the Worldwide Web
allowed us to share data instantly and globally Exchanging value
should be just as easy and fast as moving information but for
a number of reasons this hasnrsquot yet happened While there are
regional real-time payments solutions the US and many parts
of Europe are still lagging But there is hope ndash the Feds in the
US and the ECB have launched real-time payments initiatives
Why did Token choose to leverage the bankrsquos existing ledger instead of using blockchain The main reasons were that we found the bankrsquos ledger to
perform pretty well in most cases and to leverage existing
infrastructure typically reduces the complexity of deployment
and therefore cost It was simply a cost-benefit analysis
There are many interesting use cases for distributed ledgers
and for some of our functions and in some situations it makes
sense Thatrsquos why we designed the solution with distributed
ledgers being optional
What is the value proposition for European banks by integrating Token Token solves the main issues banks are facing in terms of
PSD2 security disintermediation and the economics First you
can think of Token as a PSD2 firewall that protects the bank
infrastructure from poorly behaving third parties Second Token
retains the bankrsquos customer experience even when accessed by
third parties Last we allow banks to offer value-added services
that generate incremental net revenue
33 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Future of Banking Innovation and the Fintech Startups Journey
Future Asia Ventures
The financial services sector has become the poster child for
corporate innovation Over the last 5 years banks have been
investigating and experimenting with several new financial
technologies in the crowd funding trade processing lending
and wealth management areas These experiments have come
in different shapes and sizes Based on our research we know
21 banks that have launched accelerator programs around the
world Other banks have launched pre-accelerators incubators
and labs
As a research amp advisory firm we regularly speak with many
corporations startups and venture investors We are constantly
learning about the landscape Here are 5 perspectives we would
like to share
1 Fintech is old but the market conditions have never been betterMost experienced financial sector professionals understand that
this recent wave of fintech startups is just that ndash a wave Fintech
is a new term that captures a large category of existing and
growing technologies which involve transaction processing data
and record keeping Fintech companies have been innovating
since the 1950s The last 60 years produced ATMs credit cards
online banking and online stock investing to name only a few
Innovation in fintech is nothing new What is new is the explosion
of startups in the last six years There are now approximately
6000 fintech startups The playing field is crowded and thatrsquos
because the opportunity to innovate has never been greater
The combination of cheap capital a dry period in bank innovation
and a credit crisis followed by heavy regulation created the
right environment for startups to rise There has never been a
better time to be an entrepreneur
2 Regulation matters It might sound obvious but regulatory rules and compliance are
a very important part of the startup journey for fintech founders
This makes fintech different from other startup sectors
Founders in fintech are generally a decade or more experienced
than their peers Regulation is often an entry barrier because
you need to be licensed by regulatory bodies to do business in
each jurisdiction For startups that want to expand compliance
is mandatory and expensive The financial system for good
reason doesnrsquot tolerate risk As a result founders need to
cooperate with regulators budget for long waiting periods find
strategic partnerships that help their growth efforts and be in this
for the long haul Fintech is marathon not a sprint
3 Innovation canrsquot be measuredWhen speaking with innovation officers I am often asked
which program or format is the best People are looking for a
quantitative measure or a definitive leader among corporations
The truth is there is no one best model or best innovator
An innovation program should be designed around your
budget your timeline and the problem you are trying to solve
These factors are different for each company For some a
hackathon might be best while for others a robust corporate
ventures program might make more sense Available capital
decision-making dynamics and pain points vary per company
Each company has to do whatrsquos right for them However one
thing is certain ndash good innovation programs have a clearly
defined problem and success criteria Without a mandate you
are bound to go in circles
Number of Corporate Accelerators Launched Each Year Corporate accelerator launches have peaked So far in 2016 2 new accelerators have launched Going forward companies will design tailored open innovation programs and formats to engage and collaborate with startups
34 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
About Falguni Desai She is the Founder amp Managing Director of Future Asia Ventures and has over 18 years of corporate strategy innovation and MampA experience She has worked globally with business leaders at Fortune 500 firms in the financial media and technology sectors to foster growth amp expansion
About Future Asia Ventures Future Asia Ventures is an innovation advisory amp research firm Through our research and services we help new ventures grow and connect investors with innovative opportunities We serve private investors foundations and corporations around the world
wwwfutureasiaventurescom
Falguni Desai
Founder amp Managing DirectorFuture Asia Ventures
4 Innovation is inherently wastefulSeveral companies are still sitting on the sidelines While our
latest research has uncovered that 116 companies around the
world have set up corporate accelerators and several dozens
have launched incubators and labs the majority of large
companies are not engaged in this type of open innovation
They might be wondering whether an innovation program will
generate returns The answer is no not in the short term But in
the long run yes Innovation creates waste Companies wonrsquot
solve the problem on the first try Several partnerships and
investments will fail Incubated ideas may not scale and those
looking to try their hand at innovation should swallow this pill
and be prepared for failure To be good at innovation you need to
try things and then quickly stop them when they donrsquot work and
quickly try again
5 The endgame is collaboration not conflictI still see articles which predict a future without banks how
disruption will cause banks to fail and shut down The reality
is banks play a very important role in the lending infrastructure
of most modern economies Peeling back through fintech
history the innovations that survived and scaled were the
ones that worked with banks not against them In the 1990s
online stock brokers appeared on the scene Stock exchanges
and brokers didnrsquot disappear but they now operate differently
Today fintech marketplace lenders offer loans more efficiently
to retail customers The capital for these loans comes from
traditional banks and large asset managers Banks brokers and
asset managers wonrsquot disappear instead their processes and
the customer experience they offer will change dramatically The
moral here is that new fintech services will become part of the
overall financial infrastructure Fintech startups will eventually
grow into companies that are counterparties and partners to
banks not necessarily competitors Of course not all of them
will succeed but the future of banking will be formed through
collaboration
VISIT OUR ENHANCED ONLINE COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING MARKET GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
wwwe-invoicingthepayperscom
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
The Power Of Data amp Traceability
37 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
1 Idea of exchanging invoice statuses + benefitsIncreasing financial pressure forces firms to focus on their cash
positions For this reason effective Working Capital Management
is a high priority There are different ways to improve the cash
position of companies in supply chains ndash and here comes one
of them exchanging invoice statuses positively influences the
cash position of selling parties After the purchase of a product
or service the seller sends his buyer an invoice and waits for
payment The unpredictability of the moment of payment leads
to significant challenges for sellers in managing their cash
positions Smaller companies (SMEs) particularly struggle with
liquidity shortages and unpredictable cash flows Payment
deadlines vary between 30 and 90 days and buyers tend to use
their free liquidity as long as possible In the case of long payment
deadlines sellers may want to have their receivables financed by
financiers The answer to this problem is offered by the Status
Based Receivables Finance Model (SBRF) a track and trace
solution for electronic and paper-based invoices The model
allows the actors to gain more insight in the invoice statuses
After the buyer grants the sellerrsquos financier permission to access
the invoice status the financier can lsquotrack and tracersquo the invoice
in the buyerrsquos ERP system It allows financiers to operate
more effectively and efficiently with reduced risks and lower
financing costs when providing invoice based finance to sellers
For sellers planning incoming cash flows becomes easier
because the provided transparency enables them to further
optimise their working capital position But there is even better
news the SBRF model allows for process efficiencies and better
risk management for all actors in the supply chain A detailed
overview of the various benefits is provided in the table below
2 Need for standardisationStandardisation is the key to successful processes and a
profitable outcome ndash in this case the working capital optimisation
Where does the need for standardisation originate
The SBRF Model directly connects to the financing instrument
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) While the seller waits for his payment
after the delivery his liquidity is reduced hence this becomes a
major problem for SMEs Due to their small size they often suffer
from poor borrowing terms even if they would urgently need
access to capital
SCF releases liquidity and creates benefits for all actors along
the supply chain The seller obtains a credit from a financier
against the buyerrsquos credit rating for the period of the payment
and benefits from the buyerrsquos credit conditions Normally the
process is automated through an electronic platform which
can onboard a variety of suppliers (and financiers if needed)
potentially combined with e-invoicing
Yet due to the number of SCF providers there is a heterogeneity
of concepts and technological solutions which leads to
inefficiency and process disruptions Additionally there is an
untapped potential of SCF because of insufficient dissemination
and misunderstanding of the concept These difficulties will
only be dissolved by standardisation and clear definition of
concepts processes and technologies Possible benefits of
standardisation are cost advantages facilitated implementation
and compatibility of technology and processes
E-invoicing as a prerequisite of SCF is already subject to
standardisation efforts throughout Europe reflected by different
guidelines and directives Even so a great deal remains to
be done The SBRF Model is one step in the right direction
towards standardised processes of SCF and working capital
optimisation
Track and Trace of Invoices for Working Capital Optimisation
Fraunhofer Institute
1 Better risk assessment2 Process efficiency and
resulting lower costs3 New financing markets
because it becomes economically viable to finance sellers based on smaller invoices
1 Better cash flow forecasting visibility and working capital optimisation
2 Less operational debtor handling
3 Better access to financing instruments faster more choice easier
1 Less manual handling of incoming invoice inquiries
2 Improving financial stability of the supply chain
3 Optimise internal procurement and invoice approval processes
4 Possibility of later payment or discount
Financier Seller Buyer
38 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About Prof Dr Michael Henke Prof Dr Michael Henke completes the board of directors of Fraunhofer IML as new director of the section Enterprise Logistics and he also holds the chair of Enterprise Logistics at the faculty of Mechanical Engineering at TU Dortmund University His research focuses lie among others on the area of eg management of the Industry 40 purchasing and supply management supply chain risk management and financial supply chain management
About Fraunhofer Fraunhofer IML is said to be first address for all questions with respect to holistic logistics the employees work on all fields of internal and external logistics Made-to-measure arranged teams create cross-industry and customer-specific solutions in the area of materials handling warehouse management supply chain management simulation supported business and system planning and also traffic systems closed loop economy resources logistics building logistics and e-business
wwwimlfraunhoferde
Share this story
3 First steps were takenInnopay an e-business consultancy firm from the Netherlands
the Dutch factoring company lsquovoldaanrsquo and a client of voldaan
developed the SBRF Model in 2015 Within the scope of the
Workshops on Standardisation in SCF by the Supply Chain
Finance Community Innopay and the Fraunhofer Institute
of Material Flow and Logistics (IML) presented the SBRF
demonstration since November 2015
The ldquoProof of Conceptrdquo demonstrated the financier tracking the
status of an outstanding invoice electronically He gained insight
into the progress of the invoice and could assess the associated
risks
During the Workshop Series the model as well as development
improvement and extension potentials have been discussed
actively by the participants European experts on SCF and
e-invoicing Subjects to the discussions have also been technical
specifications and the integration with other solutions
4 More Proofs of ConceptIn the first half of 2016 the SBRF concept will extend to more
financiers sellers buyers and ERP solutions across Germany
and Italy at least The well-established network of the SCF
Community and its members will provide a basis for the
development and geographical extension
The practical integration with e-invoicing and SCF platforms and
the standardisation along the dimensions of Legal Operational
Functional and Technical dimensions will be investigated in detail
For Germany a planned SCF event at the House of Logistics
and Mobility (HOLM) in Frankfurt organised by the Fraunhofer
IML and Innopay makes an important contribution to the Proof
of Concept The event is scheduled for summer 2016 and will
include workshops on the SBRF Model Moreover further
aspects of SCF standardisation according to the SCF research
focus of the Fraunhofer IML will be covered
Prof Dr Michael Henke
Director Enterprise LogisticsFraunhofer
39 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Turning Financial Messaging Data into Business Profit ndash the new challenge for financial institutions
INTIX
Long-term considered an impenetrable space dominated by
a few the financial services industry is currently riding a giant
wave of entrepreneurial disruption disintermediation and
digital innovation Recent developments such as the regulatory
pressure as well as the criticality of business intelligence and
customer experience are impacting banks more than ever
Financial Institutions (FIs) are caught between increasingly
strict and costly regulations and the need to compete through
continuous innovation The competitive position of incumbent
institutions is at stake
Todayrsquos challenges determine tomorrowrsquos needsFIs face a series of strategic challenges that will determine their
own future
1 Regulatory compliance ndash between 2008 and 2013 US banks
paid more than USD 100 billion in penalties and settlements
2 Business intelligence ndash turning data into a competitive advantage
is nowadays seen as the Holy Grail However only a few
succeed to become masters of their own data and conquer Big
Data problems
3 Customer service ndash Big Data and advanced analytics offer a
transformative potential to predict the ldquonext best actionsrdquo and
understand customer needs
4 Risk management ndash regulatory bodies now require information
management to be a foundational effort within all FIs for pur-
poses of risk management however the responsibility around
data quality is fragmented and unclear within the organisation
How will FIs be able to face such obstacles and in a cost effective
way Which strategy will help them survive (How) could technology
support the new needs in this journey
Digitisation and regulatory compliance are transformativeThe Financial Services industry faces an unprecedented accele-
ration of digitisation and regulations which leads to a series of
major impacts
1 The increased digitisation produces new electronic information
digital processes data semantics and structures as well as
new IT systems within FIs
2 The extended digital environment leads to higher complexity
for staff to find and interpret information given the growing
number of data sources
3 As critical information is siloed enterprise-level reporting
decision-making customer service and performance
optimisation are impaired
4 Working across data sources can be tedious or impossible
given the variety of data semantics in use
5 The regulatory mandates make effective information manage-
ment no longer optional As per Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision (BCBS) 239 regulation Systemically Important
Banks (SIBs) must prioritise addressing gaps in their Risk
Data Aggregation and Reporting (RDAR) capabilities Without
these senior management is unable to obtain an accurate and
in-depth picture of the risks the bank faces
6 A siloed approach to information management raises non-
compliance risks Many banks continue to lack the high-quality
data capture and aggregation processes full compliance requires
Information whether based on structured and unstructured data is
increasingly seen as the lifeblood of the business Regulatory bodies
identified this too and now require information management to be a
foundational effort within all FIs for purposes of risk management
and compliance reporting This has led FIs to recognise their need
to become information-centric
The information management challengeGiven the continuous evolution of their IT infrastructure and
adoption of digital processes FIs deal with a myriad of systems
and applications all having their own software technology
access method security user interfaces data semantics and
structures messaging formats etc This situation does not
simplify the work of the business and operations teams who
have to face such complex environment and rely on a series of
unconnected tools to execute their daily jobs Consequently
activities requiring access to customer and transaction details
as well as history and statistics are severely slowed down
Examples include handling of customer enquiries reporting on
transactions towards regulators reporting on SLAs to clients
management information reports and so on
40 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
FIs must consider those challenges strategically
bull First and foremost they must elevate information to its deserved
status of strategic asset This will help ensure that data is
actively managed on enterprise level for its embedded value to
be realised
bull They also need to equip themselves with the right technology in
order to turn information to their advantage
However some barriers exist
bull Integration with legacy systems many legacy systems make it
difficult to extract data and may not be best suited for Big Data
technologies
bull Connecting data silos there is no uniform view of data and most
organisations have not integrated disparate data sources given
the complexity of the task
Data integration tools are becoming key to connecting various
data sources and data sets and delivering on the promise of
information or data management
FIs become master of your dataBy conquering Big Data challenges FIs will be able to draw a
competitive advantage through enhanced strategic decision-
making improved customer service and effective risk management
Information management technology and governance are
key to break down the organisational silos that typically exist
within financial institutions to provide a complete picture of an
institutionrsquos financial transactions and client information across
a myriad of sources Not only does this make it easy for FIs to
respond to the increasing requirements for compliance and
reporting it also provides the opportunity to turn such data into
valuable insights and information for the customersrsquo benefit
Information management tools will help financial institutions
address a series of strategic objectives including regulatory
readiness and responsiveness enhanced strategic decision-
making faster customer service effective risk management
In sum FIs that become master of their own data will benefit from
a competitive advantage which they will turn into business profit
About Andreacute Casterman Andreacute Casterman is Chief Marketing Officer at INTIX and a Member of the Banking ExCo of the ICC During the past 5 years Andreacute was SWIFTrsquos head of the corporate amp trade markets in charge of strategy governance and product initiatives Andreacute Casterman has two masterrsquos degrees from VUB and a masterrsquos degree from ICHEC
About INTIX INTIX helps financial institutions and corporates address financial data management challenges in four strategic areas regulatory compliance business intelligence customer services and risk management INTIX helps its clients retrieve consolidate and reconcile any type of financial messaging data and protects them from any IT complexity and obsolescence issues
wwwintixeuinfointixeu
Andreacute Casterman
Chief Marketing OfficerINTIX
Commercial Payments
42 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Gaining Management Support for Your P-Card Programme
NAPCP
Achieving buy-in of the card programme especially by
management is a frequently cited challenge by the NAPCPs
audience The concern is justifiable Lack of buy-in can result
in never getting a programme implemented having a static card
programme or the elimination of the programme altogether
Whether you are considering implementing a new programme
or expanding the current one there are several questions to
address that can help in preparing your case to management
bull What are you seeking buy-in for and from whom Do you want
to ldquosellrdquo the existing P-Card programme to a new manager or
do you want to propose programme expansion
bull What is the rationale for your goal Management will only buy
into something that benefits the organisation and is supported
by facts including a cost justification
bull How does your goal support the goals of the organisation or
solve an organisational challenge Management decision-
making is driven by accountability for goals and the ability to
resolve issues
bull Are you aware of common objections to P-Card programmes
1 Data from the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation a report based on more than 3123 survey responses from end-user organisations
bull Who are the stakeholders There is nothing more defeating
than trying to move an idea or goal forward then learning that
someone with ldquoveto powerrdquo was left out of the discussions
inadvertently List who should be involved and why They might
provide good input in support of the card programme andor
express concerns such as the common objections listed above
The Business CaseThe next step is to create a solid business case based on the
answered questions above as well as other common business
case elements Include
bull statement of purpose (what you are seekingmdashyour goal)
bull where you are today (current metricsKey Performance Indicators
(KPIs) and how they compare to industry benchmarks) where
you want to be and ldquowhy nowrdquo
bull how your idea aligns with organisational goals
bull input from stakeholders plus common objections industry-wide
(if different from stakeholder input) address any concerns and
objections with facts
bull cost justifications to support the value proposition such as
anticipated andor actual process savings reductions in full-
time equivalents (FTEs) especially within the procurement and
or accounts payable departments and other hard- and soft-
dollar savings
bull implementation plan if applicable (eg for programme expansion)
Present cost saving benefits such as the cost of traditional
cheques versus P-Cards If your organisation has not completed
an internal process cost analysis use the NAPCP average
process costs shown below
1 As specified within the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation
2 Based on average monthly card spend of USD 1M and average transaction size of USD 559 per the results of a 2015 NAPCP poll
If expanding an existing programme it is important to consider
the value your card provider can add to this process They can
provide an analysis of your accounts payable vendor filemdash
identifying those vendors who accept card payments
43 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Working with the ldquolow hanging fruitrdquo can help your organisation
reap immediate benefits The larger ticket transactions can be
moved to card-type payments as well with the most popular
being a virtual or electronic card payment method
Continue to Provide Results-Driven CommunicationIt is important to relay results and successes to management
Use the following keys to successful communication
bull Be brief by limiting communication to a one-page summary
Put conclusions firstmdashgive highlights up front and supporting
detail second
bull Title the document presentation or email subject line with a key
message (eg ldquoP-Card Program Saved USD 4M in 2015rdquo versus
ldquoP-Card Program Report Attachedrdquo)
bull Focus on the facts Show numbers as often as possible and
summarise whether the numbers meet fall below or exceed
expectations Then explain Verify numbers with other team
members to build a coalition of support and ensure that you
have the complete picture
bull Facts and figures must be formatted consistently from one
communication to the next allowing for easy comparison
bull In verbal and written discussion keep your presentation analytical
bull If asked by management to give results ldquoon the flyrdquo synthesise
the key points for management into three to four concise bullet
points Add recommendations or alternative courses of action
if you have time Stay ahead of management requests by
monitoring your KPIs frequently
bull Ask to be part of upcoming meetings and do not be afraid to be
proactive rather than reactive
What if They Say ldquoNordquoExplore what could change a ldquonordquo into a ldquoyesrdquo When you are
ready to address the issue again with new insight go back to
your stakeholders It is generally okay to respectfully disagree
with management but as noted earlier ensure you have the
supporting documentation to make your point Finally know when
it is time to move on However moving on does not mean giving
up on the programme altogether It is still prudent to share the
status of the programme
About Terri Brustad Terri Brustad CPCP is the NAPCP Manager of Content Services Her previous experience includes 10 years in the Commercial Card industry mainly in the role of a public-sector P-Card Administrator Terri achieved the Certified Purchasing Card Professional (CPCP) credential in 2009
About NAPCP The NAPCP is a membership-based professional association committed to advancing Commercial Card and Payment professionals and industry practices worldwide The NAPCP is a respected voice in the industry serving as an impartial resource for members at all experience levels in the public and private sectors The 2016 NAPCP European Conference will be held in London on 23 June 2016
wwwnapcporg
Terri Brustad
Manager of Content ServicesNAPCP
44 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Commercial Payments under the Scrutiny of New Technology
KAE
New technology and innovation are words typically associated with
consumer payments Whilst technology and payments continue
to converge in our consumer lives the pace of convergence and
innovation has accelerated in the commercial payments space
Recent innovations have impacted corporate payment behaviour
but are yet to truly disrupt commercial payments In this article
we call out three themes that hold the potential to disrupt the
payments space
Shared ledger technologies There has been increasing interest in shared ledger technologies
with many global financial institutions looking into its use as a
commercially viable tool eg for trade finance transactions for
more streamlined cross-border payments etc
Shared ledgers or blockchains are digital and publically open
records allowing transactions to take place without an inter-
mediary such as a clearing house The open source nature of these
ledgers allows corporates to trade directly with any counterparties
around the globe offering various cost and time-saving benefits
Uneditable records are also created and shared with anyone
associated with a lsquotradersquo to enhance control and transparency
The challenge for the industry is that wider adoption will impact
existing operating models as corporates come to expect faster
and lower-cost transactions This technology could also drive
disintermediation within the commercial payments space eg by
removing the need for the card payment schemes
Mobile Wearables amp BiometricsThe rise of the mobile savvy and the constantly connected
customer is forcing traditional providers to rethink how they
deliver commercial payment solutions to satisfy ever-changing
and increasingly demanding expectations
Mobility is a key word and mobile devices and wearable techno-
logy are ideal bedfellows People are increasingly mobile in both
their corporate and personal lives and expect technological
advancements to support this
Mobile and wearable technology not only provides a more
streamlined and frictionless payment experience but also offers
benefits such as more accurate employee location tracking
(helping to reduce fraud incidents and supporting an employerrsquos
duty of care)
The convergence of commercial payment solutions with mobile
devices is a salient trend and one that will remain at the crest of the
innovation wave We have already seen a number of mobile apps
being developed for commercial banking and commercial cards
being included as part of digital wallets ndash this is only the beginning
Wearable payment development has also gathered pace
be it wristbands smartwatches or NFC-enabled clothing
Device battery life (imposed by device size and current screen
energy consumption) data privacy and security remain key
barriers to wider adoption
Biometrics will become interwoven with mobile and wearable
technology Passwords can be broken and authentication will
shift towards identifiers like facial features fingerprint retina
heartbeat and vein recognition All of which could be performed
by a smartphone or wearable device
Although challenges remain surrounding data privacy and educating
corporate clients biometric technology will eventually help increase
payment security and provide more convenience when making
payments
Virtual cards Virtual cards or single-use accounts also have the potential to
disrupt the payments space Corporates travel companies and
governments increasingly understand the benefits these solutions
offer (real-time expense capture enhanced control security recon-
ciliation and reporting) and spend levels have skyrocketed in
coun tries where virtual cards are being effectively marketed
Growth has also been fuelled by the productrsquos success in unlocking
B2B and increasingly TampE spend that has traditionally been
captured by other payment solutions eg cash cheque etc
45 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Virtual cards hold the potential to disrupt the commercial
payments space on two fronts
1) Physical cards are likely to disappear
2) These solutions hold the potential to drive a step change in card
adoption and usage levels
The challenge for the industry is clearly communicating and
providing compelling evidence of the benefits that virtual cards
offer and ensuring sales teams are trained to sell the solutions
over and above traditional ones eg corporate cards To help
unlock the opportunities in underpenetrated industries such as
telco construction and healthcare etc issuers must develop
tailored solutions to cater for any idiosyncrasies and overcome
the card acceptance challenge
The FutureTechnology holds the key to disrupting commercial payments
and the growing FinTech movement will support this Traditional
commercial payment providers will look towards and work more
closely with FinTechrsquos as an alternative source of innovation to their
own product development and delivery functions The opportunity
for banks is to build and launch disruptive technologies more
quickly The challenge is picking the right FinTech(s) that will help
deliver scalable solutions In the short-term we expect issuers to
increasingly focus their attention on developing virtual solutions
and integrating these onto mobile and wearable devices
Stargazing into the future wearables will be the game changer
as mobility becomes ever more important Wearables will also
be the bridging technology for embeddables In the next 10-15
years embedded chips in humans could become a reality
We are increasingly connected and interact with technology in
our personal and business lives and embeddables are the next
logical step More sophisticated chips will soon replace wearable
technology such as payment devices and fitness bands and will
help us all get used to a more connected and augmented lifestyle
As a concept it is well aligned to payments Embedded and inner-
connected biometrics will enhance security and offer a more
seamless experience
The future looks bright for commercial payments but will not be
without its challenges
About Chris Holmes Chris leads various work streams across the Financial Services practice He has managed multiple global projects across the payments banking FinTech AltFi and tech industries His specialist skills are geared to NPD sizing and opportunity assessments benchmarking and best practice identification
About KAE KAE is a strategic marketing consultancy that has provided support to some of the worldrsquos largest payment and tech brands for the past 25 years Operating globally from a London HQ KAE has provided consulting and strategic advice in more than 50 countries across three core areas Insight Strategy and Analytics
wwwkaecom
Chris Holmes
Senior Vice President KAE
Trade amp Finance
48 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Financing International Supply Chains An Idea Whose Time Has Come
Supply Chain Finance Terminology Drafting Group
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) was the subject of serious debate
among senior practitioners just a while ago Was SCF a
legitimate substantive new proposition in the financing of trade
and supply chains or was it a hollow marketing device aimed
at countering the threat of bank disintermediation as businesses
decisively shifted to trade on open account terms
The initial innovation and contribution of SCF were less in the
specifics of financing techniques and more around the shift
from a limited bilateral view of trade to a holistic network-based
view of trade based on complex ecosystems and commercial
relationships
The debate about the substance of SCF can now be put to
rest as its adoption grows and as the techniques of SCF are
increasingly recognised in both domestic and international
supply chains Whatrsquos more public entities in the UK the
Netherlands the US and elsewhere begin to embrace certain
forms of SCF to driving liquidity and affordable financing to the
globally important but typically underserved SME segment
Additionally the usage rates of SCF programmes and facilities
have grown significantly now reaching 80-90 or higher In
comparison programmes were once considered successful if
they exhibited usage rates of 30 or more
SCF development and adoption rates have varied significantly
by region and by individual institution be it a bank multilateral
ECA fintech or another market player and as a result a veritable
lsquomazersquo of definitions terminology and common parlance
developed relative to SCF Leading institutions effectively
developed their own terminology in the absence of anything else
in the market invested in marketing collateral and branding and
devised technology solutions on the basis of their techniques
and related nomenclature This extended to the point that it
has been difficult to engage in any discussion around SCF
without the need to pause and check on mutual understanding
(or worse progress a discussion or interaction only to later
realise that language has been a barrier rather than an enabler
of understanding)
Leading industry associations gathered over two years ago
and agreed that it would be valuable to begin the process of
devising a common set of global terminology around SCF
The Euro Banking Association Factors Chain International
ITFA (The International Trade and Forfaiting Association) the
International Factors Group (since merged) and BAFT (the
Bankers Association for Finance and Trade) came together with
the ICC Banking Commission to create and launch the Global
Supply Chain Finance Forum (GSCFF) Its global drafting team
and the steering committee were mandated to review existing
material develop and disseminate a draft set of definitions
circulate widely for comment and update to a final version which
was then to be the focus of a global advocacy campaign to drive
adoption by market stakeholders
The ldquoStandard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Financerdquo was launched at the 4th Annual ICC Supply Chain
Finance Summit Singapore under the auspices of the ICC
Academy The setting was particularly appropriate given the
educational nature of the publication and the reality that major
international supply chains today are at least partly anchored in
Asia where SCF propositions are expected to show significant
growth in the coming years
The focus of SCF in some areas thus far has been on what we
refer to in the Definitions as ldquoPayables Financerdquo to the extent
that this single technique has often incorrectly been referred
to as Supply Chain Finance Financial institutions as well as
non-bank providers have placed a significant priority on these
buyer-led structures with supplier onboarding being a common
challenge And yet we are seeing demand for the development
of end-to-end solutions across the procure-to-pay and order-
to-cash cycles with an increasing number of market actors
venturing beyond some of the familiar techniques to begin to
embrace for example distributor finance
49 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Large supplier communities are based in emerging Asia
and Africa yet major economies like China and Indonesia are
experiencing great increases in disposable income and thus
engaging more on the consumer side of supply chains The
combined dynamics are shaping economic activity and flows in
ways that need a wider range of financing and risk mitigation
solutions including end-to-end SCF
Supply Chain Finance is defined as the use of financing and risk
mitigation practices and techniques to optimise the management
of the working capital and liquidity invested in supply chain
processes and transactions SCF is typically applied to
open account trade and is triggered by supply chain events
Visibility of underlying trade flows by the finance provider(s) is
a necessary component of such financing arrangements which
can be enabled by a technology platform
Source Standard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Finance 2016
Practitioners and financial institutions based in Asia are proactively
working to develop their SCF propositions in response to evolving
market demand and region-specific practices With ASEAN
integration progressing the Trans-Pacific Partnership advancing
and intra-regional trade growing in importance the central role of
cross-border supply chains and SCF in particular will increase
in the next several years as enablers of trade development and
inclusion
The Standard Definitions are a ldquoliving documentrdquo meant to evolve
with market practice the needs of clients financiers regulatory
authorities and others The next phase will focus on dissemination
education and advocacy in support of global adoption
This is the start of a journey that will only speed up in adoption
impact and importance SCF an idea whose time has come
About Alexander R Malaket A recognised specialist in international trade including trade and supply chain finance Mr Malaket has advised government international institution banking and corporate clients around the world developed and delivered training materials and seminars and authored numerous white papers briefing and policy papers and research reports on a variety of topics in international business finance and international development
About International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) The ICC Banking Commission is a leading global rule-making body for the banking industry It produces universally accepted rules and guidelines for international banking practice With 85 years of experience and more than 600 members in +100 countries the ICC Banking Commission ndash the largest commission of ICC the World Business Organization ndash has rightly gained a reputation as the most authoritative voice in the field of trade finance
wwwiccwboorg
Alexander R Malaket
PresidentOPUS Advisory Services International IncDeputy Head of the Executive CommitteeICC Banking CommissionChairSCF Terminology Drafting Group
Share this story
50 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Improving Access to Finance for SMEs with the Open RFI Project
SCF Community
IntroductionFor a financial service that claims to have a tripartite win-win-win
value current market adoption of Supply Chain Finance (SCF)
is still in its infancy As the credit rating of the larger corporate
is leveraged for SCF solutions suppliers have faster access to
cheaper liquidity from invoices The large corporate can achieve
working capital benefits through payment term harmonisation
or it can reduce the COGS (Cost of Goods Sold) Despite clear
benefits the cost and complexity of onboarding small suppliers
have resulted in a slower uptake in this group of suppliers and
hence there has been little possibility to take advantage of the
benefits SCF can offer
The Open Request for Information (RFI) launched by the
SCF Community on behalf of a group of Dutch multinational
corporations invited over 30 vendors to show how they would
apply SCF solutions to smaller suppliers ndash those with volumes of
EUR 200000 and below Corporates recognise the importance
of SME suppliers and are looking for ways to improve their
access to finance This recognition is underlined by the support
of the Dutch Ministry of Economic Affairs for the Betaalmenu ndash
initiative in early 2015 which is aimed at injecting liquidity into
Dutch SMEs
The objective of the Open RFI was threefold 1) to provide
participating corporates with an overview of available SCF
solutions and solution providers 2) to facilitate structured
engagement between SCF solution providers and corporates 3)
to perform a structured analysis of the SCF market and available
solutions for SMEs This project allowed for direct comparison of
leading SCF vendors for the first time in history
Preparations for an SCF implementationThere are a number of things corporates should address before
starting with an SCF implementation Firstly the overall SCF
strategy should align with strategy on other areas such as
procurement finance and IT Next due to the multidisciplinary
character various internal departments have to be involved in
the setup and enrolment of an SCF program
Thirdly a spend analysis of the corporatersquos supplier base needs
to be made in order to support a clear and segmented approach
to offer selected suppliers the intended SCF solution Finally in
order to fully reap the benefits of an SCF solution the internal
processes have to be analysed focussing on the efficiency of the
procure-to-pay process
RFI process and preliminary resultsIn total over 30 vendors were invited to participate and eventually
23 completed the RFI ABN Amro Asyx C2FO CRX Markets
Flinqer GT Nexus ING Kyriba OpusCapita Orbian Oxygen
Finance PrimeRevenue ProQuidity Rabobank Remitia Riskco
Santander Taulia Terbit TradeShift Trefi Finance Tungsten and
Urica The RFI contained seven categories and participants were
ranked relatively in each category
1) Qualifications and Strategy The proposed SCF solution had
to be well proven in the market and therefore participants
were required to give insights of their track record
2) Solution Scope Vendors should be able to onboard suppliers
in various countries and currencies and work together with
other liquidity providers Half of the vendors claimed to have
a global solution covering all currencies while the rest focused
more on Europe
3) Platform Technology Vendors had to elaborate how their
SCF platform interacts with current IT systems and P2P
processes on the corporate side Almost all platforms were
accessible online flexible to adapt to current infrastructure
and offered manual to fully integrated options to connect to
the corporatersquos ERP
4) Implementation and onboarding Given the scope of the
RFI (small suppliers) fast onboarding was deemed crucial to
participating corporates Differences exist between vendors
in terms of availability of online resources KYC and due
diligence and administrative requirements
51 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
5) Transaction Volume Availability of both funding and platform
is an important factor in selecting a solution provider The
benefits and pitfalls of various sources of funds and structures
are examined and collated
6) Accounting amp Legal Maintaining trade payable status is
important for corporates and accounting regulations should
be considered Each vendor responded with its legal structure
to reassure no reclassification issues would arise
7) Incumbent SCF provider Since the majority of large buyers
have existing SCF programs in place vendors were asked if
and how they would be able to co-exist All vendors indicated
that working side-by-side would be possible but not all of
them had prior experience with this matter
Outcome of RFI projectThe relative ranking combined with a weighting of the importance
for each category by the supporting corporates has generated
the final shortlist The SCF Community named C2FO ING Orbian
PrimeRevenue Santander and Taulia as the six vendors in its
lsquoOpen RFIrsquo project All six have presented their responses to the
Open RFI during the SCF Community Forum in Amsterdam on
18th November 2015
By gathering and assessing available solutions in the marketplace
the SCF Community has improved transparency for its corporates
by providing an overview of SCF solutions and facilitating
engagement This initiative contributes to the Communityrsquos
goals in developing knowledge on SCF while simultaneously
increasing adoption and standards in the practitionerrsquos field
The whitepaper that contains both a detailed analysis of the
SCF market as well as a checklist for corporates interested in
offering their own SCF solution can be downloaded from the
wwwscfacademyorg soon
About Matthijs van Bergen Matthijs currently holds
a position as researcher SCF at Windesheim and
is responsible for developing business cases for
Corporates and for the project management of Open
RFI He studied Supply Chain Finance and is an
experienced independent consultant for over 5 years
About Steven van der Hooft Steven gained extensive
experience in the field of Supply Chain Finance
through roles as director banking at Inchainge senior
management consultant at Capgemini Consulting and
while working at ING In 2015 he founded Capital
Chains a company that specialises in Training amp
Consultancy on Financial Supply Chain Management
issues for both banks as well as corporates
About SCF Community The Supply Chain Finance
Community is a not-for-profit group for all those
involved in supply chains manufacturers transport
companies banks consultancies technology
providers and academics Its mission is to share
experience best practice and new research linking
across finance treasury supply chain operations
logistics and procurement
wwwscfcommunityorg
Matthijs van Bergen
Researcher SCF Windesheim
Steven van der Hooft
CEOCapital Chains
Share this story
52 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
If Supply Chain Finance is Supplier-Centric Financial Supply Chain is Customer-Centric
Magnus Lind The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
Fintech is not only disrupting banks itrsquos disrupting corporate
finance as well At The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
conference in Malmo Sweden in April of 2016 both corporates
and vendors discussed the significant changes we can expect in
the way we engage with suppliers and customers in the future
The Talent Show highlighted the increasingly popular Supply
Chain Finance (SCF) solutions as one essential ingredient to
cater for the unbalanced capabilities of bank financing in the
corporate sector Investment graded companies enjoy excellent
access however SMEs and sub-investment grade companies
still suffer Change is nowhere on the horizon
SCF is one remedy to support the first tier suppliers of very large
customers with fair priced and sufficient financing SCF has
many benefits and the solutions have matured and now
provide reliable backbones for financing of approved invoices
Yet despite all the advantages of SCF it only solves a limited
amount of challenges in the whole corporate supply chain At
The Talent Show we discussed the supply and demand chain
holistically and mapped SCF as a subsection of the financial
supply chain (FSC) The FSC is much broader in scope includes
all tiers of suppliers and also the full demand chain With SCF as a
base we need to include second and higher tier suppliers and our
financial processing and the customers into the mindset If SCF is
supplier-centric FSC is customer-centric
The champion to implement SCF is often the treasury department
whereas it is procurement that eventually owns and runs the
programme Wersquove detected the CPO (Chief Procurement
Officer) usually has significant acumen to drive other supply
chain initiatives with his or hers combined customer and supplier
relations What the CPO lacks in financial skills are many
times balanced through a sense of urgency to understand the
rationalisation potential and how it improves the overall business
At the Show we heard about initiatives to bridge stakeholders
over the supply chain with treasurers and procurement actively
working together Anthony Buchanan Treasurer Procurement at
SABMiller gave a much-appreciated presentation of how the two
departments work together to build a sustainable chain for both
the large and the small suppliers
We heard fintech leaders introducing their solutions over the whole
FSC Taulia on supplier finance SAP Ariba on supplier networks
e-invoicing and their new partnership with PrimeRevenue We heard
Basware introduce ldquocorporate financial social responsibilityrdquo and
its new financing service Kurt Cavano from GT Nexus presented
ways to connect the physical supply chain with the financial one
and finally Danny Aranda from Ripple shared how blockchain is
taking over as the main rail for payments Gerard Chick Chief
Knowledge Officer at Optimum Procurement gave an appreciated
endnote at The Talent Show
We are continuously improving our abilities to adapt quickly
Being big isnt enough to sustain when new competitors are
unbundling large businesses in almost all industries The need
for large corporations to think and act more entrepreneurial is
imperative Peter Carlsson recent CPO at Tesla explained how
Tesla is driven by a few group-wide targets at a time providing
high speed over ground Many large companies have too complex
strategies and objectives even creating conflicting behaviour in
their own organisations Enterprises have to rethink their models
of management to fight off the attacks or they risk being killed
by a thousand cuts from a multitude of new entrants especially
if they are organised to fight the single cuts from their main (big)
competitors
53 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The EVP and CFO at Turkcell Murat Dogan Erden proved
in his keynote that even mature companies can adapt quickly to
game changers Turkcell is a dominant telecoms operator that
has successfully managed the transition from a pay-per-minute
market through providing world leading surf speeds content
and services Turkcell is also exploiting its credit management
competence to expand into consumer finance Turkcell will use
its market access through all the connected devices
Developing the FSC doesnrsquot only consist of cutting costs and
lead times It also enables expanding the core business offering
with financial components
About Magnus Lind Magnus Lind is co-founder of The Talent Show He has a background as an international business executive in Europe SE Asia and North America and he has founded companies in 7 different countries where he acted as CEO board director and investor The Talent Show puts innovation and disruption above case studies and legacy thinking
About The Talent Show The Talent Show is a corporate driven event focusing on the whole corporate Financial Supply Chain (CFSC) and how it links to the physical chain The audience consists of CFO and CPO supply chain treasurers and IT Participants include Sandvik Turkcell Port of Rotterdam Abengoa Octal Arriva DONG Energy Ericsson and SABMiller
wwwsupply-chain-financerocks
Magnus Lind
co-founderThe Talent Show
54 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Supply Chain Finance Time for SMEs to Take Position
Anita Gerrits
For a long time the deployment of supply chain finance (SCF)
was seen to be the domain of large corporates only but times
are changing Nowadays large SMEs are also able to reap the
benefits of innovative ways to free up liquidity reduce working
capital and approve their ROI
Imagine an SME company supplying goods to retailers and a
significant part of its turnover is achieved with only a few large
customers The DSO has increased dramatically over the past
few years as these retailers have increased their payment terms
to 60 or even 90 days Some of these customers have a reverse
factoring program in place but donrsquot offer access to all their SME
suppliers some donrsquot have a program in place The margins in
the business are tight and although the suppliers are begging
for early payments extending the terms with them seems to be
the only way possible to fill the working capital gap What other
options does this company have
One of the options is to consider Receivables Finance (RF)
This solution allows the company to sell open invoices (receivables)
of customers with a good credit standing to a third party on a non-
recourse basis As this is classified as a true sale of receivables
whereby the default risk on the customer gets transferred in full
to the third party that buys the invoices the receivables position
(DSO) will decrease with the amount of invoices sold The discount
paid for early payment is based on the creditworthiness of its
customers and presuming these are healthy these rates are
attractive For instance this is only a fraction of what traditional
factoring solutions would cost The other benefit is that the
company selling the invoices has full control over what and when
they sell Flexible on-demand access to cash is what it delivers
Although his the creditworthiness of the customer is key the
customer is not directly involved in the transaction and oesnrsquot
even need to be made aware of it As the solution carries the word
ldquoFinancerdquo in its name it might suggest that RF is a loan or a specific
type of debt Neither of them is the case What it boils down to is
that the seller gets upfront cash on receivables and not just 80
of the full invoiced amount but up to 95 PrimeRevenue one of
the leading SCF solution providers successfully implemented this
innovative solution for a wide range of clients worldwide
With the current interest rates it doesnrsquot make much sense to
free up cash to put in on a savings account where the return
is zero or even negative Freeing up cash enables companies
to take advantage of (investment) opportunities to increase the
ROI thereby improving their overall financial healthiness In
a low-margin business environment offering a program with
attractive early payment discount terms to your suppliers is a
way to improve your gross margin and generate a high return
on excess cash And yes working capital increases but less
than the decrease that was generated on the receivables side
so in total working capital is being reduced and your balance
sheet total is shortened Dynamic discounting is one of the
Payables (Finance) solutions that is growing in popularity in the
SME world As banks and solution providers have lowered their
entrance barriers this solution is now within reach of a larger
part of the business community The benefit for the supplier is
that he reduces his working capital position (DSO) and gets paid
earlier at an attractive discount below its WACC to ensure a
better ROI
Another option for the SME is to offer an SCF (read Reverse
factoring) program to selected suppliers In that way there is
no impact on the working capital position of the buyer in case
the payment terms remain unchanged or alternatively when
terms are extended the payables position will increase and so
working capital decreases The good news is that some banks
and platform providers indeed are starting to offer large SME
companies to set up their own SCF program The downside
however is that the discount rates the funders charge for
medium-sized companies are fairly high in comparison to the
rates for big creditworthy corporates This can be explained
mainly by the sheer purchase volume of big corporates versus
medium-sized companies the size of the SCF program is thus
of a different order of magnitude Whatrsquos more the risk profile of
SME companies is often rated relatively high in comparison to
corporates which has a significant impact on the risk premium
component of the total discount rate
55 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Some banks and platform providers offer both Dynamic
Discounting as well as SCF with the option to switch between
the two might an opportunity arise for the buyer to invest its cash
for other purposes than to prepay its suppliers A bank will then
be brought in to take over the funding
All in all with all developments in the SCF market it would make
sense for SMEs to explore the potential benefits of SCF for the
business they are in Having said that SCF awareness is still
not very widespread amongst SMEs despite several initiatives
to change that for the better What a pity In the end there is
nothing to lose and everything to gain
About Anita Gerrits For the past 7 years Anita has been a strong believer in and advocate of the concept of SCF She provides consultancy support in this exciting relative new area of finance She also organises workshops acts as guest speaker and trainer to business management as well to students to create awareness and understanding of this topic It all began in 2009 when she played a leading role in achieving a cash flow turnaround of the European Consumer Business of Kimberly-Clark through a massive reduction in working capital She has a corporate background studied business economics credit rating advisory and business valuation
wwwg-raybiz
Anita Gerrits
Supply Chain Finance Specialist
Follow on Twitter Tweet aboutExchangeSummit EXCS16
From E-Invoicing toSupply Chain Financing
October 10 and 11 2016Barcelona Spain
Exchange Summit with 2 major E-Invoicing events in 2016
June 7 and 8 2016Orlando Florida USA
100 FREE TICKETS
100 FREE TICKETS
Apply now on
Apply now on
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
Key topics 2016
bull E-Invoicing entering a new era ndash global market development and forecast
bull E-Invoicing from a corporate and governmental perspective
bull Implementing tax compliance in a paperless world
bull Compliance and fraud prevention within E-Invoicing
bull Driving forward ARAP and end-to-end P2P automation
bull Global standardisation and status of E-Invoicing interoperability
bull Best practice in onboarding customers to E-Invoicing
bull Supply chain financing ndash new opportunities and challenges
wwwexchange-summitcom
Within our two major E-Invoicing events in 2016 you will
bull network with more than 500 participants
bull meet experts from over 40 different countries
bull evaluate solutions from 50+ service providers
bull benefit from exclusive keynotes best-practices and discussions
Anzeige_EXC_Paypers_Layout 1 14042016 1530 Seite 1
E-invoicing
58 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Cross-border Invoicing ndash The Real Challenge For Multinational Projects
Comarch EDI
Global approach with local adjustments Nowadays a significant majority of enterprises cooperates with
foreign business partners Whatrsquos more an increasing number
of organisations have been changing their document flow from
paper to digital formats to optimise processes in the supply
chain Thus there has been growing demand for solutions
enabling onboarding of partners worldwide exchanging the
whole set of messages in the supply chain (order-to-cash
procure-to-pay) and guaranteeing legal compliance project
management and local support Letrsquos explore the electronic
invoicing process in particular since it is an essential part of the
efficient B2B collaboration
Various legislations in forceIn Europe the Council Directive 201045EU has been
implemented in the Member States in 2013 which treats paper
and electronic invoices equally Also it is widely known that
each taxable person shall determine the way to ensure the
authenticity of the origin the integrity of the content and the
legibility of the invoice
However each Member State defines its rulings on electronic
invoicing and in spite of progress even within the EU there are
significant differences For instance in Portugal the taxable
person has to use certified invoicing software (assuming the
annual turnover of more than EUR 100 000) What is common
for both Portugal and Hungary is that the solution should be able
to present the data for audit purposes in the countryrsquos defined
SAF-T formats When considering the form to assure authenticity
and integrity besides business controls EDI and electronic
signature should be considered Then local requirements differ
for outsourcing of invoice issuance (unilateral or bilateral
written with some content requirements) notifications of tax
administration the obligation of EDI agreement based on EU
1994 Recommendation system documentation describing
software and procedures to name only a few
In the archiving area the unification is even lower Besides various
retention periods and tax authoritiesrsquo notification obligation Italy
requires an invoice preservation process France has lsquopartner
filersquo and lsquosummary listrsquo functionalities while in Germany the law
introduces three access mechanisms known as Z1 (direct access
to electronic data) Z2 (indirect) and Z3 (through the transfer of
extracted data)
Challenges to approach just outside EU bordersAssuming that all peculiarities were analysed (mostly thanks
to the EU documentation available in many languages) and
technical design and implementation were done yet even within
Europe further adjustments are needed For instance take into
consideration Norwayrsquos restrictions of storage Switzerlandrsquos
requirement for the service provider to be registered in the local
commercial register and the fact that electronic invoices have to
be ensured by electronic signature
Of course the European model called post-audit does not
rule worldwide Beyond the EU borders the regulations are
more complicated In Turkey or Russia there is a clearance
model implemented in which an electronic invoice must be
sent to the tax administration or licensed certified providers for
authorisation before during or just after issuance as an original
tax invoice LATAM has implemented the model and observes
high penetration of electronic invoice usage
MILLION DOCUMENTS
500were transmitted in 2015
Capacity of up to
400 DOCUMENTS PER SECOND
12LANGUAGESapplications available in 17 languages
Service Desk in
confirmed by tests carried out by an independent institution
ACTIVE USERS FROM
40 COUNTRIES
50 000 PROCESSEDDOCUMENTS
998
in less than30 seconds
59 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Click here for the company profile
Thus the cross-border invoicing issuance for companies
with subsidiaries worldwide is a real challenge where the law is
applicable (ie country of establishment place of VAT registration
transport invoicing goods or services)
Electronic invoice still on the riseDespite the legal and technical obstacles enterprisesrsquo awareness
of process automation with electronic invoicing and cost
reduction has been steadily increasing Most of them would take
the decision to start e-invoicing shortly if the legislation would be
clearer and standardised On the other hand the governments
are aware of the scale of the VAT fraud and are looking for tools
to seal the system ndash unfortunately each country is trying to find
its own way
However it is highly unlikely that the EU will implement the
clearance model there are several initiatives to speed up
the process The Member States decided to organise multi-
stakeholders forums to implement a European Standard for
e-invoicing (expected in 2017) and increase the interoperability
among service providers Hopefully the Directive 201455
EU on electronic invoicing in public procurement will prove to
be a significant milestone resulting in the mass adoption of
electronic invoices in the structured form (not PDF invoices)
and public authorities will realise the benefits of e-invoicing and
hasten the implementation of common understandable and
unified legislation on cross-border e-invoicing In a nutshell
the stage of market education and convincing towards adopting
automated invoices processing is coming to an end Most of
the enterprises have launched or consider the implementation
of e-invoicing at a country level in the short term Currently the
biggest challenge is to enable the smooth extension of their
projects on the transnational level Finding a service provider with
vast international experience is essential Comarch EDI enables
compliance with all local legal requirements Its membership
in organisations such as the GS1 or the European E-Invoicing
Service Providers Association (EESPA) guarantees that the
company is a reliable partner Comarch EDI has cooperated with
GS1 and EESPA for many years in several countries to make
sure that our services are of the highest quality and the solution
is compliant with national and international requirements
About Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz He has over 10 years of experience in the field of B2B communication in the supply chain Initially responsible for the EDI market development in Southern and Central Europe he is currently responsible for the development of Comarch EDI portfolio
About Comarch EDI Comarch EDI is a B2B platform which provides a competitive advantage by a fast and secure data exchange with business partners The solution provides the automation of data processing throughout the supply chain from the procurement process through the logistics to invoicing and payment processing
wwwcomarchcom
Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz
Product Development ManagerComarch EDI
60 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Why lsquoOpenness Should Be The 1 Selection Criteria for Any E-invoicing RFP Process
Simplerinvoicing
In the previous editions of this report I talked about the
opportunities e-invoicing brings in supply chain finance and
streamlining payments and collection processes I also talked
about strategies for businesses to adopt e-invoicing on a
large scale Whatrsquos more I spoke about the EU directive that
makes e-invoicing to (semi-) governments mandatory as of
October 2018 In the past year numerous driving forces pushed
e-invoicing forward The most important one however was the
high interest from e-invoicing providers and ERP and accounting
software to collaborate platforms are increasingly sharing data
(such as invoice data) with others through interoperability
Yet as we can see in the reports from Billentis lsquotruersquo e-invoicing
adoption rates (counting only full XML invoices no PDFs) are
still below 15 in most European countries The reason is
that companies have not fully embraced the concept of open
e-invoicing Open e-invoicing requires a different view from
e-invoicing service providers but also their clients the business
partners
The move towards open e-invoicing has one major benefit for
trading partners it eliminates the need for onboarding them on
your e-invoicing platform by enabling the exchange of invoices
using their own software The result increased reach ie a larger
number of suppliers that can send e-invoices to you as a buyer
hence better business case Plus extent is one of the key success
factors in grasping as many trading counterparties as possible
A typical lsquoopenrsquo service provider has numerous interoperability
agreements with other service providers Some of them have
over 100 agreements The ultimate form of openness for an
e-invoicing service provider ERP or accounting software provider
is the adoption of PEPPOL a protocol for the secure exchange
of invoices It is the most far-reaching way of connecting with
the largest base of your suppliers against minimal cost You
can also describe PEPPOL as a standard API defined by the
industry of e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
for exchanging invoices
The lsquoclosedrsquo service providers typically embrace the paradigm
that all partners have to be on-boarded on the providerrsquos
e-invoicing platform This may work for top business partners
but for the partners with less volume (longtail) this approach
usually leads to low conversion to e-invoicing Whatrsquos more
closed service providers may see the open model as a threat
the platform becomes accessible for trading entities on other
platforms However in reality the open model is an opportunity
it adds reach and thus invoice volume potential to the platform
that would otherwise be untapped
So what should participants do bull Put lsquoopennessrsquo as the 1 criteria for your e-invoicing RFP
if your service provider does not follow the lsquoopenrsquo paradigm
the chances that you will successfully onboard your longtail
suppliers in a supplier friendly way are very limited If your
service provider does not support the open model put pressure
on him to embrace it After all openness is not a threat just an
opportunity
bull Choose an e-invoice that only complies for 80 over a
paper invoice Be less rigid for your longtail suppliers with
regards to invoice standards and data requirements in favour
of a single industry standard the one agreed by accounting
e-invoicing and ERP software vendors This implies that you
do not impose your own data requirements Instead you adjust
your system to efficiently process industry standard invoices
bull Use PEPPOL discovery engine (aka SML) where possible
and make e-invoicing the default The PEPPOL protocol
has a very sophisticated discovery service accessible via
a very simple DNS(1) mechanism it allows you to discover if
your buyer requires an e-invoice Use that discovery engine to
assess if your buyer requires an e-invoice rather than depend
on an onboarding process with your buyer
61 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Donrsquot overestimate VAT compliance many companies
think VAT compliance requires parties to agree bilaterally on
e-invoicing that conversion by parties is forbidden by VAT law
that invoice originality is a major concern and that authenticity
and integrity are complex The reality is that none of these are
true Conversion of invoices is fact of live for years and no
show-stopper at all Invoice originality is in most European
countries easily solvable by service providers and ERP vendors
in the market the PEPPOL regulatory framework solves
authenticity and integrity and is not a concern anymore for
participants
What should service providers and ERP vendors do Embrace
openness Opening your platform does not harm your business
model Instead it allows easy integration of your platform with
many other e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
with only one standard and protocol (PEPPOL) It eliminates the
need for costly bilateral agreements And it also empowers your
existing and new customers to use your services beyond your
platform
In a nutshell the paradigm of open e-invoicing and further
collaboration between e-invoicing providers ERP and accounting
software vendors in the area of interoperability is essential to
move Europe further in e-invoicing The private sector should now
step in and leverage that growth
(1) DNS is the same mechanism that makes sure that www
simplerinvoicingorg is translated into a technical IP address
of our web server The same mechanism is used to resolve
for example a VAT number into the IP address to which an
e-invoice can be delivered
About Jaap Jan Nienhuis Jaap Jan Nienhuis is Manager Simplerinvoicing at SIDN He is responsible for managing the Simplerinvoicing scheme authority Jaap Jan has a special interest in the development of new services in 4-corner models In his former roles he has been involved in a number of European collaborative e-invoicing initiatives including the EBA E-invoicing Working Group
About SIDN Simplerinvoicing is a collaboration between leading European e-invoicing and accounting software providers who all strive for mass adoption of e-invoicing by interoperability and standardisation Simplerinvoicing is a PEPPOL Authority The Dutch government is connected via Simplerinvoicing
wwwsimplerinvocingorg
Jaap Jan Nienhuis
Manager SimplerinvoicingSimplerinvoicing
DONT MISS THE OPPORTUNITY OF BEING PART OF LARGE-SCALE PAYMENTS INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The Paypers offers the most valuable source of information and guidance for all parties interested in the current state of affairs of the payments industry
Paul Alfing Chairman e-Payments Committee Ecommerce Europe
Once a year The Paypers releases three large-scale industry overviews covering the latest trends developments disruptive innovations and challenges that define the global onlinemobile payments e-invoicing B2B payments ecommerce and web fraud prevention amp digital identity space Industry consultants policy makers service providers merchants from all over the world share their views and expertise on different key topics within the industry Listings and advertorial options are also part of the Guides for the purpose of ensuring effective company exposure at a global level
For the latest edition please check the Reports section
ONLINE PAYMENTSAn all-in-one reference guide on (online) payments amp ecommerce industry trends evolving business models top players and relevant (alternative) payment methods
B2B PAYMENTS SCF amp E-INVOICINGIndustry voices from the online finance space share insights into the dynamic B2B payment e-invoicing supply chain finance industries to support innovative solutions amp thriving businesses
WEB FRAUD PREVENTION ONLINE SECURITY amp DIGITAL IDENTITYIn-depth source of information highlighting key facts amp trends into the global digital identity transactional and web fraud prevention amp detection ecosystem
Regulation amp Law
64 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
PSD2 XS2A ndash a Step Towards Open Banking
Evolution Payments Consulting
The world of retail banking and payments has become a very
engaging and dynamic environment We have seen new
products and services emerging over the past few years aimed
at disrupting the status quo For a market that has remained
relatively stable over the decades we are on the verge of
witnessing great change
To facilitate this change current payment regulation needs to
be amended to give financial service providers new and old
the opportunity to access systems and data so that they can
participate in the market and offer innovative products and services
To address this the European Commission published the Payment
Services Directive 2 (PSD2) in the Open Journal of the European
Union in January 2016 which will be transposed into Member
States national laws in January 2018
The aim of the Payment Services Directive 2 (PSD2) is to harmonise
the European payments landscape from a regulatory perspective
ensuring that all relevant organisations and activities are
adequately covered This marks a shift towards an integrated
single market for safe electronic payments that strives to support
the growth of the European Union (EU) economy Moreover the
aim is to ensure that consumers merchants and companies
enjoy choice and transparent secure payment services so that
they will fully benefit from the internal market
One of the principles of PSD2 is to foster an environment
whereby customers wanting to use value-added services from
Third Party Providers (TPPs) can do so safely in the knowledge
that their personal security credentials have not been shared with
a third party and that the service provider can access only the
information for which the customer has given explicit consent
However for these products and services to become mainstream
and widely adopted by consumers the TPPs require access to
the customerrsquos online bank accounts to access data in real-time
The mechanism by which this will be achieved is through Access
to Accounts more commonly referred to as XS2A which is set
out in PSD2
Access to accountsThe European Banking Authority (EBA) in cooperation with
the European Central Bank (ECB) will publish Regulatory
Technical Specifications (RTS) which will determine how TPPs
with a customerrsquos consent can access account information in
a secure manner to provide value-added services How this will
be achieved has yet to be determined the EBA will publish a
consultation paper with the draft RTS in late 2016
It is anticipated that the EBA will recommend the use of Application
Programming Interfaces (APIs) to deliver the vision of Access to
Accounts Yet it is still unclear on what API standards they will
focus and how these will practically be managed
The implications for regulated businessesHowever what is known is that this will have a profound impact
on incumbent banks payment organisations and fintechs
The implementation of an API environment whereby TTPs
can access customer account data to provide new innovative
products and services will challenge existing business models
There is going to be an influx of new market entrants Some will
be familiar names looking to extend the scope of their offerings in
the new API market economy Others are going to be nimble agile
fintechs that will deliver new compelling propositions and services
by doing things differently and looking to take market share from
incumbent organisations When PSD2 becomes a reality there is
nothing to stop companies applying to be a regulated entity as
a Payment Initiation Service Provider (PISP) andor Application
Initiation Service Provider (AISP) delivering new innovative
products and services directly to consumers
Are we seeing the conditions for a perfect storm On the one
hand we have banks that need to provide access to accounts
through PSD2 Regulation Some of them will become PISPs
andor AISPs to protect their existing business and revenues
and attract new customers
65 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
On the other we have the challengers a mix of established
organisations looking to grow their business through extension
and diversification of their core competencies through fintechs
and start-ups looking to carve a niche into the market with
focused products and services
The current status quo will be challenged Established technology
giants (eg Google Apple Samsung etc) with their financial
muscle large customer base across the majority of European
countries significant brand reputation and a strong understanding
of what drives consumers could potentially look to position
themselves as digital financial services providers
Nimble agile fintechs that donrsquot have the legacy IT environments
developed over many years are in a prime position to deliver and
launch new services
These organisations will look to realise a vision of a digital financial
services provider that can offer the consumer one place where
they can consolidate all the financial services data into an easily
understandable format with tools to manage their money and
without the legacy banking infrastructure and complexities
associated with it
A place where the customer can look apply and be granted
services (ie secureunsecure loans payday advances credit
card application foreign exchange services etc) in a quick
easy and frictionless manner from a variety of service providers
Automation and great UX being the name of the game
They do not have to provide the financial services directly to
the customer They can act as the broker the digital conduit
for products and services benefiting from the commercial
relationships struck with selected service providers
The world of retail banking and payments is set for great change
About Brendan Jones A senior management consultant with over 30 yearsrsquo experience in the payments industry working with a variety of organisations including technology amp service providers and financial organisations Previously held senior roles focusing on business strategy regu lat ion bus iness deve lopment MampA product development programme amp operations management and business process reengineering
About Evolution Payments Consulting Evolution Payments Consulting (EPC) provides payment consulting services to the financial services industry and allied organisations EPC provides payments industry advice to companies looking to support the implementation of new regulation developlaunch new banking and payment propositions re-purpose existing products and services to meet the new and existing regulatory requirements
uklinkedincominjonesbrendan
Brendan Jones
Director
Evolution Payments Consulting
66 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Late Payment ndash A Perspective
ABFA
Research reports or surveys into late payment are what seem to
pass for lsquoclick-baitrsquo in the rarefied world of SME and commercial
finance media The Asset Based Finance Association (ABFA)
regularly carries out its own studies our most recent review of
Companies House data finds that whilst in the manufacturing
sector the biggest businesses are benefiting from a slight fall in
payment times those benefits are not being passed down the
supply chain to smaller manufacturing businesses who still
suffer an ever-increasing wait for payment
Unfortunately this is a longstanding issue In 1997 the then
(literally) new Labour government launched the Better Payment
Practice Campaign with the business groups to address these
very issues Now the flag is flown by the Chartered Institute of
Credit Management with the Prompt Payment Code
There has been legislative action since 2010 as well with changes
to the legal framework at the EU level being implemented through
the Late Payment of Commercial Debts Regulations (2013) and
more significantly with last yearrsquos Small Business Enterprise
and Employment Act bringing forward a wide-ranging package
of measures to bolster the Code including requirements around
mandatory reporting of payment times
These measures are slowly coming through in Regulations now
and additional legislation in the form of the Enterprise Act 2016
(which received Royal Assent during the writing of this article) will
enable the establishment of the Small Business Commissioner
that will specifically focus on payment issues
But nine years on from the credit crunch and after several years of
intense political focus on these issues concerns about payment
times and the knock-on implications for cash-flow and availability
of working capital still regularly top the lists of concerns for small
business owners As indicated by our own research the nagging
concern is that whilst it might be getting better for the larger
businesses ndash who are arguably not the ones being imperilled in
the first place ndash the situation for smaller businesses is worsening
each and every year
What can be done Well depending on its resources and final
remit the Small Business Commissioner could be an interesting
proposition Despite relatively limited formal powers the
Groceries Code Adjudicator (GCA) has made some effective
interventions in its bailiwick naming and shaming one player
in particular earlier in the year in a spectacular example of
lsquobehavioural economicsrsquo in action However whether this media
and political pile-on will prompt and sustain meaningful change
across a notoriously cut-throat sector remains to be seen
For our part the ABFA and others have been calling for the
Small Business Commissioner to be established as a serious
proposition with a wide remit to identify all instances and
circumstances where smaller businesses are treated unfairly We
argue that such a body will need teeth as well as a big mouth if it
is really going to level the playing field
What is actually meant by late payment gets to the heart of
this and is why the ABFA argues that the conversation should
be about poor payment practices more generally not just late
payment
Delaying payment to a supplier outside agreed payment terms
unless there are legitimate reasons for not doing so is late
payment and is clearly unacceptable
What about a larger customer business leveraging the market
power it has over its smaller suppliers to impose extended payment
terms It is not lsquolatersquo payment but it is no less unacceptable and the
economic effect on supply chains is the same What about using
that same market position to impose retrospective discounts
as the GCA found What about the imposition of contractual
clauses that have the net effect of passing contractual risk from
the larger businesses that are best able to manage it down the
supply chain to the smaller businesses that are not
67 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Prominent amongst these are pay when paid clauses
(prevalent in the recruitment process outsourcing (RPO) world)
unlimited liquidated damages clauses and ban on assignment
clauses The latter contractual terms seek to prevent suppliers
from using their unpaid invoices to access invoice finance
Admirably the government is already taking specific legislative
action against these with the aforementioned Small Business
Act enabling Regulations (expected shortly) to render such
clauses ineffective belatedly bringing the UK into line with
most of the other major world economies This will allow invoice
financiers to provide more funding to more businesses and will
particularly benefit the smaller supplier businesses that suffer
most from these unnecessary clauses
Ultimately this should also be good for larger customer businesses
who will benefit from more stable and well-funded supply chains
Of course whilst invoice finance can help SMEs unlock funding
it is not a silver bullet and is not a substitute for paying suppliers
promptly and treating them fairly For that there needs to be a
cultural shift and that is where an empowered and resourced
Small Business Commissioner could have a real impact
About Matthew Davies Matthew is the Director of Policy and Communications at ABFA
About ABFA The ABFA represents the asset based finance industry in the UK and the Republic of Ireland Members include UK and Irish high street banks specialist and challenger banks specialist businesses of international banks and corporates and independent nonbank finance providers
wwwabfaorguk
Matthew Davies
Director of Policy and CommunicationsAsset Based Finance Association
68 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Directive 201455EU for E-invoicing and Procurement How Public Authorities Should Respond
EESPA
Important developments are underway in the promotion of
e-invoicing in public procurement Under the Directive 201455
EU Member States must ensure that all public sector contracting
authorities are able to receive and process electronic invoices
from suppliers which follow a new European standard for an
e-invoice This will happen over the next three or four years and
is a major opportunity for encouraging e-invoicing adoption
E-invoicing is supportive of public policy priorities such as
deficit reduction financial transparency and sustainability and
will specifically make a material contribution to public sector
cost reduction and efficiency Moreover it will provide benefits
to private sector suppliers Its ease of implementation can be
demonstrated with reference to many successful private sector
and public sector experiences and to the extensive range of
existing market solutions and service provider offerings
The European Union and the Member States have in recent
years taken some steps to promote e-invoicing as a public policy
priority in support of the Single Market and Digital Agendas
For instance the EU has funded important building blocks and
initiatives such as PEPPOL and the CEF programme to support
the adoption process With this clear public policy support
European public administrations of all kinds are getting ready to
adopt e-invoicing on a broad scale
The new standardDirective 201455EU provides a clear definition of an electronic
invoice an invoice that has been issued transmitted and
received in a structured electronic format which allows for its
automatic and electronic processingrdquo
The Commission has requested CEN a key European standardi-
sation organisation to draft a European standard for the semantic
data model of the core elements of an electronic invoice
CEN has created a CEN Technical Committee ndash CEN TC434 ndash to
carry out the work The lsquosemantic data modelrsquo will be a structured
and logically interrelated set of terms and their meanings
relevant to the business functions of an invoice To ease the use
of such standard the Commission has also requested CEN to
provide a limited number of syntaxes which follow the European
standard on electronic invoicing the appropriate syntax bindings
and guidelines on transmission interoperability lsquoSyntaxrsquo means
the machine-readable language or lsquodialectrsquo used to represent
the data elements contained in an electronic invoice and for
structuring messages based on the lsquosemanticrsquo data model
The European standard is now under preparation in the CEN TC
434 and will be approved and published by the early part of 2017
lsquoThe benefits of electronic invoicing are maximised when the
generation sending transmission reception and processing of
an invoice can be fully automated For this reason only machine-
readable invoices which can be processed automatically and
digitally by the recipient should be considered to be compliant
with the European standard on electronic invoicing A mere
image file should not be considered to be an electronic invoice
for the purpose of the Directive
How should public authorities respondThe Directive does not itself create a mandatory rule for the
parties contracting authorities and their suppliers to move all
their invoicing to electronic exclusively based on the European
standard at least not at this stage The Member States may
keep e-invoicing based on existing national standards and are
not forced to move away from traditional invoicing Having said
this the arrival of a European standard creates an opportunity
for harmonisation and a concerted process of adoption across
national public sectors and the EU
To make all this happen policy-making regulation and the
distribution of operational responsibilities are all critical factors
for the success of e-invoicing For the development of a suitable
policy framework the Member States will typically wish to
establish a national strategy with detailed action plans to ensure
implementation to decide on the degree of compulsion the
various ways and standards for adoption and to agree on a
centralised or decentralised infrastructure
69 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
European E-invoicing Service Providers Association
Member Public administrations may consider the use of lsquoshared
servicesrsquo the use of third-party e-procurement and e-invoicing
solutions and services and the degree of integration between
pre-award and post-award processes Contracting authorities
will wish to ensure that the necessary technical infrastructure
is deployed to receive invoices confor ming to the European
standard in the required formats
Once received the Directive does not require the contracting
authority to do more than lsquoprocessrsquo such invoices This can be
done in a fully automated way particularly if the contracting
authority is already processing e-invoices in a semi-automated
way or the invoices can be simply converted to a human
readable form (using available technology) and processed
manually The authority can leave it to suppliers to choose
whether to adopt the standard and render invoices in the format
and neither encourage nor discourage its use This describes a
minimalist strategy
It is recognised that the minimum requirements are a starting
point and likely to evolve as the e-invoicing journey progresses
The opportunity presented by the new European standard
calls for more ambitious and various e-invoicing adoption
programmes For this contracting authorities would think about
moving towards completely automated processing of e-invoices
after they are received perhaps only based on the new
standard Such an approach describes a maximalist strategy ndash
a recommended goal by many commentators
This will be a challenging and exciting period for the public sector
and their service and solution providers It is a real opportunity to
spread the e-invoicing habit and save money for buyers and their
suppliers whilst promoting supply chain efficiency
[The above material is drawn from a Guidance Paper prepared
for the European Multi-Stakeholder Forum on e-Invoicing and
prepared by the writer in conjunction with an Activity Group of
the Forum]
About Charles Bryant Charles Bryant is Secretary General of EESPA and also active in the Global Supply Chain Finance Forum
About EESPA The European E-invoicing Service Providers Association acts as a trade association at European level for a large and dynamic community of e-invoicing service providers drawn from organisations that provide network business outsourcing financial technology and EDI services EESPA is an International Not-for-Profit Association organised under Belgian law Formed in 2011 it has over 60 full and associate members and is involved with a range of important initiatives in interoperability the public policy debate and promoting adoption
wwweespaeu
Charles Bryant
Secretary GeneralEESPA
70 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The International Association for Alternative Finance
Growth of alternative financeSince 1999 and the early days of the internet we have seen
business models such as the travel sector been transformed
High street shops with glossy travel catalogues have given way
to web stores and ultimately travel comparison websites These
new models have enhanced the customer journey and delivered
rates of return to operators who have embraced these new
ways of working Not least with these models is the low cost of
operation low point of entry and typically higher yield per traveler
particularly when ldquoadd onrdquo sales such as insurance are achieved
From a slower start alternative finance has embraced similar
models Against a moribund collection of banks and traditional
finance providers the transition is starting to be made from
those high street shops which represent the traditional banks to
online web stores The resultant growth of alternative finance has
surprised even its staunchest critics
Standards and regulationAgainst this background of growth the alternative finance sector
has been slow to recognise the power of regulation as a way
to slow or indeed kill growth A good historical comparison is
the battle of the airlines in the 1980rsquos where heavyweight and
dominant airlines very nearly killed the growth of fast moving
low cost airlines through regulation
Differently to the street fighters of the Bransonrsquos alternative
finance providers have approached the threat from regulation
almost naively The predominant view is that each player will
develop its own approach to standards and regulation and that
all will be well However there is a massive under-estimation
of the traditional banks who spend tens of millions engaging
with regulators and influencers in order to maintain the status
quo The experience of challenger banks who were unable to
get exemptions from the UK bank tax is probably an indicator of
where such influence has acted against new entrants
The contradictionThe contradiction of platforms and funding providers is that
they want to be regulated This seems totally contra to a newly
developing sector where agility is everything
In addition regulators have been relatively disinterested in
regulating alternative finance as it represents such a tiny
proportion of finance Regulators are busy elsewhere
So what is the danger Well the danger is that alternative
finance providers may get regulated but in a way that they
had not expected This could be the result of regulators not
understanding the dynamics of this new market and may purely
by accident kill the sector
So what are the alternatives There are a number of different
segments to the alternative finance market consumer related
activity for sure touching on elements of regulatory space
However there are common threads which need standards to
be developed which could act as a guide for future but informed
regulation
These guidelines need to cover some real basics reflecting a new
industry For instance how much time is spent on staff vetting
crucial where sales staff are often responsible for authenticating
transactions And what happens with IT security both for
the platforms themselves and the feeds to and from funding
providers Again how long is it before a platform is hacked
If it can happen to the closed SWIFT network new technology
platforms could be even more vulnerable Resilience and
security is the responsibility of each platform at the moment but
a failure of the weakest link could have a devastating impact on
the sector
Regulation and Growth in Alternative Finance ndash A Contradiction in the Making
71 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The International Association of Alternative Finance (IAAF
orguk) has been taking a lead through 2015 in encouraging
platforms to work together to develop standards The concept
is to not make anything mandatory at this stage but to build
guidelines that members can work towards This has been
achieved in parallel with key stakeholders and regulators
The latter have been especially supportive as they do not want to
kill an embryonic alternative finance sector
However the fate of the sector very much rests in the decisions
of platforms and funding providers Do they lose the agility
of alternative finance or do they work together on building
guidelines and standards which could become the kind of
regulation that will support growth The IAAF is launching the
first Guidelines for the growth of alternative finance on June 16
The guidelines cover key areas required to support the growth
of the sector and will hopefully provide the pathway that the
industry needs
About Tony Duggan Tony was previously Supply Chain Development Director at Wickes where he developed Europersquos largest B2B platform As Consulting Services Director at Bolero a division of the SWIFT banking network he worked with some of the worldrsquos largest banks on global SCF initiatives This unique experience along with his real experience in start-ups and SMEs has provided him with real insights into the challenges of SCF and has been fundamental in the design of the Crossflow solution
About IAAF Founded in London in 2014 the International Association for Alternative Finance (IAAF) is an industry body committed to the promotion and development of the Alternative Business Finance sector IAAF sets out its drive for the Business Alternative Finance to be applied with excellence globally thereby creating opportunities for members and supporting the economy development as a whole The Associationrsquos four key focus areas are regulation reputation operational environment and future growth
wwwiaafinorg
Tony Duggan
Founder and DirectorIAAF
Company profiles
73 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company CloudTrade
CloudTrade is one of the fastest growing e-invoice networks and built firmly on the premise that e-invoicing should be free for suppliers easy-to-use and non-disruptive ndash only then will suppliers move away from paper These principles underpin the CloudTrade service which ensures high supplier adoption is guaranteed
Website wwwcloudtradenetworkcom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider
Head office location UK
In which market do you provide your services
North America Europe Middle EastAfrica AsiaPacific
Contact details Mr Richard Manson Commercial Director richardmansoncloud-tradecom +44 (0)7956 441898 2-6 Boundary Row London SE1 8HP
Active since 2010
Keywords electronic invoicing e-invoicing PDF invoicing P2P purchase to pay e-order O2C order to cash
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry)
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Ordering supply chain invoicing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes ndash we currently interoperate with a number of service providers Furthermore CloudTrade is a registered Access Point on the PEPPOL network
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription and transaction-based
Solution description CloudTrade removes the barriers to supplier adoption Our patented solution provides a non-disruptive way for a supplier to send electronic invoices ndash without having to change systems or infrastructure The net result is that we will remove more paper from an organisation in a shorter time frame than any other e-invoicing approach
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip No
Matching of related transactions Yes ndash match invoices to POs contracts service entry sheets or goods receipt Business rules can be amended per customer
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal No ndash a portal is available for the receiving organisation but not for the sending organisation Processing updates are provided to the supplier via e-mail
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
(Dynamic) discounting Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
74 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes ndash each document is validated against a set of document and customer specific validations
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes ndash due to the ease by which suppliers are able to adopt CloudTradersquos e-invoicing service typically more than 90 of suppliers that we are asked to on-board will come on board
Other services The core technology underpinning CloudTradersquos service is document agnostic We can (and do) provide e-document services across numerous sectors and document flows
75 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Comarch
Comarch is a global provider of IT solutions Comarch has more than 20 years of industry experience thousands successfully completed projects in over 40 countries worldwide references own RampD department made up of high-end IT engineers high ranking IT analyst ratings Gartner IDC Truffle 100 custom data centers in Poland and Germany
Website wwwcomarchcom wwwedicomarchcom
Service provider type Software vendor e-invoicing provider
Head office location Poland
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details Mr Bartlomiej Wojtowicz Product Manager bartlomiejwojtowiczcomarchcom +48 12 684 8735
Active since 1993
Keywords supplier onboarding supplier portal e-invoicing purchase-to-pay archiving electronic invoices master data management supply chain financing
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Broad scope of industries including FMCG retail DIY automotive logistics oilampgas pharma electronics
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Supplier onboarding master data management ordering supply chain logistics e-invoicing supply chain financing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Licensed SaaS transaction-based
Solution description Comarch EDI provides the companies with smart solution enabling exchange of validated and tax compliant invoices in the format adjusted to back office systems It provides electronic archive and electronic signature as well as Service Desk in 12 languages (including English German French Turkish Russian) to guarantee onboarding of each partner
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting No
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes via partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
76 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing Yes via partners
Workflow functionality No
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management No
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support Support for various formats
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Suppliers onboarding
78 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company ebpSource Limited
The most experienced team in the e-billing and payment industry ebpSource delivers software solutions consultancy and support to billers banks payment processors and outsourcers ebpSource brings unparalleled knowledge and a highly successful track-record designing developing deploying integrating and supporting many of the largest and highest-adoption services of this kind worldwide
Website wwwebpsourcecom
Service provider type Software vendor and reseller ndash e-billing e-invoicing e-signing mobile payment supply chain finance and authentication specialists Large-scale projects at a national and international level Ongoing support and specialist consultancy
Head office location United Kingdom
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Steve Wright Commercial Director swrightebpsourcecom +44 1753 567896
Active since 2006
Keywords ebpsource e-billing payment software solution e-invoicing e-signing authentication
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Cross-industry with specific specialisations in national e-bill consolidation bank-based e-invoicing and payment telecoms and utility e-billing e-signing and smart authentication
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Authentication e-invoicing payments online banking integration supply chain finance ordering e-signing
Support interoperability with other service providers
ebpSource has a wealth of experience in connecting e-billing and payment infrastructures at a national and regional level
Which pricing model do you mainly use
License subscription transaction-based
Solution description ebpSource provides a range of software consultancy and support services to help clients achieve new levels of operational efficiency customer service and cost reduction The team works closely with clients to design develop deploy integrate and support end customer applications Our key focus is long-term strategic partnerships with customers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices No
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
79 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Technology development consultancy and application support
81 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Order2Cash
Order2Cash is a pioneering provider of global order to cash optimisation services Cited by Gartner as a pure-play Order2Cash solution provider our services empower the work of Fortune 500 companies and leading enterprises around the world helping them to reduce costs and optimise spending on resources and technology Discover more at wwworder2cashcom Order2Cash is an Anachron company wwwanachroncom
Website
Service provider type
Head office location
In which market do you provide your services
Contact details
Active since
Keywords
wwworder2cashcomOrder2Cash provides flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe End-to-end global SaaS solutions including credit checks secure online contract signing multi-channel e-invoicing online payments credit management and document archiving
EMEA Head office Amsterdam the Netherlands US Head office NY USA
Globally
Phone EMEA +31 20 531 39 00 USA +1 347 478 5398 Email infoorder2cashcom Twitter O2CAnachron LinkedIn linkedincomcompanyorder2cash
2000
order to cash e-invoicing credit management payments contracting interoperability
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Mid-large corporates and multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Our solutions are focused on AR automation and accelerating the order to cash process As such they are suitable for use in all industries
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Support interoperability with other service providers
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Solution description
Credit checks online document signing e-invoicing payments cash application credit management collections
Yes we have interoperability agreements with an extensive range of B2BB2G e-invoicing networks and are a member of the European E-Invoicing Service Providers Association (EESPA)
Transaction-based pricing
Order2Cashcom offers a suite of SaaS solutions that combine to create a flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe Its modules support credit checks contracting e-invoicing payments and credit management Select components and tailor a solution to suit your business needs
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes Our solutions integrate with 700+ ERP systems for easy document exchange In addition we are connected with over 25 P2P platforms
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools We work closely together with partners such as PwC and EY to ensure international TaxVAT compliancy
TAXVAT compliancy Global coverage
e-Signature service Every document is signed with an e-signature (QES or AES) to guarantee integrity and authenticity and to meet VAT requirements This can be completed with a timestamp
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Offered through partner network of financial institutions
View company profile in online database
82 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Every document is securely archived complete legal storage period
Scanning of paper invoices Yes in cooperation with our network of output partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes in cooperation with our network of global output partners
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Available in cooperation with our network of output patners
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We have established connections with over 700 ERP systems
Which standards do you support UNCEFACT CII ISO20022 Financial Invoice UBL 20 and others if required
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes Any structured data can be converted to XML format
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes All data is validated and reported
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes Full support guidelines and advice is offered to all clients on customer activation
Other services Related to invoicing reporting query management customer grouping authorisation tools consolidated billing Alongside invoicing services your Order2Cash solution can expand to include online payment functionalities robust credit management and cash application tools as well as a secure online contract and document signing service Further details on the full platform can be found on our website
Connecting everyone everywhere
Flawless integration of the entire AR process across the enterprise
and around the globe
wwworder2cashcom
Fix Your Leaky Receivables Scan the QR code to claim your FREE Diagnostic Spreadsheet and measure the hidden costs in your accounts receivables processes
84 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Saphety Level ndash Trusted Services SA
Saphety is a leading company in global network solutions for electronic documents exchange document presentment data synchronisation and public procurement Saphety has 4700 companies and over 129000 users throughout more than 30 countries
Website httpwwwsaphetycom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider bank software vendor reseller or specialist
Head office location Portugal (headquarters in Lisbon and operational offices in Bogotaacute Colombia and Satildeo Paulo Brazil)
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details infosaphetycom +351 210 114 640
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic documents exchange e-invoice invoice software paperless transactions EDI document presentment public procurement data synchronisation
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Buyers suppliers both
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates and government
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Automotive government healthcare retail utilities telecom tourism oil amp energy finance (bank and insurance) mass businesses and others
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Contracting ordering supply chain invoicing payments
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription transaction-based
Solution description SaphetyDoc enables you to exchange business documentation electronically including purchase orders delivery notes and invoices in a simple way at a low cost While complying with all legal requirements related to e-invoicing SaphetyDoc allows to completely eliminate the use of paper in the invoicing process from issuance to sending and approval
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy AU AT BE BG CA CY CZ DK EE FI FR DE GR HK HU IS IE IM IL IT LV LI LT LU MT MX MA NL NZ NO PL PT RO SG SK SI ZA ES SE CH GB US
e-Signature service Yes we provide e-Signature Service We can also use external e-Signature service if requested by client
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
85 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support UBL 20 EDIFACT Flat files TXT XML Idoc etc
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services IPC Invoice Payment Control Doc+ Market reports in progress
Please stop wasting paperBest RegardsMother Earth
Learn more at saphetycom
Saphety offers the best paperless solutions to help your businessbe more environmentally friendly while improving your efficiencyand workflow process
87 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Tungsten Corporation Ltd
Tungsten Corporation accelerates global trade by enabling customers to streamline invoice processing improve cash-flow management and make better buying decisions Tungsten Network helps buying organisations reduce their invoice-processing costs by 60 and profit by applying real-time spend analytics to their line-level invoice data Suppliers gain efficiencies greater payment-status visibility and optional early payment
Website wwwtungsten-networkcom
Service provider type Global e-invoicing network invoice finance and spend analytics
Head office location London UK
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Mr Ruud van Hilten SVP Global Buyer Sales ruudvanhiltentungsten-networkcom +44 87 0165 7420
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic invoicing accounts payable procurement supplier network purchase to pay invoice finance spend analytics AP workflow
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B amp B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry) E-invoicing is a horizontal process
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Invoicing purchase to pay working capital financing purchasing orders supplier self-service real-time spend analytics
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes We interoperate with compliant service providers where there is customer demand qualifying invoice volume and compliance is maintained
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Balanced-costs are shared by buyers and suppliers Low volume suppliers receive 52 free invoices annually and high volume suppliers receive 520 free invoices annually After these free invoice transactions have been used a flat fee structure is applied per invoice transaction
Solution description The worldrsquos largest organisations connect with thousands of suppliers around the globe through Tungsten Network We enable companies to send and receive error-free tax-compliant invoices around the globe without the need to install any hardware or software We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme to ensure that suppliers participate and transact with their buyers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes We can take POs from all sources in a buyerrsquos structure and present these to the supply chain Suppliers can convert POs directly into invoices on our portal
Matching of related transactions Yes We match invoices with POs online-level if required
Distribution of e-invoices Yes We enable companies to send and receive compliant B2B invoices
Invoice presentment portal Yes Suppliers can use our portal to manually enter their invoice data convert a PO check the status of their invoices and select early payment
Legal compliance tools Yes Our rules engine enables companies to receive compliant invoices in all the jurisdictions we are compliant in
TAXVAT compliancy Yes We work with local tax authorities to enable companies to send and receive compliant invoices We are currently compliant in 47 countries with a pipeline of new countries in progress
View company profile in online database
88 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
e-Signature service Yes All compliant invoices are digitally signed where required by local regulations We provide at-source signature verification
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes Invoice financing is a service we offer through Tungsten Network Finance This can be funded by Tungstenrsquos own financing partners the buyer or the buyerrsquos banking partners
(Dynamic) discounting Yes We offer this service on a case-by-case basis via Tungsten Network
e-Archiving Yes We provide legally compliant archiving
Scanning of paper invoices Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Printing Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Workflow functionality Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Direct integration with payments Yes Tungsten Bank has access to all relevant payment systems
Accounts Payable management No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Accounts Receivable management
No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We fully integrate with any ERP financial software
Which standards do you support Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes We use extensive and flexible rule-sets to ensure compliance with our buyersrsquo business processes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme and can contractually guarantee paper conversion rates in best practice projects
Other services Purchase order services invoice status service spend analytics supply chain finance
89 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Glossary3-Corner Model3-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoices are connected to a single service provider for
the dispatch and receipt of messages
Another definition 3-Corner Model is an invoicing process set-up
whereby trading partners have separate contractual relationships
with the same service provider When both senders and receivers
of invoices are connected to a single hub for the dispatch and
receipt of invoices it is referred to as a 3-Corner model This central
hub consolidates the invoices of several receivers and many
senders in the case of accounts payable and several senders and
many receivers in the case of accounts receivable processing
Consolidators and trade platforms are usually 3-Corner Models in
which both senders and receivers are connected to the service
The 3-Corner Model in principle can only offer reach to the
parties that are connected to the central hub This means that
either invoice senders or invoice receivers often have to connect
to multiple hubs in order to increase their reach To solve limited
reach in 3-Corner Models roaming has been introduced
4-Corner Model4-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoice messages are supported by their own service
provider
Another definition 4-Corner Model is an invoicing process
set-up whereby each trading partner has contracted with one
or several separate service providers whereby the service
providers ensure the correct interchange of invoices between the
trading partners The concept of the 4-Corner model originated
in the banking sector When senders and receivers of invoices
are supported by their own consolidator service provider (for the
sender) and aggregator service provider (for the receiver) it is
referred to as a 4-Corner Model A network usually based on open
standards provides connectivity and the facilities for the secure
trusted exchange of invoices and or other business documents
In the 4-Corner Models the consolidator and aggregator roles are
often two different service providers
AAccess to financeAccess to finance is the ability of individuals or enterprises to
obtain financial services including credit deposit payment
insurance and other risk management services
Accounts payableAccounts payable refers to the money a business owes to others
current liabilities incurred in the normal course of business as an
organisation purchases goods or services with the understanding
that payment is due at a later date Accounts payable is also
the department within an organisation responsible for paying
invoices on behalf of the organisation
Accounts payable automationAccounts payable automation represents the (semi-) automated
management of accounts payable administration by automated
processing of invoices Accounts payable automation requires
integration of the invoicing process with accounting software
Accounts receivableAccounts receivable refers to money which is owed to a company
by customer for products and services provided on credit This
is often treated as a current asset on a balance sheet A specific
sale is generally only treated as an account receivable after the
customer is sent an invoice
Advanced electronic signature (AES)Advanced electronic signature (AES) means an electronic
signature which meets the following requirements a) it is
uniquely linked to the signatory b) it is capable of identifying
the signatory c) it is created using means that the signatory van
maintain under its sole control and d) it is linked to the data to
which it relates in such a manner that any subsequent change of
the date is detectable
90 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Alternative financeAlternative financial services (AFS) is a term often used to
describe the array of financial services offered by providers
that operate outside of federally insured banks and thrifts
(hereafter referred to as lsquobanksrsquo) Check-cashing outlets money
transmitters car title lenders payday loan stores pawnshops
and rent-to-own stores are all considered AFS providers
However many of the products and services they provide
are not lsquoalternativersquo rather they are the same as or similar to
those offered by banks AFS also sometimes refers to financial
products delivered outside brick-and-mortar bank branches or
storefronts through alternative channels such as the internet
financial services kiosks and mobile phones
Online platform-based alternative financing activities include
donation- reward- and equity-based crowdfunding peer-to-
peer consumer and business lending invoice trading debt-
based securities and others
Asset based lending (ABL)Asset based lending (ABL) is a specialised form of secured
lending whereby a company uses its current assets (accounts
receivable and inventory) as collateral for a loan The loan is
structured so that the amount of credit is limited in relation to the
value of the collateral The product is differentiated from other
types of lending secured by accounts receivable and inventory by
the lenders use of controls over the borrowerrsquos cash receipts and
disbursements and the quality of collateral rather than ownership
of the receivables as in factoring
Asset based loanAsset based loan is a business loan in which the borrower pledges
as loan collateral any assets used in the conduct of his or her
business Funds are used for business-related expenses All
asset-based loans are secured
Automated clearing house (ACH)Automated clearing house (ACH) is an electronic payments
system (outside the card networks) for clearing and settling
transactions Funds are electronically exchanged directly to
from participantsrsquo accounts Frequently used by end-user
organisations as the payment method by which to pay their
issuer
BBasel IIIBasel III is a comprehensive set of reform measures designed to
improve the regulation supervision and risk management within
the banking sector The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
published the first version of Basel III in late 2009 giving banks
approximately three years to satisfy all requirements Largely
in response to the credit crisis banks are required to maintain
proper leverage ratios and meet certain capital requirements
Bank payment obligation (BPO)Bank payment obligation (BPO) is a class of settlement solution
in international supply chain finance Bank payment obligation is
an irrevocable undertaking given by an obligator bank (typically
buyerrsquos bank) to a recipient bank (usually sellers bank) to pay
a specified amount on an agreed date under the condition
of successful electronic matching of data according to an
industry-wide set of rules adopted by International Chamber of
Commerce (ICC) Banking Commission
Bill of ladingA bill of lading (sometimes abbreviated as BL or BoL) is a
legal document between the shipper of a particular good and
the carrier detailing the type quantity and destination of the
good being carried The bill of lading also serves as a receipt
of shipment when the good is delivered to the predetermined
destination This document must accompany the shipped goods
no matter the form of transportation and must be signed by an
authorised representative from the carrier shipper and receiver
BlockchainBlockchain is a distributed ledger comprised of digitally recorded
data in packages called blocks These digitally recorded blocks of
data are stored in a linear chain Each block in the chain contains
cryptographically hashed data (such as Bitcoin transactions)
The blocks of hashed data draw upon the previous-block in the
chain
Business interoperability interfaces (BII)Business interoperability interfaces on public procurement
in Europe (BII) is CEN Workshop providing a basic framework
for technical interoperability in pan-European electronic
transactions expressed as a set of technical specifications that
in particular are compatible with UNCEFACT
91 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Business Process Outsourcing (BPO)Business process outsourcing (BPO) is the contracting of a
specific business task such as payroll to a third-party service
provider Usually BPO is implemented as a cost-saving measure
for tasks that a company requires but does not depend upon to
maintain their position in the marketplace
Business-to-business (B2B)Business-to-business is a type of commerce transaction
that exists between businesses such as those involving a
manufacturer and wholesaler or a wholesaler and a retailer
Business to business refers to business that is conducted
between companies rather than between a company and
individual consumers This is in contrast to business to consumer
(B2C) and business to government (B2G) A typical supply
chain involves multiple business to business transactions as
companies purchase components and other raw materials
for use in its manufacturing processes The finished product
can then be sold to individuals via business to consumer
transactions
Business-to-business paymentsBusiness-to-business payments represent the payments that
are made between businesses for various goods services and
expenses
Business-to-consumer (B2C)Businesses or transactions conducted directly between a
company and consumers who are the end-users of its products
or services Business-to-consumer as a business model differs
significantly from the business-to-business model which refers
to commerce between two or more businesses
Business networksMany businesses use networking as a key factor in their
marketing plan It helps to develop a strong feeling of trust
between those involved and play a big part in raising the profile
and takings of a company Suppliers and businesses can be
seen as networked businesses and will tend to source the
business and their suppliers through their existing relationships
and those of the companies they work closely with Networked
businesses tend to be open random and supportive whereas
those relying on hierarchical traditional managed approaches
are closed selective and controlling
CCard schemeCard schemes such as Visa or MasterCard promote the use of
various card types which carry their logos Banks and financial
institutions have to apply for membership of the appropriate card
scheme before they can issue cards or acquire transactions
Cash flowCash flow represents the pattern of company income and
expenditures and resulting availability of cash
CENBII CENBII is an UBL-based XML format used for the OpenPEPPOL
network it currently exists in a version 1 and version 2 CENBII
is meant to be used for international transfers on OpenPEPPOL
whereas domestic transfers will generally use a localised version
of CENBII (eg EHF SimpleInvoice)
CFDIComprobante Fiscal Digital a traveacutes de Internet (CFDI) or Digital
Tax Receipt through Internet refers to the current mandated
form of e-invoicing in Mexico All e-invoices in Mexico are issued
as CFDI as of January 1 2014
ClearingClearing is the process of exchanging financial transaction
details between an acquirer and an issuer to facilitate posting
of a card-holderrsquos account and reconciliation of a customerrsquos
settlement position
Clearing house automated payment system (CHAPS)The company has responsibility for the operation of an electronic
transfer system for sending real-time gross settlement same-day
payments for CHAPS Sterling and CHAPS Euro
Commercial cardA commercial card is the generic umbrella term for a variety
of card types used for business-to-business (B2B) payments
Some of the cards listed as commercial are purchase cards
entertainment cards corporate cards travel cards and business
cards
92 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Commercial financeCommercial finance is a generic term for a range of asset based
finance services which include factoring invoice discounting
international factoring reverse factoring and asset based lending
facilities There are many variations on each of these product
sets (and the precise nomenclature varies from market to
market) but all exist to provide working capital funding solutions
to businesses
ConversionConversion represents the act of automatically converting the
format of an electronic invoice from the format of the sender
to the format of the recipient (format conversion) or converting
the encoding of content (eg different code list or units of
measure) using agreed mapping processes that do not alter the
information represented by the document (content conversion)
Corporate cardCorporate card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business travel and entertainment (TampE)
expenses It is also referred to as a travel card The liability for
abuse of the card typically rests with the company and not with
the employee
Corporate liabilityThe end-user organisation is liable for the commercial card
charges this is the case for purchasing card programs and
sometimes corporate card programs
CovenantThe covenant represents a promise in an indenture or any other
formal debt agreement that certain activities will or will not be
carried out Covenants in finance most often relate to terms in
a financial contracting such as loan documentation stating
the limits at which the borrower can further lend or other such
stipulations Covenants are put in place by lenders to protect
themselves from borrowers defaulting on their obligations due to
financial actions detrimental to themselves or the business
DDays payable outstanding (DPO) Days payable outstanding (DPO) is an efficiency ratio that
measures the average number of days a company takes to pay
its suppliers
Days sales outstanding (DSO)Days sales outstanding (DSO days receivables) is a calculation
used by a company to estimate their average collection period It
is a financial ratio that illustrates how well a companyrsquos accounts
receivables are being managed
Debtor (buyer)A debtor or buyer constitutes a business that has been supplied
with goods or services by the client and is obliged to make
payment for them It is also referred to as the purchaser of
goods or services supplied by a client whose debts have been
assigned sold to a factor
Debtor finance Debtor finance also called cash flow finance is an umbrella
term used to describe a process to fund a business using its
accounts receivable ledger as collateral Generally companies
that have low working capital reserves can get into cash flow
problems because invoices are paid on net 30 terms Debtor
finance solutions fund slow paying invoices which improves the
cash flow of the company This puts it in a better position to pay
operating expenses Types of debtor financing solutions include
invoice discounting factoring cash flow finance asset finance
invoice finance and working capital finance
Debt financingDebt financing refers to when a firm raises money for working
capital or capital expenditures by selling bonds bills or notes
to individual andor institutional investors In return for lending
the money the individuals or institutions become creditors and
receive a promise that the principal and interest on the debt will
be repaid
Directive of the European CommissionThe Directive of the European Commission is a legal act of the
European Union regarding defining a new legal framework for
payments
Distributed ledgerA distributed ledger is a consensus of data shared and synchronized
geographically across multiple websites countries and institutions
93 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Dynamic discounting Dynamic discounting represents the collection of methods in
which payment terms can be established between a buyer and
supplier to accelerate payment for goods or services in return for
a reduced price or discount
EElectronic invoice (e-invoice) An e-invoice is an electronic invoice that contains the information
required by Council Directive 201045EU and which has been
issued and received in any electronic format It contains more
than just an image of an invoice An e-invoice also contains data
in a format that computers can understand This means that an
e-mail with a PDF file attached is not an e-invoice
E-invoice addressE-invoice address is the ID used to send or receive an e-invoice
The type of ID used differs depending on the country and the
format in use Typical IDs include GLN DUNS VAT-ID IBAN and
OVT A sender must know a recipientrsquos e-invoice address in order
to send an e-invoice The message is routed to the recipient by
any operator along the way using the e-invoice address
E-invoicing service providerIt is a provider that on the basis of an agreement performs
certain e-invoicing processes on behalf of a trading partner or
that is active in the provision of support services necessary to
realise such processes To determine whether an IT vendor is a
service provider the following circumstances should be taken
into account a) That the contract with the trading partner(s)
leads the latter to expect a VAT-compliant service b) The nature
of the service is such that VAT compliance is appropriate c) The
provider is insured against service related risks to his clientsrsquo tax
compliance Trading partners can use multiple e-invoicing service
providers see 3-Corner Model and 4-Corner Model definitions
An e-invoicing service provider can subcontract all of parts of
its services to other providers such subcontractors can also be
e-invoicing service providers if they meet the criteria set out in this
definition
Early payment discountAn early payment discount is offered by some companies to
motivate credit customers to pay sooner The early payment
discount is also referred to as a prompt payment discount
or cash discount The seller often refers to the early payment
discount as a sales discount while the buyer may refer to the
early payment discount as a purchases discount
Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP)Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP) usually
consumer-oriented lsquobill payingrsquo presented and paid through
the internet Other terms such as internet bill presentment and
payment (IBPP) electronic bill presentment (EBP) and online bill
presentment and payment (OBPP) are also in use
Electronic data interchange (EDI)Electronic data interchange (EDI) constitutes the electronic
communication of business transactions such as orders
confirmations and invoices between organisations Third-parties
provide EDI services that enable organisations with different
equipment to connect Although interactive access may be a
part of it EDI implies direct computer-to-computer transactions
into vendorsrsquo databases and ordering systems
Electronic funds transfer (EFT)Electronic funds transfer (EFT) represents the moving of funds
between different accounts in the same or different banks
through the use of wire transfer automatic teller machines
(ATMs) or computers but without the use of paper documents
Electronic invoice life cycleA process comprising a) the issue of the electronic invoice by or
in name and on behalf of the supplier b) receipt of the invoice by
or on behalf of the buyer and c) storage of the electronic invoice
during the storage period by or on behalf the supplier and the
buyer
Electronic invoice presentment and payment (EIPP)Electronic invoice presentment and payment has originated
in the B2B world and describes the process through which
companies present invoices and organise payments through the
internet
94 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Electronic invoicingElectronic invoicing represents the management of an electronic
invoice life cycle without the use of paper-based invoices as tax
originals
Electronic payablesA form of electronic payment using the card infrastructure
managed centrally within an organisation typically by accounts
payable (AP) Also known as electronic accounts payable (EAP)
automated payables e-payables push payments straight
through payments (STP) buyer initiated payments (BIP) single-
use accounts and electronic invoice presentment and payment
(EIPP) Each provider has a proprietary name for its particular
solution functionality and processes vary for each
Electronic procurementElectronic procurement represents the use of the internet or a
companyrsquos intranet to procure goods and services used in the
conduct of business An e-procurement system can streamline
all aspects of the purchasing process while applying tighter
controls over spending and product preferences
Electronic signatureAn electronic signature or e-signature is any electronic means
that indicates either that a person adopts the contents of an
electronic message or more broadly that the person who claims
to have written a message is the one who wrote it (and that the
message received is the one that was sent) By comparison
a signature is a stylised script associated with a person In
commerce and the law a signature on a document is an indication
that the person adopts the intentions recorded in the document
Both are comparable to a seal
Electronic statement presentation (ESP)It refers to the electronic presentment of a variety of other
commercial documents apart from invoices such as account
statements purchase orders delivery notifications and others
Not included are many unstructured documents that are
exchanged
Enterprise resource planning (ERP) Enterprise resource planning (ERP) is an integrated information
system that serves all departments within an enterprise Evolving
out of the manufacturing industry ERP implies the use of
packaged software rather than proprietary software written by or
for one customer ERP modules may be able to interface with an
organisationrsquos own software with varying degrees of effort and
depending on the software ERP modules may be alterable via
the vendorrsquos proprietary tools as well as proprietary or standard
programming languages
EscrowEscrow is a financial instrument held by a third-party on behalf
of the other two parties in a transaction The funds are held by
the escrow service until it receives the appropriate written or oral
instructions or until obligations have been fulfilled Securities
funds and other assets can be held in escrow
FFactorThe factor is a financial entity providing factoring facilities
FactoringFactoring is an agreement between a business (assignor) and
a financial entity (factor) in which the assignor assignssells its
receivables to the factor and the factor provides the assignor
with a combination of one or more of the following services with
regard to the receivables assigned advance of a percentage of
the amount of receivables assigned receivables management
collection and credit protection Usually the factor administers
the assignorrsquos sales ledger and collects the receivables in its
own name The assignment can be disclosed to the debtor
Faster PaymentsFaster Payments enable interbank funds transfers in near real
time typically initiated via the internet or phone The Faster
Payments Service represents the biggest advancement in UK
payments for several decades and is designed to run in parallel
with the existing Bacs and CHAPS services Other financial
institutions are able to join either as members or to access
the system through agency arrangements with a member in the
same way they do with other payment systems
95 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Fleet CardA fleet card is a specialised commercial card used to capture
fleet-related expenses (eg fuel vehicle maintenance repair
and service)
Four-party payment systemThe four-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user and issuer on one side and the merchant
and acquirer on the othermdashall of whom are linked by the network
includes the Visa and MasterCard models
GGlobal process owner (GPO)A global process owner is a professional who has (or should have)
complete ownership of an end-to-end process globally This
means that once the correct process has been established there
should be no process deviation unless approved by the global
process owner A global process owner has final approval of the
adoption of any technology affecting the given process
IInterchange feesThe interchange fee also called the discount rate or swipe fee
is the sum paid by merchants to the credit card processor as a
fee for accepting credit cards The amount of the rate will vary
depending on the type of transaction but averages about 2 of
the purchase amount The interchange fee is typically higher for
online purchases than for in-person purchases because in the
latter the card is physically present and available for inspection
InteroperabilityInteroperability is the ability of making systems and organisations
work together (inter-operate) While the term was initially defined
for information technology or systems engineering services to
allow for information exchange a more broad definition takes
into account social political and organisational factors that
impact system to system performance Another definition refers
to interoperability as being a task of building coherent services
for users when the individual components are technically different
and managed by different organisations
InvoiceAn invoice is an itemised bill for goods sold or services provided
containing details such as individual prices the total charge and
payment terms
Invoice discounting Invoice discounting is a form of short-term borrowing often used
to improve a companyrsquos working capital and cash flow position
Invoice discounting allows a business to draw money against its
sales invoices before the customer has actually paid
Invoice financeSee Debtor finance
Invoice trackingInvoice tracking represents the process of collecting and
managing data and information about an Invoice Item and its
various traits andor states as it is followed or tracked throughout
different phases of its life cycle (lifecycle)
LLevel I dataIt refers to standard transaction data including date supplier and
total purchase amount Also written as lsquolevel 1rsquo data
Level II dataIt represents the enhanced transaction data including Level
I data plus a customer-defined reference number such as a
purchase order number and separate sales tax amount Also
written as lsquolevel 2rsquo data
Level III dataIt constitutes the detailed transaction data including Level II data
plus line-item detail such as the item purchased Sometimes
referred to as simply lsquoline-item detailrsquo Also written as lsquolevel 3rsquo
data
Line-item detailIt is a transaction data reflecting what was purchased See also
Level III data
NNetwork providerA network provider is a service provider that connects directly to
both the supplier and the buyer The supplier or buyer is required
to make only one connection to the network provider enabling
them to connect to multiple buyers andor suppliers With an
e-invoicing network there is no requirement to interoperate as
connection is independent of data format and a global network
enables the flow of data cross-border
96 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
OOne cardOne card is a type of hybrid card in which a single card is issued
to an employee for more than one category of expenses (eg
goodsservices and travel expenses) eliminating the need to
carry two separate cards
One card plus fleetA single card used for purchasing travel and fleet-related
expenses (fuel vehicle maintenance others) It combines the
functionality of a P Card corporate card and fleet card
OpenPEPPOL OpenPEPPOL is an open point-to-point network of sending
receiving web services to cover all of Europe it is currently
primarily in use in Finland the Netherlands Norway and Sweden
CENBII v1 is the base format but domestic transfers might use
a localised version
Order-to-cashOrder-to-cash also known as OTC or O2C is the end-to-end
process by which companies receive an order from a customer
deliver the goods or services raise the invoice for the transaction
to send to the customer and receive the payment from the
customerrsquos bank account Increasingly the OTC process (which
is part sales and part accounts receivable) is being managed as
an end-to-end process See also Accounts Receivable
PPACPAC stands for Authorised Provider of Certified Tax Receipts via
Internet Authorisation as a PAC is issued by SAT after an entity
proofs the technical and legal requirements to ensure the safety
capacity and infrastructure of the provider in delivering services
to the taxpayer
Peer-to-peer (P2P) lending A method of debt financing that enables individuals to borrow
and lend money ndash without the use of an official financial institution
as an intermediary Peer-to-peer lending removes the middleman
from the process but it also involves more time effort and risk
than the general brick-and-mortar lending scenarios
PO flippingPurchase order (PO) flipping happens when a supplier receives a
purchase order from its customer through a supplier portal and
at the time of raising an invoice converts the data provided in
the purchase order into the data on the invoice The benefit of
this process is that by the time the invoice has been received
by the customer the matching of the invoice with the purchase
order information will be perfect PO flipping is however only
appropriate for the type of supplier that uses a supplier portal
to create invoices typically a lower volume supplier See also
Supplier portals
ProcurementProcurement is the process of obtaining or acquiring goods and
services It also represents the department within an organisation
that is usually responsible for the development of requests for
proposals (RFPs) proposal analysis supplier market research
negotiations buying activities contract administration inventory
control etc Also referred to as purchasing sourcing or similar
term
Procure-to-pay (P2P) processThe steps the employees of an end-user organisation follow to
make a purchase and the associated payment An organisation
typically has different P2P processes for different types of
purchasespayments a P-Card P2P process is usually the most
streamlined Also referred to as purchase-to-pay or source-to-
settle process
Purchase order (PO)Purchase order is a written authorisation for a supplier to
deliver products andor services at a specified price according
to specified terms and conditions becoming a legally binding
agreement upon supplier acceptance
Purchase-to-pay processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Purchasing card (P-Card)A purchasing card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business-related goods and services
end-user organisation must pay its issuer in full each month for
the total of all P-Card transactions Also called a procurement
card (ProCard) and purchase card
97 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
RRebateIt refers to money paid by an issuer to its customer (an end-user
organisation) in conjunction with the end-userrsquos commercial card
usage the rebate amount is based on various criteria as defined
within the contract terms between issuer and end-user Also
sometimes called revenue share
ReceivablesReceivables represent an asset designation applicable to all
debts unsettled transactions or other monetary obligations
owed to a company by its debtors or customers Receivables
are recorded by a companyrsquos accountants and reported on the
balance sheet and they include all debts owed to the company
even if the debts are not currently due
Receivable financeReceivable finance allows suppliers to finance their receivables
relating to one or many buyers and to receive early payment
usually at a discount on the value
ReconciliationThis is the matching of orders done by (internet) shoppers with
incoming payments Only after a successful reconciliation the
merchant will start the delivery process The extent to which
payment service providers carry out reconciliation and the way
in which they do so (sending an e-mail providing files) may vary
Reverse factoringReverse factoring is an arrangement made between large buying
organisations and banks with the intention to finance suppliers
and provide a lower buying price to the buyer Like lsquofactoringrsquo
there are three parties involved ndash the buyer supplier and the
factoring company (in this case typically a bank) The bank
takes on the responsibility to pay the supplierrsquos invoice early
for a discounted price The buyer then settles with the bank
according to the terms of the original invoice The supplier has
offered or agreed to a discount based on early payment and this
discount is shared between the bank and the buyer
SSales tax (VAT)Referred to as value added tax in the UK or sales tax in the
US this form of indirect tax is applied to almost all business
transactions It is the companyrsquos responsibility to add the tax
amount to its sales transactions and pay the tax on purchase
transactions At the end of each period (each quarter) it is the
companyrsquos responsibility to net off the charged tax on the sales
invoices and the paid tax on the purchase invoices and if there
is a positive balance to pay this to the government Increasingly
the management of VAT is moving into the shared services
organisation as this is where purchase and sales invoices are
processed
SettlementSettlement is the process by which merchant and cardholder
banks exchange financial data and value resulting from sales
transactions cash disbursements and merchandise credits
Shared servicesShared services refer to a business model which is largely
applied by mid-tier or enterprise-sized companies It is larger
companies who typically adopt shared services because scale is
one key element of the model The intention of shared services
is to run operations more efficiently and more cost-effectively
Using the finance function as an example shared services works
in the following ways Firstly it is the centralisation of a finance
activity the consolidation of systems that activity runs off the
standardisation of the processes that support that activity and
the automation (and continuous improvement) of that activityrsquos
processes Secondly it is the running of this centralised
consolidated activity as a ldquobusiness within a businessrdquo which
means the shared services organisation will often have its own
profit and loss account (PampL) will treat the rest of the business
as its customer will hire and develop service oriented staff will
possibly have service level agreements (SLAs) with its customers
and will charge for its services When a company centralises
a function it is not quite accurate to call it shared services
Centralisation is just one aspect of shared services
98 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
SOAP (Finvoice)Transmission frame (SOAP) specifies the sender recipient and
service provider data The service provider routes the message
to its recipient on the basis of frame data File may include
several Finvoice messages Each message must include a
transmission frame (SOAP)
SOAP (generic)Simple object access protocol (SOAP) is a web service protocol
or message framework for transferring XML-based messages
between web services BT does not support UBL directly but it is
able to identify and handle an UBL message wrapped in a SOAP-
envelope
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS)SaaS is a cost-effective way for companies to lsquorentrsquo software
without the burden of installation and maintenance because it is
supplied hosted (via the internet) and maintained by an external
vendor
Source-to-settle processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs)
SMEs are organisations which employ fewer than 250 persons
and which have an annual turnover not exceeding EUR 50
million and or an annual balance sheet total not exceeding EUR
43 million
Split liabilityLiability for commercial card charges is split between the
cardholder and end-user organisation based on merchant
category codes for example the cardholder might be liable for
travel and entertainment (TampE) expenses while the organisation
is liable for the other transactions
Straight-through payment (STP)Straight-through payment (STP) is a specific version of electronic
payables an end-user organisation receives and approves a
supplier invoice then initiates payment to the supplier through its
issuer The supplier does not need to process a card transaction
as payment is made directly through its merchant account
SupplierThe supplier represents a merchantvendor with whom the
organisation does business
Supplier financeSupplier finance is a set of solutions that optimises cash flow
by allowing businesses to lengthen their payment terms to
their suppliers while providing the option for their large and
SME suppliers to get paid early See also Supply chain finance
Reverse factoring
Supplier onboardingThis refers to getting a supplier set up on a particular program
such as purchase-cards dynamic discounting or electronic
invoicing Supplier onboarding involves both the communications
concerning the process change and the supplierrsquos role within it
and the technical set-up of the program
Supplier portalA supplier portal is the front end of the e-invoicing or
e-procurement platform which enrolled suppliers connect to via
the internet Here suppliers can accept purchase orders change
profile information such as bank details and addresses flip
purchase orders (see PO flipping) and raise invoices Supplier
portals are generally used by low volume suppliers as the
supplier will have to re-key the data into its own billing system
One significant benefit for a supplier using a supplier portal is
that it gets full visibility of the invoice process namely when the
invoice will be paid
Supply chain finance (SCF)The use of financial instruments practices and technologies to
optimise the management of the working capital and liquidity
tied up in supply chain processes for collaborating business
partners SCF is largely lsquoevent-drivenrsquo Each intervention
(finance risk mitigation or payment) in the financial supply
chain is driven by an event in the physical supply chain The
development of advanced technologies to track and control
events in the physical supply chain creates opportunities to
automate the initiation of SCF interventions
99 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Supply chain paymentsSupply chain payments optimises cash flow by allowing
businesses to lengthen their payment terms to their suppliers
while also providing an alternative option to their suppliers to get
paid early
TTrade financeTrade finance signifies financing for trade and it concerns both
domestic and international trade transactions Trade finance
includes such activities as lending issuing letters of credit
factoring export credit and insurance Companies involved
with trade finance include importers and exporters banks and
financiers insurers and export credit agencies as well as other
service providers
TreasuryTreasury is defined as the funds of a group institution or
government or to the department responsible for budgeting
and spending Another definition refers to treasury as being
the department of a government in charge of the collection
management and expenditure of the public revenue
Three-party payment systemThe three-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user on one side and the merchant on the
othermdashlinked by the network which also fulfills the role of issuer
and acquirer includes the American Express and Discover
models
UUBL Universal Business Language (UBL) is an XML-based format with
corresponding business processes created by OASIS it amongst
others contains scenarios for sourcing ordering and billing Many
newer formats (EHF CENBII and OIOUBL) are localisations of UBL
20
UnderwritingIn B2B payments underwriting represents the department within
an acquirerprocessor organisation that evaluates the financial
stability and risk of a potential merchant customer
VValidation E-invoice XML-data is validated usually against schema which
means that the structure and content of the data is checked Failed
validation means that the invoice is going to be rejected by the
receiving operator which then sends negative acknowledgement
to sending operator which forwards the acknowledgement to
sender
Value addedThe enhancement a company gives its product or service before
offering the product to customers Value added is used to describe
instances where a firm takes a product that may be considered a
homogeneous product with few differences (if any) from that of
a competitor and provides potential customers with a feature or
add-on that gives it a greater sense of value
WWorking capitalWorking capital represents the cash and other liquid assets
needed to finance the everyday running of a business such as the
payment of salaries and then purchase of raw materials
XXMLThe Extensible Markup Language (XML) is a flexible markup
language for structured electronic documents XML is based on
SGML (standard generalised markup language) an international
standard for electronic documents XML is commonly used by
data-exchange services to send information between otherwise
incompatible systems
Contact us
EditorsMirela AmarieiTiberiu AvramDaniela CiobanuOana IfrimAnda KaniaEmil JuverdeanuSebastian LupuMadalina MocanuAndreea NitaAdriana ScrepnicMihaela Mihaila
RELEASE VERSION 10MAY 2016 COPYRIGHT copy THE PAYPERS BV ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
TEL +31 20 893 4315 FAX +31 20 658 0671MAIL EDITORTHEPAYPERSCOM
B2B Payments Supply Chain Finance amp E-Invoicing Market Guide 2016
INSIGHTS INTO THE B2B PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING MARKET
3 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | INTRODUCTION
Editorrsquos letterMcKinsey started off its ldquoGlobal Payments 2015 A Healthy
Industry Confronts Disruptionrdquo report by outlining the four
potential disruptions that will alter the payments industry during
the next years First change nonbank digital entrants will
transnotform the customer experience reshaping the payments
and broader financial services landscape The pressure put on
banks caused by technology giants and innovative startups
reaches a whole new dimension And although generally
speaking startups have not been a significant threat to banks in
the past McKinsey believes things will be different this time ldquodue
to the nature of the attackers the prominence of smartphones
as a channel and rapidly evolving customer expectationsrdquo
The second change is reflected in the modernization of domestic
payments infrastructures There are approx 15 countries where
this modernization has already happened and many others plan
to do so in the near future The third trend intently looks at
digitization in transaction banking Retail banking has experienced
impressive progress in payments However the most interesting
transformation is currently happening in the B2B space as you
will discover in this Guide Finally the fourth potential disruption
comes in the form of cross-border payments inefficiencies
These in the minds of innovative companies present themselves
as great opportunities
To these four trends I would add several others that have a
tremendous impact on the overall industry for those already
exploring them For this we looked at how parties are handling
the changes (and challenges) in technology organizational
ownership regulation MampA standardization
bull Technology developing a sense of urgency towards lsquodoing
somethingrsquo with the available financial technology is essential
Fintech is already here so companies must pass the testing
phase towards implementation and solving actual problems
Fintech companies lsquoattack frictionrsquo and leverage innovative
technologies (eg mobile apps application programming
interfaces (APIs) cloud technology crypto technology artificial
intelligence and data analytics) to address convenience user
experience and functionality They also lsquoattackrsquo the limitations
that originate from traditional banking products and services
In the case of blockchain banks actively look for ways to
integrate this technology into their business Yet despite the
efforts of financial institutions to find out how much business
they can gain by adopting blockchain technology it is still not
clear if itrsquos just a(nother) hype or if it corresponds to similar
interest from corporations
Also finally banks amp corporates are starting to make use of their
data and turn that into business profit The financial services
industry is currently facing a wave of entrepreneurial disruption
disintermediation and digital innovation so how to face one
of the potentially biggest challenge ever ndash the information
management
bull Organisational challenges developing a sense of ownership
becomes top priority
Against the historically known rigid organisational structure and
hierarchy banks amp corporations are trying to break down silos
and leverage conversation across departments with the ultimate
result of having lsquoone version of the truthrsquo a lsquosingle agendarsquo a
lsquoplanrsquo More often than ever knowing who owns the final decision
of implementing a (commercial) payments solution or a financing
service emerges as top priority Questions such as ldquoHow to gain
management support for implementing certain programsrdquo
ldquoWho are the relevant stakeholders to make seamless
payments and finance a realityrdquo and ldquoWhat are their role in the
programmerdquo etc are no longer left unanswered
bull Regulation (keeping a watchful eye on regulation amp law is
also crucial but keep in mind that regulation that supports the
growth of your business is already in place
We often hear that regulation should level the playing field for
all market participants If this is really the case find out in this
report Explore the Guide for up-to-date information about
the PSD2 Prompt Payment Code Directive 201455EU for
E-invoicing and Procurement etc
bull MampA (scalecapabilitiesspeeding up innovation) In terms
of value some of the industrys largest deals during 2015
occurred in the payments segment
4 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | INTRODUCTION
The industrys highest value transactions include Global
Payments announced the USD 788 million acquisition of
Heartland Payment Systems a provider of payment processing
services to merchants PayPal acquired Xoom Corporation a
digital money transfer provider Optimal Payments bought Skrill
with USD 12 billion Alibabacom acquired Paytm for USD 680
million BBVA acquired Simple for USD 118 million One of
the most interesting moves however might be MasterCardrsquos
acquisition of VocaLink 13 banks serve as shareholders
for VocaLink which have reportedly approved the deal with
MasterCard to enter into the negotiation stage several media
outlets reported This deal is projected to be worth GBP 1 billion
(roughly USD 14 billion) and would involve the UK`s largest
banks mdash Barclays HSBC Lloyds Banking Group and Royal
Bank of Scotland which collectively own 80 of VocaLink
VocaLink processed 1 billion transactions in 2015 which
amounts to half of all UK payments and also processed 90
of salaries and at least 70 of all household`s bills and state
benefits The reason why MasterCard is interested in VocaLink
is the desire to scale internationally So far MasterCard captures
only 5 of the debit card payments in the UK thus it points to a
desire to compete with Visa abroad
Furthermore in 2015 we have seen a different dynamic in the
incumbents vs fintechs war Payments amp finance service providers
banks and corporations are either investing in fintech players
acquire them partner them or build from scratch labshubs
accelerators to spur innovation (more on this later in the Guide)
bull Optimisation standardization Last but not least itrsquos time to
optimise standardise revise
There is almost a tangible feeling that lsquotime is nowrsquo for revamping
old infrastructure honing processes enhancing operations
perking up data analysis augmenting reporting etc Yoursquove
heard it before certainly but it bears repeating The time for
innovation is now But (sic) not before the industry comes to
terms (literally) regarding what supply chain finance actually
means what is meant by late payment etc
In the first part of the guide we investigate the initiatives in
the field of B2B payments supply chain finance amp e-invoicing
describing various models for digital finance as presented by key
industry players either in the form of an exclusive interview or an
elaborate article
In the second part you can find in-depth company profiles
that map out key players in the global e-invoicing and supply
chain finance space The company profiles section comes with
essential information about markets (target group specialisation
etc) proposition (processes facilitated pricing model solution
description etc) services (dynamic discounting legal compliance
tools AP AR management standards supported) etc
This Market Guide carefully created by The Paypers puts
together the most recent and relevant information in payments
amp finance The guide brings a fresh perspective about the
industry puts in focus the potential impact of the latest industry
developments and opportunities keeping the readers well
informed and always a step ahead
This guide wouldnrsquot exist without all the people who matter most
the authors our media partners and you our faithful reader We
thank you all for your continuous support This report has been
put together with the utmost care If you discover that despite
our efforts it features information that is unclear or erroneous we
very much appreciate your feedback using editorthepaypers
com email address
Mirela Amariei
Senior Editor The Paypers
5 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | TABLE OF CONTENT
Table of contents
37
11
1213
1517
192022
25262830
3233
3637
39
414244
Editorrsquos LetterFour Trends in B2B Payments and Financing Innovation | Mirela Amariei Senior Editor The Paypers
Thought Leadership
B2B paymentsExclusive interview with Andrew P Reid | Managing Director and Head of Cash Management Corporates EMEA Global Transaction Banking Deutsche BankBlockchain in B2B Payments | Enrico Camerinelli Senior Analyst Aite GroupThe Emerging Internet of Payments | Roger Bass Founder CEO and Principal Traxiant
BlockchainB2B Blockchain-based Payments Can it Beat the Banks | Kris Wielens Senior Consultant Orchard FinanceThe Three-Phased Transformation of Supply Chain Finance with Blockchain Technology | Gys Hough Consultant Innopay
Innovation in payments amp bankingExclusive interview with Wim Raymaekers | Head of Banking Market SWIFTExclusive interview with Markus Strauszligfeld | Head of International Cash Management Sales UniCreditMaking One-Click Finance Possible ndash Who Are the Relevant Stakeholders and How They Should Work Together | Susie West CEO and Founder sharedserviceslinkExclusive interview with Marten Nelson | VP Marketing TokenThe Future of Banking Innovation and the Fintech Startups Journey | Falguni Desai Founder amp Managing Director Future Asia Ventures
The power of data amp traceability Track and Trace of Invoices for Working Capital Optimisation | Prof Dr Michael Henke Director Enterprise Logistics Fraunhofer InstituteTurning Financial Messaging Data into Business Profit ndash The New Challenge for Financial Institutions | Andreacute Casterman Chief Marketing Officer INTIX
Commercial paymentsGaining Management Support for Your P-Card Programme | Terri Brustad Manager of Content Services NAPCPCommercial Payments under the Scrutiny of New Technology | Chris Holmes Senior Vice President KAE
6 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | TABLE OF CONTENT
Table of contents
4748
50
52
54
5758
60
63646668
70
72
89
Trade amp finance Financing International Supply Chains An Idea Whose Time Has Come | Alexander R Malaket Deputy Head of the Executive Committee ICC Banking CommissionImproving Access to Finance for SMEs with the Open RFI Project | Matthijs van Bergen Researcher SCF Windesheim amp Steven van der Hooft CEO Capital ChainsIf Supply Chain Finance is Supplier-Centric Financial Supply Chain is Customer-Centric | Magnus Lind Co-Founder The Talent ShowSupply Chain Finance Time for SMEs to Take Position | Anita Gerrits Supply Chain Finance Specialist
E-invoicingCross-border Invoicing ndash The Real Challenge for Multinational Projects | Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz Product DevelopmentManager Comarch EDIWhy lsquoOpenness Should Be The 1 Selection Criteria for Any E-invoicing RFP Process | Jaap Jan Project ManagerSimplerinvoicing
Regulation amp lawPSD2 XS2A ndash a Step Towards Open Banking | Brendan Jones Evolution Payments ConsultingLate Payment ndash A Perspective | Matthew Davies Director of Policy and Communications Asset Based Finance AssociationThe Directive 201455EU for E-invoicing and Procurement How Public Authorities Should Respond | Charles Bryant Secretary General EESPARegulation and Growth in Alternative Finance ndash A Contradiction in the Making | Tony Duggan Founder and Director IAAF
Part 2 ndash Company profiles
Glossary
7 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
4 Trends in B2B Payments and Financing Innovation
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
I lived to see the US electing its first black president I watched
the 2008 financial crisis crushing many dreams I witnessed the
creation of Anonymous and Wikileaks two organisations that
changed the way we the people (and the organisations) carry
ourselves online Blockchain is being built right under my curious
eye by someone whorsquos identity is virtually unknown (or is it)
I am a young business professional curiously watching how
things unfold and change my life and others forever And I have
questions Lots of them What if one day I will be able to make B2B
payments from my mobile phone enjoying the same convenience I
have in my personal life And without any fees And cross-border
Real-time would be nice too Could blockchain help Are the
incumbent players ready to respond to my needsrequirements
What do new companies offer What is the risk working with
them What can help me identify the best solution Where are the
innovations heading What are the use cases for blockchain
In the sea of options here are 4 trends that I picked up and that
will make a dent in my history and that of payments amp financing
innovation
Trend no 1 FintechOne thing I learned while working at The Paypers as an expert on
B2B payments is that I should always ask these three questions
what was what is and what will be And I first looked at the
current payments infrastructure
Intuitively modernizing the internal infrastructure and operations
to meet new payments needs unleashes new market innovations
but the reality is that they ndash both old and new infrastructure ndash will
have to co-exist for a while
But first things first ndash how does the current payments infrastructure
stack up compared to the online sectors For instance in the UK
Fintech sector EY experts believe the entire UK industry currently
generates GBP 20 bn in revenue annually The payments
infrastructure alone accounts for GBP 81 bn while the online
sector for GBP 19 bln The former is dominated by established
players (card schemes issuers processors merchant acquirers
national payment infrastructures) while the latter sees a huge
number of newbies and thus remains largely fragmented
What has changed Everything and nothing at the same time
Some established fintechs are seeking to deliver a step change
in legacy infrastructure and the need for faster payments has
visibly increased in the B2B segment yet Ardent Partners
research still points to ACH commercial cards amp wire transfers
as the fastest growing e-payment methods in 2016
Also if you look at a bankrsquos product portfolio one will discover a
range of solutions in retail private commercial investment and
transacnottion banking along with wealth and asset management
and insurance However if you look at the fintech landscape one
will discover an increasing number of service providers that focus
on improving specific parts of this traditional broad portfolio by
using innovative technology In other words fintechs build and
execute specific parts of the banking value chain better cheaper
and faster than what is currently on offer at banks Cheaper and
faster sound compelling
Investors seem to enjoy the show too Globally investment in
fintech ventures tripled from USD 4 billion in 2013 to USD 12
billion in 2014 with Europe being the fastest growing region in the
world according to a report by Accenture
How banks corporates amp payment schemes react to the inflow of new entrantsMore than 90 of bankers expect that fintech will have a
significant impact on the future landscape of banking Almost a
third believe that fintech will win an equal share or even dominate
the market
Interestingly this yearrsquos Davos event was a lot about financial
technology (compared to previous years when it was much more
about banking) and what industry experts picked up was that
when it comes to big banks and payment schemes they all
consider themselves part of fintech or driving it
8 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
ldquoBiggest Global Banks at Davos Were All Fintech Innovators
Nowrdquo -Bloomberg
The way that is unfolding is that for instance big banks started
to consolidate their position in the fintech world through heavy
investments in startups through acquisition and mergers via
opening innovation labshubs via high-profile partnerships etc
Some examples include JPMorgan Chase and Banco Santander
announced an investment in ex-banker Blythe Mastersrsquo blockchain
startup Deutsche Bank invested in PayPal and OnDeck Bank
of America has a USD 3 billion annual budget for investing in
technology and innovation a figure thats doubled since 2010
Visa has disclosed a 10 stake in the fintech unicorn Square
and alongside Nasdaq Citi and other industry players invested
USD 30 million in Chaincom a blockchain developer platform
that serves an enterprise market
Whatrsquos more all big players ndash banks payments providers card
schemes ndash poured their money into innovation labs hubs
accelerators The highlights of 2015 are as follows Visa Europe
launched Visa Europe Collab its new international innovation
hub and argued that the company is in a unique position to
help innovators develop and scale their ideas MasterCard on
the other hand has selected in February 2016 together with
Silicon Valley Bank four startups to take part in the fourth class
of CommerceInnovated a virtual accelerator designed to help
commerce startups grow their businesses The solutions that will
be built here range from mobile lending to instant authentication
and identity checks As part of the program the startups will
gain access to operational expertise from Silicon Valley Bank
MasterCard and their respective networks
Wells Fargo is committed to ldquohelp innovative entrepreneurs
overcome challenges and seize opportunitiesrdquo with investments
of up to USD 500000 through its Startup Accelerator a program
focused on startups that create solutions for financial institutions
and enterprise customers Since its inception in 2014 the
Wells Fargo Startup Accelerator has received applications from
innovative companies in 23 countries
Peeking through the corporate sector window Future Asia
Ventures talks about 116 corporate accelerators being live
worldwide Europe takes the lionrsquos share with 54 accelerators
mostly based in the UK and Germany however companies are
increasingly launching and adding more accelerators in EMEA
and Asia Pacific locations as well
No matter what the approach is the consensus is that there is
a huge need to reduce costs to align with a digital strategy not
merely upgrade the IT systems
ldquoThe state of corporate banking IT in the digital business world is
precariousrdquo ndash Gartner amp BCSG
Survey data indicates CIOs are underestimating the importance
of digital technology lack adequate staff and resources and are
mostly ignoring nonbank disrupters
Although concerned some banks do not appear to be stepping
up to the challenge A majority of bankers (54) believe that
banks are either ignoring the issue or that they ldquotalk about
disruption but are not making changesrdquo
Make no mistake banks are actively engaged in digitalization
and most firms have an IT strategy that is aligned and integrated
with an attendant technology roadmap for implementing a digital
business However although 62 of institutions reported that
they have already started deploying a digital banking roadmap
only 53 of them have not appointed an executive to define and
lead implementation This suggests several significant road bumps
are likely to appear during the digital transformation journey
Whatrsquos more if you look at the relationship between banks and
corporates things have a different shade of gray In a 2014
report from EY 63 of corporates reported product and service
innovation to be a critical part of their relationship with banks
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
9 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
Yet those respondents suggested that only 40 of banks
have satisfactory performance levels Moreover a more recent
report (September 2015) from Total Solutions and Innopay shows
that only 14 of corporates make use of B2B FinTech solutions
(survey among large corporates in the Netherlands) Another 70
of the corporates are following the B2B fintech market but have
not engaged yet According to the survey the two main reasons
not to engage are a lack of sufficient knowledge about and
insight into the impact of using finTech solutions and concerns
about the continuity of the finTech company Only 125 of the
questioned companies state that they do not want to jeopardise
their bank relation
Trend no 2 Cross-border payments amp B2B commerce80 of cross-border payments revenues are B2B according to
McKinsey Emerging Asian and Eastern European economies are
set to experience the greatest growth
So if the contribution of cross-border payments to total payments
revenue growth will climb from 5 in 2013-2014 to 14 in 2014-
2019 there is money to be made and fintech is the front-runner to
help remove some of the frictions
As nonbank players increasingly encroach on the traditional
cross-border turf of banksmdash moving from consumer-to-consumer
to B2B cross-border paymentsmdashthey will force many banks to
rethink their longstanding approaches to cross-border payments
ndash McKinsey
In this scenario of lsquounbundling of the full-service model of banks
into bits and piecesrsquo the market depicts new names Traxpay
Align Commerce Payoneer Transpay Ripple eeDOCS Earthport
Kontox to name only a few
Good news though major banks around the world take action
to improve the customer experience in cross-border payments
dramatically by signing up to SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation
initiative announced at the end of December 2015 The +45
participating firms include major transaction banks from Europe
Asia Pacific Africa and the Americas
The goal is to enhance cross-border transactions by leveraging
SWIFTrsquos messaging platform and global reach
Trend no 3 BlockchainBlockchain is the technology underpinning Bitcoin and one of its
biggest advantages is that it allows two parties to transact without
making use of a central authority of third party intermediaries
Oversimplifying a bit it removes huge costs and adds transparency
speed and security Ripple Ethereum Monero Lightning Network
Amiko Pay Bitfury and others act as agents of disruption in the
B2B payments world by using blockchain rails
ldquoBanks foresee benefits for corporations by virtue of the
applications running on the blockchain that will ripple down to
the banksrsquo corporate clients Consequently before launching
any blockchain-related program a bank must be very clear and
extremely convincing about what is in it for its corporate clients
- Enrico Camerinelli senior analyst at Aite Group
Other players lsquorewiringrsquo the way payments are processed through
the use of blockchain include GoCoin Blade GemPay Gazeebo
io etc as depicted by William Mougayar author of the book lsquoThe
Business Blockchainrsquo
Trend no 4 Alternative financingAccording to the lsquo2016 UK Alternative Finance Industry Reportrsquo
by Nesta and KPGM the UK online alternative finance industry
grew to GBP 32 billion ndash an 84 increase compared to the GBP
174 billion of 2014 In 2015 almost 20000 British SMEs raised
alternative finance through online channels receiving GBP 22
billion in business funding The online alternative finance industry
is pushing the needle of market growth business models public
awareness corporate partnerships institutional funding product
innovation international expansion as well as further regulatory
support and policy acceptance
Among all models peer-to-peer business lending and invoice
trading are the largest models by volume of the UK online
alternative finance market
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
10
Share this story
B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
In total nearly GBP 149 billion was lent to SMEs in the UK
(a 99 year-on-year growth rate and 194 average growth rate
between 2013 and 2015)
Interestingly enough innovative corporate partnerships are
being forged between alternative finance platforms with the likes
of Virgin Amazon Uber Sage and KPMG This has certainly
pushed boundaries ndash merging the traditional corporate world
with the disruptive models of alternative finance
Invoice trading the second highest model continues to be a
popular financing tool for small and medium-sized enterprises
wanting to trade their invoices or receivables at a discount
in exchange for the speedy procurement of working capital
However while the GBP 270 million market size in 2014 grew by
178 compared to 2013 growth from 2014 ndash 2015 was more
modest with a 20 growth rate to GBP 325 million
Zooming in on the strategies banks (and alternative finance
providers for that matter) use to better position themselves we
identify a lot of partnerships Banks teaming up with online lenders
This is a different dynamic ndash instead of trying to displace banks
online lenders decided to strike partnerships For instance On
Deck teamed up with JP Morgan Chase and said it will help speed
up the process of offering small business loans to the banks 4
million customers Lending Club another online lender tied-up
with Citi Moven partnered marketplace lender CommonBond
In a game of tongue twisters American Banker said that fintechs
team up to become more like a bank I would argue that banks
team up with fintechs to become more like a fintech
Also another question arises what if a corporate want to expand
into more countries That may mean to establish a physical
presence in each location that is relevant to their client Could
banks satisfy that need too
The industry is dynamic and some companies leapfrogged some
steps but although the developments are innovative and exciting
the road ahead is paved with many bumps
About Mirela Amariei Crafting large-scale industry reports carrying out interviews and writing about innovation in payments and fintech are Mirelarsquos daily treats As the Senior Editor at The Paypers she speaks frequently with key thoughts leaders to identify trends and trendsetters She can be reached at mirelathepayperscom and via Linkedin wwwlinkedincominamarieim
About The Paypers The Paypers is the leading source of news and intelligence for professionals in the payment community worldwide Our products are aimed at merchants payment services providers processors financial institutions start-ups technology vendors and payment professionals and have a special focus on all major trends and developments in payments-related industries including online and mobile payments and banking ecommerce e-invoicing supply chain finance web fraud amp security and many others
wwwthepayperscom
Mirela Amariei
Senior EditorThe Paypers
Thought Leadership Section
B2B Payments
13 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B payment innovation the beginning of exciting times
Deutsche Bank
Why should banks and corporates invest in real-time payments For corporates the benefits stem from the capability for executing
time-sensitive transactions ndash such as High-Value critical vendor
or MampA-related payments ndash while receiving close-to-immediate
proof of execution instead of waiting for the specific entry to be
documented by standard intraday reporting
For banks to serve client needs they need to be involved in these
developments which is why Deutsche Bank and others are helping
develop a Pan-European Instant Payment Solution For large
banks involvement in establishing such future paymentcollection
platforms is a revenue loss avoidance tactic rather than a
profit creation one as they will otherwise lose market share to
disruptors And while urgent payments can currently be more
expensive there may be a regulatory push for banks to provide
real-time payments with no extra charges in the near future
What are the benefits and challenges of implementing pay-on-behalf-ofcollect-on-behalf-of structuresPOBOCOBO structures help corporates consolidate cash
flows and rationalise account structures as well as increasing
purchasing power when negotiating cash management terms
with banks POBOCOBO simplifies liquidity management as
cash is centralised through domestic and cross-border cash
concentration It also allows for streamlined cash management
activities across subsidiaries as payments and receivables
are bundled in one place (such as a Shared Service Centre)
for execution out of the central account Improving cash and
liquidity management in these ways reduces credit need and the
operational burden on subsidiaries
Deutsche Bankrsquos experience and feasibility studies on POBO
COBO in Europe over the past four years have shown four kinds
of challenges market-specific practices and legal tax and
operational considerations In addition POBOCOBO structures
differ in the status of the underlying account For POBO the
ordering account can be a normal operating account in most
jurisdictions but since funds collected within COBO structures
often relate to different legal entities the underlying account is
often considered a trust account This has further implications
For instance depending on regional Anti-Money Laundering laws
an account can contain either own funds of the account holder
or funds that belong to third parties (trust accounts) ndash not both
That in turn may require corporates to separate some incoming
transaction flows from the entities flowsrsquo part of the on-behalf-of
structure
What main friction points in B2B cross-border payments will disappear in the next five yearsDevelopments driven by regulatory change or facilitated by
technology and solution-based improvements will ultimately
allow for more frictionless and cost-effective transaction
processing For example the Payment Services Directive (to be
updated soon by PSD-2) affected cut-off times and value-dating
habits and a shift will likely take place in this area to align cross-
border payments in different currencies with the same value-
dating as SEPA payments
Similarly currency payments will likely become easier thanks
to automated conversion services such as Deutsche Bankrsquos
FX4Cash which offers client ease-of-use real-time FX rates
and enhanced transaction data And solutions such as Virtual
Accounts will improve reconciliation and accounting (through the
rationalisation of physical bank accounts across a region)
Retail banking has experienced futuristic leaps in the payments space ndash now is the time for the same level of transformation and convenience in the B2B space
The industry is poised to apply such innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration will this be possible
14 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What bank-core competencies foster innovation and growth through fintech partnerships in the B2B payments space We have witnessed the effects of the first wave of digitalisation
on daily activities particularly through smart devices and apps
Peer-to-peer and C2B processes have already experienced
radical transformation and the industry is poised to apply such
innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration
between incumbents and new players will this be possible
Fintechs have the technical skills and understanding of consumer
behaviour fail-friendly mindset and regulatory freedom to be
innovative ndash but in an increasingly competitive landscape that
will see market consolidation over coming years they need more
than that to survive Banks conversely experience internal and
external obstacles to innovating independently including legacy
systems internal siloes a cautious culture and tighter regulatory
restrictions But by offering the strength of their established
reputation global infrastructure existing client-base and expertise
regarding risk regulation and treasury needs banks can support
fintech growth bring new products to market through such
strategic alliances and successfully scale-up new offerings
What are the Bankrsquos plans for blockchainDistributed Ledger Technology is not new but interest around its
potential applications is rising and opportunities for blockchain
ndash from fraud prevention and risk reduction to quicker and more
transparent payment flows ndash cannot be ignored We are at the
beginning of the blockchain journey and the ways it will change
business models processes and ecosystems are yet to be
seen but we predict immense potential up and down the value-
chain Participants ndash for example it was one of the first banks to
test smart contracts for corporate bonds which was conducted
in-house in collaboration with the DB Labs Deutsche Bank
recently opened innovation labs in London and Berlin with a third
just opened in Silicon Valley which will help the Bank best utilise
new technologies and deepen relationships with start-ups In a
decade there will be myriad different blockchain technologies and
interoperability will be crucial The Bank is an initial driving member
of blockchain consortium R3 CEV and participated in trials of five
distinct blockchain technologies with other member banks
About Andrew Reid Appointed to his current role in 2013 Andrew has been with the Bank for 17 years within corporate cash management and trade finance Andrew supports and advises clients in adapting to the new regulatory environment and optimising their treasury operations
About Deutsche Bank Deutsche Bank provides commercial and investment banking retai l banking transaction banking and asset and wealth management products and services to corporations governments institutional investors businesses and private individuals Deutsche Bank is Germanyrsquos leading bank with a strong position in Europe and a significant presence in the Americas and Asia Pacific
gtbdbcom
Andrew P Reid
Managing Director and Head of Cash Management Corporates EMEA Global Transaction Banking
Deutsche Bank
15 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Blockchain In B2B Payments
Aite Group
Financial institutions are spending time and resources to find
out how much business they can gain by adopting blockchain
technology This hype on the bank side does not correspond
to similar interest from corporations nor itrsquos clear whether
blockchain technology creates similar business opportunities
for each side Yet a significant roadblock must be removed
That is the extremely poor understanding corporate people
have about blockchain In a January 2016 survey 95 corporate
executivesmdash66 of whom were supply chain and treasury
managers with the remaining coming from IT legal and salesmdash
were asked if they were familiar at all with the term ldquoblockchainrdquo
Over 80 answered ldquonordquo The first step of the journey is thus to
align on terms and definitions Consider blockchain as a ldquosecured
spreadsheetrdquo that sits in the cloud that multiple parties can review
Each of the transactions that are a part of it is guaranteed by a
set of cryptographic keys and all transactions are stored in one
database The blockchain is essentially an enormous database
that runs across a global network of independent computers
Main characteristics of blockchainIrrevocability There is an irrevocable trail (ie time-stamping)
of all the transactions that have ever been made which makes
attempts at hacking or fraud unsuccessful
Title transfer It allows property whose ownership is controlled
via the blockchain (ie physical property such as cars phones
or houses)
Distributed The ledger represents the truth because mass
collaboration constantly reconciles without having the need to
trust because thatrsquos built into the mechanism
Smart contracts Perhaps the most relevant blockchain feature
smart contracts are self-executing contractual states stored on
the blockchain which nobody controls and therefore everyone
can trust The code can control and restrict how the data is
accessed and used
Where do we go from hereA bitcoin that transfers ownership of title of a crypto-currency
can be applied between two parties that exchange goods for
money in business-to-business (B2B) transactions B2B partners
would best benefit from blockchain-based applications in the
increasingly global B2B payments There are complexities with
foreign payments that are not experienced in domestic payments
such as foreign exchange value-added taxes in certain countries
interfaces with many clearing and settlement networks and
the need to understand and apply specific country laws with
regard to payments processing Knowledge about the status of
payments can be even more important than settling the payment
itself The status of payments may affect the ability of a buyer
to make a purchase from a seller depending on the amount of
credit extended by the seller to the purchaser It may also impact
future pricing provided by the seller to a buyer For time-critical
payments knowing the location of a particular transaction in the
payment process allows the payer to take action if the payment is
delayed The more corporate treasurers know about outgoing and
incoming payments the better their cash forecasts
Blockchain and B2B paymentsThis article examines which blockchain drivers best apply to
current B2B payment process elements and intermediaries
ndash eg banks network providers clearing and settlement
structures Rather than revolutionary the analysis determines
how blockchain supports improves and- eventually- replaces
current B2B payments processes (see Figure 1)
Figure 1 Blockchain Features Applied to B2B Payment Process Elements
Source Aite Group
16 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
When paying the supplier the buyer issues a payment
instruction from its accounts payable to the bank This initiates
the transfer of title of currency and a time-stamp makes the
transaction irrevocable The intermediary bank may enjoy
blockchainrsquos irrevocability and title transfer to secure the
uniqueness and traceability of the transactions underpinning
the cash transfer The distributed nature of the blockchain
ledger avoids any delayed centralized control of AML screening
checking of availability of funds and clearing billing and
reporting activities All executed operations are validated within
The ledger offers the extra capability to the bank to swiftly handle
format translations from the clientrsquos accounting system A smart
contract on the blockchain provides the bank with the capability
to charge transparent and auditable service fees
The distributed ledger operates as the connectivity software
that the clearing network provides to all trading parties and
intermediaries The network is also capable of offering time-
stamping services as well as detect transactions that may trigger
the execution of smart contract applications Format translations
can be easily offered as a value added service
The beneficiary bank receives notice of an irrevocable transfer of
cash title that the distributed ledger renders valid and immediately
executable The ledger also streamlines all necessary account
management verifications to validate the payment data The sellerrsquos
account is immediately credited and all subsequent regulatory
and accounting reporting is made auditable and irrevocable
Bank services can be charged via smart contract applications
agreed between the parties The blockchain enables the seller-
ie the B2B payment receiving party- to update the accounts
receivable database with a payment confirmation that becomes
an auditable transaction
Blockchain is certainly not the panacea for all problems but the
frequency of applied features to the B2B payment processes
tells however that all parties involved could strongly benefit
from this technology without the need for anyone to be removed
About Enrico Camerinelli Enrico Camerinelli is a senior analyst at Aite Group specializing in wholesale banking cash and trade finance and payments He brings a strong European focus to Aite Grouprsquos Wholesale Banking practice Mr Camerinelli has been widely quoted by publications ranging from American Banker to the Financial Times
About Aite Group Aite Group is an independent research and advisory firm focused on business technology and regulatory issues and their impact on the financial services industry With expertise in banking payments wealth management capital markets and insurance Aite Groups analysts work with clients as partner advisor and catalyst
wwwaitegroupcom
Enrico Camerinelli
senior analystAite Group
17 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Emerging Internet of Payments
Traxiant
New offerings have been proliferating in B2B payments not
to mention financing solutions of various kinds Their growth
however and the shift from paper to electronic has long been
stymied by a lack of interoperability Most industry actors see the
need for an industry-scale solution to this problem and believe it
will happen eventually But fewer are clear on the path to get there
In the USD 700 trillion of B2B payments globally connecting
the many buyers sellers and providers of payments financing
and software solutions might seem an impossible task And
yet we have the example of the Internet A framework for
such payments interoperability would also almost inevitably be
standards-based and global So itrsquos reasonable to use the term
the ldquoInternet of Paymentsrdquo (ldquoIoPrdquo) to talk about this The naming
of such a phenomenon however is of course less important
than questions such as ldquowhetherrdquo ldquowhatrdquo ldquohowrdquo and ldquowhenrdquo
Unlike most industry actors we believe that the conditions for
the IoP to emerge have recently been falling into place Tactical
business needs are aligning with cloud-based technology
platforms and solution options And alignment with standards
frameworks notably around ISO 20022 offers the potential for
faster and wider scaling of such solutions with lower investment
The payments solutions that account for most B2B volume
today such as cheque and ACH are commoditized Their
transaction revenue models donrsquot support much investment
in next-generation solutions Basis point revenue streams
from receivablestrade financing forex and card models by
contrast can support such investments Buyers nowadays donrsquot
pay much for those services most rather expect to receive
discounts or rebate payments Thus a critical driver of revenue
in such businesses is the ability to get suppliers enrolled and
agreeing to pay the relevant fees This supplier onboarding
process is invariably hard work especially as you get further
out on the ldquolong tailrdquo Most new ldquosolutionsrdquo being promoted to
suppliers offer benefits of earlier or faster payment But they are
from the supplierrsquos perspective typically exception processes
and thus value-subtracting
Among enterprise buyers card e-payables and global payments
solutions are now relatively widely adopted ndash as indeed are
supplier networks Increasing competition from financial
institutions but also fintech players makes it ever more important
that providers optimise for adoption and value also on the
supplier side of the equation Strategically the requirement here
is for an extensible standards framework and platform that can
connect suppliers globally across both commodity payment and
value-added trade and financing scenarios
Tactical solutions however are also needed more narrowly
focused but aligned with the larger strategic goals One essential
element of such tactical solutions is enabling suppliers to
connect using their existing payments and software solutions
For ldquolong tailrdquo suppliers their ability to do so via a low friction
ldquoconsumerizedrdquo experience will also matter In recent years
cloud solutions and APIs to enable this have become available
for some widely-used financial solutions No silver bullet will
work for every supplier instantly And yet solving the problem for
supplier systems one by one is clearly an approach that wonrsquot
scale However by aligning with ndash and shaping ndash a standards-
based IoP framework early movers can start to build network
effects that do scale Proprietary network effects can and will
drive competitive advantage especially for early movers even
when built on top of standards A broader network effect will
come from the technical openness of the growing IoP ecosystem
As that happens industry actors of all kinds will invest in
solutions based on IoP standards so as to get connected
18 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
No discussion of B2B payments futures would be complete
without touching on the blockchain Such solutions seem likely
to play an important role How the various ldquonot-Bitcoinsrdquo with
their technical and regulatory benefits will fare against Bitcoin
itself remains unclear Standards such as the ldquoInterledger
Protocolrdquo could play a role perhaps enabling an ldquoInternet of
Valuerdquo layer for the IoP That said in global B2B payments
the ldquochicken-and-eggrdquo challenges that are inherent in any
new network technology clearly exist Blockchain adoption as
a purely ldquoback officerdquo or inter-bank technology seems likely
to happen first within narrowly-defined early use cases and
communities Adding value to pre-existing end-user (buyer-
seller) interactions like Skype did may be one plausible early
adoption scenario ldquoPiggy-backingrdquo on another network layer or
use case like Paypalrsquos initial use for eBay payments is another
way to think about this Combining all of these may work best
end user demand can be effective in driving adoption by solution
providers notably banks in this case
An Internet of Payments as it emerges will reshape the B2B
payments industry and much more besides It will likely develop
quite suddenly as a mass phenomenon much like the Internet in
the mid-nineties It will create winners and losers Those who move
early to test learn and shape the emerging Internet of Payments
ecosystem and framework will be best positioned to win
About Roger Bass Roger Bass is Founder CEO and Principal of Traxiant Previously with Intuit for eleven years he recently led a Network Payments initiative Other instrumental roles included the launch of Intuitrsquos European operations first online banking solution SMB Internet group and the QuickBooks platform Reach out via rogertraxiantcom
About Traxiant Traxiant provides software and consulting solutions to help financial and technology providers grow their B2B Payments and Financing solutions and profit from the Internet of Payments Solutions and areas of expertise include card e-payables global payments receivables financing and supplier networks
wwwtraxiantcom
Roger Bass
CEO and PrincipalTraxiant
Blockchain
20 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B Blockchain-based Payments Can it Beat the Banks
Orchard Finance
For those interested in Supply Chain FinanceTrade Finance
there is an increasing amount of articles about blockchain
For those who are not yet familiar with this term it is the
underlying technology behind Bitcoin The starting point for this
technology was to allow two parties to transfer a token of value
(Bitcoin) from one to another in a cheap reliable and fast way
Three main criteria for it are the two parties can be anywhere in
the world there should not be a central authority processing a
transaction and the same token (Bitcoin) cannot be spent more
than once
To meet all these criteria the solution proved to be a distributed
ledger containing all transactions visible for all participants in
the network A transaction is approved by consensus which is
reached by cryptographic encryption This technology is called
blockchain Many articles about blockchain are focused on the
way it works (hence are very technical) but because of the
complex terminology being used it causes more confusion than
clarity Perhaps the authors of these articles have been inspired
by former American president Harry S Truman when he said lsquoIf
you canrsquot convince them confuse themrsquo
Instead of focusing on the technology it is far more interesting to
understand what it can do for businesses The technology itself
is very powerful and it has the potential to radically transform
how businesses work and how payments are done If a Bitcoin
can be transferred in such a cheap fast reliable manner why
not a Euro or a Dollar
The current situation of a lsquoreal-time paymentrsquo is still depending on
cut off times of banks The party that initiates the payment sees
the amount deducted from their bank balance then the receiver
will get the amount some time later Depending on the sending
and receiving bank this can range from a couple of hours up to
a couple of days What happens is that the bank of the sender
updates its ledger (the bank balance of the sender) sends the
transaction via (most likely) the SWIFT network to the receiving
bank Afterwards the receiving bank receives the transaction
and updates its ledger (the bank balance of the receiver)
Blockchain payments how real-time are theyAs said before blockchain is a distributed ledger a shared
database All parties involved have access to this database
thus the participants that are allowed to participate see the
same version of the truth This means that if one party wants to
send a token of value to another party it updates the distributed
ledger When this update is agreed by the participants the lsquonewrsquo
state of the ledger is accepted With Bitcoin the acceptance
is done by miners validating the transaction via sophisticated
cryptographic encryption A transaction is fully validated in
approximately 8 minutes
The Bitcoin blockchain is a well-developed network with many
miners that can vet a transaction This Bitcoin blockchain
however might not be the best blockchain for B2B payments
There are providers in the market that are building new types
of blockchains that are specifically developed to facilitate
payments within a Supply Chain This means that payments
can be done real-time worldwide at low cost Next to the fast
low-cost payment processing there is another interesting aspect
to blockchain-based payments By using so-called lsquosmart
contractsrsquo payments can be made conditional
There are a wide array of situations this can be applied to
bull A payment can be executed in case certain criteria are met
For example a container with bananas arrives in the Port of
Rotterdam at an agreed time and by using special scanning
equipment the quality and quantity are checked and approved
When these criteria are met a payment is executed automatically
bull A budget can be allocated and this budget can only be spent
on predefined parties For instance a government provides
a rental allowance for individuals with a minimum income
This allowance can only be spent at a pre-approved landlord
In case it is not used before a certain moment in time the
allowance is cancelled
21 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Various parties in a supply chain can all be paid when the end
consumer purchases the product For example a consumer
buys a song online At the moment of purchase the amount
paid is distributed amongst the band the producer the studio
and the record label All parties are rewarded based on their
added value
Blockchain-based payments open up many possibilities
Not only is it possible to trade easier and cheaper but also
payments can be made smarter Banks are particularly interested
in this new technology and are closely investigating the potential
it may offer to them It is exciting times for banks and payment
institutions as with blockchain the real disruption is knocking
on the door The disruption here is not that things are done a
bit smarter more efficient or faster The disruption in payments
is that there is technology available that makes banks PSPs
credit card companies redundant Cutting out these middlemen
by making use of technology that provides the same trust and
robustness (or perhaps even more) will increase the speed of
payments increase the possibility to trade with each other while
significantly reducing costs
About Kris Wielens Kris Wielens is Senior Consultant with Orchard Finance He has more than a decade experience is (corporate) payments with various fims He has been active as Head of Strategic Partnerships EMEA Business Development Manager Sales Manager and Credit Analyst
About Orchard Finance Orchard Finance is a leading independent consultancy and staffing company specialized in the areas of Finance and Treasury Tailoring to our clients we offer advisory services project management and staff ing support Our professionals have a long standing reputation based on operational and project experience in banking corporate finance and treasury management amp control
wwworchardfinancecom
Kris Wielens
Senior ConsultantOrchard Finance
22 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Three-Phased Transformation of Supply Chain Finance with Blockchain Technology
Innopay
At Innopay we saw the early discussions around Bitcoin in 2010
transforming into a discussion about blockchain technology
by 2015 When blockchain was eventually seen as a promising
technology the discussions transformed to ldquoSo where can we
use itrdquo Although many contexts for the usage of blockchain
concepts have been discussed this article specifically discusses
the use of blockchain concepts as a transformative force in
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) SCF as we broadly define it is the
management of financial flows in the supply chain which includes
financial processes (transaction processes data processing
invoice matching etc) and SC financing techniques
We believe blockchain concepts could fundamentally change
how we organise SCF in the nearby future but it will take time
before involved stakeholders will have gained the desired
level of common understanding needed to make it a reality
The fundamental reason behind this is that the benefits of
blockchain only get realised within the context of a network and
the level of usage of a technology within a network is largely
dependent on usersrsquo collective level of understanding
We predict that the collective understanding comes in phases (as
it is currently unfolding in the banking and insurance industries)
namely shared database transactional network and automatable
transactional network This development of the collective
understanding provides a tidy framework in which we can
describe the abovementioned transformation of SCF
Phase 1 Setting up shared databases (0-3 years)One of the fundamental e-business process challenges has
always been how do companies cross each otherrsquos organisational
boundaries to allow a secure dependable and synchronised flow
of goods and transactional data The most logical means would
be by using a shared database Currently blockchain technology
is the de facto instrument for shared database where all the
involved parties can read and write on the database while the
state of the database can be trusted without the involvement of
intermediaries As the communal understanding ndash and subsequent
use ndash of blockchain as a shared database gains traction within the
context of SCF we will see fundamental improvements in essential
processes such as
bull Synchronising processes
bull Harmonised naming and numbering conventions
bull Deducing the current state of invoices
bull Invoice double spending when it comes to financing
bull Insight into goods flows (ownership and arrivals)
bull Less administrative steps for goods receipt to activate invoice
sending and subsequent payout
bull Cheap and transparent dispute resolution
Phase 2 Transactional network (3-5 years)In the development of an understanding of blockchain technology
the knowledge that a transaction is nothing more or nothing less
than an accepted change to a database is an essential step
Although this insight may sound straightforward it is counterintuitive
based on the ubiquitousness of the traditional banking payment
and escrow services for transactions in SCF Their role is seldom
questioned or re-examined As soon as this insight becomes
common knowledge the potential of blockchain technologies
within transactions for both financial and ownership of goods
purposes will be understood at a more innovative level
With blockchain-based transactional networks any type of
transaction can be directly executed without the need for third
parties As soon as this functionality becomes part of the collective
understanding of the SCF community the community can take
advantage of this by reducing complexity by coordinating
financial information monetary flows and goods movements into
one transactional network
Currently transactional complexity and challenges surrounding
the coordination of different transactional flows are limiting
scalability and international breadth of SCF networks Blockchain
technology can provide elegant solutions to these impediments
and unlock value at an international level by further linking small
SMEs to global corporates and financiers
23 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Phase 3 Automatable transactional network (5-7 years)As soon as the SCF community gains communal understanding
of blockchain as a transactional network then the next natural
line of inquiry could be the nature of transaction initiation During
this inquiry the following components of blockchain technology
will be discovered and the third phase might commence
bull Multi-signature capability ndash a means of separate entities to
safely and securely state whether an event took place or not
bull Smart contracts ndash agreements that automatically execute the
change of ownership of funds or goods based on whether an
event took place or not
bull Cryptocurrencies ndash a set of tokens of a variable but crypto-
graphi cally verifiable amount which is used for efficient value
transfers
By means of combining multi-signature and smart contracts with
existing e-mandates or cryptocurrencies the automatic payment
of invoice amounts or other types of collateral could be initiated
and executed instantaneously and automatically This will open
the path towards an international SCF network that automatically
creates investment grade financial instruments as a seamless
part of the supply chain process
ConclusionAlthough history shows us that we can only have so much
foresight we see a clear match between the features of blockchain
concepts and SCF we believe that at some point blockchain will
be a prominent part of SCF The speed at which SCF will evolve
and innovate will depend on the creativity of its stakeholders
and how fast the common understanding on how to use the
technology will develop Seeing that blockchain technology has
something compelling to offer at each phase of understanding we
see rapid developments taking place sooner than later
About Gys Hough Gys Hough follows the develop-ment of blockchain concepts since 2012 and was involved in shaping several business ideas based on blockchain concepts in the field He is also involved in the facilitation of various discussions surrounding blockchain applications in the financial industry
About Innopay Innopay is an independent consulting company specialised in online payments digital identity and e-business We help our clients including financial institutions governments and corporates to develop the compelling strategies and digital services for consumers and companies that are key for successful competition in a rapidly digitising world
wwwinnopaycom
Gys Hough
ConsultantInnopay
Innovation In Payments amp Banking
26 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
SWIFT
Launched in December 2015 to much anticipation in the industry
the initiative has received strong backing with more than 50
leading banks already signed up The Paypers spoke to Wim
Raymaekers SWIFTrsquos Head of Banking Market and programme
manager of the global payments innovation initiative to find out
more about this exciting move
We often hear that B2B payments are opaque complex and risky Why do you think that is and where do you think that improvements can be madeYes currently when a corporate treasurer sends a request
for a cross-border transaction to his bank he typically has no
sight on what actually happens with that demand They often
liken this to a lsquoblack holersquo saying they have no view on when
payments occur or their final costs This can lead to problems
with suppliers or end-customers not to mention increasing
financial risks resulting from payment delays or non-compliance
with regulatory requirements
I think improvements can be made in three main areas firstly
the speed of payments corporates want fastest payments so
banks need to be able to guarantee that they are made within
certain timeframe Secondly corporates want to know the
exact payment amount that will reach their counterparty ndash here
banks need to provide transparency on the fees involved and
the amount credited to the creditor And thirdly they want to
be able to track payments banks need to let corporates know
when payments have been initiated and credited to the creditors
account to avoid delays in the supply chain or frictions between
supplier and seller
What are the opportunities for a corporate to leap forward through the use of the cross-border payment industryCorporates are not in the business of payments they just want
to buy and sell Yet they do have to manage their treasury to
make those payments ndash so a better faster more transparent
payment solution is important to them On top of that having
a good payment infrastructure benefits your supply chain
Because if the money does not get to the supplier in time the
credit line will go up causing delays on all fronts So the better
your payment infrastructure is the stronger and more reliable
your supply chain is
Designed for the corporate treasurer SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation initiative offers an ambitious roadmap for reinventing the correspondent banking model as we know it today With ever increasing competition from new entrants offering same-day or even real-time payment facilities SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
Correspondent banking rejuvenated
SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
27 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What can you tell us about the global payments innovation initiative (gpii) and what are SWIFTrsquos plans in regard to this initiativeAs part of the initiative SWIFT is working in close collaboration
with the largest transactions banks in the world to enhance
their corporate customersrsquo cross-border payment experience
Together we will strive to provide a faster service with upfront
clarity on costs confirmation of delivery and richer remittance
information data
We are now working together with the banks to commonly
agree service level agreements (SLAs) to which all the initiative
member banks must comply The new service will be designed
to address end-customer needs without compromising banks
abilities to meet their compliance obligations market credit and
liquidity risk requirements
What is the role of blockchain in this initiativeSWIFT is devoting significant resources to instigate the
opportunities and challenges of deploying blockchain and
distributed ledger technologies more broadly on our platform
While the initiative aims to first make improvements based on the
existing infrastructures in parallel we are building a gpii vision
for cross-border payments This will set out how we will adopt
new technologies in order to ensure corporate customers receive
the best possible payments experience in the near future
Wim Raymaekers
Head of Banking MarketSWIFT
About Wim Raymaekers Wim Raymaekers leads SWIFTrsquos banking initiatives worldwide and is responsible for developing and driving value propositions across the banking community In this capacity Wimrsquos mission is to help banks grow their business particularly in view of changing customer and market requirements
About SWIFT SWIFT is a global member-owned cooperative and the worldrsquos leading provider of secure financial messaging services We provide our community with a platform for messaging and standards for communicating and we offer products and services to facilitate access and integration identification analysis and financial crime compliance
wwwswiftcom
28 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Moving payments into the digital era
UniCredit
Which are UniCreditrsquos strategies to remain competitive in the B2B cross-border payments spaceUniCredit is taking a number of steps to ensure that it offers a highly
competitive portfolio of payments services including a number of
tools for simplifying cross-border transactions
In particular UniCredit has invested considerably in the
Bank Payment Obligation (BPO) ndash a settlement tool which
enables firms to execute secure transactions mediated by
partner banks through a quick and efficient digital process
When carried out properly BPOs combine the risk mitigation and
financing advantages of Letters of Credit (LCs) with the digital
speed of open account settlement This makes them particularly
advantageous for cross-border transactions ndash especially with
unfamiliar counterparties or those concentrated in a particular
region or industry Thanks to bank mediation the risk of non-
payment in such cases is drastically reduced ndash allowing firms
to take on more business and sell their receivables more easily
UniCredit has worked hard to bring these benefits to clients in
the most efficient and convenient format possible ndash offering vast
improvements on LC processing times which are only set to
increase once the process is fully digitalized This principle of
fully digitalized processes is also reflected in UniCreditrsquos virtual
accounts services which enable clients to consolidate their
bank accounts in a given currency into a single ldquoparentrdquo account
This can then be divided internally into as many ldquovirtualrdquo
accounts as required ndash with each account given its own allocated
funds account number and permissions Already available
for affiliatesrsquo incoming and outgoing transactions in nearly 50
countries including the SEPA zone and six CEE markets this
system generates huge benefits to efficiency scalability and
transparency ndash eliminating the need for cash pooling expediting
the process of opening and closing accounts and providing a
comprehensive overview of cash flows without sacrificing detail
Going forward UniCredit intends to remain at the cutting edge
of B2B cross-border payments with new initiatives such as the
integration of big-data analytics into existing payments services
ndash offering clients insights based on payments data and other
relevant information
With increased customer demand to install real-time payment infrastructures what trends do you see happening right nowThe demand for instant payments is part of a wider trend towards
greater speed and efficiency in the industry This is particularly
notable in ecommerce where firms are looking to provide
increasingly rapid delivery services ndash with next-day and even
same-day delivery now possible The use of digital technology to
expedite routine processes is becoming more and more prevalent
with clients increasingly basing their expectations on their
experiences in the retail sector UniCredit is keen to play its part
in this development and is already implementing real-time rates
for instant payments ndash including for cross-border transactions ndash
ahead of the November 2017 implementation date
How has UniCredit adapted to the digitalisation of the transaction banking industryUniCredit has established itself as a frontrunner in the
development of key advances such as the BPO and virtual
accounts and continues to search for new and innovative ways
to leverage technology for the benefit of its clients To this end
it has taken a number of steps to ensure continued innovation
ndash with product development teams harnessing the expertise of
traditional banking experts and technology specialists along
with a wide range of external perspectives
This has already seen blockchain technology become a reality
for custody services clients while virtual accounts technology
is being supplemented by CAMT messages ndash enhancing
standardisation even beyond the SEPA zone with automated
reconciliation between banks and corporates
The field of payments is undergoing a period of transformation as digitalisation paves the way for greater speed and efficiency
29 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
UniCredit has also adopted a more holistic client interface
including its IT solutions provider in client meetings This enables
UniCredit to adapt its solutions to clientsrsquo individual technological
requirements rather than expecting them to adapt to accommo-
date the solution
How do you support your CEE-based clients in their efforts to optimise working capitalUniCredit offers its CEE-based clients a full range of support for
their working capital optimisation programmes ndash having been the
first in Russia Bulgaria and Croatia to offer classic services such
as cross-border cash pooling UniCredit also offers unrivalled
BPO coverage with the instrument already available in Bulgaria
and Romania In terms of approach we encourage firms to avoid
the lsquosilorsquo mindset of asking how they can benefit from individual
tools such as receivables finance or approved payables finance
ndash instead promoting a focus on overarching short- mid- and
long-term goals Mostly it turns out that short-term liquidity
generation is not corporatesrsquo main concern ndash especially given the
abundance of liquidity in todayrsquos market Other factors however
such as risk mitigation supply-chain stability and balance-sheet
optimisation almost always figure in their plans ndash demanding
a holistic programme for working capital optimisation This of
course also means being prepared for the eventuality of liquidity
suddenly or gradually drying up
In the face of fintech disruption which areas can banks capitalise onFintech companies certainly bring new impulses to the transaction
banking sector but banks almost always excel by capitalising
on their existing strengths ndash drawing on their holistic financial
expertise and their status as trusted and highly regulated
partners to corporate clients These strengths can to a certain
extent be amplified through digitalisation within banks ndash
translating greater efficiency into greater convenience for clients
Even more promising however is the potential for co-operation
between banks and specialist technology companies with banks
combining their core strengths and broad client base with fintech
independence and nimbleness to create the ideal conditions for
innovation
About Markus Strauszligfeld Since 2005 Markus Strauszligfeld has been Head of International Cash Management Sales at UniCredit responsible for cash management and eBanking sales to large and multi-national organisations in Europe the US and Asia
About UniCredit UniCredit is a bank with a substantial footprint in Europe and an extensive international network of branches representative offices and correspondent banks ndash enabling it to follow its clients wherever they go Its payments services come under the Global Transaction Banking (GTB) unit
wwwgtbunicrediteu
Markus Strauszligfeld
Head of International Cash Management SalesUniCredit
30 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Making One-Click Finance Possible ndash Who Are the Relevant Stakeholders and How They Should Work Together
sharedserviceslink
There are 6 stakeholders in your supplier financing programme
(SFP) This article examines each of the groups and what their
contribution to the SFP is
Accounts PayableIn recent years the AP function has nudged its way to the front
of the crowd becoming the owner of most SFPs This is an
interesting development as the owner in the past was Treasury
This shift has come because of the evolution in invoice
processing technology Ten years ago APrsquos focus was to (slowly)
pay paper invoices Since then most multi-nationals have
implemented e-invoicing Sizeable volumes of invoices are now
received electronically meaning invoices are processed posted
and paid quicker And whether or not AP realised it at the time
the scene was being set for something greater to unfold early
pay programmes
Accounts Payablersquos contributionAP teams have become experts in onboarding suppliers This
expertise was established during earlier e-invoicing or P-card
programmes Supplier onboarding is complicated but after a
few rounds of reaching out and asking suppliers to change
something you soon become proficient in onboarding AP has
been driven to become expert in supplier onboarding as the
financial gain relies on supplier engagement This positions AP
to own the supplier onboarding process for your SFP
ProcurementWhereas AP owns the onboarding process Procurement
will own the actual relationship with suppliers which means
owning the message contained in the supplier communication
Suppliers listen to Procurement and see it as the key point of
contact Procurement can help make the SFP more successful
by drafting and signing off on clever messaging
Procurementrsquos contributionProcurement also owns the assessment of supplier risk ndash
assessing each supplierrsquos financial risk year-end and the
suitable rate that should be applied (given their credit history
etc) Forensic research into each supplier will further your
understanding of the opportunities and risk and the effect on
the return
ITYou may decide to use your own cash or a third partyrsquos cash
Either way technology will be involved You will want IT brought
into the project early to understand macro considerations
like security connectivity and compatibility IT will likely leave
business process and functional requirements to AP Treasury
and Procurement
ITrsquos contributionSFP technologies have been on the market for years They are
developing and becoming more varied Itrsquos likely that someone
in the IT team has installed a SFP tool before Make sure this
person sits on the team Also make this program a priority SFPs
will not drain IT (wo)man days so it need not compete with more
demanding IT initiatives Work with someone in IT that lsquogetsrsquo this
and can approve on security etc at a quick pace
TreasuryAlthough Treasury was historically the owner and leader of SFPs
it has taken on the role of collaborator in recent years offering
crucial perspective regarding the larger levers that should or
shouldnrsquot be pulled given the companyrsquos cash position
Treasuryrsquos contributionTreasury understands the flow of cash and its real cost and
opportunity to the business Because of this it is well placed to
regularly assess which approach to take ndash is it better to use the
companyrsquos own cash use a third partyrsquos cash (and if so which
party) or to stall on early payments altogether Treasury has a
360ordm view of the companyrsquos strategic aims the balance sheet
the bank account real-time rates and alternative rates through
alternative methods as well as whats most important given
where the company is in its financial year Treasury is the brains
behind the SFP
31 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
C-SuiteThe CFO needs to back your project and this support must
be visible It is important to educate them on the SFP early by
presenting them with relevant case studies you have gathered
and the possible business case
C-Suite contributionThey will need your direction but the CFO and CPO will add
panache to your SFP The lsquosignaturersquo on the comms piece sent to
suppliers should be theirs If any buyer in the business becomes
concerned about this programme the C-Suite needs to have
a response at hand To realise the significant savings that can
come from your SFP your C-Suite must be ready to provide the
required PR
SuppliersBuyers rarely push back against SFPs because a) itrsquos optional
for suppliers and b) itrsquos attractive for suppliers However getting
the suppliers to engage is instrumental and makes the supplier
a key stakeholder
Supplier contributionSuccess Without their participation your business case is a flop
So make sure they understand what the SFP is whatrsquos in it for
them what they need to do who they can reach out to with
questions or concerns and that participation in SFP inevitably
qualifies them as a preferred supplier
ConclusionGet the first five stakeholders onboard early at concept stage
so they feel supportive of the SFPrsquos direction and purpose and
ask them how involved they would like to be given their role
About Susie West Susie West is the CEO and Founder at sharedserviceslink and proudly labels herself as a shared services geek She has been in the shared services industry since 1998 In 2007 she set up sharedserviceslink a leading global business community for professionals looking to improve performance in shared services Her central aim is to help individuals companies and the market mature through the sharing and consumption of (mostly peer generated) best practice information
About sharedserviceslink sharedserviceslink is a business community for professionals working in shared services sharederserviceslink is viewed as trusted advisors to this market because it offers exceptional content connection insight and overall value
wwwsharedserviceslinkcom
Susie West
CEO and Foundersharedserviceslink
Exclusive interview
32 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About the companyToken provides digital payment solutions for banks and their clients to deliver instant end-to-end secure and frictionless payments worldwide The solution addresses the key concerns of PSD2 security disintermediation and lack of revenue
wwwtokenio
Marten Nelson
VP MarketingToken
Website wwwtokenioOffices location Redwood City California USAFounded in 2015Categories payments psd2 fintech
Token
The next generation of payments infrastructure will first of all help banks open up
What drives real-time payments infrastructure adoption in the US vs EUA number of valuable business cases drive the adoption of real-
time payments infrastructure Both consumers and businesses
expect funds to be instantly available during a payment
transaction 25 years ago the invention of the Worldwide Web
allowed us to share data instantly and globally Exchanging value
should be just as easy and fast as moving information but for
a number of reasons this hasnrsquot yet happened While there are
regional real-time payments solutions the US and many parts
of Europe are still lagging But there is hope ndash the Feds in the
US and the ECB have launched real-time payments initiatives
Why did Token choose to leverage the bankrsquos existing ledger instead of using blockchain The main reasons were that we found the bankrsquos ledger to
perform pretty well in most cases and to leverage existing
infrastructure typically reduces the complexity of deployment
and therefore cost It was simply a cost-benefit analysis
There are many interesting use cases for distributed ledgers
and for some of our functions and in some situations it makes
sense Thatrsquos why we designed the solution with distributed
ledgers being optional
What is the value proposition for European banks by integrating Token Token solves the main issues banks are facing in terms of
PSD2 security disintermediation and the economics First you
can think of Token as a PSD2 firewall that protects the bank
infrastructure from poorly behaving third parties Second Token
retains the bankrsquos customer experience even when accessed by
third parties Last we allow banks to offer value-added services
that generate incremental net revenue
33 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Future of Banking Innovation and the Fintech Startups Journey
Future Asia Ventures
The financial services sector has become the poster child for
corporate innovation Over the last 5 years banks have been
investigating and experimenting with several new financial
technologies in the crowd funding trade processing lending
and wealth management areas These experiments have come
in different shapes and sizes Based on our research we know
21 banks that have launched accelerator programs around the
world Other banks have launched pre-accelerators incubators
and labs
As a research amp advisory firm we regularly speak with many
corporations startups and venture investors We are constantly
learning about the landscape Here are 5 perspectives we would
like to share
1 Fintech is old but the market conditions have never been betterMost experienced financial sector professionals understand that
this recent wave of fintech startups is just that ndash a wave Fintech
is a new term that captures a large category of existing and
growing technologies which involve transaction processing data
and record keeping Fintech companies have been innovating
since the 1950s The last 60 years produced ATMs credit cards
online banking and online stock investing to name only a few
Innovation in fintech is nothing new What is new is the explosion
of startups in the last six years There are now approximately
6000 fintech startups The playing field is crowded and thatrsquos
because the opportunity to innovate has never been greater
The combination of cheap capital a dry period in bank innovation
and a credit crisis followed by heavy regulation created the
right environment for startups to rise There has never been a
better time to be an entrepreneur
2 Regulation matters It might sound obvious but regulatory rules and compliance are
a very important part of the startup journey for fintech founders
This makes fintech different from other startup sectors
Founders in fintech are generally a decade or more experienced
than their peers Regulation is often an entry barrier because
you need to be licensed by regulatory bodies to do business in
each jurisdiction For startups that want to expand compliance
is mandatory and expensive The financial system for good
reason doesnrsquot tolerate risk As a result founders need to
cooperate with regulators budget for long waiting periods find
strategic partnerships that help their growth efforts and be in this
for the long haul Fintech is marathon not a sprint
3 Innovation canrsquot be measuredWhen speaking with innovation officers I am often asked
which program or format is the best People are looking for a
quantitative measure or a definitive leader among corporations
The truth is there is no one best model or best innovator
An innovation program should be designed around your
budget your timeline and the problem you are trying to solve
These factors are different for each company For some a
hackathon might be best while for others a robust corporate
ventures program might make more sense Available capital
decision-making dynamics and pain points vary per company
Each company has to do whatrsquos right for them However one
thing is certain ndash good innovation programs have a clearly
defined problem and success criteria Without a mandate you
are bound to go in circles
Number of Corporate Accelerators Launched Each Year Corporate accelerator launches have peaked So far in 2016 2 new accelerators have launched Going forward companies will design tailored open innovation programs and formats to engage and collaborate with startups
34 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
About Falguni Desai She is the Founder amp Managing Director of Future Asia Ventures and has over 18 years of corporate strategy innovation and MampA experience She has worked globally with business leaders at Fortune 500 firms in the financial media and technology sectors to foster growth amp expansion
About Future Asia Ventures Future Asia Ventures is an innovation advisory amp research firm Through our research and services we help new ventures grow and connect investors with innovative opportunities We serve private investors foundations and corporations around the world
wwwfutureasiaventurescom
Falguni Desai
Founder amp Managing DirectorFuture Asia Ventures
4 Innovation is inherently wastefulSeveral companies are still sitting on the sidelines While our
latest research has uncovered that 116 companies around the
world have set up corporate accelerators and several dozens
have launched incubators and labs the majority of large
companies are not engaged in this type of open innovation
They might be wondering whether an innovation program will
generate returns The answer is no not in the short term But in
the long run yes Innovation creates waste Companies wonrsquot
solve the problem on the first try Several partnerships and
investments will fail Incubated ideas may not scale and those
looking to try their hand at innovation should swallow this pill
and be prepared for failure To be good at innovation you need to
try things and then quickly stop them when they donrsquot work and
quickly try again
5 The endgame is collaboration not conflictI still see articles which predict a future without banks how
disruption will cause banks to fail and shut down The reality
is banks play a very important role in the lending infrastructure
of most modern economies Peeling back through fintech
history the innovations that survived and scaled were the
ones that worked with banks not against them In the 1990s
online stock brokers appeared on the scene Stock exchanges
and brokers didnrsquot disappear but they now operate differently
Today fintech marketplace lenders offer loans more efficiently
to retail customers The capital for these loans comes from
traditional banks and large asset managers Banks brokers and
asset managers wonrsquot disappear instead their processes and
the customer experience they offer will change dramatically The
moral here is that new fintech services will become part of the
overall financial infrastructure Fintech startups will eventually
grow into companies that are counterparties and partners to
banks not necessarily competitors Of course not all of them
will succeed but the future of banking will be formed through
collaboration
VISIT OUR ENHANCED ONLINE COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING MARKET GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
wwwe-invoicingthepayperscom
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
The Power Of Data amp Traceability
37 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
1 Idea of exchanging invoice statuses + benefitsIncreasing financial pressure forces firms to focus on their cash
positions For this reason effective Working Capital Management
is a high priority There are different ways to improve the cash
position of companies in supply chains ndash and here comes one
of them exchanging invoice statuses positively influences the
cash position of selling parties After the purchase of a product
or service the seller sends his buyer an invoice and waits for
payment The unpredictability of the moment of payment leads
to significant challenges for sellers in managing their cash
positions Smaller companies (SMEs) particularly struggle with
liquidity shortages and unpredictable cash flows Payment
deadlines vary between 30 and 90 days and buyers tend to use
their free liquidity as long as possible In the case of long payment
deadlines sellers may want to have their receivables financed by
financiers The answer to this problem is offered by the Status
Based Receivables Finance Model (SBRF) a track and trace
solution for electronic and paper-based invoices The model
allows the actors to gain more insight in the invoice statuses
After the buyer grants the sellerrsquos financier permission to access
the invoice status the financier can lsquotrack and tracersquo the invoice
in the buyerrsquos ERP system It allows financiers to operate
more effectively and efficiently with reduced risks and lower
financing costs when providing invoice based finance to sellers
For sellers planning incoming cash flows becomes easier
because the provided transparency enables them to further
optimise their working capital position But there is even better
news the SBRF model allows for process efficiencies and better
risk management for all actors in the supply chain A detailed
overview of the various benefits is provided in the table below
2 Need for standardisationStandardisation is the key to successful processes and a
profitable outcome ndash in this case the working capital optimisation
Where does the need for standardisation originate
The SBRF Model directly connects to the financing instrument
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) While the seller waits for his payment
after the delivery his liquidity is reduced hence this becomes a
major problem for SMEs Due to their small size they often suffer
from poor borrowing terms even if they would urgently need
access to capital
SCF releases liquidity and creates benefits for all actors along
the supply chain The seller obtains a credit from a financier
against the buyerrsquos credit rating for the period of the payment
and benefits from the buyerrsquos credit conditions Normally the
process is automated through an electronic platform which
can onboard a variety of suppliers (and financiers if needed)
potentially combined with e-invoicing
Yet due to the number of SCF providers there is a heterogeneity
of concepts and technological solutions which leads to
inefficiency and process disruptions Additionally there is an
untapped potential of SCF because of insufficient dissemination
and misunderstanding of the concept These difficulties will
only be dissolved by standardisation and clear definition of
concepts processes and technologies Possible benefits of
standardisation are cost advantages facilitated implementation
and compatibility of technology and processes
E-invoicing as a prerequisite of SCF is already subject to
standardisation efforts throughout Europe reflected by different
guidelines and directives Even so a great deal remains to
be done The SBRF Model is one step in the right direction
towards standardised processes of SCF and working capital
optimisation
Track and Trace of Invoices for Working Capital Optimisation
Fraunhofer Institute
1 Better risk assessment2 Process efficiency and
resulting lower costs3 New financing markets
because it becomes economically viable to finance sellers based on smaller invoices
1 Better cash flow forecasting visibility and working capital optimisation
2 Less operational debtor handling
3 Better access to financing instruments faster more choice easier
1 Less manual handling of incoming invoice inquiries
2 Improving financial stability of the supply chain
3 Optimise internal procurement and invoice approval processes
4 Possibility of later payment or discount
Financier Seller Buyer
38 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About Prof Dr Michael Henke Prof Dr Michael Henke completes the board of directors of Fraunhofer IML as new director of the section Enterprise Logistics and he also holds the chair of Enterprise Logistics at the faculty of Mechanical Engineering at TU Dortmund University His research focuses lie among others on the area of eg management of the Industry 40 purchasing and supply management supply chain risk management and financial supply chain management
About Fraunhofer Fraunhofer IML is said to be first address for all questions with respect to holistic logistics the employees work on all fields of internal and external logistics Made-to-measure arranged teams create cross-industry and customer-specific solutions in the area of materials handling warehouse management supply chain management simulation supported business and system planning and also traffic systems closed loop economy resources logistics building logistics and e-business
wwwimlfraunhoferde
Share this story
3 First steps were takenInnopay an e-business consultancy firm from the Netherlands
the Dutch factoring company lsquovoldaanrsquo and a client of voldaan
developed the SBRF Model in 2015 Within the scope of the
Workshops on Standardisation in SCF by the Supply Chain
Finance Community Innopay and the Fraunhofer Institute
of Material Flow and Logistics (IML) presented the SBRF
demonstration since November 2015
The ldquoProof of Conceptrdquo demonstrated the financier tracking the
status of an outstanding invoice electronically He gained insight
into the progress of the invoice and could assess the associated
risks
During the Workshop Series the model as well as development
improvement and extension potentials have been discussed
actively by the participants European experts on SCF and
e-invoicing Subjects to the discussions have also been technical
specifications and the integration with other solutions
4 More Proofs of ConceptIn the first half of 2016 the SBRF concept will extend to more
financiers sellers buyers and ERP solutions across Germany
and Italy at least The well-established network of the SCF
Community and its members will provide a basis for the
development and geographical extension
The practical integration with e-invoicing and SCF platforms and
the standardisation along the dimensions of Legal Operational
Functional and Technical dimensions will be investigated in detail
For Germany a planned SCF event at the House of Logistics
and Mobility (HOLM) in Frankfurt organised by the Fraunhofer
IML and Innopay makes an important contribution to the Proof
of Concept The event is scheduled for summer 2016 and will
include workshops on the SBRF Model Moreover further
aspects of SCF standardisation according to the SCF research
focus of the Fraunhofer IML will be covered
Prof Dr Michael Henke
Director Enterprise LogisticsFraunhofer
39 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Turning Financial Messaging Data into Business Profit ndash the new challenge for financial institutions
INTIX
Long-term considered an impenetrable space dominated by
a few the financial services industry is currently riding a giant
wave of entrepreneurial disruption disintermediation and
digital innovation Recent developments such as the regulatory
pressure as well as the criticality of business intelligence and
customer experience are impacting banks more than ever
Financial Institutions (FIs) are caught between increasingly
strict and costly regulations and the need to compete through
continuous innovation The competitive position of incumbent
institutions is at stake
Todayrsquos challenges determine tomorrowrsquos needsFIs face a series of strategic challenges that will determine their
own future
1 Regulatory compliance ndash between 2008 and 2013 US banks
paid more than USD 100 billion in penalties and settlements
2 Business intelligence ndash turning data into a competitive advantage
is nowadays seen as the Holy Grail However only a few
succeed to become masters of their own data and conquer Big
Data problems
3 Customer service ndash Big Data and advanced analytics offer a
transformative potential to predict the ldquonext best actionsrdquo and
understand customer needs
4 Risk management ndash regulatory bodies now require information
management to be a foundational effort within all FIs for pur-
poses of risk management however the responsibility around
data quality is fragmented and unclear within the organisation
How will FIs be able to face such obstacles and in a cost effective
way Which strategy will help them survive (How) could technology
support the new needs in this journey
Digitisation and regulatory compliance are transformativeThe Financial Services industry faces an unprecedented accele-
ration of digitisation and regulations which leads to a series of
major impacts
1 The increased digitisation produces new electronic information
digital processes data semantics and structures as well as
new IT systems within FIs
2 The extended digital environment leads to higher complexity
for staff to find and interpret information given the growing
number of data sources
3 As critical information is siloed enterprise-level reporting
decision-making customer service and performance
optimisation are impaired
4 Working across data sources can be tedious or impossible
given the variety of data semantics in use
5 The regulatory mandates make effective information manage-
ment no longer optional As per Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision (BCBS) 239 regulation Systemically Important
Banks (SIBs) must prioritise addressing gaps in their Risk
Data Aggregation and Reporting (RDAR) capabilities Without
these senior management is unable to obtain an accurate and
in-depth picture of the risks the bank faces
6 A siloed approach to information management raises non-
compliance risks Many banks continue to lack the high-quality
data capture and aggregation processes full compliance requires
Information whether based on structured and unstructured data is
increasingly seen as the lifeblood of the business Regulatory bodies
identified this too and now require information management to be a
foundational effort within all FIs for purposes of risk management
and compliance reporting This has led FIs to recognise their need
to become information-centric
The information management challengeGiven the continuous evolution of their IT infrastructure and
adoption of digital processes FIs deal with a myriad of systems
and applications all having their own software technology
access method security user interfaces data semantics and
structures messaging formats etc This situation does not
simplify the work of the business and operations teams who
have to face such complex environment and rely on a series of
unconnected tools to execute their daily jobs Consequently
activities requiring access to customer and transaction details
as well as history and statistics are severely slowed down
Examples include handling of customer enquiries reporting on
transactions towards regulators reporting on SLAs to clients
management information reports and so on
40 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
FIs must consider those challenges strategically
bull First and foremost they must elevate information to its deserved
status of strategic asset This will help ensure that data is
actively managed on enterprise level for its embedded value to
be realised
bull They also need to equip themselves with the right technology in
order to turn information to their advantage
However some barriers exist
bull Integration with legacy systems many legacy systems make it
difficult to extract data and may not be best suited for Big Data
technologies
bull Connecting data silos there is no uniform view of data and most
organisations have not integrated disparate data sources given
the complexity of the task
Data integration tools are becoming key to connecting various
data sources and data sets and delivering on the promise of
information or data management
FIs become master of your dataBy conquering Big Data challenges FIs will be able to draw a
competitive advantage through enhanced strategic decision-
making improved customer service and effective risk management
Information management technology and governance are
key to break down the organisational silos that typically exist
within financial institutions to provide a complete picture of an
institutionrsquos financial transactions and client information across
a myriad of sources Not only does this make it easy for FIs to
respond to the increasing requirements for compliance and
reporting it also provides the opportunity to turn such data into
valuable insights and information for the customersrsquo benefit
Information management tools will help financial institutions
address a series of strategic objectives including regulatory
readiness and responsiveness enhanced strategic decision-
making faster customer service effective risk management
In sum FIs that become master of their own data will benefit from
a competitive advantage which they will turn into business profit
About Andreacute Casterman Andreacute Casterman is Chief Marketing Officer at INTIX and a Member of the Banking ExCo of the ICC During the past 5 years Andreacute was SWIFTrsquos head of the corporate amp trade markets in charge of strategy governance and product initiatives Andreacute Casterman has two masterrsquos degrees from VUB and a masterrsquos degree from ICHEC
About INTIX INTIX helps financial institutions and corporates address financial data management challenges in four strategic areas regulatory compliance business intelligence customer services and risk management INTIX helps its clients retrieve consolidate and reconcile any type of financial messaging data and protects them from any IT complexity and obsolescence issues
wwwintixeuinfointixeu
Andreacute Casterman
Chief Marketing OfficerINTIX
Commercial Payments
42 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Gaining Management Support for Your P-Card Programme
NAPCP
Achieving buy-in of the card programme especially by
management is a frequently cited challenge by the NAPCPs
audience The concern is justifiable Lack of buy-in can result
in never getting a programme implemented having a static card
programme or the elimination of the programme altogether
Whether you are considering implementing a new programme
or expanding the current one there are several questions to
address that can help in preparing your case to management
bull What are you seeking buy-in for and from whom Do you want
to ldquosellrdquo the existing P-Card programme to a new manager or
do you want to propose programme expansion
bull What is the rationale for your goal Management will only buy
into something that benefits the organisation and is supported
by facts including a cost justification
bull How does your goal support the goals of the organisation or
solve an organisational challenge Management decision-
making is driven by accountability for goals and the ability to
resolve issues
bull Are you aware of common objections to P-Card programmes
1 Data from the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation a report based on more than 3123 survey responses from end-user organisations
bull Who are the stakeholders There is nothing more defeating
than trying to move an idea or goal forward then learning that
someone with ldquoveto powerrdquo was left out of the discussions
inadvertently List who should be involved and why They might
provide good input in support of the card programme andor
express concerns such as the common objections listed above
The Business CaseThe next step is to create a solid business case based on the
answered questions above as well as other common business
case elements Include
bull statement of purpose (what you are seekingmdashyour goal)
bull where you are today (current metricsKey Performance Indicators
(KPIs) and how they compare to industry benchmarks) where
you want to be and ldquowhy nowrdquo
bull how your idea aligns with organisational goals
bull input from stakeholders plus common objections industry-wide
(if different from stakeholder input) address any concerns and
objections with facts
bull cost justifications to support the value proposition such as
anticipated andor actual process savings reductions in full-
time equivalents (FTEs) especially within the procurement and
or accounts payable departments and other hard- and soft-
dollar savings
bull implementation plan if applicable (eg for programme expansion)
Present cost saving benefits such as the cost of traditional
cheques versus P-Cards If your organisation has not completed
an internal process cost analysis use the NAPCP average
process costs shown below
1 As specified within the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation
2 Based on average monthly card spend of USD 1M and average transaction size of USD 559 per the results of a 2015 NAPCP poll
If expanding an existing programme it is important to consider
the value your card provider can add to this process They can
provide an analysis of your accounts payable vendor filemdash
identifying those vendors who accept card payments
43 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Working with the ldquolow hanging fruitrdquo can help your organisation
reap immediate benefits The larger ticket transactions can be
moved to card-type payments as well with the most popular
being a virtual or electronic card payment method
Continue to Provide Results-Driven CommunicationIt is important to relay results and successes to management
Use the following keys to successful communication
bull Be brief by limiting communication to a one-page summary
Put conclusions firstmdashgive highlights up front and supporting
detail second
bull Title the document presentation or email subject line with a key
message (eg ldquoP-Card Program Saved USD 4M in 2015rdquo versus
ldquoP-Card Program Report Attachedrdquo)
bull Focus on the facts Show numbers as often as possible and
summarise whether the numbers meet fall below or exceed
expectations Then explain Verify numbers with other team
members to build a coalition of support and ensure that you
have the complete picture
bull Facts and figures must be formatted consistently from one
communication to the next allowing for easy comparison
bull In verbal and written discussion keep your presentation analytical
bull If asked by management to give results ldquoon the flyrdquo synthesise
the key points for management into three to four concise bullet
points Add recommendations or alternative courses of action
if you have time Stay ahead of management requests by
monitoring your KPIs frequently
bull Ask to be part of upcoming meetings and do not be afraid to be
proactive rather than reactive
What if They Say ldquoNordquoExplore what could change a ldquonordquo into a ldquoyesrdquo When you are
ready to address the issue again with new insight go back to
your stakeholders It is generally okay to respectfully disagree
with management but as noted earlier ensure you have the
supporting documentation to make your point Finally know when
it is time to move on However moving on does not mean giving
up on the programme altogether It is still prudent to share the
status of the programme
About Terri Brustad Terri Brustad CPCP is the NAPCP Manager of Content Services Her previous experience includes 10 years in the Commercial Card industry mainly in the role of a public-sector P-Card Administrator Terri achieved the Certified Purchasing Card Professional (CPCP) credential in 2009
About NAPCP The NAPCP is a membership-based professional association committed to advancing Commercial Card and Payment professionals and industry practices worldwide The NAPCP is a respected voice in the industry serving as an impartial resource for members at all experience levels in the public and private sectors The 2016 NAPCP European Conference will be held in London on 23 June 2016
wwwnapcporg
Terri Brustad
Manager of Content ServicesNAPCP
44 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Commercial Payments under the Scrutiny of New Technology
KAE
New technology and innovation are words typically associated with
consumer payments Whilst technology and payments continue
to converge in our consumer lives the pace of convergence and
innovation has accelerated in the commercial payments space
Recent innovations have impacted corporate payment behaviour
but are yet to truly disrupt commercial payments In this article
we call out three themes that hold the potential to disrupt the
payments space
Shared ledger technologies There has been increasing interest in shared ledger technologies
with many global financial institutions looking into its use as a
commercially viable tool eg for trade finance transactions for
more streamlined cross-border payments etc
Shared ledgers or blockchains are digital and publically open
records allowing transactions to take place without an inter-
mediary such as a clearing house The open source nature of these
ledgers allows corporates to trade directly with any counterparties
around the globe offering various cost and time-saving benefits
Uneditable records are also created and shared with anyone
associated with a lsquotradersquo to enhance control and transparency
The challenge for the industry is that wider adoption will impact
existing operating models as corporates come to expect faster
and lower-cost transactions This technology could also drive
disintermediation within the commercial payments space eg by
removing the need for the card payment schemes
Mobile Wearables amp BiometricsThe rise of the mobile savvy and the constantly connected
customer is forcing traditional providers to rethink how they
deliver commercial payment solutions to satisfy ever-changing
and increasingly demanding expectations
Mobility is a key word and mobile devices and wearable techno-
logy are ideal bedfellows People are increasingly mobile in both
their corporate and personal lives and expect technological
advancements to support this
Mobile and wearable technology not only provides a more
streamlined and frictionless payment experience but also offers
benefits such as more accurate employee location tracking
(helping to reduce fraud incidents and supporting an employerrsquos
duty of care)
The convergence of commercial payment solutions with mobile
devices is a salient trend and one that will remain at the crest of the
innovation wave We have already seen a number of mobile apps
being developed for commercial banking and commercial cards
being included as part of digital wallets ndash this is only the beginning
Wearable payment development has also gathered pace
be it wristbands smartwatches or NFC-enabled clothing
Device battery life (imposed by device size and current screen
energy consumption) data privacy and security remain key
barriers to wider adoption
Biometrics will become interwoven with mobile and wearable
technology Passwords can be broken and authentication will
shift towards identifiers like facial features fingerprint retina
heartbeat and vein recognition All of which could be performed
by a smartphone or wearable device
Although challenges remain surrounding data privacy and educating
corporate clients biometric technology will eventually help increase
payment security and provide more convenience when making
payments
Virtual cards Virtual cards or single-use accounts also have the potential to
disrupt the payments space Corporates travel companies and
governments increasingly understand the benefits these solutions
offer (real-time expense capture enhanced control security recon-
ciliation and reporting) and spend levels have skyrocketed in
coun tries where virtual cards are being effectively marketed
Growth has also been fuelled by the productrsquos success in unlocking
B2B and increasingly TampE spend that has traditionally been
captured by other payment solutions eg cash cheque etc
45 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Virtual cards hold the potential to disrupt the commercial
payments space on two fronts
1) Physical cards are likely to disappear
2) These solutions hold the potential to drive a step change in card
adoption and usage levels
The challenge for the industry is clearly communicating and
providing compelling evidence of the benefits that virtual cards
offer and ensuring sales teams are trained to sell the solutions
over and above traditional ones eg corporate cards To help
unlock the opportunities in underpenetrated industries such as
telco construction and healthcare etc issuers must develop
tailored solutions to cater for any idiosyncrasies and overcome
the card acceptance challenge
The FutureTechnology holds the key to disrupting commercial payments
and the growing FinTech movement will support this Traditional
commercial payment providers will look towards and work more
closely with FinTechrsquos as an alternative source of innovation to their
own product development and delivery functions The opportunity
for banks is to build and launch disruptive technologies more
quickly The challenge is picking the right FinTech(s) that will help
deliver scalable solutions In the short-term we expect issuers to
increasingly focus their attention on developing virtual solutions
and integrating these onto mobile and wearable devices
Stargazing into the future wearables will be the game changer
as mobility becomes ever more important Wearables will also
be the bridging technology for embeddables In the next 10-15
years embedded chips in humans could become a reality
We are increasingly connected and interact with technology in
our personal and business lives and embeddables are the next
logical step More sophisticated chips will soon replace wearable
technology such as payment devices and fitness bands and will
help us all get used to a more connected and augmented lifestyle
As a concept it is well aligned to payments Embedded and inner-
connected biometrics will enhance security and offer a more
seamless experience
The future looks bright for commercial payments but will not be
without its challenges
About Chris Holmes Chris leads various work streams across the Financial Services practice He has managed multiple global projects across the payments banking FinTech AltFi and tech industries His specialist skills are geared to NPD sizing and opportunity assessments benchmarking and best practice identification
About KAE KAE is a strategic marketing consultancy that has provided support to some of the worldrsquos largest payment and tech brands for the past 25 years Operating globally from a London HQ KAE has provided consulting and strategic advice in more than 50 countries across three core areas Insight Strategy and Analytics
wwwkaecom
Chris Holmes
Senior Vice President KAE
Trade amp Finance
48 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Financing International Supply Chains An Idea Whose Time Has Come
Supply Chain Finance Terminology Drafting Group
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) was the subject of serious debate
among senior practitioners just a while ago Was SCF a
legitimate substantive new proposition in the financing of trade
and supply chains or was it a hollow marketing device aimed
at countering the threat of bank disintermediation as businesses
decisively shifted to trade on open account terms
The initial innovation and contribution of SCF were less in the
specifics of financing techniques and more around the shift
from a limited bilateral view of trade to a holistic network-based
view of trade based on complex ecosystems and commercial
relationships
The debate about the substance of SCF can now be put to
rest as its adoption grows and as the techniques of SCF are
increasingly recognised in both domestic and international
supply chains Whatrsquos more public entities in the UK the
Netherlands the US and elsewhere begin to embrace certain
forms of SCF to driving liquidity and affordable financing to the
globally important but typically underserved SME segment
Additionally the usage rates of SCF programmes and facilities
have grown significantly now reaching 80-90 or higher In
comparison programmes were once considered successful if
they exhibited usage rates of 30 or more
SCF development and adoption rates have varied significantly
by region and by individual institution be it a bank multilateral
ECA fintech or another market player and as a result a veritable
lsquomazersquo of definitions terminology and common parlance
developed relative to SCF Leading institutions effectively
developed their own terminology in the absence of anything else
in the market invested in marketing collateral and branding and
devised technology solutions on the basis of their techniques
and related nomenclature This extended to the point that it
has been difficult to engage in any discussion around SCF
without the need to pause and check on mutual understanding
(or worse progress a discussion or interaction only to later
realise that language has been a barrier rather than an enabler
of understanding)
Leading industry associations gathered over two years ago
and agreed that it would be valuable to begin the process of
devising a common set of global terminology around SCF
The Euro Banking Association Factors Chain International
ITFA (The International Trade and Forfaiting Association) the
International Factors Group (since merged) and BAFT (the
Bankers Association for Finance and Trade) came together with
the ICC Banking Commission to create and launch the Global
Supply Chain Finance Forum (GSCFF) Its global drafting team
and the steering committee were mandated to review existing
material develop and disseminate a draft set of definitions
circulate widely for comment and update to a final version which
was then to be the focus of a global advocacy campaign to drive
adoption by market stakeholders
The ldquoStandard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Financerdquo was launched at the 4th Annual ICC Supply Chain
Finance Summit Singapore under the auspices of the ICC
Academy The setting was particularly appropriate given the
educational nature of the publication and the reality that major
international supply chains today are at least partly anchored in
Asia where SCF propositions are expected to show significant
growth in the coming years
The focus of SCF in some areas thus far has been on what we
refer to in the Definitions as ldquoPayables Financerdquo to the extent
that this single technique has often incorrectly been referred
to as Supply Chain Finance Financial institutions as well as
non-bank providers have placed a significant priority on these
buyer-led structures with supplier onboarding being a common
challenge And yet we are seeing demand for the development
of end-to-end solutions across the procure-to-pay and order-
to-cash cycles with an increasing number of market actors
venturing beyond some of the familiar techniques to begin to
embrace for example distributor finance
49 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Large supplier communities are based in emerging Asia
and Africa yet major economies like China and Indonesia are
experiencing great increases in disposable income and thus
engaging more on the consumer side of supply chains The
combined dynamics are shaping economic activity and flows in
ways that need a wider range of financing and risk mitigation
solutions including end-to-end SCF
Supply Chain Finance is defined as the use of financing and risk
mitigation practices and techniques to optimise the management
of the working capital and liquidity invested in supply chain
processes and transactions SCF is typically applied to
open account trade and is triggered by supply chain events
Visibility of underlying trade flows by the finance provider(s) is
a necessary component of such financing arrangements which
can be enabled by a technology platform
Source Standard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Finance 2016
Practitioners and financial institutions based in Asia are proactively
working to develop their SCF propositions in response to evolving
market demand and region-specific practices With ASEAN
integration progressing the Trans-Pacific Partnership advancing
and intra-regional trade growing in importance the central role of
cross-border supply chains and SCF in particular will increase
in the next several years as enablers of trade development and
inclusion
The Standard Definitions are a ldquoliving documentrdquo meant to evolve
with market practice the needs of clients financiers regulatory
authorities and others The next phase will focus on dissemination
education and advocacy in support of global adoption
This is the start of a journey that will only speed up in adoption
impact and importance SCF an idea whose time has come
About Alexander R Malaket A recognised specialist in international trade including trade and supply chain finance Mr Malaket has advised government international institution banking and corporate clients around the world developed and delivered training materials and seminars and authored numerous white papers briefing and policy papers and research reports on a variety of topics in international business finance and international development
About International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) The ICC Banking Commission is a leading global rule-making body for the banking industry It produces universally accepted rules and guidelines for international banking practice With 85 years of experience and more than 600 members in +100 countries the ICC Banking Commission ndash the largest commission of ICC the World Business Organization ndash has rightly gained a reputation as the most authoritative voice in the field of trade finance
wwwiccwboorg
Alexander R Malaket
PresidentOPUS Advisory Services International IncDeputy Head of the Executive CommitteeICC Banking CommissionChairSCF Terminology Drafting Group
Share this story
50 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Improving Access to Finance for SMEs with the Open RFI Project
SCF Community
IntroductionFor a financial service that claims to have a tripartite win-win-win
value current market adoption of Supply Chain Finance (SCF)
is still in its infancy As the credit rating of the larger corporate
is leveraged for SCF solutions suppliers have faster access to
cheaper liquidity from invoices The large corporate can achieve
working capital benefits through payment term harmonisation
or it can reduce the COGS (Cost of Goods Sold) Despite clear
benefits the cost and complexity of onboarding small suppliers
have resulted in a slower uptake in this group of suppliers and
hence there has been little possibility to take advantage of the
benefits SCF can offer
The Open Request for Information (RFI) launched by the
SCF Community on behalf of a group of Dutch multinational
corporations invited over 30 vendors to show how they would
apply SCF solutions to smaller suppliers ndash those with volumes of
EUR 200000 and below Corporates recognise the importance
of SME suppliers and are looking for ways to improve their
access to finance This recognition is underlined by the support
of the Dutch Ministry of Economic Affairs for the Betaalmenu ndash
initiative in early 2015 which is aimed at injecting liquidity into
Dutch SMEs
The objective of the Open RFI was threefold 1) to provide
participating corporates with an overview of available SCF
solutions and solution providers 2) to facilitate structured
engagement between SCF solution providers and corporates 3)
to perform a structured analysis of the SCF market and available
solutions for SMEs This project allowed for direct comparison of
leading SCF vendors for the first time in history
Preparations for an SCF implementationThere are a number of things corporates should address before
starting with an SCF implementation Firstly the overall SCF
strategy should align with strategy on other areas such as
procurement finance and IT Next due to the multidisciplinary
character various internal departments have to be involved in
the setup and enrolment of an SCF program
Thirdly a spend analysis of the corporatersquos supplier base needs
to be made in order to support a clear and segmented approach
to offer selected suppliers the intended SCF solution Finally in
order to fully reap the benefits of an SCF solution the internal
processes have to be analysed focussing on the efficiency of the
procure-to-pay process
RFI process and preliminary resultsIn total over 30 vendors were invited to participate and eventually
23 completed the RFI ABN Amro Asyx C2FO CRX Markets
Flinqer GT Nexus ING Kyriba OpusCapita Orbian Oxygen
Finance PrimeRevenue ProQuidity Rabobank Remitia Riskco
Santander Taulia Terbit TradeShift Trefi Finance Tungsten and
Urica The RFI contained seven categories and participants were
ranked relatively in each category
1) Qualifications and Strategy The proposed SCF solution had
to be well proven in the market and therefore participants
were required to give insights of their track record
2) Solution Scope Vendors should be able to onboard suppliers
in various countries and currencies and work together with
other liquidity providers Half of the vendors claimed to have
a global solution covering all currencies while the rest focused
more on Europe
3) Platform Technology Vendors had to elaborate how their
SCF platform interacts with current IT systems and P2P
processes on the corporate side Almost all platforms were
accessible online flexible to adapt to current infrastructure
and offered manual to fully integrated options to connect to
the corporatersquos ERP
4) Implementation and onboarding Given the scope of the
RFI (small suppliers) fast onboarding was deemed crucial to
participating corporates Differences exist between vendors
in terms of availability of online resources KYC and due
diligence and administrative requirements
51 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
5) Transaction Volume Availability of both funding and platform
is an important factor in selecting a solution provider The
benefits and pitfalls of various sources of funds and structures
are examined and collated
6) Accounting amp Legal Maintaining trade payable status is
important for corporates and accounting regulations should
be considered Each vendor responded with its legal structure
to reassure no reclassification issues would arise
7) Incumbent SCF provider Since the majority of large buyers
have existing SCF programs in place vendors were asked if
and how they would be able to co-exist All vendors indicated
that working side-by-side would be possible but not all of
them had prior experience with this matter
Outcome of RFI projectThe relative ranking combined with a weighting of the importance
for each category by the supporting corporates has generated
the final shortlist The SCF Community named C2FO ING Orbian
PrimeRevenue Santander and Taulia as the six vendors in its
lsquoOpen RFIrsquo project All six have presented their responses to the
Open RFI during the SCF Community Forum in Amsterdam on
18th November 2015
By gathering and assessing available solutions in the marketplace
the SCF Community has improved transparency for its corporates
by providing an overview of SCF solutions and facilitating
engagement This initiative contributes to the Communityrsquos
goals in developing knowledge on SCF while simultaneously
increasing adoption and standards in the practitionerrsquos field
The whitepaper that contains both a detailed analysis of the
SCF market as well as a checklist for corporates interested in
offering their own SCF solution can be downloaded from the
wwwscfacademyorg soon
About Matthijs van Bergen Matthijs currently holds
a position as researcher SCF at Windesheim and
is responsible for developing business cases for
Corporates and for the project management of Open
RFI He studied Supply Chain Finance and is an
experienced independent consultant for over 5 years
About Steven van der Hooft Steven gained extensive
experience in the field of Supply Chain Finance
through roles as director banking at Inchainge senior
management consultant at Capgemini Consulting and
while working at ING In 2015 he founded Capital
Chains a company that specialises in Training amp
Consultancy on Financial Supply Chain Management
issues for both banks as well as corporates
About SCF Community The Supply Chain Finance
Community is a not-for-profit group for all those
involved in supply chains manufacturers transport
companies banks consultancies technology
providers and academics Its mission is to share
experience best practice and new research linking
across finance treasury supply chain operations
logistics and procurement
wwwscfcommunityorg
Matthijs van Bergen
Researcher SCF Windesheim
Steven van der Hooft
CEOCapital Chains
Share this story
52 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
If Supply Chain Finance is Supplier-Centric Financial Supply Chain is Customer-Centric
Magnus Lind The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
Fintech is not only disrupting banks itrsquos disrupting corporate
finance as well At The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
conference in Malmo Sweden in April of 2016 both corporates
and vendors discussed the significant changes we can expect in
the way we engage with suppliers and customers in the future
The Talent Show highlighted the increasingly popular Supply
Chain Finance (SCF) solutions as one essential ingredient to
cater for the unbalanced capabilities of bank financing in the
corporate sector Investment graded companies enjoy excellent
access however SMEs and sub-investment grade companies
still suffer Change is nowhere on the horizon
SCF is one remedy to support the first tier suppliers of very large
customers with fair priced and sufficient financing SCF has
many benefits and the solutions have matured and now
provide reliable backbones for financing of approved invoices
Yet despite all the advantages of SCF it only solves a limited
amount of challenges in the whole corporate supply chain At
The Talent Show we discussed the supply and demand chain
holistically and mapped SCF as a subsection of the financial
supply chain (FSC) The FSC is much broader in scope includes
all tiers of suppliers and also the full demand chain With SCF as a
base we need to include second and higher tier suppliers and our
financial processing and the customers into the mindset If SCF is
supplier-centric FSC is customer-centric
The champion to implement SCF is often the treasury department
whereas it is procurement that eventually owns and runs the
programme Wersquove detected the CPO (Chief Procurement
Officer) usually has significant acumen to drive other supply
chain initiatives with his or hers combined customer and supplier
relations What the CPO lacks in financial skills are many
times balanced through a sense of urgency to understand the
rationalisation potential and how it improves the overall business
At the Show we heard about initiatives to bridge stakeholders
over the supply chain with treasurers and procurement actively
working together Anthony Buchanan Treasurer Procurement at
SABMiller gave a much-appreciated presentation of how the two
departments work together to build a sustainable chain for both
the large and the small suppliers
We heard fintech leaders introducing their solutions over the whole
FSC Taulia on supplier finance SAP Ariba on supplier networks
e-invoicing and their new partnership with PrimeRevenue We heard
Basware introduce ldquocorporate financial social responsibilityrdquo and
its new financing service Kurt Cavano from GT Nexus presented
ways to connect the physical supply chain with the financial one
and finally Danny Aranda from Ripple shared how blockchain is
taking over as the main rail for payments Gerard Chick Chief
Knowledge Officer at Optimum Procurement gave an appreciated
endnote at The Talent Show
We are continuously improving our abilities to adapt quickly
Being big isnt enough to sustain when new competitors are
unbundling large businesses in almost all industries The need
for large corporations to think and act more entrepreneurial is
imperative Peter Carlsson recent CPO at Tesla explained how
Tesla is driven by a few group-wide targets at a time providing
high speed over ground Many large companies have too complex
strategies and objectives even creating conflicting behaviour in
their own organisations Enterprises have to rethink their models
of management to fight off the attacks or they risk being killed
by a thousand cuts from a multitude of new entrants especially
if they are organised to fight the single cuts from their main (big)
competitors
53 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The EVP and CFO at Turkcell Murat Dogan Erden proved
in his keynote that even mature companies can adapt quickly to
game changers Turkcell is a dominant telecoms operator that
has successfully managed the transition from a pay-per-minute
market through providing world leading surf speeds content
and services Turkcell is also exploiting its credit management
competence to expand into consumer finance Turkcell will use
its market access through all the connected devices
Developing the FSC doesnrsquot only consist of cutting costs and
lead times It also enables expanding the core business offering
with financial components
About Magnus Lind Magnus Lind is co-founder of The Talent Show He has a background as an international business executive in Europe SE Asia and North America and he has founded companies in 7 different countries where he acted as CEO board director and investor The Talent Show puts innovation and disruption above case studies and legacy thinking
About The Talent Show The Talent Show is a corporate driven event focusing on the whole corporate Financial Supply Chain (CFSC) and how it links to the physical chain The audience consists of CFO and CPO supply chain treasurers and IT Participants include Sandvik Turkcell Port of Rotterdam Abengoa Octal Arriva DONG Energy Ericsson and SABMiller
wwwsupply-chain-financerocks
Magnus Lind
co-founderThe Talent Show
54 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Supply Chain Finance Time for SMEs to Take Position
Anita Gerrits
For a long time the deployment of supply chain finance (SCF)
was seen to be the domain of large corporates only but times
are changing Nowadays large SMEs are also able to reap the
benefits of innovative ways to free up liquidity reduce working
capital and approve their ROI
Imagine an SME company supplying goods to retailers and a
significant part of its turnover is achieved with only a few large
customers The DSO has increased dramatically over the past
few years as these retailers have increased their payment terms
to 60 or even 90 days Some of these customers have a reverse
factoring program in place but donrsquot offer access to all their SME
suppliers some donrsquot have a program in place The margins in
the business are tight and although the suppliers are begging
for early payments extending the terms with them seems to be
the only way possible to fill the working capital gap What other
options does this company have
One of the options is to consider Receivables Finance (RF)
This solution allows the company to sell open invoices (receivables)
of customers with a good credit standing to a third party on a non-
recourse basis As this is classified as a true sale of receivables
whereby the default risk on the customer gets transferred in full
to the third party that buys the invoices the receivables position
(DSO) will decrease with the amount of invoices sold The discount
paid for early payment is based on the creditworthiness of its
customers and presuming these are healthy these rates are
attractive For instance this is only a fraction of what traditional
factoring solutions would cost The other benefit is that the
company selling the invoices has full control over what and when
they sell Flexible on-demand access to cash is what it delivers
Although his the creditworthiness of the customer is key the
customer is not directly involved in the transaction and oesnrsquot
even need to be made aware of it As the solution carries the word
ldquoFinancerdquo in its name it might suggest that RF is a loan or a specific
type of debt Neither of them is the case What it boils down to is
that the seller gets upfront cash on receivables and not just 80
of the full invoiced amount but up to 95 PrimeRevenue one of
the leading SCF solution providers successfully implemented this
innovative solution for a wide range of clients worldwide
With the current interest rates it doesnrsquot make much sense to
free up cash to put in on a savings account where the return
is zero or even negative Freeing up cash enables companies
to take advantage of (investment) opportunities to increase the
ROI thereby improving their overall financial healthiness In
a low-margin business environment offering a program with
attractive early payment discount terms to your suppliers is a
way to improve your gross margin and generate a high return
on excess cash And yes working capital increases but less
than the decrease that was generated on the receivables side
so in total working capital is being reduced and your balance
sheet total is shortened Dynamic discounting is one of the
Payables (Finance) solutions that is growing in popularity in the
SME world As banks and solution providers have lowered their
entrance barriers this solution is now within reach of a larger
part of the business community The benefit for the supplier is
that he reduces his working capital position (DSO) and gets paid
earlier at an attractive discount below its WACC to ensure a
better ROI
Another option for the SME is to offer an SCF (read Reverse
factoring) program to selected suppliers In that way there is
no impact on the working capital position of the buyer in case
the payment terms remain unchanged or alternatively when
terms are extended the payables position will increase and so
working capital decreases The good news is that some banks
and platform providers indeed are starting to offer large SME
companies to set up their own SCF program The downside
however is that the discount rates the funders charge for
medium-sized companies are fairly high in comparison to the
rates for big creditworthy corporates This can be explained
mainly by the sheer purchase volume of big corporates versus
medium-sized companies the size of the SCF program is thus
of a different order of magnitude Whatrsquos more the risk profile of
SME companies is often rated relatively high in comparison to
corporates which has a significant impact on the risk premium
component of the total discount rate
55 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Some banks and platform providers offer both Dynamic
Discounting as well as SCF with the option to switch between
the two might an opportunity arise for the buyer to invest its cash
for other purposes than to prepay its suppliers A bank will then
be brought in to take over the funding
All in all with all developments in the SCF market it would make
sense for SMEs to explore the potential benefits of SCF for the
business they are in Having said that SCF awareness is still
not very widespread amongst SMEs despite several initiatives
to change that for the better What a pity In the end there is
nothing to lose and everything to gain
About Anita Gerrits For the past 7 years Anita has been a strong believer in and advocate of the concept of SCF She provides consultancy support in this exciting relative new area of finance She also organises workshops acts as guest speaker and trainer to business management as well to students to create awareness and understanding of this topic It all began in 2009 when she played a leading role in achieving a cash flow turnaround of the European Consumer Business of Kimberly-Clark through a massive reduction in working capital She has a corporate background studied business economics credit rating advisory and business valuation
wwwg-raybiz
Anita Gerrits
Supply Chain Finance Specialist
Follow on Twitter Tweet aboutExchangeSummit EXCS16
From E-Invoicing toSupply Chain Financing
October 10 and 11 2016Barcelona Spain
Exchange Summit with 2 major E-Invoicing events in 2016
June 7 and 8 2016Orlando Florida USA
100 FREE TICKETS
100 FREE TICKETS
Apply now on
Apply now on
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
Key topics 2016
bull E-Invoicing entering a new era ndash global market development and forecast
bull E-Invoicing from a corporate and governmental perspective
bull Implementing tax compliance in a paperless world
bull Compliance and fraud prevention within E-Invoicing
bull Driving forward ARAP and end-to-end P2P automation
bull Global standardisation and status of E-Invoicing interoperability
bull Best practice in onboarding customers to E-Invoicing
bull Supply chain financing ndash new opportunities and challenges
wwwexchange-summitcom
Within our two major E-Invoicing events in 2016 you will
bull network with more than 500 participants
bull meet experts from over 40 different countries
bull evaluate solutions from 50+ service providers
bull benefit from exclusive keynotes best-practices and discussions
Anzeige_EXC_Paypers_Layout 1 14042016 1530 Seite 1
E-invoicing
58 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Cross-border Invoicing ndash The Real Challenge For Multinational Projects
Comarch EDI
Global approach with local adjustments Nowadays a significant majority of enterprises cooperates with
foreign business partners Whatrsquos more an increasing number
of organisations have been changing their document flow from
paper to digital formats to optimise processes in the supply
chain Thus there has been growing demand for solutions
enabling onboarding of partners worldwide exchanging the
whole set of messages in the supply chain (order-to-cash
procure-to-pay) and guaranteeing legal compliance project
management and local support Letrsquos explore the electronic
invoicing process in particular since it is an essential part of the
efficient B2B collaboration
Various legislations in forceIn Europe the Council Directive 201045EU has been
implemented in the Member States in 2013 which treats paper
and electronic invoices equally Also it is widely known that
each taxable person shall determine the way to ensure the
authenticity of the origin the integrity of the content and the
legibility of the invoice
However each Member State defines its rulings on electronic
invoicing and in spite of progress even within the EU there are
significant differences For instance in Portugal the taxable
person has to use certified invoicing software (assuming the
annual turnover of more than EUR 100 000) What is common
for both Portugal and Hungary is that the solution should be able
to present the data for audit purposes in the countryrsquos defined
SAF-T formats When considering the form to assure authenticity
and integrity besides business controls EDI and electronic
signature should be considered Then local requirements differ
for outsourcing of invoice issuance (unilateral or bilateral
written with some content requirements) notifications of tax
administration the obligation of EDI agreement based on EU
1994 Recommendation system documentation describing
software and procedures to name only a few
In the archiving area the unification is even lower Besides various
retention periods and tax authoritiesrsquo notification obligation Italy
requires an invoice preservation process France has lsquopartner
filersquo and lsquosummary listrsquo functionalities while in Germany the law
introduces three access mechanisms known as Z1 (direct access
to electronic data) Z2 (indirect) and Z3 (through the transfer of
extracted data)
Challenges to approach just outside EU bordersAssuming that all peculiarities were analysed (mostly thanks
to the EU documentation available in many languages) and
technical design and implementation were done yet even within
Europe further adjustments are needed For instance take into
consideration Norwayrsquos restrictions of storage Switzerlandrsquos
requirement for the service provider to be registered in the local
commercial register and the fact that electronic invoices have to
be ensured by electronic signature
Of course the European model called post-audit does not
rule worldwide Beyond the EU borders the regulations are
more complicated In Turkey or Russia there is a clearance
model implemented in which an electronic invoice must be
sent to the tax administration or licensed certified providers for
authorisation before during or just after issuance as an original
tax invoice LATAM has implemented the model and observes
high penetration of electronic invoice usage
MILLION DOCUMENTS
500were transmitted in 2015
Capacity of up to
400 DOCUMENTS PER SECOND
12LANGUAGESapplications available in 17 languages
Service Desk in
confirmed by tests carried out by an independent institution
ACTIVE USERS FROM
40 COUNTRIES
50 000 PROCESSEDDOCUMENTS
998
in less than30 seconds
59 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Click here for the company profile
Thus the cross-border invoicing issuance for companies
with subsidiaries worldwide is a real challenge where the law is
applicable (ie country of establishment place of VAT registration
transport invoicing goods or services)
Electronic invoice still on the riseDespite the legal and technical obstacles enterprisesrsquo awareness
of process automation with electronic invoicing and cost
reduction has been steadily increasing Most of them would take
the decision to start e-invoicing shortly if the legislation would be
clearer and standardised On the other hand the governments
are aware of the scale of the VAT fraud and are looking for tools
to seal the system ndash unfortunately each country is trying to find
its own way
However it is highly unlikely that the EU will implement the
clearance model there are several initiatives to speed up
the process The Member States decided to organise multi-
stakeholders forums to implement a European Standard for
e-invoicing (expected in 2017) and increase the interoperability
among service providers Hopefully the Directive 201455
EU on electronic invoicing in public procurement will prove to
be a significant milestone resulting in the mass adoption of
electronic invoices in the structured form (not PDF invoices)
and public authorities will realise the benefits of e-invoicing and
hasten the implementation of common understandable and
unified legislation on cross-border e-invoicing In a nutshell
the stage of market education and convincing towards adopting
automated invoices processing is coming to an end Most of
the enterprises have launched or consider the implementation
of e-invoicing at a country level in the short term Currently the
biggest challenge is to enable the smooth extension of their
projects on the transnational level Finding a service provider with
vast international experience is essential Comarch EDI enables
compliance with all local legal requirements Its membership
in organisations such as the GS1 or the European E-Invoicing
Service Providers Association (EESPA) guarantees that the
company is a reliable partner Comarch EDI has cooperated with
GS1 and EESPA for many years in several countries to make
sure that our services are of the highest quality and the solution
is compliant with national and international requirements
About Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz He has over 10 years of experience in the field of B2B communication in the supply chain Initially responsible for the EDI market development in Southern and Central Europe he is currently responsible for the development of Comarch EDI portfolio
About Comarch EDI Comarch EDI is a B2B platform which provides a competitive advantage by a fast and secure data exchange with business partners The solution provides the automation of data processing throughout the supply chain from the procurement process through the logistics to invoicing and payment processing
wwwcomarchcom
Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz
Product Development ManagerComarch EDI
60 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Why lsquoOpenness Should Be The 1 Selection Criteria for Any E-invoicing RFP Process
Simplerinvoicing
In the previous editions of this report I talked about the
opportunities e-invoicing brings in supply chain finance and
streamlining payments and collection processes I also talked
about strategies for businesses to adopt e-invoicing on a
large scale Whatrsquos more I spoke about the EU directive that
makes e-invoicing to (semi-) governments mandatory as of
October 2018 In the past year numerous driving forces pushed
e-invoicing forward The most important one however was the
high interest from e-invoicing providers and ERP and accounting
software to collaborate platforms are increasingly sharing data
(such as invoice data) with others through interoperability
Yet as we can see in the reports from Billentis lsquotruersquo e-invoicing
adoption rates (counting only full XML invoices no PDFs) are
still below 15 in most European countries The reason is
that companies have not fully embraced the concept of open
e-invoicing Open e-invoicing requires a different view from
e-invoicing service providers but also their clients the business
partners
The move towards open e-invoicing has one major benefit for
trading partners it eliminates the need for onboarding them on
your e-invoicing platform by enabling the exchange of invoices
using their own software The result increased reach ie a larger
number of suppliers that can send e-invoices to you as a buyer
hence better business case Plus extent is one of the key success
factors in grasping as many trading counterparties as possible
A typical lsquoopenrsquo service provider has numerous interoperability
agreements with other service providers Some of them have
over 100 agreements The ultimate form of openness for an
e-invoicing service provider ERP or accounting software provider
is the adoption of PEPPOL a protocol for the secure exchange
of invoices It is the most far-reaching way of connecting with
the largest base of your suppliers against minimal cost You
can also describe PEPPOL as a standard API defined by the
industry of e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
for exchanging invoices
The lsquoclosedrsquo service providers typically embrace the paradigm
that all partners have to be on-boarded on the providerrsquos
e-invoicing platform This may work for top business partners
but for the partners with less volume (longtail) this approach
usually leads to low conversion to e-invoicing Whatrsquos more
closed service providers may see the open model as a threat
the platform becomes accessible for trading entities on other
platforms However in reality the open model is an opportunity
it adds reach and thus invoice volume potential to the platform
that would otherwise be untapped
So what should participants do bull Put lsquoopennessrsquo as the 1 criteria for your e-invoicing RFP
if your service provider does not follow the lsquoopenrsquo paradigm
the chances that you will successfully onboard your longtail
suppliers in a supplier friendly way are very limited If your
service provider does not support the open model put pressure
on him to embrace it After all openness is not a threat just an
opportunity
bull Choose an e-invoice that only complies for 80 over a
paper invoice Be less rigid for your longtail suppliers with
regards to invoice standards and data requirements in favour
of a single industry standard the one agreed by accounting
e-invoicing and ERP software vendors This implies that you
do not impose your own data requirements Instead you adjust
your system to efficiently process industry standard invoices
bull Use PEPPOL discovery engine (aka SML) where possible
and make e-invoicing the default The PEPPOL protocol
has a very sophisticated discovery service accessible via
a very simple DNS(1) mechanism it allows you to discover if
your buyer requires an e-invoice Use that discovery engine to
assess if your buyer requires an e-invoice rather than depend
on an onboarding process with your buyer
61 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Donrsquot overestimate VAT compliance many companies
think VAT compliance requires parties to agree bilaterally on
e-invoicing that conversion by parties is forbidden by VAT law
that invoice originality is a major concern and that authenticity
and integrity are complex The reality is that none of these are
true Conversion of invoices is fact of live for years and no
show-stopper at all Invoice originality is in most European
countries easily solvable by service providers and ERP vendors
in the market the PEPPOL regulatory framework solves
authenticity and integrity and is not a concern anymore for
participants
What should service providers and ERP vendors do Embrace
openness Opening your platform does not harm your business
model Instead it allows easy integration of your platform with
many other e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
with only one standard and protocol (PEPPOL) It eliminates the
need for costly bilateral agreements And it also empowers your
existing and new customers to use your services beyond your
platform
In a nutshell the paradigm of open e-invoicing and further
collaboration between e-invoicing providers ERP and accounting
software vendors in the area of interoperability is essential to
move Europe further in e-invoicing The private sector should now
step in and leverage that growth
(1) DNS is the same mechanism that makes sure that www
simplerinvoicingorg is translated into a technical IP address
of our web server The same mechanism is used to resolve
for example a VAT number into the IP address to which an
e-invoice can be delivered
About Jaap Jan Nienhuis Jaap Jan Nienhuis is Manager Simplerinvoicing at SIDN He is responsible for managing the Simplerinvoicing scheme authority Jaap Jan has a special interest in the development of new services in 4-corner models In his former roles he has been involved in a number of European collaborative e-invoicing initiatives including the EBA E-invoicing Working Group
About SIDN Simplerinvoicing is a collaboration between leading European e-invoicing and accounting software providers who all strive for mass adoption of e-invoicing by interoperability and standardisation Simplerinvoicing is a PEPPOL Authority The Dutch government is connected via Simplerinvoicing
wwwsimplerinvocingorg
Jaap Jan Nienhuis
Manager SimplerinvoicingSimplerinvoicing
DONT MISS THE OPPORTUNITY OF BEING PART OF LARGE-SCALE PAYMENTS INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The Paypers offers the most valuable source of information and guidance for all parties interested in the current state of affairs of the payments industry
Paul Alfing Chairman e-Payments Committee Ecommerce Europe
Once a year The Paypers releases three large-scale industry overviews covering the latest trends developments disruptive innovations and challenges that define the global onlinemobile payments e-invoicing B2B payments ecommerce and web fraud prevention amp digital identity space Industry consultants policy makers service providers merchants from all over the world share their views and expertise on different key topics within the industry Listings and advertorial options are also part of the Guides for the purpose of ensuring effective company exposure at a global level
For the latest edition please check the Reports section
ONLINE PAYMENTSAn all-in-one reference guide on (online) payments amp ecommerce industry trends evolving business models top players and relevant (alternative) payment methods
B2B PAYMENTS SCF amp E-INVOICINGIndustry voices from the online finance space share insights into the dynamic B2B payment e-invoicing supply chain finance industries to support innovative solutions amp thriving businesses
WEB FRAUD PREVENTION ONLINE SECURITY amp DIGITAL IDENTITYIn-depth source of information highlighting key facts amp trends into the global digital identity transactional and web fraud prevention amp detection ecosystem
Regulation amp Law
64 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
PSD2 XS2A ndash a Step Towards Open Banking
Evolution Payments Consulting
The world of retail banking and payments has become a very
engaging and dynamic environment We have seen new
products and services emerging over the past few years aimed
at disrupting the status quo For a market that has remained
relatively stable over the decades we are on the verge of
witnessing great change
To facilitate this change current payment regulation needs to
be amended to give financial service providers new and old
the opportunity to access systems and data so that they can
participate in the market and offer innovative products and services
To address this the European Commission published the Payment
Services Directive 2 (PSD2) in the Open Journal of the European
Union in January 2016 which will be transposed into Member
States national laws in January 2018
The aim of the Payment Services Directive 2 (PSD2) is to harmonise
the European payments landscape from a regulatory perspective
ensuring that all relevant organisations and activities are
adequately covered This marks a shift towards an integrated
single market for safe electronic payments that strives to support
the growth of the European Union (EU) economy Moreover the
aim is to ensure that consumers merchants and companies
enjoy choice and transparent secure payment services so that
they will fully benefit from the internal market
One of the principles of PSD2 is to foster an environment
whereby customers wanting to use value-added services from
Third Party Providers (TPPs) can do so safely in the knowledge
that their personal security credentials have not been shared with
a third party and that the service provider can access only the
information for which the customer has given explicit consent
However for these products and services to become mainstream
and widely adopted by consumers the TPPs require access to
the customerrsquos online bank accounts to access data in real-time
The mechanism by which this will be achieved is through Access
to Accounts more commonly referred to as XS2A which is set
out in PSD2
Access to accountsThe European Banking Authority (EBA) in cooperation with
the European Central Bank (ECB) will publish Regulatory
Technical Specifications (RTS) which will determine how TPPs
with a customerrsquos consent can access account information in
a secure manner to provide value-added services How this will
be achieved has yet to be determined the EBA will publish a
consultation paper with the draft RTS in late 2016
It is anticipated that the EBA will recommend the use of Application
Programming Interfaces (APIs) to deliver the vision of Access to
Accounts Yet it is still unclear on what API standards they will
focus and how these will practically be managed
The implications for regulated businessesHowever what is known is that this will have a profound impact
on incumbent banks payment organisations and fintechs
The implementation of an API environment whereby TTPs
can access customer account data to provide new innovative
products and services will challenge existing business models
There is going to be an influx of new market entrants Some will
be familiar names looking to extend the scope of their offerings in
the new API market economy Others are going to be nimble agile
fintechs that will deliver new compelling propositions and services
by doing things differently and looking to take market share from
incumbent organisations When PSD2 becomes a reality there is
nothing to stop companies applying to be a regulated entity as
a Payment Initiation Service Provider (PISP) andor Application
Initiation Service Provider (AISP) delivering new innovative
products and services directly to consumers
Are we seeing the conditions for a perfect storm On the one
hand we have banks that need to provide access to accounts
through PSD2 Regulation Some of them will become PISPs
andor AISPs to protect their existing business and revenues
and attract new customers
65 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
On the other we have the challengers a mix of established
organisations looking to grow their business through extension
and diversification of their core competencies through fintechs
and start-ups looking to carve a niche into the market with
focused products and services
The current status quo will be challenged Established technology
giants (eg Google Apple Samsung etc) with their financial
muscle large customer base across the majority of European
countries significant brand reputation and a strong understanding
of what drives consumers could potentially look to position
themselves as digital financial services providers
Nimble agile fintechs that donrsquot have the legacy IT environments
developed over many years are in a prime position to deliver and
launch new services
These organisations will look to realise a vision of a digital financial
services provider that can offer the consumer one place where
they can consolidate all the financial services data into an easily
understandable format with tools to manage their money and
without the legacy banking infrastructure and complexities
associated with it
A place where the customer can look apply and be granted
services (ie secureunsecure loans payday advances credit
card application foreign exchange services etc) in a quick
easy and frictionless manner from a variety of service providers
Automation and great UX being the name of the game
They do not have to provide the financial services directly to
the customer They can act as the broker the digital conduit
for products and services benefiting from the commercial
relationships struck with selected service providers
The world of retail banking and payments is set for great change
About Brendan Jones A senior management consultant with over 30 yearsrsquo experience in the payments industry working with a variety of organisations including technology amp service providers and financial organisations Previously held senior roles focusing on business strategy regu lat ion bus iness deve lopment MampA product development programme amp operations management and business process reengineering
About Evolution Payments Consulting Evolution Payments Consulting (EPC) provides payment consulting services to the financial services industry and allied organisations EPC provides payments industry advice to companies looking to support the implementation of new regulation developlaunch new banking and payment propositions re-purpose existing products and services to meet the new and existing regulatory requirements
uklinkedincominjonesbrendan
Brendan Jones
Director
Evolution Payments Consulting
66 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Late Payment ndash A Perspective
ABFA
Research reports or surveys into late payment are what seem to
pass for lsquoclick-baitrsquo in the rarefied world of SME and commercial
finance media The Asset Based Finance Association (ABFA)
regularly carries out its own studies our most recent review of
Companies House data finds that whilst in the manufacturing
sector the biggest businesses are benefiting from a slight fall in
payment times those benefits are not being passed down the
supply chain to smaller manufacturing businesses who still
suffer an ever-increasing wait for payment
Unfortunately this is a longstanding issue In 1997 the then
(literally) new Labour government launched the Better Payment
Practice Campaign with the business groups to address these
very issues Now the flag is flown by the Chartered Institute of
Credit Management with the Prompt Payment Code
There has been legislative action since 2010 as well with changes
to the legal framework at the EU level being implemented through
the Late Payment of Commercial Debts Regulations (2013) and
more significantly with last yearrsquos Small Business Enterprise
and Employment Act bringing forward a wide-ranging package
of measures to bolster the Code including requirements around
mandatory reporting of payment times
These measures are slowly coming through in Regulations now
and additional legislation in the form of the Enterprise Act 2016
(which received Royal Assent during the writing of this article) will
enable the establishment of the Small Business Commissioner
that will specifically focus on payment issues
But nine years on from the credit crunch and after several years of
intense political focus on these issues concerns about payment
times and the knock-on implications for cash-flow and availability
of working capital still regularly top the lists of concerns for small
business owners As indicated by our own research the nagging
concern is that whilst it might be getting better for the larger
businesses ndash who are arguably not the ones being imperilled in
the first place ndash the situation for smaller businesses is worsening
each and every year
What can be done Well depending on its resources and final
remit the Small Business Commissioner could be an interesting
proposition Despite relatively limited formal powers the
Groceries Code Adjudicator (GCA) has made some effective
interventions in its bailiwick naming and shaming one player
in particular earlier in the year in a spectacular example of
lsquobehavioural economicsrsquo in action However whether this media
and political pile-on will prompt and sustain meaningful change
across a notoriously cut-throat sector remains to be seen
For our part the ABFA and others have been calling for the
Small Business Commissioner to be established as a serious
proposition with a wide remit to identify all instances and
circumstances where smaller businesses are treated unfairly We
argue that such a body will need teeth as well as a big mouth if it
is really going to level the playing field
What is actually meant by late payment gets to the heart of
this and is why the ABFA argues that the conversation should
be about poor payment practices more generally not just late
payment
Delaying payment to a supplier outside agreed payment terms
unless there are legitimate reasons for not doing so is late
payment and is clearly unacceptable
What about a larger customer business leveraging the market
power it has over its smaller suppliers to impose extended payment
terms It is not lsquolatersquo payment but it is no less unacceptable and the
economic effect on supply chains is the same What about using
that same market position to impose retrospective discounts
as the GCA found What about the imposition of contractual
clauses that have the net effect of passing contractual risk from
the larger businesses that are best able to manage it down the
supply chain to the smaller businesses that are not
67 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Prominent amongst these are pay when paid clauses
(prevalent in the recruitment process outsourcing (RPO) world)
unlimited liquidated damages clauses and ban on assignment
clauses The latter contractual terms seek to prevent suppliers
from using their unpaid invoices to access invoice finance
Admirably the government is already taking specific legislative
action against these with the aforementioned Small Business
Act enabling Regulations (expected shortly) to render such
clauses ineffective belatedly bringing the UK into line with
most of the other major world economies This will allow invoice
financiers to provide more funding to more businesses and will
particularly benefit the smaller supplier businesses that suffer
most from these unnecessary clauses
Ultimately this should also be good for larger customer businesses
who will benefit from more stable and well-funded supply chains
Of course whilst invoice finance can help SMEs unlock funding
it is not a silver bullet and is not a substitute for paying suppliers
promptly and treating them fairly For that there needs to be a
cultural shift and that is where an empowered and resourced
Small Business Commissioner could have a real impact
About Matthew Davies Matthew is the Director of Policy and Communications at ABFA
About ABFA The ABFA represents the asset based finance industry in the UK and the Republic of Ireland Members include UK and Irish high street banks specialist and challenger banks specialist businesses of international banks and corporates and independent nonbank finance providers
wwwabfaorguk
Matthew Davies
Director of Policy and CommunicationsAsset Based Finance Association
68 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Directive 201455EU for E-invoicing and Procurement How Public Authorities Should Respond
EESPA
Important developments are underway in the promotion of
e-invoicing in public procurement Under the Directive 201455
EU Member States must ensure that all public sector contracting
authorities are able to receive and process electronic invoices
from suppliers which follow a new European standard for an
e-invoice This will happen over the next three or four years and
is a major opportunity for encouraging e-invoicing adoption
E-invoicing is supportive of public policy priorities such as
deficit reduction financial transparency and sustainability and
will specifically make a material contribution to public sector
cost reduction and efficiency Moreover it will provide benefits
to private sector suppliers Its ease of implementation can be
demonstrated with reference to many successful private sector
and public sector experiences and to the extensive range of
existing market solutions and service provider offerings
The European Union and the Member States have in recent
years taken some steps to promote e-invoicing as a public policy
priority in support of the Single Market and Digital Agendas
For instance the EU has funded important building blocks and
initiatives such as PEPPOL and the CEF programme to support
the adoption process With this clear public policy support
European public administrations of all kinds are getting ready to
adopt e-invoicing on a broad scale
The new standardDirective 201455EU provides a clear definition of an electronic
invoice an invoice that has been issued transmitted and
received in a structured electronic format which allows for its
automatic and electronic processingrdquo
The Commission has requested CEN a key European standardi-
sation organisation to draft a European standard for the semantic
data model of the core elements of an electronic invoice
CEN has created a CEN Technical Committee ndash CEN TC434 ndash to
carry out the work The lsquosemantic data modelrsquo will be a structured
and logically interrelated set of terms and their meanings
relevant to the business functions of an invoice To ease the use
of such standard the Commission has also requested CEN to
provide a limited number of syntaxes which follow the European
standard on electronic invoicing the appropriate syntax bindings
and guidelines on transmission interoperability lsquoSyntaxrsquo means
the machine-readable language or lsquodialectrsquo used to represent
the data elements contained in an electronic invoice and for
structuring messages based on the lsquosemanticrsquo data model
The European standard is now under preparation in the CEN TC
434 and will be approved and published by the early part of 2017
lsquoThe benefits of electronic invoicing are maximised when the
generation sending transmission reception and processing of
an invoice can be fully automated For this reason only machine-
readable invoices which can be processed automatically and
digitally by the recipient should be considered to be compliant
with the European standard on electronic invoicing A mere
image file should not be considered to be an electronic invoice
for the purpose of the Directive
How should public authorities respondThe Directive does not itself create a mandatory rule for the
parties contracting authorities and their suppliers to move all
their invoicing to electronic exclusively based on the European
standard at least not at this stage The Member States may
keep e-invoicing based on existing national standards and are
not forced to move away from traditional invoicing Having said
this the arrival of a European standard creates an opportunity
for harmonisation and a concerted process of adoption across
national public sectors and the EU
To make all this happen policy-making regulation and the
distribution of operational responsibilities are all critical factors
for the success of e-invoicing For the development of a suitable
policy framework the Member States will typically wish to
establish a national strategy with detailed action plans to ensure
implementation to decide on the degree of compulsion the
various ways and standards for adoption and to agree on a
centralised or decentralised infrastructure
69 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
European E-invoicing Service Providers Association
Member Public administrations may consider the use of lsquoshared
servicesrsquo the use of third-party e-procurement and e-invoicing
solutions and services and the degree of integration between
pre-award and post-award processes Contracting authorities
will wish to ensure that the necessary technical infrastructure
is deployed to receive invoices confor ming to the European
standard in the required formats
Once received the Directive does not require the contracting
authority to do more than lsquoprocessrsquo such invoices This can be
done in a fully automated way particularly if the contracting
authority is already processing e-invoices in a semi-automated
way or the invoices can be simply converted to a human
readable form (using available technology) and processed
manually The authority can leave it to suppliers to choose
whether to adopt the standard and render invoices in the format
and neither encourage nor discourage its use This describes a
minimalist strategy
It is recognised that the minimum requirements are a starting
point and likely to evolve as the e-invoicing journey progresses
The opportunity presented by the new European standard
calls for more ambitious and various e-invoicing adoption
programmes For this contracting authorities would think about
moving towards completely automated processing of e-invoices
after they are received perhaps only based on the new
standard Such an approach describes a maximalist strategy ndash
a recommended goal by many commentators
This will be a challenging and exciting period for the public sector
and their service and solution providers It is a real opportunity to
spread the e-invoicing habit and save money for buyers and their
suppliers whilst promoting supply chain efficiency
[The above material is drawn from a Guidance Paper prepared
for the European Multi-Stakeholder Forum on e-Invoicing and
prepared by the writer in conjunction with an Activity Group of
the Forum]
About Charles Bryant Charles Bryant is Secretary General of EESPA and also active in the Global Supply Chain Finance Forum
About EESPA The European E-invoicing Service Providers Association acts as a trade association at European level for a large and dynamic community of e-invoicing service providers drawn from organisations that provide network business outsourcing financial technology and EDI services EESPA is an International Not-for-Profit Association organised under Belgian law Formed in 2011 it has over 60 full and associate members and is involved with a range of important initiatives in interoperability the public policy debate and promoting adoption
wwweespaeu
Charles Bryant
Secretary GeneralEESPA
70 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The International Association for Alternative Finance
Growth of alternative financeSince 1999 and the early days of the internet we have seen
business models such as the travel sector been transformed
High street shops with glossy travel catalogues have given way
to web stores and ultimately travel comparison websites These
new models have enhanced the customer journey and delivered
rates of return to operators who have embraced these new
ways of working Not least with these models is the low cost of
operation low point of entry and typically higher yield per traveler
particularly when ldquoadd onrdquo sales such as insurance are achieved
From a slower start alternative finance has embraced similar
models Against a moribund collection of banks and traditional
finance providers the transition is starting to be made from
those high street shops which represent the traditional banks to
online web stores The resultant growth of alternative finance has
surprised even its staunchest critics
Standards and regulationAgainst this background of growth the alternative finance sector
has been slow to recognise the power of regulation as a way
to slow or indeed kill growth A good historical comparison is
the battle of the airlines in the 1980rsquos where heavyweight and
dominant airlines very nearly killed the growth of fast moving
low cost airlines through regulation
Differently to the street fighters of the Bransonrsquos alternative
finance providers have approached the threat from regulation
almost naively The predominant view is that each player will
develop its own approach to standards and regulation and that
all will be well However there is a massive under-estimation
of the traditional banks who spend tens of millions engaging
with regulators and influencers in order to maintain the status
quo The experience of challenger banks who were unable to
get exemptions from the UK bank tax is probably an indicator of
where such influence has acted against new entrants
The contradictionThe contradiction of platforms and funding providers is that
they want to be regulated This seems totally contra to a newly
developing sector where agility is everything
In addition regulators have been relatively disinterested in
regulating alternative finance as it represents such a tiny
proportion of finance Regulators are busy elsewhere
So what is the danger Well the danger is that alternative
finance providers may get regulated but in a way that they
had not expected This could be the result of regulators not
understanding the dynamics of this new market and may purely
by accident kill the sector
So what are the alternatives There are a number of different
segments to the alternative finance market consumer related
activity for sure touching on elements of regulatory space
However there are common threads which need standards to
be developed which could act as a guide for future but informed
regulation
These guidelines need to cover some real basics reflecting a new
industry For instance how much time is spent on staff vetting
crucial where sales staff are often responsible for authenticating
transactions And what happens with IT security both for
the platforms themselves and the feeds to and from funding
providers Again how long is it before a platform is hacked
If it can happen to the closed SWIFT network new technology
platforms could be even more vulnerable Resilience and
security is the responsibility of each platform at the moment but
a failure of the weakest link could have a devastating impact on
the sector
Regulation and Growth in Alternative Finance ndash A Contradiction in the Making
71 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The International Association of Alternative Finance (IAAF
orguk) has been taking a lead through 2015 in encouraging
platforms to work together to develop standards The concept
is to not make anything mandatory at this stage but to build
guidelines that members can work towards This has been
achieved in parallel with key stakeholders and regulators
The latter have been especially supportive as they do not want to
kill an embryonic alternative finance sector
However the fate of the sector very much rests in the decisions
of platforms and funding providers Do they lose the agility
of alternative finance or do they work together on building
guidelines and standards which could become the kind of
regulation that will support growth The IAAF is launching the
first Guidelines for the growth of alternative finance on June 16
The guidelines cover key areas required to support the growth
of the sector and will hopefully provide the pathway that the
industry needs
About Tony Duggan Tony was previously Supply Chain Development Director at Wickes where he developed Europersquos largest B2B platform As Consulting Services Director at Bolero a division of the SWIFT banking network he worked with some of the worldrsquos largest banks on global SCF initiatives This unique experience along with his real experience in start-ups and SMEs has provided him with real insights into the challenges of SCF and has been fundamental in the design of the Crossflow solution
About IAAF Founded in London in 2014 the International Association for Alternative Finance (IAAF) is an industry body committed to the promotion and development of the Alternative Business Finance sector IAAF sets out its drive for the Business Alternative Finance to be applied with excellence globally thereby creating opportunities for members and supporting the economy development as a whole The Associationrsquos four key focus areas are regulation reputation operational environment and future growth
wwwiaafinorg
Tony Duggan
Founder and DirectorIAAF
Company profiles
73 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company CloudTrade
CloudTrade is one of the fastest growing e-invoice networks and built firmly on the premise that e-invoicing should be free for suppliers easy-to-use and non-disruptive ndash only then will suppliers move away from paper These principles underpin the CloudTrade service which ensures high supplier adoption is guaranteed
Website wwwcloudtradenetworkcom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider
Head office location UK
In which market do you provide your services
North America Europe Middle EastAfrica AsiaPacific
Contact details Mr Richard Manson Commercial Director richardmansoncloud-tradecom +44 (0)7956 441898 2-6 Boundary Row London SE1 8HP
Active since 2010
Keywords electronic invoicing e-invoicing PDF invoicing P2P purchase to pay e-order O2C order to cash
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry)
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Ordering supply chain invoicing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes ndash we currently interoperate with a number of service providers Furthermore CloudTrade is a registered Access Point on the PEPPOL network
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription and transaction-based
Solution description CloudTrade removes the barriers to supplier adoption Our patented solution provides a non-disruptive way for a supplier to send electronic invoices ndash without having to change systems or infrastructure The net result is that we will remove more paper from an organisation in a shorter time frame than any other e-invoicing approach
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip No
Matching of related transactions Yes ndash match invoices to POs contracts service entry sheets or goods receipt Business rules can be amended per customer
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal No ndash a portal is available for the receiving organisation but not for the sending organisation Processing updates are provided to the supplier via e-mail
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
(Dynamic) discounting Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
74 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes ndash each document is validated against a set of document and customer specific validations
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes ndash due to the ease by which suppliers are able to adopt CloudTradersquos e-invoicing service typically more than 90 of suppliers that we are asked to on-board will come on board
Other services The core technology underpinning CloudTradersquos service is document agnostic We can (and do) provide e-document services across numerous sectors and document flows
75 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Comarch
Comarch is a global provider of IT solutions Comarch has more than 20 years of industry experience thousands successfully completed projects in over 40 countries worldwide references own RampD department made up of high-end IT engineers high ranking IT analyst ratings Gartner IDC Truffle 100 custom data centers in Poland and Germany
Website wwwcomarchcom wwwedicomarchcom
Service provider type Software vendor e-invoicing provider
Head office location Poland
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details Mr Bartlomiej Wojtowicz Product Manager bartlomiejwojtowiczcomarchcom +48 12 684 8735
Active since 1993
Keywords supplier onboarding supplier portal e-invoicing purchase-to-pay archiving electronic invoices master data management supply chain financing
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Broad scope of industries including FMCG retail DIY automotive logistics oilampgas pharma electronics
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Supplier onboarding master data management ordering supply chain logistics e-invoicing supply chain financing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Licensed SaaS transaction-based
Solution description Comarch EDI provides the companies with smart solution enabling exchange of validated and tax compliant invoices in the format adjusted to back office systems It provides electronic archive and electronic signature as well as Service Desk in 12 languages (including English German French Turkish Russian) to guarantee onboarding of each partner
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting No
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes via partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
76 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing Yes via partners
Workflow functionality No
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management No
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support Support for various formats
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Suppliers onboarding
78 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company ebpSource Limited
The most experienced team in the e-billing and payment industry ebpSource delivers software solutions consultancy and support to billers banks payment processors and outsourcers ebpSource brings unparalleled knowledge and a highly successful track-record designing developing deploying integrating and supporting many of the largest and highest-adoption services of this kind worldwide
Website wwwebpsourcecom
Service provider type Software vendor and reseller ndash e-billing e-invoicing e-signing mobile payment supply chain finance and authentication specialists Large-scale projects at a national and international level Ongoing support and specialist consultancy
Head office location United Kingdom
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Steve Wright Commercial Director swrightebpsourcecom +44 1753 567896
Active since 2006
Keywords ebpsource e-billing payment software solution e-invoicing e-signing authentication
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Cross-industry with specific specialisations in national e-bill consolidation bank-based e-invoicing and payment telecoms and utility e-billing e-signing and smart authentication
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Authentication e-invoicing payments online banking integration supply chain finance ordering e-signing
Support interoperability with other service providers
ebpSource has a wealth of experience in connecting e-billing and payment infrastructures at a national and regional level
Which pricing model do you mainly use
License subscription transaction-based
Solution description ebpSource provides a range of software consultancy and support services to help clients achieve new levels of operational efficiency customer service and cost reduction The team works closely with clients to design develop deploy integrate and support end customer applications Our key focus is long-term strategic partnerships with customers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices No
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
79 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Technology development consultancy and application support
81 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Order2Cash
Order2Cash is a pioneering provider of global order to cash optimisation services Cited by Gartner as a pure-play Order2Cash solution provider our services empower the work of Fortune 500 companies and leading enterprises around the world helping them to reduce costs and optimise spending on resources and technology Discover more at wwworder2cashcom Order2Cash is an Anachron company wwwanachroncom
Website
Service provider type
Head office location
In which market do you provide your services
Contact details
Active since
Keywords
wwworder2cashcomOrder2Cash provides flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe End-to-end global SaaS solutions including credit checks secure online contract signing multi-channel e-invoicing online payments credit management and document archiving
EMEA Head office Amsterdam the Netherlands US Head office NY USA
Globally
Phone EMEA +31 20 531 39 00 USA +1 347 478 5398 Email infoorder2cashcom Twitter O2CAnachron LinkedIn linkedincomcompanyorder2cash
2000
order to cash e-invoicing credit management payments contracting interoperability
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Mid-large corporates and multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Our solutions are focused on AR automation and accelerating the order to cash process As such they are suitable for use in all industries
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Support interoperability with other service providers
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Solution description
Credit checks online document signing e-invoicing payments cash application credit management collections
Yes we have interoperability agreements with an extensive range of B2BB2G e-invoicing networks and are a member of the European E-Invoicing Service Providers Association (EESPA)
Transaction-based pricing
Order2Cashcom offers a suite of SaaS solutions that combine to create a flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe Its modules support credit checks contracting e-invoicing payments and credit management Select components and tailor a solution to suit your business needs
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes Our solutions integrate with 700+ ERP systems for easy document exchange In addition we are connected with over 25 P2P platforms
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools We work closely together with partners such as PwC and EY to ensure international TaxVAT compliancy
TAXVAT compliancy Global coverage
e-Signature service Every document is signed with an e-signature (QES or AES) to guarantee integrity and authenticity and to meet VAT requirements This can be completed with a timestamp
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Offered through partner network of financial institutions
View company profile in online database
82 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Every document is securely archived complete legal storage period
Scanning of paper invoices Yes in cooperation with our network of output partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes in cooperation with our network of global output partners
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Available in cooperation with our network of output patners
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We have established connections with over 700 ERP systems
Which standards do you support UNCEFACT CII ISO20022 Financial Invoice UBL 20 and others if required
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes Any structured data can be converted to XML format
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes All data is validated and reported
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes Full support guidelines and advice is offered to all clients on customer activation
Other services Related to invoicing reporting query management customer grouping authorisation tools consolidated billing Alongside invoicing services your Order2Cash solution can expand to include online payment functionalities robust credit management and cash application tools as well as a secure online contract and document signing service Further details on the full platform can be found on our website
Connecting everyone everywhere
Flawless integration of the entire AR process across the enterprise
and around the globe
wwworder2cashcom
Fix Your Leaky Receivables Scan the QR code to claim your FREE Diagnostic Spreadsheet and measure the hidden costs in your accounts receivables processes
84 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Saphety Level ndash Trusted Services SA
Saphety is a leading company in global network solutions for electronic documents exchange document presentment data synchronisation and public procurement Saphety has 4700 companies and over 129000 users throughout more than 30 countries
Website httpwwwsaphetycom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider bank software vendor reseller or specialist
Head office location Portugal (headquarters in Lisbon and operational offices in Bogotaacute Colombia and Satildeo Paulo Brazil)
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details infosaphetycom +351 210 114 640
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic documents exchange e-invoice invoice software paperless transactions EDI document presentment public procurement data synchronisation
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Buyers suppliers both
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates and government
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Automotive government healthcare retail utilities telecom tourism oil amp energy finance (bank and insurance) mass businesses and others
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Contracting ordering supply chain invoicing payments
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription transaction-based
Solution description SaphetyDoc enables you to exchange business documentation electronically including purchase orders delivery notes and invoices in a simple way at a low cost While complying with all legal requirements related to e-invoicing SaphetyDoc allows to completely eliminate the use of paper in the invoicing process from issuance to sending and approval
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy AU AT BE BG CA CY CZ DK EE FI FR DE GR HK HU IS IE IM IL IT LV LI LT LU MT MX MA NL NZ NO PL PT RO SG SK SI ZA ES SE CH GB US
e-Signature service Yes we provide e-Signature Service We can also use external e-Signature service if requested by client
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
85 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support UBL 20 EDIFACT Flat files TXT XML Idoc etc
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services IPC Invoice Payment Control Doc+ Market reports in progress
Please stop wasting paperBest RegardsMother Earth
Learn more at saphetycom
Saphety offers the best paperless solutions to help your businessbe more environmentally friendly while improving your efficiencyand workflow process
87 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Tungsten Corporation Ltd
Tungsten Corporation accelerates global trade by enabling customers to streamline invoice processing improve cash-flow management and make better buying decisions Tungsten Network helps buying organisations reduce their invoice-processing costs by 60 and profit by applying real-time spend analytics to their line-level invoice data Suppliers gain efficiencies greater payment-status visibility and optional early payment
Website wwwtungsten-networkcom
Service provider type Global e-invoicing network invoice finance and spend analytics
Head office location London UK
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Mr Ruud van Hilten SVP Global Buyer Sales ruudvanhiltentungsten-networkcom +44 87 0165 7420
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic invoicing accounts payable procurement supplier network purchase to pay invoice finance spend analytics AP workflow
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B amp B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry) E-invoicing is a horizontal process
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Invoicing purchase to pay working capital financing purchasing orders supplier self-service real-time spend analytics
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes We interoperate with compliant service providers where there is customer demand qualifying invoice volume and compliance is maintained
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Balanced-costs are shared by buyers and suppliers Low volume suppliers receive 52 free invoices annually and high volume suppliers receive 520 free invoices annually After these free invoice transactions have been used a flat fee structure is applied per invoice transaction
Solution description The worldrsquos largest organisations connect with thousands of suppliers around the globe through Tungsten Network We enable companies to send and receive error-free tax-compliant invoices around the globe without the need to install any hardware or software We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme to ensure that suppliers participate and transact with their buyers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes We can take POs from all sources in a buyerrsquos structure and present these to the supply chain Suppliers can convert POs directly into invoices on our portal
Matching of related transactions Yes We match invoices with POs online-level if required
Distribution of e-invoices Yes We enable companies to send and receive compliant B2B invoices
Invoice presentment portal Yes Suppliers can use our portal to manually enter their invoice data convert a PO check the status of their invoices and select early payment
Legal compliance tools Yes Our rules engine enables companies to receive compliant invoices in all the jurisdictions we are compliant in
TAXVAT compliancy Yes We work with local tax authorities to enable companies to send and receive compliant invoices We are currently compliant in 47 countries with a pipeline of new countries in progress
View company profile in online database
88 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
e-Signature service Yes All compliant invoices are digitally signed where required by local regulations We provide at-source signature verification
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes Invoice financing is a service we offer through Tungsten Network Finance This can be funded by Tungstenrsquos own financing partners the buyer or the buyerrsquos banking partners
(Dynamic) discounting Yes We offer this service on a case-by-case basis via Tungsten Network
e-Archiving Yes We provide legally compliant archiving
Scanning of paper invoices Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Printing Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Workflow functionality Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Direct integration with payments Yes Tungsten Bank has access to all relevant payment systems
Accounts Payable management No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Accounts Receivable management
No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We fully integrate with any ERP financial software
Which standards do you support Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes We use extensive and flexible rule-sets to ensure compliance with our buyersrsquo business processes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme and can contractually guarantee paper conversion rates in best practice projects
Other services Purchase order services invoice status service spend analytics supply chain finance
89 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Glossary3-Corner Model3-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoices are connected to a single service provider for
the dispatch and receipt of messages
Another definition 3-Corner Model is an invoicing process set-up
whereby trading partners have separate contractual relationships
with the same service provider When both senders and receivers
of invoices are connected to a single hub for the dispatch and
receipt of invoices it is referred to as a 3-Corner model This central
hub consolidates the invoices of several receivers and many
senders in the case of accounts payable and several senders and
many receivers in the case of accounts receivable processing
Consolidators and trade platforms are usually 3-Corner Models in
which both senders and receivers are connected to the service
The 3-Corner Model in principle can only offer reach to the
parties that are connected to the central hub This means that
either invoice senders or invoice receivers often have to connect
to multiple hubs in order to increase their reach To solve limited
reach in 3-Corner Models roaming has been introduced
4-Corner Model4-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoice messages are supported by their own service
provider
Another definition 4-Corner Model is an invoicing process
set-up whereby each trading partner has contracted with one
or several separate service providers whereby the service
providers ensure the correct interchange of invoices between the
trading partners The concept of the 4-Corner model originated
in the banking sector When senders and receivers of invoices
are supported by their own consolidator service provider (for the
sender) and aggregator service provider (for the receiver) it is
referred to as a 4-Corner Model A network usually based on open
standards provides connectivity and the facilities for the secure
trusted exchange of invoices and or other business documents
In the 4-Corner Models the consolidator and aggregator roles are
often two different service providers
AAccess to financeAccess to finance is the ability of individuals or enterprises to
obtain financial services including credit deposit payment
insurance and other risk management services
Accounts payableAccounts payable refers to the money a business owes to others
current liabilities incurred in the normal course of business as an
organisation purchases goods or services with the understanding
that payment is due at a later date Accounts payable is also
the department within an organisation responsible for paying
invoices on behalf of the organisation
Accounts payable automationAccounts payable automation represents the (semi-) automated
management of accounts payable administration by automated
processing of invoices Accounts payable automation requires
integration of the invoicing process with accounting software
Accounts receivableAccounts receivable refers to money which is owed to a company
by customer for products and services provided on credit This
is often treated as a current asset on a balance sheet A specific
sale is generally only treated as an account receivable after the
customer is sent an invoice
Advanced electronic signature (AES)Advanced electronic signature (AES) means an electronic
signature which meets the following requirements a) it is
uniquely linked to the signatory b) it is capable of identifying
the signatory c) it is created using means that the signatory van
maintain under its sole control and d) it is linked to the data to
which it relates in such a manner that any subsequent change of
the date is detectable
90 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Alternative financeAlternative financial services (AFS) is a term often used to
describe the array of financial services offered by providers
that operate outside of federally insured banks and thrifts
(hereafter referred to as lsquobanksrsquo) Check-cashing outlets money
transmitters car title lenders payday loan stores pawnshops
and rent-to-own stores are all considered AFS providers
However many of the products and services they provide
are not lsquoalternativersquo rather they are the same as or similar to
those offered by banks AFS also sometimes refers to financial
products delivered outside brick-and-mortar bank branches or
storefronts through alternative channels such as the internet
financial services kiosks and mobile phones
Online platform-based alternative financing activities include
donation- reward- and equity-based crowdfunding peer-to-
peer consumer and business lending invoice trading debt-
based securities and others
Asset based lending (ABL)Asset based lending (ABL) is a specialised form of secured
lending whereby a company uses its current assets (accounts
receivable and inventory) as collateral for a loan The loan is
structured so that the amount of credit is limited in relation to the
value of the collateral The product is differentiated from other
types of lending secured by accounts receivable and inventory by
the lenders use of controls over the borrowerrsquos cash receipts and
disbursements and the quality of collateral rather than ownership
of the receivables as in factoring
Asset based loanAsset based loan is a business loan in which the borrower pledges
as loan collateral any assets used in the conduct of his or her
business Funds are used for business-related expenses All
asset-based loans are secured
Automated clearing house (ACH)Automated clearing house (ACH) is an electronic payments
system (outside the card networks) for clearing and settling
transactions Funds are electronically exchanged directly to
from participantsrsquo accounts Frequently used by end-user
organisations as the payment method by which to pay their
issuer
BBasel IIIBasel III is a comprehensive set of reform measures designed to
improve the regulation supervision and risk management within
the banking sector The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
published the first version of Basel III in late 2009 giving banks
approximately three years to satisfy all requirements Largely
in response to the credit crisis banks are required to maintain
proper leverage ratios and meet certain capital requirements
Bank payment obligation (BPO)Bank payment obligation (BPO) is a class of settlement solution
in international supply chain finance Bank payment obligation is
an irrevocable undertaking given by an obligator bank (typically
buyerrsquos bank) to a recipient bank (usually sellers bank) to pay
a specified amount on an agreed date under the condition
of successful electronic matching of data according to an
industry-wide set of rules adopted by International Chamber of
Commerce (ICC) Banking Commission
Bill of ladingA bill of lading (sometimes abbreviated as BL or BoL) is a
legal document between the shipper of a particular good and
the carrier detailing the type quantity and destination of the
good being carried The bill of lading also serves as a receipt
of shipment when the good is delivered to the predetermined
destination This document must accompany the shipped goods
no matter the form of transportation and must be signed by an
authorised representative from the carrier shipper and receiver
BlockchainBlockchain is a distributed ledger comprised of digitally recorded
data in packages called blocks These digitally recorded blocks of
data are stored in a linear chain Each block in the chain contains
cryptographically hashed data (such as Bitcoin transactions)
The blocks of hashed data draw upon the previous-block in the
chain
Business interoperability interfaces (BII)Business interoperability interfaces on public procurement
in Europe (BII) is CEN Workshop providing a basic framework
for technical interoperability in pan-European electronic
transactions expressed as a set of technical specifications that
in particular are compatible with UNCEFACT
91 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Business Process Outsourcing (BPO)Business process outsourcing (BPO) is the contracting of a
specific business task such as payroll to a third-party service
provider Usually BPO is implemented as a cost-saving measure
for tasks that a company requires but does not depend upon to
maintain their position in the marketplace
Business-to-business (B2B)Business-to-business is a type of commerce transaction
that exists between businesses such as those involving a
manufacturer and wholesaler or a wholesaler and a retailer
Business to business refers to business that is conducted
between companies rather than between a company and
individual consumers This is in contrast to business to consumer
(B2C) and business to government (B2G) A typical supply
chain involves multiple business to business transactions as
companies purchase components and other raw materials
for use in its manufacturing processes The finished product
can then be sold to individuals via business to consumer
transactions
Business-to-business paymentsBusiness-to-business payments represent the payments that
are made between businesses for various goods services and
expenses
Business-to-consumer (B2C)Businesses or transactions conducted directly between a
company and consumers who are the end-users of its products
or services Business-to-consumer as a business model differs
significantly from the business-to-business model which refers
to commerce between two or more businesses
Business networksMany businesses use networking as a key factor in their
marketing plan It helps to develop a strong feeling of trust
between those involved and play a big part in raising the profile
and takings of a company Suppliers and businesses can be
seen as networked businesses and will tend to source the
business and their suppliers through their existing relationships
and those of the companies they work closely with Networked
businesses tend to be open random and supportive whereas
those relying on hierarchical traditional managed approaches
are closed selective and controlling
CCard schemeCard schemes such as Visa or MasterCard promote the use of
various card types which carry their logos Banks and financial
institutions have to apply for membership of the appropriate card
scheme before they can issue cards or acquire transactions
Cash flowCash flow represents the pattern of company income and
expenditures and resulting availability of cash
CENBII CENBII is an UBL-based XML format used for the OpenPEPPOL
network it currently exists in a version 1 and version 2 CENBII
is meant to be used for international transfers on OpenPEPPOL
whereas domestic transfers will generally use a localised version
of CENBII (eg EHF SimpleInvoice)
CFDIComprobante Fiscal Digital a traveacutes de Internet (CFDI) or Digital
Tax Receipt through Internet refers to the current mandated
form of e-invoicing in Mexico All e-invoices in Mexico are issued
as CFDI as of January 1 2014
ClearingClearing is the process of exchanging financial transaction
details between an acquirer and an issuer to facilitate posting
of a card-holderrsquos account and reconciliation of a customerrsquos
settlement position
Clearing house automated payment system (CHAPS)The company has responsibility for the operation of an electronic
transfer system for sending real-time gross settlement same-day
payments for CHAPS Sterling and CHAPS Euro
Commercial cardA commercial card is the generic umbrella term for a variety
of card types used for business-to-business (B2B) payments
Some of the cards listed as commercial are purchase cards
entertainment cards corporate cards travel cards and business
cards
92 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Commercial financeCommercial finance is a generic term for a range of asset based
finance services which include factoring invoice discounting
international factoring reverse factoring and asset based lending
facilities There are many variations on each of these product
sets (and the precise nomenclature varies from market to
market) but all exist to provide working capital funding solutions
to businesses
ConversionConversion represents the act of automatically converting the
format of an electronic invoice from the format of the sender
to the format of the recipient (format conversion) or converting
the encoding of content (eg different code list or units of
measure) using agreed mapping processes that do not alter the
information represented by the document (content conversion)
Corporate cardCorporate card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business travel and entertainment (TampE)
expenses It is also referred to as a travel card The liability for
abuse of the card typically rests with the company and not with
the employee
Corporate liabilityThe end-user organisation is liable for the commercial card
charges this is the case for purchasing card programs and
sometimes corporate card programs
CovenantThe covenant represents a promise in an indenture or any other
formal debt agreement that certain activities will or will not be
carried out Covenants in finance most often relate to terms in
a financial contracting such as loan documentation stating
the limits at which the borrower can further lend or other such
stipulations Covenants are put in place by lenders to protect
themselves from borrowers defaulting on their obligations due to
financial actions detrimental to themselves or the business
DDays payable outstanding (DPO) Days payable outstanding (DPO) is an efficiency ratio that
measures the average number of days a company takes to pay
its suppliers
Days sales outstanding (DSO)Days sales outstanding (DSO days receivables) is a calculation
used by a company to estimate their average collection period It
is a financial ratio that illustrates how well a companyrsquos accounts
receivables are being managed
Debtor (buyer)A debtor or buyer constitutes a business that has been supplied
with goods or services by the client and is obliged to make
payment for them It is also referred to as the purchaser of
goods or services supplied by a client whose debts have been
assigned sold to a factor
Debtor finance Debtor finance also called cash flow finance is an umbrella
term used to describe a process to fund a business using its
accounts receivable ledger as collateral Generally companies
that have low working capital reserves can get into cash flow
problems because invoices are paid on net 30 terms Debtor
finance solutions fund slow paying invoices which improves the
cash flow of the company This puts it in a better position to pay
operating expenses Types of debtor financing solutions include
invoice discounting factoring cash flow finance asset finance
invoice finance and working capital finance
Debt financingDebt financing refers to when a firm raises money for working
capital or capital expenditures by selling bonds bills or notes
to individual andor institutional investors In return for lending
the money the individuals or institutions become creditors and
receive a promise that the principal and interest on the debt will
be repaid
Directive of the European CommissionThe Directive of the European Commission is a legal act of the
European Union regarding defining a new legal framework for
payments
Distributed ledgerA distributed ledger is a consensus of data shared and synchronized
geographically across multiple websites countries and institutions
93 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Dynamic discounting Dynamic discounting represents the collection of methods in
which payment terms can be established between a buyer and
supplier to accelerate payment for goods or services in return for
a reduced price or discount
EElectronic invoice (e-invoice) An e-invoice is an electronic invoice that contains the information
required by Council Directive 201045EU and which has been
issued and received in any electronic format It contains more
than just an image of an invoice An e-invoice also contains data
in a format that computers can understand This means that an
e-mail with a PDF file attached is not an e-invoice
E-invoice addressE-invoice address is the ID used to send or receive an e-invoice
The type of ID used differs depending on the country and the
format in use Typical IDs include GLN DUNS VAT-ID IBAN and
OVT A sender must know a recipientrsquos e-invoice address in order
to send an e-invoice The message is routed to the recipient by
any operator along the way using the e-invoice address
E-invoicing service providerIt is a provider that on the basis of an agreement performs
certain e-invoicing processes on behalf of a trading partner or
that is active in the provision of support services necessary to
realise such processes To determine whether an IT vendor is a
service provider the following circumstances should be taken
into account a) That the contract with the trading partner(s)
leads the latter to expect a VAT-compliant service b) The nature
of the service is such that VAT compliance is appropriate c) The
provider is insured against service related risks to his clientsrsquo tax
compliance Trading partners can use multiple e-invoicing service
providers see 3-Corner Model and 4-Corner Model definitions
An e-invoicing service provider can subcontract all of parts of
its services to other providers such subcontractors can also be
e-invoicing service providers if they meet the criteria set out in this
definition
Early payment discountAn early payment discount is offered by some companies to
motivate credit customers to pay sooner The early payment
discount is also referred to as a prompt payment discount
or cash discount The seller often refers to the early payment
discount as a sales discount while the buyer may refer to the
early payment discount as a purchases discount
Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP)Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP) usually
consumer-oriented lsquobill payingrsquo presented and paid through
the internet Other terms such as internet bill presentment and
payment (IBPP) electronic bill presentment (EBP) and online bill
presentment and payment (OBPP) are also in use
Electronic data interchange (EDI)Electronic data interchange (EDI) constitutes the electronic
communication of business transactions such as orders
confirmations and invoices between organisations Third-parties
provide EDI services that enable organisations with different
equipment to connect Although interactive access may be a
part of it EDI implies direct computer-to-computer transactions
into vendorsrsquo databases and ordering systems
Electronic funds transfer (EFT)Electronic funds transfer (EFT) represents the moving of funds
between different accounts in the same or different banks
through the use of wire transfer automatic teller machines
(ATMs) or computers but without the use of paper documents
Electronic invoice life cycleA process comprising a) the issue of the electronic invoice by or
in name and on behalf of the supplier b) receipt of the invoice by
or on behalf of the buyer and c) storage of the electronic invoice
during the storage period by or on behalf the supplier and the
buyer
Electronic invoice presentment and payment (EIPP)Electronic invoice presentment and payment has originated
in the B2B world and describes the process through which
companies present invoices and organise payments through the
internet
94 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Electronic invoicingElectronic invoicing represents the management of an electronic
invoice life cycle without the use of paper-based invoices as tax
originals
Electronic payablesA form of electronic payment using the card infrastructure
managed centrally within an organisation typically by accounts
payable (AP) Also known as electronic accounts payable (EAP)
automated payables e-payables push payments straight
through payments (STP) buyer initiated payments (BIP) single-
use accounts and electronic invoice presentment and payment
(EIPP) Each provider has a proprietary name for its particular
solution functionality and processes vary for each
Electronic procurementElectronic procurement represents the use of the internet or a
companyrsquos intranet to procure goods and services used in the
conduct of business An e-procurement system can streamline
all aspects of the purchasing process while applying tighter
controls over spending and product preferences
Electronic signatureAn electronic signature or e-signature is any electronic means
that indicates either that a person adopts the contents of an
electronic message or more broadly that the person who claims
to have written a message is the one who wrote it (and that the
message received is the one that was sent) By comparison
a signature is a stylised script associated with a person In
commerce and the law a signature on a document is an indication
that the person adopts the intentions recorded in the document
Both are comparable to a seal
Electronic statement presentation (ESP)It refers to the electronic presentment of a variety of other
commercial documents apart from invoices such as account
statements purchase orders delivery notifications and others
Not included are many unstructured documents that are
exchanged
Enterprise resource planning (ERP) Enterprise resource planning (ERP) is an integrated information
system that serves all departments within an enterprise Evolving
out of the manufacturing industry ERP implies the use of
packaged software rather than proprietary software written by or
for one customer ERP modules may be able to interface with an
organisationrsquos own software with varying degrees of effort and
depending on the software ERP modules may be alterable via
the vendorrsquos proprietary tools as well as proprietary or standard
programming languages
EscrowEscrow is a financial instrument held by a third-party on behalf
of the other two parties in a transaction The funds are held by
the escrow service until it receives the appropriate written or oral
instructions or until obligations have been fulfilled Securities
funds and other assets can be held in escrow
FFactorThe factor is a financial entity providing factoring facilities
FactoringFactoring is an agreement between a business (assignor) and
a financial entity (factor) in which the assignor assignssells its
receivables to the factor and the factor provides the assignor
with a combination of one or more of the following services with
regard to the receivables assigned advance of a percentage of
the amount of receivables assigned receivables management
collection and credit protection Usually the factor administers
the assignorrsquos sales ledger and collects the receivables in its
own name The assignment can be disclosed to the debtor
Faster PaymentsFaster Payments enable interbank funds transfers in near real
time typically initiated via the internet or phone The Faster
Payments Service represents the biggest advancement in UK
payments for several decades and is designed to run in parallel
with the existing Bacs and CHAPS services Other financial
institutions are able to join either as members or to access
the system through agency arrangements with a member in the
same way they do with other payment systems
95 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Fleet CardA fleet card is a specialised commercial card used to capture
fleet-related expenses (eg fuel vehicle maintenance repair
and service)
Four-party payment systemThe four-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user and issuer on one side and the merchant
and acquirer on the othermdashall of whom are linked by the network
includes the Visa and MasterCard models
GGlobal process owner (GPO)A global process owner is a professional who has (or should have)
complete ownership of an end-to-end process globally This
means that once the correct process has been established there
should be no process deviation unless approved by the global
process owner A global process owner has final approval of the
adoption of any technology affecting the given process
IInterchange feesThe interchange fee also called the discount rate or swipe fee
is the sum paid by merchants to the credit card processor as a
fee for accepting credit cards The amount of the rate will vary
depending on the type of transaction but averages about 2 of
the purchase amount The interchange fee is typically higher for
online purchases than for in-person purchases because in the
latter the card is physically present and available for inspection
InteroperabilityInteroperability is the ability of making systems and organisations
work together (inter-operate) While the term was initially defined
for information technology or systems engineering services to
allow for information exchange a more broad definition takes
into account social political and organisational factors that
impact system to system performance Another definition refers
to interoperability as being a task of building coherent services
for users when the individual components are technically different
and managed by different organisations
InvoiceAn invoice is an itemised bill for goods sold or services provided
containing details such as individual prices the total charge and
payment terms
Invoice discounting Invoice discounting is a form of short-term borrowing often used
to improve a companyrsquos working capital and cash flow position
Invoice discounting allows a business to draw money against its
sales invoices before the customer has actually paid
Invoice financeSee Debtor finance
Invoice trackingInvoice tracking represents the process of collecting and
managing data and information about an Invoice Item and its
various traits andor states as it is followed or tracked throughout
different phases of its life cycle (lifecycle)
LLevel I dataIt refers to standard transaction data including date supplier and
total purchase amount Also written as lsquolevel 1rsquo data
Level II dataIt represents the enhanced transaction data including Level
I data plus a customer-defined reference number such as a
purchase order number and separate sales tax amount Also
written as lsquolevel 2rsquo data
Level III dataIt constitutes the detailed transaction data including Level II data
plus line-item detail such as the item purchased Sometimes
referred to as simply lsquoline-item detailrsquo Also written as lsquolevel 3rsquo
data
Line-item detailIt is a transaction data reflecting what was purchased See also
Level III data
NNetwork providerA network provider is a service provider that connects directly to
both the supplier and the buyer The supplier or buyer is required
to make only one connection to the network provider enabling
them to connect to multiple buyers andor suppliers With an
e-invoicing network there is no requirement to interoperate as
connection is independent of data format and a global network
enables the flow of data cross-border
96 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
OOne cardOne card is a type of hybrid card in which a single card is issued
to an employee for more than one category of expenses (eg
goodsservices and travel expenses) eliminating the need to
carry two separate cards
One card plus fleetA single card used for purchasing travel and fleet-related
expenses (fuel vehicle maintenance others) It combines the
functionality of a P Card corporate card and fleet card
OpenPEPPOL OpenPEPPOL is an open point-to-point network of sending
receiving web services to cover all of Europe it is currently
primarily in use in Finland the Netherlands Norway and Sweden
CENBII v1 is the base format but domestic transfers might use
a localised version
Order-to-cashOrder-to-cash also known as OTC or O2C is the end-to-end
process by which companies receive an order from a customer
deliver the goods or services raise the invoice for the transaction
to send to the customer and receive the payment from the
customerrsquos bank account Increasingly the OTC process (which
is part sales and part accounts receivable) is being managed as
an end-to-end process See also Accounts Receivable
PPACPAC stands for Authorised Provider of Certified Tax Receipts via
Internet Authorisation as a PAC is issued by SAT after an entity
proofs the technical and legal requirements to ensure the safety
capacity and infrastructure of the provider in delivering services
to the taxpayer
Peer-to-peer (P2P) lending A method of debt financing that enables individuals to borrow
and lend money ndash without the use of an official financial institution
as an intermediary Peer-to-peer lending removes the middleman
from the process but it also involves more time effort and risk
than the general brick-and-mortar lending scenarios
PO flippingPurchase order (PO) flipping happens when a supplier receives a
purchase order from its customer through a supplier portal and
at the time of raising an invoice converts the data provided in
the purchase order into the data on the invoice The benefit of
this process is that by the time the invoice has been received
by the customer the matching of the invoice with the purchase
order information will be perfect PO flipping is however only
appropriate for the type of supplier that uses a supplier portal
to create invoices typically a lower volume supplier See also
Supplier portals
ProcurementProcurement is the process of obtaining or acquiring goods and
services It also represents the department within an organisation
that is usually responsible for the development of requests for
proposals (RFPs) proposal analysis supplier market research
negotiations buying activities contract administration inventory
control etc Also referred to as purchasing sourcing or similar
term
Procure-to-pay (P2P) processThe steps the employees of an end-user organisation follow to
make a purchase and the associated payment An organisation
typically has different P2P processes for different types of
purchasespayments a P-Card P2P process is usually the most
streamlined Also referred to as purchase-to-pay or source-to-
settle process
Purchase order (PO)Purchase order is a written authorisation for a supplier to
deliver products andor services at a specified price according
to specified terms and conditions becoming a legally binding
agreement upon supplier acceptance
Purchase-to-pay processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Purchasing card (P-Card)A purchasing card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business-related goods and services
end-user organisation must pay its issuer in full each month for
the total of all P-Card transactions Also called a procurement
card (ProCard) and purchase card
97 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
RRebateIt refers to money paid by an issuer to its customer (an end-user
organisation) in conjunction with the end-userrsquos commercial card
usage the rebate amount is based on various criteria as defined
within the contract terms between issuer and end-user Also
sometimes called revenue share
ReceivablesReceivables represent an asset designation applicable to all
debts unsettled transactions or other monetary obligations
owed to a company by its debtors or customers Receivables
are recorded by a companyrsquos accountants and reported on the
balance sheet and they include all debts owed to the company
even if the debts are not currently due
Receivable financeReceivable finance allows suppliers to finance their receivables
relating to one or many buyers and to receive early payment
usually at a discount on the value
ReconciliationThis is the matching of orders done by (internet) shoppers with
incoming payments Only after a successful reconciliation the
merchant will start the delivery process The extent to which
payment service providers carry out reconciliation and the way
in which they do so (sending an e-mail providing files) may vary
Reverse factoringReverse factoring is an arrangement made between large buying
organisations and banks with the intention to finance suppliers
and provide a lower buying price to the buyer Like lsquofactoringrsquo
there are three parties involved ndash the buyer supplier and the
factoring company (in this case typically a bank) The bank
takes on the responsibility to pay the supplierrsquos invoice early
for a discounted price The buyer then settles with the bank
according to the terms of the original invoice The supplier has
offered or agreed to a discount based on early payment and this
discount is shared between the bank and the buyer
SSales tax (VAT)Referred to as value added tax in the UK or sales tax in the
US this form of indirect tax is applied to almost all business
transactions It is the companyrsquos responsibility to add the tax
amount to its sales transactions and pay the tax on purchase
transactions At the end of each period (each quarter) it is the
companyrsquos responsibility to net off the charged tax on the sales
invoices and the paid tax on the purchase invoices and if there
is a positive balance to pay this to the government Increasingly
the management of VAT is moving into the shared services
organisation as this is where purchase and sales invoices are
processed
SettlementSettlement is the process by which merchant and cardholder
banks exchange financial data and value resulting from sales
transactions cash disbursements and merchandise credits
Shared servicesShared services refer to a business model which is largely
applied by mid-tier or enterprise-sized companies It is larger
companies who typically adopt shared services because scale is
one key element of the model The intention of shared services
is to run operations more efficiently and more cost-effectively
Using the finance function as an example shared services works
in the following ways Firstly it is the centralisation of a finance
activity the consolidation of systems that activity runs off the
standardisation of the processes that support that activity and
the automation (and continuous improvement) of that activityrsquos
processes Secondly it is the running of this centralised
consolidated activity as a ldquobusiness within a businessrdquo which
means the shared services organisation will often have its own
profit and loss account (PampL) will treat the rest of the business
as its customer will hire and develop service oriented staff will
possibly have service level agreements (SLAs) with its customers
and will charge for its services When a company centralises
a function it is not quite accurate to call it shared services
Centralisation is just one aspect of shared services
98 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
SOAP (Finvoice)Transmission frame (SOAP) specifies the sender recipient and
service provider data The service provider routes the message
to its recipient on the basis of frame data File may include
several Finvoice messages Each message must include a
transmission frame (SOAP)
SOAP (generic)Simple object access protocol (SOAP) is a web service protocol
or message framework for transferring XML-based messages
between web services BT does not support UBL directly but it is
able to identify and handle an UBL message wrapped in a SOAP-
envelope
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS)SaaS is a cost-effective way for companies to lsquorentrsquo software
without the burden of installation and maintenance because it is
supplied hosted (via the internet) and maintained by an external
vendor
Source-to-settle processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs)
SMEs are organisations which employ fewer than 250 persons
and which have an annual turnover not exceeding EUR 50
million and or an annual balance sheet total not exceeding EUR
43 million
Split liabilityLiability for commercial card charges is split between the
cardholder and end-user organisation based on merchant
category codes for example the cardholder might be liable for
travel and entertainment (TampE) expenses while the organisation
is liable for the other transactions
Straight-through payment (STP)Straight-through payment (STP) is a specific version of electronic
payables an end-user organisation receives and approves a
supplier invoice then initiates payment to the supplier through its
issuer The supplier does not need to process a card transaction
as payment is made directly through its merchant account
SupplierThe supplier represents a merchantvendor with whom the
organisation does business
Supplier financeSupplier finance is a set of solutions that optimises cash flow
by allowing businesses to lengthen their payment terms to
their suppliers while providing the option for their large and
SME suppliers to get paid early See also Supply chain finance
Reverse factoring
Supplier onboardingThis refers to getting a supplier set up on a particular program
such as purchase-cards dynamic discounting or electronic
invoicing Supplier onboarding involves both the communications
concerning the process change and the supplierrsquos role within it
and the technical set-up of the program
Supplier portalA supplier portal is the front end of the e-invoicing or
e-procurement platform which enrolled suppliers connect to via
the internet Here suppliers can accept purchase orders change
profile information such as bank details and addresses flip
purchase orders (see PO flipping) and raise invoices Supplier
portals are generally used by low volume suppliers as the
supplier will have to re-key the data into its own billing system
One significant benefit for a supplier using a supplier portal is
that it gets full visibility of the invoice process namely when the
invoice will be paid
Supply chain finance (SCF)The use of financial instruments practices and technologies to
optimise the management of the working capital and liquidity
tied up in supply chain processes for collaborating business
partners SCF is largely lsquoevent-drivenrsquo Each intervention
(finance risk mitigation or payment) in the financial supply
chain is driven by an event in the physical supply chain The
development of advanced technologies to track and control
events in the physical supply chain creates opportunities to
automate the initiation of SCF interventions
99 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Supply chain paymentsSupply chain payments optimises cash flow by allowing
businesses to lengthen their payment terms to their suppliers
while also providing an alternative option to their suppliers to get
paid early
TTrade financeTrade finance signifies financing for trade and it concerns both
domestic and international trade transactions Trade finance
includes such activities as lending issuing letters of credit
factoring export credit and insurance Companies involved
with trade finance include importers and exporters banks and
financiers insurers and export credit agencies as well as other
service providers
TreasuryTreasury is defined as the funds of a group institution or
government or to the department responsible for budgeting
and spending Another definition refers to treasury as being
the department of a government in charge of the collection
management and expenditure of the public revenue
Three-party payment systemThe three-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user on one side and the merchant on the
othermdashlinked by the network which also fulfills the role of issuer
and acquirer includes the American Express and Discover
models
UUBL Universal Business Language (UBL) is an XML-based format with
corresponding business processes created by OASIS it amongst
others contains scenarios for sourcing ordering and billing Many
newer formats (EHF CENBII and OIOUBL) are localisations of UBL
20
UnderwritingIn B2B payments underwriting represents the department within
an acquirerprocessor organisation that evaluates the financial
stability and risk of a potential merchant customer
VValidation E-invoice XML-data is validated usually against schema which
means that the structure and content of the data is checked Failed
validation means that the invoice is going to be rejected by the
receiving operator which then sends negative acknowledgement
to sending operator which forwards the acknowledgement to
sender
Value addedThe enhancement a company gives its product or service before
offering the product to customers Value added is used to describe
instances where a firm takes a product that may be considered a
homogeneous product with few differences (if any) from that of
a competitor and provides potential customers with a feature or
add-on that gives it a greater sense of value
WWorking capitalWorking capital represents the cash and other liquid assets
needed to finance the everyday running of a business such as the
payment of salaries and then purchase of raw materials
XXMLThe Extensible Markup Language (XML) is a flexible markup
language for structured electronic documents XML is based on
SGML (standard generalised markup language) an international
standard for electronic documents XML is commonly used by
data-exchange services to send information between otherwise
incompatible systems
3 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | INTRODUCTION
Editorrsquos letterMcKinsey started off its ldquoGlobal Payments 2015 A Healthy
Industry Confronts Disruptionrdquo report by outlining the four
potential disruptions that will alter the payments industry during
the next years First change nonbank digital entrants will
transnotform the customer experience reshaping the payments
and broader financial services landscape The pressure put on
banks caused by technology giants and innovative startups
reaches a whole new dimension And although generally
speaking startups have not been a significant threat to banks in
the past McKinsey believes things will be different this time ldquodue
to the nature of the attackers the prominence of smartphones
as a channel and rapidly evolving customer expectationsrdquo
The second change is reflected in the modernization of domestic
payments infrastructures There are approx 15 countries where
this modernization has already happened and many others plan
to do so in the near future The third trend intently looks at
digitization in transaction banking Retail banking has experienced
impressive progress in payments However the most interesting
transformation is currently happening in the B2B space as you
will discover in this Guide Finally the fourth potential disruption
comes in the form of cross-border payments inefficiencies
These in the minds of innovative companies present themselves
as great opportunities
To these four trends I would add several others that have a
tremendous impact on the overall industry for those already
exploring them For this we looked at how parties are handling
the changes (and challenges) in technology organizational
ownership regulation MampA standardization
bull Technology developing a sense of urgency towards lsquodoing
somethingrsquo with the available financial technology is essential
Fintech is already here so companies must pass the testing
phase towards implementation and solving actual problems
Fintech companies lsquoattack frictionrsquo and leverage innovative
technologies (eg mobile apps application programming
interfaces (APIs) cloud technology crypto technology artificial
intelligence and data analytics) to address convenience user
experience and functionality They also lsquoattackrsquo the limitations
that originate from traditional banking products and services
In the case of blockchain banks actively look for ways to
integrate this technology into their business Yet despite the
efforts of financial institutions to find out how much business
they can gain by adopting blockchain technology it is still not
clear if itrsquos just a(nother) hype or if it corresponds to similar
interest from corporations
Also finally banks amp corporates are starting to make use of their
data and turn that into business profit The financial services
industry is currently facing a wave of entrepreneurial disruption
disintermediation and digital innovation so how to face one
of the potentially biggest challenge ever ndash the information
management
bull Organisational challenges developing a sense of ownership
becomes top priority
Against the historically known rigid organisational structure and
hierarchy banks amp corporations are trying to break down silos
and leverage conversation across departments with the ultimate
result of having lsquoone version of the truthrsquo a lsquosingle agendarsquo a
lsquoplanrsquo More often than ever knowing who owns the final decision
of implementing a (commercial) payments solution or a financing
service emerges as top priority Questions such as ldquoHow to gain
management support for implementing certain programsrdquo
ldquoWho are the relevant stakeholders to make seamless
payments and finance a realityrdquo and ldquoWhat are their role in the
programmerdquo etc are no longer left unanswered
bull Regulation (keeping a watchful eye on regulation amp law is
also crucial but keep in mind that regulation that supports the
growth of your business is already in place
We often hear that regulation should level the playing field for
all market participants If this is really the case find out in this
report Explore the Guide for up-to-date information about
the PSD2 Prompt Payment Code Directive 201455EU for
E-invoicing and Procurement etc
bull MampA (scalecapabilitiesspeeding up innovation) In terms
of value some of the industrys largest deals during 2015
occurred in the payments segment
4 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | INTRODUCTION
The industrys highest value transactions include Global
Payments announced the USD 788 million acquisition of
Heartland Payment Systems a provider of payment processing
services to merchants PayPal acquired Xoom Corporation a
digital money transfer provider Optimal Payments bought Skrill
with USD 12 billion Alibabacom acquired Paytm for USD 680
million BBVA acquired Simple for USD 118 million One of
the most interesting moves however might be MasterCardrsquos
acquisition of VocaLink 13 banks serve as shareholders
for VocaLink which have reportedly approved the deal with
MasterCard to enter into the negotiation stage several media
outlets reported This deal is projected to be worth GBP 1 billion
(roughly USD 14 billion) and would involve the UK`s largest
banks mdash Barclays HSBC Lloyds Banking Group and Royal
Bank of Scotland which collectively own 80 of VocaLink
VocaLink processed 1 billion transactions in 2015 which
amounts to half of all UK payments and also processed 90
of salaries and at least 70 of all household`s bills and state
benefits The reason why MasterCard is interested in VocaLink
is the desire to scale internationally So far MasterCard captures
only 5 of the debit card payments in the UK thus it points to a
desire to compete with Visa abroad
Furthermore in 2015 we have seen a different dynamic in the
incumbents vs fintechs war Payments amp finance service providers
banks and corporations are either investing in fintech players
acquire them partner them or build from scratch labshubs
accelerators to spur innovation (more on this later in the Guide)
bull Optimisation standardization Last but not least itrsquos time to
optimise standardise revise
There is almost a tangible feeling that lsquotime is nowrsquo for revamping
old infrastructure honing processes enhancing operations
perking up data analysis augmenting reporting etc Yoursquove
heard it before certainly but it bears repeating The time for
innovation is now But (sic) not before the industry comes to
terms (literally) regarding what supply chain finance actually
means what is meant by late payment etc
In the first part of the guide we investigate the initiatives in
the field of B2B payments supply chain finance amp e-invoicing
describing various models for digital finance as presented by key
industry players either in the form of an exclusive interview or an
elaborate article
In the second part you can find in-depth company profiles
that map out key players in the global e-invoicing and supply
chain finance space The company profiles section comes with
essential information about markets (target group specialisation
etc) proposition (processes facilitated pricing model solution
description etc) services (dynamic discounting legal compliance
tools AP AR management standards supported) etc
This Market Guide carefully created by The Paypers puts
together the most recent and relevant information in payments
amp finance The guide brings a fresh perspective about the
industry puts in focus the potential impact of the latest industry
developments and opportunities keeping the readers well
informed and always a step ahead
This guide wouldnrsquot exist without all the people who matter most
the authors our media partners and you our faithful reader We
thank you all for your continuous support This report has been
put together with the utmost care If you discover that despite
our efforts it features information that is unclear or erroneous we
very much appreciate your feedback using editorthepaypers
com email address
Mirela Amariei
Senior Editor The Paypers
5 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | TABLE OF CONTENT
Table of contents
37
11
1213
1517
192022
25262830
3233
3637
39
414244
Editorrsquos LetterFour Trends in B2B Payments and Financing Innovation | Mirela Amariei Senior Editor The Paypers
Thought Leadership
B2B paymentsExclusive interview with Andrew P Reid | Managing Director and Head of Cash Management Corporates EMEA Global Transaction Banking Deutsche BankBlockchain in B2B Payments | Enrico Camerinelli Senior Analyst Aite GroupThe Emerging Internet of Payments | Roger Bass Founder CEO and Principal Traxiant
BlockchainB2B Blockchain-based Payments Can it Beat the Banks | Kris Wielens Senior Consultant Orchard FinanceThe Three-Phased Transformation of Supply Chain Finance with Blockchain Technology | Gys Hough Consultant Innopay
Innovation in payments amp bankingExclusive interview with Wim Raymaekers | Head of Banking Market SWIFTExclusive interview with Markus Strauszligfeld | Head of International Cash Management Sales UniCreditMaking One-Click Finance Possible ndash Who Are the Relevant Stakeholders and How They Should Work Together | Susie West CEO and Founder sharedserviceslinkExclusive interview with Marten Nelson | VP Marketing TokenThe Future of Banking Innovation and the Fintech Startups Journey | Falguni Desai Founder amp Managing Director Future Asia Ventures
The power of data amp traceability Track and Trace of Invoices for Working Capital Optimisation | Prof Dr Michael Henke Director Enterprise Logistics Fraunhofer InstituteTurning Financial Messaging Data into Business Profit ndash The New Challenge for Financial Institutions | Andreacute Casterman Chief Marketing Officer INTIX
Commercial paymentsGaining Management Support for Your P-Card Programme | Terri Brustad Manager of Content Services NAPCPCommercial Payments under the Scrutiny of New Technology | Chris Holmes Senior Vice President KAE
6 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | TABLE OF CONTENT
Table of contents
4748
50
52
54
5758
60
63646668
70
72
89
Trade amp finance Financing International Supply Chains An Idea Whose Time Has Come | Alexander R Malaket Deputy Head of the Executive Committee ICC Banking CommissionImproving Access to Finance for SMEs with the Open RFI Project | Matthijs van Bergen Researcher SCF Windesheim amp Steven van der Hooft CEO Capital ChainsIf Supply Chain Finance is Supplier-Centric Financial Supply Chain is Customer-Centric | Magnus Lind Co-Founder The Talent ShowSupply Chain Finance Time for SMEs to Take Position | Anita Gerrits Supply Chain Finance Specialist
E-invoicingCross-border Invoicing ndash The Real Challenge for Multinational Projects | Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz Product DevelopmentManager Comarch EDIWhy lsquoOpenness Should Be The 1 Selection Criteria for Any E-invoicing RFP Process | Jaap Jan Project ManagerSimplerinvoicing
Regulation amp lawPSD2 XS2A ndash a Step Towards Open Banking | Brendan Jones Evolution Payments ConsultingLate Payment ndash A Perspective | Matthew Davies Director of Policy and Communications Asset Based Finance AssociationThe Directive 201455EU for E-invoicing and Procurement How Public Authorities Should Respond | Charles Bryant Secretary General EESPARegulation and Growth in Alternative Finance ndash A Contradiction in the Making | Tony Duggan Founder and Director IAAF
Part 2 ndash Company profiles
Glossary
7 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
4 Trends in B2B Payments and Financing Innovation
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
I lived to see the US electing its first black president I watched
the 2008 financial crisis crushing many dreams I witnessed the
creation of Anonymous and Wikileaks two organisations that
changed the way we the people (and the organisations) carry
ourselves online Blockchain is being built right under my curious
eye by someone whorsquos identity is virtually unknown (or is it)
I am a young business professional curiously watching how
things unfold and change my life and others forever And I have
questions Lots of them What if one day I will be able to make B2B
payments from my mobile phone enjoying the same convenience I
have in my personal life And without any fees And cross-border
Real-time would be nice too Could blockchain help Are the
incumbent players ready to respond to my needsrequirements
What do new companies offer What is the risk working with
them What can help me identify the best solution Where are the
innovations heading What are the use cases for blockchain
In the sea of options here are 4 trends that I picked up and that
will make a dent in my history and that of payments amp financing
innovation
Trend no 1 FintechOne thing I learned while working at The Paypers as an expert on
B2B payments is that I should always ask these three questions
what was what is and what will be And I first looked at the
current payments infrastructure
Intuitively modernizing the internal infrastructure and operations
to meet new payments needs unleashes new market innovations
but the reality is that they ndash both old and new infrastructure ndash will
have to co-exist for a while
But first things first ndash how does the current payments infrastructure
stack up compared to the online sectors For instance in the UK
Fintech sector EY experts believe the entire UK industry currently
generates GBP 20 bn in revenue annually The payments
infrastructure alone accounts for GBP 81 bn while the online
sector for GBP 19 bln The former is dominated by established
players (card schemes issuers processors merchant acquirers
national payment infrastructures) while the latter sees a huge
number of newbies and thus remains largely fragmented
What has changed Everything and nothing at the same time
Some established fintechs are seeking to deliver a step change
in legacy infrastructure and the need for faster payments has
visibly increased in the B2B segment yet Ardent Partners
research still points to ACH commercial cards amp wire transfers
as the fastest growing e-payment methods in 2016
Also if you look at a bankrsquos product portfolio one will discover a
range of solutions in retail private commercial investment and
transacnottion banking along with wealth and asset management
and insurance However if you look at the fintech landscape one
will discover an increasing number of service providers that focus
on improving specific parts of this traditional broad portfolio by
using innovative technology In other words fintechs build and
execute specific parts of the banking value chain better cheaper
and faster than what is currently on offer at banks Cheaper and
faster sound compelling
Investors seem to enjoy the show too Globally investment in
fintech ventures tripled from USD 4 billion in 2013 to USD 12
billion in 2014 with Europe being the fastest growing region in the
world according to a report by Accenture
How banks corporates amp payment schemes react to the inflow of new entrantsMore than 90 of bankers expect that fintech will have a
significant impact on the future landscape of banking Almost a
third believe that fintech will win an equal share or even dominate
the market
Interestingly this yearrsquos Davos event was a lot about financial
technology (compared to previous years when it was much more
about banking) and what industry experts picked up was that
when it comes to big banks and payment schemes they all
consider themselves part of fintech or driving it
8 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
ldquoBiggest Global Banks at Davos Were All Fintech Innovators
Nowrdquo -Bloomberg
The way that is unfolding is that for instance big banks started
to consolidate their position in the fintech world through heavy
investments in startups through acquisition and mergers via
opening innovation labshubs via high-profile partnerships etc
Some examples include JPMorgan Chase and Banco Santander
announced an investment in ex-banker Blythe Mastersrsquo blockchain
startup Deutsche Bank invested in PayPal and OnDeck Bank
of America has a USD 3 billion annual budget for investing in
technology and innovation a figure thats doubled since 2010
Visa has disclosed a 10 stake in the fintech unicorn Square
and alongside Nasdaq Citi and other industry players invested
USD 30 million in Chaincom a blockchain developer platform
that serves an enterprise market
Whatrsquos more all big players ndash banks payments providers card
schemes ndash poured their money into innovation labs hubs
accelerators The highlights of 2015 are as follows Visa Europe
launched Visa Europe Collab its new international innovation
hub and argued that the company is in a unique position to
help innovators develop and scale their ideas MasterCard on
the other hand has selected in February 2016 together with
Silicon Valley Bank four startups to take part in the fourth class
of CommerceInnovated a virtual accelerator designed to help
commerce startups grow their businesses The solutions that will
be built here range from mobile lending to instant authentication
and identity checks As part of the program the startups will
gain access to operational expertise from Silicon Valley Bank
MasterCard and their respective networks
Wells Fargo is committed to ldquohelp innovative entrepreneurs
overcome challenges and seize opportunitiesrdquo with investments
of up to USD 500000 through its Startup Accelerator a program
focused on startups that create solutions for financial institutions
and enterprise customers Since its inception in 2014 the
Wells Fargo Startup Accelerator has received applications from
innovative companies in 23 countries
Peeking through the corporate sector window Future Asia
Ventures talks about 116 corporate accelerators being live
worldwide Europe takes the lionrsquos share with 54 accelerators
mostly based in the UK and Germany however companies are
increasingly launching and adding more accelerators in EMEA
and Asia Pacific locations as well
No matter what the approach is the consensus is that there is
a huge need to reduce costs to align with a digital strategy not
merely upgrade the IT systems
ldquoThe state of corporate banking IT in the digital business world is
precariousrdquo ndash Gartner amp BCSG
Survey data indicates CIOs are underestimating the importance
of digital technology lack adequate staff and resources and are
mostly ignoring nonbank disrupters
Although concerned some banks do not appear to be stepping
up to the challenge A majority of bankers (54) believe that
banks are either ignoring the issue or that they ldquotalk about
disruption but are not making changesrdquo
Make no mistake banks are actively engaged in digitalization
and most firms have an IT strategy that is aligned and integrated
with an attendant technology roadmap for implementing a digital
business However although 62 of institutions reported that
they have already started deploying a digital banking roadmap
only 53 of them have not appointed an executive to define and
lead implementation This suggests several significant road bumps
are likely to appear during the digital transformation journey
Whatrsquos more if you look at the relationship between banks and
corporates things have a different shade of gray In a 2014
report from EY 63 of corporates reported product and service
innovation to be a critical part of their relationship with banks
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
9 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
Yet those respondents suggested that only 40 of banks
have satisfactory performance levels Moreover a more recent
report (September 2015) from Total Solutions and Innopay shows
that only 14 of corporates make use of B2B FinTech solutions
(survey among large corporates in the Netherlands) Another 70
of the corporates are following the B2B fintech market but have
not engaged yet According to the survey the two main reasons
not to engage are a lack of sufficient knowledge about and
insight into the impact of using finTech solutions and concerns
about the continuity of the finTech company Only 125 of the
questioned companies state that they do not want to jeopardise
their bank relation
Trend no 2 Cross-border payments amp B2B commerce80 of cross-border payments revenues are B2B according to
McKinsey Emerging Asian and Eastern European economies are
set to experience the greatest growth
So if the contribution of cross-border payments to total payments
revenue growth will climb from 5 in 2013-2014 to 14 in 2014-
2019 there is money to be made and fintech is the front-runner to
help remove some of the frictions
As nonbank players increasingly encroach on the traditional
cross-border turf of banksmdash moving from consumer-to-consumer
to B2B cross-border paymentsmdashthey will force many banks to
rethink their longstanding approaches to cross-border payments
ndash McKinsey
In this scenario of lsquounbundling of the full-service model of banks
into bits and piecesrsquo the market depicts new names Traxpay
Align Commerce Payoneer Transpay Ripple eeDOCS Earthport
Kontox to name only a few
Good news though major banks around the world take action
to improve the customer experience in cross-border payments
dramatically by signing up to SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation
initiative announced at the end of December 2015 The +45
participating firms include major transaction banks from Europe
Asia Pacific Africa and the Americas
The goal is to enhance cross-border transactions by leveraging
SWIFTrsquos messaging platform and global reach
Trend no 3 BlockchainBlockchain is the technology underpinning Bitcoin and one of its
biggest advantages is that it allows two parties to transact without
making use of a central authority of third party intermediaries
Oversimplifying a bit it removes huge costs and adds transparency
speed and security Ripple Ethereum Monero Lightning Network
Amiko Pay Bitfury and others act as agents of disruption in the
B2B payments world by using blockchain rails
ldquoBanks foresee benefits for corporations by virtue of the
applications running on the blockchain that will ripple down to
the banksrsquo corporate clients Consequently before launching
any blockchain-related program a bank must be very clear and
extremely convincing about what is in it for its corporate clients
- Enrico Camerinelli senior analyst at Aite Group
Other players lsquorewiringrsquo the way payments are processed through
the use of blockchain include GoCoin Blade GemPay Gazeebo
io etc as depicted by William Mougayar author of the book lsquoThe
Business Blockchainrsquo
Trend no 4 Alternative financingAccording to the lsquo2016 UK Alternative Finance Industry Reportrsquo
by Nesta and KPGM the UK online alternative finance industry
grew to GBP 32 billion ndash an 84 increase compared to the GBP
174 billion of 2014 In 2015 almost 20000 British SMEs raised
alternative finance through online channels receiving GBP 22
billion in business funding The online alternative finance industry
is pushing the needle of market growth business models public
awareness corporate partnerships institutional funding product
innovation international expansion as well as further regulatory
support and policy acceptance
Among all models peer-to-peer business lending and invoice
trading are the largest models by volume of the UK online
alternative finance market
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
10
Share this story
B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
In total nearly GBP 149 billion was lent to SMEs in the UK
(a 99 year-on-year growth rate and 194 average growth rate
between 2013 and 2015)
Interestingly enough innovative corporate partnerships are
being forged between alternative finance platforms with the likes
of Virgin Amazon Uber Sage and KPMG This has certainly
pushed boundaries ndash merging the traditional corporate world
with the disruptive models of alternative finance
Invoice trading the second highest model continues to be a
popular financing tool for small and medium-sized enterprises
wanting to trade their invoices or receivables at a discount
in exchange for the speedy procurement of working capital
However while the GBP 270 million market size in 2014 grew by
178 compared to 2013 growth from 2014 ndash 2015 was more
modest with a 20 growth rate to GBP 325 million
Zooming in on the strategies banks (and alternative finance
providers for that matter) use to better position themselves we
identify a lot of partnerships Banks teaming up with online lenders
This is a different dynamic ndash instead of trying to displace banks
online lenders decided to strike partnerships For instance On
Deck teamed up with JP Morgan Chase and said it will help speed
up the process of offering small business loans to the banks 4
million customers Lending Club another online lender tied-up
with Citi Moven partnered marketplace lender CommonBond
In a game of tongue twisters American Banker said that fintechs
team up to become more like a bank I would argue that banks
team up with fintechs to become more like a fintech
Also another question arises what if a corporate want to expand
into more countries That may mean to establish a physical
presence in each location that is relevant to their client Could
banks satisfy that need too
The industry is dynamic and some companies leapfrogged some
steps but although the developments are innovative and exciting
the road ahead is paved with many bumps
About Mirela Amariei Crafting large-scale industry reports carrying out interviews and writing about innovation in payments and fintech are Mirelarsquos daily treats As the Senior Editor at The Paypers she speaks frequently with key thoughts leaders to identify trends and trendsetters She can be reached at mirelathepayperscom and via Linkedin wwwlinkedincominamarieim
About The Paypers The Paypers is the leading source of news and intelligence for professionals in the payment community worldwide Our products are aimed at merchants payment services providers processors financial institutions start-ups technology vendors and payment professionals and have a special focus on all major trends and developments in payments-related industries including online and mobile payments and banking ecommerce e-invoicing supply chain finance web fraud amp security and many others
wwwthepayperscom
Mirela Amariei
Senior EditorThe Paypers
Thought Leadership Section
B2B Payments
13 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B payment innovation the beginning of exciting times
Deutsche Bank
Why should banks and corporates invest in real-time payments For corporates the benefits stem from the capability for executing
time-sensitive transactions ndash such as High-Value critical vendor
or MampA-related payments ndash while receiving close-to-immediate
proof of execution instead of waiting for the specific entry to be
documented by standard intraday reporting
For banks to serve client needs they need to be involved in these
developments which is why Deutsche Bank and others are helping
develop a Pan-European Instant Payment Solution For large
banks involvement in establishing such future paymentcollection
platforms is a revenue loss avoidance tactic rather than a
profit creation one as they will otherwise lose market share to
disruptors And while urgent payments can currently be more
expensive there may be a regulatory push for banks to provide
real-time payments with no extra charges in the near future
What are the benefits and challenges of implementing pay-on-behalf-ofcollect-on-behalf-of structuresPOBOCOBO structures help corporates consolidate cash
flows and rationalise account structures as well as increasing
purchasing power when negotiating cash management terms
with banks POBOCOBO simplifies liquidity management as
cash is centralised through domestic and cross-border cash
concentration It also allows for streamlined cash management
activities across subsidiaries as payments and receivables
are bundled in one place (such as a Shared Service Centre)
for execution out of the central account Improving cash and
liquidity management in these ways reduces credit need and the
operational burden on subsidiaries
Deutsche Bankrsquos experience and feasibility studies on POBO
COBO in Europe over the past four years have shown four kinds
of challenges market-specific practices and legal tax and
operational considerations In addition POBOCOBO structures
differ in the status of the underlying account For POBO the
ordering account can be a normal operating account in most
jurisdictions but since funds collected within COBO structures
often relate to different legal entities the underlying account is
often considered a trust account This has further implications
For instance depending on regional Anti-Money Laundering laws
an account can contain either own funds of the account holder
or funds that belong to third parties (trust accounts) ndash not both
That in turn may require corporates to separate some incoming
transaction flows from the entities flowsrsquo part of the on-behalf-of
structure
What main friction points in B2B cross-border payments will disappear in the next five yearsDevelopments driven by regulatory change or facilitated by
technology and solution-based improvements will ultimately
allow for more frictionless and cost-effective transaction
processing For example the Payment Services Directive (to be
updated soon by PSD-2) affected cut-off times and value-dating
habits and a shift will likely take place in this area to align cross-
border payments in different currencies with the same value-
dating as SEPA payments
Similarly currency payments will likely become easier thanks
to automated conversion services such as Deutsche Bankrsquos
FX4Cash which offers client ease-of-use real-time FX rates
and enhanced transaction data And solutions such as Virtual
Accounts will improve reconciliation and accounting (through the
rationalisation of physical bank accounts across a region)
Retail banking has experienced futuristic leaps in the payments space ndash now is the time for the same level of transformation and convenience in the B2B space
The industry is poised to apply such innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration will this be possible
14 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What bank-core competencies foster innovation and growth through fintech partnerships in the B2B payments space We have witnessed the effects of the first wave of digitalisation
on daily activities particularly through smart devices and apps
Peer-to-peer and C2B processes have already experienced
radical transformation and the industry is poised to apply such
innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration
between incumbents and new players will this be possible
Fintechs have the technical skills and understanding of consumer
behaviour fail-friendly mindset and regulatory freedom to be
innovative ndash but in an increasingly competitive landscape that
will see market consolidation over coming years they need more
than that to survive Banks conversely experience internal and
external obstacles to innovating independently including legacy
systems internal siloes a cautious culture and tighter regulatory
restrictions But by offering the strength of their established
reputation global infrastructure existing client-base and expertise
regarding risk regulation and treasury needs banks can support
fintech growth bring new products to market through such
strategic alliances and successfully scale-up new offerings
What are the Bankrsquos plans for blockchainDistributed Ledger Technology is not new but interest around its
potential applications is rising and opportunities for blockchain
ndash from fraud prevention and risk reduction to quicker and more
transparent payment flows ndash cannot be ignored We are at the
beginning of the blockchain journey and the ways it will change
business models processes and ecosystems are yet to be
seen but we predict immense potential up and down the value-
chain Participants ndash for example it was one of the first banks to
test smart contracts for corporate bonds which was conducted
in-house in collaboration with the DB Labs Deutsche Bank
recently opened innovation labs in London and Berlin with a third
just opened in Silicon Valley which will help the Bank best utilise
new technologies and deepen relationships with start-ups In a
decade there will be myriad different blockchain technologies and
interoperability will be crucial The Bank is an initial driving member
of blockchain consortium R3 CEV and participated in trials of five
distinct blockchain technologies with other member banks
About Andrew Reid Appointed to his current role in 2013 Andrew has been with the Bank for 17 years within corporate cash management and trade finance Andrew supports and advises clients in adapting to the new regulatory environment and optimising their treasury operations
About Deutsche Bank Deutsche Bank provides commercial and investment banking retai l banking transaction banking and asset and wealth management products and services to corporations governments institutional investors businesses and private individuals Deutsche Bank is Germanyrsquos leading bank with a strong position in Europe and a significant presence in the Americas and Asia Pacific
gtbdbcom
Andrew P Reid
Managing Director and Head of Cash Management Corporates EMEA Global Transaction Banking
Deutsche Bank
15 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Blockchain In B2B Payments
Aite Group
Financial institutions are spending time and resources to find
out how much business they can gain by adopting blockchain
technology This hype on the bank side does not correspond
to similar interest from corporations nor itrsquos clear whether
blockchain technology creates similar business opportunities
for each side Yet a significant roadblock must be removed
That is the extremely poor understanding corporate people
have about blockchain In a January 2016 survey 95 corporate
executivesmdash66 of whom were supply chain and treasury
managers with the remaining coming from IT legal and salesmdash
were asked if they were familiar at all with the term ldquoblockchainrdquo
Over 80 answered ldquonordquo The first step of the journey is thus to
align on terms and definitions Consider blockchain as a ldquosecured
spreadsheetrdquo that sits in the cloud that multiple parties can review
Each of the transactions that are a part of it is guaranteed by a
set of cryptographic keys and all transactions are stored in one
database The blockchain is essentially an enormous database
that runs across a global network of independent computers
Main characteristics of blockchainIrrevocability There is an irrevocable trail (ie time-stamping)
of all the transactions that have ever been made which makes
attempts at hacking or fraud unsuccessful
Title transfer It allows property whose ownership is controlled
via the blockchain (ie physical property such as cars phones
or houses)
Distributed The ledger represents the truth because mass
collaboration constantly reconciles without having the need to
trust because thatrsquos built into the mechanism
Smart contracts Perhaps the most relevant blockchain feature
smart contracts are self-executing contractual states stored on
the blockchain which nobody controls and therefore everyone
can trust The code can control and restrict how the data is
accessed and used
Where do we go from hereA bitcoin that transfers ownership of title of a crypto-currency
can be applied between two parties that exchange goods for
money in business-to-business (B2B) transactions B2B partners
would best benefit from blockchain-based applications in the
increasingly global B2B payments There are complexities with
foreign payments that are not experienced in domestic payments
such as foreign exchange value-added taxes in certain countries
interfaces with many clearing and settlement networks and
the need to understand and apply specific country laws with
regard to payments processing Knowledge about the status of
payments can be even more important than settling the payment
itself The status of payments may affect the ability of a buyer
to make a purchase from a seller depending on the amount of
credit extended by the seller to the purchaser It may also impact
future pricing provided by the seller to a buyer For time-critical
payments knowing the location of a particular transaction in the
payment process allows the payer to take action if the payment is
delayed The more corporate treasurers know about outgoing and
incoming payments the better their cash forecasts
Blockchain and B2B paymentsThis article examines which blockchain drivers best apply to
current B2B payment process elements and intermediaries
ndash eg banks network providers clearing and settlement
structures Rather than revolutionary the analysis determines
how blockchain supports improves and- eventually- replaces
current B2B payments processes (see Figure 1)
Figure 1 Blockchain Features Applied to B2B Payment Process Elements
Source Aite Group
16 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
When paying the supplier the buyer issues a payment
instruction from its accounts payable to the bank This initiates
the transfer of title of currency and a time-stamp makes the
transaction irrevocable The intermediary bank may enjoy
blockchainrsquos irrevocability and title transfer to secure the
uniqueness and traceability of the transactions underpinning
the cash transfer The distributed nature of the blockchain
ledger avoids any delayed centralized control of AML screening
checking of availability of funds and clearing billing and
reporting activities All executed operations are validated within
The ledger offers the extra capability to the bank to swiftly handle
format translations from the clientrsquos accounting system A smart
contract on the blockchain provides the bank with the capability
to charge transparent and auditable service fees
The distributed ledger operates as the connectivity software
that the clearing network provides to all trading parties and
intermediaries The network is also capable of offering time-
stamping services as well as detect transactions that may trigger
the execution of smart contract applications Format translations
can be easily offered as a value added service
The beneficiary bank receives notice of an irrevocable transfer of
cash title that the distributed ledger renders valid and immediately
executable The ledger also streamlines all necessary account
management verifications to validate the payment data The sellerrsquos
account is immediately credited and all subsequent regulatory
and accounting reporting is made auditable and irrevocable
Bank services can be charged via smart contract applications
agreed between the parties The blockchain enables the seller-
ie the B2B payment receiving party- to update the accounts
receivable database with a payment confirmation that becomes
an auditable transaction
Blockchain is certainly not the panacea for all problems but the
frequency of applied features to the B2B payment processes
tells however that all parties involved could strongly benefit
from this technology without the need for anyone to be removed
About Enrico Camerinelli Enrico Camerinelli is a senior analyst at Aite Group specializing in wholesale banking cash and trade finance and payments He brings a strong European focus to Aite Grouprsquos Wholesale Banking practice Mr Camerinelli has been widely quoted by publications ranging from American Banker to the Financial Times
About Aite Group Aite Group is an independent research and advisory firm focused on business technology and regulatory issues and their impact on the financial services industry With expertise in banking payments wealth management capital markets and insurance Aite Groups analysts work with clients as partner advisor and catalyst
wwwaitegroupcom
Enrico Camerinelli
senior analystAite Group
17 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Emerging Internet of Payments
Traxiant
New offerings have been proliferating in B2B payments not
to mention financing solutions of various kinds Their growth
however and the shift from paper to electronic has long been
stymied by a lack of interoperability Most industry actors see the
need for an industry-scale solution to this problem and believe it
will happen eventually But fewer are clear on the path to get there
In the USD 700 trillion of B2B payments globally connecting
the many buyers sellers and providers of payments financing
and software solutions might seem an impossible task And
yet we have the example of the Internet A framework for
such payments interoperability would also almost inevitably be
standards-based and global So itrsquos reasonable to use the term
the ldquoInternet of Paymentsrdquo (ldquoIoPrdquo) to talk about this The naming
of such a phenomenon however is of course less important
than questions such as ldquowhetherrdquo ldquowhatrdquo ldquohowrdquo and ldquowhenrdquo
Unlike most industry actors we believe that the conditions for
the IoP to emerge have recently been falling into place Tactical
business needs are aligning with cloud-based technology
platforms and solution options And alignment with standards
frameworks notably around ISO 20022 offers the potential for
faster and wider scaling of such solutions with lower investment
The payments solutions that account for most B2B volume
today such as cheque and ACH are commoditized Their
transaction revenue models donrsquot support much investment
in next-generation solutions Basis point revenue streams
from receivablestrade financing forex and card models by
contrast can support such investments Buyers nowadays donrsquot
pay much for those services most rather expect to receive
discounts or rebate payments Thus a critical driver of revenue
in such businesses is the ability to get suppliers enrolled and
agreeing to pay the relevant fees This supplier onboarding
process is invariably hard work especially as you get further
out on the ldquolong tailrdquo Most new ldquosolutionsrdquo being promoted to
suppliers offer benefits of earlier or faster payment But they are
from the supplierrsquos perspective typically exception processes
and thus value-subtracting
Among enterprise buyers card e-payables and global payments
solutions are now relatively widely adopted ndash as indeed are
supplier networks Increasing competition from financial
institutions but also fintech players makes it ever more important
that providers optimise for adoption and value also on the
supplier side of the equation Strategically the requirement here
is for an extensible standards framework and platform that can
connect suppliers globally across both commodity payment and
value-added trade and financing scenarios
Tactical solutions however are also needed more narrowly
focused but aligned with the larger strategic goals One essential
element of such tactical solutions is enabling suppliers to
connect using their existing payments and software solutions
For ldquolong tailrdquo suppliers their ability to do so via a low friction
ldquoconsumerizedrdquo experience will also matter In recent years
cloud solutions and APIs to enable this have become available
for some widely-used financial solutions No silver bullet will
work for every supplier instantly And yet solving the problem for
supplier systems one by one is clearly an approach that wonrsquot
scale However by aligning with ndash and shaping ndash a standards-
based IoP framework early movers can start to build network
effects that do scale Proprietary network effects can and will
drive competitive advantage especially for early movers even
when built on top of standards A broader network effect will
come from the technical openness of the growing IoP ecosystem
As that happens industry actors of all kinds will invest in
solutions based on IoP standards so as to get connected
18 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
No discussion of B2B payments futures would be complete
without touching on the blockchain Such solutions seem likely
to play an important role How the various ldquonot-Bitcoinsrdquo with
their technical and regulatory benefits will fare against Bitcoin
itself remains unclear Standards such as the ldquoInterledger
Protocolrdquo could play a role perhaps enabling an ldquoInternet of
Valuerdquo layer for the IoP That said in global B2B payments
the ldquochicken-and-eggrdquo challenges that are inherent in any
new network technology clearly exist Blockchain adoption as
a purely ldquoback officerdquo or inter-bank technology seems likely
to happen first within narrowly-defined early use cases and
communities Adding value to pre-existing end-user (buyer-
seller) interactions like Skype did may be one plausible early
adoption scenario ldquoPiggy-backingrdquo on another network layer or
use case like Paypalrsquos initial use for eBay payments is another
way to think about this Combining all of these may work best
end user demand can be effective in driving adoption by solution
providers notably banks in this case
An Internet of Payments as it emerges will reshape the B2B
payments industry and much more besides It will likely develop
quite suddenly as a mass phenomenon much like the Internet in
the mid-nineties It will create winners and losers Those who move
early to test learn and shape the emerging Internet of Payments
ecosystem and framework will be best positioned to win
About Roger Bass Roger Bass is Founder CEO and Principal of Traxiant Previously with Intuit for eleven years he recently led a Network Payments initiative Other instrumental roles included the launch of Intuitrsquos European operations first online banking solution SMB Internet group and the QuickBooks platform Reach out via rogertraxiantcom
About Traxiant Traxiant provides software and consulting solutions to help financial and technology providers grow their B2B Payments and Financing solutions and profit from the Internet of Payments Solutions and areas of expertise include card e-payables global payments receivables financing and supplier networks
wwwtraxiantcom
Roger Bass
CEO and PrincipalTraxiant
Blockchain
20 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B Blockchain-based Payments Can it Beat the Banks
Orchard Finance
For those interested in Supply Chain FinanceTrade Finance
there is an increasing amount of articles about blockchain
For those who are not yet familiar with this term it is the
underlying technology behind Bitcoin The starting point for this
technology was to allow two parties to transfer a token of value
(Bitcoin) from one to another in a cheap reliable and fast way
Three main criteria for it are the two parties can be anywhere in
the world there should not be a central authority processing a
transaction and the same token (Bitcoin) cannot be spent more
than once
To meet all these criteria the solution proved to be a distributed
ledger containing all transactions visible for all participants in
the network A transaction is approved by consensus which is
reached by cryptographic encryption This technology is called
blockchain Many articles about blockchain are focused on the
way it works (hence are very technical) but because of the
complex terminology being used it causes more confusion than
clarity Perhaps the authors of these articles have been inspired
by former American president Harry S Truman when he said lsquoIf
you canrsquot convince them confuse themrsquo
Instead of focusing on the technology it is far more interesting to
understand what it can do for businesses The technology itself
is very powerful and it has the potential to radically transform
how businesses work and how payments are done If a Bitcoin
can be transferred in such a cheap fast reliable manner why
not a Euro or a Dollar
The current situation of a lsquoreal-time paymentrsquo is still depending on
cut off times of banks The party that initiates the payment sees
the amount deducted from their bank balance then the receiver
will get the amount some time later Depending on the sending
and receiving bank this can range from a couple of hours up to
a couple of days What happens is that the bank of the sender
updates its ledger (the bank balance of the sender) sends the
transaction via (most likely) the SWIFT network to the receiving
bank Afterwards the receiving bank receives the transaction
and updates its ledger (the bank balance of the receiver)
Blockchain payments how real-time are theyAs said before blockchain is a distributed ledger a shared
database All parties involved have access to this database
thus the participants that are allowed to participate see the
same version of the truth This means that if one party wants to
send a token of value to another party it updates the distributed
ledger When this update is agreed by the participants the lsquonewrsquo
state of the ledger is accepted With Bitcoin the acceptance
is done by miners validating the transaction via sophisticated
cryptographic encryption A transaction is fully validated in
approximately 8 minutes
The Bitcoin blockchain is a well-developed network with many
miners that can vet a transaction This Bitcoin blockchain
however might not be the best blockchain for B2B payments
There are providers in the market that are building new types
of blockchains that are specifically developed to facilitate
payments within a Supply Chain This means that payments
can be done real-time worldwide at low cost Next to the fast
low-cost payment processing there is another interesting aspect
to blockchain-based payments By using so-called lsquosmart
contractsrsquo payments can be made conditional
There are a wide array of situations this can be applied to
bull A payment can be executed in case certain criteria are met
For example a container with bananas arrives in the Port of
Rotterdam at an agreed time and by using special scanning
equipment the quality and quantity are checked and approved
When these criteria are met a payment is executed automatically
bull A budget can be allocated and this budget can only be spent
on predefined parties For instance a government provides
a rental allowance for individuals with a minimum income
This allowance can only be spent at a pre-approved landlord
In case it is not used before a certain moment in time the
allowance is cancelled
21 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Various parties in a supply chain can all be paid when the end
consumer purchases the product For example a consumer
buys a song online At the moment of purchase the amount
paid is distributed amongst the band the producer the studio
and the record label All parties are rewarded based on their
added value
Blockchain-based payments open up many possibilities
Not only is it possible to trade easier and cheaper but also
payments can be made smarter Banks are particularly interested
in this new technology and are closely investigating the potential
it may offer to them It is exciting times for banks and payment
institutions as with blockchain the real disruption is knocking
on the door The disruption here is not that things are done a
bit smarter more efficient or faster The disruption in payments
is that there is technology available that makes banks PSPs
credit card companies redundant Cutting out these middlemen
by making use of technology that provides the same trust and
robustness (or perhaps even more) will increase the speed of
payments increase the possibility to trade with each other while
significantly reducing costs
About Kris Wielens Kris Wielens is Senior Consultant with Orchard Finance He has more than a decade experience is (corporate) payments with various fims He has been active as Head of Strategic Partnerships EMEA Business Development Manager Sales Manager and Credit Analyst
About Orchard Finance Orchard Finance is a leading independent consultancy and staffing company specialized in the areas of Finance and Treasury Tailoring to our clients we offer advisory services project management and staff ing support Our professionals have a long standing reputation based on operational and project experience in banking corporate finance and treasury management amp control
wwworchardfinancecom
Kris Wielens
Senior ConsultantOrchard Finance
22 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Three-Phased Transformation of Supply Chain Finance with Blockchain Technology
Innopay
At Innopay we saw the early discussions around Bitcoin in 2010
transforming into a discussion about blockchain technology
by 2015 When blockchain was eventually seen as a promising
technology the discussions transformed to ldquoSo where can we
use itrdquo Although many contexts for the usage of blockchain
concepts have been discussed this article specifically discusses
the use of blockchain concepts as a transformative force in
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) SCF as we broadly define it is the
management of financial flows in the supply chain which includes
financial processes (transaction processes data processing
invoice matching etc) and SC financing techniques
We believe blockchain concepts could fundamentally change
how we organise SCF in the nearby future but it will take time
before involved stakeholders will have gained the desired
level of common understanding needed to make it a reality
The fundamental reason behind this is that the benefits of
blockchain only get realised within the context of a network and
the level of usage of a technology within a network is largely
dependent on usersrsquo collective level of understanding
We predict that the collective understanding comes in phases (as
it is currently unfolding in the banking and insurance industries)
namely shared database transactional network and automatable
transactional network This development of the collective
understanding provides a tidy framework in which we can
describe the abovementioned transformation of SCF
Phase 1 Setting up shared databases (0-3 years)One of the fundamental e-business process challenges has
always been how do companies cross each otherrsquos organisational
boundaries to allow a secure dependable and synchronised flow
of goods and transactional data The most logical means would
be by using a shared database Currently blockchain technology
is the de facto instrument for shared database where all the
involved parties can read and write on the database while the
state of the database can be trusted without the involvement of
intermediaries As the communal understanding ndash and subsequent
use ndash of blockchain as a shared database gains traction within the
context of SCF we will see fundamental improvements in essential
processes such as
bull Synchronising processes
bull Harmonised naming and numbering conventions
bull Deducing the current state of invoices
bull Invoice double spending when it comes to financing
bull Insight into goods flows (ownership and arrivals)
bull Less administrative steps for goods receipt to activate invoice
sending and subsequent payout
bull Cheap and transparent dispute resolution
Phase 2 Transactional network (3-5 years)In the development of an understanding of blockchain technology
the knowledge that a transaction is nothing more or nothing less
than an accepted change to a database is an essential step
Although this insight may sound straightforward it is counterintuitive
based on the ubiquitousness of the traditional banking payment
and escrow services for transactions in SCF Their role is seldom
questioned or re-examined As soon as this insight becomes
common knowledge the potential of blockchain technologies
within transactions for both financial and ownership of goods
purposes will be understood at a more innovative level
With blockchain-based transactional networks any type of
transaction can be directly executed without the need for third
parties As soon as this functionality becomes part of the collective
understanding of the SCF community the community can take
advantage of this by reducing complexity by coordinating
financial information monetary flows and goods movements into
one transactional network
Currently transactional complexity and challenges surrounding
the coordination of different transactional flows are limiting
scalability and international breadth of SCF networks Blockchain
technology can provide elegant solutions to these impediments
and unlock value at an international level by further linking small
SMEs to global corporates and financiers
23 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Phase 3 Automatable transactional network (5-7 years)As soon as the SCF community gains communal understanding
of blockchain as a transactional network then the next natural
line of inquiry could be the nature of transaction initiation During
this inquiry the following components of blockchain technology
will be discovered and the third phase might commence
bull Multi-signature capability ndash a means of separate entities to
safely and securely state whether an event took place or not
bull Smart contracts ndash agreements that automatically execute the
change of ownership of funds or goods based on whether an
event took place or not
bull Cryptocurrencies ndash a set of tokens of a variable but crypto-
graphi cally verifiable amount which is used for efficient value
transfers
By means of combining multi-signature and smart contracts with
existing e-mandates or cryptocurrencies the automatic payment
of invoice amounts or other types of collateral could be initiated
and executed instantaneously and automatically This will open
the path towards an international SCF network that automatically
creates investment grade financial instruments as a seamless
part of the supply chain process
ConclusionAlthough history shows us that we can only have so much
foresight we see a clear match between the features of blockchain
concepts and SCF we believe that at some point blockchain will
be a prominent part of SCF The speed at which SCF will evolve
and innovate will depend on the creativity of its stakeholders
and how fast the common understanding on how to use the
technology will develop Seeing that blockchain technology has
something compelling to offer at each phase of understanding we
see rapid developments taking place sooner than later
About Gys Hough Gys Hough follows the develop-ment of blockchain concepts since 2012 and was involved in shaping several business ideas based on blockchain concepts in the field He is also involved in the facilitation of various discussions surrounding blockchain applications in the financial industry
About Innopay Innopay is an independent consulting company specialised in online payments digital identity and e-business We help our clients including financial institutions governments and corporates to develop the compelling strategies and digital services for consumers and companies that are key for successful competition in a rapidly digitising world
wwwinnopaycom
Gys Hough
ConsultantInnopay
Innovation In Payments amp Banking
26 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
SWIFT
Launched in December 2015 to much anticipation in the industry
the initiative has received strong backing with more than 50
leading banks already signed up The Paypers spoke to Wim
Raymaekers SWIFTrsquos Head of Banking Market and programme
manager of the global payments innovation initiative to find out
more about this exciting move
We often hear that B2B payments are opaque complex and risky Why do you think that is and where do you think that improvements can be madeYes currently when a corporate treasurer sends a request
for a cross-border transaction to his bank he typically has no
sight on what actually happens with that demand They often
liken this to a lsquoblack holersquo saying they have no view on when
payments occur or their final costs This can lead to problems
with suppliers or end-customers not to mention increasing
financial risks resulting from payment delays or non-compliance
with regulatory requirements
I think improvements can be made in three main areas firstly
the speed of payments corporates want fastest payments so
banks need to be able to guarantee that they are made within
certain timeframe Secondly corporates want to know the
exact payment amount that will reach their counterparty ndash here
banks need to provide transparency on the fees involved and
the amount credited to the creditor And thirdly they want to
be able to track payments banks need to let corporates know
when payments have been initiated and credited to the creditors
account to avoid delays in the supply chain or frictions between
supplier and seller
What are the opportunities for a corporate to leap forward through the use of the cross-border payment industryCorporates are not in the business of payments they just want
to buy and sell Yet they do have to manage their treasury to
make those payments ndash so a better faster more transparent
payment solution is important to them On top of that having
a good payment infrastructure benefits your supply chain
Because if the money does not get to the supplier in time the
credit line will go up causing delays on all fronts So the better
your payment infrastructure is the stronger and more reliable
your supply chain is
Designed for the corporate treasurer SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation initiative offers an ambitious roadmap for reinventing the correspondent banking model as we know it today With ever increasing competition from new entrants offering same-day or even real-time payment facilities SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
Correspondent banking rejuvenated
SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
27 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What can you tell us about the global payments innovation initiative (gpii) and what are SWIFTrsquos plans in regard to this initiativeAs part of the initiative SWIFT is working in close collaboration
with the largest transactions banks in the world to enhance
their corporate customersrsquo cross-border payment experience
Together we will strive to provide a faster service with upfront
clarity on costs confirmation of delivery and richer remittance
information data
We are now working together with the banks to commonly
agree service level agreements (SLAs) to which all the initiative
member banks must comply The new service will be designed
to address end-customer needs without compromising banks
abilities to meet their compliance obligations market credit and
liquidity risk requirements
What is the role of blockchain in this initiativeSWIFT is devoting significant resources to instigate the
opportunities and challenges of deploying blockchain and
distributed ledger technologies more broadly on our platform
While the initiative aims to first make improvements based on the
existing infrastructures in parallel we are building a gpii vision
for cross-border payments This will set out how we will adopt
new technologies in order to ensure corporate customers receive
the best possible payments experience in the near future
Wim Raymaekers
Head of Banking MarketSWIFT
About Wim Raymaekers Wim Raymaekers leads SWIFTrsquos banking initiatives worldwide and is responsible for developing and driving value propositions across the banking community In this capacity Wimrsquos mission is to help banks grow their business particularly in view of changing customer and market requirements
About SWIFT SWIFT is a global member-owned cooperative and the worldrsquos leading provider of secure financial messaging services We provide our community with a platform for messaging and standards for communicating and we offer products and services to facilitate access and integration identification analysis and financial crime compliance
wwwswiftcom
28 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Moving payments into the digital era
UniCredit
Which are UniCreditrsquos strategies to remain competitive in the B2B cross-border payments spaceUniCredit is taking a number of steps to ensure that it offers a highly
competitive portfolio of payments services including a number of
tools for simplifying cross-border transactions
In particular UniCredit has invested considerably in the
Bank Payment Obligation (BPO) ndash a settlement tool which
enables firms to execute secure transactions mediated by
partner banks through a quick and efficient digital process
When carried out properly BPOs combine the risk mitigation and
financing advantages of Letters of Credit (LCs) with the digital
speed of open account settlement This makes them particularly
advantageous for cross-border transactions ndash especially with
unfamiliar counterparties or those concentrated in a particular
region or industry Thanks to bank mediation the risk of non-
payment in such cases is drastically reduced ndash allowing firms
to take on more business and sell their receivables more easily
UniCredit has worked hard to bring these benefits to clients in
the most efficient and convenient format possible ndash offering vast
improvements on LC processing times which are only set to
increase once the process is fully digitalized This principle of
fully digitalized processes is also reflected in UniCreditrsquos virtual
accounts services which enable clients to consolidate their
bank accounts in a given currency into a single ldquoparentrdquo account
This can then be divided internally into as many ldquovirtualrdquo
accounts as required ndash with each account given its own allocated
funds account number and permissions Already available
for affiliatesrsquo incoming and outgoing transactions in nearly 50
countries including the SEPA zone and six CEE markets this
system generates huge benefits to efficiency scalability and
transparency ndash eliminating the need for cash pooling expediting
the process of opening and closing accounts and providing a
comprehensive overview of cash flows without sacrificing detail
Going forward UniCredit intends to remain at the cutting edge
of B2B cross-border payments with new initiatives such as the
integration of big-data analytics into existing payments services
ndash offering clients insights based on payments data and other
relevant information
With increased customer demand to install real-time payment infrastructures what trends do you see happening right nowThe demand for instant payments is part of a wider trend towards
greater speed and efficiency in the industry This is particularly
notable in ecommerce where firms are looking to provide
increasingly rapid delivery services ndash with next-day and even
same-day delivery now possible The use of digital technology to
expedite routine processes is becoming more and more prevalent
with clients increasingly basing their expectations on their
experiences in the retail sector UniCredit is keen to play its part
in this development and is already implementing real-time rates
for instant payments ndash including for cross-border transactions ndash
ahead of the November 2017 implementation date
How has UniCredit adapted to the digitalisation of the transaction banking industryUniCredit has established itself as a frontrunner in the
development of key advances such as the BPO and virtual
accounts and continues to search for new and innovative ways
to leverage technology for the benefit of its clients To this end
it has taken a number of steps to ensure continued innovation
ndash with product development teams harnessing the expertise of
traditional banking experts and technology specialists along
with a wide range of external perspectives
This has already seen blockchain technology become a reality
for custody services clients while virtual accounts technology
is being supplemented by CAMT messages ndash enhancing
standardisation even beyond the SEPA zone with automated
reconciliation between banks and corporates
The field of payments is undergoing a period of transformation as digitalisation paves the way for greater speed and efficiency
29 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
UniCredit has also adopted a more holistic client interface
including its IT solutions provider in client meetings This enables
UniCredit to adapt its solutions to clientsrsquo individual technological
requirements rather than expecting them to adapt to accommo-
date the solution
How do you support your CEE-based clients in their efforts to optimise working capitalUniCredit offers its CEE-based clients a full range of support for
their working capital optimisation programmes ndash having been the
first in Russia Bulgaria and Croatia to offer classic services such
as cross-border cash pooling UniCredit also offers unrivalled
BPO coverage with the instrument already available in Bulgaria
and Romania In terms of approach we encourage firms to avoid
the lsquosilorsquo mindset of asking how they can benefit from individual
tools such as receivables finance or approved payables finance
ndash instead promoting a focus on overarching short- mid- and
long-term goals Mostly it turns out that short-term liquidity
generation is not corporatesrsquo main concern ndash especially given the
abundance of liquidity in todayrsquos market Other factors however
such as risk mitigation supply-chain stability and balance-sheet
optimisation almost always figure in their plans ndash demanding
a holistic programme for working capital optimisation This of
course also means being prepared for the eventuality of liquidity
suddenly or gradually drying up
In the face of fintech disruption which areas can banks capitalise onFintech companies certainly bring new impulses to the transaction
banking sector but banks almost always excel by capitalising
on their existing strengths ndash drawing on their holistic financial
expertise and their status as trusted and highly regulated
partners to corporate clients These strengths can to a certain
extent be amplified through digitalisation within banks ndash
translating greater efficiency into greater convenience for clients
Even more promising however is the potential for co-operation
between banks and specialist technology companies with banks
combining their core strengths and broad client base with fintech
independence and nimbleness to create the ideal conditions for
innovation
About Markus Strauszligfeld Since 2005 Markus Strauszligfeld has been Head of International Cash Management Sales at UniCredit responsible for cash management and eBanking sales to large and multi-national organisations in Europe the US and Asia
About UniCredit UniCredit is a bank with a substantial footprint in Europe and an extensive international network of branches representative offices and correspondent banks ndash enabling it to follow its clients wherever they go Its payments services come under the Global Transaction Banking (GTB) unit
wwwgtbunicrediteu
Markus Strauszligfeld
Head of International Cash Management SalesUniCredit
30 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Making One-Click Finance Possible ndash Who Are the Relevant Stakeholders and How They Should Work Together
sharedserviceslink
There are 6 stakeholders in your supplier financing programme
(SFP) This article examines each of the groups and what their
contribution to the SFP is
Accounts PayableIn recent years the AP function has nudged its way to the front
of the crowd becoming the owner of most SFPs This is an
interesting development as the owner in the past was Treasury
This shift has come because of the evolution in invoice
processing technology Ten years ago APrsquos focus was to (slowly)
pay paper invoices Since then most multi-nationals have
implemented e-invoicing Sizeable volumes of invoices are now
received electronically meaning invoices are processed posted
and paid quicker And whether or not AP realised it at the time
the scene was being set for something greater to unfold early
pay programmes
Accounts Payablersquos contributionAP teams have become experts in onboarding suppliers This
expertise was established during earlier e-invoicing or P-card
programmes Supplier onboarding is complicated but after a
few rounds of reaching out and asking suppliers to change
something you soon become proficient in onboarding AP has
been driven to become expert in supplier onboarding as the
financial gain relies on supplier engagement This positions AP
to own the supplier onboarding process for your SFP
ProcurementWhereas AP owns the onboarding process Procurement
will own the actual relationship with suppliers which means
owning the message contained in the supplier communication
Suppliers listen to Procurement and see it as the key point of
contact Procurement can help make the SFP more successful
by drafting and signing off on clever messaging
Procurementrsquos contributionProcurement also owns the assessment of supplier risk ndash
assessing each supplierrsquos financial risk year-end and the
suitable rate that should be applied (given their credit history
etc) Forensic research into each supplier will further your
understanding of the opportunities and risk and the effect on
the return
ITYou may decide to use your own cash or a third partyrsquos cash
Either way technology will be involved You will want IT brought
into the project early to understand macro considerations
like security connectivity and compatibility IT will likely leave
business process and functional requirements to AP Treasury
and Procurement
ITrsquos contributionSFP technologies have been on the market for years They are
developing and becoming more varied Itrsquos likely that someone
in the IT team has installed a SFP tool before Make sure this
person sits on the team Also make this program a priority SFPs
will not drain IT (wo)man days so it need not compete with more
demanding IT initiatives Work with someone in IT that lsquogetsrsquo this
and can approve on security etc at a quick pace
TreasuryAlthough Treasury was historically the owner and leader of SFPs
it has taken on the role of collaborator in recent years offering
crucial perspective regarding the larger levers that should or
shouldnrsquot be pulled given the companyrsquos cash position
Treasuryrsquos contributionTreasury understands the flow of cash and its real cost and
opportunity to the business Because of this it is well placed to
regularly assess which approach to take ndash is it better to use the
companyrsquos own cash use a third partyrsquos cash (and if so which
party) or to stall on early payments altogether Treasury has a
360ordm view of the companyrsquos strategic aims the balance sheet
the bank account real-time rates and alternative rates through
alternative methods as well as whats most important given
where the company is in its financial year Treasury is the brains
behind the SFP
31 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
C-SuiteThe CFO needs to back your project and this support must
be visible It is important to educate them on the SFP early by
presenting them with relevant case studies you have gathered
and the possible business case
C-Suite contributionThey will need your direction but the CFO and CPO will add
panache to your SFP The lsquosignaturersquo on the comms piece sent to
suppliers should be theirs If any buyer in the business becomes
concerned about this programme the C-Suite needs to have
a response at hand To realise the significant savings that can
come from your SFP your C-Suite must be ready to provide the
required PR
SuppliersBuyers rarely push back against SFPs because a) itrsquos optional
for suppliers and b) itrsquos attractive for suppliers However getting
the suppliers to engage is instrumental and makes the supplier
a key stakeholder
Supplier contributionSuccess Without their participation your business case is a flop
So make sure they understand what the SFP is whatrsquos in it for
them what they need to do who they can reach out to with
questions or concerns and that participation in SFP inevitably
qualifies them as a preferred supplier
ConclusionGet the first five stakeholders onboard early at concept stage
so they feel supportive of the SFPrsquos direction and purpose and
ask them how involved they would like to be given their role
About Susie West Susie West is the CEO and Founder at sharedserviceslink and proudly labels herself as a shared services geek She has been in the shared services industry since 1998 In 2007 she set up sharedserviceslink a leading global business community for professionals looking to improve performance in shared services Her central aim is to help individuals companies and the market mature through the sharing and consumption of (mostly peer generated) best practice information
About sharedserviceslink sharedserviceslink is a business community for professionals working in shared services sharederserviceslink is viewed as trusted advisors to this market because it offers exceptional content connection insight and overall value
wwwsharedserviceslinkcom
Susie West
CEO and Foundersharedserviceslink
Exclusive interview
32 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About the companyToken provides digital payment solutions for banks and their clients to deliver instant end-to-end secure and frictionless payments worldwide The solution addresses the key concerns of PSD2 security disintermediation and lack of revenue
wwwtokenio
Marten Nelson
VP MarketingToken
Website wwwtokenioOffices location Redwood City California USAFounded in 2015Categories payments psd2 fintech
Token
The next generation of payments infrastructure will first of all help banks open up
What drives real-time payments infrastructure adoption in the US vs EUA number of valuable business cases drive the adoption of real-
time payments infrastructure Both consumers and businesses
expect funds to be instantly available during a payment
transaction 25 years ago the invention of the Worldwide Web
allowed us to share data instantly and globally Exchanging value
should be just as easy and fast as moving information but for
a number of reasons this hasnrsquot yet happened While there are
regional real-time payments solutions the US and many parts
of Europe are still lagging But there is hope ndash the Feds in the
US and the ECB have launched real-time payments initiatives
Why did Token choose to leverage the bankrsquos existing ledger instead of using blockchain The main reasons were that we found the bankrsquos ledger to
perform pretty well in most cases and to leverage existing
infrastructure typically reduces the complexity of deployment
and therefore cost It was simply a cost-benefit analysis
There are many interesting use cases for distributed ledgers
and for some of our functions and in some situations it makes
sense Thatrsquos why we designed the solution with distributed
ledgers being optional
What is the value proposition for European banks by integrating Token Token solves the main issues banks are facing in terms of
PSD2 security disintermediation and the economics First you
can think of Token as a PSD2 firewall that protects the bank
infrastructure from poorly behaving third parties Second Token
retains the bankrsquos customer experience even when accessed by
third parties Last we allow banks to offer value-added services
that generate incremental net revenue
33 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Future of Banking Innovation and the Fintech Startups Journey
Future Asia Ventures
The financial services sector has become the poster child for
corporate innovation Over the last 5 years banks have been
investigating and experimenting with several new financial
technologies in the crowd funding trade processing lending
and wealth management areas These experiments have come
in different shapes and sizes Based on our research we know
21 banks that have launched accelerator programs around the
world Other banks have launched pre-accelerators incubators
and labs
As a research amp advisory firm we regularly speak with many
corporations startups and venture investors We are constantly
learning about the landscape Here are 5 perspectives we would
like to share
1 Fintech is old but the market conditions have never been betterMost experienced financial sector professionals understand that
this recent wave of fintech startups is just that ndash a wave Fintech
is a new term that captures a large category of existing and
growing technologies which involve transaction processing data
and record keeping Fintech companies have been innovating
since the 1950s The last 60 years produced ATMs credit cards
online banking and online stock investing to name only a few
Innovation in fintech is nothing new What is new is the explosion
of startups in the last six years There are now approximately
6000 fintech startups The playing field is crowded and thatrsquos
because the opportunity to innovate has never been greater
The combination of cheap capital a dry period in bank innovation
and a credit crisis followed by heavy regulation created the
right environment for startups to rise There has never been a
better time to be an entrepreneur
2 Regulation matters It might sound obvious but regulatory rules and compliance are
a very important part of the startup journey for fintech founders
This makes fintech different from other startup sectors
Founders in fintech are generally a decade or more experienced
than their peers Regulation is often an entry barrier because
you need to be licensed by regulatory bodies to do business in
each jurisdiction For startups that want to expand compliance
is mandatory and expensive The financial system for good
reason doesnrsquot tolerate risk As a result founders need to
cooperate with regulators budget for long waiting periods find
strategic partnerships that help their growth efforts and be in this
for the long haul Fintech is marathon not a sprint
3 Innovation canrsquot be measuredWhen speaking with innovation officers I am often asked
which program or format is the best People are looking for a
quantitative measure or a definitive leader among corporations
The truth is there is no one best model or best innovator
An innovation program should be designed around your
budget your timeline and the problem you are trying to solve
These factors are different for each company For some a
hackathon might be best while for others a robust corporate
ventures program might make more sense Available capital
decision-making dynamics and pain points vary per company
Each company has to do whatrsquos right for them However one
thing is certain ndash good innovation programs have a clearly
defined problem and success criteria Without a mandate you
are bound to go in circles
Number of Corporate Accelerators Launched Each Year Corporate accelerator launches have peaked So far in 2016 2 new accelerators have launched Going forward companies will design tailored open innovation programs and formats to engage and collaborate with startups
34 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
About Falguni Desai She is the Founder amp Managing Director of Future Asia Ventures and has over 18 years of corporate strategy innovation and MampA experience She has worked globally with business leaders at Fortune 500 firms in the financial media and technology sectors to foster growth amp expansion
About Future Asia Ventures Future Asia Ventures is an innovation advisory amp research firm Through our research and services we help new ventures grow and connect investors with innovative opportunities We serve private investors foundations and corporations around the world
wwwfutureasiaventurescom
Falguni Desai
Founder amp Managing DirectorFuture Asia Ventures
4 Innovation is inherently wastefulSeveral companies are still sitting on the sidelines While our
latest research has uncovered that 116 companies around the
world have set up corporate accelerators and several dozens
have launched incubators and labs the majority of large
companies are not engaged in this type of open innovation
They might be wondering whether an innovation program will
generate returns The answer is no not in the short term But in
the long run yes Innovation creates waste Companies wonrsquot
solve the problem on the first try Several partnerships and
investments will fail Incubated ideas may not scale and those
looking to try their hand at innovation should swallow this pill
and be prepared for failure To be good at innovation you need to
try things and then quickly stop them when they donrsquot work and
quickly try again
5 The endgame is collaboration not conflictI still see articles which predict a future without banks how
disruption will cause banks to fail and shut down The reality
is banks play a very important role in the lending infrastructure
of most modern economies Peeling back through fintech
history the innovations that survived and scaled were the
ones that worked with banks not against them In the 1990s
online stock brokers appeared on the scene Stock exchanges
and brokers didnrsquot disappear but they now operate differently
Today fintech marketplace lenders offer loans more efficiently
to retail customers The capital for these loans comes from
traditional banks and large asset managers Banks brokers and
asset managers wonrsquot disappear instead their processes and
the customer experience they offer will change dramatically The
moral here is that new fintech services will become part of the
overall financial infrastructure Fintech startups will eventually
grow into companies that are counterparties and partners to
banks not necessarily competitors Of course not all of them
will succeed but the future of banking will be formed through
collaboration
VISIT OUR ENHANCED ONLINE COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING MARKET GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
wwwe-invoicingthepayperscom
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
The Power Of Data amp Traceability
37 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
1 Idea of exchanging invoice statuses + benefitsIncreasing financial pressure forces firms to focus on their cash
positions For this reason effective Working Capital Management
is a high priority There are different ways to improve the cash
position of companies in supply chains ndash and here comes one
of them exchanging invoice statuses positively influences the
cash position of selling parties After the purchase of a product
or service the seller sends his buyer an invoice and waits for
payment The unpredictability of the moment of payment leads
to significant challenges for sellers in managing their cash
positions Smaller companies (SMEs) particularly struggle with
liquidity shortages and unpredictable cash flows Payment
deadlines vary between 30 and 90 days and buyers tend to use
their free liquidity as long as possible In the case of long payment
deadlines sellers may want to have their receivables financed by
financiers The answer to this problem is offered by the Status
Based Receivables Finance Model (SBRF) a track and trace
solution for electronic and paper-based invoices The model
allows the actors to gain more insight in the invoice statuses
After the buyer grants the sellerrsquos financier permission to access
the invoice status the financier can lsquotrack and tracersquo the invoice
in the buyerrsquos ERP system It allows financiers to operate
more effectively and efficiently with reduced risks and lower
financing costs when providing invoice based finance to sellers
For sellers planning incoming cash flows becomes easier
because the provided transparency enables them to further
optimise their working capital position But there is even better
news the SBRF model allows for process efficiencies and better
risk management for all actors in the supply chain A detailed
overview of the various benefits is provided in the table below
2 Need for standardisationStandardisation is the key to successful processes and a
profitable outcome ndash in this case the working capital optimisation
Where does the need for standardisation originate
The SBRF Model directly connects to the financing instrument
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) While the seller waits for his payment
after the delivery his liquidity is reduced hence this becomes a
major problem for SMEs Due to their small size they often suffer
from poor borrowing terms even if they would urgently need
access to capital
SCF releases liquidity and creates benefits for all actors along
the supply chain The seller obtains a credit from a financier
against the buyerrsquos credit rating for the period of the payment
and benefits from the buyerrsquos credit conditions Normally the
process is automated through an electronic platform which
can onboard a variety of suppliers (and financiers if needed)
potentially combined with e-invoicing
Yet due to the number of SCF providers there is a heterogeneity
of concepts and technological solutions which leads to
inefficiency and process disruptions Additionally there is an
untapped potential of SCF because of insufficient dissemination
and misunderstanding of the concept These difficulties will
only be dissolved by standardisation and clear definition of
concepts processes and technologies Possible benefits of
standardisation are cost advantages facilitated implementation
and compatibility of technology and processes
E-invoicing as a prerequisite of SCF is already subject to
standardisation efforts throughout Europe reflected by different
guidelines and directives Even so a great deal remains to
be done The SBRF Model is one step in the right direction
towards standardised processes of SCF and working capital
optimisation
Track and Trace of Invoices for Working Capital Optimisation
Fraunhofer Institute
1 Better risk assessment2 Process efficiency and
resulting lower costs3 New financing markets
because it becomes economically viable to finance sellers based on smaller invoices
1 Better cash flow forecasting visibility and working capital optimisation
2 Less operational debtor handling
3 Better access to financing instruments faster more choice easier
1 Less manual handling of incoming invoice inquiries
2 Improving financial stability of the supply chain
3 Optimise internal procurement and invoice approval processes
4 Possibility of later payment or discount
Financier Seller Buyer
38 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About Prof Dr Michael Henke Prof Dr Michael Henke completes the board of directors of Fraunhofer IML as new director of the section Enterprise Logistics and he also holds the chair of Enterprise Logistics at the faculty of Mechanical Engineering at TU Dortmund University His research focuses lie among others on the area of eg management of the Industry 40 purchasing and supply management supply chain risk management and financial supply chain management
About Fraunhofer Fraunhofer IML is said to be first address for all questions with respect to holistic logistics the employees work on all fields of internal and external logistics Made-to-measure arranged teams create cross-industry and customer-specific solutions in the area of materials handling warehouse management supply chain management simulation supported business and system planning and also traffic systems closed loop economy resources logistics building logistics and e-business
wwwimlfraunhoferde
Share this story
3 First steps were takenInnopay an e-business consultancy firm from the Netherlands
the Dutch factoring company lsquovoldaanrsquo and a client of voldaan
developed the SBRF Model in 2015 Within the scope of the
Workshops on Standardisation in SCF by the Supply Chain
Finance Community Innopay and the Fraunhofer Institute
of Material Flow and Logistics (IML) presented the SBRF
demonstration since November 2015
The ldquoProof of Conceptrdquo demonstrated the financier tracking the
status of an outstanding invoice electronically He gained insight
into the progress of the invoice and could assess the associated
risks
During the Workshop Series the model as well as development
improvement and extension potentials have been discussed
actively by the participants European experts on SCF and
e-invoicing Subjects to the discussions have also been technical
specifications and the integration with other solutions
4 More Proofs of ConceptIn the first half of 2016 the SBRF concept will extend to more
financiers sellers buyers and ERP solutions across Germany
and Italy at least The well-established network of the SCF
Community and its members will provide a basis for the
development and geographical extension
The practical integration with e-invoicing and SCF platforms and
the standardisation along the dimensions of Legal Operational
Functional and Technical dimensions will be investigated in detail
For Germany a planned SCF event at the House of Logistics
and Mobility (HOLM) in Frankfurt organised by the Fraunhofer
IML and Innopay makes an important contribution to the Proof
of Concept The event is scheduled for summer 2016 and will
include workshops on the SBRF Model Moreover further
aspects of SCF standardisation according to the SCF research
focus of the Fraunhofer IML will be covered
Prof Dr Michael Henke
Director Enterprise LogisticsFraunhofer
39 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Turning Financial Messaging Data into Business Profit ndash the new challenge for financial institutions
INTIX
Long-term considered an impenetrable space dominated by
a few the financial services industry is currently riding a giant
wave of entrepreneurial disruption disintermediation and
digital innovation Recent developments such as the regulatory
pressure as well as the criticality of business intelligence and
customer experience are impacting banks more than ever
Financial Institutions (FIs) are caught between increasingly
strict and costly regulations and the need to compete through
continuous innovation The competitive position of incumbent
institutions is at stake
Todayrsquos challenges determine tomorrowrsquos needsFIs face a series of strategic challenges that will determine their
own future
1 Regulatory compliance ndash between 2008 and 2013 US banks
paid more than USD 100 billion in penalties and settlements
2 Business intelligence ndash turning data into a competitive advantage
is nowadays seen as the Holy Grail However only a few
succeed to become masters of their own data and conquer Big
Data problems
3 Customer service ndash Big Data and advanced analytics offer a
transformative potential to predict the ldquonext best actionsrdquo and
understand customer needs
4 Risk management ndash regulatory bodies now require information
management to be a foundational effort within all FIs for pur-
poses of risk management however the responsibility around
data quality is fragmented and unclear within the organisation
How will FIs be able to face such obstacles and in a cost effective
way Which strategy will help them survive (How) could technology
support the new needs in this journey
Digitisation and regulatory compliance are transformativeThe Financial Services industry faces an unprecedented accele-
ration of digitisation and regulations which leads to a series of
major impacts
1 The increased digitisation produces new electronic information
digital processes data semantics and structures as well as
new IT systems within FIs
2 The extended digital environment leads to higher complexity
for staff to find and interpret information given the growing
number of data sources
3 As critical information is siloed enterprise-level reporting
decision-making customer service and performance
optimisation are impaired
4 Working across data sources can be tedious or impossible
given the variety of data semantics in use
5 The regulatory mandates make effective information manage-
ment no longer optional As per Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision (BCBS) 239 regulation Systemically Important
Banks (SIBs) must prioritise addressing gaps in their Risk
Data Aggregation and Reporting (RDAR) capabilities Without
these senior management is unable to obtain an accurate and
in-depth picture of the risks the bank faces
6 A siloed approach to information management raises non-
compliance risks Many banks continue to lack the high-quality
data capture and aggregation processes full compliance requires
Information whether based on structured and unstructured data is
increasingly seen as the lifeblood of the business Regulatory bodies
identified this too and now require information management to be a
foundational effort within all FIs for purposes of risk management
and compliance reporting This has led FIs to recognise their need
to become information-centric
The information management challengeGiven the continuous evolution of their IT infrastructure and
adoption of digital processes FIs deal with a myriad of systems
and applications all having their own software technology
access method security user interfaces data semantics and
structures messaging formats etc This situation does not
simplify the work of the business and operations teams who
have to face such complex environment and rely on a series of
unconnected tools to execute their daily jobs Consequently
activities requiring access to customer and transaction details
as well as history and statistics are severely slowed down
Examples include handling of customer enquiries reporting on
transactions towards regulators reporting on SLAs to clients
management information reports and so on
40 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
FIs must consider those challenges strategically
bull First and foremost they must elevate information to its deserved
status of strategic asset This will help ensure that data is
actively managed on enterprise level for its embedded value to
be realised
bull They also need to equip themselves with the right technology in
order to turn information to their advantage
However some barriers exist
bull Integration with legacy systems many legacy systems make it
difficult to extract data and may not be best suited for Big Data
technologies
bull Connecting data silos there is no uniform view of data and most
organisations have not integrated disparate data sources given
the complexity of the task
Data integration tools are becoming key to connecting various
data sources and data sets and delivering on the promise of
information or data management
FIs become master of your dataBy conquering Big Data challenges FIs will be able to draw a
competitive advantage through enhanced strategic decision-
making improved customer service and effective risk management
Information management technology and governance are
key to break down the organisational silos that typically exist
within financial institutions to provide a complete picture of an
institutionrsquos financial transactions and client information across
a myriad of sources Not only does this make it easy for FIs to
respond to the increasing requirements for compliance and
reporting it also provides the opportunity to turn such data into
valuable insights and information for the customersrsquo benefit
Information management tools will help financial institutions
address a series of strategic objectives including regulatory
readiness and responsiveness enhanced strategic decision-
making faster customer service effective risk management
In sum FIs that become master of their own data will benefit from
a competitive advantage which they will turn into business profit
About Andreacute Casterman Andreacute Casterman is Chief Marketing Officer at INTIX and a Member of the Banking ExCo of the ICC During the past 5 years Andreacute was SWIFTrsquos head of the corporate amp trade markets in charge of strategy governance and product initiatives Andreacute Casterman has two masterrsquos degrees from VUB and a masterrsquos degree from ICHEC
About INTIX INTIX helps financial institutions and corporates address financial data management challenges in four strategic areas regulatory compliance business intelligence customer services and risk management INTIX helps its clients retrieve consolidate and reconcile any type of financial messaging data and protects them from any IT complexity and obsolescence issues
wwwintixeuinfointixeu
Andreacute Casterman
Chief Marketing OfficerINTIX
Commercial Payments
42 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Gaining Management Support for Your P-Card Programme
NAPCP
Achieving buy-in of the card programme especially by
management is a frequently cited challenge by the NAPCPs
audience The concern is justifiable Lack of buy-in can result
in never getting a programme implemented having a static card
programme or the elimination of the programme altogether
Whether you are considering implementing a new programme
or expanding the current one there are several questions to
address that can help in preparing your case to management
bull What are you seeking buy-in for and from whom Do you want
to ldquosellrdquo the existing P-Card programme to a new manager or
do you want to propose programme expansion
bull What is the rationale for your goal Management will only buy
into something that benefits the organisation and is supported
by facts including a cost justification
bull How does your goal support the goals of the organisation or
solve an organisational challenge Management decision-
making is driven by accountability for goals and the ability to
resolve issues
bull Are you aware of common objections to P-Card programmes
1 Data from the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation a report based on more than 3123 survey responses from end-user organisations
bull Who are the stakeholders There is nothing more defeating
than trying to move an idea or goal forward then learning that
someone with ldquoveto powerrdquo was left out of the discussions
inadvertently List who should be involved and why They might
provide good input in support of the card programme andor
express concerns such as the common objections listed above
The Business CaseThe next step is to create a solid business case based on the
answered questions above as well as other common business
case elements Include
bull statement of purpose (what you are seekingmdashyour goal)
bull where you are today (current metricsKey Performance Indicators
(KPIs) and how they compare to industry benchmarks) where
you want to be and ldquowhy nowrdquo
bull how your idea aligns with organisational goals
bull input from stakeholders plus common objections industry-wide
(if different from stakeholder input) address any concerns and
objections with facts
bull cost justifications to support the value proposition such as
anticipated andor actual process savings reductions in full-
time equivalents (FTEs) especially within the procurement and
or accounts payable departments and other hard- and soft-
dollar savings
bull implementation plan if applicable (eg for programme expansion)
Present cost saving benefits such as the cost of traditional
cheques versus P-Cards If your organisation has not completed
an internal process cost analysis use the NAPCP average
process costs shown below
1 As specified within the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation
2 Based on average monthly card spend of USD 1M and average transaction size of USD 559 per the results of a 2015 NAPCP poll
If expanding an existing programme it is important to consider
the value your card provider can add to this process They can
provide an analysis of your accounts payable vendor filemdash
identifying those vendors who accept card payments
43 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Working with the ldquolow hanging fruitrdquo can help your organisation
reap immediate benefits The larger ticket transactions can be
moved to card-type payments as well with the most popular
being a virtual or electronic card payment method
Continue to Provide Results-Driven CommunicationIt is important to relay results and successes to management
Use the following keys to successful communication
bull Be brief by limiting communication to a one-page summary
Put conclusions firstmdashgive highlights up front and supporting
detail second
bull Title the document presentation or email subject line with a key
message (eg ldquoP-Card Program Saved USD 4M in 2015rdquo versus
ldquoP-Card Program Report Attachedrdquo)
bull Focus on the facts Show numbers as often as possible and
summarise whether the numbers meet fall below or exceed
expectations Then explain Verify numbers with other team
members to build a coalition of support and ensure that you
have the complete picture
bull Facts and figures must be formatted consistently from one
communication to the next allowing for easy comparison
bull In verbal and written discussion keep your presentation analytical
bull If asked by management to give results ldquoon the flyrdquo synthesise
the key points for management into three to four concise bullet
points Add recommendations or alternative courses of action
if you have time Stay ahead of management requests by
monitoring your KPIs frequently
bull Ask to be part of upcoming meetings and do not be afraid to be
proactive rather than reactive
What if They Say ldquoNordquoExplore what could change a ldquonordquo into a ldquoyesrdquo When you are
ready to address the issue again with new insight go back to
your stakeholders It is generally okay to respectfully disagree
with management but as noted earlier ensure you have the
supporting documentation to make your point Finally know when
it is time to move on However moving on does not mean giving
up on the programme altogether It is still prudent to share the
status of the programme
About Terri Brustad Terri Brustad CPCP is the NAPCP Manager of Content Services Her previous experience includes 10 years in the Commercial Card industry mainly in the role of a public-sector P-Card Administrator Terri achieved the Certified Purchasing Card Professional (CPCP) credential in 2009
About NAPCP The NAPCP is a membership-based professional association committed to advancing Commercial Card and Payment professionals and industry practices worldwide The NAPCP is a respected voice in the industry serving as an impartial resource for members at all experience levels in the public and private sectors The 2016 NAPCP European Conference will be held in London on 23 June 2016
wwwnapcporg
Terri Brustad
Manager of Content ServicesNAPCP
44 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Commercial Payments under the Scrutiny of New Technology
KAE
New technology and innovation are words typically associated with
consumer payments Whilst technology and payments continue
to converge in our consumer lives the pace of convergence and
innovation has accelerated in the commercial payments space
Recent innovations have impacted corporate payment behaviour
but are yet to truly disrupt commercial payments In this article
we call out three themes that hold the potential to disrupt the
payments space
Shared ledger technologies There has been increasing interest in shared ledger technologies
with many global financial institutions looking into its use as a
commercially viable tool eg for trade finance transactions for
more streamlined cross-border payments etc
Shared ledgers or blockchains are digital and publically open
records allowing transactions to take place without an inter-
mediary such as a clearing house The open source nature of these
ledgers allows corporates to trade directly with any counterparties
around the globe offering various cost and time-saving benefits
Uneditable records are also created and shared with anyone
associated with a lsquotradersquo to enhance control and transparency
The challenge for the industry is that wider adoption will impact
existing operating models as corporates come to expect faster
and lower-cost transactions This technology could also drive
disintermediation within the commercial payments space eg by
removing the need for the card payment schemes
Mobile Wearables amp BiometricsThe rise of the mobile savvy and the constantly connected
customer is forcing traditional providers to rethink how they
deliver commercial payment solutions to satisfy ever-changing
and increasingly demanding expectations
Mobility is a key word and mobile devices and wearable techno-
logy are ideal bedfellows People are increasingly mobile in both
their corporate and personal lives and expect technological
advancements to support this
Mobile and wearable technology not only provides a more
streamlined and frictionless payment experience but also offers
benefits such as more accurate employee location tracking
(helping to reduce fraud incidents and supporting an employerrsquos
duty of care)
The convergence of commercial payment solutions with mobile
devices is a salient trend and one that will remain at the crest of the
innovation wave We have already seen a number of mobile apps
being developed for commercial banking and commercial cards
being included as part of digital wallets ndash this is only the beginning
Wearable payment development has also gathered pace
be it wristbands smartwatches or NFC-enabled clothing
Device battery life (imposed by device size and current screen
energy consumption) data privacy and security remain key
barriers to wider adoption
Biometrics will become interwoven with mobile and wearable
technology Passwords can be broken and authentication will
shift towards identifiers like facial features fingerprint retina
heartbeat and vein recognition All of which could be performed
by a smartphone or wearable device
Although challenges remain surrounding data privacy and educating
corporate clients biometric technology will eventually help increase
payment security and provide more convenience when making
payments
Virtual cards Virtual cards or single-use accounts also have the potential to
disrupt the payments space Corporates travel companies and
governments increasingly understand the benefits these solutions
offer (real-time expense capture enhanced control security recon-
ciliation and reporting) and spend levels have skyrocketed in
coun tries where virtual cards are being effectively marketed
Growth has also been fuelled by the productrsquos success in unlocking
B2B and increasingly TampE spend that has traditionally been
captured by other payment solutions eg cash cheque etc
45 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Virtual cards hold the potential to disrupt the commercial
payments space on two fronts
1) Physical cards are likely to disappear
2) These solutions hold the potential to drive a step change in card
adoption and usage levels
The challenge for the industry is clearly communicating and
providing compelling evidence of the benefits that virtual cards
offer and ensuring sales teams are trained to sell the solutions
over and above traditional ones eg corporate cards To help
unlock the opportunities in underpenetrated industries such as
telco construction and healthcare etc issuers must develop
tailored solutions to cater for any idiosyncrasies and overcome
the card acceptance challenge
The FutureTechnology holds the key to disrupting commercial payments
and the growing FinTech movement will support this Traditional
commercial payment providers will look towards and work more
closely with FinTechrsquos as an alternative source of innovation to their
own product development and delivery functions The opportunity
for banks is to build and launch disruptive technologies more
quickly The challenge is picking the right FinTech(s) that will help
deliver scalable solutions In the short-term we expect issuers to
increasingly focus their attention on developing virtual solutions
and integrating these onto mobile and wearable devices
Stargazing into the future wearables will be the game changer
as mobility becomes ever more important Wearables will also
be the bridging technology for embeddables In the next 10-15
years embedded chips in humans could become a reality
We are increasingly connected and interact with technology in
our personal and business lives and embeddables are the next
logical step More sophisticated chips will soon replace wearable
technology such as payment devices and fitness bands and will
help us all get used to a more connected and augmented lifestyle
As a concept it is well aligned to payments Embedded and inner-
connected biometrics will enhance security and offer a more
seamless experience
The future looks bright for commercial payments but will not be
without its challenges
About Chris Holmes Chris leads various work streams across the Financial Services practice He has managed multiple global projects across the payments banking FinTech AltFi and tech industries His specialist skills are geared to NPD sizing and opportunity assessments benchmarking and best practice identification
About KAE KAE is a strategic marketing consultancy that has provided support to some of the worldrsquos largest payment and tech brands for the past 25 years Operating globally from a London HQ KAE has provided consulting and strategic advice in more than 50 countries across three core areas Insight Strategy and Analytics
wwwkaecom
Chris Holmes
Senior Vice President KAE
Trade amp Finance
48 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Financing International Supply Chains An Idea Whose Time Has Come
Supply Chain Finance Terminology Drafting Group
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) was the subject of serious debate
among senior practitioners just a while ago Was SCF a
legitimate substantive new proposition in the financing of trade
and supply chains or was it a hollow marketing device aimed
at countering the threat of bank disintermediation as businesses
decisively shifted to trade on open account terms
The initial innovation and contribution of SCF were less in the
specifics of financing techniques and more around the shift
from a limited bilateral view of trade to a holistic network-based
view of trade based on complex ecosystems and commercial
relationships
The debate about the substance of SCF can now be put to
rest as its adoption grows and as the techniques of SCF are
increasingly recognised in both domestic and international
supply chains Whatrsquos more public entities in the UK the
Netherlands the US and elsewhere begin to embrace certain
forms of SCF to driving liquidity and affordable financing to the
globally important but typically underserved SME segment
Additionally the usage rates of SCF programmes and facilities
have grown significantly now reaching 80-90 or higher In
comparison programmes were once considered successful if
they exhibited usage rates of 30 or more
SCF development and adoption rates have varied significantly
by region and by individual institution be it a bank multilateral
ECA fintech or another market player and as a result a veritable
lsquomazersquo of definitions terminology and common parlance
developed relative to SCF Leading institutions effectively
developed their own terminology in the absence of anything else
in the market invested in marketing collateral and branding and
devised technology solutions on the basis of their techniques
and related nomenclature This extended to the point that it
has been difficult to engage in any discussion around SCF
without the need to pause and check on mutual understanding
(or worse progress a discussion or interaction only to later
realise that language has been a barrier rather than an enabler
of understanding)
Leading industry associations gathered over two years ago
and agreed that it would be valuable to begin the process of
devising a common set of global terminology around SCF
The Euro Banking Association Factors Chain International
ITFA (The International Trade and Forfaiting Association) the
International Factors Group (since merged) and BAFT (the
Bankers Association for Finance and Trade) came together with
the ICC Banking Commission to create and launch the Global
Supply Chain Finance Forum (GSCFF) Its global drafting team
and the steering committee were mandated to review existing
material develop and disseminate a draft set of definitions
circulate widely for comment and update to a final version which
was then to be the focus of a global advocacy campaign to drive
adoption by market stakeholders
The ldquoStandard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Financerdquo was launched at the 4th Annual ICC Supply Chain
Finance Summit Singapore under the auspices of the ICC
Academy The setting was particularly appropriate given the
educational nature of the publication and the reality that major
international supply chains today are at least partly anchored in
Asia where SCF propositions are expected to show significant
growth in the coming years
The focus of SCF in some areas thus far has been on what we
refer to in the Definitions as ldquoPayables Financerdquo to the extent
that this single technique has often incorrectly been referred
to as Supply Chain Finance Financial institutions as well as
non-bank providers have placed a significant priority on these
buyer-led structures with supplier onboarding being a common
challenge And yet we are seeing demand for the development
of end-to-end solutions across the procure-to-pay and order-
to-cash cycles with an increasing number of market actors
venturing beyond some of the familiar techniques to begin to
embrace for example distributor finance
49 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Large supplier communities are based in emerging Asia
and Africa yet major economies like China and Indonesia are
experiencing great increases in disposable income and thus
engaging more on the consumer side of supply chains The
combined dynamics are shaping economic activity and flows in
ways that need a wider range of financing and risk mitigation
solutions including end-to-end SCF
Supply Chain Finance is defined as the use of financing and risk
mitigation practices and techniques to optimise the management
of the working capital and liquidity invested in supply chain
processes and transactions SCF is typically applied to
open account trade and is triggered by supply chain events
Visibility of underlying trade flows by the finance provider(s) is
a necessary component of such financing arrangements which
can be enabled by a technology platform
Source Standard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Finance 2016
Practitioners and financial institutions based in Asia are proactively
working to develop their SCF propositions in response to evolving
market demand and region-specific practices With ASEAN
integration progressing the Trans-Pacific Partnership advancing
and intra-regional trade growing in importance the central role of
cross-border supply chains and SCF in particular will increase
in the next several years as enablers of trade development and
inclusion
The Standard Definitions are a ldquoliving documentrdquo meant to evolve
with market practice the needs of clients financiers regulatory
authorities and others The next phase will focus on dissemination
education and advocacy in support of global adoption
This is the start of a journey that will only speed up in adoption
impact and importance SCF an idea whose time has come
About Alexander R Malaket A recognised specialist in international trade including trade and supply chain finance Mr Malaket has advised government international institution banking and corporate clients around the world developed and delivered training materials and seminars and authored numerous white papers briefing and policy papers and research reports on a variety of topics in international business finance and international development
About International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) The ICC Banking Commission is a leading global rule-making body for the banking industry It produces universally accepted rules and guidelines for international banking practice With 85 years of experience and more than 600 members in +100 countries the ICC Banking Commission ndash the largest commission of ICC the World Business Organization ndash has rightly gained a reputation as the most authoritative voice in the field of trade finance
wwwiccwboorg
Alexander R Malaket
PresidentOPUS Advisory Services International IncDeputy Head of the Executive CommitteeICC Banking CommissionChairSCF Terminology Drafting Group
Share this story
50 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Improving Access to Finance for SMEs with the Open RFI Project
SCF Community
IntroductionFor a financial service that claims to have a tripartite win-win-win
value current market adoption of Supply Chain Finance (SCF)
is still in its infancy As the credit rating of the larger corporate
is leveraged for SCF solutions suppliers have faster access to
cheaper liquidity from invoices The large corporate can achieve
working capital benefits through payment term harmonisation
or it can reduce the COGS (Cost of Goods Sold) Despite clear
benefits the cost and complexity of onboarding small suppliers
have resulted in a slower uptake in this group of suppliers and
hence there has been little possibility to take advantage of the
benefits SCF can offer
The Open Request for Information (RFI) launched by the
SCF Community on behalf of a group of Dutch multinational
corporations invited over 30 vendors to show how they would
apply SCF solutions to smaller suppliers ndash those with volumes of
EUR 200000 and below Corporates recognise the importance
of SME suppliers and are looking for ways to improve their
access to finance This recognition is underlined by the support
of the Dutch Ministry of Economic Affairs for the Betaalmenu ndash
initiative in early 2015 which is aimed at injecting liquidity into
Dutch SMEs
The objective of the Open RFI was threefold 1) to provide
participating corporates with an overview of available SCF
solutions and solution providers 2) to facilitate structured
engagement between SCF solution providers and corporates 3)
to perform a structured analysis of the SCF market and available
solutions for SMEs This project allowed for direct comparison of
leading SCF vendors for the first time in history
Preparations for an SCF implementationThere are a number of things corporates should address before
starting with an SCF implementation Firstly the overall SCF
strategy should align with strategy on other areas such as
procurement finance and IT Next due to the multidisciplinary
character various internal departments have to be involved in
the setup and enrolment of an SCF program
Thirdly a spend analysis of the corporatersquos supplier base needs
to be made in order to support a clear and segmented approach
to offer selected suppliers the intended SCF solution Finally in
order to fully reap the benefits of an SCF solution the internal
processes have to be analysed focussing on the efficiency of the
procure-to-pay process
RFI process and preliminary resultsIn total over 30 vendors were invited to participate and eventually
23 completed the RFI ABN Amro Asyx C2FO CRX Markets
Flinqer GT Nexus ING Kyriba OpusCapita Orbian Oxygen
Finance PrimeRevenue ProQuidity Rabobank Remitia Riskco
Santander Taulia Terbit TradeShift Trefi Finance Tungsten and
Urica The RFI contained seven categories and participants were
ranked relatively in each category
1) Qualifications and Strategy The proposed SCF solution had
to be well proven in the market and therefore participants
were required to give insights of their track record
2) Solution Scope Vendors should be able to onboard suppliers
in various countries and currencies and work together with
other liquidity providers Half of the vendors claimed to have
a global solution covering all currencies while the rest focused
more on Europe
3) Platform Technology Vendors had to elaborate how their
SCF platform interacts with current IT systems and P2P
processes on the corporate side Almost all platforms were
accessible online flexible to adapt to current infrastructure
and offered manual to fully integrated options to connect to
the corporatersquos ERP
4) Implementation and onboarding Given the scope of the
RFI (small suppliers) fast onboarding was deemed crucial to
participating corporates Differences exist between vendors
in terms of availability of online resources KYC and due
diligence and administrative requirements
51 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
5) Transaction Volume Availability of both funding and platform
is an important factor in selecting a solution provider The
benefits and pitfalls of various sources of funds and structures
are examined and collated
6) Accounting amp Legal Maintaining trade payable status is
important for corporates and accounting regulations should
be considered Each vendor responded with its legal structure
to reassure no reclassification issues would arise
7) Incumbent SCF provider Since the majority of large buyers
have existing SCF programs in place vendors were asked if
and how they would be able to co-exist All vendors indicated
that working side-by-side would be possible but not all of
them had prior experience with this matter
Outcome of RFI projectThe relative ranking combined with a weighting of the importance
for each category by the supporting corporates has generated
the final shortlist The SCF Community named C2FO ING Orbian
PrimeRevenue Santander and Taulia as the six vendors in its
lsquoOpen RFIrsquo project All six have presented their responses to the
Open RFI during the SCF Community Forum in Amsterdam on
18th November 2015
By gathering and assessing available solutions in the marketplace
the SCF Community has improved transparency for its corporates
by providing an overview of SCF solutions and facilitating
engagement This initiative contributes to the Communityrsquos
goals in developing knowledge on SCF while simultaneously
increasing adoption and standards in the practitionerrsquos field
The whitepaper that contains both a detailed analysis of the
SCF market as well as a checklist for corporates interested in
offering their own SCF solution can be downloaded from the
wwwscfacademyorg soon
About Matthijs van Bergen Matthijs currently holds
a position as researcher SCF at Windesheim and
is responsible for developing business cases for
Corporates and for the project management of Open
RFI He studied Supply Chain Finance and is an
experienced independent consultant for over 5 years
About Steven van der Hooft Steven gained extensive
experience in the field of Supply Chain Finance
through roles as director banking at Inchainge senior
management consultant at Capgemini Consulting and
while working at ING In 2015 he founded Capital
Chains a company that specialises in Training amp
Consultancy on Financial Supply Chain Management
issues for both banks as well as corporates
About SCF Community The Supply Chain Finance
Community is a not-for-profit group for all those
involved in supply chains manufacturers transport
companies banks consultancies technology
providers and academics Its mission is to share
experience best practice and new research linking
across finance treasury supply chain operations
logistics and procurement
wwwscfcommunityorg
Matthijs van Bergen
Researcher SCF Windesheim
Steven van der Hooft
CEOCapital Chains
Share this story
52 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
If Supply Chain Finance is Supplier-Centric Financial Supply Chain is Customer-Centric
Magnus Lind The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
Fintech is not only disrupting banks itrsquos disrupting corporate
finance as well At The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
conference in Malmo Sweden in April of 2016 both corporates
and vendors discussed the significant changes we can expect in
the way we engage with suppliers and customers in the future
The Talent Show highlighted the increasingly popular Supply
Chain Finance (SCF) solutions as one essential ingredient to
cater for the unbalanced capabilities of bank financing in the
corporate sector Investment graded companies enjoy excellent
access however SMEs and sub-investment grade companies
still suffer Change is nowhere on the horizon
SCF is one remedy to support the first tier suppliers of very large
customers with fair priced and sufficient financing SCF has
many benefits and the solutions have matured and now
provide reliable backbones for financing of approved invoices
Yet despite all the advantages of SCF it only solves a limited
amount of challenges in the whole corporate supply chain At
The Talent Show we discussed the supply and demand chain
holistically and mapped SCF as a subsection of the financial
supply chain (FSC) The FSC is much broader in scope includes
all tiers of suppliers and also the full demand chain With SCF as a
base we need to include second and higher tier suppliers and our
financial processing and the customers into the mindset If SCF is
supplier-centric FSC is customer-centric
The champion to implement SCF is often the treasury department
whereas it is procurement that eventually owns and runs the
programme Wersquove detected the CPO (Chief Procurement
Officer) usually has significant acumen to drive other supply
chain initiatives with his or hers combined customer and supplier
relations What the CPO lacks in financial skills are many
times balanced through a sense of urgency to understand the
rationalisation potential and how it improves the overall business
At the Show we heard about initiatives to bridge stakeholders
over the supply chain with treasurers and procurement actively
working together Anthony Buchanan Treasurer Procurement at
SABMiller gave a much-appreciated presentation of how the two
departments work together to build a sustainable chain for both
the large and the small suppliers
We heard fintech leaders introducing their solutions over the whole
FSC Taulia on supplier finance SAP Ariba on supplier networks
e-invoicing and their new partnership with PrimeRevenue We heard
Basware introduce ldquocorporate financial social responsibilityrdquo and
its new financing service Kurt Cavano from GT Nexus presented
ways to connect the physical supply chain with the financial one
and finally Danny Aranda from Ripple shared how blockchain is
taking over as the main rail for payments Gerard Chick Chief
Knowledge Officer at Optimum Procurement gave an appreciated
endnote at The Talent Show
We are continuously improving our abilities to adapt quickly
Being big isnt enough to sustain when new competitors are
unbundling large businesses in almost all industries The need
for large corporations to think and act more entrepreneurial is
imperative Peter Carlsson recent CPO at Tesla explained how
Tesla is driven by a few group-wide targets at a time providing
high speed over ground Many large companies have too complex
strategies and objectives even creating conflicting behaviour in
their own organisations Enterprises have to rethink their models
of management to fight off the attacks or they risk being killed
by a thousand cuts from a multitude of new entrants especially
if they are organised to fight the single cuts from their main (big)
competitors
53 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The EVP and CFO at Turkcell Murat Dogan Erden proved
in his keynote that even mature companies can adapt quickly to
game changers Turkcell is a dominant telecoms operator that
has successfully managed the transition from a pay-per-minute
market through providing world leading surf speeds content
and services Turkcell is also exploiting its credit management
competence to expand into consumer finance Turkcell will use
its market access through all the connected devices
Developing the FSC doesnrsquot only consist of cutting costs and
lead times It also enables expanding the core business offering
with financial components
About Magnus Lind Magnus Lind is co-founder of The Talent Show He has a background as an international business executive in Europe SE Asia and North America and he has founded companies in 7 different countries where he acted as CEO board director and investor The Talent Show puts innovation and disruption above case studies and legacy thinking
About The Talent Show The Talent Show is a corporate driven event focusing on the whole corporate Financial Supply Chain (CFSC) and how it links to the physical chain The audience consists of CFO and CPO supply chain treasurers and IT Participants include Sandvik Turkcell Port of Rotterdam Abengoa Octal Arriva DONG Energy Ericsson and SABMiller
wwwsupply-chain-financerocks
Magnus Lind
co-founderThe Talent Show
54 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Supply Chain Finance Time for SMEs to Take Position
Anita Gerrits
For a long time the deployment of supply chain finance (SCF)
was seen to be the domain of large corporates only but times
are changing Nowadays large SMEs are also able to reap the
benefits of innovative ways to free up liquidity reduce working
capital and approve their ROI
Imagine an SME company supplying goods to retailers and a
significant part of its turnover is achieved with only a few large
customers The DSO has increased dramatically over the past
few years as these retailers have increased their payment terms
to 60 or even 90 days Some of these customers have a reverse
factoring program in place but donrsquot offer access to all their SME
suppliers some donrsquot have a program in place The margins in
the business are tight and although the suppliers are begging
for early payments extending the terms with them seems to be
the only way possible to fill the working capital gap What other
options does this company have
One of the options is to consider Receivables Finance (RF)
This solution allows the company to sell open invoices (receivables)
of customers with a good credit standing to a third party on a non-
recourse basis As this is classified as a true sale of receivables
whereby the default risk on the customer gets transferred in full
to the third party that buys the invoices the receivables position
(DSO) will decrease with the amount of invoices sold The discount
paid for early payment is based on the creditworthiness of its
customers and presuming these are healthy these rates are
attractive For instance this is only a fraction of what traditional
factoring solutions would cost The other benefit is that the
company selling the invoices has full control over what and when
they sell Flexible on-demand access to cash is what it delivers
Although his the creditworthiness of the customer is key the
customer is not directly involved in the transaction and oesnrsquot
even need to be made aware of it As the solution carries the word
ldquoFinancerdquo in its name it might suggest that RF is a loan or a specific
type of debt Neither of them is the case What it boils down to is
that the seller gets upfront cash on receivables and not just 80
of the full invoiced amount but up to 95 PrimeRevenue one of
the leading SCF solution providers successfully implemented this
innovative solution for a wide range of clients worldwide
With the current interest rates it doesnrsquot make much sense to
free up cash to put in on a savings account where the return
is zero or even negative Freeing up cash enables companies
to take advantage of (investment) opportunities to increase the
ROI thereby improving their overall financial healthiness In
a low-margin business environment offering a program with
attractive early payment discount terms to your suppliers is a
way to improve your gross margin and generate a high return
on excess cash And yes working capital increases but less
than the decrease that was generated on the receivables side
so in total working capital is being reduced and your balance
sheet total is shortened Dynamic discounting is one of the
Payables (Finance) solutions that is growing in popularity in the
SME world As banks and solution providers have lowered their
entrance barriers this solution is now within reach of a larger
part of the business community The benefit for the supplier is
that he reduces his working capital position (DSO) and gets paid
earlier at an attractive discount below its WACC to ensure a
better ROI
Another option for the SME is to offer an SCF (read Reverse
factoring) program to selected suppliers In that way there is
no impact on the working capital position of the buyer in case
the payment terms remain unchanged or alternatively when
terms are extended the payables position will increase and so
working capital decreases The good news is that some banks
and platform providers indeed are starting to offer large SME
companies to set up their own SCF program The downside
however is that the discount rates the funders charge for
medium-sized companies are fairly high in comparison to the
rates for big creditworthy corporates This can be explained
mainly by the sheer purchase volume of big corporates versus
medium-sized companies the size of the SCF program is thus
of a different order of magnitude Whatrsquos more the risk profile of
SME companies is often rated relatively high in comparison to
corporates which has a significant impact on the risk premium
component of the total discount rate
55 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Some banks and platform providers offer both Dynamic
Discounting as well as SCF with the option to switch between
the two might an opportunity arise for the buyer to invest its cash
for other purposes than to prepay its suppliers A bank will then
be brought in to take over the funding
All in all with all developments in the SCF market it would make
sense for SMEs to explore the potential benefits of SCF for the
business they are in Having said that SCF awareness is still
not very widespread amongst SMEs despite several initiatives
to change that for the better What a pity In the end there is
nothing to lose and everything to gain
About Anita Gerrits For the past 7 years Anita has been a strong believer in and advocate of the concept of SCF She provides consultancy support in this exciting relative new area of finance She also organises workshops acts as guest speaker and trainer to business management as well to students to create awareness and understanding of this topic It all began in 2009 when she played a leading role in achieving a cash flow turnaround of the European Consumer Business of Kimberly-Clark through a massive reduction in working capital She has a corporate background studied business economics credit rating advisory and business valuation
wwwg-raybiz
Anita Gerrits
Supply Chain Finance Specialist
Follow on Twitter Tweet aboutExchangeSummit EXCS16
From E-Invoicing toSupply Chain Financing
October 10 and 11 2016Barcelona Spain
Exchange Summit with 2 major E-Invoicing events in 2016
June 7 and 8 2016Orlando Florida USA
100 FREE TICKETS
100 FREE TICKETS
Apply now on
Apply now on
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
Key topics 2016
bull E-Invoicing entering a new era ndash global market development and forecast
bull E-Invoicing from a corporate and governmental perspective
bull Implementing tax compliance in a paperless world
bull Compliance and fraud prevention within E-Invoicing
bull Driving forward ARAP and end-to-end P2P automation
bull Global standardisation and status of E-Invoicing interoperability
bull Best practice in onboarding customers to E-Invoicing
bull Supply chain financing ndash new opportunities and challenges
wwwexchange-summitcom
Within our two major E-Invoicing events in 2016 you will
bull network with more than 500 participants
bull meet experts from over 40 different countries
bull evaluate solutions from 50+ service providers
bull benefit from exclusive keynotes best-practices and discussions
Anzeige_EXC_Paypers_Layout 1 14042016 1530 Seite 1
E-invoicing
58 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Cross-border Invoicing ndash The Real Challenge For Multinational Projects
Comarch EDI
Global approach with local adjustments Nowadays a significant majority of enterprises cooperates with
foreign business partners Whatrsquos more an increasing number
of organisations have been changing their document flow from
paper to digital formats to optimise processes in the supply
chain Thus there has been growing demand for solutions
enabling onboarding of partners worldwide exchanging the
whole set of messages in the supply chain (order-to-cash
procure-to-pay) and guaranteeing legal compliance project
management and local support Letrsquos explore the electronic
invoicing process in particular since it is an essential part of the
efficient B2B collaboration
Various legislations in forceIn Europe the Council Directive 201045EU has been
implemented in the Member States in 2013 which treats paper
and electronic invoices equally Also it is widely known that
each taxable person shall determine the way to ensure the
authenticity of the origin the integrity of the content and the
legibility of the invoice
However each Member State defines its rulings on electronic
invoicing and in spite of progress even within the EU there are
significant differences For instance in Portugal the taxable
person has to use certified invoicing software (assuming the
annual turnover of more than EUR 100 000) What is common
for both Portugal and Hungary is that the solution should be able
to present the data for audit purposes in the countryrsquos defined
SAF-T formats When considering the form to assure authenticity
and integrity besides business controls EDI and electronic
signature should be considered Then local requirements differ
for outsourcing of invoice issuance (unilateral or bilateral
written with some content requirements) notifications of tax
administration the obligation of EDI agreement based on EU
1994 Recommendation system documentation describing
software and procedures to name only a few
In the archiving area the unification is even lower Besides various
retention periods and tax authoritiesrsquo notification obligation Italy
requires an invoice preservation process France has lsquopartner
filersquo and lsquosummary listrsquo functionalities while in Germany the law
introduces three access mechanisms known as Z1 (direct access
to electronic data) Z2 (indirect) and Z3 (through the transfer of
extracted data)
Challenges to approach just outside EU bordersAssuming that all peculiarities were analysed (mostly thanks
to the EU documentation available in many languages) and
technical design and implementation were done yet even within
Europe further adjustments are needed For instance take into
consideration Norwayrsquos restrictions of storage Switzerlandrsquos
requirement for the service provider to be registered in the local
commercial register and the fact that electronic invoices have to
be ensured by electronic signature
Of course the European model called post-audit does not
rule worldwide Beyond the EU borders the regulations are
more complicated In Turkey or Russia there is a clearance
model implemented in which an electronic invoice must be
sent to the tax administration or licensed certified providers for
authorisation before during or just after issuance as an original
tax invoice LATAM has implemented the model and observes
high penetration of electronic invoice usage
MILLION DOCUMENTS
500were transmitted in 2015
Capacity of up to
400 DOCUMENTS PER SECOND
12LANGUAGESapplications available in 17 languages
Service Desk in
confirmed by tests carried out by an independent institution
ACTIVE USERS FROM
40 COUNTRIES
50 000 PROCESSEDDOCUMENTS
998
in less than30 seconds
59 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Click here for the company profile
Thus the cross-border invoicing issuance for companies
with subsidiaries worldwide is a real challenge where the law is
applicable (ie country of establishment place of VAT registration
transport invoicing goods or services)
Electronic invoice still on the riseDespite the legal and technical obstacles enterprisesrsquo awareness
of process automation with electronic invoicing and cost
reduction has been steadily increasing Most of them would take
the decision to start e-invoicing shortly if the legislation would be
clearer and standardised On the other hand the governments
are aware of the scale of the VAT fraud and are looking for tools
to seal the system ndash unfortunately each country is trying to find
its own way
However it is highly unlikely that the EU will implement the
clearance model there are several initiatives to speed up
the process The Member States decided to organise multi-
stakeholders forums to implement a European Standard for
e-invoicing (expected in 2017) and increase the interoperability
among service providers Hopefully the Directive 201455
EU on electronic invoicing in public procurement will prove to
be a significant milestone resulting in the mass adoption of
electronic invoices in the structured form (not PDF invoices)
and public authorities will realise the benefits of e-invoicing and
hasten the implementation of common understandable and
unified legislation on cross-border e-invoicing In a nutshell
the stage of market education and convincing towards adopting
automated invoices processing is coming to an end Most of
the enterprises have launched or consider the implementation
of e-invoicing at a country level in the short term Currently the
biggest challenge is to enable the smooth extension of their
projects on the transnational level Finding a service provider with
vast international experience is essential Comarch EDI enables
compliance with all local legal requirements Its membership
in organisations such as the GS1 or the European E-Invoicing
Service Providers Association (EESPA) guarantees that the
company is a reliable partner Comarch EDI has cooperated with
GS1 and EESPA for many years in several countries to make
sure that our services are of the highest quality and the solution
is compliant with national and international requirements
About Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz He has over 10 years of experience in the field of B2B communication in the supply chain Initially responsible for the EDI market development in Southern and Central Europe he is currently responsible for the development of Comarch EDI portfolio
About Comarch EDI Comarch EDI is a B2B platform which provides a competitive advantage by a fast and secure data exchange with business partners The solution provides the automation of data processing throughout the supply chain from the procurement process through the logistics to invoicing and payment processing
wwwcomarchcom
Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz
Product Development ManagerComarch EDI
60 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Why lsquoOpenness Should Be The 1 Selection Criteria for Any E-invoicing RFP Process
Simplerinvoicing
In the previous editions of this report I talked about the
opportunities e-invoicing brings in supply chain finance and
streamlining payments and collection processes I also talked
about strategies for businesses to adopt e-invoicing on a
large scale Whatrsquos more I spoke about the EU directive that
makes e-invoicing to (semi-) governments mandatory as of
October 2018 In the past year numerous driving forces pushed
e-invoicing forward The most important one however was the
high interest from e-invoicing providers and ERP and accounting
software to collaborate platforms are increasingly sharing data
(such as invoice data) with others through interoperability
Yet as we can see in the reports from Billentis lsquotruersquo e-invoicing
adoption rates (counting only full XML invoices no PDFs) are
still below 15 in most European countries The reason is
that companies have not fully embraced the concept of open
e-invoicing Open e-invoicing requires a different view from
e-invoicing service providers but also their clients the business
partners
The move towards open e-invoicing has one major benefit for
trading partners it eliminates the need for onboarding them on
your e-invoicing platform by enabling the exchange of invoices
using their own software The result increased reach ie a larger
number of suppliers that can send e-invoices to you as a buyer
hence better business case Plus extent is one of the key success
factors in grasping as many trading counterparties as possible
A typical lsquoopenrsquo service provider has numerous interoperability
agreements with other service providers Some of them have
over 100 agreements The ultimate form of openness for an
e-invoicing service provider ERP or accounting software provider
is the adoption of PEPPOL a protocol for the secure exchange
of invoices It is the most far-reaching way of connecting with
the largest base of your suppliers against minimal cost You
can also describe PEPPOL as a standard API defined by the
industry of e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
for exchanging invoices
The lsquoclosedrsquo service providers typically embrace the paradigm
that all partners have to be on-boarded on the providerrsquos
e-invoicing platform This may work for top business partners
but for the partners with less volume (longtail) this approach
usually leads to low conversion to e-invoicing Whatrsquos more
closed service providers may see the open model as a threat
the platform becomes accessible for trading entities on other
platforms However in reality the open model is an opportunity
it adds reach and thus invoice volume potential to the platform
that would otherwise be untapped
So what should participants do bull Put lsquoopennessrsquo as the 1 criteria for your e-invoicing RFP
if your service provider does not follow the lsquoopenrsquo paradigm
the chances that you will successfully onboard your longtail
suppliers in a supplier friendly way are very limited If your
service provider does not support the open model put pressure
on him to embrace it After all openness is not a threat just an
opportunity
bull Choose an e-invoice that only complies for 80 over a
paper invoice Be less rigid for your longtail suppliers with
regards to invoice standards and data requirements in favour
of a single industry standard the one agreed by accounting
e-invoicing and ERP software vendors This implies that you
do not impose your own data requirements Instead you adjust
your system to efficiently process industry standard invoices
bull Use PEPPOL discovery engine (aka SML) where possible
and make e-invoicing the default The PEPPOL protocol
has a very sophisticated discovery service accessible via
a very simple DNS(1) mechanism it allows you to discover if
your buyer requires an e-invoice Use that discovery engine to
assess if your buyer requires an e-invoice rather than depend
on an onboarding process with your buyer
61 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Donrsquot overestimate VAT compliance many companies
think VAT compliance requires parties to agree bilaterally on
e-invoicing that conversion by parties is forbidden by VAT law
that invoice originality is a major concern and that authenticity
and integrity are complex The reality is that none of these are
true Conversion of invoices is fact of live for years and no
show-stopper at all Invoice originality is in most European
countries easily solvable by service providers and ERP vendors
in the market the PEPPOL regulatory framework solves
authenticity and integrity and is not a concern anymore for
participants
What should service providers and ERP vendors do Embrace
openness Opening your platform does not harm your business
model Instead it allows easy integration of your platform with
many other e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
with only one standard and protocol (PEPPOL) It eliminates the
need for costly bilateral agreements And it also empowers your
existing and new customers to use your services beyond your
platform
In a nutshell the paradigm of open e-invoicing and further
collaboration between e-invoicing providers ERP and accounting
software vendors in the area of interoperability is essential to
move Europe further in e-invoicing The private sector should now
step in and leverage that growth
(1) DNS is the same mechanism that makes sure that www
simplerinvoicingorg is translated into a technical IP address
of our web server The same mechanism is used to resolve
for example a VAT number into the IP address to which an
e-invoice can be delivered
About Jaap Jan Nienhuis Jaap Jan Nienhuis is Manager Simplerinvoicing at SIDN He is responsible for managing the Simplerinvoicing scheme authority Jaap Jan has a special interest in the development of new services in 4-corner models In his former roles he has been involved in a number of European collaborative e-invoicing initiatives including the EBA E-invoicing Working Group
About SIDN Simplerinvoicing is a collaboration between leading European e-invoicing and accounting software providers who all strive for mass adoption of e-invoicing by interoperability and standardisation Simplerinvoicing is a PEPPOL Authority The Dutch government is connected via Simplerinvoicing
wwwsimplerinvocingorg
Jaap Jan Nienhuis
Manager SimplerinvoicingSimplerinvoicing
DONT MISS THE OPPORTUNITY OF BEING PART OF LARGE-SCALE PAYMENTS INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The Paypers offers the most valuable source of information and guidance for all parties interested in the current state of affairs of the payments industry
Paul Alfing Chairman e-Payments Committee Ecommerce Europe
Once a year The Paypers releases three large-scale industry overviews covering the latest trends developments disruptive innovations and challenges that define the global onlinemobile payments e-invoicing B2B payments ecommerce and web fraud prevention amp digital identity space Industry consultants policy makers service providers merchants from all over the world share their views and expertise on different key topics within the industry Listings and advertorial options are also part of the Guides for the purpose of ensuring effective company exposure at a global level
For the latest edition please check the Reports section
ONLINE PAYMENTSAn all-in-one reference guide on (online) payments amp ecommerce industry trends evolving business models top players and relevant (alternative) payment methods
B2B PAYMENTS SCF amp E-INVOICINGIndustry voices from the online finance space share insights into the dynamic B2B payment e-invoicing supply chain finance industries to support innovative solutions amp thriving businesses
WEB FRAUD PREVENTION ONLINE SECURITY amp DIGITAL IDENTITYIn-depth source of information highlighting key facts amp trends into the global digital identity transactional and web fraud prevention amp detection ecosystem
Regulation amp Law
64 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
PSD2 XS2A ndash a Step Towards Open Banking
Evolution Payments Consulting
The world of retail banking and payments has become a very
engaging and dynamic environment We have seen new
products and services emerging over the past few years aimed
at disrupting the status quo For a market that has remained
relatively stable over the decades we are on the verge of
witnessing great change
To facilitate this change current payment regulation needs to
be amended to give financial service providers new and old
the opportunity to access systems and data so that they can
participate in the market and offer innovative products and services
To address this the European Commission published the Payment
Services Directive 2 (PSD2) in the Open Journal of the European
Union in January 2016 which will be transposed into Member
States national laws in January 2018
The aim of the Payment Services Directive 2 (PSD2) is to harmonise
the European payments landscape from a regulatory perspective
ensuring that all relevant organisations and activities are
adequately covered This marks a shift towards an integrated
single market for safe electronic payments that strives to support
the growth of the European Union (EU) economy Moreover the
aim is to ensure that consumers merchants and companies
enjoy choice and transparent secure payment services so that
they will fully benefit from the internal market
One of the principles of PSD2 is to foster an environment
whereby customers wanting to use value-added services from
Third Party Providers (TPPs) can do so safely in the knowledge
that their personal security credentials have not been shared with
a third party and that the service provider can access only the
information for which the customer has given explicit consent
However for these products and services to become mainstream
and widely adopted by consumers the TPPs require access to
the customerrsquos online bank accounts to access data in real-time
The mechanism by which this will be achieved is through Access
to Accounts more commonly referred to as XS2A which is set
out in PSD2
Access to accountsThe European Banking Authority (EBA) in cooperation with
the European Central Bank (ECB) will publish Regulatory
Technical Specifications (RTS) which will determine how TPPs
with a customerrsquos consent can access account information in
a secure manner to provide value-added services How this will
be achieved has yet to be determined the EBA will publish a
consultation paper with the draft RTS in late 2016
It is anticipated that the EBA will recommend the use of Application
Programming Interfaces (APIs) to deliver the vision of Access to
Accounts Yet it is still unclear on what API standards they will
focus and how these will practically be managed
The implications for regulated businessesHowever what is known is that this will have a profound impact
on incumbent banks payment organisations and fintechs
The implementation of an API environment whereby TTPs
can access customer account data to provide new innovative
products and services will challenge existing business models
There is going to be an influx of new market entrants Some will
be familiar names looking to extend the scope of their offerings in
the new API market economy Others are going to be nimble agile
fintechs that will deliver new compelling propositions and services
by doing things differently and looking to take market share from
incumbent organisations When PSD2 becomes a reality there is
nothing to stop companies applying to be a regulated entity as
a Payment Initiation Service Provider (PISP) andor Application
Initiation Service Provider (AISP) delivering new innovative
products and services directly to consumers
Are we seeing the conditions for a perfect storm On the one
hand we have banks that need to provide access to accounts
through PSD2 Regulation Some of them will become PISPs
andor AISPs to protect their existing business and revenues
and attract new customers
65 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
On the other we have the challengers a mix of established
organisations looking to grow their business through extension
and diversification of their core competencies through fintechs
and start-ups looking to carve a niche into the market with
focused products and services
The current status quo will be challenged Established technology
giants (eg Google Apple Samsung etc) with their financial
muscle large customer base across the majority of European
countries significant brand reputation and a strong understanding
of what drives consumers could potentially look to position
themselves as digital financial services providers
Nimble agile fintechs that donrsquot have the legacy IT environments
developed over many years are in a prime position to deliver and
launch new services
These organisations will look to realise a vision of a digital financial
services provider that can offer the consumer one place where
they can consolidate all the financial services data into an easily
understandable format with tools to manage their money and
without the legacy banking infrastructure and complexities
associated with it
A place where the customer can look apply and be granted
services (ie secureunsecure loans payday advances credit
card application foreign exchange services etc) in a quick
easy and frictionless manner from a variety of service providers
Automation and great UX being the name of the game
They do not have to provide the financial services directly to
the customer They can act as the broker the digital conduit
for products and services benefiting from the commercial
relationships struck with selected service providers
The world of retail banking and payments is set for great change
About Brendan Jones A senior management consultant with over 30 yearsrsquo experience in the payments industry working with a variety of organisations including technology amp service providers and financial organisations Previously held senior roles focusing on business strategy regu lat ion bus iness deve lopment MampA product development programme amp operations management and business process reengineering
About Evolution Payments Consulting Evolution Payments Consulting (EPC) provides payment consulting services to the financial services industry and allied organisations EPC provides payments industry advice to companies looking to support the implementation of new regulation developlaunch new banking and payment propositions re-purpose existing products and services to meet the new and existing regulatory requirements
uklinkedincominjonesbrendan
Brendan Jones
Director
Evolution Payments Consulting
66 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Late Payment ndash A Perspective
ABFA
Research reports or surveys into late payment are what seem to
pass for lsquoclick-baitrsquo in the rarefied world of SME and commercial
finance media The Asset Based Finance Association (ABFA)
regularly carries out its own studies our most recent review of
Companies House data finds that whilst in the manufacturing
sector the biggest businesses are benefiting from a slight fall in
payment times those benefits are not being passed down the
supply chain to smaller manufacturing businesses who still
suffer an ever-increasing wait for payment
Unfortunately this is a longstanding issue In 1997 the then
(literally) new Labour government launched the Better Payment
Practice Campaign with the business groups to address these
very issues Now the flag is flown by the Chartered Institute of
Credit Management with the Prompt Payment Code
There has been legislative action since 2010 as well with changes
to the legal framework at the EU level being implemented through
the Late Payment of Commercial Debts Regulations (2013) and
more significantly with last yearrsquos Small Business Enterprise
and Employment Act bringing forward a wide-ranging package
of measures to bolster the Code including requirements around
mandatory reporting of payment times
These measures are slowly coming through in Regulations now
and additional legislation in the form of the Enterprise Act 2016
(which received Royal Assent during the writing of this article) will
enable the establishment of the Small Business Commissioner
that will specifically focus on payment issues
But nine years on from the credit crunch and after several years of
intense political focus on these issues concerns about payment
times and the knock-on implications for cash-flow and availability
of working capital still regularly top the lists of concerns for small
business owners As indicated by our own research the nagging
concern is that whilst it might be getting better for the larger
businesses ndash who are arguably not the ones being imperilled in
the first place ndash the situation for smaller businesses is worsening
each and every year
What can be done Well depending on its resources and final
remit the Small Business Commissioner could be an interesting
proposition Despite relatively limited formal powers the
Groceries Code Adjudicator (GCA) has made some effective
interventions in its bailiwick naming and shaming one player
in particular earlier in the year in a spectacular example of
lsquobehavioural economicsrsquo in action However whether this media
and political pile-on will prompt and sustain meaningful change
across a notoriously cut-throat sector remains to be seen
For our part the ABFA and others have been calling for the
Small Business Commissioner to be established as a serious
proposition with a wide remit to identify all instances and
circumstances where smaller businesses are treated unfairly We
argue that such a body will need teeth as well as a big mouth if it
is really going to level the playing field
What is actually meant by late payment gets to the heart of
this and is why the ABFA argues that the conversation should
be about poor payment practices more generally not just late
payment
Delaying payment to a supplier outside agreed payment terms
unless there are legitimate reasons for not doing so is late
payment and is clearly unacceptable
What about a larger customer business leveraging the market
power it has over its smaller suppliers to impose extended payment
terms It is not lsquolatersquo payment but it is no less unacceptable and the
economic effect on supply chains is the same What about using
that same market position to impose retrospective discounts
as the GCA found What about the imposition of contractual
clauses that have the net effect of passing contractual risk from
the larger businesses that are best able to manage it down the
supply chain to the smaller businesses that are not
67 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Prominent amongst these are pay when paid clauses
(prevalent in the recruitment process outsourcing (RPO) world)
unlimited liquidated damages clauses and ban on assignment
clauses The latter contractual terms seek to prevent suppliers
from using their unpaid invoices to access invoice finance
Admirably the government is already taking specific legislative
action against these with the aforementioned Small Business
Act enabling Regulations (expected shortly) to render such
clauses ineffective belatedly bringing the UK into line with
most of the other major world economies This will allow invoice
financiers to provide more funding to more businesses and will
particularly benefit the smaller supplier businesses that suffer
most from these unnecessary clauses
Ultimately this should also be good for larger customer businesses
who will benefit from more stable and well-funded supply chains
Of course whilst invoice finance can help SMEs unlock funding
it is not a silver bullet and is not a substitute for paying suppliers
promptly and treating them fairly For that there needs to be a
cultural shift and that is where an empowered and resourced
Small Business Commissioner could have a real impact
About Matthew Davies Matthew is the Director of Policy and Communications at ABFA
About ABFA The ABFA represents the asset based finance industry in the UK and the Republic of Ireland Members include UK and Irish high street banks specialist and challenger banks specialist businesses of international banks and corporates and independent nonbank finance providers
wwwabfaorguk
Matthew Davies
Director of Policy and CommunicationsAsset Based Finance Association
68 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Directive 201455EU for E-invoicing and Procurement How Public Authorities Should Respond
EESPA
Important developments are underway in the promotion of
e-invoicing in public procurement Under the Directive 201455
EU Member States must ensure that all public sector contracting
authorities are able to receive and process electronic invoices
from suppliers which follow a new European standard for an
e-invoice This will happen over the next three or four years and
is a major opportunity for encouraging e-invoicing adoption
E-invoicing is supportive of public policy priorities such as
deficit reduction financial transparency and sustainability and
will specifically make a material contribution to public sector
cost reduction and efficiency Moreover it will provide benefits
to private sector suppliers Its ease of implementation can be
demonstrated with reference to many successful private sector
and public sector experiences and to the extensive range of
existing market solutions and service provider offerings
The European Union and the Member States have in recent
years taken some steps to promote e-invoicing as a public policy
priority in support of the Single Market and Digital Agendas
For instance the EU has funded important building blocks and
initiatives such as PEPPOL and the CEF programme to support
the adoption process With this clear public policy support
European public administrations of all kinds are getting ready to
adopt e-invoicing on a broad scale
The new standardDirective 201455EU provides a clear definition of an electronic
invoice an invoice that has been issued transmitted and
received in a structured electronic format which allows for its
automatic and electronic processingrdquo
The Commission has requested CEN a key European standardi-
sation organisation to draft a European standard for the semantic
data model of the core elements of an electronic invoice
CEN has created a CEN Technical Committee ndash CEN TC434 ndash to
carry out the work The lsquosemantic data modelrsquo will be a structured
and logically interrelated set of terms and their meanings
relevant to the business functions of an invoice To ease the use
of such standard the Commission has also requested CEN to
provide a limited number of syntaxes which follow the European
standard on electronic invoicing the appropriate syntax bindings
and guidelines on transmission interoperability lsquoSyntaxrsquo means
the machine-readable language or lsquodialectrsquo used to represent
the data elements contained in an electronic invoice and for
structuring messages based on the lsquosemanticrsquo data model
The European standard is now under preparation in the CEN TC
434 and will be approved and published by the early part of 2017
lsquoThe benefits of electronic invoicing are maximised when the
generation sending transmission reception and processing of
an invoice can be fully automated For this reason only machine-
readable invoices which can be processed automatically and
digitally by the recipient should be considered to be compliant
with the European standard on electronic invoicing A mere
image file should not be considered to be an electronic invoice
for the purpose of the Directive
How should public authorities respondThe Directive does not itself create a mandatory rule for the
parties contracting authorities and their suppliers to move all
their invoicing to electronic exclusively based on the European
standard at least not at this stage The Member States may
keep e-invoicing based on existing national standards and are
not forced to move away from traditional invoicing Having said
this the arrival of a European standard creates an opportunity
for harmonisation and a concerted process of adoption across
national public sectors and the EU
To make all this happen policy-making regulation and the
distribution of operational responsibilities are all critical factors
for the success of e-invoicing For the development of a suitable
policy framework the Member States will typically wish to
establish a national strategy with detailed action plans to ensure
implementation to decide on the degree of compulsion the
various ways and standards for adoption and to agree on a
centralised or decentralised infrastructure
69 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
European E-invoicing Service Providers Association
Member Public administrations may consider the use of lsquoshared
servicesrsquo the use of third-party e-procurement and e-invoicing
solutions and services and the degree of integration between
pre-award and post-award processes Contracting authorities
will wish to ensure that the necessary technical infrastructure
is deployed to receive invoices confor ming to the European
standard in the required formats
Once received the Directive does not require the contracting
authority to do more than lsquoprocessrsquo such invoices This can be
done in a fully automated way particularly if the contracting
authority is already processing e-invoices in a semi-automated
way or the invoices can be simply converted to a human
readable form (using available technology) and processed
manually The authority can leave it to suppliers to choose
whether to adopt the standard and render invoices in the format
and neither encourage nor discourage its use This describes a
minimalist strategy
It is recognised that the minimum requirements are a starting
point and likely to evolve as the e-invoicing journey progresses
The opportunity presented by the new European standard
calls for more ambitious and various e-invoicing adoption
programmes For this contracting authorities would think about
moving towards completely automated processing of e-invoices
after they are received perhaps only based on the new
standard Such an approach describes a maximalist strategy ndash
a recommended goal by many commentators
This will be a challenging and exciting period for the public sector
and their service and solution providers It is a real opportunity to
spread the e-invoicing habit and save money for buyers and their
suppliers whilst promoting supply chain efficiency
[The above material is drawn from a Guidance Paper prepared
for the European Multi-Stakeholder Forum on e-Invoicing and
prepared by the writer in conjunction with an Activity Group of
the Forum]
About Charles Bryant Charles Bryant is Secretary General of EESPA and also active in the Global Supply Chain Finance Forum
About EESPA The European E-invoicing Service Providers Association acts as a trade association at European level for a large and dynamic community of e-invoicing service providers drawn from organisations that provide network business outsourcing financial technology and EDI services EESPA is an International Not-for-Profit Association organised under Belgian law Formed in 2011 it has over 60 full and associate members and is involved with a range of important initiatives in interoperability the public policy debate and promoting adoption
wwweespaeu
Charles Bryant
Secretary GeneralEESPA
70 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The International Association for Alternative Finance
Growth of alternative financeSince 1999 and the early days of the internet we have seen
business models such as the travel sector been transformed
High street shops with glossy travel catalogues have given way
to web stores and ultimately travel comparison websites These
new models have enhanced the customer journey and delivered
rates of return to operators who have embraced these new
ways of working Not least with these models is the low cost of
operation low point of entry and typically higher yield per traveler
particularly when ldquoadd onrdquo sales such as insurance are achieved
From a slower start alternative finance has embraced similar
models Against a moribund collection of banks and traditional
finance providers the transition is starting to be made from
those high street shops which represent the traditional banks to
online web stores The resultant growth of alternative finance has
surprised even its staunchest critics
Standards and regulationAgainst this background of growth the alternative finance sector
has been slow to recognise the power of regulation as a way
to slow or indeed kill growth A good historical comparison is
the battle of the airlines in the 1980rsquos where heavyweight and
dominant airlines very nearly killed the growth of fast moving
low cost airlines through regulation
Differently to the street fighters of the Bransonrsquos alternative
finance providers have approached the threat from regulation
almost naively The predominant view is that each player will
develop its own approach to standards and regulation and that
all will be well However there is a massive under-estimation
of the traditional banks who spend tens of millions engaging
with regulators and influencers in order to maintain the status
quo The experience of challenger banks who were unable to
get exemptions from the UK bank tax is probably an indicator of
where such influence has acted against new entrants
The contradictionThe contradiction of platforms and funding providers is that
they want to be regulated This seems totally contra to a newly
developing sector where agility is everything
In addition regulators have been relatively disinterested in
regulating alternative finance as it represents such a tiny
proportion of finance Regulators are busy elsewhere
So what is the danger Well the danger is that alternative
finance providers may get regulated but in a way that they
had not expected This could be the result of regulators not
understanding the dynamics of this new market and may purely
by accident kill the sector
So what are the alternatives There are a number of different
segments to the alternative finance market consumer related
activity for sure touching on elements of regulatory space
However there are common threads which need standards to
be developed which could act as a guide for future but informed
regulation
These guidelines need to cover some real basics reflecting a new
industry For instance how much time is spent on staff vetting
crucial where sales staff are often responsible for authenticating
transactions And what happens with IT security both for
the platforms themselves and the feeds to and from funding
providers Again how long is it before a platform is hacked
If it can happen to the closed SWIFT network new technology
platforms could be even more vulnerable Resilience and
security is the responsibility of each platform at the moment but
a failure of the weakest link could have a devastating impact on
the sector
Regulation and Growth in Alternative Finance ndash A Contradiction in the Making
71 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The International Association of Alternative Finance (IAAF
orguk) has been taking a lead through 2015 in encouraging
platforms to work together to develop standards The concept
is to not make anything mandatory at this stage but to build
guidelines that members can work towards This has been
achieved in parallel with key stakeholders and regulators
The latter have been especially supportive as they do not want to
kill an embryonic alternative finance sector
However the fate of the sector very much rests in the decisions
of platforms and funding providers Do they lose the agility
of alternative finance or do they work together on building
guidelines and standards which could become the kind of
regulation that will support growth The IAAF is launching the
first Guidelines for the growth of alternative finance on June 16
The guidelines cover key areas required to support the growth
of the sector and will hopefully provide the pathway that the
industry needs
About Tony Duggan Tony was previously Supply Chain Development Director at Wickes where he developed Europersquos largest B2B platform As Consulting Services Director at Bolero a division of the SWIFT banking network he worked with some of the worldrsquos largest banks on global SCF initiatives This unique experience along with his real experience in start-ups and SMEs has provided him with real insights into the challenges of SCF and has been fundamental in the design of the Crossflow solution
About IAAF Founded in London in 2014 the International Association for Alternative Finance (IAAF) is an industry body committed to the promotion and development of the Alternative Business Finance sector IAAF sets out its drive for the Business Alternative Finance to be applied with excellence globally thereby creating opportunities for members and supporting the economy development as a whole The Associationrsquos four key focus areas are regulation reputation operational environment and future growth
wwwiaafinorg
Tony Duggan
Founder and DirectorIAAF
Company profiles
73 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company CloudTrade
CloudTrade is one of the fastest growing e-invoice networks and built firmly on the premise that e-invoicing should be free for suppliers easy-to-use and non-disruptive ndash only then will suppliers move away from paper These principles underpin the CloudTrade service which ensures high supplier adoption is guaranteed
Website wwwcloudtradenetworkcom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider
Head office location UK
In which market do you provide your services
North America Europe Middle EastAfrica AsiaPacific
Contact details Mr Richard Manson Commercial Director richardmansoncloud-tradecom +44 (0)7956 441898 2-6 Boundary Row London SE1 8HP
Active since 2010
Keywords electronic invoicing e-invoicing PDF invoicing P2P purchase to pay e-order O2C order to cash
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry)
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Ordering supply chain invoicing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes ndash we currently interoperate with a number of service providers Furthermore CloudTrade is a registered Access Point on the PEPPOL network
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription and transaction-based
Solution description CloudTrade removes the barriers to supplier adoption Our patented solution provides a non-disruptive way for a supplier to send electronic invoices ndash without having to change systems or infrastructure The net result is that we will remove more paper from an organisation in a shorter time frame than any other e-invoicing approach
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip No
Matching of related transactions Yes ndash match invoices to POs contracts service entry sheets or goods receipt Business rules can be amended per customer
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal No ndash a portal is available for the receiving organisation but not for the sending organisation Processing updates are provided to the supplier via e-mail
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
(Dynamic) discounting Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
74 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes ndash each document is validated against a set of document and customer specific validations
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes ndash due to the ease by which suppliers are able to adopt CloudTradersquos e-invoicing service typically more than 90 of suppliers that we are asked to on-board will come on board
Other services The core technology underpinning CloudTradersquos service is document agnostic We can (and do) provide e-document services across numerous sectors and document flows
75 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Comarch
Comarch is a global provider of IT solutions Comarch has more than 20 years of industry experience thousands successfully completed projects in over 40 countries worldwide references own RampD department made up of high-end IT engineers high ranking IT analyst ratings Gartner IDC Truffle 100 custom data centers in Poland and Germany
Website wwwcomarchcom wwwedicomarchcom
Service provider type Software vendor e-invoicing provider
Head office location Poland
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details Mr Bartlomiej Wojtowicz Product Manager bartlomiejwojtowiczcomarchcom +48 12 684 8735
Active since 1993
Keywords supplier onboarding supplier portal e-invoicing purchase-to-pay archiving electronic invoices master data management supply chain financing
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Broad scope of industries including FMCG retail DIY automotive logistics oilampgas pharma electronics
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Supplier onboarding master data management ordering supply chain logistics e-invoicing supply chain financing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Licensed SaaS transaction-based
Solution description Comarch EDI provides the companies with smart solution enabling exchange of validated and tax compliant invoices in the format adjusted to back office systems It provides electronic archive and electronic signature as well as Service Desk in 12 languages (including English German French Turkish Russian) to guarantee onboarding of each partner
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting No
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes via partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
76 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing Yes via partners
Workflow functionality No
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management No
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support Support for various formats
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Suppliers onboarding
78 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company ebpSource Limited
The most experienced team in the e-billing and payment industry ebpSource delivers software solutions consultancy and support to billers banks payment processors and outsourcers ebpSource brings unparalleled knowledge and a highly successful track-record designing developing deploying integrating and supporting many of the largest and highest-adoption services of this kind worldwide
Website wwwebpsourcecom
Service provider type Software vendor and reseller ndash e-billing e-invoicing e-signing mobile payment supply chain finance and authentication specialists Large-scale projects at a national and international level Ongoing support and specialist consultancy
Head office location United Kingdom
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Steve Wright Commercial Director swrightebpsourcecom +44 1753 567896
Active since 2006
Keywords ebpsource e-billing payment software solution e-invoicing e-signing authentication
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Cross-industry with specific specialisations in national e-bill consolidation bank-based e-invoicing and payment telecoms and utility e-billing e-signing and smart authentication
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Authentication e-invoicing payments online banking integration supply chain finance ordering e-signing
Support interoperability with other service providers
ebpSource has a wealth of experience in connecting e-billing and payment infrastructures at a national and regional level
Which pricing model do you mainly use
License subscription transaction-based
Solution description ebpSource provides a range of software consultancy and support services to help clients achieve new levels of operational efficiency customer service and cost reduction The team works closely with clients to design develop deploy integrate and support end customer applications Our key focus is long-term strategic partnerships with customers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices No
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
79 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Technology development consultancy and application support
81 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Order2Cash
Order2Cash is a pioneering provider of global order to cash optimisation services Cited by Gartner as a pure-play Order2Cash solution provider our services empower the work of Fortune 500 companies and leading enterprises around the world helping them to reduce costs and optimise spending on resources and technology Discover more at wwworder2cashcom Order2Cash is an Anachron company wwwanachroncom
Website
Service provider type
Head office location
In which market do you provide your services
Contact details
Active since
Keywords
wwworder2cashcomOrder2Cash provides flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe End-to-end global SaaS solutions including credit checks secure online contract signing multi-channel e-invoicing online payments credit management and document archiving
EMEA Head office Amsterdam the Netherlands US Head office NY USA
Globally
Phone EMEA +31 20 531 39 00 USA +1 347 478 5398 Email infoorder2cashcom Twitter O2CAnachron LinkedIn linkedincomcompanyorder2cash
2000
order to cash e-invoicing credit management payments contracting interoperability
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Mid-large corporates and multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Our solutions are focused on AR automation and accelerating the order to cash process As such they are suitable for use in all industries
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Support interoperability with other service providers
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Solution description
Credit checks online document signing e-invoicing payments cash application credit management collections
Yes we have interoperability agreements with an extensive range of B2BB2G e-invoicing networks and are a member of the European E-Invoicing Service Providers Association (EESPA)
Transaction-based pricing
Order2Cashcom offers a suite of SaaS solutions that combine to create a flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe Its modules support credit checks contracting e-invoicing payments and credit management Select components and tailor a solution to suit your business needs
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes Our solutions integrate with 700+ ERP systems for easy document exchange In addition we are connected with over 25 P2P platforms
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools We work closely together with partners such as PwC and EY to ensure international TaxVAT compliancy
TAXVAT compliancy Global coverage
e-Signature service Every document is signed with an e-signature (QES or AES) to guarantee integrity and authenticity and to meet VAT requirements This can be completed with a timestamp
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Offered through partner network of financial institutions
View company profile in online database
82 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Every document is securely archived complete legal storage period
Scanning of paper invoices Yes in cooperation with our network of output partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes in cooperation with our network of global output partners
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Available in cooperation with our network of output patners
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We have established connections with over 700 ERP systems
Which standards do you support UNCEFACT CII ISO20022 Financial Invoice UBL 20 and others if required
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes Any structured data can be converted to XML format
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes All data is validated and reported
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes Full support guidelines and advice is offered to all clients on customer activation
Other services Related to invoicing reporting query management customer grouping authorisation tools consolidated billing Alongside invoicing services your Order2Cash solution can expand to include online payment functionalities robust credit management and cash application tools as well as a secure online contract and document signing service Further details on the full platform can be found on our website
Connecting everyone everywhere
Flawless integration of the entire AR process across the enterprise
and around the globe
wwworder2cashcom
Fix Your Leaky Receivables Scan the QR code to claim your FREE Diagnostic Spreadsheet and measure the hidden costs in your accounts receivables processes
84 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Saphety Level ndash Trusted Services SA
Saphety is a leading company in global network solutions for electronic documents exchange document presentment data synchronisation and public procurement Saphety has 4700 companies and over 129000 users throughout more than 30 countries
Website httpwwwsaphetycom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider bank software vendor reseller or specialist
Head office location Portugal (headquarters in Lisbon and operational offices in Bogotaacute Colombia and Satildeo Paulo Brazil)
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details infosaphetycom +351 210 114 640
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic documents exchange e-invoice invoice software paperless transactions EDI document presentment public procurement data synchronisation
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Buyers suppliers both
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates and government
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Automotive government healthcare retail utilities telecom tourism oil amp energy finance (bank and insurance) mass businesses and others
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Contracting ordering supply chain invoicing payments
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription transaction-based
Solution description SaphetyDoc enables you to exchange business documentation electronically including purchase orders delivery notes and invoices in a simple way at a low cost While complying with all legal requirements related to e-invoicing SaphetyDoc allows to completely eliminate the use of paper in the invoicing process from issuance to sending and approval
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy AU AT BE BG CA CY CZ DK EE FI FR DE GR HK HU IS IE IM IL IT LV LI LT LU MT MX MA NL NZ NO PL PT RO SG SK SI ZA ES SE CH GB US
e-Signature service Yes we provide e-Signature Service We can also use external e-Signature service if requested by client
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
85 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support UBL 20 EDIFACT Flat files TXT XML Idoc etc
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services IPC Invoice Payment Control Doc+ Market reports in progress
Please stop wasting paperBest RegardsMother Earth
Learn more at saphetycom
Saphety offers the best paperless solutions to help your businessbe more environmentally friendly while improving your efficiencyand workflow process
87 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Tungsten Corporation Ltd
Tungsten Corporation accelerates global trade by enabling customers to streamline invoice processing improve cash-flow management and make better buying decisions Tungsten Network helps buying organisations reduce their invoice-processing costs by 60 and profit by applying real-time spend analytics to their line-level invoice data Suppliers gain efficiencies greater payment-status visibility and optional early payment
Website wwwtungsten-networkcom
Service provider type Global e-invoicing network invoice finance and spend analytics
Head office location London UK
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Mr Ruud van Hilten SVP Global Buyer Sales ruudvanhiltentungsten-networkcom +44 87 0165 7420
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic invoicing accounts payable procurement supplier network purchase to pay invoice finance spend analytics AP workflow
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B amp B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry) E-invoicing is a horizontal process
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Invoicing purchase to pay working capital financing purchasing orders supplier self-service real-time spend analytics
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes We interoperate with compliant service providers where there is customer demand qualifying invoice volume and compliance is maintained
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Balanced-costs are shared by buyers and suppliers Low volume suppliers receive 52 free invoices annually and high volume suppliers receive 520 free invoices annually After these free invoice transactions have been used a flat fee structure is applied per invoice transaction
Solution description The worldrsquos largest organisations connect with thousands of suppliers around the globe through Tungsten Network We enable companies to send and receive error-free tax-compliant invoices around the globe without the need to install any hardware or software We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme to ensure that suppliers participate and transact with their buyers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes We can take POs from all sources in a buyerrsquos structure and present these to the supply chain Suppliers can convert POs directly into invoices on our portal
Matching of related transactions Yes We match invoices with POs online-level if required
Distribution of e-invoices Yes We enable companies to send and receive compliant B2B invoices
Invoice presentment portal Yes Suppliers can use our portal to manually enter their invoice data convert a PO check the status of their invoices and select early payment
Legal compliance tools Yes Our rules engine enables companies to receive compliant invoices in all the jurisdictions we are compliant in
TAXVAT compliancy Yes We work with local tax authorities to enable companies to send and receive compliant invoices We are currently compliant in 47 countries with a pipeline of new countries in progress
View company profile in online database
88 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
e-Signature service Yes All compliant invoices are digitally signed where required by local regulations We provide at-source signature verification
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes Invoice financing is a service we offer through Tungsten Network Finance This can be funded by Tungstenrsquos own financing partners the buyer or the buyerrsquos banking partners
(Dynamic) discounting Yes We offer this service on a case-by-case basis via Tungsten Network
e-Archiving Yes We provide legally compliant archiving
Scanning of paper invoices Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Printing Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Workflow functionality Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Direct integration with payments Yes Tungsten Bank has access to all relevant payment systems
Accounts Payable management No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Accounts Receivable management
No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We fully integrate with any ERP financial software
Which standards do you support Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes We use extensive and flexible rule-sets to ensure compliance with our buyersrsquo business processes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme and can contractually guarantee paper conversion rates in best practice projects
Other services Purchase order services invoice status service spend analytics supply chain finance
89 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Glossary3-Corner Model3-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoices are connected to a single service provider for
the dispatch and receipt of messages
Another definition 3-Corner Model is an invoicing process set-up
whereby trading partners have separate contractual relationships
with the same service provider When both senders and receivers
of invoices are connected to a single hub for the dispatch and
receipt of invoices it is referred to as a 3-Corner model This central
hub consolidates the invoices of several receivers and many
senders in the case of accounts payable and several senders and
many receivers in the case of accounts receivable processing
Consolidators and trade platforms are usually 3-Corner Models in
which both senders and receivers are connected to the service
The 3-Corner Model in principle can only offer reach to the
parties that are connected to the central hub This means that
either invoice senders or invoice receivers often have to connect
to multiple hubs in order to increase their reach To solve limited
reach in 3-Corner Models roaming has been introduced
4-Corner Model4-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoice messages are supported by their own service
provider
Another definition 4-Corner Model is an invoicing process
set-up whereby each trading partner has contracted with one
or several separate service providers whereby the service
providers ensure the correct interchange of invoices between the
trading partners The concept of the 4-Corner model originated
in the banking sector When senders and receivers of invoices
are supported by their own consolidator service provider (for the
sender) and aggregator service provider (for the receiver) it is
referred to as a 4-Corner Model A network usually based on open
standards provides connectivity and the facilities for the secure
trusted exchange of invoices and or other business documents
In the 4-Corner Models the consolidator and aggregator roles are
often two different service providers
AAccess to financeAccess to finance is the ability of individuals or enterprises to
obtain financial services including credit deposit payment
insurance and other risk management services
Accounts payableAccounts payable refers to the money a business owes to others
current liabilities incurred in the normal course of business as an
organisation purchases goods or services with the understanding
that payment is due at a later date Accounts payable is also
the department within an organisation responsible for paying
invoices on behalf of the organisation
Accounts payable automationAccounts payable automation represents the (semi-) automated
management of accounts payable administration by automated
processing of invoices Accounts payable automation requires
integration of the invoicing process with accounting software
Accounts receivableAccounts receivable refers to money which is owed to a company
by customer for products and services provided on credit This
is often treated as a current asset on a balance sheet A specific
sale is generally only treated as an account receivable after the
customer is sent an invoice
Advanced electronic signature (AES)Advanced electronic signature (AES) means an electronic
signature which meets the following requirements a) it is
uniquely linked to the signatory b) it is capable of identifying
the signatory c) it is created using means that the signatory van
maintain under its sole control and d) it is linked to the data to
which it relates in such a manner that any subsequent change of
the date is detectable
90 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Alternative financeAlternative financial services (AFS) is a term often used to
describe the array of financial services offered by providers
that operate outside of federally insured banks and thrifts
(hereafter referred to as lsquobanksrsquo) Check-cashing outlets money
transmitters car title lenders payday loan stores pawnshops
and rent-to-own stores are all considered AFS providers
However many of the products and services they provide
are not lsquoalternativersquo rather they are the same as or similar to
those offered by banks AFS also sometimes refers to financial
products delivered outside brick-and-mortar bank branches or
storefronts through alternative channels such as the internet
financial services kiosks and mobile phones
Online platform-based alternative financing activities include
donation- reward- and equity-based crowdfunding peer-to-
peer consumer and business lending invoice trading debt-
based securities and others
Asset based lending (ABL)Asset based lending (ABL) is a specialised form of secured
lending whereby a company uses its current assets (accounts
receivable and inventory) as collateral for a loan The loan is
structured so that the amount of credit is limited in relation to the
value of the collateral The product is differentiated from other
types of lending secured by accounts receivable and inventory by
the lenders use of controls over the borrowerrsquos cash receipts and
disbursements and the quality of collateral rather than ownership
of the receivables as in factoring
Asset based loanAsset based loan is a business loan in which the borrower pledges
as loan collateral any assets used in the conduct of his or her
business Funds are used for business-related expenses All
asset-based loans are secured
Automated clearing house (ACH)Automated clearing house (ACH) is an electronic payments
system (outside the card networks) for clearing and settling
transactions Funds are electronically exchanged directly to
from participantsrsquo accounts Frequently used by end-user
organisations as the payment method by which to pay their
issuer
BBasel IIIBasel III is a comprehensive set of reform measures designed to
improve the regulation supervision and risk management within
the banking sector The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
published the first version of Basel III in late 2009 giving banks
approximately three years to satisfy all requirements Largely
in response to the credit crisis banks are required to maintain
proper leverage ratios and meet certain capital requirements
Bank payment obligation (BPO)Bank payment obligation (BPO) is a class of settlement solution
in international supply chain finance Bank payment obligation is
an irrevocable undertaking given by an obligator bank (typically
buyerrsquos bank) to a recipient bank (usually sellers bank) to pay
a specified amount on an agreed date under the condition
of successful electronic matching of data according to an
industry-wide set of rules adopted by International Chamber of
Commerce (ICC) Banking Commission
Bill of ladingA bill of lading (sometimes abbreviated as BL or BoL) is a
legal document between the shipper of a particular good and
the carrier detailing the type quantity and destination of the
good being carried The bill of lading also serves as a receipt
of shipment when the good is delivered to the predetermined
destination This document must accompany the shipped goods
no matter the form of transportation and must be signed by an
authorised representative from the carrier shipper and receiver
BlockchainBlockchain is a distributed ledger comprised of digitally recorded
data in packages called blocks These digitally recorded blocks of
data are stored in a linear chain Each block in the chain contains
cryptographically hashed data (such as Bitcoin transactions)
The blocks of hashed data draw upon the previous-block in the
chain
Business interoperability interfaces (BII)Business interoperability interfaces on public procurement
in Europe (BII) is CEN Workshop providing a basic framework
for technical interoperability in pan-European electronic
transactions expressed as a set of technical specifications that
in particular are compatible with UNCEFACT
91 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Business Process Outsourcing (BPO)Business process outsourcing (BPO) is the contracting of a
specific business task such as payroll to a third-party service
provider Usually BPO is implemented as a cost-saving measure
for tasks that a company requires but does not depend upon to
maintain their position in the marketplace
Business-to-business (B2B)Business-to-business is a type of commerce transaction
that exists between businesses such as those involving a
manufacturer and wholesaler or a wholesaler and a retailer
Business to business refers to business that is conducted
between companies rather than between a company and
individual consumers This is in contrast to business to consumer
(B2C) and business to government (B2G) A typical supply
chain involves multiple business to business transactions as
companies purchase components and other raw materials
for use in its manufacturing processes The finished product
can then be sold to individuals via business to consumer
transactions
Business-to-business paymentsBusiness-to-business payments represent the payments that
are made between businesses for various goods services and
expenses
Business-to-consumer (B2C)Businesses or transactions conducted directly between a
company and consumers who are the end-users of its products
or services Business-to-consumer as a business model differs
significantly from the business-to-business model which refers
to commerce between two or more businesses
Business networksMany businesses use networking as a key factor in their
marketing plan It helps to develop a strong feeling of trust
between those involved and play a big part in raising the profile
and takings of a company Suppliers and businesses can be
seen as networked businesses and will tend to source the
business and their suppliers through their existing relationships
and those of the companies they work closely with Networked
businesses tend to be open random and supportive whereas
those relying on hierarchical traditional managed approaches
are closed selective and controlling
CCard schemeCard schemes such as Visa or MasterCard promote the use of
various card types which carry their logos Banks and financial
institutions have to apply for membership of the appropriate card
scheme before they can issue cards or acquire transactions
Cash flowCash flow represents the pattern of company income and
expenditures and resulting availability of cash
CENBII CENBII is an UBL-based XML format used for the OpenPEPPOL
network it currently exists in a version 1 and version 2 CENBII
is meant to be used for international transfers on OpenPEPPOL
whereas domestic transfers will generally use a localised version
of CENBII (eg EHF SimpleInvoice)
CFDIComprobante Fiscal Digital a traveacutes de Internet (CFDI) or Digital
Tax Receipt through Internet refers to the current mandated
form of e-invoicing in Mexico All e-invoices in Mexico are issued
as CFDI as of January 1 2014
ClearingClearing is the process of exchanging financial transaction
details between an acquirer and an issuer to facilitate posting
of a card-holderrsquos account and reconciliation of a customerrsquos
settlement position
Clearing house automated payment system (CHAPS)The company has responsibility for the operation of an electronic
transfer system for sending real-time gross settlement same-day
payments for CHAPS Sterling and CHAPS Euro
Commercial cardA commercial card is the generic umbrella term for a variety
of card types used for business-to-business (B2B) payments
Some of the cards listed as commercial are purchase cards
entertainment cards corporate cards travel cards and business
cards
92 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Commercial financeCommercial finance is a generic term for a range of asset based
finance services which include factoring invoice discounting
international factoring reverse factoring and asset based lending
facilities There are many variations on each of these product
sets (and the precise nomenclature varies from market to
market) but all exist to provide working capital funding solutions
to businesses
ConversionConversion represents the act of automatically converting the
format of an electronic invoice from the format of the sender
to the format of the recipient (format conversion) or converting
the encoding of content (eg different code list or units of
measure) using agreed mapping processes that do not alter the
information represented by the document (content conversion)
Corporate cardCorporate card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business travel and entertainment (TampE)
expenses It is also referred to as a travel card The liability for
abuse of the card typically rests with the company and not with
the employee
Corporate liabilityThe end-user organisation is liable for the commercial card
charges this is the case for purchasing card programs and
sometimes corporate card programs
CovenantThe covenant represents a promise in an indenture or any other
formal debt agreement that certain activities will or will not be
carried out Covenants in finance most often relate to terms in
a financial contracting such as loan documentation stating
the limits at which the borrower can further lend or other such
stipulations Covenants are put in place by lenders to protect
themselves from borrowers defaulting on their obligations due to
financial actions detrimental to themselves or the business
DDays payable outstanding (DPO) Days payable outstanding (DPO) is an efficiency ratio that
measures the average number of days a company takes to pay
its suppliers
Days sales outstanding (DSO)Days sales outstanding (DSO days receivables) is a calculation
used by a company to estimate their average collection period It
is a financial ratio that illustrates how well a companyrsquos accounts
receivables are being managed
Debtor (buyer)A debtor or buyer constitutes a business that has been supplied
with goods or services by the client and is obliged to make
payment for them It is also referred to as the purchaser of
goods or services supplied by a client whose debts have been
assigned sold to a factor
Debtor finance Debtor finance also called cash flow finance is an umbrella
term used to describe a process to fund a business using its
accounts receivable ledger as collateral Generally companies
that have low working capital reserves can get into cash flow
problems because invoices are paid on net 30 terms Debtor
finance solutions fund slow paying invoices which improves the
cash flow of the company This puts it in a better position to pay
operating expenses Types of debtor financing solutions include
invoice discounting factoring cash flow finance asset finance
invoice finance and working capital finance
Debt financingDebt financing refers to when a firm raises money for working
capital or capital expenditures by selling bonds bills or notes
to individual andor institutional investors In return for lending
the money the individuals or institutions become creditors and
receive a promise that the principal and interest on the debt will
be repaid
Directive of the European CommissionThe Directive of the European Commission is a legal act of the
European Union regarding defining a new legal framework for
payments
Distributed ledgerA distributed ledger is a consensus of data shared and synchronized
geographically across multiple websites countries and institutions
93 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Dynamic discounting Dynamic discounting represents the collection of methods in
which payment terms can be established between a buyer and
supplier to accelerate payment for goods or services in return for
a reduced price or discount
EElectronic invoice (e-invoice) An e-invoice is an electronic invoice that contains the information
required by Council Directive 201045EU and which has been
issued and received in any electronic format It contains more
than just an image of an invoice An e-invoice also contains data
in a format that computers can understand This means that an
e-mail with a PDF file attached is not an e-invoice
E-invoice addressE-invoice address is the ID used to send or receive an e-invoice
The type of ID used differs depending on the country and the
format in use Typical IDs include GLN DUNS VAT-ID IBAN and
OVT A sender must know a recipientrsquos e-invoice address in order
to send an e-invoice The message is routed to the recipient by
any operator along the way using the e-invoice address
E-invoicing service providerIt is a provider that on the basis of an agreement performs
certain e-invoicing processes on behalf of a trading partner or
that is active in the provision of support services necessary to
realise such processes To determine whether an IT vendor is a
service provider the following circumstances should be taken
into account a) That the contract with the trading partner(s)
leads the latter to expect a VAT-compliant service b) The nature
of the service is such that VAT compliance is appropriate c) The
provider is insured against service related risks to his clientsrsquo tax
compliance Trading partners can use multiple e-invoicing service
providers see 3-Corner Model and 4-Corner Model definitions
An e-invoicing service provider can subcontract all of parts of
its services to other providers such subcontractors can also be
e-invoicing service providers if they meet the criteria set out in this
definition
Early payment discountAn early payment discount is offered by some companies to
motivate credit customers to pay sooner The early payment
discount is also referred to as a prompt payment discount
or cash discount The seller often refers to the early payment
discount as a sales discount while the buyer may refer to the
early payment discount as a purchases discount
Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP)Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP) usually
consumer-oriented lsquobill payingrsquo presented and paid through
the internet Other terms such as internet bill presentment and
payment (IBPP) electronic bill presentment (EBP) and online bill
presentment and payment (OBPP) are also in use
Electronic data interchange (EDI)Electronic data interchange (EDI) constitutes the electronic
communication of business transactions such as orders
confirmations and invoices between organisations Third-parties
provide EDI services that enable organisations with different
equipment to connect Although interactive access may be a
part of it EDI implies direct computer-to-computer transactions
into vendorsrsquo databases and ordering systems
Electronic funds transfer (EFT)Electronic funds transfer (EFT) represents the moving of funds
between different accounts in the same or different banks
through the use of wire transfer automatic teller machines
(ATMs) or computers but without the use of paper documents
Electronic invoice life cycleA process comprising a) the issue of the electronic invoice by or
in name and on behalf of the supplier b) receipt of the invoice by
or on behalf of the buyer and c) storage of the electronic invoice
during the storage period by or on behalf the supplier and the
buyer
Electronic invoice presentment and payment (EIPP)Electronic invoice presentment and payment has originated
in the B2B world and describes the process through which
companies present invoices and organise payments through the
internet
94 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Electronic invoicingElectronic invoicing represents the management of an electronic
invoice life cycle without the use of paper-based invoices as tax
originals
Electronic payablesA form of electronic payment using the card infrastructure
managed centrally within an organisation typically by accounts
payable (AP) Also known as electronic accounts payable (EAP)
automated payables e-payables push payments straight
through payments (STP) buyer initiated payments (BIP) single-
use accounts and electronic invoice presentment and payment
(EIPP) Each provider has a proprietary name for its particular
solution functionality and processes vary for each
Electronic procurementElectronic procurement represents the use of the internet or a
companyrsquos intranet to procure goods and services used in the
conduct of business An e-procurement system can streamline
all aspects of the purchasing process while applying tighter
controls over spending and product preferences
Electronic signatureAn electronic signature or e-signature is any electronic means
that indicates either that a person adopts the contents of an
electronic message or more broadly that the person who claims
to have written a message is the one who wrote it (and that the
message received is the one that was sent) By comparison
a signature is a stylised script associated with a person In
commerce and the law a signature on a document is an indication
that the person adopts the intentions recorded in the document
Both are comparable to a seal
Electronic statement presentation (ESP)It refers to the electronic presentment of a variety of other
commercial documents apart from invoices such as account
statements purchase orders delivery notifications and others
Not included are many unstructured documents that are
exchanged
Enterprise resource planning (ERP) Enterprise resource planning (ERP) is an integrated information
system that serves all departments within an enterprise Evolving
out of the manufacturing industry ERP implies the use of
packaged software rather than proprietary software written by or
for one customer ERP modules may be able to interface with an
organisationrsquos own software with varying degrees of effort and
depending on the software ERP modules may be alterable via
the vendorrsquos proprietary tools as well as proprietary or standard
programming languages
EscrowEscrow is a financial instrument held by a third-party on behalf
of the other two parties in a transaction The funds are held by
the escrow service until it receives the appropriate written or oral
instructions or until obligations have been fulfilled Securities
funds and other assets can be held in escrow
FFactorThe factor is a financial entity providing factoring facilities
FactoringFactoring is an agreement between a business (assignor) and
a financial entity (factor) in which the assignor assignssells its
receivables to the factor and the factor provides the assignor
with a combination of one or more of the following services with
regard to the receivables assigned advance of a percentage of
the amount of receivables assigned receivables management
collection and credit protection Usually the factor administers
the assignorrsquos sales ledger and collects the receivables in its
own name The assignment can be disclosed to the debtor
Faster PaymentsFaster Payments enable interbank funds transfers in near real
time typically initiated via the internet or phone The Faster
Payments Service represents the biggest advancement in UK
payments for several decades and is designed to run in parallel
with the existing Bacs and CHAPS services Other financial
institutions are able to join either as members or to access
the system through agency arrangements with a member in the
same way they do with other payment systems
95 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Fleet CardA fleet card is a specialised commercial card used to capture
fleet-related expenses (eg fuel vehicle maintenance repair
and service)
Four-party payment systemThe four-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user and issuer on one side and the merchant
and acquirer on the othermdashall of whom are linked by the network
includes the Visa and MasterCard models
GGlobal process owner (GPO)A global process owner is a professional who has (or should have)
complete ownership of an end-to-end process globally This
means that once the correct process has been established there
should be no process deviation unless approved by the global
process owner A global process owner has final approval of the
adoption of any technology affecting the given process
IInterchange feesThe interchange fee also called the discount rate or swipe fee
is the sum paid by merchants to the credit card processor as a
fee for accepting credit cards The amount of the rate will vary
depending on the type of transaction but averages about 2 of
the purchase amount The interchange fee is typically higher for
online purchases than for in-person purchases because in the
latter the card is physically present and available for inspection
InteroperabilityInteroperability is the ability of making systems and organisations
work together (inter-operate) While the term was initially defined
for information technology or systems engineering services to
allow for information exchange a more broad definition takes
into account social political and organisational factors that
impact system to system performance Another definition refers
to interoperability as being a task of building coherent services
for users when the individual components are technically different
and managed by different organisations
InvoiceAn invoice is an itemised bill for goods sold or services provided
containing details such as individual prices the total charge and
payment terms
Invoice discounting Invoice discounting is a form of short-term borrowing often used
to improve a companyrsquos working capital and cash flow position
Invoice discounting allows a business to draw money against its
sales invoices before the customer has actually paid
Invoice financeSee Debtor finance
Invoice trackingInvoice tracking represents the process of collecting and
managing data and information about an Invoice Item and its
various traits andor states as it is followed or tracked throughout
different phases of its life cycle (lifecycle)
LLevel I dataIt refers to standard transaction data including date supplier and
total purchase amount Also written as lsquolevel 1rsquo data
Level II dataIt represents the enhanced transaction data including Level
I data plus a customer-defined reference number such as a
purchase order number and separate sales tax amount Also
written as lsquolevel 2rsquo data
Level III dataIt constitutes the detailed transaction data including Level II data
plus line-item detail such as the item purchased Sometimes
referred to as simply lsquoline-item detailrsquo Also written as lsquolevel 3rsquo
data
Line-item detailIt is a transaction data reflecting what was purchased See also
Level III data
NNetwork providerA network provider is a service provider that connects directly to
both the supplier and the buyer The supplier or buyer is required
to make only one connection to the network provider enabling
them to connect to multiple buyers andor suppliers With an
e-invoicing network there is no requirement to interoperate as
connection is independent of data format and a global network
enables the flow of data cross-border
96 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
OOne cardOne card is a type of hybrid card in which a single card is issued
to an employee for more than one category of expenses (eg
goodsservices and travel expenses) eliminating the need to
carry two separate cards
One card plus fleetA single card used for purchasing travel and fleet-related
expenses (fuel vehicle maintenance others) It combines the
functionality of a P Card corporate card and fleet card
OpenPEPPOL OpenPEPPOL is an open point-to-point network of sending
receiving web services to cover all of Europe it is currently
primarily in use in Finland the Netherlands Norway and Sweden
CENBII v1 is the base format but domestic transfers might use
a localised version
Order-to-cashOrder-to-cash also known as OTC or O2C is the end-to-end
process by which companies receive an order from a customer
deliver the goods or services raise the invoice for the transaction
to send to the customer and receive the payment from the
customerrsquos bank account Increasingly the OTC process (which
is part sales and part accounts receivable) is being managed as
an end-to-end process See also Accounts Receivable
PPACPAC stands for Authorised Provider of Certified Tax Receipts via
Internet Authorisation as a PAC is issued by SAT after an entity
proofs the technical and legal requirements to ensure the safety
capacity and infrastructure of the provider in delivering services
to the taxpayer
Peer-to-peer (P2P) lending A method of debt financing that enables individuals to borrow
and lend money ndash without the use of an official financial institution
as an intermediary Peer-to-peer lending removes the middleman
from the process but it also involves more time effort and risk
than the general brick-and-mortar lending scenarios
PO flippingPurchase order (PO) flipping happens when a supplier receives a
purchase order from its customer through a supplier portal and
at the time of raising an invoice converts the data provided in
the purchase order into the data on the invoice The benefit of
this process is that by the time the invoice has been received
by the customer the matching of the invoice with the purchase
order information will be perfect PO flipping is however only
appropriate for the type of supplier that uses a supplier portal
to create invoices typically a lower volume supplier See also
Supplier portals
ProcurementProcurement is the process of obtaining or acquiring goods and
services It also represents the department within an organisation
that is usually responsible for the development of requests for
proposals (RFPs) proposal analysis supplier market research
negotiations buying activities contract administration inventory
control etc Also referred to as purchasing sourcing or similar
term
Procure-to-pay (P2P) processThe steps the employees of an end-user organisation follow to
make a purchase and the associated payment An organisation
typically has different P2P processes for different types of
purchasespayments a P-Card P2P process is usually the most
streamlined Also referred to as purchase-to-pay or source-to-
settle process
Purchase order (PO)Purchase order is a written authorisation for a supplier to
deliver products andor services at a specified price according
to specified terms and conditions becoming a legally binding
agreement upon supplier acceptance
Purchase-to-pay processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Purchasing card (P-Card)A purchasing card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business-related goods and services
end-user organisation must pay its issuer in full each month for
the total of all P-Card transactions Also called a procurement
card (ProCard) and purchase card
97 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
RRebateIt refers to money paid by an issuer to its customer (an end-user
organisation) in conjunction with the end-userrsquos commercial card
usage the rebate amount is based on various criteria as defined
within the contract terms between issuer and end-user Also
sometimes called revenue share
ReceivablesReceivables represent an asset designation applicable to all
debts unsettled transactions or other monetary obligations
owed to a company by its debtors or customers Receivables
are recorded by a companyrsquos accountants and reported on the
balance sheet and they include all debts owed to the company
even if the debts are not currently due
Receivable financeReceivable finance allows suppliers to finance their receivables
relating to one or many buyers and to receive early payment
usually at a discount on the value
ReconciliationThis is the matching of orders done by (internet) shoppers with
incoming payments Only after a successful reconciliation the
merchant will start the delivery process The extent to which
payment service providers carry out reconciliation and the way
in which they do so (sending an e-mail providing files) may vary
Reverse factoringReverse factoring is an arrangement made between large buying
organisations and banks with the intention to finance suppliers
and provide a lower buying price to the buyer Like lsquofactoringrsquo
there are three parties involved ndash the buyer supplier and the
factoring company (in this case typically a bank) The bank
takes on the responsibility to pay the supplierrsquos invoice early
for a discounted price The buyer then settles with the bank
according to the terms of the original invoice The supplier has
offered or agreed to a discount based on early payment and this
discount is shared between the bank and the buyer
SSales tax (VAT)Referred to as value added tax in the UK or sales tax in the
US this form of indirect tax is applied to almost all business
transactions It is the companyrsquos responsibility to add the tax
amount to its sales transactions and pay the tax on purchase
transactions At the end of each period (each quarter) it is the
companyrsquos responsibility to net off the charged tax on the sales
invoices and the paid tax on the purchase invoices and if there
is a positive balance to pay this to the government Increasingly
the management of VAT is moving into the shared services
organisation as this is where purchase and sales invoices are
processed
SettlementSettlement is the process by which merchant and cardholder
banks exchange financial data and value resulting from sales
transactions cash disbursements and merchandise credits
Shared servicesShared services refer to a business model which is largely
applied by mid-tier or enterprise-sized companies It is larger
companies who typically adopt shared services because scale is
one key element of the model The intention of shared services
is to run operations more efficiently and more cost-effectively
Using the finance function as an example shared services works
in the following ways Firstly it is the centralisation of a finance
activity the consolidation of systems that activity runs off the
standardisation of the processes that support that activity and
the automation (and continuous improvement) of that activityrsquos
processes Secondly it is the running of this centralised
consolidated activity as a ldquobusiness within a businessrdquo which
means the shared services organisation will often have its own
profit and loss account (PampL) will treat the rest of the business
as its customer will hire and develop service oriented staff will
possibly have service level agreements (SLAs) with its customers
and will charge for its services When a company centralises
a function it is not quite accurate to call it shared services
Centralisation is just one aspect of shared services
98 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
SOAP (Finvoice)Transmission frame (SOAP) specifies the sender recipient and
service provider data The service provider routes the message
to its recipient on the basis of frame data File may include
several Finvoice messages Each message must include a
transmission frame (SOAP)
SOAP (generic)Simple object access protocol (SOAP) is a web service protocol
or message framework for transferring XML-based messages
between web services BT does not support UBL directly but it is
able to identify and handle an UBL message wrapped in a SOAP-
envelope
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS)SaaS is a cost-effective way for companies to lsquorentrsquo software
without the burden of installation and maintenance because it is
supplied hosted (via the internet) and maintained by an external
vendor
Source-to-settle processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs)
SMEs are organisations which employ fewer than 250 persons
and which have an annual turnover not exceeding EUR 50
million and or an annual balance sheet total not exceeding EUR
43 million
Split liabilityLiability for commercial card charges is split between the
cardholder and end-user organisation based on merchant
category codes for example the cardholder might be liable for
travel and entertainment (TampE) expenses while the organisation
is liable for the other transactions
Straight-through payment (STP)Straight-through payment (STP) is a specific version of electronic
payables an end-user organisation receives and approves a
supplier invoice then initiates payment to the supplier through its
issuer The supplier does not need to process a card transaction
as payment is made directly through its merchant account
SupplierThe supplier represents a merchantvendor with whom the
organisation does business
Supplier financeSupplier finance is a set of solutions that optimises cash flow
by allowing businesses to lengthen their payment terms to
their suppliers while providing the option for their large and
SME suppliers to get paid early See also Supply chain finance
Reverse factoring
Supplier onboardingThis refers to getting a supplier set up on a particular program
such as purchase-cards dynamic discounting or electronic
invoicing Supplier onboarding involves both the communications
concerning the process change and the supplierrsquos role within it
and the technical set-up of the program
Supplier portalA supplier portal is the front end of the e-invoicing or
e-procurement platform which enrolled suppliers connect to via
the internet Here suppliers can accept purchase orders change
profile information such as bank details and addresses flip
purchase orders (see PO flipping) and raise invoices Supplier
portals are generally used by low volume suppliers as the
supplier will have to re-key the data into its own billing system
One significant benefit for a supplier using a supplier portal is
that it gets full visibility of the invoice process namely when the
invoice will be paid
Supply chain finance (SCF)The use of financial instruments practices and technologies to
optimise the management of the working capital and liquidity
tied up in supply chain processes for collaborating business
partners SCF is largely lsquoevent-drivenrsquo Each intervention
(finance risk mitigation or payment) in the financial supply
chain is driven by an event in the physical supply chain The
development of advanced technologies to track and control
events in the physical supply chain creates opportunities to
automate the initiation of SCF interventions
99 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Supply chain paymentsSupply chain payments optimises cash flow by allowing
businesses to lengthen their payment terms to their suppliers
while also providing an alternative option to their suppliers to get
paid early
TTrade financeTrade finance signifies financing for trade and it concerns both
domestic and international trade transactions Trade finance
includes such activities as lending issuing letters of credit
factoring export credit and insurance Companies involved
with trade finance include importers and exporters banks and
financiers insurers and export credit agencies as well as other
service providers
TreasuryTreasury is defined as the funds of a group institution or
government or to the department responsible for budgeting
and spending Another definition refers to treasury as being
the department of a government in charge of the collection
management and expenditure of the public revenue
Three-party payment systemThe three-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user on one side and the merchant on the
othermdashlinked by the network which also fulfills the role of issuer
and acquirer includes the American Express and Discover
models
UUBL Universal Business Language (UBL) is an XML-based format with
corresponding business processes created by OASIS it amongst
others contains scenarios for sourcing ordering and billing Many
newer formats (EHF CENBII and OIOUBL) are localisations of UBL
20
UnderwritingIn B2B payments underwriting represents the department within
an acquirerprocessor organisation that evaluates the financial
stability and risk of a potential merchant customer
VValidation E-invoice XML-data is validated usually against schema which
means that the structure and content of the data is checked Failed
validation means that the invoice is going to be rejected by the
receiving operator which then sends negative acknowledgement
to sending operator which forwards the acknowledgement to
sender
Value addedThe enhancement a company gives its product or service before
offering the product to customers Value added is used to describe
instances where a firm takes a product that may be considered a
homogeneous product with few differences (if any) from that of
a competitor and provides potential customers with a feature or
add-on that gives it a greater sense of value
WWorking capitalWorking capital represents the cash and other liquid assets
needed to finance the everyday running of a business such as the
payment of salaries and then purchase of raw materials
XXMLThe Extensible Markup Language (XML) is a flexible markup
language for structured electronic documents XML is based on
SGML (standard generalised markup language) an international
standard for electronic documents XML is commonly used by
data-exchange services to send information between otherwise
incompatible systems
4 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | INTRODUCTION
The industrys highest value transactions include Global
Payments announced the USD 788 million acquisition of
Heartland Payment Systems a provider of payment processing
services to merchants PayPal acquired Xoom Corporation a
digital money transfer provider Optimal Payments bought Skrill
with USD 12 billion Alibabacom acquired Paytm for USD 680
million BBVA acquired Simple for USD 118 million One of
the most interesting moves however might be MasterCardrsquos
acquisition of VocaLink 13 banks serve as shareholders
for VocaLink which have reportedly approved the deal with
MasterCard to enter into the negotiation stage several media
outlets reported This deal is projected to be worth GBP 1 billion
(roughly USD 14 billion) and would involve the UK`s largest
banks mdash Barclays HSBC Lloyds Banking Group and Royal
Bank of Scotland which collectively own 80 of VocaLink
VocaLink processed 1 billion transactions in 2015 which
amounts to half of all UK payments and also processed 90
of salaries and at least 70 of all household`s bills and state
benefits The reason why MasterCard is interested in VocaLink
is the desire to scale internationally So far MasterCard captures
only 5 of the debit card payments in the UK thus it points to a
desire to compete with Visa abroad
Furthermore in 2015 we have seen a different dynamic in the
incumbents vs fintechs war Payments amp finance service providers
banks and corporations are either investing in fintech players
acquire them partner them or build from scratch labshubs
accelerators to spur innovation (more on this later in the Guide)
bull Optimisation standardization Last but not least itrsquos time to
optimise standardise revise
There is almost a tangible feeling that lsquotime is nowrsquo for revamping
old infrastructure honing processes enhancing operations
perking up data analysis augmenting reporting etc Yoursquove
heard it before certainly but it bears repeating The time for
innovation is now But (sic) not before the industry comes to
terms (literally) regarding what supply chain finance actually
means what is meant by late payment etc
In the first part of the guide we investigate the initiatives in
the field of B2B payments supply chain finance amp e-invoicing
describing various models for digital finance as presented by key
industry players either in the form of an exclusive interview or an
elaborate article
In the second part you can find in-depth company profiles
that map out key players in the global e-invoicing and supply
chain finance space The company profiles section comes with
essential information about markets (target group specialisation
etc) proposition (processes facilitated pricing model solution
description etc) services (dynamic discounting legal compliance
tools AP AR management standards supported) etc
This Market Guide carefully created by The Paypers puts
together the most recent and relevant information in payments
amp finance The guide brings a fresh perspective about the
industry puts in focus the potential impact of the latest industry
developments and opportunities keeping the readers well
informed and always a step ahead
This guide wouldnrsquot exist without all the people who matter most
the authors our media partners and you our faithful reader We
thank you all for your continuous support This report has been
put together with the utmost care If you discover that despite
our efforts it features information that is unclear or erroneous we
very much appreciate your feedback using editorthepaypers
com email address
Mirela Amariei
Senior Editor The Paypers
5 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | TABLE OF CONTENT
Table of contents
37
11
1213
1517
192022
25262830
3233
3637
39
414244
Editorrsquos LetterFour Trends in B2B Payments and Financing Innovation | Mirela Amariei Senior Editor The Paypers
Thought Leadership
B2B paymentsExclusive interview with Andrew P Reid | Managing Director and Head of Cash Management Corporates EMEA Global Transaction Banking Deutsche BankBlockchain in B2B Payments | Enrico Camerinelli Senior Analyst Aite GroupThe Emerging Internet of Payments | Roger Bass Founder CEO and Principal Traxiant
BlockchainB2B Blockchain-based Payments Can it Beat the Banks | Kris Wielens Senior Consultant Orchard FinanceThe Three-Phased Transformation of Supply Chain Finance with Blockchain Technology | Gys Hough Consultant Innopay
Innovation in payments amp bankingExclusive interview with Wim Raymaekers | Head of Banking Market SWIFTExclusive interview with Markus Strauszligfeld | Head of International Cash Management Sales UniCreditMaking One-Click Finance Possible ndash Who Are the Relevant Stakeholders and How They Should Work Together | Susie West CEO and Founder sharedserviceslinkExclusive interview with Marten Nelson | VP Marketing TokenThe Future of Banking Innovation and the Fintech Startups Journey | Falguni Desai Founder amp Managing Director Future Asia Ventures
The power of data amp traceability Track and Trace of Invoices for Working Capital Optimisation | Prof Dr Michael Henke Director Enterprise Logistics Fraunhofer InstituteTurning Financial Messaging Data into Business Profit ndash The New Challenge for Financial Institutions | Andreacute Casterman Chief Marketing Officer INTIX
Commercial paymentsGaining Management Support for Your P-Card Programme | Terri Brustad Manager of Content Services NAPCPCommercial Payments under the Scrutiny of New Technology | Chris Holmes Senior Vice President KAE
6 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | TABLE OF CONTENT
Table of contents
4748
50
52
54
5758
60
63646668
70
72
89
Trade amp finance Financing International Supply Chains An Idea Whose Time Has Come | Alexander R Malaket Deputy Head of the Executive Committee ICC Banking CommissionImproving Access to Finance for SMEs with the Open RFI Project | Matthijs van Bergen Researcher SCF Windesheim amp Steven van der Hooft CEO Capital ChainsIf Supply Chain Finance is Supplier-Centric Financial Supply Chain is Customer-Centric | Magnus Lind Co-Founder The Talent ShowSupply Chain Finance Time for SMEs to Take Position | Anita Gerrits Supply Chain Finance Specialist
E-invoicingCross-border Invoicing ndash The Real Challenge for Multinational Projects | Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz Product DevelopmentManager Comarch EDIWhy lsquoOpenness Should Be The 1 Selection Criteria for Any E-invoicing RFP Process | Jaap Jan Project ManagerSimplerinvoicing
Regulation amp lawPSD2 XS2A ndash a Step Towards Open Banking | Brendan Jones Evolution Payments ConsultingLate Payment ndash A Perspective | Matthew Davies Director of Policy and Communications Asset Based Finance AssociationThe Directive 201455EU for E-invoicing and Procurement How Public Authorities Should Respond | Charles Bryant Secretary General EESPARegulation and Growth in Alternative Finance ndash A Contradiction in the Making | Tony Duggan Founder and Director IAAF
Part 2 ndash Company profiles
Glossary
7 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
4 Trends in B2B Payments and Financing Innovation
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
I lived to see the US electing its first black president I watched
the 2008 financial crisis crushing many dreams I witnessed the
creation of Anonymous and Wikileaks two organisations that
changed the way we the people (and the organisations) carry
ourselves online Blockchain is being built right under my curious
eye by someone whorsquos identity is virtually unknown (or is it)
I am a young business professional curiously watching how
things unfold and change my life and others forever And I have
questions Lots of them What if one day I will be able to make B2B
payments from my mobile phone enjoying the same convenience I
have in my personal life And without any fees And cross-border
Real-time would be nice too Could blockchain help Are the
incumbent players ready to respond to my needsrequirements
What do new companies offer What is the risk working with
them What can help me identify the best solution Where are the
innovations heading What are the use cases for blockchain
In the sea of options here are 4 trends that I picked up and that
will make a dent in my history and that of payments amp financing
innovation
Trend no 1 FintechOne thing I learned while working at The Paypers as an expert on
B2B payments is that I should always ask these three questions
what was what is and what will be And I first looked at the
current payments infrastructure
Intuitively modernizing the internal infrastructure and operations
to meet new payments needs unleashes new market innovations
but the reality is that they ndash both old and new infrastructure ndash will
have to co-exist for a while
But first things first ndash how does the current payments infrastructure
stack up compared to the online sectors For instance in the UK
Fintech sector EY experts believe the entire UK industry currently
generates GBP 20 bn in revenue annually The payments
infrastructure alone accounts for GBP 81 bn while the online
sector for GBP 19 bln The former is dominated by established
players (card schemes issuers processors merchant acquirers
national payment infrastructures) while the latter sees a huge
number of newbies and thus remains largely fragmented
What has changed Everything and nothing at the same time
Some established fintechs are seeking to deliver a step change
in legacy infrastructure and the need for faster payments has
visibly increased in the B2B segment yet Ardent Partners
research still points to ACH commercial cards amp wire transfers
as the fastest growing e-payment methods in 2016
Also if you look at a bankrsquos product portfolio one will discover a
range of solutions in retail private commercial investment and
transacnottion banking along with wealth and asset management
and insurance However if you look at the fintech landscape one
will discover an increasing number of service providers that focus
on improving specific parts of this traditional broad portfolio by
using innovative technology In other words fintechs build and
execute specific parts of the banking value chain better cheaper
and faster than what is currently on offer at banks Cheaper and
faster sound compelling
Investors seem to enjoy the show too Globally investment in
fintech ventures tripled from USD 4 billion in 2013 to USD 12
billion in 2014 with Europe being the fastest growing region in the
world according to a report by Accenture
How banks corporates amp payment schemes react to the inflow of new entrantsMore than 90 of bankers expect that fintech will have a
significant impact on the future landscape of banking Almost a
third believe that fintech will win an equal share or even dominate
the market
Interestingly this yearrsquos Davos event was a lot about financial
technology (compared to previous years when it was much more
about banking) and what industry experts picked up was that
when it comes to big banks and payment schemes they all
consider themselves part of fintech or driving it
8 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
ldquoBiggest Global Banks at Davos Were All Fintech Innovators
Nowrdquo -Bloomberg
The way that is unfolding is that for instance big banks started
to consolidate their position in the fintech world through heavy
investments in startups through acquisition and mergers via
opening innovation labshubs via high-profile partnerships etc
Some examples include JPMorgan Chase and Banco Santander
announced an investment in ex-banker Blythe Mastersrsquo blockchain
startup Deutsche Bank invested in PayPal and OnDeck Bank
of America has a USD 3 billion annual budget for investing in
technology and innovation a figure thats doubled since 2010
Visa has disclosed a 10 stake in the fintech unicorn Square
and alongside Nasdaq Citi and other industry players invested
USD 30 million in Chaincom a blockchain developer platform
that serves an enterprise market
Whatrsquos more all big players ndash banks payments providers card
schemes ndash poured their money into innovation labs hubs
accelerators The highlights of 2015 are as follows Visa Europe
launched Visa Europe Collab its new international innovation
hub and argued that the company is in a unique position to
help innovators develop and scale their ideas MasterCard on
the other hand has selected in February 2016 together with
Silicon Valley Bank four startups to take part in the fourth class
of CommerceInnovated a virtual accelerator designed to help
commerce startups grow their businesses The solutions that will
be built here range from mobile lending to instant authentication
and identity checks As part of the program the startups will
gain access to operational expertise from Silicon Valley Bank
MasterCard and their respective networks
Wells Fargo is committed to ldquohelp innovative entrepreneurs
overcome challenges and seize opportunitiesrdquo with investments
of up to USD 500000 through its Startup Accelerator a program
focused on startups that create solutions for financial institutions
and enterprise customers Since its inception in 2014 the
Wells Fargo Startup Accelerator has received applications from
innovative companies in 23 countries
Peeking through the corporate sector window Future Asia
Ventures talks about 116 corporate accelerators being live
worldwide Europe takes the lionrsquos share with 54 accelerators
mostly based in the UK and Germany however companies are
increasingly launching and adding more accelerators in EMEA
and Asia Pacific locations as well
No matter what the approach is the consensus is that there is
a huge need to reduce costs to align with a digital strategy not
merely upgrade the IT systems
ldquoThe state of corporate banking IT in the digital business world is
precariousrdquo ndash Gartner amp BCSG
Survey data indicates CIOs are underestimating the importance
of digital technology lack adequate staff and resources and are
mostly ignoring nonbank disrupters
Although concerned some banks do not appear to be stepping
up to the challenge A majority of bankers (54) believe that
banks are either ignoring the issue or that they ldquotalk about
disruption but are not making changesrdquo
Make no mistake banks are actively engaged in digitalization
and most firms have an IT strategy that is aligned and integrated
with an attendant technology roadmap for implementing a digital
business However although 62 of institutions reported that
they have already started deploying a digital banking roadmap
only 53 of them have not appointed an executive to define and
lead implementation This suggests several significant road bumps
are likely to appear during the digital transformation journey
Whatrsquos more if you look at the relationship between banks and
corporates things have a different shade of gray In a 2014
report from EY 63 of corporates reported product and service
innovation to be a critical part of their relationship with banks
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
9 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
Yet those respondents suggested that only 40 of banks
have satisfactory performance levels Moreover a more recent
report (September 2015) from Total Solutions and Innopay shows
that only 14 of corporates make use of B2B FinTech solutions
(survey among large corporates in the Netherlands) Another 70
of the corporates are following the B2B fintech market but have
not engaged yet According to the survey the two main reasons
not to engage are a lack of sufficient knowledge about and
insight into the impact of using finTech solutions and concerns
about the continuity of the finTech company Only 125 of the
questioned companies state that they do not want to jeopardise
their bank relation
Trend no 2 Cross-border payments amp B2B commerce80 of cross-border payments revenues are B2B according to
McKinsey Emerging Asian and Eastern European economies are
set to experience the greatest growth
So if the contribution of cross-border payments to total payments
revenue growth will climb from 5 in 2013-2014 to 14 in 2014-
2019 there is money to be made and fintech is the front-runner to
help remove some of the frictions
As nonbank players increasingly encroach on the traditional
cross-border turf of banksmdash moving from consumer-to-consumer
to B2B cross-border paymentsmdashthey will force many banks to
rethink their longstanding approaches to cross-border payments
ndash McKinsey
In this scenario of lsquounbundling of the full-service model of banks
into bits and piecesrsquo the market depicts new names Traxpay
Align Commerce Payoneer Transpay Ripple eeDOCS Earthport
Kontox to name only a few
Good news though major banks around the world take action
to improve the customer experience in cross-border payments
dramatically by signing up to SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation
initiative announced at the end of December 2015 The +45
participating firms include major transaction banks from Europe
Asia Pacific Africa and the Americas
The goal is to enhance cross-border transactions by leveraging
SWIFTrsquos messaging platform and global reach
Trend no 3 BlockchainBlockchain is the technology underpinning Bitcoin and one of its
biggest advantages is that it allows two parties to transact without
making use of a central authority of third party intermediaries
Oversimplifying a bit it removes huge costs and adds transparency
speed and security Ripple Ethereum Monero Lightning Network
Amiko Pay Bitfury and others act as agents of disruption in the
B2B payments world by using blockchain rails
ldquoBanks foresee benefits for corporations by virtue of the
applications running on the blockchain that will ripple down to
the banksrsquo corporate clients Consequently before launching
any blockchain-related program a bank must be very clear and
extremely convincing about what is in it for its corporate clients
- Enrico Camerinelli senior analyst at Aite Group
Other players lsquorewiringrsquo the way payments are processed through
the use of blockchain include GoCoin Blade GemPay Gazeebo
io etc as depicted by William Mougayar author of the book lsquoThe
Business Blockchainrsquo
Trend no 4 Alternative financingAccording to the lsquo2016 UK Alternative Finance Industry Reportrsquo
by Nesta and KPGM the UK online alternative finance industry
grew to GBP 32 billion ndash an 84 increase compared to the GBP
174 billion of 2014 In 2015 almost 20000 British SMEs raised
alternative finance through online channels receiving GBP 22
billion in business funding The online alternative finance industry
is pushing the needle of market growth business models public
awareness corporate partnerships institutional funding product
innovation international expansion as well as further regulatory
support and policy acceptance
Among all models peer-to-peer business lending and invoice
trading are the largest models by volume of the UK online
alternative finance market
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
10
Share this story
B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
In total nearly GBP 149 billion was lent to SMEs in the UK
(a 99 year-on-year growth rate and 194 average growth rate
between 2013 and 2015)
Interestingly enough innovative corporate partnerships are
being forged between alternative finance platforms with the likes
of Virgin Amazon Uber Sage and KPMG This has certainly
pushed boundaries ndash merging the traditional corporate world
with the disruptive models of alternative finance
Invoice trading the second highest model continues to be a
popular financing tool for small and medium-sized enterprises
wanting to trade their invoices or receivables at a discount
in exchange for the speedy procurement of working capital
However while the GBP 270 million market size in 2014 grew by
178 compared to 2013 growth from 2014 ndash 2015 was more
modest with a 20 growth rate to GBP 325 million
Zooming in on the strategies banks (and alternative finance
providers for that matter) use to better position themselves we
identify a lot of partnerships Banks teaming up with online lenders
This is a different dynamic ndash instead of trying to displace banks
online lenders decided to strike partnerships For instance On
Deck teamed up with JP Morgan Chase and said it will help speed
up the process of offering small business loans to the banks 4
million customers Lending Club another online lender tied-up
with Citi Moven partnered marketplace lender CommonBond
In a game of tongue twisters American Banker said that fintechs
team up to become more like a bank I would argue that banks
team up with fintechs to become more like a fintech
Also another question arises what if a corporate want to expand
into more countries That may mean to establish a physical
presence in each location that is relevant to their client Could
banks satisfy that need too
The industry is dynamic and some companies leapfrogged some
steps but although the developments are innovative and exciting
the road ahead is paved with many bumps
About Mirela Amariei Crafting large-scale industry reports carrying out interviews and writing about innovation in payments and fintech are Mirelarsquos daily treats As the Senior Editor at The Paypers she speaks frequently with key thoughts leaders to identify trends and trendsetters She can be reached at mirelathepayperscom and via Linkedin wwwlinkedincominamarieim
About The Paypers The Paypers is the leading source of news and intelligence for professionals in the payment community worldwide Our products are aimed at merchants payment services providers processors financial institutions start-ups technology vendors and payment professionals and have a special focus on all major trends and developments in payments-related industries including online and mobile payments and banking ecommerce e-invoicing supply chain finance web fraud amp security and many others
wwwthepayperscom
Mirela Amariei
Senior EditorThe Paypers
Thought Leadership Section
B2B Payments
13 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B payment innovation the beginning of exciting times
Deutsche Bank
Why should banks and corporates invest in real-time payments For corporates the benefits stem from the capability for executing
time-sensitive transactions ndash such as High-Value critical vendor
or MampA-related payments ndash while receiving close-to-immediate
proof of execution instead of waiting for the specific entry to be
documented by standard intraday reporting
For banks to serve client needs they need to be involved in these
developments which is why Deutsche Bank and others are helping
develop a Pan-European Instant Payment Solution For large
banks involvement in establishing such future paymentcollection
platforms is a revenue loss avoidance tactic rather than a
profit creation one as they will otherwise lose market share to
disruptors And while urgent payments can currently be more
expensive there may be a regulatory push for banks to provide
real-time payments with no extra charges in the near future
What are the benefits and challenges of implementing pay-on-behalf-ofcollect-on-behalf-of structuresPOBOCOBO structures help corporates consolidate cash
flows and rationalise account structures as well as increasing
purchasing power when negotiating cash management terms
with banks POBOCOBO simplifies liquidity management as
cash is centralised through domestic and cross-border cash
concentration It also allows for streamlined cash management
activities across subsidiaries as payments and receivables
are bundled in one place (such as a Shared Service Centre)
for execution out of the central account Improving cash and
liquidity management in these ways reduces credit need and the
operational burden on subsidiaries
Deutsche Bankrsquos experience and feasibility studies on POBO
COBO in Europe over the past four years have shown four kinds
of challenges market-specific practices and legal tax and
operational considerations In addition POBOCOBO structures
differ in the status of the underlying account For POBO the
ordering account can be a normal operating account in most
jurisdictions but since funds collected within COBO structures
often relate to different legal entities the underlying account is
often considered a trust account This has further implications
For instance depending on regional Anti-Money Laundering laws
an account can contain either own funds of the account holder
or funds that belong to third parties (trust accounts) ndash not both
That in turn may require corporates to separate some incoming
transaction flows from the entities flowsrsquo part of the on-behalf-of
structure
What main friction points in B2B cross-border payments will disappear in the next five yearsDevelopments driven by regulatory change or facilitated by
technology and solution-based improvements will ultimately
allow for more frictionless and cost-effective transaction
processing For example the Payment Services Directive (to be
updated soon by PSD-2) affected cut-off times and value-dating
habits and a shift will likely take place in this area to align cross-
border payments in different currencies with the same value-
dating as SEPA payments
Similarly currency payments will likely become easier thanks
to automated conversion services such as Deutsche Bankrsquos
FX4Cash which offers client ease-of-use real-time FX rates
and enhanced transaction data And solutions such as Virtual
Accounts will improve reconciliation and accounting (through the
rationalisation of physical bank accounts across a region)
Retail banking has experienced futuristic leaps in the payments space ndash now is the time for the same level of transformation and convenience in the B2B space
The industry is poised to apply such innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration will this be possible
14 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What bank-core competencies foster innovation and growth through fintech partnerships in the B2B payments space We have witnessed the effects of the first wave of digitalisation
on daily activities particularly through smart devices and apps
Peer-to-peer and C2B processes have already experienced
radical transformation and the industry is poised to apply such
innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration
between incumbents and new players will this be possible
Fintechs have the technical skills and understanding of consumer
behaviour fail-friendly mindset and regulatory freedom to be
innovative ndash but in an increasingly competitive landscape that
will see market consolidation over coming years they need more
than that to survive Banks conversely experience internal and
external obstacles to innovating independently including legacy
systems internal siloes a cautious culture and tighter regulatory
restrictions But by offering the strength of their established
reputation global infrastructure existing client-base and expertise
regarding risk regulation and treasury needs banks can support
fintech growth bring new products to market through such
strategic alliances and successfully scale-up new offerings
What are the Bankrsquos plans for blockchainDistributed Ledger Technology is not new but interest around its
potential applications is rising and opportunities for blockchain
ndash from fraud prevention and risk reduction to quicker and more
transparent payment flows ndash cannot be ignored We are at the
beginning of the blockchain journey and the ways it will change
business models processes and ecosystems are yet to be
seen but we predict immense potential up and down the value-
chain Participants ndash for example it was one of the first banks to
test smart contracts for corporate bonds which was conducted
in-house in collaboration with the DB Labs Deutsche Bank
recently opened innovation labs in London and Berlin with a third
just opened in Silicon Valley which will help the Bank best utilise
new technologies and deepen relationships with start-ups In a
decade there will be myriad different blockchain technologies and
interoperability will be crucial The Bank is an initial driving member
of blockchain consortium R3 CEV and participated in trials of five
distinct blockchain technologies with other member banks
About Andrew Reid Appointed to his current role in 2013 Andrew has been with the Bank for 17 years within corporate cash management and trade finance Andrew supports and advises clients in adapting to the new regulatory environment and optimising their treasury operations
About Deutsche Bank Deutsche Bank provides commercial and investment banking retai l banking transaction banking and asset and wealth management products and services to corporations governments institutional investors businesses and private individuals Deutsche Bank is Germanyrsquos leading bank with a strong position in Europe and a significant presence in the Americas and Asia Pacific
gtbdbcom
Andrew P Reid
Managing Director and Head of Cash Management Corporates EMEA Global Transaction Banking
Deutsche Bank
15 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Blockchain In B2B Payments
Aite Group
Financial institutions are spending time and resources to find
out how much business they can gain by adopting blockchain
technology This hype on the bank side does not correspond
to similar interest from corporations nor itrsquos clear whether
blockchain technology creates similar business opportunities
for each side Yet a significant roadblock must be removed
That is the extremely poor understanding corporate people
have about blockchain In a January 2016 survey 95 corporate
executivesmdash66 of whom were supply chain and treasury
managers with the remaining coming from IT legal and salesmdash
were asked if they were familiar at all with the term ldquoblockchainrdquo
Over 80 answered ldquonordquo The first step of the journey is thus to
align on terms and definitions Consider blockchain as a ldquosecured
spreadsheetrdquo that sits in the cloud that multiple parties can review
Each of the transactions that are a part of it is guaranteed by a
set of cryptographic keys and all transactions are stored in one
database The blockchain is essentially an enormous database
that runs across a global network of independent computers
Main characteristics of blockchainIrrevocability There is an irrevocable trail (ie time-stamping)
of all the transactions that have ever been made which makes
attempts at hacking or fraud unsuccessful
Title transfer It allows property whose ownership is controlled
via the blockchain (ie physical property such as cars phones
or houses)
Distributed The ledger represents the truth because mass
collaboration constantly reconciles without having the need to
trust because thatrsquos built into the mechanism
Smart contracts Perhaps the most relevant blockchain feature
smart contracts are self-executing contractual states stored on
the blockchain which nobody controls and therefore everyone
can trust The code can control and restrict how the data is
accessed and used
Where do we go from hereA bitcoin that transfers ownership of title of a crypto-currency
can be applied between two parties that exchange goods for
money in business-to-business (B2B) transactions B2B partners
would best benefit from blockchain-based applications in the
increasingly global B2B payments There are complexities with
foreign payments that are not experienced in domestic payments
such as foreign exchange value-added taxes in certain countries
interfaces with many clearing and settlement networks and
the need to understand and apply specific country laws with
regard to payments processing Knowledge about the status of
payments can be even more important than settling the payment
itself The status of payments may affect the ability of a buyer
to make a purchase from a seller depending on the amount of
credit extended by the seller to the purchaser It may also impact
future pricing provided by the seller to a buyer For time-critical
payments knowing the location of a particular transaction in the
payment process allows the payer to take action if the payment is
delayed The more corporate treasurers know about outgoing and
incoming payments the better their cash forecasts
Blockchain and B2B paymentsThis article examines which blockchain drivers best apply to
current B2B payment process elements and intermediaries
ndash eg banks network providers clearing and settlement
structures Rather than revolutionary the analysis determines
how blockchain supports improves and- eventually- replaces
current B2B payments processes (see Figure 1)
Figure 1 Blockchain Features Applied to B2B Payment Process Elements
Source Aite Group
16 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
When paying the supplier the buyer issues a payment
instruction from its accounts payable to the bank This initiates
the transfer of title of currency and a time-stamp makes the
transaction irrevocable The intermediary bank may enjoy
blockchainrsquos irrevocability and title transfer to secure the
uniqueness and traceability of the transactions underpinning
the cash transfer The distributed nature of the blockchain
ledger avoids any delayed centralized control of AML screening
checking of availability of funds and clearing billing and
reporting activities All executed operations are validated within
The ledger offers the extra capability to the bank to swiftly handle
format translations from the clientrsquos accounting system A smart
contract on the blockchain provides the bank with the capability
to charge transparent and auditable service fees
The distributed ledger operates as the connectivity software
that the clearing network provides to all trading parties and
intermediaries The network is also capable of offering time-
stamping services as well as detect transactions that may trigger
the execution of smart contract applications Format translations
can be easily offered as a value added service
The beneficiary bank receives notice of an irrevocable transfer of
cash title that the distributed ledger renders valid and immediately
executable The ledger also streamlines all necessary account
management verifications to validate the payment data The sellerrsquos
account is immediately credited and all subsequent regulatory
and accounting reporting is made auditable and irrevocable
Bank services can be charged via smart contract applications
agreed between the parties The blockchain enables the seller-
ie the B2B payment receiving party- to update the accounts
receivable database with a payment confirmation that becomes
an auditable transaction
Blockchain is certainly not the panacea for all problems but the
frequency of applied features to the B2B payment processes
tells however that all parties involved could strongly benefit
from this technology without the need for anyone to be removed
About Enrico Camerinelli Enrico Camerinelli is a senior analyst at Aite Group specializing in wholesale banking cash and trade finance and payments He brings a strong European focus to Aite Grouprsquos Wholesale Banking practice Mr Camerinelli has been widely quoted by publications ranging from American Banker to the Financial Times
About Aite Group Aite Group is an independent research and advisory firm focused on business technology and regulatory issues and their impact on the financial services industry With expertise in banking payments wealth management capital markets and insurance Aite Groups analysts work with clients as partner advisor and catalyst
wwwaitegroupcom
Enrico Camerinelli
senior analystAite Group
17 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Emerging Internet of Payments
Traxiant
New offerings have been proliferating in B2B payments not
to mention financing solutions of various kinds Their growth
however and the shift from paper to electronic has long been
stymied by a lack of interoperability Most industry actors see the
need for an industry-scale solution to this problem and believe it
will happen eventually But fewer are clear on the path to get there
In the USD 700 trillion of B2B payments globally connecting
the many buyers sellers and providers of payments financing
and software solutions might seem an impossible task And
yet we have the example of the Internet A framework for
such payments interoperability would also almost inevitably be
standards-based and global So itrsquos reasonable to use the term
the ldquoInternet of Paymentsrdquo (ldquoIoPrdquo) to talk about this The naming
of such a phenomenon however is of course less important
than questions such as ldquowhetherrdquo ldquowhatrdquo ldquohowrdquo and ldquowhenrdquo
Unlike most industry actors we believe that the conditions for
the IoP to emerge have recently been falling into place Tactical
business needs are aligning with cloud-based technology
platforms and solution options And alignment with standards
frameworks notably around ISO 20022 offers the potential for
faster and wider scaling of such solutions with lower investment
The payments solutions that account for most B2B volume
today such as cheque and ACH are commoditized Their
transaction revenue models donrsquot support much investment
in next-generation solutions Basis point revenue streams
from receivablestrade financing forex and card models by
contrast can support such investments Buyers nowadays donrsquot
pay much for those services most rather expect to receive
discounts or rebate payments Thus a critical driver of revenue
in such businesses is the ability to get suppliers enrolled and
agreeing to pay the relevant fees This supplier onboarding
process is invariably hard work especially as you get further
out on the ldquolong tailrdquo Most new ldquosolutionsrdquo being promoted to
suppliers offer benefits of earlier or faster payment But they are
from the supplierrsquos perspective typically exception processes
and thus value-subtracting
Among enterprise buyers card e-payables and global payments
solutions are now relatively widely adopted ndash as indeed are
supplier networks Increasing competition from financial
institutions but also fintech players makes it ever more important
that providers optimise for adoption and value also on the
supplier side of the equation Strategically the requirement here
is for an extensible standards framework and platform that can
connect suppliers globally across both commodity payment and
value-added trade and financing scenarios
Tactical solutions however are also needed more narrowly
focused but aligned with the larger strategic goals One essential
element of such tactical solutions is enabling suppliers to
connect using their existing payments and software solutions
For ldquolong tailrdquo suppliers their ability to do so via a low friction
ldquoconsumerizedrdquo experience will also matter In recent years
cloud solutions and APIs to enable this have become available
for some widely-used financial solutions No silver bullet will
work for every supplier instantly And yet solving the problem for
supplier systems one by one is clearly an approach that wonrsquot
scale However by aligning with ndash and shaping ndash a standards-
based IoP framework early movers can start to build network
effects that do scale Proprietary network effects can and will
drive competitive advantage especially for early movers even
when built on top of standards A broader network effect will
come from the technical openness of the growing IoP ecosystem
As that happens industry actors of all kinds will invest in
solutions based on IoP standards so as to get connected
18 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
No discussion of B2B payments futures would be complete
without touching on the blockchain Such solutions seem likely
to play an important role How the various ldquonot-Bitcoinsrdquo with
their technical and regulatory benefits will fare against Bitcoin
itself remains unclear Standards such as the ldquoInterledger
Protocolrdquo could play a role perhaps enabling an ldquoInternet of
Valuerdquo layer for the IoP That said in global B2B payments
the ldquochicken-and-eggrdquo challenges that are inherent in any
new network technology clearly exist Blockchain adoption as
a purely ldquoback officerdquo or inter-bank technology seems likely
to happen first within narrowly-defined early use cases and
communities Adding value to pre-existing end-user (buyer-
seller) interactions like Skype did may be one plausible early
adoption scenario ldquoPiggy-backingrdquo on another network layer or
use case like Paypalrsquos initial use for eBay payments is another
way to think about this Combining all of these may work best
end user demand can be effective in driving adoption by solution
providers notably banks in this case
An Internet of Payments as it emerges will reshape the B2B
payments industry and much more besides It will likely develop
quite suddenly as a mass phenomenon much like the Internet in
the mid-nineties It will create winners and losers Those who move
early to test learn and shape the emerging Internet of Payments
ecosystem and framework will be best positioned to win
About Roger Bass Roger Bass is Founder CEO and Principal of Traxiant Previously with Intuit for eleven years he recently led a Network Payments initiative Other instrumental roles included the launch of Intuitrsquos European operations first online banking solution SMB Internet group and the QuickBooks platform Reach out via rogertraxiantcom
About Traxiant Traxiant provides software and consulting solutions to help financial and technology providers grow their B2B Payments and Financing solutions and profit from the Internet of Payments Solutions and areas of expertise include card e-payables global payments receivables financing and supplier networks
wwwtraxiantcom
Roger Bass
CEO and PrincipalTraxiant
Blockchain
20 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B Blockchain-based Payments Can it Beat the Banks
Orchard Finance
For those interested in Supply Chain FinanceTrade Finance
there is an increasing amount of articles about blockchain
For those who are not yet familiar with this term it is the
underlying technology behind Bitcoin The starting point for this
technology was to allow two parties to transfer a token of value
(Bitcoin) from one to another in a cheap reliable and fast way
Three main criteria for it are the two parties can be anywhere in
the world there should not be a central authority processing a
transaction and the same token (Bitcoin) cannot be spent more
than once
To meet all these criteria the solution proved to be a distributed
ledger containing all transactions visible for all participants in
the network A transaction is approved by consensus which is
reached by cryptographic encryption This technology is called
blockchain Many articles about blockchain are focused on the
way it works (hence are very technical) but because of the
complex terminology being used it causes more confusion than
clarity Perhaps the authors of these articles have been inspired
by former American president Harry S Truman when he said lsquoIf
you canrsquot convince them confuse themrsquo
Instead of focusing on the technology it is far more interesting to
understand what it can do for businesses The technology itself
is very powerful and it has the potential to radically transform
how businesses work and how payments are done If a Bitcoin
can be transferred in such a cheap fast reliable manner why
not a Euro or a Dollar
The current situation of a lsquoreal-time paymentrsquo is still depending on
cut off times of banks The party that initiates the payment sees
the amount deducted from their bank balance then the receiver
will get the amount some time later Depending on the sending
and receiving bank this can range from a couple of hours up to
a couple of days What happens is that the bank of the sender
updates its ledger (the bank balance of the sender) sends the
transaction via (most likely) the SWIFT network to the receiving
bank Afterwards the receiving bank receives the transaction
and updates its ledger (the bank balance of the receiver)
Blockchain payments how real-time are theyAs said before blockchain is a distributed ledger a shared
database All parties involved have access to this database
thus the participants that are allowed to participate see the
same version of the truth This means that if one party wants to
send a token of value to another party it updates the distributed
ledger When this update is agreed by the participants the lsquonewrsquo
state of the ledger is accepted With Bitcoin the acceptance
is done by miners validating the transaction via sophisticated
cryptographic encryption A transaction is fully validated in
approximately 8 minutes
The Bitcoin blockchain is a well-developed network with many
miners that can vet a transaction This Bitcoin blockchain
however might not be the best blockchain for B2B payments
There are providers in the market that are building new types
of blockchains that are specifically developed to facilitate
payments within a Supply Chain This means that payments
can be done real-time worldwide at low cost Next to the fast
low-cost payment processing there is another interesting aspect
to blockchain-based payments By using so-called lsquosmart
contractsrsquo payments can be made conditional
There are a wide array of situations this can be applied to
bull A payment can be executed in case certain criteria are met
For example a container with bananas arrives in the Port of
Rotterdam at an agreed time and by using special scanning
equipment the quality and quantity are checked and approved
When these criteria are met a payment is executed automatically
bull A budget can be allocated and this budget can only be spent
on predefined parties For instance a government provides
a rental allowance for individuals with a minimum income
This allowance can only be spent at a pre-approved landlord
In case it is not used before a certain moment in time the
allowance is cancelled
21 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Various parties in a supply chain can all be paid when the end
consumer purchases the product For example a consumer
buys a song online At the moment of purchase the amount
paid is distributed amongst the band the producer the studio
and the record label All parties are rewarded based on their
added value
Blockchain-based payments open up many possibilities
Not only is it possible to trade easier and cheaper but also
payments can be made smarter Banks are particularly interested
in this new technology and are closely investigating the potential
it may offer to them It is exciting times for banks and payment
institutions as with blockchain the real disruption is knocking
on the door The disruption here is not that things are done a
bit smarter more efficient or faster The disruption in payments
is that there is technology available that makes banks PSPs
credit card companies redundant Cutting out these middlemen
by making use of technology that provides the same trust and
robustness (or perhaps even more) will increase the speed of
payments increase the possibility to trade with each other while
significantly reducing costs
About Kris Wielens Kris Wielens is Senior Consultant with Orchard Finance He has more than a decade experience is (corporate) payments with various fims He has been active as Head of Strategic Partnerships EMEA Business Development Manager Sales Manager and Credit Analyst
About Orchard Finance Orchard Finance is a leading independent consultancy and staffing company specialized in the areas of Finance and Treasury Tailoring to our clients we offer advisory services project management and staff ing support Our professionals have a long standing reputation based on operational and project experience in banking corporate finance and treasury management amp control
wwworchardfinancecom
Kris Wielens
Senior ConsultantOrchard Finance
22 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Three-Phased Transformation of Supply Chain Finance with Blockchain Technology
Innopay
At Innopay we saw the early discussions around Bitcoin in 2010
transforming into a discussion about blockchain technology
by 2015 When blockchain was eventually seen as a promising
technology the discussions transformed to ldquoSo where can we
use itrdquo Although many contexts for the usage of blockchain
concepts have been discussed this article specifically discusses
the use of blockchain concepts as a transformative force in
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) SCF as we broadly define it is the
management of financial flows in the supply chain which includes
financial processes (transaction processes data processing
invoice matching etc) and SC financing techniques
We believe blockchain concepts could fundamentally change
how we organise SCF in the nearby future but it will take time
before involved stakeholders will have gained the desired
level of common understanding needed to make it a reality
The fundamental reason behind this is that the benefits of
blockchain only get realised within the context of a network and
the level of usage of a technology within a network is largely
dependent on usersrsquo collective level of understanding
We predict that the collective understanding comes in phases (as
it is currently unfolding in the banking and insurance industries)
namely shared database transactional network and automatable
transactional network This development of the collective
understanding provides a tidy framework in which we can
describe the abovementioned transformation of SCF
Phase 1 Setting up shared databases (0-3 years)One of the fundamental e-business process challenges has
always been how do companies cross each otherrsquos organisational
boundaries to allow a secure dependable and synchronised flow
of goods and transactional data The most logical means would
be by using a shared database Currently blockchain technology
is the de facto instrument for shared database where all the
involved parties can read and write on the database while the
state of the database can be trusted without the involvement of
intermediaries As the communal understanding ndash and subsequent
use ndash of blockchain as a shared database gains traction within the
context of SCF we will see fundamental improvements in essential
processes such as
bull Synchronising processes
bull Harmonised naming and numbering conventions
bull Deducing the current state of invoices
bull Invoice double spending when it comes to financing
bull Insight into goods flows (ownership and arrivals)
bull Less administrative steps for goods receipt to activate invoice
sending and subsequent payout
bull Cheap and transparent dispute resolution
Phase 2 Transactional network (3-5 years)In the development of an understanding of blockchain technology
the knowledge that a transaction is nothing more or nothing less
than an accepted change to a database is an essential step
Although this insight may sound straightforward it is counterintuitive
based on the ubiquitousness of the traditional banking payment
and escrow services for transactions in SCF Their role is seldom
questioned or re-examined As soon as this insight becomes
common knowledge the potential of blockchain technologies
within transactions for both financial and ownership of goods
purposes will be understood at a more innovative level
With blockchain-based transactional networks any type of
transaction can be directly executed without the need for third
parties As soon as this functionality becomes part of the collective
understanding of the SCF community the community can take
advantage of this by reducing complexity by coordinating
financial information monetary flows and goods movements into
one transactional network
Currently transactional complexity and challenges surrounding
the coordination of different transactional flows are limiting
scalability and international breadth of SCF networks Blockchain
technology can provide elegant solutions to these impediments
and unlock value at an international level by further linking small
SMEs to global corporates and financiers
23 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Phase 3 Automatable transactional network (5-7 years)As soon as the SCF community gains communal understanding
of blockchain as a transactional network then the next natural
line of inquiry could be the nature of transaction initiation During
this inquiry the following components of blockchain technology
will be discovered and the third phase might commence
bull Multi-signature capability ndash a means of separate entities to
safely and securely state whether an event took place or not
bull Smart contracts ndash agreements that automatically execute the
change of ownership of funds or goods based on whether an
event took place or not
bull Cryptocurrencies ndash a set of tokens of a variable but crypto-
graphi cally verifiable amount which is used for efficient value
transfers
By means of combining multi-signature and smart contracts with
existing e-mandates or cryptocurrencies the automatic payment
of invoice amounts or other types of collateral could be initiated
and executed instantaneously and automatically This will open
the path towards an international SCF network that automatically
creates investment grade financial instruments as a seamless
part of the supply chain process
ConclusionAlthough history shows us that we can only have so much
foresight we see a clear match between the features of blockchain
concepts and SCF we believe that at some point blockchain will
be a prominent part of SCF The speed at which SCF will evolve
and innovate will depend on the creativity of its stakeholders
and how fast the common understanding on how to use the
technology will develop Seeing that blockchain technology has
something compelling to offer at each phase of understanding we
see rapid developments taking place sooner than later
About Gys Hough Gys Hough follows the develop-ment of blockchain concepts since 2012 and was involved in shaping several business ideas based on blockchain concepts in the field He is also involved in the facilitation of various discussions surrounding blockchain applications in the financial industry
About Innopay Innopay is an independent consulting company specialised in online payments digital identity and e-business We help our clients including financial institutions governments and corporates to develop the compelling strategies and digital services for consumers and companies that are key for successful competition in a rapidly digitising world
wwwinnopaycom
Gys Hough
ConsultantInnopay
Innovation In Payments amp Banking
26 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
SWIFT
Launched in December 2015 to much anticipation in the industry
the initiative has received strong backing with more than 50
leading banks already signed up The Paypers spoke to Wim
Raymaekers SWIFTrsquos Head of Banking Market and programme
manager of the global payments innovation initiative to find out
more about this exciting move
We often hear that B2B payments are opaque complex and risky Why do you think that is and where do you think that improvements can be madeYes currently when a corporate treasurer sends a request
for a cross-border transaction to his bank he typically has no
sight on what actually happens with that demand They often
liken this to a lsquoblack holersquo saying they have no view on when
payments occur or their final costs This can lead to problems
with suppliers or end-customers not to mention increasing
financial risks resulting from payment delays or non-compliance
with regulatory requirements
I think improvements can be made in three main areas firstly
the speed of payments corporates want fastest payments so
banks need to be able to guarantee that they are made within
certain timeframe Secondly corporates want to know the
exact payment amount that will reach their counterparty ndash here
banks need to provide transparency on the fees involved and
the amount credited to the creditor And thirdly they want to
be able to track payments banks need to let corporates know
when payments have been initiated and credited to the creditors
account to avoid delays in the supply chain or frictions between
supplier and seller
What are the opportunities for a corporate to leap forward through the use of the cross-border payment industryCorporates are not in the business of payments they just want
to buy and sell Yet they do have to manage their treasury to
make those payments ndash so a better faster more transparent
payment solution is important to them On top of that having
a good payment infrastructure benefits your supply chain
Because if the money does not get to the supplier in time the
credit line will go up causing delays on all fronts So the better
your payment infrastructure is the stronger and more reliable
your supply chain is
Designed for the corporate treasurer SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation initiative offers an ambitious roadmap for reinventing the correspondent banking model as we know it today With ever increasing competition from new entrants offering same-day or even real-time payment facilities SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
Correspondent banking rejuvenated
SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
27 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What can you tell us about the global payments innovation initiative (gpii) and what are SWIFTrsquos plans in regard to this initiativeAs part of the initiative SWIFT is working in close collaboration
with the largest transactions banks in the world to enhance
their corporate customersrsquo cross-border payment experience
Together we will strive to provide a faster service with upfront
clarity on costs confirmation of delivery and richer remittance
information data
We are now working together with the banks to commonly
agree service level agreements (SLAs) to which all the initiative
member banks must comply The new service will be designed
to address end-customer needs without compromising banks
abilities to meet their compliance obligations market credit and
liquidity risk requirements
What is the role of blockchain in this initiativeSWIFT is devoting significant resources to instigate the
opportunities and challenges of deploying blockchain and
distributed ledger technologies more broadly on our platform
While the initiative aims to first make improvements based on the
existing infrastructures in parallel we are building a gpii vision
for cross-border payments This will set out how we will adopt
new technologies in order to ensure corporate customers receive
the best possible payments experience in the near future
Wim Raymaekers
Head of Banking MarketSWIFT
About Wim Raymaekers Wim Raymaekers leads SWIFTrsquos banking initiatives worldwide and is responsible for developing and driving value propositions across the banking community In this capacity Wimrsquos mission is to help banks grow their business particularly in view of changing customer and market requirements
About SWIFT SWIFT is a global member-owned cooperative and the worldrsquos leading provider of secure financial messaging services We provide our community with a platform for messaging and standards for communicating and we offer products and services to facilitate access and integration identification analysis and financial crime compliance
wwwswiftcom
28 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Moving payments into the digital era
UniCredit
Which are UniCreditrsquos strategies to remain competitive in the B2B cross-border payments spaceUniCredit is taking a number of steps to ensure that it offers a highly
competitive portfolio of payments services including a number of
tools for simplifying cross-border transactions
In particular UniCredit has invested considerably in the
Bank Payment Obligation (BPO) ndash a settlement tool which
enables firms to execute secure transactions mediated by
partner banks through a quick and efficient digital process
When carried out properly BPOs combine the risk mitigation and
financing advantages of Letters of Credit (LCs) with the digital
speed of open account settlement This makes them particularly
advantageous for cross-border transactions ndash especially with
unfamiliar counterparties or those concentrated in a particular
region or industry Thanks to bank mediation the risk of non-
payment in such cases is drastically reduced ndash allowing firms
to take on more business and sell their receivables more easily
UniCredit has worked hard to bring these benefits to clients in
the most efficient and convenient format possible ndash offering vast
improvements on LC processing times which are only set to
increase once the process is fully digitalized This principle of
fully digitalized processes is also reflected in UniCreditrsquos virtual
accounts services which enable clients to consolidate their
bank accounts in a given currency into a single ldquoparentrdquo account
This can then be divided internally into as many ldquovirtualrdquo
accounts as required ndash with each account given its own allocated
funds account number and permissions Already available
for affiliatesrsquo incoming and outgoing transactions in nearly 50
countries including the SEPA zone and six CEE markets this
system generates huge benefits to efficiency scalability and
transparency ndash eliminating the need for cash pooling expediting
the process of opening and closing accounts and providing a
comprehensive overview of cash flows without sacrificing detail
Going forward UniCredit intends to remain at the cutting edge
of B2B cross-border payments with new initiatives such as the
integration of big-data analytics into existing payments services
ndash offering clients insights based on payments data and other
relevant information
With increased customer demand to install real-time payment infrastructures what trends do you see happening right nowThe demand for instant payments is part of a wider trend towards
greater speed and efficiency in the industry This is particularly
notable in ecommerce where firms are looking to provide
increasingly rapid delivery services ndash with next-day and even
same-day delivery now possible The use of digital technology to
expedite routine processes is becoming more and more prevalent
with clients increasingly basing their expectations on their
experiences in the retail sector UniCredit is keen to play its part
in this development and is already implementing real-time rates
for instant payments ndash including for cross-border transactions ndash
ahead of the November 2017 implementation date
How has UniCredit adapted to the digitalisation of the transaction banking industryUniCredit has established itself as a frontrunner in the
development of key advances such as the BPO and virtual
accounts and continues to search for new and innovative ways
to leverage technology for the benefit of its clients To this end
it has taken a number of steps to ensure continued innovation
ndash with product development teams harnessing the expertise of
traditional banking experts and technology specialists along
with a wide range of external perspectives
This has already seen blockchain technology become a reality
for custody services clients while virtual accounts technology
is being supplemented by CAMT messages ndash enhancing
standardisation even beyond the SEPA zone with automated
reconciliation between banks and corporates
The field of payments is undergoing a period of transformation as digitalisation paves the way for greater speed and efficiency
29 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
UniCredit has also adopted a more holistic client interface
including its IT solutions provider in client meetings This enables
UniCredit to adapt its solutions to clientsrsquo individual technological
requirements rather than expecting them to adapt to accommo-
date the solution
How do you support your CEE-based clients in their efforts to optimise working capitalUniCredit offers its CEE-based clients a full range of support for
their working capital optimisation programmes ndash having been the
first in Russia Bulgaria and Croatia to offer classic services such
as cross-border cash pooling UniCredit also offers unrivalled
BPO coverage with the instrument already available in Bulgaria
and Romania In terms of approach we encourage firms to avoid
the lsquosilorsquo mindset of asking how they can benefit from individual
tools such as receivables finance or approved payables finance
ndash instead promoting a focus on overarching short- mid- and
long-term goals Mostly it turns out that short-term liquidity
generation is not corporatesrsquo main concern ndash especially given the
abundance of liquidity in todayrsquos market Other factors however
such as risk mitigation supply-chain stability and balance-sheet
optimisation almost always figure in their plans ndash demanding
a holistic programme for working capital optimisation This of
course also means being prepared for the eventuality of liquidity
suddenly or gradually drying up
In the face of fintech disruption which areas can banks capitalise onFintech companies certainly bring new impulses to the transaction
banking sector but banks almost always excel by capitalising
on their existing strengths ndash drawing on their holistic financial
expertise and their status as trusted and highly regulated
partners to corporate clients These strengths can to a certain
extent be amplified through digitalisation within banks ndash
translating greater efficiency into greater convenience for clients
Even more promising however is the potential for co-operation
between banks and specialist technology companies with banks
combining their core strengths and broad client base with fintech
independence and nimbleness to create the ideal conditions for
innovation
About Markus Strauszligfeld Since 2005 Markus Strauszligfeld has been Head of International Cash Management Sales at UniCredit responsible for cash management and eBanking sales to large and multi-national organisations in Europe the US and Asia
About UniCredit UniCredit is a bank with a substantial footprint in Europe and an extensive international network of branches representative offices and correspondent banks ndash enabling it to follow its clients wherever they go Its payments services come under the Global Transaction Banking (GTB) unit
wwwgtbunicrediteu
Markus Strauszligfeld
Head of International Cash Management SalesUniCredit
30 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Making One-Click Finance Possible ndash Who Are the Relevant Stakeholders and How They Should Work Together
sharedserviceslink
There are 6 stakeholders in your supplier financing programme
(SFP) This article examines each of the groups and what their
contribution to the SFP is
Accounts PayableIn recent years the AP function has nudged its way to the front
of the crowd becoming the owner of most SFPs This is an
interesting development as the owner in the past was Treasury
This shift has come because of the evolution in invoice
processing technology Ten years ago APrsquos focus was to (slowly)
pay paper invoices Since then most multi-nationals have
implemented e-invoicing Sizeable volumes of invoices are now
received electronically meaning invoices are processed posted
and paid quicker And whether or not AP realised it at the time
the scene was being set for something greater to unfold early
pay programmes
Accounts Payablersquos contributionAP teams have become experts in onboarding suppliers This
expertise was established during earlier e-invoicing or P-card
programmes Supplier onboarding is complicated but after a
few rounds of reaching out and asking suppliers to change
something you soon become proficient in onboarding AP has
been driven to become expert in supplier onboarding as the
financial gain relies on supplier engagement This positions AP
to own the supplier onboarding process for your SFP
ProcurementWhereas AP owns the onboarding process Procurement
will own the actual relationship with suppliers which means
owning the message contained in the supplier communication
Suppliers listen to Procurement and see it as the key point of
contact Procurement can help make the SFP more successful
by drafting and signing off on clever messaging
Procurementrsquos contributionProcurement also owns the assessment of supplier risk ndash
assessing each supplierrsquos financial risk year-end and the
suitable rate that should be applied (given their credit history
etc) Forensic research into each supplier will further your
understanding of the opportunities and risk and the effect on
the return
ITYou may decide to use your own cash or a third partyrsquos cash
Either way technology will be involved You will want IT brought
into the project early to understand macro considerations
like security connectivity and compatibility IT will likely leave
business process and functional requirements to AP Treasury
and Procurement
ITrsquos contributionSFP technologies have been on the market for years They are
developing and becoming more varied Itrsquos likely that someone
in the IT team has installed a SFP tool before Make sure this
person sits on the team Also make this program a priority SFPs
will not drain IT (wo)man days so it need not compete with more
demanding IT initiatives Work with someone in IT that lsquogetsrsquo this
and can approve on security etc at a quick pace
TreasuryAlthough Treasury was historically the owner and leader of SFPs
it has taken on the role of collaborator in recent years offering
crucial perspective regarding the larger levers that should or
shouldnrsquot be pulled given the companyrsquos cash position
Treasuryrsquos contributionTreasury understands the flow of cash and its real cost and
opportunity to the business Because of this it is well placed to
regularly assess which approach to take ndash is it better to use the
companyrsquos own cash use a third partyrsquos cash (and if so which
party) or to stall on early payments altogether Treasury has a
360ordm view of the companyrsquos strategic aims the balance sheet
the bank account real-time rates and alternative rates through
alternative methods as well as whats most important given
where the company is in its financial year Treasury is the brains
behind the SFP
31 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
C-SuiteThe CFO needs to back your project and this support must
be visible It is important to educate them on the SFP early by
presenting them with relevant case studies you have gathered
and the possible business case
C-Suite contributionThey will need your direction but the CFO and CPO will add
panache to your SFP The lsquosignaturersquo on the comms piece sent to
suppliers should be theirs If any buyer in the business becomes
concerned about this programme the C-Suite needs to have
a response at hand To realise the significant savings that can
come from your SFP your C-Suite must be ready to provide the
required PR
SuppliersBuyers rarely push back against SFPs because a) itrsquos optional
for suppliers and b) itrsquos attractive for suppliers However getting
the suppliers to engage is instrumental and makes the supplier
a key stakeholder
Supplier contributionSuccess Without their participation your business case is a flop
So make sure they understand what the SFP is whatrsquos in it for
them what they need to do who they can reach out to with
questions or concerns and that participation in SFP inevitably
qualifies them as a preferred supplier
ConclusionGet the first five stakeholders onboard early at concept stage
so they feel supportive of the SFPrsquos direction and purpose and
ask them how involved they would like to be given their role
About Susie West Susie West is the CEO and Founder at sharedserviceslink and proudly labels herself as a shared services geek She has been in the shared services industry since 1998 In 2007 she set up sharedserviceslink a leading global business community for professionals looking to improve performance in shared services Her central aim is to help individuals companies and the market mature through the sharing and consumption of (mostly peer generated) best practice information
About sharedserviceslink sharedserviceslink is a business community for professionals working in shared services sharederserviceslink is viewed as trusted advisors to this market because it offers exceptional content connection insight and overall value
wwwsharedserviceslinkcom
Susie West
CEO and Foundersharedserviceslink
Exclusive interview
32 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About the companyToken provides digital payment solutions for banks and their clients to deliver instant end-to-end secure and frictionless payments worldwide The solution addresses the key concerns of PSD2 security disintermediation and lack of revenue
wwwtokenio
Marten Nelson
VP MarketingToken
Website wwwtokenioOffices location Redwood City California USAFounded in 2015Categories payments psd2 fintech
Token
The next generation of payments infrastructure will first of all help banks open up
What drives real-time payments infrastructure adoption in the US vs EUA number of valuable business cases drive the adoption of real-
time payments infrastructure Both consumers and businesses
expect funds to be instantly available during a payment
transaction 25 years ago the invention of the Worldwide Web
allowed us to share data instantly and globally Exchanging value
should be just as easy and fast as moving information but for
a number of reasons this hasnrsquot yet happened While there are
regional real-time payments solutions the US and many parts
of Europe are still lagging But there is hope ndash the Feds in the
US and the ECB have launched real-time payments initiatives
Why did Token choose to leverage the bankrsquos existing ledger instead of using blockchain The main reasons were that we found the bankrsquos ledger to
perform pretty well in most cases and to leverage existing
infrastructure typically reduces the complexity of deployment
and therefore cost It was simply a cost-benefit analysis
There are many interesting use cases for distributed ledgers
and for some of our functions and in some situations it makes
sense Thatrsquos why we designed the solution with distributed
ledgers being optional
What is the value proposition for European banks by integrating Token Token solves the main issues banks are facing in terms of
PSD2 security disintermediation and the economics First you
can think of Token as a PSD2 firewall that protects the bank
infrastructure from poorly behaving third parties Second Token
retains the bankrsquos customer experience even when accessed by
third parties Last we allow banks to offer value-added services
that generate incremental net revenue
33 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Future of Banking Innovation and the Fintech Startups Journey
Future Asia Ventures
The financial services sector has become the poster child for
corporate innovation Over the last 5 years banks have been
investigating and experimenting with several new financial
technologies in the crowd funding trade processing lending
and wealth management areas These experiments have come
in different shapes and sizes Based on our research we know
21 banks that have launched accelerator programs around the
world Other banks have launched pre-accelerators incubators
and labs
As a research amp advisory firm we regularly speak with many
corporations startups and venture investors We are constantly
learning about the landscape Here are 5 perspectives we would
like to share
1 Fintech is old but the market conditions have never been betterMost experienced financial sector professionals understand that
this recent wave of fintech startups is just that ndash a wave Fintech
is a new term that captures a large category of existing and
growing technologies which involve transaction processing data
and record keeping Fintech companies have been innovating
since the 1950s The last 60 years produced ATMs credit cards
online banking and online stock investing to name only a few
Innovation in fintech is nothing new What is new is the explosion
of startups in the last six years There are now approximately
6000 fintech startups The playing field is crowded and thatrsquos
because the opportunity to innovate has never been greater
The combination of cheap capital a dry period in bank innovation
and a credit crisis followed by heavy regulation created the
right environment for startups to rise There has never been a
better time to be an entrepreneur
2 Regulation matters It might sound obvious but regulatory rules and compliance are
a very important part of the startup journey for fintech founders
This makes fintech different from other startup sectors
Founders in fintech are generally a decade or more experienced
than their peers Regulation is often an entry barrier because
you need to be licensed by regulatory bodies to do business in
each jurisdiction For startups that want to expand compliance
is mandatory and expensive The financial system for good
reason doesnrsquot tolerate risk As a result founders need to
cooperate with regulators budget for long waiting periods find
strategic partnerships that help their growth efforts and be in this
for the long haul Fintech is marathon not a sprint
3 Innovation canrsquot be measuredWhen speaking with innovation officers I am often asked
which program or format is the best People are looking for a
quantitative measure or a definitive leader among corporations
The truth is there is no one best model or best innovator
An innovation program should be designed around your
budget your timeline and the problem you are trying to solve
These factors are different for each company For some a
hackathon might be best while for others a robust corporate
ventures program might make more sense Available capital
decision-making dynamics and pain points vary per company
Each company has to do whatrsquos right for them However one
thing is certain ndash good innovation programs have a clearly
defined problem and success criteria Without a mandate you
are bound to go in circles
Number of Corporate Accelerators Launched Each Year Corporate accelerator launches have peaked So far in 2016 2 new accelerators have launched Going forward companies will design tailored open innovation programs and formats to engage and collaborate with startups
34 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
About Falguni Desai She is the Founder amp Managing Director of Future Asia Ventures and has over 18 years of corporate strategy innovation and MampA experience She has worked globally with business leaders at Fortune 500 firms in the financial media and technology sectors to foster growth amp expansion
About Future Asia Ventures Future Asia Ventures is an innovation advisory amp research firm Through our research and services we help new ventures grow and connect investors with innovative opportunities We serve private investors foundations and corporations around the world
wwwfutureasiaventurescom
Falguni Desai
Founder amp Managing DirectorFuture Asia Ventures
4 Innovation is inherently wastefulSeveral companies are still sitting on the sidelines While our
latest research has uncovered that 116 companies around the
world have set up corporate accelerators and several dozens
have launched incubators and labs the majority of large
companies are not engaged in this type of open innovation
They might be wondering whether an innovation program will
generate returns The answer is no not in the short term But in
the long run yes Innovation creates waste Companies wonrsquot
solve the problem on the first try Several partnerships and
investments will fail Incubated ideas may not scale and those
looking to try their hand at innovation should swallow this pill
and be prepared for failure To be good at innovation you need to
try things and then quickly stop them when they donrsquot work and
quickly try again
5 The endgame is collaboration not conflictI still see articles which predict a future without banks how
disruption will cause banks to fail and shut down The reality
is banks play a very important role in the lending infrastructure
of most modern economies Peeling back through fintech
history the innovations that survived and scaled were the
ones that worked with banks not against them In the 1990s
online stock brokers appeared on the scene Stock exchanges
and brokers didnrsquot disappear but they now operate differently
Today fintech marketplace lenders offer loans more efficiently
to retail customers The capital for these loans comes from
traditional banks and large asset managers Banks brokers and
asset managers wonrsquot disappear instead their processes and
the customer experience they offer will change dramatically The
moral here is that new fintech services will become part of the
overall financial infrastructure Fintech startups will eventually
grow into companies that are counterparties and partners to
banks not necessarily competitors Of course not all of them
will succeed but the future of banking will be formed through
collaboration
VISIT OUR ENHANCED ONLINE COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING MARKET GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
wwwe-invoicingthepayperscom
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
The Power Of Data amp Traceability
37 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
1 Idea of exchanging invoice statuses + benefitsIncreasing financial pressure forces firms to focus on their cash
positions For this reason effective Working Capital Management
is a high priority There are different ways to improve the cash
position of companies in supply chains ndash and here comes one
of them exchanging invoice statuses positively influences the
cash position of selling parties After the purchase of a product
or service the seller sends his buyer an invoice and waits for
payment The unpredictability of the moment of payment leads
to significant challenges for sellers in managing their cash
positions Smaller companies (SMEs) particularly struggle with
liquidity shortages and unpredictable cash flows Payment
deadlines vary between 30 and 90 days and buyers tend to use
their free liquidity as long as possible In the case of long payment
deadlines sellers may want to have their receivables financed by
financiers The answer to this problem is offered by the Status
Based Receivables Finance Model (SBRF) a track and trace
solution for electronic and paper-based invoices The model
allows the actors to gain more insight in the invoice statuses
After the buyer grants the sellerrsquos financier permission to access
the invoice status the financier can lsquotrack and tracersquo the invoice
in the buyerrsquos ERP system It allows financiers to operate
more effectively and efficiently with reduced risks and lower
financing costs when providing invoice based finance to sellers
For sellers planning incoming cash flows becomes easier
because the provided transparency enables them to further
optimise their working capital position But there is even better
news the SBRF model allows for process efficiencies and better
risk management for all actors in the supply chain A detailed
overview of the various benefits is provided in the table below
2 Need for standardisationStandardisation is the key to successful processes and a
profitable outcome ndash in this case the working capital optimisation
Where does the need for standardisation originate
The SBRF Model directly connects to the financing instrument
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) While the seller waits for his payment
after the delivery his liquidity is reduced hence this becomes a
major problem for SMEs Due to their small size they often suffer
from poor borrowing terms even if they would urgently need
access to capital
SCF releases liquidity and creates benefits for all actors along
the supply chain The seller obtains a credit from a financier
against the buyerrsquos credit rating for the period of the payment
and benefits from the buyerrsquos credit conditions Normally the
process is automated through an electronic platform which
can onboard a variety of suppliers (and financiers if needed)
potentially combined with e-invoicing
Yet due to the number of SCF providers there is a heterogeneity
of concepts and technological solutions which leads to
inefficiency and process disruptions Additionally there is an
untapped potential of SCF because of insufficient dissemination
and misunderstanding of the concept These difficulties will
only be dissolved by standardisation and clear definition of
concepts processes and technologies Possible benefits of
standardisation are cost advantages facilitated implementation
and compatibility of technology and processes
E-invoicing as a prerequisite of SCF is already subject to
standardisation efforts throughout Europe reflected by different
guidelines and directives Even so a great deal remains to
be done The SBRF Model is one step in the right direction
towards standardised processes of SCF and working capital
optimisation
Track and Trace of Invoices for Working Capital Optimisation
Fraunhofer Institute
1 Better risk assessment2 Process efficiency and
resulting lower costs3 New financing markets
because it becomes economically viable to finance sellers based on smaller invoices
1 Better cash flow forecasting visibility and working capital optimisation
2 Less operational debtor handling
3 Better access to financing instruments faster more choice easier
1 Less manual handling of incoming invoice inquiries
2 Improving financial stability of the supply chain
3 Optimise internal procurement and invoice approval processes
4 Possibility of later payment or discount
Financier Seller Buyer
38 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About Prof Dr Michael Henke Prof Dr Michael Henke completes the board of directors of Fraunhofer IML as new director of the section Enterprise Logistics and he also holds the chair of Enterprise Logistics at the faculty of Mechanical Engineering at TU Dortmund University His research focuses lie among others on the area of eg management of the Industry 40 purchasing and supply management supply chain risk management and financial supply chain management
About Fraunhofer Fraunhofer IML is said to be first address for all questions with respect to holistic logistics the employees work on all fields of internal and external logistics Made-to-measure arranged teams create cross-industry and customer-specific solutions in the area of materials handling warehouse management supply chain management simulation supported business and system planning and also traffic systems closed loop economy resources logistics building logistics and e-business
wwwimlfraunhoferde
Share this story
3 First steps were takenInnopay an e-business consultancy firm from the Netherlands
the Dutch factoring company lsquovoldaanrsquo and a client of voldaan
developed the SBRF Model in 2015 Within the scope of the
Workshops on Standardisation in SCF by the Supply Chain
Finance Community Innopay and the Fraunhofer Institute
of Material Flow and Logistics (IML) presented the SBRF
demonstration since November 2015
The ldquoProof of Conceptrdquo demonstrated the financier tracking the
status of an outstanding invoice electronically He gained insight
into the progress of the invoice and could assess the associated
risks
During the Workshop Series the model as well as development
improvement and extension potentials have been discussed
actively by the participants European experts on SCF and
e-invoicing Subjects to the discussions have also been technical
specifications and the integration with other solutions
4 More Proofs of ConceptIn the first half of 2016 the SBRF concept will extend to more
financiers sellers buyers and ERP solutions across Germany
and Italy at least The well-established network of the SCF
Community and its members will provide a basis for the
development and geographical extension
The practical integration with e-invoicing and SCF platforms and
the standardisation along the dimensions of Legal Operational
Functional and Technical dimensions will be investigated in detail
For Germany a planned SCF event at the House of Logistics
and Mobility (HOLM) in Frankfurt organised by the Fraunhofer
IML and Innopay makes an important contribution to the Proof
of Concept The event is scheduled for summer 2016 and will
include workshops on the SBRF Model Moreover further
aspects of SCF standardisation according to the SCF research
focus of the Fraunhofer IML will be covered
Prof Dr Michael Henke
Director Enterprise LogisticsFraunhofer
39 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Turning Financial Messaging Data into Business Profit ndash the new challenge for financial institutions
INTIX
Long-term considered an impenetrable space dominated by
a few the financial services industry is currently riding a giant
wave of entrepreneurial disruption disintermediation and
digital innovation Recent developments such as the regulatory
pressure as well as the criticality of business intelligence and
customer experience are impacting banks more than ever
Financial Institutions (FIs) are caught between increasingly
strict and costly regulations and the need to compete through
continuous innovation The competitive position of incumbent
institutions is at stake
Todayrsquos challenges determine tomorrowrsquos needsFIs face a series of strategic challenges that will determine their
own future
1 Regulatory compliance ndash between 2008 and 2013 US banks
paid more than USD 100 billion in penalties and settlements
2 Business intelligence ndash turning data into a competitive advantage
is nowadays seen as the Holy Grail However only a few
succeed to become masters of their own data and conquer Big
Data problems
3 Customer service ndash Big Data and advanced analytics offer a
transformative potential to predict the ldquonext best actionsrdquo and
understand customer needs
4 Risk management ndash regulatory bodies now require information
management to be a foundational effort within all FIs for pur-
poses of risk management however the responsibility around
data quality is fragmented and unclear within the organisation
How will FIs be able to face such obstacles and in a cost effective
way Which strategy will help them survive (How) could technology
support the new needs in this journey
Digitisation and regulatory compliance are transformativeThe Financial Services industry faces an unprecedented accele-
ration of digitisation and regulations which leads to a series of
major impacts
1 The increased digitisation produces new electronic information
digital processes data semantics and structures as well as
new IT systems within FIs
2 The extended digital environment leads to higher complexity
for staff to find and interpret information given the growing
number of data sources
3 As critical information is siloed enterprise-level reporting
decision-making customer service and performance
optimisation are impaired
4 Working across data sources can be tedious or impossible
given the variety of data semantics in use
5 The regulatory mandates make effective information manage-
ment no longer optional As per Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision (BCBS) 239 regulation Systemically Important
Banks (SIBs) must prioritise addressing gaps in their Risk
Data Aggregation and Reporting (RDAR) capabilities Without
these senior management is unable to obtain an accurate and
in-depth picture of the risks the bank faces
6 A siloed approach to information management raises non-
compliance risks Many banks continue to lack the high-quality
data capture and aggregation processes full compliance requires
Information whether based on structured and unstructured data is
increasingly seen as the lifeblood of the business Regulatory bodies
identified this too and now require information management to be a
foundational effort within all FIs for purposes of risk management
and compliance reporting This has led FIs to recognise their need
to become information-centric
The information management challengeGiven the continuous evolution of their IT infrastructure and
adoption of digital processes FIs deal with a myriad of systems
and applications all having their own software technology
access method security user interfaces data semantics and
structures messaging formats etc This situation does not
simplify the work of the business and operations teams who
have to face such complex environment and rely on a series of
unconnected tools to execute their daily jobs Consequently
activities requiring access to customer and transaction details
as well as history and statistics are severely slowed down
Examples include handling of customer enquiries reporting on
transactions towards regulators reporting on SLAs to clients
management information reports and so on
40 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
FIs must consider those challenges strategically
bull First and foremost they must elevate information to its deserved
status of strategic asset This will help ensure that data is
actively managed on enterprise level for its embedded value to
be realised
bull They also need to equip themselves with the right technology in
order to turn information to their advantage
However some barriers exist
bull Integration with legacy systems many legacy systems make it
difficult to extract data and may not be best suited for Big Data
technologies
bull Connecting data silos there is no uniform view of data and most
organisations have not integrated disparate data sources given
the complexity of the task
Data integration tools are becoming key to connecting various
data sources and data sets and delivering on the promise of
information or data management
FIs become master of your dataBy conquering Big Data challenges FIs will be able to draw a
competitive advantage through enhanced strategic decision-
making improved customer service and effective risk management
Information management technology and governance are
key to break down the organisational silos that typically exist
within financial institutions to provide a complete picture of an
institutionrsquos financial transactions and client information across
a myriad of sources Not only does this make it easy for FIs to
respond to the increasing requirements for compliance and
reporting it also provides the opportunity to turn such data into
valuable insights and information for the customersrsquo benefit
Information management tools will help financial institutions
address a series of strategic objectives including regulatory
readiness and responsiveness enhanced strategic decision-
making faster customer service effective risk management
In sum FIs that become master of their own data will benefit from
a competitive advantage which they will turn into business profit
About Andreacute Casterman Andreacute Casterman is Chief Marketing Officer at INTIX and a Member of the Banking ExCo of the ICC During the past 5 years Andreacute was SWIFTrsquos head of the corporate amp trade markets in charge of strategy governance and product initiatives Andreacute Casterman has two masterrsquos degrees from VUB and a masterrsquos degree from ICHEC
About INTIX INTIX helps financial institutions and corporates address financial data management challenges in four strategic areas regulatory compliance business intelligence customer services and risk management INTIX helps its clients retrieve consolidate and reconcile any type of financial messaging data and protects them from any IT complexity and obsolescence issues
wwwintixeuinfointixeu
Andreacute Casterman
Chief Marketing OfficerINTIX
Commercial Payments
42 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Gaining Management Support for Your P-Card Programme
NAPCP
Achieving buy-in of the card programme especially by
management is a frequently cited challenge by the NAPCPs
audience The concern is justifiable Lack of buy-in can result
in never getting a programme implemented having a static card
programme or the elimination of the programme altogether
Whether you are considering implementing a new programme
or expanding the current one there are several questions to
address that can help in preparing your case to management
bull What are you seeking buy-in for and from whom Do you want
to ldquosellrdquo the existing P-Card programme to a new manager or
do you want to propose programme expansion
bull What is the rationale for your goal Management will only buy
into something that benefits the organisation and is supported
by facts including a cost justification
bull How does your goal support the goals of the organisation or
solve an organisational challenge Management decision-
making is driven by accountability for goals and the ability to
resolve issues
bull Are you aware of common objections to P-Card programmes
1 Data from the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation a report based on more than 3123 survey responses from end-user organisations
bull Who are the stakeholders There is nothing more defeating
than trying to move an idea or goal forward then learning that
someone with ldquoveto powerrdquo was left out of the discussions
inadvertently List who should be involved and why They might
provide good input in support of the card programme andor
express concerns such as the common objections listed above
The Business CaseThe next step is to create a solid business case based on the
answered questions above as well as other common business
case elements Include
bull statement of purpose (what you are seekingmdashyour goal)
bull where you are today (current metricsKey Performance Indicators
(KPIs) and how they compare to industry benchmarks) where
you want to be and ldquowhy nowrdquo
bull how your idea aligns with organisational goals
bull input from stakeholders plus common objections industry-wide
(if different from stakeholder input) address any concerns and
objections with facts
bull cost justifications to support the value proposition such as
anticipated andor actual process savings reductions in full-
time equivalents (FTEs) especially within the procurement and
or accounts payable departments and other hard- and soft-
dollar savings
bull implementation plan if applicable (eg for programme expansion)
Present cost saving benefits such as the cost of traditional
cheques versus P-Cards If your organisation has not completed
an internal process cost analysis use the NAPCP average
process costs shown below
1 As specified within the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation
2 Based on average monthly card spend of USD 1M and average transaction size of USD 559 per the results of a 2015 NAPCP poll
If expanding an existing programme it is important to consider
the value your card provider can add to this process They can
provide an analysis of your accounts payable vendor filemdash
identifying those vendors who accept card payments
43 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Working with the ldquolow hanging fruitrdquo can help your organisation
reap immediate benefits The larger ticket transactions can be
moved to card-type payments as well with the most popular
being a virtual or electronic card payment method
Continue to Provide Results-Driven CommunicationIt is important to relay results and successes to management
Use the following keys to successful communication
bull Be brief by limiting communication to a one-page summary
Put conclusions firstmdashgive highlights up front and supporting
detail second
bull Title the document presentation or email subject line with a key
message (eg ldquoP-Card Program Saved USD 4M in 2015rdquo versus
ldquoP-Card Program Report Attachedrdquo)
bull Focus on the facts Show numbers as often as possible and
summarise whether the numbers meet fall below or exceed
expectations Then explain Verify numbers with other team
members to build a coalition of support and ensure that you
have the complete picture
bull Facts and figures must be formatted consistently from one
communication to the next allowing for easy comparison
bull In verbal and written discussion keep your presentation analytical
bull If asked by management to give results ldquoon the flyrdquo synthesise
the key points for management into three to four concise bullet
points Add recommendations or alternative courses of action
if you have time Stay ahead of management requests by
monitoring your KPIs frequently
bull Ask to be part of upcoming meetings and do not be afraid to be
proactive rather than reactive
What if They Say ldquoNordquoExplore what could change a ldquonordquo into a ldquoyesrdquo When you are
ready to address the issue again with new insight go back to
your stakeholders It is generally okay to respectfully disagree
with management but as noted earlier ensure you have the
supporting documentation to make your point Finally know when
it is time to move on However moving on does not mean giving
up on the programme altogether It is still prudent to share the
status of the programme
About Terri Brustad Terri Brustad CPCP is the NAPCP Manager of Content Services Her previous experience includes 10 years in the Commercial Card industry mainly in the role of a public-sector P-Card Administrator Terri achieved the Certified Purchasing Card Professional (CPCP) credential in 2009
About NAPCP The NAPCP is a membership-based professional association committed to advancing Commercial Card and Payment professionals and industry practices worldwide The NAPCP is a respected voice in the industry serving as an impartial resource for members at all experience levels in the public and private sectors The 2016 NAPCP European Conference will be held in London on 23 June 2016
wwwnapcporg
Terri Brustad
Manager of Content ServicesNAPCP
44 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Commercial Payments under the Scrutiny of New Technology
KAE
New technology and innovation are words typically associated with
consumer payments Whilst technology and payments continue
to converge in our consumer lives the pace of convergence and
innovation has accelerated in the commercial payments space
Recent innovations have impacted corporate payment behaviour
but are yet to truly disrupt commercial payments In this article
we call out three themes that hold the potential to disrupt the
payments space
Shared ledger technologies There has been increasing interest in shared ledger technologies
with many global financial institutions looking into its use as a
commercially viable tool eg for trade finance transactions for
more streamlined cross-border payments etc
Shared ledgers or blockchains are digital and publically open
records allowing transactions to take place without an inter-
mediary such as a clearing house The open source nature of these
ledgers allows corporates to trade directly with any counterparties
around the globe offering various cost and time-saving benefits
Uneditable records are also created and shared with anyone
associated with a lsquotradersquo to enhance control and transparency
The challenge for the industry is that wider adoption will impact
existing operating models as corporates come to expect faster
and lower-cost transactions This technology could also drive
disintermediation within the commercial payments space eg by
removing the need for the card payment schemes
Mobile Wearables amp BiometricsThe rise of the mobile savvy and the constantly connected
customer is forcing traditional providers to rethink how they
deliver commercial payment solutions to satisfy ever-changing
and increasingly demanding expectations
Mobility is a key word and mobile devices and wearable techno-
logy are ideal bedfellows People are increasingly mobile in both
their corporate and personal lives and expect technological
advancements to support this
Mobile and wearable technology not only provides a more
streamlined and frictionless payment experience but also offers
benefits such as more accurate employee location tracking
(helping to reduce fraud incidents and supporting an employerrsquos
duty of care)
The convergence of commercial payment solutions with mobile
devices is a salient trend and one that will remain at the crest of the
innovation wave We have already seen a number of mobile apps
being developed for commercial banking and commercial cards
being included as part of digital wallets ndash this is only the beginning
Wearable payment development has also gathered pace
be it wristbands smartwatches or NFC-enabled clothing
Device battery life (imposed by device size and current screen
energy consumption) data privacy and security remain key
barriers to wider adoption
Biometrics will become interwoven with mobile and wearable
technology Passwords can be broken and authentication will
shift towards identifiers like facial features fingerprint retina
heartbeat and vein recognition All of which could be performed
by a smartphone or wearable device
Although challenges remain surrounding data privacy and educating
corporate clients biometric technology will eventually help increase
payment security and provide more convenience when making
payments
Virtual cards Virtual cards or single-use accounts also have the potential to
disrupt the payments space Corporates travel companies and
governments increasingly understand the benefits these solutions
offer (real-time expense capture enhanced control security recon-
ciliation and reporting) and spend levels have skyrocketed in
coun tries where virtual cards are being effectively marketed
Growth has also been fuelled by the productrsquos success in unlocking
B2B and increasingly TampE spend that has traditionally been
captured by other payment solutions eg cash cheque etc
45 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Virtual cards hold the potential to disrupt the commercial
payments space on two fronts
1) Physical cards are likely to disappear
2) These solutions hold the potential to drive a step change in card
adoption and usage levels
The challenge for the industry is clearly communicating and
providing compelling evidence of the benefits that virtual cards
offer and ensuring sales teams are trained to sell the solutions
over and above traditional ones eg corporate cards To help
unlock the opportunities in underpenetrated industries such as
telco construction and healthcare etc issuers must develop
tailored solutions to cater for any idiosyncrasies and overcome
the card acceptance challenge
The FutureTechnology holds the key to disrupting commercial payments
and the growing FinTech movement will support this Traditional
commercial payment providers will look towards and work more
closely with FinTechrsquos as an alternative source of innovation to their
own product development and delivery functions The opportunity
for banks is to build and launch disruptive technologies more
quickly The challenge is picking the right FinTech(s) that will help
deliver scalable solutions In the short-term we expect issuers to
increasingly focus their attention on developing virtual solutions
and integrating these onto mobile and wearable devices
Stargazing into the future wearables will be the game changer
as mobility becomes ever more important Wearables will also
be the bridging technology for embeddables In the next 10-15
years embedded chips in humans could become a reality
We are increasingly connected and interact with technology in
our personal and business lives and embeddables are the next
logical step More sophisticated chips will soon replace wearable
technology such as payment devices and fitness bands and will
help us all get used to a more connected and augmented lifestyle
As a concept it is well aligned to payments Embedded and inner-
connected biometrics will enhance security and offer a more
seamless experience
The future looks bright for commercial payments but will not be
without its challenges
About Chris Holmes Chris leads various work streams across the Financial Services practice He has managed multiple global projects across the payments banking FinTech AltFi and tech industries His specialist skills are geared to NPD sizing and opportunity assessments benchmarking and best practice identification
About KAE KAE is a strategic marketing consultancy that has provided support to some of the worldrsquos largest payment and tech brands for the past 25 years Operating globally from a London HQ KAE has provided consulting and strategic advice in more than 50 countries across three core areas Insight Strategy and Analytics
wwwkaecom
Chris Holmes
Senior Vice President KAE
Trade amp Finance
48 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Financing International Supply Chains An Idea Whose Time Has Come
Supply Chain Finance Terminology Drafting Group
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) was the subject of serious debate
among senior practitioners just a while ago Was SCF a
legitimate substantive new proposition in the financing of trade
and supply chains or was it a hollow marketing device aimed
at countering the threat of bank disintermediation as businesses
decisively shifted to trade on open account terms
The initial innovation and contribution of SCF were less in the
specifics of financing techniques and more around the shift
from a limited bilateral view of trade to a holistic network-based
view of trade based on complex ecosystems and commercial
relationships
The debate about the substance of SCF can now be put to
rest as its adoption grows and as the techniques of SCF are
increasingly recognised in both domestic and international
supply chains Whatrsquos more public entities in the UK the
Netherlands the US and elsewhere begin to embrace certain
forms of SCF to driving liquidity and affordable financing to the
globally important but typically underserved SME segment
Additionally the usage rates of SCF programmes and facilities
have grown significantly now reaching 80-90 or higher In
comparison programmes were once considered successful if
they exhibited usage rates of 30 or more
SCF development and adoption rates have varied significantly
by region and by individual institution be it a bank multilateral
ECA fintech or another market player and as a result a veritable
lsquomazersquo of definitions terminology and common parlance
developed relative to SCF Leading institutions effectively
developed their own terminology in the absence of anything else
in the market invested in marketing collateral and branding and
devised technology solutions on the basis of their techniques
and related nomenclature This extended to the point that it
has been difficult to engage in any discussion around SCF
without the need to pause and check on mutual understanding
(or worse progress a discussion or interaction only to later
realise that language has been a barrier rather than an enabler
of understanding)
Leading industry associations gathered over two years ago
and agreed that it would be valuable to begin the process of
devising a common set of global terminology around SCF
The Euro Banking Association Factors Chain International
ITFA (The International Trade and Forfaiting Association) the
International Factors Group (since merged) and BAFT (the
Bankers Association for Finance and Trade) came together with
the ICC Banking Commission to create and launch the Global
Supply Chain Finance Forum (GSCFF) Its global drafting team
and the steering committee were mandated to review existing
material develop and disseminate a draft set of definitions
circulate widely for comment and update to a final version which
was then to be the focus of a global advocacy campaign to drive
adoption by market stakeholders
The ldquoStandard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Financerdquo was launched at the 4th Annual ICC Supply Chain
Finance Summit Singapore under the auspices of the ICC
Academy The setting was particularly appropriate given the
educational nature of the publication and the reality that major
international supply chains today are at least partly anchored in
Asia where SCF propositions are expected to show significant
growth in the coming years
The focus of SCF in some areas thus far has been on what we
refer to in the Definitions as ldquoPayables Financerdquo to the extent
that this single technique has often incorrectly been referred
to as Supply Chain Finance Financial institutions as well as
non-bank providers have placed a significant priority on these
buyer-led structures with supplier onboarding being a common
challenge And yet we are seeing demand for the development
of end-to-end solutions across the procure-to-pay and order-
to-cash cycles with an increasing number of market actors
venturing beyond some of the familiar techniques to begin to
embrace for example distributor finance
49 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Large supplier communities are based in emerging Asia
and Africa yet major economies like China and Indonesia are
experiencing great increases in disposable income and thus
engaging more on the consumer side of supply chains The
combined dynamics are shaping economic activity and flows in
ways that need a wider range of financing and risk mitigation
solutions including end-to-end SCF
Supply Chain Finance is defined as the use of financing and risk
mitigation practices and techniques to optimise the management
of the working capital and liquidity invested in supply chain
processes and transactions SCF is typically applied to
open account trade and is triggered by supply chain events
Visibility of underlying trade flows by the finance provider(s) is
a necessary component of such financing arrangements which
can be enabled by a technology platform
Source Standard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Finance 2016
Practitioners and financial institutions based in Asia are proactively
working to develop their SCF propositions in response to evolving
market demand and region-specific practices With ASEAN
integration progressing the Trans-Pacific Partnership advancing
and intra-regional trade growing in importance the central role of
cross-border supply chains and SCF in particular will increase
in the next several years as enablers of trade development and
inclusion
The Standard Definitions are a ldquoliving documentrdquo meant to evolve
with market practice the needs of clients financiers regulatory
authorities and others The next phase will focus on dissemination
education and advocacy in support of global adoption
This is the start of a journey that will only speed up in adoption
impact and importance SCF an idea whose time has come
About Alexander R Malaket A recognised specialist in international trade including trade and supply chain finance Mr Malaket has advised government international institution banking and corporate clients around the world developed and delivered training materials and seminars and authored numerous white papers briefing and policy papers and research reports on a variety of topics in international business finance and international development
About International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) The ICC Banking Commission is a leading global rule-making body for the banking industry It produces universally accepted rules and guidelines for international banking practice With 85 years of experience and more than 600 members in +100 countries the ICC Banking Commission ndash the largest commission of ICC the World Business Organization ndash has rightly gained a reputation as the most authoritative voice in the field of trade finance
wwwiccwboorg
Alexander R Malaket
PresidentOPUS Advisory Services International IncDeputy Head of the Executive CommitteeICC Banking CommissionChairSCF Terminology Drafting Group
Share this story
50 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Improving Access to Finance for SMEs with the Open RFI Project
SCF Community
IntroductionFor a financial service that claims to have a tripartite win-win-win
value current market adoption of Supply Chain Finance (SCF)
is still in its infancy As the credit rating of the larger corporate
is leveraged for SCF solutions suppliers have faster access to
cheaper liquidity from invoices The large corporate can achieve
working capital benefits through payment term harmonisation
or it can reduce the COGS (Cost of Goods Sold) Despite clear
benefits the cost and complexity of onboarding small suppliers
have resulted in a slower uptake in this group of suppliers and
hence there has been little possibility to take advantage of the
benefits SCF can offer
The Open Request for Information (RFI) launched by the
SCF Community on behalf of a group of Dutch multinational
corporations invited over 30 vendors to show how they would
apply SCF solutions to smaller suppliers ndash those with volumes of
EUR 200000 and below Corporates recognise the importance
of SME suppliers and are looking for ways to improve their
access to finance This recognition is underlined by the support
of the Dutch Ministry of Economic Affairs for the Betaalmenu ndash
initiative in early 2015 which is aimed at injecting liquidity into
Dutch SMEs
The objective of the Open RFI was threefold 1) to provide
participating corporates with an overview of available SCF
solutions and solution providers 2) to facilitate structured
engagement between SCF solution providers and corporates 3)
to perform a structured analysis of the SCF market and available
solutions for SMEs This project allowed for direct comparison of
leading SCF vendors for the first time in history
Preparations for an SCF implementationThere are a number of things corporates should address before
starting with an SCF implementation Firstly the overall SCF
strategy should align with strategy on other areas such as
procurement finance and IT Next due to the multidisciplinary
character various internal departments have to be involved in
the setup and enrolment of an SCF program
Thirdly a spend analysis of the corporatersquos supplier base needs
to be made in order to support a clear and segmented approach
to offer selected suppliers the intended SCF solution Finally in
order to fully reap the benefits of an SCF solution the internal
processes have to be analysed focussing on the efficiency of the
procure-to-pay process
RFI process and preliminary resultsIn total over 30 vendors were invited to participate and eventually
23 completed the RFI ABN Amro Asyx C2FO CRX Markets
Flinqer GT Nexus ING Kyriba OpusCapita Orbian Oxygen
Finance PrimeRevenue ProQuidity Rabobank Remitia Riskco
Santander Taulia Terbit TradeShift Trefi Finance Tungsten and
Urica The RFI contained seven categories and participants were
ranked relatively in each category
1) Qualifications and Strategy The proposed SCF solution had
to be well proven in the market and therefore participants
were required to give insights of their track record
2) Solution Scope Vendors should be able to onboard suppliers
in various countries and currencies and work together with
other liquidity providers Half of the vendors claimed to have
a global solution covering all currencies while the rest focused
more on Europe
3) Platform Technology Vendors had to elaborate how their
SCF platform interacts with current IT systems and P2P
processes on the corporate side Almost all platforms were
accessible online flexible to adapt to current infrastructure
and offered manual to fully integrated options to connect to
the corporatersquos ERP
4) Implementation and onboarding Given the scope of the
RFI (small suppliers) fast onboarding was deemed crucial to
participating corporates Differences exist between vendors
in terms of availability of online resources KYC and due
diligence and administrative requirements
51 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
5) Transaction Volume Availability of both funding and platform
is an important factor in selecting a solution provider The
benefits and pitfalls of various sources of funds and structures
are examined and collated
6) Accounting amp Legal Maintaining trade payable status is
important for corporates and accounting regulations should
be considered Each vendor responded with its legal structure
to reassure no reclassification issues would arise
7) Incumbent SCF provider Since the majority of large buyers
have existing SCF programs in place vendors were asked if
and how they would be able to co-exist All vendors indicated
that working side-by-side would be possible but not all of
them had prior experience with this matter
Outcome of RFI projectThe relative ranking combined with a weighting of the importance
for each category by the supporting corporates has generated
the final shortlist The SCF Community named C2FO ING Orbian
PrimeRevenue Santander and Taulia as the six vendors in its
lsquoOpen RFIrsquo project All six have presented their responses to the
Open RFI during the SCF Community Forum in Amsterdam on
18th November 2015
By gathering and assessing available solutions in the marketplace
the SCF Community has improved transparency for its corporates
by providing an overview of SCF solutions and facilitating
engagement This initiative contributes to the Communityrsquos
goals in developing knowledge on SCF while simultaneously
increasing adoption and standards in the practitionerrsquos field
The whitepaper that contains both a detailed analysis of the
SCF market as well as a checklist for corporates interested in
offering their own SCF solution can be downloaded from the
wwwscfacademyorg soon
About Matthijs van Bergen Matthijs currently holds
a position as researcher SCF at Windesheim and
is responsible for developing business cases for
Corporates and for the project management of Open
RFI He studied Supply Chain Finance and is an
experienced independent consultant for over 5 years
About Steven van der Hooft Steven gained extensive
experience in the field of Supply Chain Finance
through roles as director banking at Inchainge senior
management consultant at Capgemini Consulting and
while working at ING In 2015 he founded Capital
Chains a company that specialises in Training amp
Consultancy on Financial Supply Chain Management
issues for both banks as well as corporates
About SCF Community The Supply Chain Finance
Community is a not-for-profit group for all those
involved in supply chains manufacturers transport
companies banks consultancies technology
providers and academics Its mission is to share
experience best practice and new research linking
across finance treasury supply chain operations
logistics and procurement
wwwscfcommunityorg
Matthijs van Bergen
Researcher SCF Windesheim
Steven van der Hooft
CEOCapital Chains
Share this story
52 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
If Supply Chain Finance is Supplier-Centric Financial Supply Chain is Customer-Centric
Magnus Lind The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
Fintech is not only disrupting banks itrsquos disrupting corporate
finance as well At The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
conference in Malmo Sweden in April of 2016 both corporates
and vendors discussed the significant changes we can expect in
the way we engage with suppliers and customers in the future
The Talent Show highlighted the increasingly popular Supply
Chain Finance (SCF) solutions as one essential ingredient to
cater for the unbalanced capabilities of bank financing in the
corporate sector Investment graded companies enjoy excellent
access however SMEs and sub-investment grade companies
still suffer Change is nowhere on the horizon
SCF is one remedy to support the first tier suppliers of very large
customers with fair priced and sufficient financing SCF has
many benefits and the solutions have matured and now
provide reliable backbones for financing of approved invoices
Yet despite all the advantages of SCF it only solves a limited
amount of challenges in the whole corporate supply chain At
The Talent Show we discussed the supply and demand chain
holistically and mapped SCF as a subsection of the financial
supply chain (FSC) The FSC is much broader in scope includes
all tiers of suppliers and also the full demand chain With SCF as a
base we need to include second and higher tier suppliers and our
financial processing and the customers into the mindset If SCF is
supplier-centric FSC is customer-centric
The champion to implement SCF is often the treasury department
whereas it is procurement that eventually owns and runs the
programme Wersquove detected the CPO (Chief Procurement
Officer) usually has significant acumen to drive other supply
chain initiatives with his or hers combined customer and supplier
relations What the CPO lacks in financial skills are many
times balanced through a sense of urgency to understand the
rationalisation potential and how it improves the overall business
At the Show we heard about initiatives to bridge stakeholders
over the supply chain with treasurers and procurement actively
working together Anthony Buchanan Treasurer Procurement at
SABMiller gave a much-appreciated presentation of how the two
departments work together to build a sustainable chain for both
the large and the small suppliers
We heard fintech leaders introducing their solutions over the whole
FSC Taulia on supplier finance SAP Ariba on supplier networks
e-invoicing and their new partnership with PrimeRevenue We heard
Basware introduce ldquocorporate financial social responsibilityrdquo and
its new financing service Kurt Cavano from GT Nexus presented
ways to connect the physical supply chain with the financial one
and finally Danny Aranda from Ripple shared how blockchain is
taking over as the main rail for payments Gerard Chick Chief
Knowledge Officer at Optimum Procurement gave an appreciated
endnote at The Talent Show
We are continuously improving our abilities to adapt quickly
Being big isnt enough to sustain when new competitors are
unbundling large businesses in almost all industries The need
for large corporations to think and act more entrepreneurial is
imperative Peter Carlsson recent CPO at Tesla explained how
Tesla is driven by a few group-wide targets at a time providing
high speed over ground Many large companies have too complex
strategies and objectives even creating conflicting behaviour in
their own organisations Enterprises have to rethink their models
of management to fight off the attacks or they risk being killed
by a thousand cuts from a multitude of new entrants especially
if they are organised to fight the single cuts from their main (big)
competitors
53 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The EVP and CFO at Turkcell Murat Dogan Erden proved
in his keynote that even mature companies can adapt quickly to
game changers Turkcell is a dominant telecoms operator that
has successfully managed the transition from a pay-per-minute
market through providing world leading surf speeds content
and services Turkcell is also exploiting its credit management
competence to expand into consumer finance Turkcell will use
its market access through all the connected devices
Developing the FSC doesnrsquot only consist of cutting costs and
lead times It also enables expanding the core business offering
with financial components
About Magnus Lind Magnus Lind is co-founder of The Talent Show He has a background as an international business executive in Europe SE Asia and North America and he has founded companies in 7 different countries where he acted as CEO board director and investor The Talent Show puts innovation and disruption above case studies and legacy thinking
About The Talent Show The Talent Show is a corporate driven event focusing on the whole corporate Financial Supply Chain (CFSC) and how it links to the physical chain The audience consists of CFO and CPO supply chain treasurers and IT Participants include Sandvik Turkcell Port of Rotterdam Abengoa Octal Arriva DONG Energy Ericsson and SABMiller
wwwsupply-chain-financerocks
Magnus Lind
co-founderThe Talent Show
54 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Supply Chain Finance Time for SMEs to Take Position
Anita Gerrits
For a long time the deployment of supply chain finance (SCF)
was seen to be the domain of large corporates only but times
are changing Nowadays large SMEs are also able to reap the
benefits of innovative ways to free up liquidity reduce working
capital and approve their ROI
Imagine an SME company supplying goods to retailers and a
significant part of its turnover is achieved with only a few large
customers The DSO has increased dramatically over the past
few years as these retailers have increased their payment terms
to 60 or even 90 days Some of these customers have a reverse
factoring program in place but donrsquot offer access to all their SME
suppliers some donrsquot have a program in place The margins in
the business are tight and although the suppliers are begging
for early payments extending the terms with them seems to be
the only way possible to fill the working capital gap What other
options does this company have
One of the options is to consider Receivables Finance (RF)
This solution allows the company to sell open invoices (receivables)
of customers with a good credit standing to a third party on a non-
recourse basis As this is classified as a true sale of receivables
whereby the default risk on the customer gets transferred in full
to the third party that buys the invoices the receivables position
(DSO) will decrease with the amount of invoices sold The discount
paid for early payment is based on the creditworthiness of its
customers and presuming these are healthy these rates are
attractive For instance this is only a fraction of what traditional
factoring solutions would cost The other benefit is that the
company selling the invoices has full control over what and when
they sell Flexible on-demand access to cash is what it delivers
Although his the creditworthiness of the customer is key the
customer is not directly involved in the transaction and oesnrsquot
even need to be made aware of it As the solution carries the word
ldquoFinancerdquo in its name it might suggest that RF is a loan or a specific
type of debt Neither of them is the case What it boils down to is
that the seller gets upfront cash on receivables and not just 80
of the full invoiced amount but up to 95 PrimeRevenue one of
the leading SCF solution providers successfully implemented this
innovative solution for a wide range of clients worldwide
With the current interest rates it doesnrsquot make much sense to
free up cash to put in on a savings account where the return
is zero or even negative Freeing up cash enables companies
to take advantage of (investment) opportunities to increase the
ROI thereby improving their overall financial healthiness In
a low-margin business environment offering a program with
attractive early payment discount terms to your suppliers is a
way to improve your gross margin and generate a high return
on excess cash And yes working capital increases but less
than the decrease that was generated on the receivables side
so in total working capital is being reduced and your balance
sheet total is shortened Dynamic discounting is one of the
Payables (Finance) solutions that is growing in popularity in the
SME world As banks and solution providers have lowered their
entrance barriers this solution is now within reach of a larger
part of the business community The benefit for the supplier is
that he reduces his working capital position (DSO) and gets paid
earlier at an attractive discount below its WACC to ensure a
better ROI
Another option for the SME is to offer an SCF (read Reverse
factoring) program to selected suppliers In that way there is
no impact on the working capital position of the buyer in case
the payment terms remain unchanged or alternatively when
terms are extended the payables position will increase and so
working capital decreases The good news is that some banks
and platform providers indeed are starting to offer large SME
companies to set up their own SCF program The downside
however is that the discount rates the funders charge for
medium-sized companies are fairly high in comparison to the
rates for big creditworthy corporates This can be explained
mainly by the sheer purchase volume of big corporates versus
medium-sized companies the size of the SCF program is thus
of a different order of magnitude Whatrsquos more the risk profile of
SME companies is often rated relatively high in comparison to
corporates which has a significant impact on the risk premium
component of the total discount rate
55 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Some banks and platform providers offer both Dynamic
Discounting as well as SCF with the option to switch between
the two might an opportunity arise for the buyer to invest its cash
for other purposes than to prepay its suppliers A bank will then
be brought in to take over the funding
All in all with all developments in the SCF market it would make
sense for SMEs to explore the potential benefits of SCF for the
business they are in Having said that SCF awareness is still
not very widespread amongst SMEs despite several initiatives
to change that for the better What a pity In the end there is
nothing to lose and everything to gain
About Anita Gerrits For the past 7 years Anita has been a strong believer in and advocate of the concept of SCF She provides consultancy support in this exciting relative new area of finance She also organises workshops acts as guest speaker and trainer to business management as well to students to create awareness and understanding of this topic It all began in 2009 when she played a leading role in achieving a cash flow turnaround of the European Consumer Business of Kimberly-Clark through a massive reduction in working capital She has a corporate background studied business economics credit rating advisory and business valuation
wwwg-raybiz
Anita Gerrits
Supply Chain Finance Specialist
Follow on Twitter Tweet aboutExchangeSummit EXCS16
From E-Invoicing toSupply Chain Financing
October 10 and 11 2016Barcelona Spain
Exchange Summit with 2 major E-Invoicing events in 2016
June 7 and 8 2016Orlando Florida USA
100 FREE TICKETS
100 FREE TICKETS
Apply now on
Apply now on
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
Key topics 2016
bull E-Invoicing entering a new era ndash global market development and forecast
bull E-Invoicing from a corporate and governmental perspective
bull Implementing tax compliance in a paperless world
bull Compliance and fraud prevention within E-Invoicing
bull Driving forward ARAP and end-to-end P2P automation
bull Global standardisation and status of E-Invoicing interoperability
bull Best practice in onboarding customers to E-Invoicing
bull Supply chain financing ndash new opportunities and challenges
wwwexchange-summitcom
Within our two major E-Invoicing events in 2016 you will
bull network with more than 500 participants
bull meet experts from over 40 different countries
bull evaluate solutions from 50+ service providers
bull benefit from exclusive keynotes best-practices and discussions
Anzeige_EXC_Paypers_Layout 1 14042016 1530 Seite 1
E-invoicing
58 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Cross-border Invoicing ndash The Real Challenge For Multinational Projects
Comarch EDI
Global approach with local adjustments Nowadays a significant majority of enterprises cooperates with
foreign business partners Whatrsquos more an increasing number
of organisations have been changing their document flow from
paper to digital formats to optimise processes in the supply
chain Thus there has been growing demand for solutions
enabling onboarding of partners worldwide exchanging the
whole set of messages in the supply chain (order-to-cash
procure-to-pay) and guaranteeing legal compliance project
management and local support Letrsquos explore the electronic
invoicing process in particular since it is an essential part of the
efficient B2B collaboration
Various legislations in forceIn Europe the Council Directive 201045EU has been
implemented in the Member States in 2013 which treats paper
and electronic invoices equally Also it is widely known that
each taxable person shall determine the way to ensure the
authenticity of the origin the integrity of the content and the
legibility of the invoice
However each Member State defines its rulings on electronic
invoicing and in spite of progress even within the EU there are
significant differences For instance in Portugal the taxable
person has to use certified invoicing software (assuming the
annual turnover of more than EUR 100 000) What is common
for both Portugal and Hungary is that the solution should be able
to present the data for audit purposes in the countryrsquos defined
SAF-T formats When considering the form to assure authenticity
and integrity besides business controls EDI and electronic
signature should be considered Then local requirements differ
for outsourcing of invoice issuance (unilateral or bilateral
written with some content requirements) notifications of tax
administration the obligation of EDI agreement based on EU
1994 Recommendation system documentation describing
software and procedures to name only a few
In the archiving area the unification is even lower Besides various
retention periods and tax authoritiesrsquo notification obligation Italy
requires an invoice preservation process France has lsquopartner
filersquo and lsquosummary listrsquo functionalities while in Germany the law
introduces three access mechanisms known as Z1 (direct access
to electronic data) Z2 (indirect) and Z3 (through the transfer of
extracted data)
Challenges to approach just outside EU bordersAssuming that all peculiarities were analysed (mostly thanks
to the EU documentation available in many languages) and
technical design and implementation were done yet even within
Europe further adjustments are needed For instance take into
consideration Norwayrsquos restrictions of storage Switzerlandrsquos
requirement for the service provider to be registered in the local
commercial register and the fact that electronic invoices have to
be ensured by electronic signature
Of course the European model called post-audit does not
rule worldwide Beyond the EU borders the regulations are
more complicated In Turkey or Russia there is a clearance
model implemented in which an electronic invoice must be
sent to the tax administration or licensed certified providers for
authorisation before during or just after issuance as an original
tax invoice LATAM has implemented the model and observes
high penetration of electronic invoice usage
MILLION DOCUMENTS
500were transmitted in 2015
Capacity of up to
400 DOCUMENTS PER SECOND
12LANGUAGESapplications available in 17 languages
Service Desk in
confirmed by tests carried out by an independent institution
ACTIVE USERS FROM
40 COUNTRIES
50 000 PROCESSEDDOCUMENTS
998
in less than30 seconds
59 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Click here for the company profile
Thus the cross-border invoicing issuance for companies
with subsidiaries worldwide is a real challenge where the law is
applicable (ie country of establishment place of VAT registration
transport invoicing goods or services)
Electronic invoice still on the riseDespite the legal and technical obstacles enterprisesrsquo awareness
of process automation with electronic invoicing and cost
reduction has been steadily increasing Most of them would take
the decision to start e-invoicing shortly if the legislation would be
clearer and standardised On the other hand the governments
are aware of the scale of the VAT fraud and are looking for tools
to seal the system ndash unfortunately each country is trying to find
its own way
However it is highly unlikely that the EU will implement the
clearance model there are several initiatives to speed up
the process The Member States decided to organise multi-
stakeholders forums to implement a European Standard for
e-invoicing (expected in 2017) and increase the interoperability
among service providers Hopefully the Directive 201455
EU on electronic invoicing in public procurement will prove to
be a significant milestone resulting in the mass adoption of
electronic invoices in the structured form (not PDF invoices)
and public authorities will realise the benefits of e-invoicing and
hasten the implementation of common understandable and
unified legislation on cross-border e-invoicing In a nutshell
the stage of market education and convincing towards adopting
automated invoices processing is coming to an end Most of
the enterprises have launched or consider the implementation
of e-invoicing at a country level in the short term Currently the
biggest challenge is to enable the smooth extension of their
projects on the transnational level Finding a service provider with
vast international experience is essential Comarch EDI enables
compliance with all local legal requirements Its membership
in organisations such as the GS1 or the European E-Invoicing
Service Providers Association (EESPA) guarantees that the
company is a reliable partner Comarch EDI has cooperated with
GS1 and EESPA for many years in several countries to make
sure that our services are of the highest quality and the solution
is compliant with national and international requirements
About Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz He has over 10 years of experience in the field of B2B communication in the supply chain Initially responsible for the EDI market development in Southern and Central Europe he is currently responsible for the development of Comarch EDI portfolio
About Comarch EDI Comarch EDI is a B2B platform which provides a competitive advantage by a fast and secure data exchange with business partners The solution provides the automation of data processing throughout the supply chain from the procurement process through the logistics to invoicing and payment processing
wwwcomarchcom
Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz
Product Development ManagerComarch EDI
60 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Why lsquoOpenness Should Be The 1 Selection Criteria for Any E-invoicing RFP Process
Simplerinvoicing
In the previous editions of this report I talked about the
opportunities e-invoicing brings in supply chain finance and
streamlining payments and collection processes I also talked
about strategies for businesses to adopt e-invoicing on a
large scale Whatrsquos more I spoke about the EU directive that
makes e-invoicing to (semi-) governments mandatory as of
October 2018 In the past year numerous driving forces pushed
e-invoicing forward The most important one however was the
high interest from e-invoicing providers and ERP and accounting
software to collaborate platforms are increasingly sharing data
(such as invoice data) with others through interoperability
Yet as we can see in the reports from Billentis lsquotruersquo e-invoicing
adoption rates (counting only full XML invoices no PDFs) are
still below 15 in most European countries The reason is
that companies have not fully embraced the concept of open
e-invoicing Open e-invoicing requires a different view from
e-invoicing service providers but also their clients the business
partners
The move towards open e-invoicing has one major benefit for
trading partners it eliminates the need for onboarding them on
your e-invoicing platform by enabling the exchange of invoices
using their own software The result increased reach ie a larger
number of suppliers that can send e-invoices to you as a buyer
hence better business case Plus extent is one of the key success
factors in grasping as many trading counterparties as possible
A typical lsquoopenrsquo service provider has numerous interoperability
agreements with other service providers Some of them have
over 100 agreements The ultimate form of openness for an
e-invoicing service provider ERP or accounting software provider
is the adoption of PEPPOL a protocol for the secure exchange
of invoices It is the most far-reaching way of connecting with
the largest base of your suppliers against minimal cost You
can also describe PEPPOL as a standard API defined by the
industry of e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
for exchanging invoices
The lsquoclosedrsquo service providers typically embrace the paradigm
that all partners have to be on-boarded on the providerrsquos
e-invoicing platform This may work for top business partners
but for the partners with less volume (longtail) this approach
usually leads to low conversion to e-invoicing Whatrsquos more
closed service providers may see the open model as a threat
the platform becomes accessible for trading entities on other
platforms However in reality the open model is an opportunity
it adds reach and thus invoice volume potential to the platform
that would otherwise be untapped
So what should participants do bull Put lsquoopennessrsquo as the 1 criteria for your e-invoicing RFP
if your service provider does not follow the lsquoopenrsquo paradigm
the chances that you will successfully onboard your longtail
suppliers in a supplier friendly way are very limited If your
service provider does not support the open model put pressure
on him to embrace it After all openness is not a threat just an
opportunity
bull Choose an e-invoice that only complies for 80 over a
paper invoice Be less rigid for your longtail suppliers with
regards to invoice standards and data requirements in favour
of a single industry standard the one agreed by accounting
e-invoicing and ERP software vendors This implies that you
do not impose your own data requirements Instead you adjust
your system to efficiently process industry standard invoices
bull Use PEPPOL discovery engine (aka SML) where possible
and make e-invoicing the default The PEPPOL protocol
has a very sophisticated discovery service accessible via
a very simple DNS(1) mechanism it allows you to discover if
your buyer requires an e-invoice Use that discovery engine to
assess if your buyer requires an e-invoice rather than depend
on an onboarding process with your buyer
61 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Donrsquot overestimate VAT compliance many companies
think VAT compliance requires parties to agree bilaterally on
e-invoicing that conversion by parties is forbidden by VAT law
that invoice originality is a major concern and that authenticity
and integrity are complex The reality is that none of these are
true Conversion of invoices is fact of live for years and no
show-stopper at all Invoice originality is in most European
countries easily solvable by service providers and ERP vendors
in the market the PEPPOL regulatory framework solves
authenticity and integrity and is not a concern anymore for
participants
What should service providers and ERP vendors do Embrace
openness Opening your platform does not harm your business
model Instead it allows easy integration of your platform with
many other e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
with only one standard and protocol (PEPPOL) It eliminates the
need for costly bilateral agreements And it also empowers your
existing and new customers to use your services beyond your
platform
In a nutshell the paradigm of open e-invoicing and further
collaboration between e-invoicing providers ERP and accounting
software vendors in the area of interoperability is essential to
move Europe further in e-invoicing The private sector should now
step in and leverage that growth
(1) DNS is the same mechanism that makes sure that www
simplerinvoicingorg is translated into a technical IP address
of our web server The same mechanism is used to resolve
for example a VAT number into the IP address to which an
e-invoice can be delivered
About Jaap Jan Nienhuis Jaap Jan Nienhuis is Manager Simplerinvoicing at SIDN He is responsible for managing the Simplerinvoicing scheme authority Jaap Jan has a special interest in the development of new services in 4-corner models In his former roles he has been involved in a number of European collaborative e-invoicing initiatives including the EBA E-invoicing Working Group
About SIDN Simplerinvoicing is a collaboration between leading European e-invoicing and accounting software providers who all strive for mass adoption of e-invoicing by interoperability and standardisation Simplerinvoicing is a PEPPOL Authority The Dutch government is connected via Simplerinvoicing
wwwsimplerinvocingorg
Jaap Jan Nienhuis
Manager SimplerinvoicingSimplerinvoicing
DONT MISS THE OPPORTUNITY OF BEING PART OF LARGE-SCALE PAYMENTS INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The Paypers offers the most valuable source of information and guidance for all parties interested in the current state of affairs of the payments industry
Paul Alfing Chairman e-Payments Committee Ecommerce Europe
Once a year The Paypers releases three large-scale industry overviews covering the latest trends developments disruptive innovations and challenges that define the global onlinemobile payments e-invoicing B2B payments ecommerce and web fraud prevention amp digital identity space Industry consultants policy makers service providers merchants from all over the world share their views and expertise on different key topics within the industry Listings and advertorial options are also part of the Guides for the purpose of ensuring effective company exposure at a global level
For the latest edition please check the Reports section
ONLINE PAYMENTSAn all-in-one reference guide on (online) payments amp ecommerce industry trends evolving business models top players and relevant (alternative) payment methods
B2B PAYMENTS SCF amp E-INVOICINGIndustry voices from the online finance space share insights into the dynamic B2B payment e-invoicing supply chain finance industries to support innovative solutions amp thriving businesses
WEB FRAUD PREVENTION ONLINE SECURITY amp DIGITAL IDENTITYIn-depth source of information highlighting key facts amp trends into the global digital identity transactional and web fraud prevention amp detection ecosystem
Regulation amp Law
64 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
PSD2 XS2A ndash a Step Towards Open Banking
Evolution Payments Consulting
The world of retail banking and payments has become a very
engaging and dynamic environment We have seen new
products and services emerging over the past few years aimed
at disrupting the status quo For a market that has remained
relatively stable over the decades we are on the verge of
witnessing great change
To facilitate this change current payment regulation needs to
be amended to give financial service providers new and old
the opportunity to access systems and data so that they can
participate in the market and offer innovative products and services
To address this the European Commission published the Payment
Services Directive 2 (PSD2) in the Open Journal of the European
Union in January 2016 which will be transposed into Member
States national laws in January 2018
The aim of the Payment Services Directive 2 (PSD2) is to harmonise
the European payments landscape from a regulatory perspective
ensuring that all relevant organisations and activities are
adequately covered This marks a shift towards an integrated
single market for safe electronic payments that strives to support
the growth of the European Union (EU) economy Moreover the
aim is to ensure that consumers merchants and companies
enjoy choice and transparent secure payment services so that
they will fully benefit from the internal market
One of the principles of PSD2 is to foster an environment
whereby customers wanting to use value-added services from
Third Party Providers (TPPs) can do so safely in the knowledge
that their personal security credentials have not been shared with
a third party and that the service provider can access only the
information for which the customer has given explicit consent
However for these products and services to become mainstream
and widely adopted by consumers the TPPs require access to
the customerrsquos online bank accounts to access data in real-time
The mechanism by which this will be achieved is through Access
to Accounts more commonly referred to as XS2A which is set
out in PSD2
Access to accountsThe European Banking Authority (EBA) in cooperation with
the European Central Bank (ECB) will publish Regulatory
Technical Specifications (RTS) which will determine how TPPs
with a customerrsquos consent can access account information in
a secure manner to provide value-added services How this will
be achieved has yet to be determined the EBA will publish a
consultation paper with the draft RTS in late 2016
It is anticipated that the EBA will recommend the use of Application
Programming Interfaces (APIs) to deliver the vision of Access to
Accounts Yet it is still unclear on what API standards they will
focus and how these will practically be managed
The implications for regulated businessesHowever what is known is that this will have a profound impact
on incumbent banks payment organisations and fintechs
The implementation of an API environment whereby TTPs
can access customer account data to provide new innovative
products and services will challenge existing business models
There is going to be an influx of new market entrants Some will
be familiar names looking to extend the scope of their offerings in
the new API market economy Others are going to be nimble agile
fintechs that will deliver new compelling propositions and services
by doing things differently and looking to take market share from
incumbent organisations When PSD2 becomes a reality there is
nothing to stop companies applying to be a regulated entity as
a Payment Initiation Service Provider (PISP) andor Application
Initiation Service Provider (AISP) delivering new innovative
products and services directly to consumers
Are we seeing the conditions for a perfect storm On the one
hand we have banks that need to provide access to accounts
through PSD2 Regulation Some of them will become PISPs
andor AISPs to protect their existing business and revenues
and attract new customers
65 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
On the other we have the challengers a mix of established
organisations looking to grow their business through extension
and diversification of their core competencies through fintechs
and start-ups looking to carve a niche into the market with
focused products and services
The current status quo will be challenged Established technology
giants (eg Google Apple Samsung etc) with their financial
muscle large customer base across the majority of European
countries significant brand reputation and a strong understanding
of what drives consumers could potentially look to position
themselves as digital financial services providers
Nimble agile fintechs that donrsquot have the legacy IT environments
developed over many years are in a prime position to deliver and
launch new services
These organisations will look to realise a vision of a digital financial
services provider that can offer the consumer one place where
they can consolidate all the financial services data into an easily
understandable format with tools to manage their money and
without the legacy banking infrastructure and complexities
associated with it
A place where the customer can look apply and be granted
services (ie secureunsecure loans payday advances credit
card application foreign exchange services etc) in a quick
easy and frictionless manner from a variety of service providers
Automation and great UX being the name of the game
They do not have to provide the financial services directly to
the customer They can act as the broker the digital conduit
for products and services benefiting from the commercial
relationships struck with selected service providers
The world of retail banking and payments is set for great change
About Brendan Jones A senior management consultant with over 30 yearsrsquo experience in the payments industry working with a variety of organisations including technology amp service providers and financial organisations Previously held senior roles focusing on business strategy regu lat ion bus iness deve lopment MampA product development programme amp operations management and business process reengineering
About Evolution Payments Consulting Evolution Payments Consulting (EPC) provides payment consulting services to the financial services industry and allied organisations EPC provides payments industry advice to companies looking to support the implementation of new regulation developlaunch new banking and payment propositions re-purpose existing products and services to meet the new and existing regulatory requirements
uklinkedincominjonesbrendan
Brendan Jones
Director
Evolution Payments Consulting
66 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Late Payment ndash A Perspective
ABFA
Research reports or surveys into late payment are what seem to
pass for lsquoclick-baitrsquo in the rarefied world of SME and commercial
finance media The Asset Based Finance Association (ABFA)
regularly carries out its own studies our most recent review of
Companies House data finds that whilst in the manufacturing
sector the biggest businesses are benefiting from a slight fall in
payment times those benefits are not being passed down the
supply chain to smaller manufacturing businesses who still
suffer an ever-increasing wait for payment
Unfortunately this is a longstanding issue In 1997 the then
(literally) new Labour government launched the Better Payment
Practice Campaign with the business groups to address these
very issues Now the flag is flown by the Chartered Institute of
Credit Management with the Prompt Payment Code
There has been legislative action since 2010 as well with changes
to the legal framework at the EU level being implemented through
the Late Payment of Commercial Debts Regulations (2013) and
more significantly with last yearrsquos Small Business Enterprise
and Employment Act bringing forward a wide-ranging package
of measures to bolster the Code including requirements around
mandatory reporting of payment times
These measures are slowly coming through in Regulations now
and additional legislation in the form of the Enterprise Act 2016
(which received Royal Assent during the writing of this article) will
enable the establishment of the Small Business Commissioner
that will specifically focus on payment issues
But nine years on from the credit crunch and after several years of
intense political focus on these issues concerns about payment
times and the knock-on implications for cash-flow and availability
of working capital still regularly top the lists of concerns for small
business owners As indicated by our own research the nagging
concern is that whilst it might be getting better for the larger
businesses ndash who are arguably not the ones being imperilled in
the first place ndash the situation for smaller businesses is worsening
each and every year
What can be done Well depending on its resources and final
remit the Small Business Commissioner could be an interesting
proposition Despite relatively limited formal powers the
Groceries Code Adjudicator (GCA) has made some effective
interventions in its bailiwick naming and shaming one player
in particular earlier in the year in a spectacular example of
lsquobehavioural economicsrsquo in action However whether this media
and political pile-on will prompt and sustain meaningful change
across a notoriously cut-throat sector remains to be seen
For our part the ABFA and others have been calling for the
Small Business Commissioner to be established as a serious
proposition with a wide remit to identify all instances and
circumstances where smaller businesses are treated unfairly We
argue that such a body will need teeth as well as a big mouth if it
is really going to level the playing field
What is actually meant by late payment gets to the heart of
this and is why the ABFA argues that the conversation should
be about poor payment practices more generally not just late
payment
Delaying payment to a supplier outside agreed payment terms
unless there are legitimate reasons for not doing so is late
payment and is clearly unacceptable
What about a larger customer business leveraging the market
power it has over its smaller suppliers to impose extended payment
terms It is not lsquolatersquo payment but it is no less unacceptable and the
economic effect on supply chains is the same What about using
that same market position to impose retrospective discounts
as the GCA found What about the imposition of contractual
clauses that have the net effect of passing contractual risk from
the larger businesses that are best able to manage it down the
supply chain to the smaller businesses that are not
67 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Prominent amongst these are pay when paid clauses
(prevalent in the recruitment process outsourcing (RPO) world)
unlimited liquidated damages clauses and ban on assignment
clauses The latter contractual terms seek to prevent suppliers
from using their unpaid invoices to access invoice finance
Admirably the government is already taking specific legislative
action against these with the aforementioned Small Business
Act enabling Regulations (expected shortly) to render such
clauses ineffective belatedly bringing the UK into line with
most of the other major world economies This will allow invoice
financiers to provide more funding to more businesses and will
particularly benefit the smaller supplier businesses that suffer
most from these unnecessary clauses
Ultimately this should also be good for larger customer businesses
who will benefit from more stable and well-funded supply chains
Of course whilst invoice finance can help SMEs unlock funding
it is not a silver bullet and is not a substitute for paying suppliers
promptly and treating them fairly For that there needs to be a
cultural shift and that is where an empowered and resourced
Small Business Commissioner could have a real impact
About Matthew Davies Matthew is the Director of Policy and Communications at ABFA
About ABFA The ABFA represents the asset based finance industry in the UK and the Republic of Ireland Members include UK and Irish high street banks specialist and challenger banks specialist businesses of international banks and corporates and independent nonbank finance providers
wwwabfaorguk
Matthew Davies
Director of Policy and CommunicationsAsset Based Finance Association
68 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Directive 201455EU for E-invoicing and Procurement How Public Authorities Should Respond
EESPA
Important developments are underway in the promotion of
e-invoicing in public procurement Under the Directive 201455
EU Member States must ensure that all public sector contracting
authorities are able to receive and process electronic invoices
from suppliers which follow a new European standard for an
e-invoice This will happen over the next three or four years and
is a major opportunity for encouraging e-invoicing adoption
E-invoicing is supportive of public policy priorities such as
deficit reduction financial transparency and sustainability and
will specifically make a material contribution to public sector
cost reduction and efficiency Moreover it will provide benefits
to private sector suppliers Its ease of implementation can be
demonstrated with reference to many successful private sector
and public sector experiences and to the extensive range of
existing market solutions and service provider offerings
The European Union and the Member States have in recent
years taken some steps to promote e-invoicing as a public policy
priority in support of the Single Market and Digital Agendas
For instance the EU has funded important building blocks and
initiatives such as PEPPOL and the CEF programme to support
the adoption process With this clear public policy support
European public administrations of all kinds are getting ready to
adopt e-invoicing on a broad scale
The new standardDirective 201455EU provides a clear definition of an electronic
invoice an invoice that has been issued transmitted and
received in a structured electronic format which allows for its
automatic and electronic processingrdquo
The Commission has requested CEN a key European standardi-
sation organisation to draft a European standard for the semantic
data model of the core elements of an electronic invoice
CEN has created a CEN Technical Committee ndash CEN TC434 ndash to
carry out the work The lsquosemantic data modelrsquo will be a structured
and logically interrelated set of terms and their meanings
relevant to the business functions of an invoice To ease the use
of such standard the Commission has also requested CEN to
provide a limited number of syntaxes which follow the European
standard on electronic invoicing the appropriate syntax bindings
and guidelines on transmission interoperability lsquoSyntaxrsquo means
the machine-readable language or lsquodialectrsquo used to represent
the data elements contained in an electronic invoice and for
structuring messages based on the lsquosemanticrsquo data model
The European standard is now under preparation in the CEN TC
434 and will be approved and published by the early part of 2017
lsquoThe benefits of electronic invoicing are maximised when the
generation sending transmission reception and processing of
an invoice can be fully automated For this reason only machine-
readable invoices which can be processed automatically and
digitally by the recipient should be considered to be compliant
with the European standard on electronic invoicing A mere
image file should not be considered to be an electronic invoice
for the purpose of the Directive
How should public authorities respondThe Directive does not itself create a mandatory rule for the
parties contracting authorities and their suppliers to move all
their invoicing to electronic exclusively based on the European
standard at least not at this stage The Member States may
keep e-invoicing based on existing national standards and are
not forced to move away from traditional invoicing Having said
this the arrival of a European standard creates an opportunity
for harmonisation and a concerted process of adoption across
national public sectors and the EU
To make all this happen policy-making regulation and the
distribution of operational responsibilities are all critical factors
for the success of e-invoicing For the development of a suitable
policy framework the Member States will typically wish to
establish a national strategy with detailed action plans to ensure
implementation to decide on the degree of compulsion the
various ways and standards for adoption and to agree on a
centralised or decentralised infrastructure
69 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
European E-invoicing Service Providers Association
Member Public administrations may consider the use of lsquoshared
servicesrsquo the use of third-party e-procurement and e-invoicing
solutions and services and the degree of integration between
pre-award and post-award processes Contracting authorities
will wish to ensure that the necessary technical infrastructure
is deployed to receive invoices confor ming to the European
standard in the required formats
Once received the Directive does not require the contracting
authority to do more than lsquoprocessrsquo such invoices This can be
done in a fully automated way particularly if the contracting
authority is already processing e-invoices in a semi-automated
way or the invoices can be simply converted to a human
readable form (using available technology) and processed
manually The authority can leave it to suppliers to choose
whether to adopt the standard and render invoices in the format
and neither encourage nor discourage its use This describes a
minimalist strategy
It is recognised that the minimum requirements are a starting
point and likely to evolve as the e-invoicing journey progresses
The opportunity presented by the new European standard
calls for more ambitious and various e-invoicing adoption
programmes For this contracting authorities would think about
moving towards completely automated processing of e-invoices
after they are received perhaps only based on the new
standard Such an approach describes a maximalist strategy ndash
a recommended goal by many commentators
This will be a challenging and exciting period for the public sector
and their service and solution providers It is a real opportunity to
spread the e-invoicing habit and save money for buyers and their
suppliers whilst promoting supply chain efficiency
[The above material is drawn from a Guidance Paper prepared
for the European Multi-Stakeholder Forum on e-Invoicing and
prepared by the writer in conjunction with an Activity Group of
the Forum]
About Charles Bryant Charles Bryant is Secretary General of EESPA and also active in the Global Supply Chain Finance Forum
About EESPA The European E-invoicing Service Providers Association acts as a trade association at European level for a large and dynamic community of e-invoicing service providers drawn from organisations that provide network business outsourcing financial technology and EDI services EESPA is an International Not-for-Profit Association organised under Belgian law Formed in 2011 it has over 60 full and associate members and is involved with a range of important initiatives in interoperability the public policy debate and promoting adoption
wwweespaeu
Charles Bryant
Secretary GeneralEESPA
70 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The International Association for Alternative Finance
Growth of alternative financeSince 1999 and the early days of the internet we have seen
business models such as the travel sector been transformed
High street shops with glossy travel catalogues have given way
to web stores and ultimately travel comparison websites These
new models have enhanced the customer journey and delivered
rates of return to operators who have embraced these new
ways of working Not least with these models is the low cost of
operation low point of entry and typically higher yield per traveler
particularly when ldquoadd onrdquo sales such as insurance are achieved
From a slower start alternative finance has embraced similar
models Against a moribund collection of banks and traditional
finance providers the transition is starting to be made from
those high street shops which represent the traditional banks to
online web stores The resultant growth of alternative finance has
surprised even its staunchest critics
Standards and regulationAgainst this background of growth the alternative finance sector
has been slow to recognise the power of regulation as a way
to slow or indeed kill growth A good historical comparison is
the battle of the airlines in the 1980rsquos where heavyweight and
dominant airlines very nearly killed the growth of fast moving
low cost airlines through regulation
Differently to the street fighters of the Bransonrsquos alternative
finance providers have approached the threat from regulation
almost naively The predominant view is that each player will
develop its own approach to standards and regulation and that
all will be well However there is a massive under-estimation
of the traditional banks who spend tens of millions engaging
with regulators and influencers in order to maintain the status
quo The experience of challenger banks who were unable to
get exemptions from the UK bank tax is probably an indicator of
where such influence has acted against new entrants
The contradictionThe contradiction of platforms and funding providers is that
they want to be regulated This seems totally contra to a newly
developing sector where agility is everything
In addition regulators have been relatively disinterested in
regulating alternative finance as it represents such a tiny
proportion of finance Regulators are busy elsewhere
So what is the danger Well the danger is that alternative
finance providers may get regulated but in a way that they
had not expected This could be the result of regulators not
understanding the dynamics of this new market and may purely
by accident kill the sector
So what are the alternatives There are a number of different
segments to the alternative finance market consumer related
activity for sure touching on elements of regulatory space
However there are common threads which need standards to
be developed which could act as a guide for future but informed
regulation
These guidelines need to cover some real basics reflecting a new
industry For instance how much time is spent on staff vetting
crucial where sales staff are often responsible for authenticating
transactions And what happens with IT security both for
the platforms themselves and the feeds to and from funding
providers Again how long is it before a platform is hacked
If it can happen to the closed SWIFT network new technology
platforms could be even more vulnerable Resilience and
security is the responsibility of each platform at the moment but
a failure of the weakest link could have a devastating impact on
the sector
Regulation and Growth in Alternative Finance ndash A Contradiction in the Making
71 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The International Association of Alternative Finance (IAAF
orguk) has been taking a lead through 2015 in encouraging
platforms to work together to develop standards The concept
is to not make anything mandatory at this stage but to build
guidelines that members can work towards This has been
achieved in parallel with key stakeholders and regulators
The latter have been especially supportive as they do not want to
kill an embryonic alternative finance sector
However the fate of the sector very much rests in the decisions
of platforms and funding providers Do they lose the agility
of alternative finance or do they work together on building
guidelines and standards which could become the kind of
regulation that will support growth The IAAF is launching the
first Guidelines for the growth of alternative finance on June 16
The guidelines cover key areas required to support the growth
of the sector and will hopefully provide the pathway that the
industry needs
About Tony Duggan Tony was previously Supply Chain Development Director at Wickes where he developed Europersquos largest B2B platform As Consulting Services Director at Bolero a division of the SWIFT banking network he worked with some of the worldrsquos largest banks on global SCF initiatives This unique experience along with his real experience in start-ups and SMEs has provided him with real insights into the challenges of SCF and has been fundamental in the design of the Crossflow solution
About IAAF Founded in London in 2014 the International Association for Alternative Finance (IAAF) is an industry body committed to the promotion and development of the Alternative Business Finance sector IAAF sets out its drive for the Business Alternative Finance to be applied with excellence globally thereby creating opportunities for members and supporting the economy development as a whole The Associationrsquos four key focus areas are regulation reputation operational environment and future growth
wwwiaafinorg
Tony Duggan
Founder and DirectorIAAF
Company profiles
73 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company CloudTrade
CloudTrade is one of the fastest growing e-invoice networks and built firmly on the premise that e-invoicing should be free for suppliers easy-to-use and non-disruptive ndash only then will suppliers move away from paper These principles underpin the CloudTrade service which ensures high supplier adoption is guaranteed
Website wwwcloudtradenetworkcom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider
Head office location UK
In which market do you provide your services
North America Europe Middle EastAfrica AsiaPacific
Contact details Mr Richard Manson Commercial Director richardmansoncloud-tradecom +44 (0)7956 441898 2-6 Boundary Row London SE1 8HP
Active since 2010
Keywords electronic invoicing e-invoicing PDF invoicing P2P purchase to pay e-order O2C order to cash
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry)
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Ordering supply chain invoicing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes ndash we currently interoperate with a number of service providers Furthermore CloudTrade is a registered Access Point on the PEPPOL network
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription and transaction-based
Solution description CloudTrade removes the barriers to supplier adoption Our patented solution provides a non-disruptive way for a supplier to send electronic invoices ndash without having to change systems or infrastructure The net result is that we will remove more paper from an organisation in a shorter time frame than any other e-invoicing approach
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip No
Matching of related transactions Yes ndash match invoices to POs contracts service entry sheets or goods receipt Business rules can be amended per customer
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal No ndash a portal is available for the receiving organisation but not for the sending organisation Processing updates are provided to the supplier via e-mail
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
(Dynamic) discounting Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
74 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes ndash each document is validated against a set of document and customer specific validations
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes ndash due to the ease by which suppliers are able to adopt CloudTradersquos e-invoicing service typically more than 90 of suppliers that we are asked to on-board will come on board
Other services The core technology underpinning CloudTradersquos service is document agnostic We can (and do) provide e-document services across numerous sectors and document flows
75 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Comarch
Comarch is a global provider of IT solutions Comarch has more than 20 years of industry experience thousands successfully completed projects in over 40 countries worldwide references own RampD department made up of high-end IT engineers high ranking IT analyst ratings Gartner IDC Truffle 100 custom data centers in Poland and Germany
Website wwwcomarchcom wwwedicomarchcom
Service provider type Software vendor e-invoicing provider
Head office location Poland
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details Mr Bartlomiej Wojtowicz Product Manager bartlomiejwojtowiczcomarchcom +48 12 684 8735
Active since 1993
Keywords supplier onboarding supplier portal e-invoicing purchase-to-pay archiving electronic invoices master data management supply chain financing
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Broad scope of industries including FMCG retail DIY automotive logistics oilampgas pharma electronics
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Supplier onboarding master data management ordering supply chain logistics e-invoicing supply chain financing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Licensed SaaS transaction-based
Solution description Comarch EDI provides the companies with smart solution enabling exchange of validated and tax compliant invoices in the format adjusted to back office systems It provides electronic archive and electronic signature as well as Service Desk in 12 languages (including English German French Turkish Russian) to guarantee onboarding of each partner
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting No
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes via partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
76 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing Yes via partners
Workflow functionality No
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management No
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support Support for various formats
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Suppliers onboarding
78 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company ebpSource Limited
The most experienced team in the e-billing and payment industry ebpSource delivers software solutions consultancy and support to billers banks payment processors and outsourcers ebpSource brings unparalleled knowledge and a highly successful track-record designing developing deploying integrating and supporting many of the largest and highest-adoption services of this kind worldwide
Website wwwebpsourcecom
Service provider type Software vendor and reseller ndash e-billing e-invoicing e-signing mobile payment supply chain finance and authentication specialists Large-scale projects at a national and international level Ongoing support and specialist consultancy
Head office location United Kingdom
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Steve Wright Commercial Director swrightebpsourcecom +44 1753 567896
Active since 2006
Keywords ebpsource e-billing payment software solution e-invoicing e-signing authentication
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Cross-industry with specific specialisations in national e-bill consolidation bank-based e-invoicing and payment telecoms and utility e-billing e-signing and smart authentication
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Authentication e-invoicing payments online banking integration supply chain finance ordering e-signing
Support interoperability with other service providers
ebpSource has a wealth of experience in connecting e-billing and payment infrastructures at a national and regional level
Which pricing model do you mainly use
License subscription transaction-based
Solution description ebpSource provides a range of software consultancy and support services to help clients achieve new levels of operational efficiency customer service and cost reduction The team works closely with clients to design develop deploy integrate and support end customer applications Our key focus is long-term strategic partnerships with customers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices No
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
79 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Technology development consultancy and application support
81 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Order2Cash
Order2Cash is a pioneering provider of global order to cash optimisation services Cited by Gartner as a pure-play Order2Cash solution provider our services empower the work of Fortune 500 companies and leading enterprises around the world helping them to reduce costs and optimise spending on resources and technology Discover more at wwworder2cashcom Order2Cash is an Anachron company wwwanachroncom
Website
Service provider type
Head office location
In which market do you provide your services
Contact details
Active since
Keywords
wwworder2cashcomOrder2Cash provides flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe End-to-end global SaaS solutions including credit checks secure online contract signing multi-channel e-invoicing online payments credit management and document archiving
EMEA Head office Amsterdam the Netherlands US Head office NY USA
Globally
Phone EMEA +31 20 531 39 00 USA +1 347 478 5398 Email infoorder2cashcom Twitter O2CAnachron LinkedIn linkedincomcompanyorder2cash
2000
order to cash e-invoicing credit management payments contracting interoperability
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Mid-large corporates and multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Our solutions are focused on AR automation and accelerating the order to cash process As such they are suitable for use in all industries
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Support interoperability with other service providers
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Solution description
Credit checks online document signing e-invoicing payments cash application credit management collections
Yes we have interoperability agreements with an extensive range of B2BB2G e-invoicing networks and are a member of the European E-Invoicing Service Providers Association (EESPA)
Transaction-based pricing
Order2Cashcom offers a suite of SaaS solutions that combine to create a flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe Its modules support credit checks contracting e-invoicing payments and credit management Select components and tailor a solution to suit your business needs
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes Our solutions integrate with 700+ ERP systems for easy document exchange In addition we are connected with over 25 P2P platforms
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools We work closely together with partners such as PwC and EY to ensure international TaxVAT compliancy
TAXVAT compliancy Global coverage
e-Signature service Every document is signed with an e-signature (QES or AES) to guarantee integrity and authenticity and to meet VAT requirements This can be completed with a timestamp
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Offered through partner network of financial institutions
View company profile in online database
82 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Every document is securely archived complete legal storage period
Scanning of paper invoices Yes in cooperation with our network of output partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes in cooperation with our network of global output partners
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Available in cooperation with our network of output patners
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We have established connections with over 700 ERP systems
Which standards do you support UNCEFACT CII ISO20022 Financial Invoice UBL 20 and others if required
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes Any structured data can be converted to XML format
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes All data is validated and reported
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes Full support guidelines and advice is offered to all clients on customer activation
Other services Related to invoicing reporting query management customer grouping authorisation tools consolidated billing Alongside invoicing services your Order2Cash solution can expand to include online payment functionalities robust credit management and cash application tools as well as a secure online contract and document signing service Further details on the full platform can be found on our website
Connecting everyone everywhere
Flawless integration of the entire AR process across the enterprise
and around the globe
wwworder2cashcom
Fix Your Leaky Receivables Scan the QR code to claim your FREE Diagnostic Spreadsheet and measure the hidden costs in your accounts receivables processes
84 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Saphety Level ndash Trusted Services SA
Saphety is a leading company in global network solutions for electronic documents exchange document presentment data synchronisation and public procurement Saphety has 4700 companies and over 129000 users throughout more than 30 countries
Website httpwwwsaphetycom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider bank software vendor reseller or specialist
Head office location Portugal (headquarters in Lisbon and operational offices in Bogotaacute Colombia and Satildeo Paulo Brazil)
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details infosaphetycom +351 210 114 640
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic documents exchange e-invoice invoice software paperless transactions EDI document presentment public procurement data synchronisation
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Buyers suppliers both
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates and government
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Automotive government healthcare retail utilities telecom tourism oil amp energy finance (bank and insurance) mass businesses and others
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Contracting ordering supply chain invoicing payments
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription transaction-based
Solution description SaphetyDoc enables you to exchange business documentation electronically including purchase orders delivery notes and invoices in a simple way at a low cost While complying with all legal requirements related to e-invoicing SaphetyDoc allows to completely eliminate the use of paper in the invoicing process from issuance to sending and approval
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy AU AT BE BG CA CY CZ DK EE FI FR DE GR HK HU IS IE IM IL IT LV LI LT LU MT MX MA NL NZ NO PL PT RO SG SK SI ZA ES SE CH GB US
e-Signature service Yes we provide e-Signature Service We can also use external e-Signature service if requested by client
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
85 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support UBL 20 EDIFACT Flat files TXT XML Idoc etc
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services IPC Invoice Payment Control Doc+ Market reports in progress
Please stop wasting paperBest RegardsMother Earth
Learn more at saphetycom
Saphety offers the best paperless solutions to help your businessbe more environmentally friendly while improving your efficiencyand workflow process
87 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Tungsten Corporation Ltd
Tungsten Corporation accelerates global trade by enabling customers to streamline invoice processing improve cash-flow management and make better buying decisions Tungsten Network helps buying organisations reduce their invoice-processing costs by 60 and profit by applying real-time spend analytics to their line-level invoice data Suppliers gain efficiencies greater payment-status visibility and optional early payment
Website wwwtungsten-networkcom
Service provider type Global e-invoicing network invoice finance and spend analytics
Head office location London UK
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Mr Ruud van Hilten SVP Global Buyer Sales ruudvanhiltentungsten-networkcom +44 87 0165 7420
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic invoicing accounts payable procurement supplier network purchase to pay invoice finance spend analytics AP workflow
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B amp B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry) E-invoicing is a horizontal process
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Invoicing purchase to pay working capital financing purchasing orders supplier self-service real-time spend analytics
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes We interoperate with compliant service providers where there is customer demand qualifying invoice volume and compliance is maintained
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Balanced-costs are shared by buyers and suppliers Low volume suppliers receive 52 free invoices annually and high volume suppliers receive 520 free invoices annually After these free invoice transactions have been used a flat fee structure is applied per invoice transaction
Solution description The worldrsquos largest organisations connect with thousands of suppliers around the globe through Tungsten Network We enable companies to send and receive error-free tax-compliant invoices around the globe without the need to install any hardware or software We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme to ensure that suppliers participate and transact with their buyers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes We can take POs from all sources in a buyerrsquos structure and present these to the supply chain Suppliers can convert POs directly into invoices on our portal
Matching of related transactions Yes We match invoices with POs online-level if required
Distribution of e-invoices Yes We enable companies to send and receive compliant B2B invoices
Invoice presentment portal Yes Suppliers can use our portal to manually enter their invoice data convert a PO check the status of their invoices and select early payment
Legal compliance tools Yes Our rules engine enables companies to receive compliant invoices in all the jurisdictions we are compliant in
TAXVAT compliancy Yes We work with local tax authorities to enable companies to send and receive compliant invoices We are currently compliant in 47 countries with a pipeline of new countries in progress
View company profile in online database
88 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
e-Signature service Yes All compliant invoices are digitally signed where required by local regulations We provide at-source signature verification
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes Invoice financing is a service we offer through Tungsten Network Finance This can be funded by Tungstenrsquos own financing partners the buyer or the buyerrsquos banking partners
(Dynamic) discounting Yes We offer this service on a case-by-case basis via Tungsten Network
e-Archiving Yes We provide legally compliant archiving
Scanning of paper invoices Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Printing Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Workflow functionality Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Direct integration with payments Yes Tungsten Bank has access to all relevant payment systems
Accounts Payable management No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Accounts Receivable management
No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We fully integrate with any ERP financial software
Which standards do you support Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes We use extensive and flexible rule-sets to ensure compliance with our buyersrsquo business processes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme and can contractually guarantee paper conversion rates in best practice projects
Other services Purchase order services invoice status service spend analytics supply chain finance
89 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Glossary3-Corner Model3-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoices are connected to a single service provider for
the dispatch and receipt of messages
Another definition 3-Corner Model is an invoicing process set-up
whereby trading partners have separate contractual relationships
with the same service provider When both senders and receivers
of invoices are connected to a single hub for the dispatch and
receipt of invoices it is referred to as a 3-Corner model This central
hub consolidates the invoices of several receivers and many
senders in the case of accounts payable and several senders and
many receivers in the case of accounts receivable processing
Consolidators and trade platforms are usually 3-Corner Models in
which both senders and receivers are connected to the service
The 3-Corner Model in principle can only offer reach to the
parties that are connected to the central hub This means that
either invoice senders or invoice receivers often have to connect
to multiple hubs in order to increase their reach To solve limited
reach in 3-Corner Models roaming has been introduced
4-Corner Model4-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoice messages are supported by their own service
provider
Another definition 4-Corner Model is an invoicing process
set-up whereby each trading partner has contracted with one
or several separate service providers whereby the service
providers ensure the correct interchange of invoices between the
trading partners The concept of the 4-Corner model originated
in the banking sector When senders and receivers of invoices
are supported by their own consolidator service provider (for the
sender) and aggregator service provider (for the receiver) it is
referred to as a 4-Corner Model A network usually based on open
standards provides connectivity and the facilities for the secure
trusted exchange of invoices and or other business documents
In the 4-Corner Models the consolidator and aggregator roles are
often two different service providers
AAccess to financeAccess to finance is the ability of individuals or enterprises to
obtain financial services including credit deposit payment
insurance and other risk management services
Accounts payableAccounts payable refers to the money a business owes to others
current liabilities incurred in the normal course of business as an
organisation purchases goods or services with the understanding
that payment is due at a later date Accounts payable is also
the department within an organisation responsible for paying
invoices on behalf of the organisation
Accounts payable automationAccounts payable automation represents the (semi-) automated
management of accounts payable administration by automated
processing of invoices Accounts payable automation requires
integration of the invoicing process with accounting software
Accounts receivableAccounts receivable refers to money which is owed to a company
by customer for products and services provided on credit This
is often treated as a current asset on a balance sheet A specific
sale is generally only treated as an account receivable after the
customer is sent an invoice
Advanced electronic signature (AES)Advanced electronic signature (AES) means an electronic
signature which meets the following requirements a) it is
uniquely linked to the signatory b) it is capable of identifying
the signatory c) it is created using means that the signatory van
maintain under its sole control and d) it is linked to the data to
which it relates in such a manner that any subsequent change of
the date is detectable
90 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Alternative financeAlternative financial services (AFS) is a term often used to
describe the array of financial services offered by providers
that operate outside of federally insured banks and thrifts
(hereafter referred to as lsquobanksrsquo) Check-cashing outlets money
transmitters car title lenders payday loan stores pawnshops
and rent-to-own stores are all considered AFS providers
However many of the products and services they provide
are not lsquoalternativersquo rather they are the same as or similar to
those offered by banks AFS also sometimes refers to financial
products delivered outside brick-and-mortar bank branches or
storefronts through alternative channels such as the internet
financial services kiosks and mobile phones
Online platform-based alternative financing activities include
donation- reward- and equity-based crowdfunding peer-to-
peer consumer and business lending invoice trading debt-
based securities and others
Asset based lending (ABL)Asset based lending (ABL) is a specialised form of secured
lending whereby a company uses its current assets (accounts
receivable and inventory) as collateral for a loan The loan is
structured so that the amount of credit is limited in relation to the
value of the collateral The product is differentiated from other
types of lending secured by accounts receivable and inventory by
the lenders use of controls over the borrowerrsquos cash receipts and
disbursements and the quality of collateral rather than ownership
of the receivables as in factoring
Asset based loanAsset based loan is a business loan in which the borrower pledges
as loan collateral any assets used in the conduct of his or her
business Funds are used for business-related expenses All
asset-based loans are secured
Automated clearing house (ACH)Automated clearing house (ACH) is an electronic payments
system (outside the card networks) for clearing and settling
transactions Funds are electronically exchanged directly to
from participantsrsquo accounts Frequently used by end-user
organisations as the payment method by which to pay their
issuer
BBasel IIIBasel III is a comprehensive set of reform measures designed to
improve the regulation supervision and risk management within
the banking sector The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
published the first version of Basel III in late 2009 giving banks
approximately three years to satisfy all requirements Largely
in response to the credit crisis banks are required to maintain
proper leverage ratios and meet certain capital requirements
Bank payment obligation (BPO)Bank payment obligation (BPO) is a class of settlement solution
in international supply chain finance Bank payment obligation is
an irrevocable undertaking given by an obligator bank (typically
buyerrsquos bank) to a recipient bank (usually sellers bank) to pay
a specified amount on an agreed date under the condition
of successful electronic matching of data according to an
industry-wide set of rules adopted by International Chamber of
Commerce (ICC) Banking Commission
Bill of ladingA bill of lading (sometimes abbreviated as BL or BoL) is a
legal document between the shipper of a particular good and
the carrier detailing the type quantity and destination of the
good being carried The bill of lading also serves as a receipt
of shipment when the good is delivered to the predetermined
destination This document must accompany the shipped goods
no matter the form of transportation and must be signed by an
authorised representative from the carrier shipper and receiver
BlockchainBlockchain is a distributed ledger comprised of digitally recorded
data in packages called blocks These digitally recorded blocks of
data are stored in a linear chain Each block in the chain contains
cryptographically hashed data (such as Bitcoin transactions)
The blocks of hashed data draw upon the previous-block in the
chain
Business interoperability interfaces (BII)Business interoperability interfaces on public procurement
in Europe (BII) is CEN Workshop providing a basic framework
for technical interoperability in pan-European electronic
transactions expressed as a set of technical specifications that
in particular are compatible with UNCEFACT
91 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Business Process Outsourcing (BPO)Business process outsourcing (BPO) is the contracting of a
specific business task such as payroll to a third-party service
provider Usually BPO is implemented as a cost-saving measure
for tasks that a company requires but does not depend upon to
maintain their position in the marketplace
Business-to-business (B2B)Business-to-business is a type of commerce transaction
that exists between businesses such as those involving a
manufacturer and wholesaler or a wholesaler and a retailer
Business to business refers to business that is conducted
between companies rather than between a company and
individual consumers This is in contrast to business to consumer
(B2C) and business to government (B2G) A typical supply
chain involves multiple business to business transactions as
companies purchase components and other raw materials
for use in its manufacturing processes The finished product
can then be sold to individuals via business to consumer
transactions
Business-to-business paymentsBusiness-to-business payments represent the payments that
are made between businesses for various goods services and
expenses
Business-to-consumer (B2C)Businesses or transactions conducted directly between a
company and consumers who are the end-users of its products
or services Business-to-consumer as a business model differs
significantly from the business-to-business model which refers
to commerce between two or more businesses
Business networksMany businesses use networking as a key factor in their
marketing plan It helps to develop a strong feeling of trust
between those involved and play a big part in raising the profile
and takings of a company Suppliers and businesses can be
seen as networked businesses and will tend to source the
business and their suppliers through their existing relationships
and those of the companies they work closely with Networked
businesses tend to be open random and supportive whereas
those relying on hierarchical traditional managed approaches
are closed selective and controlling
CCard schemeCard schemes such as Visa or MasterCard promote the use of
various card types which carry their logos Banks and financial
institutions have to apply for membership of the appropriate card
scheme before they can issue cards or acquire transactions
Cash flowCash flow represents the pattern of company income and
expenditures and resulting availability of cash
CENBII CENBII is an UBL-based XML format used for the OpenPEPPOL
network it currently exists in a version 1 and version 2 CENBII
is meant to be used for international transfers on OpenPEPPOL
whereas domestic transfers will generally use a localised version
of CENBII (eg EHF SimpleInvoice)
CFDIComprobante Fiscal Digital a traveacutes de Internet (CFDI) or Digital
Tax Receipt through Internet refers to the current mandated
form of e-invoicing in Mexico All e-invoices in Mexico are issued
as CFDI as of January 1 2014
ClearingClearing is the process of exchanging financial transaction
details between an acquirer and an issuer to facilitate posting
of a card-holderrsquos account and reconciliation of a customerrsquos
settlement position
Clearing house automated payment system (CHAPS)The company has responsibility for the operation of an electronic
transfer system for sending real-time gross settlement same-day
payments for CHAPS Sterling and CHAPS Euro
Commercial cardA commercial card is the generic umbrella term for a variety
of card types used for business-to-business (B2B) payments
Some of the cards listed as commercial are purchase cards
entertainment cards corporate cards travel cards and business
cards
92 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Commercial financeCommercial finance is a generic term for a range of asset based
finance services which include factoring invoice discounting
international factoring reverse factoring and asset based lending
facilities There are many variations on each of these product
sets (and the precise nomenclature varies from market to
market) but all exist to provide working capital funding solutions
to businesses
ConversionConversion represents the act of automatically converting the
format of an electronic invoice from the format of the sender
to the format of the recipient (format conversion) or converting
the encoding of content (eg different code list or units of
measure) using agreed mapping processes that do not alter the
information represented by the document (content conversion)
Corporate cardCorporate card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business travel and entertainment (TampE)
expenses It is also referred to as a travel card The liability for
abuse of the card typically rests with the company and not with
the employee
Corporate liabilityThe end-user organisation is liable for the commercial card
charges this is the case for purchasing card programs and
sometimes corporate card programs
CovenantThe covenant represents a promise in an indenture or any other
formal debt agreement that certain activities will or will not be
carried out Covenants in finance most often relate to terms in
a financial contracting such as loan documentation stating
the limits at which the borrower can further lend or other such
stipulations Covenants are put in place by lenders to protect
themselves from borrowers defaulting on their obligations due to
financial actions detrimental to themselves or the business
DDays payable outstanding (DPO) Days payable outstanding (DPO) is an efficiency ratio that
measures the average number of days a company takes to pay
its suppliers
Days sales outstanding (DSO)Days sales outstanding (DSO days receivables) is a calculation
used by a company to estimate their average collection period It
is a financial ratio that illustrates how well a companyrsquos accounts
receivables are being managed
Debtor (buyer)A debtor or buyer constitutes a business that has been supplied
with goods or services by the client and is obliged to make
payment for them It is also referred to as the purchaser of
goods or services supplied by a client whose debts have been
assigned sold to a factor
Debtor finance Debtor finance also called cash flow finance is an umbrella
term used to describe a process to fund a business using its
accounts receivable ledger as collateral Generally companies
that have low working capital reserves can get into cash flow
problems because invoices are paid on net 30 terms Debtor
finance solutions fund slow paying invoices which improves the
cash flow of the company This puts it in a better position to pay
operating expenses Types of debtor financing solutions include
invoice discounting factoring cash flow finance asset finance
invoice finance and working capital finance
Debt financingDebt financing refers to when a firm raises money for working
capital or capital expenditures by selling bonds bills or notes
to individual andor institutional investors In return for lending
the money the individuals or institutions become creditors and
receive a promise that the principal and interest on the debt will
be repaid
Directive of the European CommissionThe Directive of the European Commission is a legal act of the
European Union regarding defining a new legal framework for
payments
Distributed ledgerA distributed ledger is a consensus of data shared and synchronized
geographically across multiple websites countries and institutions
93 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Dynamic discounting Dynamic discounting represents the collection of methods in
which payment terms can be established between a buyer and
supplier to accelerate payment for goods or services in return for
a reduced price or discount
EElectronic invoice (e-invoice) An e-invoice is an electronic invoice that contains the information
required by Council Directive 201045EU and which has been
issued and received in any electronic format It contains more
than just an image of an invoice An e-invoice also contains data
in a format that computers can understand This means that an
e-mail with a PDF file attached is not an e-invoice
E-invoice addressE-invoice address is the ID used to send or receive an e-invoice
The type of ID used differs depending on the country and the
format in use Typical IDs include GLN DUNS VAT-ID IBAN and
OVT A sender must know a recipientrsquos e-invoice address in order
to send an e-invoice The message is routed to the recipient by
any operator along the way using the e-invoice address
E-invoicing service providerIt is a provider that on the basis of an agreement performs
certain e-invoicing processes on behalf of a trading partner or
that is active in the provision of support services necessary to
realise such processes To determine whether an IT vendor is a
service provider the following circumstances should be taken
into account a) That the contract with the trading partner(s)
leads the latter to expect a VAT-compliant service b) The nature
of the service is such that VAT compliance is appropriate c) The
provider is insured against service related risks to his clientsrsquo tax
compliance Trading partners can use multiple e-invoicing service
providers see 3-Corner Model and 4-Corner Model definitions
An e-invoicing service provider can subcontract all of parts of
its services to other providers such subcontractors can also be
e-invoicing service providers if they meet the criteria set out in this
definition
Early payment discountAn early payment discount is offered by some companies to
motivate credit customers to pay sooner The early payment
discount is also referred to as a prompt payment discount
or cash discount The seller often refers to the early payment
discount as a sales discount while the buyer may refer to the
early payment discount as a purchases discount
Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP)Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP) usually
consumer-oriented lsquobill payingrsquo presented and paid through
the internet Other terms such as internet bill presentment and
payment (IBPP) electronic bill presentment (EBP) and online bill
presentment and payment (OBPP) are also in use
Electronic data interchange (EDI)Electronic data interchange (EDI) constitutes the electronic
communication of business transactions such as orders
confirmations and invoices between organisations Third-parties
provide EDI services that enable organisations with different
equipment to connect Although interactive access may be a
part of it EDI implies direct computer-to-computer transactions
into vendorsrsquo databases and ordering systems
Electronic funds transfer (EFT)Electronic funds transfer (EFT) represents the moving of funds
between different accounts in the same or different banks
through the use of wire transfer automatic teller machines
(ATMs) or computers but without the use of paper documents
Electronic invoice life cycleA process comprising a) the issue of the electronic invoice by or
in name and on behalf of the supplier b) receipt of the invoice by
or on behalf of the buyer and c) storage of the electronic invoice
during the storage period by or on behalf the supplier and the
buyer
Electronic invoice presentment and payment (EIPP)Electronic invoice presentment and payment has originated
in the B2B world and describes the process through which
companies present invoices and organise payments through the
internet
94 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Electronic invoicingElectronic invoicing represents the management of an electronic
invoice life cycle without the use of paper-based invoices as tax
originals
Electronic payablesA form of electronic payment using the card infrastructure
managed centrally within an organisation typically by accounts
payable (AP) Also known as electronic accounts payable (EAP)
automated payables e-payables push payments straight
through payments (STP) buyer initiated payments (BIP) single-
use accounts and electronic invoice presentment and payment
(EIPP) Each provider has a proprietary name for its particular
solution functionality and processes vary for each
Electronic procurementElectronic procurement represents the use of the internet or a
companyrsquos intranet to procure goods and services used in the
conduct of business An e-procurement system can streamline
all aspects of the purchasing process while applying tighter
controls over spending and product preferences
Electronic signatureAn electronic signature or e-signature is any electronic means
that indicates either that a person adopts the contents of an
electronic message or more broadly that the person who claims
to have written a message is the one who wrote it (and that the
message received is the one that was sent) By comparison
a signature is a stylised script associated with a person In
commerce and the law a signature on a document is an indication
that the person adopts the intentions recorded in the document
Both are comparable to a seal
Electronic statement presentation (ESP)It refers to the electronic presentment of a variety of other
commercial documents apart from invoices such as account
statements purchase orders delivery notifications and others
Not included are many unstructured documents that are
exchanged
Enterprise resource planning (ERP) Enterprise resource planning (ERP) is an integrated information
system that serves all departments within an enterprise Evolving
out of the manufacturing industry ERP implies the use of
packaged software rather than proprietary software written by or
for one customer ERP modules may be able to interface with an
organisationrsquos own software with varying degrees of effort and
depending on the software ERP modules may be alterable via
the vendorrsquos proprietary tools as well as proprietary or standard
programming languages
EscrowEscrow is a financial instrument held by a third-party on behalf
of the other two parties in a transaction The funds are held by
the escrow service until it receives the appropriate written or oral
instructions or until obligations have been fulfilled Securities
funds and other assets can be held in escrow
FFactorThe factor is a financial entity providing factoring facilities
FactoringFactoring is an agreement between a business (assignor) and
a financial entity (factor) in which the assignor assignssells its
receivables to the factor and the factor provides the assignor
with a combination of one or more of the following services with
regard to the receivables assigned advance of a percentage of
the amount of receivables assigned receivables management
collection and credit protection Usually the factor administers
the assignorrsquos sales ledger and collects the receivables in its
own name The assignment can be disclosed to the debtor
Faster PaymentsFaster Payments enable interbank funds transfers in near real
time typically initiated via the internet or phone The Faster
Payments Service represents the biggest advancement in UK
payments for several decades and is designed to run in parallel
with the existing Bacs and CHAPS services Other financial
institutions are able to join either as members or to access
the system through agency arrangements with a member in the
same way they do with other payment systems
95 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Fleet CardA fleet card is a specialised commercial card used to capture
fleet-related expenses (eg fuel vehicle maintenance repair
and service)
Four-party payment systemThe four-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user and issuer on one side and the merchant
and acquirer on the othermdashall of whom are linked by the network
includes the Visa and MasterCard models
GGlobal process owner (GPO)A global process owner is a professional who has (or should have)
complete ownership of an end-to-end process globally This
means that once the correct process has been established there
should be no process deviation unless approved by the global
process owner A global process owner has final approval of the
adoption of any technology affecting the given process
IInterchange feesThe interchange fee also called the discount rate or swipe fee
is the sum paid by merchants to the credit card processor as a
fee for accepting credit cards The amount of the rate will vary
depending on the type of transaction but averages about 2 of
the purchase amount The interchange fee is typically higher for
online purchases than for in-person purchases because in the
latter the card is physically present and available for inspection
InteroperabilityInteroperability is the ability of making systems and organisations
work together (inter-operate) While the term was initially defined
for information technology or systems engineering services to
allow for information exchange a more broad definition takes
into account social political and organisational factors that
impact system to system performance Another definition refers
to interoperability as being a task of building coherent services
for users when the individual components are technically different
and managed by different organisations
InvoiceAn invoice is an itemised bill for goods sold or services provided
containing details such as individual prices the total charge and
payment terms
Invoice discounting Invoice discounting is a form of short-term borrowing often used
to improve a companyrsquos working capital and cash flow position
Invoice discounting allows a business to draw money against its
sales invoices before the customer has actually paid
Invoice financeSee Debtor finance
Invoice trackingInvoice tracking represents the process of collecting and
managing data and information about an Invoice Item and its
various traits andor states as it is followed or tracked throughout
different phases of its life cycle (lifecycle)
LLevel I dataIt refers to standard transaction data including date supplier and
total purchase amount Also written as lsquolevel 1rsquo data
Level II dataIt represents the enhanced transaction data including Level
I data plus a customer-defined reference number such as a
purchase order number and separate sales tax amount Also
written as lsquolevel 2rsquo data
Level III dataIt constitutes the detailed transaction data including Level II data
plus line-item detail such as the item purchased Sometimes
referred to as simply lsquoline-item detailrsquo Also written as lsquolevel 3rsquo
data
Line-item detailIt is a transaction data reflecting what was purchased See also
Level III data
NNetwork providerA network provider is a service provider that connects directly to
both the supplier and the buyer The supplier or buyer is required
to make only one connection to the network provider enabling
them to connect to multiple buyers andor suppliers With an
e-invoicing network there is no requirement to interoperate as
connection is independent of data format and a global network
enables the flow of data cross-border
96 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
OOne cardOne card is a type of hybrid card in which a single card is issued
to an employee for more than one category of expenses (eg
goodsservices and travel expenses) eliminating the need to
carry two separate cards
One card plus fleetA single card used for purchasing travel and fleet-related
expenses (fuel vehicle maintenance others) It combines the
functionality of a P Card corporate card and fleet card
OpenPEPPOL OpenPEPPOL is an open point-to-point network of sending
receiving web services to cover all of Europe it is currently
primarily in use in Finland the Netherlands Norway and Sweden
CENBII v1 is the base format but domestic transfers might use
a localised version
Order-to-cashOrder-to-cash also known as OTC or O2C is the end-to-end
process by which companies receive an order from a customer
deliver the goods or services raise the invoice for the transaction
to send to the customer and receive the payment from the
customerrsquos bank account Increasingly the OTC process (which
is part sales and part accounts receivable) is being managed as
an end-to-end process See also Accounts Receivable
PPACPAC stands for Authorised Provider of Certified Tax Receipts via
Internet Authorisation as a PAC is issued by SAT after an entity
proofs the technical and legal requirements to ensure the safety
capacity and infrastructure of the provider in delivering services
to the taxpayer
Peer-to-peer (P2P) lending A method of debt financing that enables individuals to borrow
and lend money ndash without the use of an official financial institution
as an intermediary Peer-to-peer lending removes the middleman
from the process but it also involves more time effort and risk
than the general brick-and-mortar lending scenarios
PO flippingPurchase order (PO) flipping happens when a supplier receives a
purchase order from its customer through a supplier portal and
at the time of raising an invoice converts the data provided in
the purchase order into the data on the invoice The benefit of
this process is that by the time the invoice has been received
by the customer the matching of the invoice with the purchase
order information will be perfect PO flipping is however only
appropriate for the type of supplier that uses a supplier portal
to create invoices typically a lower volume supplier See also
Supplier portals
ProcurementProcurement is the process of obtaining or acquiring goods and
services It also represents the department within an organisation
that is usually responsible for the development of requests for
proposals (RFPs) proposal analysis supplier market research
negotiations buying activities contract administration inventory
control etc Also referred to as purchasing sourcing or similar
term
Procure-to-pay (P2P) processThe steps the employees of an end-user organisation follow to
make a purchase and the associated payment An organisation
typically has different P2P processes for different types of
purchasespayments a P-Card P2P process is usually the most
streamlined Also referred to as purchase-to-pay or source-to-
settle process
Purchase order (PO)Purchase order is a written authorisation for a supplier to
deliver products andor services at a specified price according
to specified terms and conditions becoming a legally binding
agreement upon supplier acceptance
Purchase-to-pay processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Purchasing card (P-Card)A purchasing card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business-related goods and services
end-user organisation must pay its issuer in full each month for
the total of all P-Card transactions Also called a procurement
card (ProCard) and purchase card
97 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
RRebateIt refers to money paid by an issuer to its customer (an end-user
organisation) in conjunction with the end-userrsquos commercial card
usage the rebate amount is based on various criteria as defined
within the contract terms between issuer and end-user Also
sometimes called revenue share
ReceivablesReceivables represent an asset designation applicable to all
debts unsettled transactions or other monetary obligations
owed to a company by its debtors or customers Receivables
are recorded by a companyrsquos accountants and reported on the
balance sheet and they include all debts owed to the company
even if the debts are not currently due
Receivable financeReceivable finance allows suppliers to finance their receivables
relating to one or many buyers and to receive early payment
usually at a discount on the value
ReconciliationThis is the matching of orders done by (internet) shoppers with
incoming payments Only after a successful reconciliation the
merchant will start the delivery process The extent to which
payment service providers carry out reconciliation and the way
in which they do so (sending an e-mail providing files) may vary
Reverse factoringReverse factoring is an arrangement made between large buying
organisations and banks with the intention to finance suppliers
and provide a lower buying price to the buyer Like lsquofactoringrsquo
there are three parties involved ndash the buyer supplier and the
factoring company (in this case typically a bank) The bank
takes on the responsibility to pay the supplierrsquos invoice early
for a discounted price The buyer then settles with the bank
according to the terms of the original invoice The supplier has
offered or agreed to a discount based on early payment and this
discount is shared between the bank and the buyer
SSales tax (VAT)Referred to as value added tax in the UK or sales tax in the
US this form of indirect tax is applied to almost all business
transactions It is the companyrsquos responsibility to add the tax
amount to its sales transactions and pay the tax on purchase
transactions At the end of each period (each quarter) it is the
companyrsquos responsibility to net off the charged tax on the sales
invoices and the paid tax on the purchase invoices and if there
is a positive balance to pay this to the government Increasingly
the management of VAT is moving into the shared services
organisation as this is where purchase and sales invoices are
processed
SettlementSettlement is the process by which merchant and cardholder
banks exchange financial data and value resulting from sales
transactions cash disbursements and merchandise credits
Shared servicesShared services refer to a business model which is largely
applied by mid-tier or enterprise-sized companies It is larger
companies who typically adopt shared services because scale is
one key element of the model The intention of shared services
is to run operations more efficiently and more cost-effectively
Using the finance function as an example shared services works
in the following ways Firstly it is the centralisation of a finance
activity the consolidation of systems that activity runs off the
standardisation of the processes that support that activity and
the automation (and continuous improvement) of that activityrsquos
processes Secondly it is the running of this centralised
consolidated activity as a ldquobusiness within a businessrdquo which
means the shared services organisation will often have its own
profit and loss account (PampL) will treat the rest of the business
as its customer will hire and develop service oriented staff will
possibly have service level agreements (SLAs) with its customers
and will charge for its services When a company centralises
a function it is not quite accurate to call it shared services
Centralisation is just one aspect of shared services
98 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
SOAP (Finvoice)Transmission frame (SOAP) specifies the sender recipient and
service provider data The service provider routes the message
to its recipient on the basis of frame data File may include
several Finvoice messages Each message must include a
transmission frame (SOAP)
SOAP (generic)Simple object access protocol (SOAP) is a web service protocol
or message framework for transferring XML-based messages
between web services BT does not support UBL directly but it is
able to identify and handle an UBL message wrapped in a SOAP-
envelope
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS)SaaS is a cost-effective way for companies to lsquorentrsquo software
without the burden of installation and maintenance because it is
supplied hosted (via the internet) and maintained by an external
vendor
Source-to-settle processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs)
SMEs are organisations which employ fewer than 250 persons
and which have an annual turnover not exceeding EUR 50
million and or an annual balance sheet total not exceeding EUR
43 million
Split liabilityLiability for commercial card charges is split between the
cardholder and end-user organisation based on merchant
category codes for example the cardholder might be liable for
travel and entertainment (TampE) expenses while the organisation
is liable for the other transactions
Straight-through payment (STP)Straight-through payment (STP) is a specific version of electronic
payables an end-user organisation receives and approves a
supplier invoice then initiates payment to the supplier through its
issuer The supplier does not need to process a card transaction
as payment is made directly through its merchant account
SupplierThe supplier represents a merchantvendor with whom the
organisation does business
Supplier financeSupplier finance is a set of solutions that optimises cash flow
by allowing businesses to lengthen their payment terms to
their suppliers while providing the option for their large and
SME suppliers to get paid early See also Supply chain finance
Reverse factoring
Supplier onboardingThis refers to getting a supplier set up on a particular program
such as purchase-cards dynamic discounting or electronic
invoicing Supplier onboarding involves both the communications
concerning the process change and the supplierrsquos role within it
and the technical set-up of the program
Supplier portalA supplier portal is the front end of the e-invoicing or
e-procurement platform which enrolled suppliers connect to via
the internet Here suppliers can accept purchase orders change
profile information such as bank details and addresses flip
purchase orders (see PO flipping) and raise invoices Supplier
portals are generally used by low volume suppliers as the
supplier will have to re-key the data into its own billing system
One significant benefit for a supplier using a supplier portal is
that it gets full visibility of the invoice process namely when the
invoice will be paid
Supply chain finance (SCF)The use of financial instruments practices and technologies to
optimise the management of the working capital and liquidity
tied up in supply chain processes for collaborating business
partners SCF is largely lsquoevent-drivenrsquo Each intervention
(finance risk mitigation or payment) in the financial supply
chain is driven by an event in the physical supply chain The
development of advanced technologies to track and control
events in the physical supply chain creates opportunities to
automate the initiation of SCF interventions
99 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Supply chain paymentsSupply chain payments optimises cash flow by allowing
businesses to lengthen their payment terms to their suppliers
while also providing an alternative option to their suppliers to get
paid early
TTrade financeTrade finance signifies financing for trade and it concerns both
domestic and international trade transactions Trade finance
includes such activities as lending issuing letters of credit
factoring export credit and insurance Companies involved
with trade finance include importers and exporters banks and
financiers insurers and export credit agencies as well as other
service providers
TreasuryTreasury is defined as the funds of a group institution or
government or to the department responsible for budgeting
and spending Another definition refers to treasury as being
the department of a government in charge of the collection
management and expenditure of the public revenue
Three-party payment systemThe three-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user on one side and the merchant on the
othermdashlinked by the network which also fulfills the role of issuer
and acquirer includes the American Express and Discover
models
UUBL Universal Business Language (UBL) is an XML-based format with
corresponding business processes created by OASIS it amongst
others contains scenarios for sourcing ordering and billing Many
newer formats (EHF CENBII and OIOUBL) are localisations of UBL
20
UnderwritingIn B2B payments underwriting represents the department within
an acquirerprocessor organisation that evaluates the financial
stability and risk of a potential merchant customer
VValidation E-invoice XML-data is validated usually against schema which
means that the structure and content of the data is checked Failed
validation means that the invoice is going to be rejected by the
receiving operator which then sends negative acknowledgement
to sending operator which forwards the acknowledgement to
sender
Value addedThe enhancement a company gives its product or service before
offering the product to customers Value added is used to describe
instances where a firm takes a product that may be considered a
homogeneous product with few differences (if any) from that of
a competitor and provides potential customers with a feature or
add-on that gives it a greater sense of value
WWorking capitalWorking capital represents the cash and other liquid assets
needed to finance the everyday running of a business such as the
payment of salaries and then purchase of raw materials
XXMLThe Extensible Markup Language (XML) is a flexible markup
language for structured electronic documents XML is based on
SGML (standard generalised markup language) an international
standard for electronic documents XML is commonly used by
data-exchange services to send information between otherwise
incompatible systems
5 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | TABLE OF CONTENT
Table of contents
37
11
1213
1517
192022
25262830
3233
3637
39
414244
Editorrsquos LetterFour Trends in B2B Payments and Financing Innovation | Mirela Amariei Senior Editor The Paypers
Thought Leadership
B2B paymentsExclusive interview with Andrew P Reid | Managing Director and Head of Cash Management Corporates EMEA Global Transaction Banking Deutsche BankBlockchain in B2B Payments | Enrico Camerinelli Senior Analyst Aite GroupThe Emerging Internet of Payments | Roger Bass Founder CEO and Principal Traxiant
BlockchainB2B Blockchain-based Payments Can it Beat the Banks | Kris Wielens Senior Consultant Orchard FinanceThe Three-Phased Transformation of Supply Chain Finance with Blockchain Technology | Gys Hough Consultant Innopay
Innovation in payments amp bankingExclusive interview with Wim Raymaekers | Head of Banking Market SWIFTExclusive interview with Markus Strauszligfeld | Head of International Cash Management Sales UniCreditMaking One-Click Finance Possible ndash Who Are the Relevant Stakeholders and How They Should Work Together | Susie West CEO and Founder sharedserviceslinkExclusive interview with Marten Nelson | VP Marketing TokenThe Future of Banking Innovation and the Fintech Startups Journey | Falguni Desai Founder amp Managing Director Future Asia Ventures
The power of data amp traceability Track and Trace of Invoices for Working Capital Optimisation | Prof Dr Michael Henke Director Enterprise Logistics Fraunhofer InstituteTurning Financial Messaging Data into Business Profit ndash The New Challenge for Financial Institutions | Andreacute Casterman Chief Marketing Officer INTIX
Commercial paymentsGaining Management Support for Your P-Card Programme | Terri Brustad Manager of Content Services NAPCPCommercial Payments under the Scrutiny of New Technology | Chris Holmes Senior Vice President KAE
6 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | TABLE OF CONTENT
Table of contents
4748
50
52
54
5758
60
63646668
70
72
89
Trade amp finance Financing International Supply Chains An Idea Whose Time Has Come | Alexander R Malaket Deputy Head of the Executive Committee ICC Banking CommissionImproving Access to Finance for SMEs with the Open RFI Project | Matthijs van Bergen Researcher SCF Windesheim amp Steven van der Hooft CEO Capital ChainsIf Supply Chain Finance is Supplier-Centric Financial Supply Chain is Customer-Centric | Magnus Lind Co-Founder The Talent ShowSupply Chain Finance Time for SMEs to Take Position | Anita Gerrits Supply Chain Finance Specialist
E-invoicingCross-border Invoicing ndash The Real Challenge for Multinational Projects | Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz Product DevelopmentManager Comarch EDIWhy lsquoOpenness Should Be The 1 Selection Criteria for Any E-invoicing RFP Process | Jaap Jan Project ManagerSimplerinvoicing
Regulation amp lawPSD2 XS2A ndash a Step Towards Open Banking | Brendan Jones Evolution Payments ConsultingLate Payment ndash A Perspective | Matthew Davies Director of Policy and Communications Asset Based Finance AssociationThe Directive 201455EU for E-invoicing and Procurement How Public Authorities Should Respond | Charles Bryant Secretary General EESPARegulation and Growth in Alternative Finance ndash A Contradiction in the Making | Tony Duggan Founder and Director IAAF
Part 2 ndash Company profiles
Glossary
7 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
4 Trends in B2B Payments and Financing Innovation
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
I lived to see the US electing its first black president I watched
the 2008 financial crisis crushing many dreams I witnessed the
creation of Anonymous and Wikileaks two organisations that
changed the way we the people (and the organisations) carry
ourselves online Blockchain is being built right under my curious
eye by someone whorsquos identity is virtually unknown (or is it)
I am a young business professional curiously watching how
things unfold and change my life and others forever And I have
questions Lots of them What if one day I will be able to make B2B
payments from my mobile phone enjoying the same convenience I
have in my personal life And without any fees And cross-border
Real-time would be nice too Could blockchain help Are the
incumbent players ready to respond to my needsrequirements
What do new companies offer What is the risk working with
them What can help me identify the best solution Where are the
innovations heading What are the use cases for blockchain
In the sea of options here are 4 trends that I picked up and that
will make a dent in my history and that of payments amp financing
innovation
Trend no 1 FintechOne thing I learned while working at The Paypers as an expert on
B2B payments is that I should always ask these three questions
what was what is and what will be And I first looked at the
current payments infrastructure
Intuitively modernizing the internal infrastructure and operations
to meet new payments needs unleashes new market innovations
but the reality is that they ndash both old and new infrastructure ndash will
have to co-exist for a while
But first things first ndash how does the current payments infrastructure
stack up compared to the online sectors For instance in the UK
Fintech sector EY experts believe the entire UK industry currently
generates GBP 20 bn in revenue annually The payments
infrastructure alone accounts for GBP 81 bn while the online
sector for GBP 19 bln The former is dominated by established
players (card schemes issuers processors merchant acquirers
national payment infrastructures) while the latter sees a huge
number of newbies and thus remains largely fragmented
What has changed Everything and nothing at the same time
Some established fintechs are seeking to deliver a step change
in legacy infrastructure and the need for faster payments has
visibly increased in the B2B segment yet Ardent Partners
research still points to ACH commercial cards amp wire transfers
as the fastest growing e-payment methods in 2016
Also if you look at a bankrsquos product portfolio one will discover a
range of solutions in retail private commercial investment and
transacnottion banking along with wealth and asset management
and insurance However if you look at the fintech landscape one
will discover an increasing number of service providers that focus
on improving specific parts of this traditional broad portfolio by
using innovative technology In other words fintechs build and
execute specific parts of the banking value chain better cheaper
and faster than what is currently on offer at banks Cheaper and
faster sound compelling
Investors seem to enjoy the show too Globally investment in
fintech ventures tripled from USD 4 billion in 2013 to USD 12
billion in 2014 with Europe being the fastest growing region in the
world according to a report by Accenture
How banks corporates amp payment schemes react to the inflow of new entrantsMore than 90 of bankers expect that fintech will have a
significant impact on the future landscape of banking Almost a
third believe that fintech will win an equal share or even dominate
the market
Interestingly this yearrsquos Davos event was a lot about financial
technology (compared to previous years when it was much more
about banking) and what industry experts picked up was that
when it comes to big banks and payment schemes they all
consider themselves part of fintech or driving it
8 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
ldquoBiggest Global Banks at Davos Were All Fintech Innovators
Nowrdquo -Bloomberg
The way that is unfolding is that for instance big banks started
to consolidate their position in the fintech world through heavy
investments in startups through acquisition and mergers via
opening innovation labshubs via high-profile partnerships etc
Some examples include JPMorgan Chase and Banco Santander
announced an investment in ex-banker Blythe Mastersrsquo blockchain
startup Deutsche Bank invested in PayPal and OnDeck Bank
of America has a USD 3 billion annual budget for investing in
technology and innovation a figure thats doubled since 2010
Visa has disclosed a 10 stake in the fintech unicorn Square
and alongside Nasdaq Citi and other industry players invested
USD 30 million in Chaincom a blockchain developer platform
that serves an enterprise market
Whatrsquos more all big players ndash banks payments providers card
schemes ndash poured their money into innovation labs hubs
accelerators The highlights of 2015 are as follows Visa Europe
launched Visa Europe Collab its new international innovation
hub and argued that the company is in a unique position to
help innovators develop and scale their ideas MasterCard on
the other hand has selected in February 2016 together with
Silicon Valley Bank four startups to take part in the fourth class
of CommerceInnovated a virtual accelerator designed to help
commerce startups grow their businesses The solutions that will
be built here range from mobile lending to instant authentication
and identity checks As part of the program the startups will
gain access to operational expertise from Silicon Valley Bank
MasterCard and their respective networks
Wells Fargo is committed to ldquohelp innovative entrepreneurs
overcome challenges and seize opportunitiesrdquo with investments
of up to USD 500000 through its Startup Accelerator a program
focused on startups that create solutions for financial institutions
and enterprise customers Since its inception in 2014 the
Wells Fargo Startup Accelerator has received applications from
innovative companies in 23 countries
Peeking through the corporate sector window Future Asia
Ventures talks about 116 corporate accelerators being live
worldwide Europe takes the lionrsquos share with 54 accelerators
mostly based in the UK and Germany however companies are
increasingly launching and adding more accelerators in EMEA
and Asia Pacific locations as well
No matter what the approach is the consensus is that there is
a huge need to reduce costs to align with a digital strategy not
merely upgrade the IT systems
ldquoThe state of corporate banking IT in the digital business world is
precariousrdquo ndash Gartner amp BCSG
Survey data indicates CIOs are underestimating the importance
of digital technology lack adequate staff and resources and are
mostly ignoring nonbank disrupters
Although concerned some banks do not appear to be stepping
up to the challenge A majority of bankers (54) believe that
banks are either ignoring the issue or that they ldquotalk about
disruption but are not making changesrdquo
Make no mistake banks are actively engaged in digitalization
and most firms have an IT strategy that is aligned and integrated
with an attendant technology roadmap for implementing a digital
business However although 62 of institutions reported that
they have already started deploying a digital banking roadmap
only 53 of them have not appointed an executive to define and
lead implementation This suggests several significant road bumps
are likely to appear during the digital transformation journey
Whatrsquos more if you look at the relationship between banks and
corporates things have a different shade of gray In a 2014
report from EY 63 of corporates reported product and service
innovation to be a critical part of their relationship with banks
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
9 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
Yet those respondents suggested that only 40 of banks
have satisfactory performance levels Moreover a more recent
report (September 2015) from Total Solutions and Innopay shows
that only 14 of corporates make use of B2B FinTech solutions
(survey among large corporates in the Netherlands) Another 70
of the corporates are following the B2B fintech market but have
not engaged yet According to the survey the two main reasons
not to engage are a lack of sufficient knowledge about and
insight into the impact of using finTech solutions and concerns
about the continuity of the finTech company Only 125 of the
questioned companies state that they do not want to jeopardise
their bank relation
Trend no 2 Cross-border payments amp B2B commerce80 of cross-border payments revenues are B2B according to
McKinsey Emerging Asian and Eastern European economies are
set to experience the greatest growth
So if the contribution of cross-border payments to total payments
revenue growth will climb from 5 in 2013-2014 to 14 in 2014-
2019 there is money to be made and fintech is the front-runner to
help remove some of the frictions
As nonbank players increasingly encroach on the traditional
cross-border turf of banksmdash moving from consumer-to-consumer
to B2B cross-border paymentsmdashthey will force many banks to
rethink their longstanding approaches to cross-border payments
ndash McKinsey
In this scenario of lsquounbundling of the full-service model of banks
into bits and piecesrsquo the market depicts new names Traxpay
Align Commerce Payoneer Transpay Ripple eeDOCS Earthport
Kontox to name only a few
Good news though major banks around the world take action
to improve the customer experience in cross-border payments
dramatically by signing up to SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation
initiative announced at the end of December 2015 The +45
participating firms include major transaction banks from Europe
Asia Pacific Africa and the Americas
The goal is to enhance cross-border transactions by leveraging
SWIFTrsquos messaging platform and global reach
Trend no 3 BlockchainBlockchain is the technology underpinning Bitcoin and one of its
biggest advantages is that it allows two parties to transact without
making use of a central authority of third party intermediaries
Oversimplifying a bit it removes huge costs and adds transparency
speed and security Ripple Ethereum Monero Lightning Network
Amiko Pay Bitfury and others act as agents of disruption in the
B2B payments world by using blockchain rails
ldquoBanks foresee benefits for corporations by virtue of the
applications running on the blockchain that will ripple down to
the banksrsquo corporate clients Consequently before launching
any blockchain-related program a bank must be very clear and
extremely convincing about what is in it for its corporate clients
- Enrico Camerinelli senior analyst at Aite Group
Other players lsquorewiringrsquo the way payments are processed through
the use of blockchain include GoCoin Blade GemPay Gazeebo
io etc as depicted by William Mougayar author of the book lsquoThe
Business Blockchainrsquo
Trend no 4 Alternative financingAccording to the lsquo2016 UK Alternative Finance Industry Reportrsquo
by Nesta and KPGM the UK online alternative finance industry
grew to GBP 32 billion ndash an 84 increase compared to the GBP
174 billion of 2014 In 2015 almost 20000 British SMEs raised
alternative finance through online channels receiving GBP 22
billion in business funding The online alternative finance industry
is pushing the needle of market growth business models public
awareness corporate partnerships institutional funding product
innovation international expansion as well as further regulatory
support and policy acceptance
Among all models peer-to-peer business lending and invoice
trading are the largest models by volume of the UK online
alternative finance market
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
10
Share this story
B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
In total nearly GBP 149 billion was lent to SMEs in the UK
(a 99 year-on-year growth rate and 194 average growth rate
between 2013 and 2015)
Interestingly enough innovative corporate partnerships are
being forged between alternative finance platforms with the likes
of Virgin Amazon Uber Sage and KPMG This has certainly
pushed boundaries ndash merging the traditional corporate world
with the disruptive models of alternative finance
Invoice trading the second highest model continues to be a
popular financing tool for small and medium-sized enterprises
wanting to trade their invoices or receivables at a discount
in exchange for the speedy procurement of working capital
However while the GBP 270 million market size in 2014 grew by
178 compared to 2013 growth from 2014 ndash 2015 was more
modest with a 20 growth rate to GBP 325 million
Zooming in on the strategies banks (and alternative finance
providers for that matter) use to better position themselves we
identify a lot of partnerships Banks teaming up with online lenders
This is a different dynamic ndash instead of trying to displace banks
online lenders decided to strike partnerships For instance On
Deck teamed up with JP Morgan Chase and said it will help speed
up the process of offering small business loans to the banks 4
million customers Lending Club another online lender tied-up
with Citi Moven partnered marketplace lender CommonBond
In a game of tongue twisters American Banker said that fintechs
team up to become more like a bank I would argue that banks
team up with fintechs to become more like a fintech
Also another question arises what if a corporate want to expand
into more countries That may mean to establish a physical
presence in each location that is relevant to their client Could
banks satisfy that need too
The industry is dynamic and some companies leapfrogged some
steps but although the developments are innovative and exciting
the road ahead is paved with many bumps
About Mirela Amariei Crafting large-scale industry reports carrying out interviews and writing about innovation in payments and fintech are Mirelarsquos daily treats As the Senior Editor at The Paypers she speaks frequently with key thoughts leaders to identify trends and trendsetters She can be reached at mirelathepayperscom and via Linkedin wwwlinkedincominamarieim
About The Paypers The Paypers is the leading source of news and intelligence for professionals in the payment community worldwide Our products are aimed at merchants payment services providers processors financial institutions start-ups technology vendors and payment professionals and have a special focus on all major trends and developments in payments-related industries including online and mobile payments and banking ecommerce e-invoicing supply chain finance web fraud amp security and many others
wwwthepayperscom
Mirela Amariei
Senior EditorThe Paypers
Thought Leadership Section
B2B Payments
13 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B payment innovation the beginning of exciting times
Deutsche Bank
Why should banks and corporates invest in real-time payments For corporates the benefits stem from the capability for executing
time-sensitive transactions ndash such as High-Value critical vendor
or MampA-related payments ndash while receiving close-to-immediate
proof of execution instead of waiting for the specific entry to be
documented by standard intraday reporting
For banks to serve client needs they need to be involved in these
developments which is why Deutsche Bank and others are helping
develop a Pan-European Instant Payment Solution For large
banks involvement in establishing such future paymentcollection
platforms is a revenue loss avoidance tactic rather than a
profit creation one as they will otherwise lose market share to
disruptors And while urgent payments can currently be more
expensive there may be a regulatory push for banks to provide
real-time payments with no extra charges in the near future
What are the benefits and challenges of implementing pay-on-behalf-ofcollect-on-behalf-of structuresPOBOCOBO structures help corporates consolidate cash
flows and rationalise account structures as well as increasing
purchasing power when negotiating cash management terms
with banks POBOCOBO simplifies liquidity management as
cash is centralised through domestic and cross-border cash
concentration It also allows for streamlined cash management
activities across subsidiaries as payments and receivables
are bundled in one place (such as a Shared Service Centre)
for execution out of the central account Improving cash and
liquidity management in these ways reduces credit need and the
operational burden on subsidiaries
Deutsche Bankrsquos experience and feasibility studies on POBO
COBO in Europe over the past four years have shown four kinds
of challenges market-specific practices and legal tax and
operational considerations In addition POBOCOBO structures
differ in the status of the underlying account For POBO the
ordering account can be a normal operating account in most
jurisdictions but since funds collected within COBO structures
often relate to different legal entities the underlying account is
often considered a trust account This has further implications
For instance depending on regional Anti-Money Laundering laws
an account can contain either own funds of the account holder
or funds that belong to third parties (trust accounts) ndash not both
That in turn may require corporates to separate some incoming
transaction flows from the entities flowsrsquo part of the on-behalf-of
structure
What main friction points in B2B cross-border payments will disappear in the next five yearsDevelopments driven by regulatory change or facilitated by
technology and solution-based improvements will ultimately
allow for more frictionless and cost-effective transaction
processing For example the Payment Services Directive (to be
updated soon by PSD-2) affected cut-off times and value-dating
habits and a shift will likely take place in this area to align cross-
border payments in different currencies with the same value-
dating as SEPA payments
Similarly currency payments will likely become easier thanks
to automated conversion services such as Deutsche Bankrsquos
FX4Cash which offers client ease-of-use real-time FX rates
and enhanced transaction data And solutions such as Virtual
Accounts will improve reconciliation and accounting (through the
rationalisation of physical bank accounts across a region)
Retail banking has experienced futuristic leaps in the payments space ndash now is the time for the same level of transformation and convenience in the B2B space
The industry is poised to apply such innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration will this be possible
14 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What bank-core competencies foster innovation and growth through fintech partnerships in the B2B payments space We have witnessed the effects of the first wave of digitalisation
on daily activities particularly through smart devices and apps
Peer-to-peer and C2B processes have already experienced
radical transformation and the industry is poised to apply such
innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration
between incumbents and new players will this be possible
Fintechs have the technical skills and understanding of consumer
behaviour fail-friendly mindset and regulatory freedom to be
innovative ndash but in an increasingly competitive landscape that
will see market consolidation over coming years they need more
than that to survive Banks conversely experience internal and
external obstacles to innovating independently including legacy
systems internal siloes a cautious culture and tighter regulatory
restrictions But by offering the strength of their established
reputation global infrastructure existing client-base and expertise
regarding risk regulation and treasury needs banks can support
fintech growth bring new products to market through such
strategic alliances and successfully scale-up new offerings
What are the Bankrsquos plans for blockchainDistributed Ledger Technology is not new but interest around its
potential applications is rising and opportunities for blockchain
ndash from fraud prevention and risk reduction to quicker and more
transparent payment flows ndash cannot be ignored We are at the
beginning of the blockchain journey and the ways it will change
business models processes and ecosystems are yet to be
seen but we predict immense potential up and down the value-
chain Participants ndash for example it was one of the first banks to
test smart contracts for corporate bonds which was conducted
in-house in collaboration with the DB Labs Deutsche Bank
recently opened innovation labs in London and Berlin with a third
just opened in Silicon Valley which will help the Bank best utilise
new technologies and deepen relationships with start-ups In a
decade there will be myriad different blockchain technologies and
interoperability will be crucial The Bank is an initial driving member
of blockchain consortium R3 CEV and participated in trials of five
distinct blockchain technologies with other member banks
About Andrew Reid Appointed to his current role in 2013 Andrew has been with the Bank for 17 years within corporate cash management and trade finance Andrew supports and advises clients in adapting to the new regulatory environment and optimising their treasury operations
About Deutsche Bank Deutsche Bank provides commercial and investment banking retai l banking transaction banking and asset and wealth management products and services to corporations governments institutional investors businesses and private individuals Deutsche Bank is Germanyrsquos leading bank with a strong position in Europe and a significant presence in the Americas and Asia Pacific
gtbdbcom
Andrew P Reid
Managing Director and Head of Cash Management Corporates EMEA Global Transaction Banking
Deutsche Bank
15 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Blockchain In B2B Payments
Aite Group
Financial institutions are spending time and resources to find
out how much business they can gain by adopting blockchain
technology This hype on the bank side does not correspond
to similar interest from corporations nor itrsquos clear whether
blockchain technology creates similar business opportunities
for each side Yet a significant roadblock must be removed
That is the extremely poor understanding corporate people
have about blockchain In a January 2016 survey 95 corporate
executivesmdash66 of whom were supply chain and treasury
managers with the remaining coming from IT legal and salesmdash
were asked if they were familiar at all with the term ldquoblockchainrdquo
Over 80 answered ldquonordquo The first step of the journey is thus to
align on terms and definitions Consider blockchain as a ldquosecured
spreadsheetrdquo that sits in the cloud that multiple parties can review
Each of the transactions that are a part of it is guaranteed by a
set of cryptographic keys and all transactions are stored in one
database The blockchain is essentially an enormous database
that runs across a global network of independent computers
Main characteristics of blockchainIrrevocability There is an irrevocable trail (ie time-stamping)
of all the transactions that have ever been made which makes
attempts at hacking or fraud unsuccessful
Title transfer It allows property whose ownership is controlled
via the blockchain (ie physical property such as cars phones
or houses)
Distributed The ledger represents the truth because mass
collaboration constantly reconciles without having the need to
trust because thatrsquos built into the mechanism
Smart contracts Perhaps the most relevant blockchain feature
smart contracts are self-executing contractual states stored on
the blockchain which nobody controls and therefore everyone
can trust The code can control and restrict how the data is
accessed and used
Where do we go from hereA bitcoin that transfers ownership of title of a crypto-currency
can be applied between two parties that exchange goods for
money in business-to-business (B2B) transactions B2B partners
would best benefit from blockchain-based applications in the
increasingly global B2B payments There are complexities with
foreign payments that are not experienced in domestic payments
such as foreign exchange value-added taxes in certain countries
interfaces with many clearing and settlement networks and
the need to understand and apply specific country laws with
regard to payments processing Knowledge about the status of
payments can be even more important than settling the payment
itself The status of payments may affect the ability of a buyer
to make a purchase from a seller depending on the amount of
credit extended by the seller to the purchaser It may also impact
future pricing provided by the seller to a buyer For time-critical
payments knowing the location of a particular transaction in the
payment process allows the payer to take action if the payment is
delayed The more corporate treasurers know about outgoing and
incoming payments the better their cash forecasts
Blockchain and B2B paymentsThis article examines which blockchain drivers best apply to
current B2B payment process elements and intermediaries
ndash eg banks network providers clearing and settlement
structures Rather than revolutionary the analysis determines
how blockchain supports improves and- eventually- replaces
current B2B payments processes (see Figure 1)
Figure 1 Blockchain Features Applied to B2B Payment Process Elements
Source Aite Group
16 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
When paying the supplier the buyer issues a payment
instruction from its accounts payable to the bank This initiates
the transfer of title of currency and a time-stamp makes the
transaction irrevocable The intermediary bank may enjoy
blockchainrsquos irrevocability and title transfer to secure the
uniqueness and traceability of the transactions underpinning
the cash transfer The distributed nature of the blockchain
ledger avoids any delayed centralized control of AML screening
checking of availability of funds and clearing billing and
reporting activities All executed operations are validated within
The ledger offers the extra capability to the bank to swiftly handle
format translations from the clientrsquos accounting system A smart
contract on the blockchain provides the bank with the capability
to charge transparent and auditable service fees
The distributed ledger operates as the connectivity software
that the clearing network provides to all trading parties and
intermediaries The network is also capable of offering time-
stamping services as well as detect transactions that may trigger
the execution of smart contract applications Format translations
can be easily offered as a value added service
The beneficiary bank receives notice of an irrevocable transfer of
cash title that the distributed ledger renders valid and immediately
executable The ledger also streamlines all necessary account
management verifications to validate the payment data The sellerrsquos
account is immediately credited and all subsequent regulatory
and accounting reporting is made auditable and irrevocable
Bank services can be charged via smart contract applications
agreed between the parties The blockchain enables the seller-
ie the B2B payment receiving party- to update the accounts
receivable database with a payment confirmation that becomes
an auditable transaction
Blockchain is certainly not the panacea for all problems but the
frequency of applied features to the B2B payment processes
tells however that all parties involved could strongly benefit
from this technology without the need for anyone to be removed
About Enrico Camerinelli Enrico Camerinelli is a senior analyst at Aite Group specializing in wholesale banking cash and trade finance and payments He brings a strong European focus to Aite Grouprsquos Wholesale Banking practice Mr Camerinelli has been widely quoted by publications ranging from American Banker to the Financial Times
About Aite Group Aite Group is an independent research and advisory firm focused on business technology and regulatory issues and their impact on the financial services industry With expertise in banking payments wealth management capital markets and insurance Aite Groups analysts work with clients as partner advisor and catalyst
wwwaitegroupcom
Enrico Camerinelli
senior analystAite Group
17 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Emerging Internet of Payments
Traxiant
New offerings have been proliferating in B2B payments not
to mention financing solutions of various kinds Their growth
however and the shift from paper to electronic has long been
stymied by a lack of interoperability Most industry actors see the
need for an industry-scale solution to this problem and believe it
will happen eventually But fewer are clear on the path to get there
In the USD 700 trillion of B2B payments globally connecting
the many buyers sellers and providers of payments financing
and software solutions might seem an impossible task And
yet we have the example of the Internet A framework for
such payments interoperability would also almost inevitably be
standards-based and global So itrsquos reasonable to use the term
the ldquoInternet of Paymentsrdquo (ldquoIoPrdquo) to talk about this The naming
of such a phenomenon however is of course less important
than questions such as ldquowhetherrdquo ldquowhatrdquo ldquohowrdquo and ldquowhenrdquo
Unlike most industry actors we believe that the conditions for
the IoP to emerge have recently been falling into place Tactical
business needs are aligning with cloud-based technology
platforms and solution options And alignment with standards
frameworks notably around ISO 20022 offers the potential for
faster and wider scaling of such solutions with lower investment
The payments solutions that account for most B2B volume
today such as cheque and ACH are commoditized Their
transaction revenue models donrsquot support much investment
in next-generation solutions Basis point revenue streams
from receivablestrade financing forex and card models by
contrast can support such investments Buyers nowadays donrsquot
pay much for those services most rather expect to receive
discounts or rebate payments Thus a critical driver of revenue
in such businesses is the ability to get suppliers enrolled and
agreeing to pay the relevant fees This supplier onboarding
process is invariably hard work especially as you get further
out on the ldquolong tailrdquo Most new ldquosolutionsrdquo being promoted to
suppliers offer benefits of earlier or faster payment But they are
from the supplierrsquos perspective typically exception processes
and thus value-subtracting
Among enterprise buyers card e-payables and global payments
solutions are now relatively widely adopted ndash as indeed are
supplier networks Increasing competition from financial
institutions but also fintech players makes it ever more important
that providers optimise for adoption and value also on the
supplier side of the equation Strategically the requirement here
is for an extensible standards framework and platform that can
connect suppliers globally across both commodity payment and
value-added trade and financing scenarios
Tactical solutions however are also needed more narrowly
focused but aligned with the larger strategic goals One essential
element of such tactical solutions is enabling suppliers to
connect using their existing payments and software solutions
For ldquolong tailrdquo suppliers their ability to do so via a low friction
ldquoconsumerizedrdquo experience will also matter In recent years
cloud solutions and APIs to enable this have become available
for some widely-used financial solutions No silver bullet will
work for every supplier instantly And yet solving the problem for
supplier systems one by one is clearly an approach that wonrsquot
scale However by aligning with ndash and shaping ndash a standards-
based IoP framework early movers can start to build network
effects that do scale Proprietary network effects can and will
drive competitive advantage especially for early movers even
when built on top of standards A broader network effect will
come from the technical openness of the growing IoP ecosystem
As that happens industry actors of all kinds will invest in
solutions based on IoP standards so as to get connected
18 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
No discussion of B2B payments futures would be complete
without touching on the blockchain Such solutions seem likely
to play an important role How the various ldquonot-Bitcoinsrdquo with
their technical and regulatory benefits will fare against Bitcoin
itself remains unclear Standards such as the ldquoInterledger
Protocolrdquo could play a role perhaps enabling an ldquoInternet of
Valuerdquo layer for the IoP That said in global B2B payments
the ldquochicken-and-eggrdquo challenges that are inherent in any
new network technology clearly exist Blockchain adoption as
a purely ldquoback officerdquo or inter-bank technology seems likely
to happen first within narrowly-defined early use cases and
communities Adding value to pre-existing end-user (buyer-
seller) interactions like Skype did may be one plausible early
adoption scenario ldquoPiggy-backingrdquo on another network layer or
use case like Paypalrsquos initial use for eBay payments is another
way to think about this Combining all of these may work best
end user demand can be effective in driving adoption by solution
providers notably banks in this case
An Internet of Payments as it emerges will reshape the B2B
payments industry and much more besides It will likely develop
quite suddenly as a mass phenomenon much like the Internet in
the mid-nineties It will create winners and losers Those who move
early to test learn and shape the emerging Internet of Payments
ecosystem and framework will be best positioned to win
About Roger Bass Roger Bass is Founder CEO and Principal of Traxiant Previously with Intuit for eleven years he recently led a Network Payments initiative Other instrumental roles included the launch of Intuitrsquos European operations first online banking solution SMB Internet group and the QuickBooks platform Reach out via rogertraxiantcom
About Traxiant Traxiant provides software and consulting solutions to help financial and technology providers grow their B2B Payments and Financing solutions and profit from the Internet of Payments Solutions and areas of expertise include card e-payables global payments receivables financing and supplier networks
wwwtraxiantcom
Roger Bass
CEO and PrincipalTraxiant
Blockchain
20 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B Blockchain-based Payments Can it Beat the Banks
Orchard Finance
For those interested in Supply Chain FinanceTrade Finance
there is an increasing amount of articles about blockchain
For those who are not yet familiar with this term it is the
underlying technology behind Bitcoin The starting point for this
technology was to allow two parties to transfer a token of value
(Bitcoin) from one to another in a cheap reliable and fast way
Three main criteria for it are the two parties can be anywhere in
the world there should not be a central authority processing a
transaction and the same token (Bitcoin) cannot be spent more
than once
To meet all these criteria the solution proved to be a distributed
ledger containing all transactions visible for all participants in
the network A transaction is approved by consensus which is
reached by cryptographic encryption This technology is called
blockchain Many articles about blockchain are focused on the
way it works (hence are very technical) but because of the
complex terminology being used it causes more confusion than
clarity Perhaps the authors of these articles have been inspired
by former American president Harry S Truman when he said lsquoIf
you canrsquot convince them confuse themrsquo
Instead of focusing on the technology it is far more interesting to
understand what it can do for businesses The technology itself
is very powerful and it has the potential to radically transform
how businesses work and how payments are done If a Bitcoin
can be transferred in such a cheap fast reliable manner why
not a Euro or a Dollar
The current situation of a lsquoreal-time paymentrsquo is still depending on
cut off times of banks The party that initiates the payment sees
the amount deducted from their bank balance then the receiver
will get the amount some time later Depending on the sending
and receiving bank this can range from a couple of hours up to
a couple of days What happens is that the bank of the sender
updates its ledger (the bank balance of the sender) sends the
transaction via (most likely) the SWIFT network to the receiving
bank Afterwards the receiving bank receives the transaction
and updates its ledger (the bank balance of the receiver)
Blockchain payments how real-time are theyAs said before blockchain is a distributed ledger a shared
database All parties involved have access to this database
thus the participants that are allowed to participate see the
same version of the truth This means that if one party wants to
send a token of value to another party it updates the distributed
ledger When this update is agreed by the participants the lsquonewrsquo
state of the ledger is accepted With Bitcoin the acceptance
is done by miners validating the transaction via sophisticated
cryptographic encryption A transaction is fully validated in
approximately 8 minutes
The Bitcoin blockchain is a well-developed network with many
miners that can vet a transaction This Bitcoin blockchain
however might not be the best blockchain for B2B payments
There are providers in the market that are building new types
of blockchains that are specifically developed to facilitate
payments within a Supply Chain This means that payments
can be done real-time worldwide at low cost Next to the fast
low-cost payment processing there is another interesting aspect
to blockchain-based payments By using so-called lsquosmart
contractsrsquo payments can be made conditional
There are a wide array of situations this can be applied to
bull A payment can be executed in case certain criteria are met
For example a container with bananas arrives in the Port of
Rotterdam at an agreed time and by using special scanning
equipment the quality and quantity are checked and approved
When these criteria are met a payment is executed automatically
bull A budget can be allocated and this budget can only be spent
on predefined parties For instance a government provides
a rental allowance for individuals with a minimum income
This allowance can only be spent at a pre-approved landlord
In case it is not used before a certain moment in time the
allowance is cancelled
21 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Various parties in a supply chain can all be paid when the end
consumer purchases the product For example a consumer
buys a song online At the moment of purchase the amount
paid is distributed amongst the band the producer the studio
and the record label All parties are rewarded based on their
added value
Blockchain-based payments open up many possibilities
Not only is it possible to trade easier and cheaper but also
payments can be made smarter Banks are particularly interested
in this new technology and are closely investigating the potential
it may offer to them It is exciting times for banks and payment
institutions as with blockchain the real disruption is knocking
on the door The disruption here is not that things are done a
bit smarter more efficient or faster The disruption in payments
is that there is technology available that makes banks PSPs
credit card companies redundant Cutting out these middlemen
by making use of technology that provides the same trust and
robustness (or perhaps even more) will increase the speed of
payments increase the possibility to trade with each other while
significantly reducing costs
About Kris Wielens Kris Wielens is Senior Consultant with Orchard Finance He has more than a decade experience is (corporate) payments with various fims He has been active as Head of Strategic Partnerships EMEA Business Development Manager Sales Manager and Credit Analyst
About Orchard Finance Orchard Finance is a leading independent consultancy and staffing company specialized in the areas of Finance and Treasury Tailoring to our clients we offer advisory services project management and staff ing support Our professionals have a long standing reputation based on operational and project experience in banking corporate finance and treasury management amp control
wwworchardfinancecom
Kris Wielens
Senior ConsultantOrchard Finance
22 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Three-Phased Transformation of Supply Chain Finance with Blockchain Technology
Innopay
At Innopay we saw the early discussions around Bitcoin in 2010
transforming into a discussion about blockchain technology
by 2015 When blockchain was eventually seen as a promising
technology the discussions transformed to ldquoSo where can we
use itrdquo Although many contexts for the usage of blockchain
concepts have been discussed this article specifically discusses
the use of blockchain concepts as a transformative force in
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) SCF as we broadly define it is the
management of financial flows in the supply chain which includes
financial processes (transaction processes data processing
invoice matching etc) and SC financing techniques
We believe blockchain concepts could fundamentally change
how we organise SCF in the nearby future but it will take time
before involved stakeholders will have gained the desired
level of common understanding needed to make it a reality
The fundamental reason behind this is that the benefits of
blockchain only get realised within the context of a network and
the level of usage of a technology within a network is largely
dependent on usersrsquo collective level of understanding
We predict that the collective understanding comes in phases (as
it is currently unfolding in the banking and insurance industries)
namely shared database transactional network and automatable
transactional network This development of the collective
understanding provides a tidy framework in which we can
describe the abovementioned transformation of SCF
Phase 1 Setting up shared databases (0-3 years)One of the fundamental e-business process challenges has
always been how do companies cross each otherrsquos organisational
boundaries to allow a secure dependable and synchronised flow
of goods and transactional data The most logical means would
be by using a shared database Currently blockchain technology
is the de facto instrument for shared database where all the
involved parties can read and write on the database while the
state of the database can be trusted without the involvement of
intermediaries As the communal understanding ndash and subsequent
use ndash of blockchain as a shared database gains traction within the
context of SCF we will see fundamental improvements in essential
processes such as
bull Synchronising processes
bull Harmonised naming and numbering conventions
bull Deducing the current state of invoices
bull Invoice double spending when it comes to financing
bull Insight into goods flows (ownership and arrivals)
bull Less administrative steps for goods receipt to activate invoice
sending and subsequent payout
bull Cheap and transparent dispute resolution
Phase 2 Transactional network (3-5 years)In the development of an understanding of blockchain technology
the knowledge that a transaction is nothing more or nothing less
than an accepted change to a database is an essential step
Although this insight may sound straightforward it is counterintuitive
based on the ubiquitousness of the traditional banking payment
and escrow services for transactions in SCF Their role is seldom
questioned or re-examined As soon as this insight becomes
common knowledge the potential of blockchain technologies
within transactions for both financial and ownership of goods
purposes will be understood at a more innovative level
With blockchain-based transactional networks any type of
transaction can be directly executed without the need for third
parties As soon as this functionality becomes part of the collective
understanding of the SCF community the community can take
advantage of this by reducing complexity by coordinating
financial information monetary flows and goods movements into
one transactional network
Currently transactional complexity and challenges surrounding
the coordination of different transactional flows are limiting
scalability and international breadth of SCF networks Blockchain
technology can provide elegant solutions to these impediments
and unlock value at an international level by further linking small
SMEs to global corporates and financiers
23 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Phase 3 Automatable transactional network (5-7 years)As soon as the SCF community gains communal understanding
of blockchain as a transactional network then the next natural
line of inquiry could be the nature of transaction initiation During
this inquiry the following components of blockchain technology
will be discovered and the third phase might commence
bull Multi-signature capability ndash a means of separate entities to
safely and securely state whether an event took place or not
bull Smart contracts ndash agreements that automatically execute the
change of ownership of funds or goods based on whether an
event took place or not
bull Cryptocurrencies ndash a set of tokens of a variable but crypto-
graphi cally verifiable amount which is used for efficient value
transfers
By means of combining multi-signature and smart contracts with
existing e-mandates or cryptocurrencies the automatic payment
of invoice amounts or other types of collateral could be initiated
and executed instantaneously and automatically This will open
the path towards an international SCF network that automatically
creates investment grade financial instruments as a seamless
part of the supply chain process
ConclusionAlthough history shows us that we can only have so much
foresight we see a clear match between the features of blockchain
concepts and SCF we believe that at some point blockchain will
be a prominent part of SCF The speed at which SCF will evolve
and innovate will depend on the creativity of its stakeholders
and how fast the common understanding on how to use the
technology will develop Seeing that blockchain technology has
something compelling to offer at each phase of understanding we
see rapid developments taking place sooner than later
About Gys Hough Gys Hough follows the develop-ment of blockchain concepts since 2012 and was involved in shaping several business ideas based on blockchain concepts in the field He is also involved in the facilitation of various discussions surrounding blockchain applications in the financial industry
About Innopay Innopay is an independent consulting company specialised in online payments digital identity and e-business We help our clients including financial institutions governments and corporates to develop the compelling strategies and digital services for consumers and companies that are key for successful competition in a rapidly digitising world
wwwinnopaycom
Gys Hough
ConsultantInnopay
Innovation In Payments amp Banking
26 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
SWIFT
Launched in December 2015 to much anticipation in the industry
the initiative has received strong backing with more than 50
leading banks already signed up The Paypers spoke to Wim
Raymaekers SWIFTrsquos Head of Banking Market and programme
manager of the global payments innovation initiative to find out
more about this exciting move
We often hear that B2B payments are opaque complex and risky Why do you think that is and where do you think that improvements can be madeYes currently when a corporate treasurer sends a request
for a cross-border transaction to his bank he typically has no
sight on what actually happens with that demand They often
liken this to a lsquoblack holersquo saying they have no view on when
payments occur or their final costs This can lead to problems
with suppliers or end-customers not to mention increasing
financial risks resulting from payment delays or non-compliance
with regulatory requirements
I think improvements can be made in three main areas firstly
the speed of payments corporates want fastest payments so
banks need to be able to guarantee that they are made within
certain timeframe Secondly corporates want to know the
exact payment amount that will reach their counterparty ndash here
banks need to provide transparency on the fees involved and
the amount credited to the creditor And thirdly they want to
be able to track payments banks need to let corporates know
when payments have been initiated and credited to the creditors
account to avoid delays in the supply chain or frictions between
supplier and seller
What are the opportunities for a corporate to leap forward through the use of the cross-border payment industryCorporates are not in the business of payments they just want
to buy and sell Yet they do have to manage their treasury to
make those payments ndash so a better faster more transparent
payment solution is important to them On top of that having
a good payment infrastructure benefits your supply chain
Because if the money does not get to the supplier in time the
credit line will go up causing delays on all fronts So the better
your payment infrastructure is the stronger and more reliable
your supply chain is
Designed for the corporate treasurer SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation initiative offers an ambitious roadmap for reinventing the correspondent banking model as we know it today With ever increasing competition from new entrants offering same-day or even real-time payment facilities SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
Correspondent banking rejuvenated
SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
27 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What can you tell us about the global payments innovation initiative (gpii) and what are SWIFTrsquos plans in regard to this initiativeAs part of the initiative SWIFT is working in close collaboration
with the largest transactions banks in the world to enhance
their corporate customersrsquo cross-border payment experience
Together we will strive to provide a faster service with upfront
clarity on costs confirmation of delivery and richer remittance
information data
We are now working together with the banks to commonly
agree service level agreements (SLAs) to which all the initiative
member banks must comply The new service will be designed
to address end-customer needs without compromising banks
abilities to meet their compliance obligations market credit and
liquidity risk requirements
What is the role of blockchain in this initiativeSWIFT is devoting significant resources to instigate the
opportunities and challenges of deploying blockchain and
distributed ledger technologies more broadly on our platform
While the initiative aims to first make improvements based on the
existing infrastructures in parallel we are building a gpii vision
for cross-border payments This will set out how we will adopt
new technologies in order to ensure corporate customers receive
the best possible payments experience in the near future
Wim Raymaekers
Head of Banking MarketSWIFT
About Wim Raymaekers Wim Raymaekers leads SWIFTrsquos banking initiatives worldwide and is responsible for developing and driving value propositions across the banking community In this capacity Wimrsquos mission is to help banks grow their business particularly in view of changing customer and market requirements
About SWIFT SWIFT is a global member-owned cooperative and the worldrsquos leading provider of secure financial messaging services We provide our community with a platform for messaging and standards for communicating and we offer products and services to facilitate access and integration identification analysis and financial crime compliance
wwwswiftcom
28 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Moving payments into the digital era
UniCredit
Which are UniCreditrsquos strategies to remain competitive in the B2B cross-border payments spaceUniCredit is taking a number of steps to ensure that it offers a highly
competitive portfolio of payments services including a number of
tools for simplifying cross-border transactions
In particular UniCredit has invested considerably in the
Bank Payment Obligation (BPO) ndash a settlement tool which
enables firms to execute secure transactions mediated by
partner banks through a quick and efficient digital process
When carried out properly BPOs combine the risk mitigation and
financing advantages of Letters of Credit (LCs) with the digital
speed of open account settlement This makes them particularly
advantageous for cross-border transactions ndash especially with
unfamiliar counterparties or those concentrated in a particular
region or industry Thanks to bank mediation the risk of non-
payment in such cases is drastically reduced ndash allowing firms
to take on more business and sell their receivables more easily
UniCredit has worked hard to bring these benefits to clients in
the most efficient and convenient format possible ndash offering vast
improvements on LC processing times which are only set to
increase once the process is fully digitalized This principle of
fully digitalized processes is also reflected in UniCreditrsquos virtual
accounts services which enable clients to consolidate their
bank accounts in a given currency into a single ldquoparentrdquo account
This can then be divided internally into as many ldquovirtualrdquo
accounts as required ndash with each account given its own allocated
funds account number and permissions Already available
for affiliatesrsquo incoming and outgoing transactions in nearly 50
countries including the SEPA zone and six CEE markets this
system generates huge benefits to efficiency scalability and
transparency ndash eliminating the need for cash pooling expediting
the process of opening and closing accounts and providing a
comprehensive overview of cash flows without sacrificing detail
Going forward UniCredit intends to remain at the cutting edge
of B2B cross-border payments with new initiatives such as the
integration of big-data analytics into existing payments services
ndash offering clients insights based on payments data and other
relevant information
With increased customer demand to install real-time payment infrastructures what trends do you see happening right nowThe demand for instant payments is part of a wider trend towards
greater speed and efficiency in the industry This is particularly
notable in ecommerce where firms are looking to provide
increasingly rapid delivery services ndash with next-day and even
same-day delivery now possible The use of digital technology to
expedite routine processes is becoming more and more prevalent
with clients increasingly basing their expectations on their
experiences in the retail sector UniCredit is keen to play its part
in this development and is already implementing real-time rates
for instant payments ndash including for cross-border transactions ndash
ahead of the November 2017 implementation date
How has UniCredit adapted to the digitalisation of the transaction banking industryUniCredit has established itself as a frontrunner in the
development of key advances such as the BPO and virtual
accounts and continues to search for new and innovative ways
to leverage technology for the benefit of its clients To this end
it has taken a number of steps to ensure continued innovation
ndash with product development teams harnessing the expertise of
traditional banking experts and technology specialists along
with a wide range of external perspectives
This has already seen blockchain technology become a reality
for custody services clients while virtual accounts technology
is being supplemented by CAMT messages ndash enhancing
standardisation even beyond the SEPA zone with automated
reconciliation between banks and corporates
The field of payments is undergoing a period of transformation as digitalisation paves the way for greater speed and efficiency
29 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
UniCredit has also adopted a more holistic client interface
including its IT solutions provider in client meetings This enables
UniCredit to adapt its solutions to clientsrsquo individual technological
requirements rather than expecting them to adapt to accommo-
date the solution
How do you support your CEE-based clients in their efforts to optimise working capitalUniCredit offers its CEE-based clients a full range of support for
their working capital optimisation programmes ndash having been the
first in Russia Bulgaria and Croatia to offer classic services such
as cross-border cash pooling UniCredit also offers unrivalled
BPO coverage with the instrument already available in Bulgaria
and Romania In terms of approach we encourage firms to avoid
the lsquosilorsquo mindset of asking how they can benefit from individual
tools such as receivables finance or approved payables finance
ndash instead promoting a focus on overarching short- mid- and
long-term goals Mostly it turns out that short-term liquidity
generation is not corporatesrsquo main concern ndash especially given the
abundance of liquidity in todayrsquos market Other factors however
such as risk mitigation supply-chain stability and balance-sheet
optimisation almost always figure in their plans ndash demanding
a holistic programme for working capital optimisation This of
course also means being prepared for the eventuality of liquidity
suddenly or gradually drying up
In the face of fintech disruption which areas can banks capitalise onFintech companies certainly bring new impulses to the transaction
banking sector but banks almost always excel by capitalising
on their existing strengths ndash drawing on their holistic financial
expertise and their status as trusted and highly regulated
partners to corporate clients These strengths can to a certain
extent be amplified through digitalisation within banks ndash
translating greater efficiency into greater convenience for clients
Even more promising however is the potential for co-operation
between banks and specialist technology companies with banks
combining their core strengths and broad client base with fintech
independence and nimbleness to create the ideal conditions for
innovation
About Markus Strauszligfeld Since 2005 Markus Strauszligfeld has been Head of International Cash Management Sales at UniCredit responsible for cash management and eBanking sales to large and multi-national organisations in Europe the US and Asia
About UniCredit UniCredit is a bank with a substantial footprint in Europe and an extensive international network of branches representative offices and correspondent banks ndash enabling it to follow its clients wherever they go Its payments services come under the Global Transaction Banking (GTB) unit
wwwgtbunicrediteu
Markus Strauszligfeld
Head of International Cash Management SalesUniCredit
30 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Making One-Click Finance Possible ndash Who Are the Relevant Stakeholders and How They Should Work Together
sharedserviceslink
There are 6 stakeholders in your supplier financing programme
(SFP) This article examines each of the groups and what their
contribution to the SFP is
Accounts PayableIn recent years the AP function has nudged its way to the front
of the crowd becoming the owner of most SFPs This is an
interesting development as the owner in the past was Treasury
This shift has come because of the evolution in invoice
processing technology Ten years ago APrsquos focus was to (slowly)
pay paper invoices Since then most multi-nationals have
implemented e-invoicing Sizeable volumes of invoices are now
received electronically meaning invoices are processed posted
and paid quicker And whether or not AP realised it at the time
the scene was being set for something greater to unfold early
pay programmes
Accounts Payablersquos contributionAP teams have become experts in onboarding suppliers This
expertise was established during earlier e-invoicing or P-card
programmes Supplier onboarding is complicated but after a
few rounds of reaching out and asking suppliers to change
something you soon become proficient in onboarding AP has
been driven to become expert in supplier onboarding as the
financial gain relies on supplier engagement This positions AP
to own the supplier onboarding process for your SFP
ProcurementWhereas AP owns the onboarding process Procurement
will own the actual relationship with suppliers which means
owning the message contained in the supplier communication
Suppliers listen to Procurement and see it as the key point of
contact Procurement can help make the SFP more successful
by drafting and signing off on clever messaging
Procurementrsquos contributionProcurement also owns the assessment of supplier risk ndash
assessing each supplierrsquos financial risk year-end and the
suitable rate that should be applied (given their credit history
etc) Forensic research into each supplier will further your
understanding of the opportunities and risk and the effect on
the return
ITYou may decide to use your own cash or a third partyrsquos cash
Either way technology will be involved You will want IT brought
into the project early to understand macro considerations
like security connectivity and compatibility IT will likely leave
business process and functional requirements to AP Treasury
and Procurement
ITrsquos contributionSFP technologies have been on the market for years They are
developing and becoming more varied Itrsquos likely that someone
in the IT team has installed a SFP tool before Make sure this
person sits on the team Also make this program a priority SFPs
will not drain IT (wo)man days so it need not compete with more
demanding IT initiatives Work with someone in IT that lsquogetsrsquo this
and can approve on security etc at a quick pace
TreasuryAlthough Treasury was historically the owner and leader of SFPs
it has taken on the role of collaborator in recent years offering
crucial perspective regarding the larger levers that should or
shouldnrsquot be pulled given the companyrsquos cash position
Treasuryrsquos contributionTreasury understands the flow of cash and its real cost and
opportunity to the business Because of this it is well placed to
regularly assess which approach to take ndash is it better to use the
companyrsquos own cash use a third partyrsquos cash (and if so which
party) or to stall on early payments altogether Treasury has a
360ordm view of the companyrsquos strategic aims the balance sheet
the bank account real-time rates and alternative rates through
alternative methods as well as whats most important given
where the company is in its financial year Treasury is the brains
behind the SFP
31 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
C-SuiteThe CFO needs to back your project and this support must
be visible It is important to educate them on the SFP early by
presenting them with relevant case studies you have gathered
and the possible business case
C-Suite contributionThey will need your direction but the CFO and CPO will add
panache to your SFP The lsquosignaturersquo on the comms piece sent to
suppliers should be theirs If any buyer in the business becomes
concerned about this programme the C-Suite needs to have
a response at hand To realise the significant savings that can
come from your SFP your C-Suite must be ready to provide the
required PR
SuppliersBuyers rarely push back against SFPs because a) itrsquos optional
for suppliers and b) itrsquos attractive for suppliers However getting
the suppliers to engage is instrumental and makes the supplier
a key stakeholder
Supplier contributionSuccess Without their participation your business case is a flop
So make sure they understand what the SFP is whatrsquos in it for
them what they need to do who they can reach out to with
questions or concerns and that participation in SFP inevitably
qualifies them as a preferred supplier
ConclusionGet the first five stakeholders onboard early at concept stage
so they feel supportive of the SFPrsquos direction and purpose and
ask them how involved they would like to be given their role
About Susie West Susie West is the CEO and Founder at sharedserviceslink and proudly labels herself as a shared services geek She has been in the shared services industry since 1998 In 2007 she set up sharedserviceslink a leading global business community for professionals looking to improve performance in shared services Her central aim is to help individuals companies and the market mature through the sharing and consumption of (mostly peer generated) best practice information
About sharedserviceslink sharedserviceslink is a business community for professionals working in shared services sharederserviceslink is viewed as trusted advisors to this market because it offers exceptional content connection insight and overall value
wwwsharedserviceslinkcom
Susie West
CEO and Foundersharedserviceslink
Exclusive interview
32 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About the companyToken provides digital payment solutions for banks and their clients to deliver instant end-to-end secure and frictionless payments worldwide The solution addresses the key concerns of PSD2 security disintermediation and lack of revenue
wwwtokenio
Marten Nelson
VP MarketingToken
Website wwwtokenioOffices location Redwood City California USAFounded in 2015Categories payments psd2 fintech
Token
The next generation of payments infrastructure will first of all help banks open up
What drives real-time payments infrastructure adoption in the US vs EUA number of valuable business cases drive the adoption of real-
time payments infrastructure Both consumers and businesses
expect funds to be instantly available during a payment
transaction 25 years ago the invention of the Worldwide Web
allowed us to share data instantly and globally Exchanging value
should be just as easy and fast as moving information but for
a number of reasons this hasnrsquot yet happened While there are
regional real-time payments solutions the US and many parts
of Europe are still lagging But there is hope ndash the Feds in the
US and the ECB have launched real-time payments initiatives
Why did Token choose to leverage the bankrsquos existing ledger instead of using blockchain The main reasons were that we found the bankrsquos ledger to
perform pretty well in most cases and to leverage existing
infrastructure typically reduces the complexity of deployment
and therefore cost It was simply a cost-benefit analysis
There are many interesting use cases for distributed ledgers
and for some of our functions and in some situations it makes
sense Thatrsquos why we designed the solution with distributed
ledgers being optional
What is the value proposition for European banks by integrating Token Token solves the main issues banks are facing in terms of
PSD2 security disintermediation and the economics First you
can think of Token as a PSD2 firewall that protects the bank
infrastructure from poorly behaving third parties Second Token
retains the bankrsquos customer experience even when accessed by
third parties Last we allow banks to offer value-added services
that generate incremental net revenue
33 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Future of Banking Innovation and the Fintech Startups Journey
Future Asia Ventures
The financial services sector has become the poster child for
corporate innovation Over the last 5 years banks have been
investigating and experimenting with several new financial
technologies in the crowd funding trade processing lending
and wealth management areas These experiments have come
in different shapes and sizes Based on our research we know
21 banks that have launched accelerator programs around the
world Other banks have launched pre-accelerators incubators
and labs
As a research amp advisory firm we regularly speak with many
corporations startups and venture investors We are constantly
learning about the landscape Here are 5 perspectives we would
like to share
1 Fintech is old but the market conditions have never been betterMost experienced financial sector professionals understand that
this recent wave of fintech startups is just that ndash a wave Fintech
is a new term that captures a large category of existing and
growing technologies which involve transaction processing data
and record keeping Fintech companies have been innovating
since the 1950s The last 60 years produced ATMs credit cards
online banking and online stock investing to name only a few
Innovation in fintech is nothing new What is new is the explosion
of startups in the last six years There are now approximately
6000 fintech startups The playing field is crowded and thatrsquos
because the opportunity to innovate has never been greater
The combination of cheap capital a dry period in bank innovation
and a credit crisis followed by heavy regulation created the
right environment for startups to rise There has never been a
better time to be an entrepreneur
2 Regulation matters It might sound obvious but regulatory rules and compliance are
a very important part of the startup journey for fintech founders
This makes fintech different from other startup sectors
Founders in fintech are generally a decade or more experienced
than their peers Regulation is often an entry barrier because
you need to be licensed by regulatory bodies to do business in
each jurisdiction For startups that want to expand compliance
is mandatory and expensive The financial system for good
reason doesnrsquot tolerate risk As a result founders need to
cooperate with regulators budget for long waiting periods find
strategic partnerships that help their growth efforts and be in this
for the long haul Fintech is marathon not a sprint
3 Innovation canrsquot be measuredWhen speaking with innovation officers I am often asked
which program or format is the best People are looking for a
quantitative measure or a definitive leader among corporations
The truth is there is no one best model or best innovator
An innovation program should be designed around your
budget your timeline and the problem you are trying to solve
These factors are different for each company For some a
hackathon might be best while for others a robust corporate
ventures program might make more sense Available capital
decision-making dynamics and pain points vary per company
Each company has to do whatrsquos right for them However one
thing is certain ndash good innovation programs have a clearly
defined problem and success criteria Without a mandate you
are bound to go in circles
Number of Corporate Accelerators Launched Each Year Corporate accelerator launches have peaked So far in 2016 2 new accelerators have launched Going forward companies will design tailored open innovation programs and formats to engage and collaborate with startups
34 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
About Falguni Desai She is the Founder amp Managing Director of Future Asia Ventures and has over 18 years of corporate strategy innovation and MampA experience She has worked globally with business leaders at Fortune 500 firms in the financial media and technology sectors to foster growth amp expansion
About Future Asia Ventures Future Asia Ventures is an innovation advisory amp research firm Through our research and services we help new ventures grow and connect investors with innovative opportunities We serve private investors foundations and corporations around the world
wwwfutureasiaventurescom
Falguni Desai
Founder amp Managing DirectorFuture Asia Ventures
4 Innovation is inherently wastefulSeveral companies are still sitting on the sidelines While our
latest research has uncovered that 116 companies around the
world have set up corporate accelerators and several dozens
have launched incubators and labs the majority of large
companies are not engaged in this type of open innovation
They might be wondering whether an innovation program will
generate returns The answer is no not in the short term But in
the long run yes Innovation creates waste Companies wonrsquot
solve the problem on the first try Several partnerships and
investments will fail Incubated ideas may not scale and those
looking to try their hand at innovation should swallow this pill
and be prepared for failure To be good at innovation you need to
try things and then quickly stop them when they donrsquot work and
quickly try again
5 The endgame is collaboration not conflictI still see articles which predict a future without banks how
disruption will cause banks to fail and shut down The reality
is banks play a very important role in the lending infrastructure
of most modern economies Peeling back through fintech
history the innovations that survived and scaled were the
ones that worked with banks not against them In the 1990s
online stock brokers appeared on the scene Stock exchanges
and brokers didnrsquot disappear but they now operate differently
Today fintech marketplace lenders offer loans more efficiently
to retail customers The capital for these loans comes from
traditional banks and large asset managers Banks brokers and
asset managers wonrsquot disappear instead their processes and
the customer experience they offer will change dramatically The
moral here is that new fintech services will become part of the
overall financial infrastructure Fintech startups will eventually
grow into companies that are counterparties and partners to
banks not necessarily competitors Of course not all of them
will succeed but the future of banking will be formed through
collaboration
VISIT OUR ENHANCED ONLINE COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING MARKET GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
wwwe-invoicingthepayperscom
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
The Power Of Data amp Traceability
37 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
1 Idea of exchanging invoice statuses + benefitsIncreasing financial pressure forces firms to focus on their cash
positions For this reason effective Working Capital Management
is a high priority There are different ways to improve the cash
position of companies in supply chains ndash and here comes one
of them exchanging invoice statuses positively influences the
cash position of selling parties After the purchase of a product
or service the seller sends his buyer an invoice and waits for
payment The unpredictability of the moment of payment leads
to significant challenges for sellers in managing their cash
positions Smaller companies (SMEs) particularly struggle with
liquidity shortages and unpredictable cash flows Payment
deadlines vary between 30 and 90 days and buyers tend to use
their free liquidity as long as possible In the case of long payment
deadlines sellers may want to have their receivables financed by
financiers The answer to this problem is offered by the Status
Based Receivables Finance Model (SBRF) a track and trace
solution for electronic and paper-based invoices The model
allows the actors to gain more insight in the invoice statuses
After the buyer grants the sellerrsquos financier permission to access
the invoice status the financier can lsquotrack and tracersquo the invoice
in the buyerrsquos ERP system It allows financiers to operate
more effectively and efficiently with reduced risks and lower
financing costs when providing invoice based finance to sellers
For sellers planning incoming cash flows becomes easier
because the provided transparency enables them to further
optimise their working capital position But there is even better
news the SBRF model allows for process efficiencies and better
risk management for all actors in the supply chain A detailed
overview of the various benefits is provided in the table below
2 Need for standardisationStandardisation is the key to successful processes and a
profitable outcome ndash in this case the working capital optimisation
Where does the need for standardisation originate
The SBRF Model directly connects to the financing instrument
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) While the seller waits for his payment
after the delivery his liquidity is reduced hence this becomes a
major problem for SMEs Due to their small size they often suffer
from poor borrowing terms even if they would urgently need
access to capital
SCF releases liquidity and creates benefits for all actors along
the supply chain The seller obtains a credit from a financier
against the buyerrsquos credit rating for the period of the payment
and benefits from the buyerrsquos credit conditions Normally the
process is automated through an electronic platform which
can onboard a variety of suppliers (and financiers if needed)
potentially combined with e-invoicing
Yet due to the number of SCF providers there is a heterogeneity
of concepts and technological solutions which leads to
inefficiency and process disruptions Additionally there is an
untapped potential of SCF because of insufficient dissemination
and misunderstanding of the concept These difficulties will
only be dissolved by standardisation and clear definition of
concepts processes and technologies Possible benefits of
standardisation are cost advantages facilitated implementation
and compatibility of technology and processes
E-invoicing as a prerequisite of SCF is already subject to
standardisation efforts throughout Europe reflected by different
guidelines and directives Even so a great deal remains to
be done The SBRF Model is one step in the right direction
towards standardised processes of SCF and working capital
optimisation
Track and Trace of Invoices for Working Capital Optimisation
Fraunhofer Institute
1 Better risk assessment2 Process efficiency and
resulting lower costs3 New financing markets
because it becomes economically viable to finance sellers based on smaller invoices
1 Better cash flow forecasting visibility and working capital optimisation
2 Less operational debtor handling
3 Better access to financing instruments faster more choice easier
1 Less manual handling of incoming invoice inquiries
2 Improving financial stability of the supply chain
3 Optimise internal procurement and invoice approval processes
4 Possibility of later payment or discount
Financier Seller Buyer
38 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About Prof Dr Michael Henke Prof Dr Michael Henke completes the board of directors of Fraunhofer IML as new director of the section Enterprise Logistics and he also holds the chair of Enterprise Logistics at the faculty of Mechanical Engineering at TU Dortmund University His research focuses lie among others on the area of eg management of the Industry 40 purchasing and supply management supply chain risk management and financial supply chain management
About Fraunhofer Fraunhofer IML is said to be first address for all questions with respect to holistic logistics the employees work on all fields of internal and external logistics Made-to-measure arranged teams create cross-industry and customer-specific solutions in the area of materials handling warehouse management supply chain management simulation supported business and system planning and also traffic systems closed loop economy resources logistics building logistics and e-business
wwwimlfraunhoferde
Share this story
3 First steps were takenInnopay an e-business consultancy firm from the Netherlands
the Dutch factoring company lsquovoldaanrsquo and a client of voldaan
developed the SBRF Model in 2015 Within the scope of the
Workshops on Standardisation in SCF by the Supply Chain
Finance Community Innopay and the Fraunhofer Institute
of Material Flow and Logistics (IML) presented the SBRF
demonstration since November 2015
The ldquoProof of Conceptrdquo demonstrated the financier tracking the
status of an outstanding invoice electronically He gained insight
into the progress of the invoice and could assess the associated
risks
During the Workshop Series the model as well as development
improvement and extension potentials have been discussed
actively by the participants European experts on SCF and
e-invoicing Subjects to the discussions have also been technical
specifications and the integration with other solutions
4 More Proofs of ConceptIn the first half of 2016 the SBRF concept will extend to more
financiers sellers buyers and ERP solutions across Germany
and Italy at least The well-established network of the SCF
Community and its members will provide a basis for the
development and geographical extension
The practical integration with e-invoicing and SCF platforms and
the standardisation along the dimensions of Legal Operational
Functional and Technical dimensions will be investigated in detail
For Germany a planned SCF event at the House of Logistics
and Mobility (HOLM) in Frankfurt organised by the Fraunhofer
IML and Innopay makes an important contribution to the Proof
of Concept The event is scheduled for summer 2016 and will
include workshops on the SBRF Model Moreover further
aspects of SCF standardisation according to the SCF research
focus of the Fraunhofer IML will be covered
Prof Dr Michael Henke
Director Enterprise LogisticsFraunhofer
39 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Turning Financial Messaging Data into Business Profit ndash the new challenge for financial institutions
INTIX
Long-term considered an impenetrable space dominated by
a few the financial services industry is currently riding a giant
wave of entrepreneurial disruption disintermediation and
digital innovation Recent developments such as the regulatory
pressure as well as the criticality of business intelligence and
customer experience are impacting banks more than ever
Financial Institutions (FIs) are caught between increasingly
strict and costly regulations and the need to compete through
continuous innovation The competitive position of incumbent
institutions is at stake
Todayrsquos challenges determine tomorrowrsquos needsFIs face a series of strategic challenges that will determine their
own future
1 Regulatory compliance ndash between 2008 and 2013 US banks
paid more than USD 100 billion in penalties and settlements
2 Business intelligence ndash turning data into a competitive advantage
is nowadays seen as the Holy Grail However only a few
succeed to become masters of their own data and conquer Big
Data problems
3 Customer service ndash Big Data and advanced analytics offer a
transformative potential to predict the ldquonext best actionsrdquo and
understand customer needs
4 Risk management ndash regulatory bodies now require information
management to be a foundational effort within all FIs for pur-
poses of risk management however the responsibility around
data quality is fragmented and unclear within the organisation
How will FIs be able to face such obstacles and in a cost effective
way Which strategy will help them survive (How) could technology
support the new needs in this journey
Digitisation and regulatory compliance are transformativeThe Financial Services industry faces an unprecedented accele-
ration of digitisation and regulations which leads to a series of
major impacts
1 The increased digitisation produces new electronic information
digital processes data semantics and structures as well as
new IT systems within FIs
2 The extended digital environment leads to higher complexity
for staff to find and interpret information given the growing
number of data sources
3 As critical information is siloed enterprise-level reporting
decision-making customer service and performance
optimisation are impaired
4 Working across data sources can be tedious or impossible
given the variety of data semantics in use
5 The regulatory mandates make effective information manage-
ment no longer optional As per Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision (BCBS) 239 regulation Systemically Important
Banks (SIBs) must prioritise addressing gaps in their Risk
Data Aggregation and Reporting (RDAR) capabilities Without
these senior management is unable to obtain an accurate and
in-depth picture of the risks the bank faces
6 A siloed approach to information management raises non-
compliance risks Many banks continue to lack the high-quality
data capture and aggregation processes full compliance requires
Information whether based on structured and unstructured data is
increasingly seen as the lifeblood of the business Regulatory bodies
identified this too and now require information management to be a
foundational effort within all FIs for purposes of risk management
and compliance reporting This has led FIs to recognise their need
to become information-centric
The information management challengeGiven the continuous evolution of their IT infrastructure and
adoption of digital processes FIs deal with a myriad of systems
and applications all having their own software technology
access method security user interfaces data semantics and
structures messaging formats etc This situation does not
simplify the work of the business and operations teams who
have to face such complex environment and rely on a series of
unconnected tools to execute their daily jobs Consequently
activities requiring access to customer and transaction details
as well as history and statistics are severely slowed down
Examples include handling of customer enquiries reporting on
transactions towards regulators reporting on SLAs to clients
management information reports and so on
40 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
FIs must consider those challenges strategically
bull First and foremost they must elevate information to its deserved
status of strategic asset This will help ensure that data is
actively managed on enterprise level for its embedded value to
be realised
bull They also need to equip themselves with the right technology in
order to turn information to their advantage
However some barriers exist
bull Integration with legacy systems many legacy systems make it
difficult to extract data and may not be best suited for Big Data
technologies
bull Connecting data silos there is no uniform view of data and most
organisations have not integrated disparate data sources given
the complexity of the task
Data integration tools are becoming key to connecting various
data sources and data sets and delivering on the promise of
information or data management
FIs become master of your dataBy conquering Big Data challenges FIs will be able to draw a
competitive advantage through enhanced strategic decision-
making improved customer service and effective risk management
Information management technology and governance are
key to break down the organisational silos that typically exist
within financial institutions to provide a complete picture of an
institutionrsquos financial transactions and client information across
a myriad of sources Not only does this make it easy for FIs to
respond to the increasing requirements for compliance and
reporting it also provides the opportunity to turn such data into
valuable insights and information for the customersrsquo benefit
Information management tools will help financial institutions
address a series of strategic objectives including regulatory
readiness and responsiveness enhanced strategic decision-
making faster customer service effective risk management
In sum FIs that become master of their own data will benefit from
a competitive advantage which they will turn into business profit
About Andreacute Casterman Andreacute Casterman is Chief Marketing Officer at INTIX and a Member of the Banking ExCo of the ICC During the past 5 years Andreacute was SWIFTrsquos head of the corporate amp trade markets in charge of strategy governance and product initiatives Andreacute Casterman has two masterrsquos degrees from VUB and a masterrsquos degree from ICHEC
About INTIX INTIX helps financial institutions and corporates address financial data management challenges in four strategic areas regulatory compliance business intelligence customer services and risk management INTIX helps its clients retrieve consolidate and reconcile any type of financial messaging data and protects them from any IT complexity and obsolescence issues
wwwintixeuinfointixeu
Andreacute Casterman
Chief Marketing OfficerINTIX
Commercial Payments
42 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Gaining Management Support for Your P-Card Programme
NAPCP
Achieving buy-in of the card programme especially by
management is a frequently cited challenge by the NAPCPs
audience The concern is justifiable Lack of buy-in can result
in never getting a programme implemented having a static card
programme or the elimination of the programme altogether
Whether you are considering implementing a new programme
or expanding the current one there are several questions to
address that can help in preparing your case to management
bull What are you seeking buy-in for and from whom Do you want
to ldquosellrdquo the existing P-Card programme to a new manager or
do you want to propose programme expansion
bull What is the rationale for your goal Management will only buy
into something that benefits the organisation and is supported
by facts including a cost justification
bull How does your goal support the goals of the organisation or
solve an organisational challenge Management decision-
making is driven by accountability for goals and the ability to
resolve issues
bull Are you aware of common objections to P-Card programmes
1 Data from the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation a report based on more than 3123 survey responses from end-user organisations
bull Who are the stakeholders There is nothing more defeating
than trying to move an idea or goal forward then learning that
someone with ldquoveto powerrdquo was left out of the discussions
inadvertently List who should be involved and why They might
provide good input in support of the card programme andor
express concerns such as the common objections listed above
The Business CaseThe next step is to create a solid business case based on the
answered questions above as well as other common business
case elements Include
bull statement of purpose (what you are seekingmdashyour goal)
bull where you are today (current metricsKey Performance Indicators
(KPIs) and how they compare to industry benchmarks) where
you want to be and ldquowhy nowrdquo
bull how your idea aligns with organisational goals
bull input from stakeholders plus common objections industry-wide
(if different from stakeholder input) address any concerns and
objections with facts
bull cost justifications to support the value proposition such as
anticipated andor actual process savings reductions in full-
time equivalents (FTEs) especially within the procurement and
or accounts payable departments and other hard- and soft-
dollar savings
bull implementation plan if applicable (eg for programme expansion)
Present cost saving benefits such as the cost of traditional
cheques versus P-Cards If your organisation has not completed
an internal process cost analysis use the NAPCP average
process costs shown below
1 As specified within the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation
2 Based on average monthly card spend of USD 1M and average transaction size of USD 559 per the results of a 2015 NAPCP poll
If expanding an existing programme it is important to consider
the value your card provider can add to this process They can
provide an analysis of your accounts payable vendor filemdash
identifying those vendors who accept card payments
43 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Working with the ldquolow hanging fruitrdquo can help your organisation
reap immediate benefits The larger ticket transactions can be
moved to card-type payments as well with the most popular
being a virtual or electronic card payment method
Continue to Provide Results-Driven CommunicationIt is important to relay results and successes to management
Use the following keys to successful communication
bull Be brief by limiting communication to a one-page summary
Put conclusions firstmdashgive highlights up front and supporting
detail second
bull Title the document presentation or email subject line with a key
message (eg ldquoP-Card Program Saved USD 4M in 2015rdquo versus
ldquoP-Card Program Report Attachedrdquo)
bull Focus on the facts Show numbers as often as possible and
summarise whether the numbers meet fall below or exceed
expectations Then explain Verify numbers with other team
members to build a coalition of support and ensure that you
have the complete picture
bull Facts and figures must be formatted consistently from one
communication to the next allowing for easy comparison
bull In verbal and written discussion keep your presentation analytical
bull If asked by management to give results ldquoon the flyrdquo synthesise
the key points for management into three to four concise bullet
points Add recommendations or alternative courses of action
if you have time Stay ahead of management requests by
monitoring your KPIs frequently
bull Ask to be part of upcoming meetings and do not be afraid to be
proactive rather than reactive
What if They Say ldquoNordquoExplore what could change a ldquonordquo into a ldquoyesrdquo When you are
ready to address the issue again with new insight go back to
your stakeholders It is generally okay to respectfully disagree
with management but as noted earlier ensure you have the
supporting documentation to make your point Finally know when
it is time to move on However moving on does not mean giving
up on the programme altogether It is still prudent to share the
status of the programme
About Terri Brustad Terri Brustad CPCP is the NAPCP Manager of Content Services Her previous experience includes 10 years in the Commercial Card industry mainly in the role of a public-sector P-Card Administrator Terri achieved the Certified Purchasing Card Professional (CPCP) credential in 2009
About NAPCP The NAPCP is a membership-based professional association committed to advancing Commercial Card and Payment professionals and industry practices worldwide The NAPCP is a respected voice in the industry serving as an impartial resource for members at all experience levels in the public and private sectors The 2016 NAPCP European Conference will be held in London on 23 June 2016
wwwnapcporg
Terri Brustad
Manager of Content ServicesNAPCP
44 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Commercial Payments under the Scrutiny of New Technology
KAE
New technology and innovation are words typically associated with
consumer payments Whilst technology and payments continue
to converge in our consumer lives the pace of convergence and
innovation has accelerated in the commercial payments space
Recent innovations have impacted corporate payment behaviour
but are yet to truly disrupt commercial payments In this article
we call out three themes that hold the potential to disrupt the
payments space
Shared ledger technologies There has been increasing interest in shared ledger technologies
with many global financial institutions looking into its use as a
commercially viable tool eg for trade finance transactions for
more streamlined cross-border payments etc
Shared ledgers or blockchains are digital and publically open
records allowing transactions to take place without an inter-
mediary such as a clearing house The open source nature of these
ledgers allows corporates to trade directly with any counterparties
around the globe offering various cost and time-saving benefits
Uneditable records are also created and shared with anyone
associated with a lsquotradersquo to enhance control and transparency
The challenge for the industry is that wider adoption will impact
existing operating models as corporates come to expect faster
and lower-cost transactions This technology could also drive
disintermediation within the commercial payments space eg by
removing the need for the card payment schemes
Mobile Wearables amp BiometricsThe rise of the mobile savvy and the constantly connected
customer is forcing traditional providers to rethink how they
deliver commercial payment solutions to satisfy ever-changing
and increasingly demanding expectations
Mobility is a key word and mobile devices and wearable techno-
logy are ideal bedfellows People are increasingly mobile in both
their corporate and personal lives and expect technological
advancements to support this
Mobile and wearable technology not only provides a more
streamlined and frictionless payment experience but also offers
benefits such as more accurate employee location tracking
(helping to reduce fraud incidents and supporting an employerrsquos
duty of care)
The convergence of commercial payment solutions with mobile
devices is a salient trend and one that will remain at the crest of the
innovation wave We have already seen a number of mobile apps
being developed for commercial banking and commercial cards
being included as part of digital wallets ndash this is only the beginning
Wearable payment development has also gathered pace
be it wristbands smartwatches or NFC-enabled clothing
Device battery life (imposed by device size and current screen
energy consumption) data privacy and security remain key
barriers to wider adoption
Biometrics will become interwoven with mobile and wearable
technology Passwords can be broken and authentication will
shift towards identifiers like facial features fingerprint retina
heartbeat and vein recognition All of which could be performed
by a smartphone or wearable device
Although challenges remain surrounding data privacy and educating
corporate clients biometric technology will eventually help increase
payment security and provide more convenience when making
payments
Virtual cards Virtual cards or single-use accounts also have the potential to
disrupt the payments space Corporates travel companies and
governments increasingly understand the benefits these solutions
offer (real-time expense capture enhanced control security recon-
ciliation and reporting) and spend levels have skyrocketed in
coun tries where virtual cards are being effectively marketed
Growth has also been fuelled by the productrsquos success in unlocking
B2B and increasingly TampE spend that has traditionally been
captured by other payment solutions eg cash cheque etc
45 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Virtual cards hold the potential to disrupt the commercial
payments space on two fronts
1) Physical cards are likely to disappear
2) These solutions hold the potential to drive a step change in card
adoption and usage levels
The challenge for the industry is clearly communicating and
providing compelling evidence of the benefits that virtual cards
offer and ensuring sales teams are trained to sell the solutions
over and above traditional ones eg corporate cards To help
unlock the opportunities in underpenetrated industries such as
telco construction and healthcare etc issuers must develop
tailored solutions to cater for any idiosyncrasies and overcome
the card acceptance challenge
The FutureTechnology holds the key to disrupting commercial payments
and the growing FinTech movement will support this Traditional
commercial payment providers will look towards and work more
closely with FinTechrsquos as an alternative source of innovation to their
own product development and delivery functions The opportunity
for banks is to build and launch disruptive technologies more
quickly The challenge is picking the right FinTech(s) that will help
deliver scalable solutions In the short-term we expect issuers to
increasingly focus their attention on developing virtual solutions
and integrating these onto mobile and wearable devices
Stargazing into the future wearables will be the game changer
as mobility becomes ever more important Wearables will also
be the bridging technology for embeddables In the next 10-15
years embedded chips in humans could become a reality
We are increasingly connected and interact with technology in
our personal and business lives and embeddables are the next
logical step More sophisticated chips will soon replace wearable
technology such as payment devices and fitness bands and will
help us all get used to a more connected and augmented lifestyle
As a concept it is well aligned to payments Embedded and inner-
connected biometrics will enhance security and offer a more
seamless experience
The future looks bright for commercial payments but will not be
without its challenges
About Chris Holmes Chris leads various work streams across the Financial Services practice He has managed multiple global projects across the payments banking FinTech AltFi and tech industries His specialist skills are geared to NPD sizing and opportunity assessments benchmarking and best practice identification
About KAE KAE is a strategic marketing consultancy that has provided support to some of the worldrsquos largest payment and tech brands for the past 25 years Operating globally from a London HQ KAE has provided consulting and strategic advice in more than 50 countries across three core areas Insight Strategy and Analytics
wwwkaecom
Chris Holmes
Senior Vice President KAE
Trade amp Finance
48 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Financing International Supply Chains An Idea Whose Time Has Come
Supply Chain Finance Terminology Drafting Group
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) was the subject of serious debate
among senior practitioners just a while ago Was SCF a
legitimate substantive new proposition in the financing of trade
and supply chains or was it a hollow marketing device aimed
at countering the threat of bank disintermediation as businesses
decisively shifted to trade on open account terms
The initial innovation and contribution of SCF were less in the
specifics of financing techniques and more around the shift
from a limited bilateral view of trade to a holistic network-based
view of trade based on complex ecosystems and commercial
relationships
The debate about the substance of SCF can now be put to
rest as its adoption grows and as the techniques of SCF are
increasingly recognised in both domestic and international
supply chains Whatrsquos more public entities in the UK the
Netherlands the US and elsewhere begin to embrace certain
forms of SCF to driving liquidity and affordable financing to the
globally important but typically underserved SME segment
Additionally the usage rates of SCF programmes and facilities
have grown significantly now reaching 80-90 or higher In
comparison programmes were once considered successful if
they exhibited usage rates of 30 or more
SCF development and adoption rates have varied significantly
by region and by individual institution be it a bank multilateral
ECA fintech or another market player and as a result a veritable
lsquomazersquo of definitions terminology and common parlance
developed relative to SCF Leading institutions effectively
developed their own terminology in the absence of anything else
in the market invested in marketing collateral and branding and
devised technology solutions on the basis of their techniques
and related nomenclature This extended to the point that it
has been difficult to engage in any discussion around SCF
without the need to pause and check on mutual understanding
(or worse progress a discussion or interaction only to later
realise that language has been a barrier rather than an enabler
of understanding)
Leading industry associations gathered over two years ago
and agreed that it would be valuable to begin the process of
devising a common set of global terminology around SCF
The Euro Banking Association Factors Chain International
ITFA (The International Trade and Forfaiting Association) the
International Factors Group (since merged) and BAFT (the
Bankers Association for Finance and Trade) came together with
the ICC Banking Commission to create and launch the Global
Supply Chain Finance Forum (GSCFF) Its global drafting team
and the steering committee were mandated to review existing
material develop and disseminate a draft set of definitions
circulate widely for comment and update to a final version which
was then to be the focus of a global advocacy campaign to drive
adoption by market stakeholders
The ldquoStandard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Financerdquo was launched at the 4th Annual ICC Supply Chain
Finance Summit Singapore under the auspices of the ICC
Academy The setting was particularly appropriate given the
educational nature of the publication and the reality that major
international supply chains today are at least partly anchored in
Asia where SCF propositions are expected to show significant
growth in the coming years
The focus of SCF in some areas thus far has been on what we
refer to in the Definitions as ldquoPayables Financerdquo to the extent
that this single technique has often incorrectly been referred
to as Supply Chain Finance Financial institutions as well as
non-bank providers have placed a significant priority on these
buyer-led structures with supplier onboarding being a common
challenge And yet we are seeing demand for the development
of end-to-end solutions across the procure-to-pay and order-
to-cash cycles with an increasing number of market actors
venturing beyond some of the familiar techniques to begin to
embrace for example distributor finance
49 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Large supplier communities are based in emerging Asia
and Africa yet major economies like China and Indonesia are
experiencing great increases in disposable income and thus
engaging more on the consumer side of supply chains The
combined dynamics are shaping economic activity and flows in
ways that need a wider range of financing and risk mitigation
solutions including end-to-end SCF
Supply Chain Finance is defined as the use of financing and risk
mitigation practices and techniques to optimise the management
of the working capital and liquidity invested in supply chain
processes and transactions SCF is typically applied to
open account trade and is triggered by supply chain events
Visibility of underlying trade flows by the finance provider(s) is
a necessary component of such financing arrangements which
can be enabled by a technology platform
Source Standard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Finance 2016
Practitioners and financial institutions based in Asia are proactively
working to develop their SCF propositions in response to evolving
market demand and region-specific practices With ASEAN
integration progressing the Trans-Pacific Partnership advancing
and intra-regional trade growing in importance the central role of
cross-border supply chains and SCF in particular will increase
in the next several years as enablers of trade development and
inclusion
The Standard Definitions are a ldquoliving documentrdquo meant to evolve
with market practice the needs of clients financiers regulatory
authorities and others The next phase will focus on dissemination
education and advocacy in support of global adoption
This is the start of a journey that will only speed up in adoption
impact and importance SCF an idea whose time has come
About Alexander R Malaket A recognised specialist in international trade including trade and supply chain finance Mr Malaket has advised government international institution banking and corporate clients around the world developed and delivered training materials and seminars and authored numerous white papers briefing and policy papers and research reports on a variety of topics in international business finance and international development
About International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) The ICC Banking Commission is a leading global rule-making body for the banking industry It produces universally accepted rules and guidelines for international banking practice With 85 years of experience and more than 600 members in +100 countries the ICC Banking Commission ndash the largest commission of ICC the World Business Organization ndash has rightly gained a reputation as the most authoritative voice in the field of trade finance
wwwiccwboorg
Alexander R Malaket
PresidentOPUS Advisory Services International IncDeputy Head of the Executive CommitteeICC Banking CommissionChairSCF Terminology Drafting Group
Share this story
50 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Improving Access to Finance for SMEs with the Open RFI Project
SCF Community
IntroductionFor a financial service that claims to have a tripartite win-win-win
value current market adoption of Supply Chain Finance (SCF)
is still in its infancy As the credit rating of the larger corporate
is leveraged for SCF solutions suppliers have faster access to
cheaper liquidity from invoices The large corporate can achieve
working capital benefits through payment term harmonisation
or it can reduce the COGS (Cost of Goods Sold) Despite clear
benefits the cost and complexity of onboarding small suppliers
have resulted in a slower uptake in this group of suppliers and
hence there has been little possibility to take advantage of the
benefits SCF can offer
The Open Request for Information (RFI) launched by the
SCF Community on behalf of a group of Dutch multinational
corporations invited over 30 vendors to show how they would
apply SCF solutions to smaller suppliers ndash those with volumes of
EUR 200000 and below Corporates recognise the importance
of SME suppliers and are looking for ways to improve their
access to finance This recognition is underlined by the support
of the Dutch Ministry of Economic Affairs for the Betaalmenu ndash
initiative in early 2015 which is aimed at injecting liquidity into
Dutch SMEs
The objective of the Open RFI was threefold 1) to provide
participating corporates with an overview of available SCF
solutions and solution providers 2) to facilitate structured
engagement between SCF solution providers and corporates 3)
to perform a structured analysis of the SCF market and available
solutions for SMEs This project allowed for direct comparison of
leading SCF vendors for the first time in history
Preparations for an SCF implementationThere are a number of things corporates should address before
starting with an SCF implementation Firstly the overall SCF
strategy should align with strategy on other areas such as
procurement finance and IT Next due to the multidisciplinary
character various internal departments have to be involved in
the setup and enrolment of an SCF program
Thirdly a spend analysis of the corporatersquos supplier base needs
to be made in order to support a clear and segmented approach
to offer selected suppliers the intended SCF solution Finally in
order to fully reap the benefits of an SCF solution the internal
processes have to be analysed focussing on the efficiency of the
procure-to-pay process
RFI process and preliminary resultsIn total over 30 vendors were invited to participate and eventually
23 completed the RFI ABN Amro Asyx C2FO CRX Markets
Flinqer GT Nexus ING Kyriba OpusCapita Orbian Oxygen
Finance PrimeRevenue ProQuidity Rabobank Remitia Riskco
Santander Taulia Terbit TradeShift Trefi Finance Tungsten and
Urica The RFI contained seven categories and participants were
ranked relatively in each category
1) Qualifications and Strategy The proposed SCF solution had
to be well proven in the market and therefore participants
were required to give insights of their track record
2) Solution Scope Vendors should be able to onboard suppliers
in various countries and currencies and work together with
other liquidity providers Half of the vendors claimed to have
a global solution covering all currencies while the rest focused
more on Europe
3) Platform Technology Vendors had to elaborate how their
SCF platform interacts with current IT systems and P2P
processes on the corporate side Almost all platforms were
accessible online flexible to adapt to current infrastructure
and offered manual to fully integrated options to connect to
the corporatersquos ERP
4) Implementation and onboarding Given the scope of the
RFI (small suppliers) fast onboarding was deemed crucial to
participating corporates Differences exist between vendors
in terms of availability of online resources KYC and due
diligence and administrative requirements
51 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
5) Transaction Volume Availability of both funding and platform
is an important factor in selecting a solution provider The
benefits and pitfalls of various sources of funds and structures
are examined and collated
6) Accounting amp Legal Maintaining trade payable status is
important for corporates and accounting regulations should
be considered Each vendor responded with its legal structure
to reassure no reclassification issues would arise
7) Incumbent SCF provider Since the majority of large buyers
have existing SCF programs in place vendors were asked if
and how they would be able to co-exist All vendors indicated
that working side-by-side would be possible but not all of
them had prior experience with this matter
Outcome of RFI projectThe relative ranking combined with a weighting of the importance
for each category by the supporting corporates has generated
the final shortlist The SCF Community named C2FO ING Orbian
PrimeRevenue Santander and Taulia as the six vendors in its
lsquoOpen RFIrsquo project All six have presented their responses to the
Open RFI during the SCF Community Forum in Amsterdam on
18th November 2015
By gathering and assessing available solutions in the marketplace
the SCF Community has improved transparency for its corporates
by providing an overview of SCF solutions and facilitating
engagement This initiative contributes to the Communityrsquos
goals in developing knowledge on SCF while simultaneously
increasing adoption and standards in the practitionerrsquos field
The whitepaper that contains both a detailed analysis of the
SCF market as well as a checklist for corporates interested in
offering their own SCF solution can be downloaded from the
wwwscfacademyorg soon
About Matthijs van Bergen Matthijs currently holds
a position as researcher SCF at Windesheim and
is responsible for developing business cases for
Corporates and for the project management of Open
RFI He studied Supply Chain Finance and is an
experienced independent consultant for over 5 years
About Steven van der Hooft Steven gained extensive
experience in the field of Supply Chain Finance
through roles as director banking at Inchainge senior
management consultant at Capgemini Consulting and
while working at ING In 2015 he founded Capital
Chains a company that specialises in Training amp
Consultancy on Financial Supply Chain Management
issues for both banks as well as corporates
About SCF Community The Supply Chain Finance
Community is a not-for-profit group for all those
involved in supply chains manufacturers transport
companies banks consultancies technology
providers and academics Its mission is to share
experience best practice and new research linking
across finance treasury supply chain operations
logistics and procurement
wwwscfcommunityorg
Matthijs van Bergen
Researcher SCF Windesheim
Steven van der Hooft
CEOCapital Chains
Share this story
52 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
If Supply Chain Finance is Supplier-Centric Financial Supply Chain is Customer-Centric
Magnus Lind The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
Fintech is not only disrupting banks itrsquos disrupting corporate
finance as well At The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
conference in Malmo Sweden in April of 2016 both corporates
and vendors discussed the significant changes we can expect in
the way we engage with suppliers and customers in the future
The Talent Show highlighted the increasingly popular Supply
Chain Finance (SCF) solutions as one essential ingredient to
cater for the unbalanced capabilities of bank financing in the
corporate sector Investment graded companies enjoy excellent
access however SMEs and sub-investment grade companies
still suffer Change is nowhere on the horizon
SCF is one remedy to support the first tier suppliers of very large
customers with fair priced and sufficient financing SCF has
many benefits and the solutions have matured and now
provide reliable backbones for financing of approved invoices
Yet despite all the advantages of SCF it only solves a limited
amount of challenges in the whole corporate supply chain At
The Talent Show we discussed the supply and demand chain
holistically and mapped SCF as a subsection of the financial
supply chain (FSC) The FSC is much broader in scope includes
all tiers of suppliers and also the full demand chain With SCF as a
base we need to include second and higher tier suppliers and our
financial processing and the customers into the mindset If SCF is
supplier-centric FSC is customer-centric
The champion to implement SCF is often the treasury department
whereas it is procurement that eventually owns and runs the
programme Wersquove detected the CPO (Chief Procurement
Officer) usually has significant acumen to drive other supply
chain initiatives with his or hers combined customer and supplier
relations What the CPO lacks in financial skills are many
times balanced through a sense of urgency to understand the
rationalisation potential and how it improves the overall business
At the Show we heard about initiatives to bridge stakeholders
over the supply chain with treasurers and procurement actively
working together Anthony Buchanan Treasurer Procurement at
SABMiller gave a much-appreciated presentation of how the two
departments work together to build a sustainable chain for both
the large and the small suppliers
We heard fintech leaders introducing their solutions over the whole
FSC Taulia on supplier finance SAP Ariba on supplier networks
e-invoicing and their new partnership with PrimeRevenue We heard
Basware introduce ldquocorporate financial social responsibilityrdquo and
its new financing service Kurt Cavano from GT Nexus presented
ways to connect the physical supply chain with the financial one
and finally Danny Aranda from Ripple shared how blockchain is
taking over as the main rail for payments Gerard Chick Chief
Knowledge Officer at Optimum Procurement gave an appreciated
endnote at The Talent Show
We are continuously improving our abilities to adapt quickly
Being big isnt enough to sustain when new competitors are
unbundling large businesses in almost all industries The need
for large corporations to think and act more entrepreneurial is
imperative Peter Carlsson recent CPO at Tesla explained how
Tesla is driven by a few group-wide targets at a time providing
high speed over ground Many large companies have too complex
strategies and objectives even creating conflicting behaviour in
their own organisations Enterprises have to rethink their models
of management to fight off the attacks or they risk being killed
by a thousand cuts from a multitude of new entrants especially
if they are organised to fight the single cuts from their main (big)
competitors
53 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The EVP and CFO at Turkcell Murat Dogan Erden proved
in his keynote that even mature companies can adapt quickly to
game changers Turkcell is a dominant telecoms operator that
has successfully managed the transition from a pay-per-minute
market through providing world leading surf speeds content
and services Turkcell is also exploiting its credit management
competence to expand into consumer finance Turkcell will use
its market access through all the connected devices
Developing the FSC doesnrsquot only consist of cutting costs and
lead times It also enables expanding the core business offering
with financial components
About Magnus Lind Magnus Lind is co-founder of The Talent Show He has a background as an international business executive in Europe SE Asia and North America and he has founded companies in 7 different countries where he acted as CEO board director and investor The Talent Show puts innovation and disruption above case studies and legacy thinking
About The Talent Show The Talent Show is a corporate driven event focusing on the whole corporate Financial Supply Chain (CFSC) and how it links to the physical chain The audience consists of CFO and CPO supply chain treasurers and IT Participants include Sandvik Turkcell Port of Rotterdam Abengoa Octal Arriva DONG Energy Ericsson and SABMiller
wwwsupply-chain-financerocks
Magnus Lind
co-founderThe Talent Show
54 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Supply Chain Finance Time for SMEs to Take Position
Anita Gerrits
For a long time the deployment of supply chain finance (SCF)
was seen to be the domain of large corporates only but times
are changing Nowadays large SMEs are also able to reap the
benefits of innovative ways to free up liquidity reduce working
capital and approve their ROI
Imagine an SME company supplying goods to retailers and a
significant part of its turnover is achieved with only a few large
customers The DSO has increased dramatically over the past
few years as these retailers have increased their payment terms
to 60 or even 90 days Some of these customers have a reverse
factoring program in place but donrsquot offer access to all their SME
suppliers some donrsquot have a program in place The margins in
the business are tight and although the suppliers are begging
for early payments extending the terms with them seems to be
the only way possible to fill the working capital gap What other
options does this company have
One of the options is to consider Receivables Finance (RF)
This solution allows the company to sell open invoices (receivables)
of customers with a good credit standing to a third party on a non-
recourse basis As this is classified as a true sale of receivables
whereby the default risk on the customer gets transferred in full
to the third party that buys the invoices the receivables position
(DSO) will decrease with the amount of invoices sold The discount
paid for early payment is based on the creditworthiness of its
customers and presuming these are healthy these rates are
attractive For instance this is only a fraction of what traditional
factoring solutions would cost The other benefit is that the
company selling the invoices has full control over what and when
they sell Flexible on-demand access to cash is what it delivers
Although his the creditworthiness of the customer is key the
customer is not directly involved in the transaction and oesnrsquot
even need to be made aware of it As the solution carries the word
ldquoFinancerdquo in its name it might suggest that RF is a loan or a specific
type of debt Neither of them is the case What it boils down to is
that the seller gets upfront cash on receivables and not just 80
of the full invoiced amount but up to 95 PrimeRevenue one of
the leading SCF solution providers successfully implemented this
innovative solution for a wide range of clients worldwide
With the current interest rates it doesnrsquot make much sense to
free up cash to put in on a savings account where the return
is zero or even negative Freeing up cash enables companies
to take advantage of (investment) opportunities to increase the
ROI thereby improving their overall financial healthiness In
a low-margin business environment offering a program with
attractive early payment discount terms to your suppliers is a
way to improve your gross margin and generate a high return
on excess cash And yes working capital increases but less
than the decrease that was generated on the receivables side
so in total working capital is being reduced and your balance
sheet total is shortened Dynamic discounting is one of the
Payables (Finance) solutions that is growing in popularity in the
SME world As banks and solution providers have lowered their
entrance barriers this solution is now within reach of a larger
part of the business community The benefit for the supplier is
that he reduces his working capital position (DSO) and gets paid
earlier at an attractive discount below its WACC to ensure a
better ROI
Another option for the SME is to offer an SCF (read Reverse
factoring) program to selected suppliers In that way there is
no impact on the working capital position of the buyer in case
the payment terms remain unchanged or alternatively when
terms are extended the payables position will increase and so
working capital decreases The good news is that some banks
and platform providers indeed are starting to offer large SME
companies to set up their own SCF program The downside
however is that the discount rates the funders charge for
medium-sized companies are fairly high in comparison to the
rates for big creditworthy corporates This can be explained
mainly by the sheer purchase volume of big corporates versus
medium-sized companies the size of the SCF program is thus
of a different order of magnitude Whatrsquos more the risk profile of
SME companies is often rated relatively high in comparison to
corporates which has a significant impact on the risk premium
component of the total discount rate
55 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Some banks and platform providers offer both Dynamic
Discounting as well as SCF with the option to switch between
the two might an opportunity arise for the buyer to invest its cash
for other purposes than to prepay its suppliers A bank will then
be brought in to take over the funding
All in all with all developments in the SCF market it would make
sense for SMEs to explore the potential benefits of SCF for the
business they are in Having said that SCF awareness is still
not very widespread amongst SMEs despite several initiatives
to change that for the better What a pity In the end there is
nothing to lose and everything to gain
About Anita Gerrits For the past 7 years Anita has been a strong believer in and advocate of the concept of SCF She provides consultancy support in this exciting relative new area of finance She also organises workshops acts as guest speaker and trainer to business management as well to students to create awareness and understanding of this topic It all began in 2009 when she played a leading role in achieving a cash flow turnaround of the European Consumer Business of Kimberly-Clark through a massive reduction in working capital She has a corporate background studied business economics credit rating advisory and business valuation
wwwg-raybiz
Anita Gerrits
Supply Chain Finance Specialist
Follow on Twitter Tweet aboutExchangeSummit EXCS16
From E-Invoicing toSupply Chain Financing
October 10 and 11 2016Barcelona Spain
Exchange Summit with 2 major E-Invoicing events in 2016
June 7 and 8 2016Orlando Florida USA
100 FREE TICKETS
100 FREE TICKETS
Apply now on
Apply now on
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
Key topics 2016
bull E-Invoicing entering a new era ndash global market development and forecast
bull E-Invoicing from a corporate and governmental perspective
bull Implementing tax compliance in a paperless world
bull Compliance and fraud prevention within E-Invoicing
bull Driving forward ARAP and end-to-end P2P automation
bull Global standardisation and status of E-Invoicing interoperability
bull Best practice in onboarding customers to E-Invoicing
bull Supply chain financing ndash new opportunities and challenges
wwwexchange-summitcom
Within our two major E-Invoicing events in 2016 you will
bull network with more than 500 participants
bull meet experts from over 40 different countries
bull evaluate solutions from 50+ service providers
bull benefit from exclusive keynotes best-practices and discussions
Anzeige_EXC_Paypers_Layout 1 14042016 1530 Seite 1
E-invoicing
58 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Cross-border Invoicing ndash The Real Challenge For Multinational Projects
Comarch EDI
Global approach with local adjustments Nowadays a significant majority of enterprises cooperates with
foreign business partners Whatrsquos more an increasing number
of organisations have been changing their document flow from
paper to digital formats to optimise processes in the supply
chain Thus there has been growing demand for solutions
enabling onboarding of partners worldwide exchanging the
whole set of messages in the supply chain (order-to-cash
procure-to-pay) and guaranteeing legal compliance project
management and local support Letrsquos explore the electronic
invoicing process in particular since it is an essential part of the
efficient B2B collaboration
Various legislations in forceIn Europe the Council Directive 201045EU has been
implemented in the Member States in 2013 which treats paper
and electronic invoices equally Also it is widely known that
each taxable person shall determine the way to ensure the
authenticity of the origin the integrity of the content and the
legibility of the invoice
However each Member State defines its rulings on electronic
invoicing and in spite of progress even within the EU there are
significant differences For instance in Portugal the taxable
person has to use certified invoicing software (assuming the
annual turnover of more than EUR 100 000) What is common
for both Portugal and Hungary is that the solution should be able
to present the data for audit purposes in the countryrsquos defined
SAF-T formats When considering the form to assure authenticity
and integrity besides business controls EDI and electronic
signature should be considered Then local requirements differ
for outsourcing of invoice issuance (unilateral or bilateral
written with some content requirements) notifications of tax
administration the obligation of EDI agreement based on EU
1994 Recommendation system documentation describing
software and procedures to name only a few
In the archiving area the unification is even lower Besides various
retention periods and tax authoritiesrsquo notification obligation Italy
requires an invoice preservation process France has lsquopartner
filersquo and lsquosummary listrsquo functionalities while in Germany the law
introduces three access mechanisms known as Z1 (direct access
to electronic data) Z2 (indirect) and Z3 (through the transfer of
extracted data)
Challenges to approach just outside EU bordersAssuming that all peculiarities were analysed (mostly thanks
to the EU documentation available in many languages) and
technical design and implementation were done yet even within
Europe further adjustments are needed For instance take into
consideration Norwayrsquos restrictions of storage Switzerlandrsquos
requirement for the service provider to be registered in the local
commercial register and the fact that electronic invoices have to
be ensured by electronic signature
Of course the European model called post-audit does not
rule worldwide Beyond the EU borders the regulations are
more complicated In Turkey or Russia there is a clearance
model implemented in which an electronic invoice must be
sent to the tax administration or licensed certified providers for
authorisation before during or just after issuance as an original
tax invoice LATAM has implemented the model and observes
high penetration of electronic invoice usage
MILLION DOCUMENTS
500were transmitted in 2015
Capacity of up to
400 DOCUMENTS PER SECOND
12LANGUAGESapplications available in 17 languages
Service Desk in
confirmed by tests carried out by an independent institution
ACTIVE USERS FROM
40 COUNTRIES
50 000 PROCESSEDDOCUMENTS
998
in less than30 seconds
59 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Click here for the company profile
Thus the cross-border invoicing issuance for companies
with subsidiaries worldwide is a real challenge where the law is
applicable (ie country of establishment place of VAT registration
transport invoicing goods or services)
Electronic invoice still on the riseDespite the legal and technical obstacles enterprisesrsquo awareness
of process automation with electronic invoicing and cost
reduction has been steadily increasing Most of them would take
the decision to start e-invoicing shortly if the legislation would be
clearer and standardised On the other hand the governments
are aware of the scale of the VAT fraud and are looking for tools
to seal the system ndash unfortunately each country is trying to find
its own way
However it is highly unlikely that the EU will implement the
clearance model there are several initiatives to speed up
the process The Member States decided to organise multi-
stakeholders forums to implement a European Standard for
e-invoicing (expected in 2017) and increase the interoperability
among service providers Hopefully the Directive 201455
EU on electronic invoicing in public procurement will prove to
be a significant milestone resulting in the mass adoption of
electronic invoices in the structured form (not PDF invoices)
and public authorities will realise the benefits of e-invoicing and
hasten the implementation of common understandable and
unified legislation on cross-border e-invoicing In a nutshell
the stage of market education and convincing towards adopting
automated invoices processing is coming to an end Most of
the enterprises have launched or consider the implementation
of e-invoicing at a country level in the short term Currently the
biggest challenge is to enable the smooth extension of their
projects on the transnational level Finding a service provider with
vast international experience is essential Comarch EDI enables
compliance with all local legal requirements Its membership
in organisations such as the GS1 or the European E-Invoicing
Service Providers Association (EESPA) guarantees that the
company is a reliable partner Comarch EDI has cooperated with
GS1 and EESPA for many years in several countries to make
sure that our services are of the highest quality and the solution
is compliant with national and international requirements
About Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz He has over 10 years of experience in the field of B2B communication in the supply chain Initially responsible for the EDI market development in Southern and Central Europe he is currently responsible for the development of Comarch EDI portfolio
About Comarch EDI Comarch EDI is a B2B platform which provides a competitive advantage by a fast and secure data exchange with business partners The solution provides the automation of data processing throughout the supply chain from the procurement process through the logistics to invoicing and payment processing
wwwcomarchcom
Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz
Product Development ManagerComarch EDI
60 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Why lsquoOpenness Should Be The 1 Selection Criteria for Any E-invoicing RFP Process
Simplerinvoicing
In the previous editions of this report I talked about the
opportunities e-invoicing brings in supply chain finance and
streamlining payments and collection processes I also talked
about strategies for businesses to adopt e-invoicing on a
large scale Whatrsquos more I spoke about the EU directive that
makes e-invoicing to (semi-) governments mandatory as of
October 2018 In the past year numerous driving forces pushed
e-invoicing forward The most important one however was the
high interest from e-invoicing providers and ERP and accounting
software to collaborate platforms are increasingly sharing data
(such as invoice data) with others through interoperability
Yet as we can see in the reports from Billentis lsquotruersquo e-invoicing
adoption rates (counting only full XML invoices no PDFs) are
still below 15 in most European countries The reason is
that companies have not fully embraced the concept of open
e-invoicing Open e-invoicing requires a different view from
e-invoicing service providers but also their clients the business
partners
The move towards open e-invoicing has one major benefit for
trading partners it eliminates the need for onboarding them on
your e-invoicing platform by enabling the exchange of invoices
using their own software The result increased reach ie a larger
number of suppliers that can send e-invoices to you as a buyer
hence better business case Plus extent is one of the key success
factors in grasping as many trading counterparties as possible
A typical lsquoopenrsquo service provider has numerous interoperability
agreements with other service providers Some of them have
over 100 agreements The ultimate form of openness for an
e-invoicing service provider ERP or accounting software provider
is the adoption of PEPPOL a protocol for the secure exchange
of invoices It is the most far-reaching way of connecting with
the largest base of your suppliers against minimal cost You
can also describe PEPPOL as a standard API defined by the
industry of e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
for exchanging invoices
The lsquoclosedrsquo service providers typically embrace the paradigm
that all partners have to be on-boarded on the providerrsquos
e-invoicing platform This may work for top business partners
but for the partners with less volume (longtail) this approach
usually leads to low conversion to e-invoicing Whatrsquos more
closed service providers may see the open model as a threat
the platform becomes accessible for trading entities on other
platforms However in reality the open model is an opportunity
it adds reach and thus invoice volume potential to the platform
that would otherwise be untapped
So what should participants do bull Put lsquoopennessrsquo as the 1 criteria for your e-invoicing RFP
if your service provider does not follow the lsquoopenrsquo paradigm
the chances that you will successfully onboard your longtail
suppliers in a supplier friendly way are very limited If your
service provider does not support the open model put pressure
on him to embrace it After all openness is not a threat just an
opportunity
bull Choose an e-invoice that only complies for 80 over a
paper invoice Be less rigid for your longtail suppliers with
regards to invoice standards and data requirements in favour
of a single industry standard the one agreed by accounting
e-invoicing and ERP software vendors This implies that you
do not impose your own data requirements Instead you adjust
your system to efficiently process industry standard invoices
bull Use PEPPOL discovery engine (aka SML) where possible
and make e-invoicing the default The PEPPOL protocol
has a very sophisticated discovery service accessible via
a very simple DNS(1) mechanism it allows you to discover if
your buyer requires an e-invoice Use that discovery engine to
assess if your buyer requires an e-invoice rather than depend
on an onboarding process with your buyer
61 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Donrsquot overestimate VAT compliance many companies
think VAT compliance requires parties to agree bilaterally on
e-invoicing that conversion by parties is forbidden by VAT law
that invoice originality is a major concern and that authenticity
and integrity are complex The reality is that none of these are
true Conversion of invoices is fact of live for years and no
show-stopper at all Invoice originality is in most European
countries easily solvable by service providers and ERP vendors
in the market the PEPPOL regulatory framework solves
authenticity and integrity and is not a concern anymore for
participants
What should service providers and ERP vendors do Embrace
openness Opening your platform does not harm your business
model Instead it allows easy integration of your platform with
many other e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
with only one standard and protocol (PEPPOL) It eliminates the
need for costly bilateral agreements And it also empowers your
existing and new customers to use your services beyond your
platform
In a nutshell the paradigm of open e-invoicing and further
collaboration between e-invoicing providers ERP and accounting
software vendors in the area of interoperability is essential to
move Europe further in e-invoicing The private sector should now
step in and leverage that growth
(1) DNS is the same mechanism that makes sure that www
simplerinvoicingorg is translated into a technical IP address
of our web server The same mechanism is used to resolve
for example a VAT number into the IP address to which an
e-invoice can be delivered
About Jaap Jan Nienhuis Jaap Jan Nienhuis is Manager Simplerinvoicing at SIDN He is responsible for managing the Simplerinvoicing scheme authority Jaap Jan has a special interest in the development of new services in 4-corner models In his former roles he has been involved in a number of European collaborative e-invoicing initiatives including the EBA E-invoicing Working Group
About SIDN Simplerinvoicing is a collaboration between leading European e-invoicing and accounting software providers who all strive for mass adoption of e-invoicing by interoperability and standardisation Simplerinvoicing is a PEPPOL Authority The Dutch government is connected via Simplerinvoicing
wwwsimplerinvocingorg
Jaap Jan Nienhuis
Manager SimplerinvoicingSimplerinvoicing
DONT MISS THE OPPORTUNITY OF BEING PART OF LARGE-SCALE PAYMENTS INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The Paypers offers the most valuable source of information and guidance for all parties interested in the current state of affairs of the payments industry
Paul Alfing Chairman e-Payments Committee Ecommerce Europe
Once a year The Paypers releases three large-scale industry overviews covering the latest trends developments disruptive innovations and challenges that define the global onlinemobile payments e-invoicing B2B payments ecommerce and web fraud prevention amp digital identity space Industry consultants policy makers service providers merchants from all over the world share their views and expertise on different key topics within the industry Listings and advertorial options are also part of the Guides for the purpose of ensuring effective company exposure at a global level
For the latest edition please check the Reports section
ONLINE PAYMENTSAn all-in-one reference guide on (online) payments amp ecommerce industry trends evolving business models top players and relevant (alternative) payment methods
B2B PAYMENTS SCF amp E-INVOICINGIndustry voices from the online finance space share insights into the dynamic B2B payment e-invoicing supply chain finance industries to support innovative solutions amp thriving businesses
WEB FRAUD PREVENTION ONLINE SECURITY amp DIGITAL IDENTITYIn-depth source of information highlighting key facts amp trends into the global digital identity transactional and web fraud prevention amp detection ecosystem
Regulation amp Law
64 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
PSD2 XS2A ndash a Step Towards Open Banking
Evolution Payments Consulting
The world of retail banking and payments has become a very
engaging and dynamic environment We have seen new
products and services emerging over the past few years aimed
at disrupting the status quo For a market that has remained
relatively stable over the decades we are on the verge of
witnessing great change
To facilitate this change current payment regulation needs to
be amended to give financial service providers new and old
the opportunity to access systems and data so that they can
participate in the market and offer innovative products and services
To address this the European Commission published the Payment
Services Directive 2 (PSD2) in the Open Journal of the European
Union in January 2016 which will be transposed into Member
States national laws in January 2018
The aim of the Payment Services Directive 2 (PSD2) is to harmonise
the European payments landscape from a regulatory perspective
ensuring that all relevant organisations and activities are
adequately covered This marks a shift towards an integrated
single market for safe electronic payments that strives to support
the growth of the European Union (EU) economy Moreover the
aim is to ensure that consumers merchants and companies
enjoy choice and transparent secure payment services so that
they will fully benefit from the internal market
One of the principles of PSD2 is to foster an environment
whereby customers wanting to use value-added services from
Third Party Providers (TPPs) can do so safely in the knowledge
that their personal security credentials have not been shared with
a third party and that the service provider can access only the
information for which the customer has given explicit consent
However for these products and services to become mainstream
and widely adopted by consumers the TPPs require access to
the customerrsquos online bank accounts to access data in real-time
The mechanism by which this will be achieved is through Access
to Accounts more commonly referred to as XS2A which is set
out in PSD2
Access to accountsThe European Banking Authority (EBA) in cooperation with
the European Central Bank (ECB) will publish Regulatory
Technical Specifications (RTS) which will determine how TPPs
with a customerrsquos consent can access account information in
a secure manner to provide value-added services How this will
be achieved has yet to be determined the EBA will publish a
consultation paper with the draft RTS in late 2016
It is anticipated that the EBA will recommend the use of Application
Programming Interfaces (APIs) to deliver the vision of Access to
Accounts Yet it is still unclear on what API standards they will
focus and how these will practically be managed
The implications for regulated businessesHowever what is known is that this will have a profound impact
on incumbent banks payment organisations and fintechs
The implementation of an API environment whereby TTPs
can access customer account data to provide new innovative
products and services will challenge existing business models
There is going to be an influx of new market entrants Some will
be familiar names looking to extend the scope of their offerings in
the new API market economy Others are going to be nimble agile
fintechs that will deliver new compelling propositions and services
by doing things differently and looking to take market share from
incumbent organisations When PSD2 becomes a reality there is
nothing to stop companies applying to be a regulated entity as
a Payment Initiation Service Provider (PISP) andor Application
Initiation Service Provider (AISP) delivering new innovative
products and services directly to consumers
Are we seeing the conditions for a perfect storm On the one
hand we have banks that need to provide access to accounts
through PSD2 Regulation Some of them will become PISPs
andor AISPs to protect their existing business and revenues
and attract new customers
65 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
On the other we have the challengers a mix of established
organisations looking to grow their business through extension
and diversification of their core competencies through fintechs
and start-ups looking to carve a niche into the market with
focused products and services
The current status quo will be challenged Established technology
giants (eg Google Apple Samsung etc) with their financial
muscle large customer base across the majority of European
countries significant brand reputation and a strong understanding
of what drives consumers could potentially look to position
themselves as digital financial services providers
Nimble agile fintechs that donrsquot have the legacy IT environments
developed over many years are in a prime position to deliver and
launch new services
These organisations will look to realise a vision of a digital financial
services provider that can offer the consumer one place where
they can consolidate all the financial services data into an easily
understandable format with tools to manage their money and
without the legacy banking infrastructure and complexities
associated with it
A place where the customer can look apply and be granted
services (ie secureunsecure loans payday advances credit
card application foreign exchange services etc) in a quick
easy and frictionless manner from a variety of service providers
Automation and great UX being the name of the game
They do not have to provide the financial services directly to
the customer They can act as the broker the digital conduit
for products and services benefiting from the commercial
relationships struck with selected service providers
The world of retail banking and payments is set for great change
About Brendan Jones A senior management consultant with over 30 yearsrsquo experience in the payments industry working with a variety of organisations including technology amp service providers and financial organisations Previously held senior roles focusing on business strategy regu lat ion bus iness deve lopment MampA product development programme amp operations management and business process reengineering
About Evolution Payments Consulting Evolution Payments Consulting (EPC) provides payment consulting services to the financial services industry and allied organisations EPC provides payments industry advice to companies looking to support the implementation of new regulation developlaunch new banking and payment propositions re-purpose existing products and services to meet the new and existing regulatory requirements
uklinkedincominjonesbrendan
Brendan Jones
Director
Evolution Payments Consulting
66 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Late Payment ndash A Perspective
ABFA
Research reports or surveys into late payment are what seem to
pass for lsquoclick-baitrsquo in the rarefied world of SME and commercial
finance media The Asset Based Finance Association (ABFA)
regularly carries out its own studies our most recent review of
Companies House data finds that whilst in the manufacturing
sector the biggest businesses are benefiting from a slight fall in
payment times those benefits are not being passed down the
supply chain to smaller manufacturing businesses who still
suffer an ever-increasing wait for payment
Unfortunately this is a longstanding issue In 1997 the then
(literally) new Labour government launched the Better Payment
Practice Campaign with the business groups to address these
very issues Now the flag is flown by the Chartered Institute of
Credit Management with the Prompt Payment Code
There has been legislative action since 2010 as well with changes
to the legal framework at the EU level being implemented through
the Late Payment of Commercial Debts Regulations (2013) and
more significantly with last yearrsquos Small Business Enterprise
and Employment Act bringing forward a wide-ranging package
of measures to bolster the Code including requirements around
mandatory reporting of payment times
These measures are slowly coming through in Regulations now
and additional legislation in the form of the Enterprise Act 2016
(which received Royal Assent during the writing of this article) will
enable the establishment of the Small Business Commissioner
that will specifically focus on payment issues
But nine years on from the credit crunch and after several years of
intense political focus on these issues concerns about payment
times and the knock-on implications for cash-flow and availability
of working capital still regularly top the lists of concerns for small
business owners As indicated by our own research the nagging
concern is that whilst it might be getting better for the larger
businesses ndash who are arguably not the ones being imperilled in
the first place ndash the situation for smaller businesses is worsening
each and every year
What can be done Well depending on its resources and final
remit the Small Business Commissioner could be an interesting
proposition Despite relatively limited formal powers the
Groceries Code Adjudicator (GCA) has made some effective
interventions in its bailiwick naming and shaming one player
in particular earlier in the year in a spectacular example of
lsquobehavioural economicsrsquo in action However whether this media
and political pile-on will prompt and sustain meaningful change
across a notoriously cut-throat sector remains to be seen
For our part the ABFA and others have been calling for the
Small Business Commissioner to be established as a serious
proposition with a wide remit to identify all instances and
circumstances where smaller businesses are treated unfairly We
argue that such a body will need teeth as well as a big mouth if it
is really going to level the playing field
What is actually meant by late payment gets to the heart of
this and is why the ABFA argues that the conversation should
be about poor payment practices more generally not just late
payment
Delaying payment to a supplier outside agreed payment terms
unless there are legitimate reasons for not doing so is late
payment and is clearly unacceptable
What about a larger customer business leveraging the market
power it has over its smaller suppliers to impose extended payment
terms It is not lsquolatersquo payment but it is no less unacceptable and the
economic effect on supply chains is the same What about using
that same market position to impose retrospective discounts
as the GCA found What about the imposition of contractual
clauses that have the net effect of passing contractual risk from
the larger businesses that are best able to manage it down the
supply chain to the smaller businesses that are not
67 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Prominent amongst these are pay when paid clauses
(prevalent in the recruitment process outsourcing (RPO) world)
unlimited liquidated damages clauses and ban on assignment
clauses The latter contractual terms seek to prevent suppliers
from using their unpaid invoices to access invoice finance
Admirably the government is already taking specific legislative
action against these with the aforementioned Small Business
Act enabling Regulations (expected shortly) to render such
clauses ineffective belatedly bringing the UK into line with
most of the other major world economies This will allow invoice
financiers to provide more funding to more businesses and will
particularly benefit the smaller supplier businesses that suffer
most from these unnecessary clauses
Ultimately this should also be good for larger customer businesses
who will benefit from more stable and well-funded supply chains
Of course whilst invoice finance can help SMEs unlock funding
it is not a silver bullet and is not a substitute for paying suppliers
promptly and treating them fairly For that there needs to be a
cultural shift and that is where an empowered and resourced
Small Business Commissioner could have a real impact
About Matthew Davies Matthew is the Director of Policy and Communications at ABFA
About ABFA The ABFA represents the asset based finance industry in the UK and the Republic of Ireland Members include UK and Irish high street banks specialist and challenger banks specialist businesses of international banks and corporates and independent nonbank finance providers
wwwabfaorguk
Matthew Davies
Director of Policy and CommunicationsAsset Based Finance Association
68 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Directive 201455EU for E-invoicing and Procurement How Public Authorities Should Respond
EESPA
Important developments are underway in the promotion of
e-invoicing in public procurement Under the Directive 201455
EU Member States must ensure that all public sector contracting
authorities are able to receive and process electronic invoices
from suppliers which follow a new European standard for an
e-invoice This will happen over the next three or four years and
is a major opportunity for encouraging e-invoicing adoption
E-invoicing is supportive of public policy priorities such as
deficit reduction financial transparency and sustainability and
will specifically make a material contribution to public sector
cost reduction and efficiency Moreover it will provide benefits
to private sector suppliers Its ease of implementation can be
demonstrated with reference to many successful private sector
and public sector experiences and to the extensive range of
existing market solutions and service provider offerings
The European Union and the Member States have in recent
years taken some steps to promote e-invoicing as a public policy
priority in support of the Single Market and Digital Agendas
For instance the EU has funded important building blocks and
initiatives such as PEPPOL and the CEF programme to support
the adoption process With this clear public policy support
European public administrations of all kinds are getting ready to
adopt e-invoicing on a broad scale
The new standardDirective 201455EU provides a clear definition of an electronic
invoice an invoice that has been issued transmitted and
received in a structured electronic format which allows for its
automatic and electronic processingrdquo
The Commission has requested CEN a key European standardi-
sation organisation to draft a European standard for the semantic
data model of the core elements of an electronic invoice
CEN has created a CEN Technical Committee ndash CEN TC434 ndash to
carry out the work The lsquosemantic data modelrsquo will be a structured
and logically interrelated set of terms and their meanings
relevant to the business functions of an invoice To ease the use
of such standard the Commission has also requested CEN to
provide a limited number of syntaxes which follow the European
standard on electronic invoicing the appropriate syntax bindings
and guidelines on transmission interoperability lsquoSyntaxrsquo means
the machine-readable language or lsquodialectrsquo used to represent
the data elements contained in an electronic invoice and for
structuring messages based on the lsquosemanticrsquo data model
The European standard is now under preparation in the CEN TC
434 and will be approved and published by the early part of 2017
lsquoThe benefits of electronic invoicing are maximised when the
generation sending transmission reception and processing of
an invoice can be fully automated For this reason only machine-
readable invoices which can be processed automatically and
digitally by the recipient should be considered to be compliant
with the European standard on electronic invoicing A mere
image file should not be considered to be an electronic invoice
for the purpose of the Directive
How should public authorities respondThe Directive does not itself create a mandatory rule for the
parties contracting authorities and their suppliers to move all
their invoicing to electronic exclusively based on the European
standard at least not at this stage The Member States may
keep e-invoicing based on existing national standards and are
not forced to move away from traditional invoicing Having said
this the arrival of a European standard creates an opportunity
for harmonisation and a concerted process of adoption across
national public sectors and the EU
To make all this happen policy-making regulation and the
distribution of operational responsibilities are all critical factors
for the success of e-invoicing For the development of a suitable
policy framework the Member States will typically wish to
establish a national strategy with detailed action plans to ensure
implementation to decide on the degree of compulsion the
various ways and standards for adoption and to agree on a
centralised or decentralised infrastructure
69 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
European E-invoicing Service Providers Association
Member Public administrations may consider the use of lsquoshared
servicesrsquo the use of third-party e-procurement and e-invoicing
solutions and services and the degree of integration between
pre-award and post-award processes Contracting authorities
will wish to ensure that the necessary technical infrastructure
is deployed to receive invoices confor ming to the European
standard in the required formats
Once received the Directive does not require the contracting
authority to do more than lsquoprocessrsquo such invoices This can be
done in a fully automated way particularly if the contracting
authority is already processing e-invoices in a semi-automated
way or the invoices can be simply converted to a human
readable form (using available technology) and processed
manually The authority can leave it to suppliers to choose
whether to adopt the standard and render invoices in the format
and neither encourage nor discourage its use This describes a
minimalist strategy
It is recognised that the minimum requirements are a starting
point and likely to evolve as the e-invoicing journey progresses
The opportunity presented by the new European standard
calls for more ambitious and various e-invoicing adoption
programmes For this contracting authorities would think about
moving towards completely automated processing of e-invoices
after they are received perhaps only based on the new
standard Such an approach describes a maximalist strategy ndash
a recommended goal by many commentators
This will be a challenging and exciting period for the public sector
and their service and solution providers It is a real opportunity to
spread the e-invoicing habit and save money for buyers and their
suppliers whilst promoting supply chain efficiency
[The above material is drawn from a Guidance Paper prepared
for the European Multi-Stakeholder Forum on e-Invoicing and
prepared by the writer in conjunction with an Activity Group of
the Forum]
About Charles Bryant Charles Bryant is Secretary General of EESPA and also active in the Global Supply Chain Finance Forum
About EESPA The European E-invoicing Service Providers Association acts as a trade association at European level for a large and dynamic community of e-invoicing service providers drawn from organisations that provide network business outsourcing financial technology and EDI services EESPA is an International Not-for-Profit Association organised under Belgian law Formed in 2011 it has over 60 full and associate members and is involved with a range of important initiatives in interoperability the public policy debate and promoting adoption
wwweespaeu
Charles Bryant
Secretary GeneralEESPA
70 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The International Association for Alternative Finance
Growth of alternative financeSince 1999 and the early days of the internet we have seen
business models such as the travel sector been transformed
High street shops with glossy travel catalogues have given way
to web stores and ultimately travel comparison websites These
new models have enhanced the customer journey and delivered
rates of return to operators who have embraced these new
ways of working Not least with these models is the low cost of
operation low point of entry and typically higher yield per traveler
particularly when ldquoadd onrdquo sales such as insurance are achieved
From a slower start alternative finance has embraced similar
models Against a moribund collection of banks and traditional
finance providers the transition is starting to be made from
those high street shops which represent the traditional banks to
online web stores The resultant growth of alternative finance has
surprised even its staunchest critics
Standards and regulationAgainst this background of growth the alternative finance sector
has been slow to recognise the power of regulation as a way
to slow or indeed kill growth A good historical comparison is
the battle of the airlines in the 1980rsquos where heavyweight and
dominant airlines very nearly killed the growth of fast moving
low cost airlines through regulation
Differently to the street fighters of the Bransonrsquos alternative
finance providers have approached the threat from regulation
almost naively The predominant view is that each player will
develop its own approach to standards and regulation and that
all will be well However there is a massive under-estimation
of the traditional banks who spend tens of millions engaging
with regulators and influencers in order to maintain the status
quo The experience of challenger banks who were unable to
get exemptions from the UK bank tax is probably an indicator of
where such influence has acted against new entrants
The contradictionThe contradiction of platforms and funding providers is that
they want to be regulated This seems totally contra to a newly
developing sector where agility is everything
In addition regulators have been relatively disinterested in
regulating alternative finance as it represents such a tiny
proportion of finance Regulators are busy elsewhere
So what is the danger Well the danger is that alternative
finance providers may get regulated but in a way that they
had not expected This could be the result of regulators not
understanding the dynamics of this new market and may purely
by accident kill the sector
So what are the alternatives There are a number of different
segments to the alternative finance market consumer related
activity for sure touching on elements of regulatory space
However there are common threads which need standards to
be developed which could act as a guide for future but informed
regulation
These guidelines need to cover some real basics reflecting a new
industry For instance how much time is spent on staff vetting
crucial where sales staff are often responsible for authenticating
transactions And what happens with IT security both for
the platforms themselves and the feeds to and from funding
providers Again how long is it before a platform is hacked
If it can happen to the closed SWIFT network new technology
platforms could be even more vulnerable Resilience and
security is the responsibility of each platform at the moment but
a failure of the weakest link could have a devastating impact on
the sector
Regulation and Growth in Alternative Finance ndash A Contradiction in the Making
71 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The International Association of Alternative Finance (IAAF
orguk) has been taking a lead through 2015 in encouraging
platforms to work together to develop standards The concept
is to not make anything mandatory at this stage but to build
guidelines that members can work towards This has been
achieved in parallel with key stakeholders and regulators
The latter have been especially supportive as they do not want to
kill an embryonic alternative finance sector
However the fate of the sector very much rests in the decisions
of platforms and funding providers Do they lose the agility
of alternative finance or do they work together on building
guidelines and standards which could become the kind of
regulation that will support growth The IAAF is launching the
first Guidelines for the growth of alternative finance on June 16
The guidelines cover key areas required to support the growth
of the sector and will hopefully provide the pathway that the
industry needs
About Tony Duggan Tony was previously Supply Chain Development Director at Wickes where he developed Europersquos largest B2B platform As Consulting Services Director at Bolero a division of the SWIFT banking network he worked with some of the worldrsquos largest banks on global SCF initiatives This unique experience along with his real experience in start-ups and SMEs has provided him with real insights into the challenges of SCF and has been fundamental in the design of the Crossflow solution
About IAAF Founded in London in 2014 the International Association for Alternative Finance (IAAF) is an industry body committed to the promotion and development of the Alternative Business Finance sector IAAF sets out its drive for the Business Alternative Finance to be applied with excellence globally thereby creating opportunities for members and supporting the economy development as a whole The Associationrsquos four key focus areas are regulation reputation operational environment and future growth
wwwiaafinorg
Tony Duggan
Founder and DirectorIAAF
Company profiles
73 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company CloudTrade
CloudTrade is one of the fastest growing e-invoice networks and built firmly on the premise that e-invoicing should be free for suppliers easy-to-use and non-disruptive ndash only then will suppliers move away from paper These principles underpin the CloudTrade service which ensures high supplier adoption is guaranteed
Website wwwcloudtradenetworkcom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider
Head office location UK
In which market do you provide your services
North America Europe Middle EastAfrica AsiaPacific
Contact details Mr Richard Manson Commercial Director richardmansoncloud-tradecom +44 (0)7956 441898 2-6 Boundary Row London SE1 8HP
Active since 2010
Keywords electronic invoicing e-invoicing PDF invoicing P2P purchase to pay e-order O2C order to cash
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry)
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Ordering supply chain invoicing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes ndash we currently interoperate with a number of service providers Furthermore CloudTrade is a registered Access Point on the PEPPOL network
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription and transaction-based
Solution description CloudTrade removes the barriers to supplier adoption Our patented solution provides a non-disruptive way for a supplier to send electronic invoices ndash without having to change systems or infrastructure The net result is that we will remove more paper from an organisation in a shorter time frame than any other e-invoicing approach
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip No
Matching of related transactions Yes ndash match invoices to POs contracts service entry sheets or goods receipt Business rules can be amended per customer
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal No ndash a portal is available for the receiving organisation but not for the sending organisation Processing updates are provided to the supplier via e-mail
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
(Dynamic) discounting Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
74 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes ndash each document is validated against a set of document and customer specific validations
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes ndash due to the ease by which suppliers are able to adopt CloudTradersquos e-invoicing service typically more than 90 of suppliers that we are asked to on-board will come on board
Other services The core technology underpinning CloudTradersquos service is document agnostic We can (and do) provide e-document services across numerous sectors and document flows
75 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Comarch
Comarch is a global provider of IT solutions Comarch has more than 20 years of industry experience thousands successfully completed projects in over 40 countries worldwide references own RampD department made up of high-end IT engineers high ranking IT analyst ratings Gartner IDC Truffle 100 custom data centers in Poland and Germany
Website wwwcomarchcom wwwedicomarchcom
Service provider type Software vendor e-invoicing provider
Head office location Poland
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details Mr Bartlomiej Wojtowicz Product Manager bartlomiejwojtowiczcomarchcom +48 12 684 8735
Active since 1993
Keywords supplier onboarding supplier portal e-invoicing purchase-to-pay archiving electronic invoices master data management supply chain financing
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Broad scope of industries including FMCG retail DIY automotive logistics oilampgas pharma electronics
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Supplier onboarding master data management ordering supply chain logistics e-invoicing supply chain financing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Licensed SaaS transaction-based
Solution description Comarch EDI provides the companies with smart solution enabling exchange of validated and tax compliant invoices in the format adjusted to back office systems It provides electronic archive and electronic signature as well as Service Desk in 12 languages (including English German French Turkish Russian) to guarantee onboarding of each partner
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting No
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes via partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
76 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing Yes via partners
Workflow functionality No
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management No
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support Support for various formats
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Suppliers onboarding
78 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company ebpSource Limited
The most experienced team in the e-billing and payment industry ebpSource delivers software solutions consultancy and support to billers banks payment processors and outsourcers ebpSource brings unparalleled knowledge and a highly successful track-record designing developing deploying integrating and supporting many of the largest and highest-adoption services of this kind worldwide
Website wwwebpsourcecom
Service provider type Software vendor and reseller ndash e-billing e-invoicing e-signing mobile payment supply chain finance and authentication specialists Large-scale projects at a national and international level Ongoing support and specialist consultancy
Head office location United Kingdom
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Steve Wright Commercial Director swrightebpsourcecom +44 1753 567896
Active since 2006
Keywords ebpsource e-billing payment software solution e-invoicing e-signing authentication
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Cross-industry with specific specialisations in national e-bill consolidation bank-based e-invoicing and payment telecoms and utility e-billing e-signing and smart authentication
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Authentication e-invoicing payments online banking integration supply chain finance ordering e-signing
Support interoperability with other service providers
ebpSource has a wealth of experience in connecting e-billing and payment infrastructures at a national and regional level
Which pricing model do you mainly use
License subscription transaction-based
Solution description ebpSource provides a range of software consultancy and support services to help clients achieve new levels of operational efficiency customer service and cost reduction The team works closely with clients to design develop deploy integrate and support end customer applications Our key focus is long-term strategic partnerships with customers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices No
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
79 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Technology development consultancy and application support
81 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Order2Cash
Order2Cash is a pioneering provider of global order to cash optimisation services Cited by Gartner as a pure-play Order2Cash solution provider our services empower the work of Fortune 500 companies and leading enterprises around the world helping them to reduce costs and optimise spending on resources and technology Discover more at wwworder2cashcom Order2Cash is an Anachron company wwwanachroncom
Website
Service provider type
Head office location
In which market do you provide your services
Contact details
Active since
Keywords
wwworder2cashcomOrder2Cash provides flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe End-to-end global SaaS solutions including credit checks secure online contract signing multi-channel e-invoicing online payments credit management and document archiving
EMEA Head office Amsterdam the Netherlands US Head office NY USA
Globally
Phone EMEA +31 20 531 39 00 USA +1 347 478 5398 Email infoorder2cashcom Twitter O2CAnachron LinkedIn linkedincomcompanyorder2cash
2000
order to cash e-invoicing credit management payments contracting interoperability
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Mid-large corporates and multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Our solutions are focused on AR automation and accelerating the order to cash process As such they are suitable for use in all industries
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Support interoperability with other service providers
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Solution description
Credit checks online document signing e-invoicing payments cash application credit management collections
Yes we have interoperability agreements with an extensive range of B2BB2G e-invoicing networks and are a member of the European E-Invoicing Service Providers Association (EESPA)
Transaction-based pricing
Order2Cashcom offers a suite of SaaS solutions that combine to create a flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe Its modules support credit checks contracting e-invoicing payments and credit management Select components and tailor a solution to suit your business needs
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes Our solutions integrate with 700+ ERP systems for easy document exchange In addition we are connected with over 25 P2P platforms
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools We work closely together with partners such as PwC and EY to ensure international TaxVAT compliancy
TAXVAT compliancy Global coverage
e-Signature service Every document is signed with an e-signature (QES or AES) to guarantee integrity and authenticity and to meet VAT requirements This can be completed with a timestamp
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Offered through partner network of financial institutions
View company profile in online database
82 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Every document is securely archived complete legal storage period
Scanning of paper invoices Yes in cooperation with our network of output partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes in cooperation with our network of global output partners
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Available in cooperation with our network of output patners
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We have established connections with over 700 ERP systems
Which standards do you support UNCEFACT CII ISO20022 Financial Invoice UBL 20 and others if required
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes Any structured data can be converted to XML format
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes All data is validated and reported
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes Full support guidelines and advice is offered to all clients on customer activation
Other services Related to invoicing reporting query management customer grouping authorisation tools consolidated billing Alongside invoicing services your Order2Cash solution can expand to include online payment functionalities robust credit management and cash application tools as well as a secure online contract and document signing service Further details on the full platform can be found on our website
Connecting everyone everywhere
Flawless integration of the entire AR process across the enterprise
and around the globe
wwworder2cashcom
Fix Your Leaky Receivables Scan the QR code to claim your FREE Diagnostic Spreadsheet and measure the hidden costs in your accounts receivables processes
84 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Saphety Level ndash Trusted Services SA
Saphety is a leading company in global network solutions for electronic documents exchange document presentment data synchronisation and public procurement Saphety has 4700 companies and over 129000 users throughout more than 30 countries
Website httpwwwsaphetycom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider bank software vendor reseller or specialist
Head office location Portugal (headquarters in Lisbon and operational offices in Bogotaacute Colombia and Satildeo Paulo Brazil)
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details infosaphetycom +351 210 114 640
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic documents exchange e-invoice invoice software paperless transactions EDI document presentment public procurement data synchronisation
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Buyers suppliers both
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates and government
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Automotive government healthcare retail utilities telecom tourism oil amp energy finance (bank and insurance) mass businesses and others
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Contracting ordering supply chain invoicing payments
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription transaction-based
Solution description SaphetyDoc enables you to exchange business documentation electronically including purchase orders delivery notes and invoices in a simple way at a low cost While complying with all legal requirements related to e-invoicing SaphetyDoc allows to completely eliminate the use of paper in the invoicing process from issuance to sending and approval
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy AU AT BE BG CA CY CZ DK EE FI FR DE GR HK HU IS IE IM IL IT LV LI LT LU MT MX MA NL NZ NO PL PT RO SG SK SI ZA ES SE CH GB US
e-Signature service Yes we provide e-Signature Service We can also use external e-Signature service if requested by client
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
85 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support UBL 20 EDIFACT Flat files TXT XML Idoc etc
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services IPC Invoice Payment Control Doc+ Market reports in progress
Please stop wasting paperBest RegardsMother Earth
Learn more at saphetycom
Saphety offers the best paperless solutions to help your businessbe more environmentally friendly while improving your efficiencyand workflow process
87 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Tungsten Corporation Ltd
Tungsten Corporation accelerates global trade by enabling customers to streamline invoice processing improve cash-flow management and make better buying decisions Tungsten Network helps buying organisations reduce their invoice-processing costs by 60 and profit by applying real-time spend analytics to their line-level invoice data Suppliers gain efficiencies greater payment-status visibility and optional early payment
Website wwwtungsten-networkcom
Service provider type Global e-invoicing network invoice finance and spend analytics
Head office location London UK
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Mr Ruud van Hilten SVP Global Buyer Sales ruudvanhiltentungsten-networkcom +44 87 0165 7420
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic invoicing accounts payable procurement supplier network purchase to pay invoice finance spend analytics AP workflow
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B amp B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry) E-invoicing is a horizontal process
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Invoicing purchase to pay working capital financing purchasing orders supplier self-service real-time spend analytics
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes We interoperate with compliant service providers where there is customer demand qualifying invoice volume and compliance is maintained
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Balanced-costs are shared by buyers and suppliers Low volume suppliers receive 52 free invoices annually and high volume suppliers receive 520 free invoices annually After these free invoice transactions have been used a flat fee structure is applied per invoice transaction
Solution description The worldrsquos largest organisations connect with thousands of suppliers around the globe through Tungsten Network We enable companies to send and receive error-free tax-compliant invoices around the globe without the need to install any hardware or software We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme to ensure that suppliers participate and transact with their buyers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes We can take POs from all sources in a buyerrsquos structure and present these to the supply chain Suppliers can convert POs directly into invoices on our portal
Matching of related transactions Yes We match invoices with POs online-level if required
Distribution of e-invoices Yes We enable companies to send and receive compliant B2B invoices
Invoice presentment portal Yes Suppliers can use our portal to manually enter their invoice data convert a PO check the status of their invoices and select early payment
Legal compliance tools Yes Our rules engine enables companies to receive compliant invoices in all the jurisdictions we are compliant in
TAXVAT compliancy Yes We work with local tax authorities to enable companies to send and receive compliant invoices We are currently compliant in 47 countries with a pipeline of new countries in progress
View company profile in online database
88 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
e-Signature service Yes All compliant invoices are digitally signed where required by local regulations We provide at-source signature verification
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes Invoice financing is a service we offer through Tungsten Network Finance This can be funded by Tungstenrsquos own financing partners the buyer or the buyerrsquos banking partners
(Dynamic) discounting Yes We offer this service on a case-by-case basis via Tungsten Network
e-Archiving Yes We provide legally compliant archiving
Scanning of paper invoices Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Printing Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Workflow functionality Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Direct integration with payments Yes Tungsten Bank has access to all relevant payment systems
Accounts Payable management No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Accounts Receivable management
No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We fully integrate with any ERP financial software
Which standards do you support Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes We use extensive and flexible rule-sets to ensure compliance with our buyersrsquo business processes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme and can contractually guarantee paper conversion rates in best practice projects
Other services Purchase order services invoice status service spend analytics supply chain finance
89 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Glossary3-Corner Model3-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoices are connected to a single service provider for
the dispatch and receipt of messages
Another definition 3-Corner Model is an invoicing process set-up
whereby trading partners have separate contractual relationships
with the same service provider When both senders and receivers
of invoices are connected to a single hub for the dispatch and
receipt of invoices it is referred to as a 3-Corner model This central
hub consolidates the invoices of several receivers and many
senders in the case of accounts payable and several senders and
many receivers in the case of accounts receivable processing
Consolidators and trade platforms are usually 3-Corner Models in
which both senders and receivers are connected to the service
The 3-Corner Model in principle can only offer reach to the
parties that are connected to the central hub This means that
either invoice senders or invoice receivers often have to connect
to multiple hubs in order to increase their reach To solve limited
reach in 3-Corner Models roaming has been introduced
4-Corner Model4-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoice messages are supported by their own service
provider
Another definition 4-Corner Model is an invoicing process
set-up whereby each trading partner has contracted with one
or several separate service providers whereby the service
providers ensure the correct interchange of invoices between the
trading partners The concept of the 4-Corner model originated
in the banking sector When senders and receivers of invoices
are supported by their own consolidator service provider (for the
sender) and aggregator service provider (for the receiver) it is
referred to as a 4-Corner Model A network usually based on open
standards provides connectivity and the facilities for the secure
trusted exchange of invoices and or other business documents
In the 4-Corner Models the consolidator and aggregator roles are
often two different service providers
AAccess to financeAccess to finance is the ability of individuals or enterprises to
obtain financial services including credit deposit payment
insurance and other risk management services
Accounts payableAccounts payable refers to the money a business owes to others
current liabilities incurred in the normal course of business as an
organisation purchases goods or services with the understanding
that payment is due at a later date Accounts payable is also
the department within an organisation responsible for paying
invoices on behalf of the organisation
Accounts payable automationAccounts payable automation represents the (semi-) automated
management of accounts payable administration by automated
processing of invoices Accounts payable automation requires
integration of the invoicing process with accounting software
Accounts receivableAccounts receivable refers to money which is owed to a company
by customer for products and services provided on credit This
is often treated as a current asset on a balance sheet A specific
sale is generally only treated as an account receivable after the
customer is sent an invoice
Advanced electronic signature (AES)Advanced electronic signature (AES) means an electronic
signature which meets the following requirements a) it is
uniquely linked to the signatory b) it is capable of identifying
the signatory c) it is created using means that the signatory van
maintain under its sole control and d) it is linked to the data to
which it relates in such a manner that any subsequent change of
the date is detectable
90 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Alternative financeAlternative financial services (AFS) is a term often used to
describe the array of financial services offered by providers
that operate outside of federally insured banks and thrifts
(hereafter referred to as lsquobanksrsquo) Check-cashing outlets money
transmitters car title lenders payday loan stores pawnshops
and rent-to-own stores are all considered AFS providers
However many of the products and services they provide
are not lsquoalternativersquo rather they are the same as or similar to
those offered by banks AFS also sometimes refers to financial
products delivered outside brick-and-mortar bank branches or
storefronts through alternative channels such as the internet
financial services kiosks and mobile phones
Online platform-based alternative financing activities include
donation- reward- and equity-based crowdfunding peer-to-
peer consumer and business lending invoice trading debt-
based securities and others
Asset based lending (ABL)Asset based lending (ABL) is a specialised form of secured
lending whereby a company uses its current assets (accounts
receivable and inventory) as collateral for a loan The loan is
structured so that the amount of credit is limited in relation to the
value of the collateral The product is differentiated from other
types of lending secured by accounts receivable and inventory by
the lenders use of controls over the borrowerrsquos cash receipts and
disbursements and the quality of collateral rather than ownership
of the receivables as in factoring
Asset based loanAsset based loan is a business loan in which the borrower pledges
as loan collateral any assets used in the conduct of his or her
business Funds are used for business-related expenses All
asset-based loans are secured
Automated clearing house (ACH)Automated clearing house (ACH) is an electronic payments
system (outside the card networks) for clearing and settling
transactions Funds are electronically exchanged directly to
from participantsrsquo accounts Frequently used by end-user
organisations as the payment method by which to pay their
issuer
BBasel IIIBasel III is a comprehensive set of reform measures designed to
improve the regulation supervision and risk management within
the banking sector The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
published the first version of Basel III in late 2009 giving banks
approximately three years to satisfy all requirements Largely
in response to the credit crisis banks are required to maintain
proper leverage ratios and meet certain capital requirements
Bank payment obligation (BPO)Bank payment obligation (BPO) is a class of settlement solution
in international supply chain finance Bank payment obligation is
an irrevocable undertaking given by an obligator bank (typically
buyerrsquos bank) to a recipient bank (usually sellers bank) to pay
a specified amount on an agreed date under the condition
of successful electronic matching of data according to an
industry-wide set of rules adopted by International Chamber of
Commerce (ICC) Banking Commission
Bill of ladingA bill of lading (sometimes abbreviated as BL or BoL) is a
legal document between the shipper of a particular good and
the carrier detailing the type quantity and destination of the
good being carried The bill of lading also serves as a receipt
of shipment when the good is delivered to the predetermined
destination This document must accompany the shipped goods
no matter the form of transportation and must be signed by an
authorised representative from the carrier shipper and receiver
BlockchainBlockchain is a distributed ledger comprised of digitally recorded
data in packages called blocks These digitally recorded blocks of
data are stored in a linear chain Each block in the chain contains
cryptographically hashed data (such as Bitcoin transactions)
The blocks of hashed data draw upon the previous-block in the
chain
Business interoperability interfaces (BII)Business interoperability interfaces on public procurement
in Europe (BII) is CEN Workshop providing a basic framework
for technical interoperability in pan-European electronic
transactions expressed as a set of technical specifications that
in particular are compatible with UNCEFACT
91 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Business Process Outsourcing (BPO)Business process outsourcing (BPO) is the contracting of a
specific business task such as payroll to a third-party service
provider Usually BPO is implemented as a cost-saving measure
for tasks that a company requires but does not depend upon to
maintain their position in the marketplace
Business-to-business (B2B)Business-to-business is a type of commerce transaction
that exists between businesses such as those involving a
manufacturer and wholesaler or a wholesaler and a retailer
Business to business refers to business that is conducted
between companies rather than between a company and
individual consumers This is in contrast to business to consumer
(B2C) and business to government (B2G) A typical supply
chain involves multiple business to business transactions as
companies purchase components and other raw materials
for use in its manufacturing processes The finished product
can then be sold to individuals via business to consumer
transactions
Business-to-business paymentsBusiness-to-business payments represent the payments that
are made between businesses for various goods services and
expenses
Business-to-consumer (B2C)Businesses or transactions conducted directly between a
company and consumers who are the end-users of its products
or services Business-to-consumer as a business model differs
significantly from the business-to-business model which refers
to commerce between two or more businesses
Business networksMany businesses use networking as a key factor in their
marketing plan It helps to develop a strong feeling of trust
between those involved and play a big part in raising the profile
and takings of a company Suppliers and businesses can be
seen as networked businesses and will tend to source the
business and their suppliers through their existing relationships
and those of the companies they work closely with Networked
businesses tend to be open random and supportive whereas
those relying on hierarchical traditional managed approaches
are closed selective and controlling
CCard schemeCard schemes such as Visa or MasterCard promote the use of
various card types which carry their logos Banks and financial
institutions have to apply for membership of the appropriate card
scheme before they can issue cards or acquire transactions
Cash flowCash flow represents the pattern of company income and
expenditures and resulting availability of cash
CENBII CENBII is an UBL-based XML format used for the OpenPEPPOL
network it currently exists in a version 1 and version 2 CENBII
is meant to be used for international transfers on OpenPEPPOL
whereas domestic transfers will generally use a localised version
of CENBII (eg EHF SimpleInvoice)
CFDIComprobante Fiscal Digital a traveacutes de Internet (CFDI) or Digital
Tax Receipt through Internet refers to the current mandated
form of e-invoicing in Mexico All e-invoices in Mexico are issued
as CFDI as of January 1 2014
ClearingClearing is the process of exchanging financial transaction
details between an acquirer and an issuer to facilitate posting
of a card-holderrsquos account and reconciliation of a customerrsquos
settlement position
Clearing house automated payment system (CHAPS)The company has responsibility for the operation of an electronic
transfer system for sending real-time gross settlement same-day
payments for CHAPS Sterling and CHAPS Euro
Commercial cardA commercial card is the generic umbrella term for a variety
of card types used for business-to-business (B2B) payments
Some of the cards listed as commercial are purchase cards
entertainment cards corporate cards travel cards and business
cards
92 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Commercial financeCommercial finance is a generic term for a range of asset based
finance services which include factoring invoice discounting
international factoring reverse factoring and asset based lending
facilities There are many variations on each of these product
sets (and the precise nomenclature varies from market to
market) but all exist to provide working capital funding solutions
to businesses
ConversionConversion represents the act of automatically converting the
format of an electronic invoice from the format of the sender
to the format of the recipient (format conversion) or converting
the encoding of content (eg different code list or units of
measure) using agreed mapping processes that do not alter the
information represented by the document (content conversion)
Corporate cardCorporate card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business travel and entertainment (TampE)
expenses It is also referred to as a travel card The liability for
abuse of the card typically rests with the company and not with
the employee
Corporate liabilityThe end-user organisation is liable for the commercial card
charges this is the case for purchasing card programs and
sometimes corporate card programs
CovenantThe covenant represents a promise in an indenture or any other
formal debt agreement that certain activities will or will not be
carried out Covenants in finance most often relate to terms in
a financial contracting such as loan documentation stating
the limits at which the borrower can further lend or other such
stipulations Covenants are put in place by lenders to protect
themselves from borrowers defaulting on their obligations due to
financial actions detrimental to themselves or the business
DDays payable outstanding (DPO) Days payable outstanding (DPO) is an efficiency ratio that
measures the average number of days a company takes to pay
its suppliers
Days sales outstanding (DSO)Days sales outstanding (DSO days receivables) is a calculation
used by a company to estimate their average collection period It
is a financial ratio that illustrates how well a companyrsquos accounts
receivables are being managed
Debtor (buyer)A debtor or buyer constitutes a business that has been supplied
with goods or services by the client and is obliged to make
payment for them It is also referred to as the purchaser of
goods or services supplied by a client whose debts have been
assigned sold to a factor
Debtor finance Debtor finance also called cash flow finance is an umbrella
term used to describe a process to fund a business using its
accounts receivable ledger as collateral Generally companies
that have low working capital reserves can get into cash flow
problems because invoices are paid on net 30 terms Debtor
finance solutions fund slow paying invoices which improves the
cash flow of the company This puts it in a better position to pay
operating expenses Types of debtor financing solutions include
invoice discounting factoring cash flow finance asset finance
invoice finance and working capital finance
Debt financingDebt financing refers to when a firm raises money for working
capital or capital expenditures by selling bonds bills or notes
to individual andor institutional investors In return for lending
the money the individuals or institutions become creditors and
receive a promise that the principal and interest on the debt will
be repaid
Directive of the European CommissionThe Directive of the European Commission is a legal act of the
European Union regarding defining a new legal framework for
payments
Distributed ledgerA distributed ledger is a consensus of data shared and synchronized
geographically across multiple websites countries and institutions
93 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Dynamic discounting Dynamic discounting represents the collection of methods in
which payment terms can be established between a buyer and
supplier to accelerate payment for goods or services in return for
a reduced price or discount
EElectronic invoice (e-invoice) An e-invoice is an electronic invoice that contains the information
required by Council Directive 201045EU and which has been
issued and received in any electronic format It contains more
than just an image of an invoice An e-invoice also contains data
in a format that computers can understand This means that an
e-mail with a PDF file attached is not an e-invoice
E-invoice addressE-invoice address is the ID used to send or receive an e-invoice
The type of ID used differs depending on the country and the
format in use Typical IDs include GLN DUNS VAT-ID IBAN and
OVT A sender must know a recipientrsquos e-invoice address in order
to send an e-invoice The message is routed to the recipient by
any operator along the way using the e-invoice address
E-invoicing service providerIt is a provider that on the basis of an agreement performs
certain e-invoicing processes on behalf of a trading partner or
that is active in the provision of support services necessary to
realise such processes To determine whether an IT vendor is a
service provider the following circumstances should be taken
into account a) That the contract with the trading partner(s)
leads the latter to expect a VAT-compliant service b) The nature
of the service is such that VAT compliance is appropriate c) The
provider is insured against service related risks to his clientsrsquo tax
compliance Trading partners can use multiple e-invoicing service
providers see 3-Corner Model and 4-Corner Model definitions
An e-invoicing service provider can subcontract all of parts of
its services to other providers such subcontractors can also be
e-invoicing service providers if they meet the criteria set out in this
definition
Early payment discountAn early payment discount is offered by some companies to
motivate credit customers to pay sooner The early payment
discount is also referred to as a prompt payment discount
or cash discount The seller often refers to the early payment
discount as a sales discount while the buyer may refer to the
early payment discount as a purchases discount
Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP)Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP) usually
consumer-oriented lsquobill payingrsquo presented and paid through
the internet Other terms such as internet bill presentment and
payment (IBPP) electronic bill presentment (EBP) and online bill
presentment and payment (OBPP) are also in use
Electronic data interchange (EDI)Electronic data interchange (EDI) constitutes the electronic
communication of business transactions such as orders
confirmations and invoices between organisations Third-parties
provide EDI services that enable organisations with different
equipment to connect Although interactive access may be a
part of it EDI implies direct computer-to-computer transactions
into vendorsrsquo databases and ordering systems
Electronic funds transfer (EFT)Electronic funds transfer (EFT) represents the moving of funds
between different accounts in the same or different banks
through the use of wire transfer automatic teller machines
(ATMs) or computers but without the use of paper documents
Electronic invoice life cycleA process comprising a) the issue of the electronic invoice by or
in name and on behalf of the supplier b) receipt of the invoice by
or on behalf of the buyer and c) storage of the electronic invoice
during the storage period by or on behalf the supplier and the
buyer
Electronic invoice presentment and payment (EIPP)Electronic invoice presentment and payment has originated
in the B2B world and describes the process through which
companies present invoices and organise payments through the
internet
94 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Electronic invoicingElectronic invoicing represents the management of an electronic
invoice life cycle without the use of paper-based invoices as tax
originals
Electronic payablesA form of electronic payment using the card infrastructure
managed centrally within an organisation typically by accounts
payable (AP) Also known as electronic accounts payable (EAP)
automated payables e-payables push payments straight
through payments (STP) buyer initiated payments (BIP) single-
use accounts and electronic invoice presentment and payment
(EIPP) Each provider has a proprietary name for its particular
solution functionality and processes vary for each
Electronic procurementElectronic procurement represents the use of the internet or a
companyrsquos intranet to procure goods and services used in the
conduct of business An e-procurement system can streamline
all aspects of the purchasing process while applying tighter
controls over spending and product preferences
Electronic signatureAn electronic signature or e-signature is any electronic means
that indicates either that a person adopts the contents of an
electronic message or more broadly that the person who claims
to have written a message is the one who wrote it (and that the
message received is the one that was sent) By comparison
a signature is a stylised script associated with a person In
commerce and the law a signature on a document is an indication
that the person adopts the intentions recorded in the document
Both are comparable to a seal
Electronic statement presentation (ESP)It refers to the electronic presentment of a variety of other
commercial documents apart from invoices such as account
statements purchase orders delivery notifications and others
Not included are many unstructured documents that are
exchanged
Enterprise resource planning (ERP) Enterprise resource planning (ERP) is an integrated information
system that serves all departments within an enterprise Evolving
out of the manufacturing industry ERP implies the use of
packaged software rather than proprietary software written by or
for one customer ERP modules may be able to interface with an
organisationrsquos own software with varying degrees of effort and
depending on the software ERP modules may be alterable via
the vendorrsquos proprietary tools as well as proprietary or standard
programming languages
EscrowEscrow is a financial instrument held by a third-party on behalf
of the other two parties in a transaction The funds are held by
the escrow service until it receives the appropriate written or oral
instructions or until obligations have been fulfilled Securities
funds and other assets can be held in escrow
FFactorThe factor is a financial entity providing factoring facilities
FactoringFactoring is an agreement between a business (assignor) and
a financial entity (factor) in which the assignor assignssells its
receivables to the factor and the factor provides the assignor
with a combination of one or more of the following services with
regard to the receivables assigned advance of a percentage of
the amount of receivables assigned receivables management
collection and credit protection Usually the factor administers
the assignorrsquos sales ledger and collects the receivables in its
own name The assignment can be disclosed to the debtor
Faster PaymentsFaster Payments enable interbank funds transfers in near real
time typically initiated via the internet or phone The Faster
Payments Service represents the biggest advancement in UK
payments for several decades and is designed to run in parallel
with the existing Bacs and CHAPS services Other financial
institutions are able to join either as members or to access
the system through agency arrangements with a member in the
same way they do with other payment systems
95 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Fleet CardA fleet card is a specialised commercial card used to capture
fleet-related expenses (eg fuel vehicle maintenance repair
and service)
Four-party payment systemThe four-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user and issuer on one side and the merchant
and acquirer on the othermdashall of whom are linked by the network
includes the Visa and MasterCard models
GGlobal process owner (GPO)A global process owner is a professional who has (or should have)
complete ownership of an end-to-end process globally This
means that once the correct process has been established there
should be no process deviation unless approved by the global
process owner A global process owner has final approval of the
adoption of any technology affecting the given process
IInterchange feesThe interchange fee also called the discount rate or swipe fee
is the sum paid by merchants to the credit card processor as a
fee for accepting credit cards The amount of the rate will vary
depending on the type of transaction but averages about 2 of
the purchase amount The interchange fee is typically higher for
online purchases than for in-person purchases because in the
latter the card is physically present and available for inspection
InteroperabilityInteroperability is the ability of making systems and organisations
work together (inter-operate) While the term was initially defined
for information technology or systems engineering services to
allow for information exchange a more broad definition takes
into account social political and organisational factors that
impact system to system performance Another definition refers
to interoperability as being a task of building coherent services
for users when the individual components are technically different
and managed by different organisations
InvoiceAn invoice is an itemised bill for goods sold or services provided
containing details such as individual prices the total charge and
payment terms
Invoice discounting Invoice discounting is a form of short-term borrowing often used
to improve a companyrsquos working capital and cash flow position
Invoice discounting allows a business to draw money against its
sales invoices before the customer has actually paid
Invoice financeSee Debtor finance
Invoice trackingInvoice tracking represents the process of collecting and
managing data and information about an Invoice Item and its
various traits andor states as it is followed or tracked throughout
different phases of its life cycle (lifecycle)
LLevel I dataIt refers to standard transaction data including date supplier and
total purchase amount Also written as lsquolevel 1rsquo data
Level II dataIt represents the enhanced transaction data including Level
I data plus a customer-defined reference number such as a
purchase order number and separate sales tax amount Also
written as lsquolevel 2rsquo data
Level III dataIt constitutes the detailed transaction data including Level II data
plus line-item detail such as the item purchased Sometimes
referred to as simply lsquoline-item detailrsquo Also written as lsquolevel 3rsquo
data
Line-item detailIt is a transaction data reflecting what was purchased See also
Level III data
NNetwork providerA network provider is a service provider that connects directly to
both the supplier and the buyer The supplier or buyer is required
to make only one connection to the network provider enabling
them to connect to multiple buyers andor suppliers With an
e-invoicing network there is no requirement to interoperate as
connection is independent of data format and a global network
enables the flow of data cross-border
96 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
OOne cardOne card is a type of hybrid card in which a single card is issued
to an employee for more than one category of expenses (eg
goodsservices and travel expenses) eliminating the need to
carry two separate cards
One card plus fleetA single card used for purchasing travel and fleet-related
expenses (fuel vehicle maintenance others) It combines the
functionality of a P Card corporate card and fleet card
OpenPEPPOL OpenPEPPOL is an open point-to-point network of sending
receiving web services to cover all of Europe it is currently
primarily in use in Finland the Netherlands Norway and Sweden
CENBII v1 is the base format but domestic transfers might use
a localised version
Order-to-cashOrder-to-cash also known as OTC or O2C is the end-to-end
process by which companies receive an order from a customer
deliver the goods or services raise the invoice for the transaction
to send to the customer and receive the payment from the
customerrsquos bank account Increasingly the OTC process (which
is part sales and part accounts receivable) is being managed as
an end-to-end process See also Accounts Receivable
PPACPAC stands for Authorised Provider of Certified Tax Receipts via
Internet Authorisation as a PAC is issued by SAT after an entity
proofs the technical and legal requirements to ensure the safety
capacity and infrastructure of the provider in delivering services
to the taxpayer
Peer-to-peer (P2P) lending A method of debt financing that enables individuals to borrow
and lend money ndash without the use of an official financial institution
as an intermediary Peer-to-peer lending removes the middleman
from the process but it also involves more time effort and risk
than the general brick-and-mortar lending scenarios
PO flippingPurchase order (PO) flipping happens when a supplier receives a
purchase order from its customer through a supplier portal and
at the time of raising an invoice converts the data provided in
the purchase order into the data on the invoice The benefit of
this process is that by the time the invoice has been received
by the customer the matching of the invoice with the purchase
order information will be perfect PO flipping is however only
appropriate for the type of supplier that uses a supplier portal
to create invoices typically a lower volume supplier See also
Supplier portals
ProcurementProcurement is the process of obtaining or acquiring goods and
services It also represents the department within an organisation
that is usually responsible for the development of requests for
proposals (RFPs) proposal analysis supplier market research
negotiations buying activities contract administration inventory
control etc Also referred to as purchasing sourcing or similar
term
Procure-to-pay (P2P) processThe steps the employees of an end-user organisation follow to
make a purchase and the associated payment An organisation
typically has different P2P processes for different types of
purchasespayments a P-Card P2P process is usually the most
streamlined Also referred to as purchase-to-pay or source-to-
settle process
Purchase order (PO)Purchase order is a written authorisation for a supplier to
deliver products andor services at a specified price according
to specified terms and conditions becoming a legally binding
agreement upon supplier acceptance
Purchase-to-pay processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Purchasing card (P-Card)A purchasing card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business-related goods and services
end-user organisation must pay its issuer in full each month for
the total of all P-Card transactions Also called a procurement
card (ProCard) and purchase card
97 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
RRebateIt refers to money paid by an issuer to its customer (an end-user
organisation) in conjunction with the end-userrsquos commercial card
usage the rebate amount is based on various criteria as defined
within the contract terms between issuer and end-user Also
sometimes called revenue share
ReceivablesReceivables represent an asset designation applicable to all
debts unsettled transactions or other monetary obligations
owed to a company by its debtors or customers Receivables
are recorded by a companyrsquos accountants and reported on the
balance sheet and they include all debts owed to the company
even if the debts are not currently due
Receivable financeReceivable finance allows suppliers to finance their receivables
relating to one or many buyers and to receive early payment
usually at a discount on the value
ReconciliationThis is the matching of orders done by (internet) shoppers with
incoming payments Only after a successful reconciliation the
merchant will start the delivery process The extent to which
payment service providers carry out reconciliation and the way
in which they do so (sending an e-mail providing files) may vary
Reverse factoringReverse factoring is an arrangement made between large buying
organisations and banks with the intention to finance suppliers
and provide a lower buying price to the buyer Like lsquofactoringrsquo
there are three parties involved ndash the buyer supplier and the
factoring company (in this case typically a bank) The bank
takes on the responsibility to pay the supplierrsquos invoice early
for a discounted price The buyer then settles with the bank
according to the terms of the original invoice The supplier has
offered or agreed to a discount based on early payment and this
discount is shared between the bank and the buyer
SSales tax (VAT)Referred to as value added tax in the UK or sales tax in the
US this form of indirect tax is applied to almost all business
transactions It is the companyrsquos responsibility to add the tax
amount to its sales transactions and pay the tax on purchase
transactions At the end of each period (each quarter) it is the
companyrsquos responsibility to net off the charged tax on the sales
invoices and the paid tax on the purchase invoices and if there
is a positive balance to pay this to the government Increasingly
the management of VAT is moving into the shared services
organisation as this is where purchase and sales invoices are
processed
SettlementSettlement is the process by which merchant and cardholder
banks exchange financial data and value resulting from sales
transactions cash disbursements and merchandise credits
Shared servicesShared services refer to a business model which is largely
applied by mid-tier or enterprise-sized companies It is larger
companies who typically adopt shared services because scale is
one key element of the model The intention of shared services
is to run operations more efficiently and more cost-effectively
Using the finance function as an example shared services works
in the following ways Firstly it is the centralisation of a finance
activity the consolidation of systems that activity runs off the
standardisation of the processes that support that activity and
the automation (and continuous improvement) of that activityrsquos
processes Secondly it is the running of this centralised
consolidated activity as a ldquobusiness within a businessrdquo which
means the shared services organisation will often have its own
profit and loss account (PampL) will treat the rest of the business
as its customer will hire and develop service oriented staff will
possibly have service level agreements (SLAs) with its customers
and will charge for its services When a company centralises
a function it is not quite accurate to call it shared services
Centralisation is just one aspect of shared services
98 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
SOAP (Finvoice)Transmission frame (SOAP) specifies the sender recipient and
service provider data The service provider routes the message
to its recipient on the basis of frame data File may include
several Finvoice messages Each message must include a
transmission frame (SOAP)
SOAP (generic)Simple object access protocol (SOAP) is a web service protocol
or message framework for transferring XML-based messages
between web services BT does not support UBL directly but it is
able to identify and handle an UBL message wrapped in a SOAP-
envelope
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS)SaaS is a cost-effective way for companies to lsquorentrsquo software
without the burden of installation and maintenance because it is
supplied hosted (via the internet) and maintained by an external
vendor
Source-to-settle processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs)
SMEs are organisations which employ fewer than 250 persons
and which have an annual turnover not exceeding EUR 50
million and or an annual balance sheet total not exceeding EUR
43 million
Split liabilityLiability for commercial card charges is split between the
cardholder and end-user organisation based on merchant
category codes for example the cardholder might be liable for
travel and entertainment (TampE) expenses while the organisation
is liable for the other transactions
Straight-through payment (STP)Straight-through payment (STP) is a specific version of electronic
payables an end-user organisation receives and approves a
supplier invoice then initiates payment to the supplier through its
issuer The supplier does not need to process a card transaction
as payment is made directly through its merchant account
SupplierThe supplier represents a merchantvendor with whom the
organisation does business
Supplier financeSupplier finance is a set of solutions that optimises cash flow
by allowing businesses to lengthen their payment terms to
their suppliers while providing the option for their large and
SME suppliers to get paid early See also Supply chain finance
Reverse factoring
Supplier onboardingThis refers to getting a supplier set up on a particular program
such as purchase-cards dynamic discounting or electronic
invoicing Supplier onboarding involves both the communications
concerning the process change and the supplierrsquos role within it
and the technical set-up of the program
Supplier portalA supplier portal is the front end of the e-invoicing or
e-procurement platform which enrolled suppliers connect to via
the internet Here suppliers can accept purchase orders change
profile information such as bank details and addresses flip
purchase orders (see PO flipping) and raise invoices Supplier
portals are generally used by low volume suppliers as the
supplier will have to re-key the data into its own billing system
One significant benefit for a supplier using a supplier portal is
that it gets full visibility of the invoice process namely when the
invoice will be paid
Supply chain finance (SCF)The use of financial instruments practices and technologies to
optimise the management of the working capital and liquidity
tied up in supply chain processes for collaborating business
partners SCF is largely lsquoevent-drivenrsquo Each intervention
(finance risk mitigation or payment) in the financial supply
chain is driven by an event in the physical supply chain The
development of advanced technologies to track and control
events in the physical supply chain creates opportunities to
automate the initiation of SCF interventions
99 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Supply chain paymentsSupply chain payments optimises cash flow by allowing
businesses to lengthen their payment terms to their suppliers
while also providing an alternative option to their suppliers to get
paid early
TTrade financeTrade finance signifies financing for trade and it concerns both
domestic and international trade transactions Trade finance
includes such activities as lending issuing letters of credit
factoring export credit and insurance Companies involved
with trade finance include importers and exporters banks and
financiers insurers and export credit agencies as well as other
service providers
TreasuryTreasury is defined as the funds of a group institution or
government or to the department responsible for budgeting
and spending Another definition refers to treasury as being
the department of a government in charge of the collection
management and expenditure of the public revenue
Three-party payment systemThe three-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user on one side and the merchant on the
othermdashlinked by the network which also fulfills the role of issuer
and acquirer includes the American Express and Discover
models
UUBL Universal Business Language (UBL) is an XML-based format with
corresponding business processes created by OASIS it amongst
others contains scenarios for sourcing ordering and billing Many
newer formats (EHF CENBII and OIOUBL) are localisations of UBL
20
UnderwritingIn B2B payments underwriting represents the department within
an acquirerprocessor organisation that evaluates the financial
stability and risk of a potential merchant customer
VValidation E-invoice XML-data is validated usually against schema which
means that the structure and content of the data is checked Failed
validation means that the invoice is going to be rejected by the
receiving operator which then sends negative acknowledgement
to sending operator which forwards the acknowledgement to
sender
Value addedThe enhancement a company gives its product or service before
offering the product to customers Value added is used to describe
instances where a firm takes a product that may be considered a
homogeneous product with few differences (if any) from that of
a competitor and provides potential customers with a feature or
add-on that gives it a greater sense of value
WWorking capitalWorking capital represents the cash and other liquid assets
needed to finance the everyday running of a business such as the
payment of salaries and then purchase of raw materials
XXMLThe Extensible Markup Language (XML) is a flexible markup
language for structured electronic documents XML is based on
SGML (standard generalised markup language) an international
standard for electronic documents XML is commonly used by
data-exchange services to send information between otherwise
incompatible systems
6 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | TABLE OF CONTENT
Table of contents
4748
50
52
54
5758
60
63646668
70
72
89
Trade amp finance Financing International Supply Chains An Idea Whose Time Has Come | Alexander R Malaket Deputy Head of the Executive Committee ICC Banking CommissionImproving Access to Finance for SMEs with the Open RFI Project | Matthijs van Bergen Researcher SCF Windesheim amp Steven van der Hooft CEO Capital ChainsIf Supply Chain Finance is Supplier-Centric Financial Supply Chain is Customer-Centric | Magnus Lind Co-Founder The Talent ShowSupply Chain Finance Time for SMEs to Take Position | Anita Gerrits Supply Chain Finance Specialist
E-invoicingCross-border Invoicing ndash The Real Challenge for Multinational Projects | Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz Product DevelopmentManager Comarch EDIWhy lsquoOpenness Should Be The 1 Selection Criteria for Any E-invoicing RFP Process | Jaap Jan Project ManagerSimplerinvoicing
Regulation amp lawPSD2 XS2A ndash a Step Towards Open Banking | Brendan Jones Evolution Payments ConsultingLate Payment ndash A Perspective | Matthew Davies Director of Policy and Communications Asset Based Finance AssociationThe Directive 201455EU for E-invoicing and Procurement How Public Authorities Should Respond | Charles Bryant Secretary General EESPARegulation and Growth in Alternative Finance ndash A Contradiction in the Making | Tony Duggan Founder and Director IAAF
Part 2 ndash Company profiles
Glossary
7 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
4 Trends in B2B Payments and Financing Innovation
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
I lived to see the US electing its first black president I watched
the 2008 financial crisis crushing many dreams I witnessed the
creation of Anonymous and Wikileaks two organisations that
changed the way we the people (and the organisations) carry
ourselves online Blockchain is being built right under my curious
eye by someone whorsquos identity is virtually unknown (or is it)
I am a young business professional curiously watching how
things unfold and change my life and others forever And I have
questions Lots of them What if one day I will be able to make B2B
payments from my mobile phone enjoying the same convenience I
have in my personal life And without any fees And cross-border
Real-time would be nice too Could blockchain help Are the
incumbent players ready to respond to my needsrequirements
What do new companies offer What is the risk working with
them What can help me identify the best solution Where are the
innovations heading What are the use cases for blockchain
In the sea of options here are 4 trends that I picked up and that
will make a dent in my history and that of payments amp financing
innovation
Trend no 1 FintechOne thing I learned while working at The Paypers as an expert on
B2B payments is that I should always ask these three questions
what was what is and what will be And I first looked at the
current payments infrastructure
Intuitively modernizing the internal infrastructure and operations
to meet new payments needs unleashes new market innovations
but the reality is that they ndash both old and new infrastructure ndash will
have to co-exist for a while
But first things first ndash how does the current payments infrastructure
stack up compared to the online sectors For instance in the UK
Fintech sector EY experts believe the entire UK industry currently
generates GBP 20 bn in revenue annually The payments
infrastructure alone accounts for GBP 81 bn while the online
sector for GBP 19 bln The former is dominated by established
players (card schemes issuers processors merchant acquirers
national payment infrastructures) while the latter sees a huge
number of newbies and thus remains largely fragmented
What has changed Everything and nothing at the same time
Some established fintechs are seeking to deliver a step change
in legacy infrastructure and the need for faster payments has
visibly increased in the B2B segment yet Ardent Partners
research still points to ACH commercial cards amp wire transfers
as the fastest growing e-payment methods in 2016
Also if you look at a bankrsquos product portfolio one will discover a
range of solutions in retail private commercial investment and
transacnottion banking along with wealth and asset management
and insurance However if you look at the fintech landscape one
will discover an increasing number of service providers that focus
on improving specific parts of this traditional broad portfolio by
using innovative technology In other words fintechs build and
execute specific parts of the banking value chain better cheaper
and faster than what is currently on offer at banks Cheaper and
faster sound compelling
Investors seem to enjoy the show too Globally investment in
fintech ventures tripled from USD 4 billion in 2013 to USD 12
billion in 2014 with Europe being the fastest growing region in the
world according to a report by Accenture
How banks corporates amp payment schemes react to the inflow of new entrantsMore than 90 of bankers expect that fintech will have a
significant impact on the future landscape of banking Almost a
third believe that fintech will win an equal share or even dominate
the market
Interestingly this yearrsquos Davos event was a lot about financial
technology (compared to previous years when it was much more
about banking) and what industry experts picked up was that
when it comes to big banks and payment schemes they all
consider themselves part of fintech or driving it
8 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
ldquoBiggest Global Banks at Davos Were All Fintech Innovators
Nowrdquo -Bloomberg
The way that is unfolding is that for instance big banks started
to consolidate their position in the fintech world through heavy
investments in startups through acquisition and mergers via
opening innovation labshubs via high-profile partnerships etc
Some examples include JPMorgan Chase and Banco Santander
announced an investment in ex-banker Blythe Mastersrsquo blockchain
startup Deutsche Bank invested in PayPal and OnDeck Bank
of America has a USD 3 billion annual budget for investing in
technology and innovation a figure thats doubled since 2010
Visa has disclosed a 10 stake in the fintech unicorn Square
and alongside Nasdaq Citi and other industry players invested
USD 30 million in Chaincom a blockchain developer platform
that serves an enterprise market
Whatrsquos more all big players ndash banks payments providers card
schemes ndash poured their money into innovation labs hubs
accelerators The highlights of 2015 are as follows Visa Europe
launched Visa Europe Collab its new international innovation
hub and argued that the company is in a unique position to
help innovators develop and scale their ideas MasterCard on
the other hand has selected in February 2016 together with
Silicon Valley Bank four startups to take part in the fourth class
of CommerceInnovated a virtual accelerator designed to help
commerce startups grow their businesses The solutions that will
be built here range from mobile lending to instant authentication
and identity checks As part of the program the startups will
gain access to operational expertise from Silicon Valley Bank
MasterCard and their respective networks
Wells Fargo is committed to ldquohelp innovative entrepreneurs
overcome challenges and seize opportunitiesrdquo with investments
of up to USD 500000 through its Startup Accelerator a program
focused on startups that create solutions for financial institutions
and enterprise customers Since its inception in 2014 the
Wells Fargo Startup Accelerator has received applications from
innovative companies in 23 countries
Peeking through the corporate sector window Future Asia
Ventures talks about 116 corporate accelerators being live
worldwide Europe takes the lionrsquos share with 54 accelerators
mostly based in the UK and Germany however companies are
increasingly launching and adding more accelerators in EMEA
and Asia Pacific locations as well
No matter what the approach is the consensus is that there is
a huge need to reduce costs to align with a digital strategy not
merely upgrade the IT systems
ldquoThe state of corporate banking IT in the digital business world is
precariousrdquo ndash Gartner amp BCSG
Survey data indicates CIOs are underestimating the importance
of digital technology lack adequate staff and resources and are
mostly ignoring nonbank disrupters
Although concerned some banks do not appear to be stepping
up to the challenge A majority of bankers (54) believe that
banks are either ignoring the issue or that they ldquotalk about
disruption but are not making changesrdquo
Make no mistake banks are actively engaged in digitalization
and most firms have an IT strategy that is aligned and integrated
with an attendant technology roadmap for implementing a digital
business However although 62 of institutions reported that
they have already started deploying a digital banking roadmap
only 53 of them have not appointed an executive to define and
lead implementation This suggests several significant road bumps
are likely to appear during the digital transformation journey
Whatrsquos more if you look at the relationship between banks and
corporates things have a different shade of gray In a 2014
report from EY 63 of corporates reported product and service
innovation to be a critical part of their relationship with banks
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
9 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
Yet those respondents suggested that only 40 of banks
have satisfactory performance levels Moreover a more recent
report (September 2015) from Total Solutions and Innopay shows
that only 14 of corporates make use of B2B FinTech solutions
(survey among large corporates in the Netherlands) Another 70
of the corporates are following the B2B fintech market but have
not engaged yet According to the survey the two main reasons
not to engage are a lack of sufficient knowledge about and
insight into the impact of using finTech solutions and concerns
about the continuity of the finTech company Only 125 of the
questioned companies state that they do not want to jeopardise
their bank relation
Trend no 2 Cross-border payments amp B2B commerce80 of cross-border payments revenues are B2B according to
McKinsey Emerging Asian and Eastern European economies are
set to experience the greatest growth
So if the contribution of cross-border payments to total payments
revenue growth will climb from 5 in 2013-2014 to 14 in 2014-
2019 there is money to be made and fintech is the front-runner to
help remove some of the frictions
As nonbank players increasingly encroach on the traditional
cross-border turf of banksmdash moving from consumer-to-consumer
to B2B cross-border paymentsmdashthey will force many banks to
rethink their longstanding approaches to cross-border payments
ndash McKinsey
In this scenario of lsquounbundling of the full-service model of banks
into bits and piecesrsquo the market depicts new names Traxpay
Align Commerce Payoneer Transpay Ripple eeDOCS Earthport
Kontox to name only a few
Good news though major banks around the world take action
to improve the customer experience in cross-border payments
dramatically by signing up to SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation
initiative announced at the end of December 2015 The +45
participating firms include major transaction banks from Europe
Asia Pacific Africa and the Americas
The goal is to enhance cross-border transactions by leveraging
SWIFTrsquos messaging platform and global reach
Trend no 3 BlockchainBlockchain is the technology underpinning Bitcoin and one of its
biggest advantages is that it allows two parties to transact without
making use of a central authority of third party intermediaries
Oversimplifying a bit it removes huge costs and adds transparency
speed and security Ripple Ethereum Monero Lightning Network
Amiko Pay Bitfury and others act as agents of disruption in the
B2B payments world by using blockchain rails
ldquoBanks foresee benefits for corporations by virtue of the
applications running on the blockchain that will ripple down to
the banksrsquo corporate clients Consequently before launching
any blockchain-related program a bank must be very clear and
extremely convincing about what is in it for its corporate clients
- Enrico Camerinelli senior analyst at Aite Group
Other players lsquorewiringrsquo the way payments are processed through
the use of blockchain include GoCoin Blade GemPay Gazeebo
io etc as depicted by William Mougayar author of the book lsquoThe
Business Blockchainrsquo
Trend no 4 Alternative financingAccording to the lsquo2016 UK Alternative Finance Industry Reportrsquo
by Nesta and KPGM the UK online alternative finance industry
grew to GBP 32 billion ndash an 84 increase compared to the GBP
174 billion of 2014 In 2015 almost 20000 British SMEs raised
alternative finance through online channels receiving GBP 22
billion in business funding The online alternative finance industry
is pushing the needle of market growth business models public
awareness corporate partnerships institutional funding product
innovation international expansion as well as further regulatory
support and policy acceptance
Among all models peer-to-peer business lending and invoice
trading are the largest models by volume of the UK online
alternative finance market
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
10
Share this story
B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
In total nearly GBP 149 billion was lent to SMEs in the UK
(a 99 year-on-year growth rate and 194 average growth rate
between 2013 and 2015)
Interestingly enough innovative corporate partnerships are
being forged between alternative finance platforms with the likes
of Virgin Amazon Uber Sage and KPMG This has certainly
pushed boundaries ndash merging the traditional corporate world
with the disruptive models of alternative finance
Invoice trading the second highest model continues to be a
popular financing tool for small and medium-sized enterprises
wanting to trade their invoices or receivables at a discount
in exchange for the speedy procurement of working capital
However while the GBP 270 million market size in 2014 grew by
178 compared to 2013 growth from 2014 ndash 2015 was more
modest with a 20 growth rate to GBP 325 million
Zooming in on the strategies banks (and alternative finance
providers for that matter) use to better position themselves we
identify a lot of partnerships Banks teaming up with online lenders
This is a different dynamic ndash instead of trying to displace banks
online lenders decided to strike partnerships For instance On
Deck teamed up with JP Morgan Chase and said it will help speed
up the process of offering small business loans to the banks 4
million customers Lending Club another online lender tied-up
with Citi Moven partnered marketplace lender CommonBond
In a game of tongue twisters American Banker said that fintechs
team up to become more like a bank I would argue that banks
team up with fintechs to become more like a fintech
Also another question arises what if a corporate want to expand
into more countries That may mean to establish a physical
presence in each location that is relevant to their client Could
banks satisfy that need too
The industry is dynamic and some companies leapfrogged some
steps but although the developments are innovative and exciting
the road ahead is paved with many bumps
About Mirela Amariei Crafting large-scale industry reports carrying out interviews and writing about innovation in payments and fintech are Mirelarsquos daily treats As the Senior Editor at The Paypers she speaks frequently with key thoughts leaders to identify trends and trendsetters She can be reached at mirelathepayperscom and via Linkedin wwwlinkedincominamarieim
About The Paypers The Paypers is the leading source of news and intelligence for professionals in the payment community worldwide Our products are aimed at merchants payment services providers processors financial institutions start-ups technology vendors and payment professionals and have a special focus on all major trends and developments in payments-related industries including online and mobile payments and banking ecommerce e-invoicing supply chain finance web fraud amp security and many others
wwwthepayperscom
Mirela Amariei
Senior EditorThe Paypers
Thought Leadership Section
B2B Payments
13 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B payment innovation the beginning of exciting times
Deutsche Bank
Why should banks and corporates invest in real-time payments For corporates the benefits stem from the capability for executing
time-sensitive transactions ndash such as High-Value critical vendor
or MampA-related payments ndash while receiving close-to-immediate
proof of execution instead of waiting for the specific entry to be
documented by standard intraday reporting
For banks to serve client needs they need to be involved in these
developments which is why Deutsche Bank and others are helping
develop a Pan-European Instant Payment Solution For large
banks involvement in establishing such future paymentcollection
platforms is a revenue loss avoidance tactic rather than a
profit creation one as they will otherwise lose market share to
disruptors And while urgent payments can currently be more
expensive there may be a regulatory push for banks to provide
real-time payments with no extra charges in the near future
What are the benefits and challenges of implementing pay-on-behalf-ofcollect-on-behalf-of structuresPOBOCOBO structures help corporates consolidate cash
flows and rationalise account structures as well as increasing
purchasing power when negotiating cash management terms
with banks POBOCOBO simplifies liquidity management as
cash is centralised through domestic and cross-border cash
concentration It also allows for streamlined cash management
activities across subsidiaries as payments and receivables
are bundled in one place (such as a Shared Service Centre)
for execution out of the central account Improving cash and
liquidity management in these ways reduces credit need and the
operational burden on subsidiaries
Deutsche Bankrsquos experience and feasibility studies on POBO
COBO in Europe over the past four years have shown four kinds
of challenges market-specific practices and legal tax and
operational considerations In addition POBOCOBO structures
differ in the status of the underlying account For POBO the
ordering account can be a normal operating account in most
jurisdictions but since funds collected within COBO structures
often relate to different legal entities the underlying account is
often considered a trust account This has further implications
For instance depending on regional Anti-Money Laundering laws
an account can contain either own funds of the account holder
or funds that belong to third parties (trust accounts) ndash not both
That in turn may require corporates to separate some incoming
transaction flows from the entities flowsrsquo part of the on-behalf-of
structure
What main friction points in B2B cross-border payments will disappear in the next five yearsDevelopments driven by regulatory change or facilitated by
technology and solution-based improvements will ultimately
allow for more frictionless and cost-effective transaction
processing For example the Payment Services Directive (to be
updated soon by PSD-2) affected cut-off times and value-dating
habits and a shift will likely take place in this area to align cross-
border payments in different currencies with the same value-
dating as SEPA payments
Similarly currency payments will likely become easier thanks
to automated conversion services such as Deutsche Bankrsquos
FX4Cash which offers client ease-of-use real-time FX rates
and enhanced transaction data And solutions such as Virtual
Accounts will improve reconciliation and accounting (through the
rationalisation of physical bank accounts across a region)
Retail banking has experienced futuristic leaps in the payments space ndash now is the time for the same level of transformation and convenience in the B2B space
The industry is poised to apply such innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration will this be possible
14 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What bank-core competencies foster innovation and growth through fintech partnerships in the B2B payments space We have witnessed the effects of the first wave of digitalisation
on daily activities particularly through smart devices and apps
Peer-to-peer and C2B processes have already experienced
radical transformation and the industry is poised to apply such
innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration
between incumbents and new players will this be possible
Fintechs have the technical skills and understanding of consumer
behaviour fail-friendly mindset and regulatory freedom to be
innovative ndash but in an increasingly competitive landscape that
will see market consolidation over coming years they need more
than that to survive Banks conversely experience internal and
external obstacles to innovating independently including legacy
systems internal siloes a cautious culture and tighter regulatory
restrictions But by offering the strength of their established
reputation global infrastructure existing client-base and expertise
regarding risk regulation and treasury needs banks can support
fintech growth bring new products to market through such
strategic alliances and successfully scale-up new offerings
What are the Bankrsquos plans for blockchainDistributed Ledger Technology is not new but interest around its
potential applications is rising and opportunities for blockchain
ndash from fraud prevention and risk reduction to quicker and more
transparent payment flows ndash cannot be ignored We are at the
beginning of the blockchain journey and the ways it will change
business models processes and ecosystems are yet to be
seen but we predict immense potential up and down the value-
chain Participants ndash for example it was one of the first banks to
test smart contracts for corporate bonds which was conducted
in-house in collaboration with the DB Labs Deutsche Bank
recently opened innovation labs in London and Berlin with a third
just opened in Silicon Valley which will help the Bank best utilise
new technologies and deepen relationships with start-ups In a
decade there will be myriad different blockchain technologies and
interoperability will be crucial The Bank is an initial driving member
of blockchain consortium R3 CEV and participated in trials of five
distinct blockchain technologies with other member banks
About Andrew Reid Appointed to his current role in 2013 Andrew has been with the Bank for 17 years within corporate cash management and trade finance Andrew supports and advises clients in adapting to the new regulatory environment and optimising their treasury operations
About Deutsche Bank Deutsche Bank provides commercial and investment banking retai l banking transaction banking and asset and wealth management products and services to corporations governments institutional investors businesses and private individuals Deutsche Bank is Germanyrsquos leading bank with a strong position in Europe and a significant presence in the Americas and Asia Pacific
gtbdbcom
Andrew P Reid
Managing Director and Head of Cash Management Corporates EMEA Global Transaction Banking
Deutsche Bank
15 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Blockchain In B2B Payments
Aite Group
Financial institutions are spending time and resources to find
out how much business they can gain by adopting blockchain
technology This hype on the bank side does not correspond
to similar interest from corporations nor itrsquos clear whether
blockchain technology creates similar business opportunities
for each side Yet a significant roadblock must be removed
That is the extremely poor understanding corporate people
have about blockchain In a January 2016 survey 95 corporate
executivesmdash66 of whom were supply chain and treasury
managers with the remaining coming from IT legal and salesmdash
were asked if they were familiar at all with the term ldquoblockchainrdquo
Over 80 answered ldquonordquo The first step of the journey is thus to
align on terms and definitions Consider blockchain as a ldquosecured
spreadsheetrdquo that sits in the cloud that multiple parties can review
Each of the transactions that are a part of it is guaranteed by a
set of cryptographic keys and all transactions are stored in one
database The blockchain is essentially an enormous database
that runs across a global network of independent computers
Main characteristics of blockchainIrrevocability There is an irrevocable trail (ie time-stamping)
of all the transactions that have ever been made which makes
attempts at hacking or fraud unsuccessful
Title transfer It allows property whose ownership is controlled
via the blockchain (ie physical property such as cars phones
or houses)
Distributed The ledger represents the truth because mass
collaboration constantly reconciles without having the need to
trust because thatrsquos built into the mechanism
Smart contracts Perhaps the most relevant blockchain feature
smart contracts are self-executing contractual states stored on
the blockchain which nobody controls and therefore everyone
can trust The code can control and restrict how the data is
accessed and used
Where do we go from hereA bitcoin that transfers ownership of title of a crypto-currency
can be applied between two parties that exchange goods for
money in business-to-business (B2B) transactions B2B partners
would best benefit from blockchain-based applications in the
increasingly global B2B payments There are complexities with
foreign payments that are not experienced in domestic payments
such as foreign exchange value-added taxes in certain countries
interfaces with many clearing and settlement networks and
the need to understand and apply specific country laws with
regard to payments processing Knowledge about the status of
payments can be even more important than settling the payment
itself The status of payments may affect the ability of a buyer
to make a purchase from a seller depending on the amount of
credit extended by the seller to the purchaser It may also impact
future pricing provided by the seller to a buyer For time-critical
payments knowing the location of a particular transaction in the
payment process allows the payer to take action if the payment is
delayed The more corporate treasurers know about outgoing and
incoming payments the better their cash forecasts
Blockchain and B2B paymentsThis article examines which blockchain drivers best apply to
current B2B payment process elements and intermediaries
ndash eg banks network providers clearing and settlement
structures Rather than revolutionary the analysis determines
how blockchain supports improves and- eventually- replaces
current B2B payments processes (see Figure 1)
Figure 1 Blockchain Features Applied to B2B Payment Process Elements
Source Aite Group
16 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
When paying the supplier the buyer issues a payment
instruction from its accounts payable to the bank This initiates
the transfer of title of currency and a time-stamp makes the
transaction irrevocable The intermediary bank may enjoy
blockchainrsquos irrevocability and title transfer to secure the
uniqueness and traceability of the transactions underpinning
the cash transfer The distributed nature of the blockchain
ledger avoids any delayed centralized control of AML screening
checking of availability of funds and clearing billing and
reporting activities All executed operations are validated within
The ledger offers the extra capability to the bank to swiftly handle
format translations from the clientrsquos accounting system A smart
contract on the blockchain provides the bank with the capability
to charge transparent and auditable service fees
The distributed ledger operates as the connectivity software
that the clearing network provides to all trading parties and
intermediaries The network is also capable of offering time-
stamping services as well as detect transactions that may trigger
the execution of smart contract applications Format translations
can be easily offered as a value added service
The beneficiary bank receives notice of an irrevocable transfer of
cash title that the distributed ledger renders valid and immediately
executable The ledger also streamlines all necessary account
management verifications to validate the payment data The sellerrsquos
account is immediately credited and all subsequent regulatory
and accounting reporting is made auditable and irrevocable
Bank services can be charged via smart contract applications
agreed between the parties The blockchain enables the seller-
ie the B2B payment receiving party- to update the accounts
receivable database with a payment confirmation that becomes
an auditable transaction
Blockchain is certainly not the panacea for all problems but the
frequency of applied features to the B2B payment processes
tells however that all parties involved could strongly benefit
from this technology without the need for anyone to be removed
About Enrico Camerinelli Enrico Camerinelli is a senior analyst at Aite Group specializing in wholesale banking cash and trade finance and payments He brings a strong European focus to Aite Grouprsquos Wholesale Banking practice Mr Camerinelli has been widely quoted by publications ranging from American Banker to the Financial Times
About Aite Group Aite Group is an independent research and advisory firm focused on business technology and regulatory issues and their impact on the financial services industry With expertise in banking payments wealth management capital markets and insurance Aite Groups analysts work with clients as partner advisor and catalyst
wwwaitegroupcom
Enrico Camerinelli
senior analystAite Group
17 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Emerging Internet of Payments
Traxiant
New offerings have been proliferating in B2B payments not
to mention financing solutions of various kinds Their growth
however and the shift from paper to electronic has long been
stymied by a lack of interoperability Most industry actors see the
need for an industry-scale solution to this problem and believe it
will happen eventually But fewer are clear on the path to get there
In the USD 700 trillion of B2B payments globally connecting
the many buyers sellers and providers of payments financing
and software solutions might seem an impossible task And
yet we have the example of the Internet A framework for
such payments interoperability would also almost inevitably be
standards-based and global So itrsquos reasonable to use the term
the ldquoInternet of Paymentsrdquo (ldquoIoPrdquo) to talk about this The naming
of such a phenomenon however is of course less important
than questions such as ldquowhetherrdquo ldquowhatrdquo ldquohowrdquo and ldquowhenrdquo
Unlike most industry actors we believe that the conditions for
the IoP to emerge have recently been falling into place Tactical
business needs are aligning with cloud-based technology
platforms and solution options And alignment with standards
frameworks notably around ISO 20022 offers the potential for
faster and wider scaling of such solutions with lower investment
The payments solutions that account for most B2B volume
today such as cheque and ACH are commoditized Their
transaction revenue models donrsquot support much investment
in next-generation solutions Basis point revenue streams
from receivablestrade financing forex and card models by
contrast can support such investments Buyers nowadays donrsquot
pay much for those services most rather expect to receive
discounts or rebate payments Thus a critical driver of revenue
in such businesses is the ability to get suppliers enrolled and
agreeing to pay the relevant fees This supplier onboarding
process is invariably hard work especially as you get further
out on the ldquolong tailrdquo Most new ldquosolutionsrdquo being promoted to
suppliers offer benefits of earlier or faster payment But they are
from the supplierrsquos perspective typically exception processes
and thus value-subtracting
Among enterprise buyers card e-payables and global payments
solutions are now relatively widely adopted ndash as indeed are
supplier networks Increasing competition from financial
institutions but also fintech players makes it ever more important
that providers optimise for adoption and value also on the
supplier side of the equation Strategically the requirement here
is for an extensible standards framework and platform that can
connect suppliers globally across both commodity payment and
value-added trade and financing scenarios
Tactical solutions however are also needed more narrowly
focused but aligned with the larger strategic goals One essential
element of such tactical solutions is enabling suppliers to
connect using their existing payments and software solutions
For ldquolong tailrdquo suppliers their ability to do so via a low friction
ldquoconsumerizedrdquo experience will also matter In recent years
cloud solutions and APIs to enable this have become available
for some widely-used financial solutions No silver bullet will
work for every supplier instantly And yet solving the problem for
supplier systems one by one is clearly an approach that wonrsquot
scale However by aligning with ndash and shaping ndash a standards-
based IoP framework early movers can start to build network
effects that do scale Proprietary network effects can and will
drive competitive advantage especially for early movers even
when built on top of standards A broader network effect will
come from the technical openness of the growing IoP ecosystem
As that happens industry actors of all kinds will invest in
solutions based on IoP standards so as to get connected
18 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
No discussion of B2B payments futures would be complete
without touching on the blockchain Such solutions seem likely
to play an important role How the various ldquonot-Bitcoinsrdquo with
their technical and regulatory benefits will fare against Bitcoin
itself remains unclear Standards such as the ldquoInterledger
Protocolrdquo could play a role perhaps enabling an ldquoInternet of
Valuerdquo layer for the IoP That said in global B2B payments
the ldquochicken-and-eggrdquo challenges that are inherent in any
new network technology clearly exist Blockchain adoption as
a purely ldquoback officerdquo or inter-bank technology seems likely
to happen first within narrowly-defined early use cases and
communities Adding value to pre-existing end-user (buyer-
seller) interactions like Skype did may be one plausible early
adoption scenario ldquoPiggy-backingrdquo on another network layer or
use case like Paypalrsquos initial use for eBay payments is another
way to think about this Combining all of these may work best
end user demand can be effective in driving adoption by solution
providers notably banks in this case
An Internet of Payments as it emerges will reshape the B2B
payments industry and much more besides It will likely develop
quite suddenly as a mass phenomenon much like the Internet in
the mid-nineties It will create winners and losers Those who move
early to test learn and shape the emerging Internet of Payments
ecosystem and framework will be best positioned to win
About Roger Bass Roger Bass is Founder CEO and Principal of Traxiant Previously with Intuit for eleven years he recently led a Network Payments initiative Other instrumental roles included the launch of Intuitrsquos European operations first online banking solution SMB Internet group and the QuickBooks platform Reach out via rogertraxiantcom
About Traxiant Traxiant provides software and consulting solutions to help financial and technology providers grow their B2B Payments and Financing solutions and profit from the Internet of Payments Solutions and areas of expertise include card e-payables global payments receivables financing and supplier networks
wwwtraxiantcom
Roger Bass
CEO and PrincipalTraxiant
Blockchain
20 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B Blockchain-based Payments Can it Beat the Banks
Orchard Finance
For those interested in Supply Chain FinanceTrade Finance
there is an increasing amount of articles about blockchain
For those who are not yet familiar with this term it is the
underlying technology behind Bitcoin The starting point for this
technology was to allow two parties to transfer a token of value
(Bitcoin) from one to another in a cheap reliable and fast way
Three main criteria for it are the two parties can be anywhere in
the world there should not be a central authority processing a
transaction and the same token (Bitcoin) cannot be spent more
than once
To meet all these criteria the solution proved to be a distributed
ledger containing all transactions visible for all participants in
the network A transaction is approved by consensus which is
reached by cryptographic encryption This technology is called
blockchain Many articles about blockchain are focused on the
way it works (hence are very technical) but because of the
complex terminology being used it causes more confusion than
clarity Perhaps the authors of these articles have been inspired
by former American president Harry S Truman when he said lsquoIf
you canrsquot convince them confuse themrsquo
Instead of focusing on the technology it is far more interesting to
understand what it can do for businesses The technology itself
is very powerful and it has the potential to radically transform
how businesses work and how payments are done If a Bitcoin
can be transferred in such a cheap fast reliable manner why
not a Euro or a Dollar
The current situation of a lsquoreal-time paymentrsquo is still depending on
cut off times of banks The party that initiates the payment sees
the amount deducted from their bank balance then the receiver
will get the amount some time later Depending on the sending
and receiving bank this can range from a couple of hours up to
a couple of days What happens is that the bank of the sender
updates its ledger (the bank balance of the sender) sends the
transaction via (most likely) the SWIFT network to the receiving
bank Afterwards the receiving bank receives the transaction
and updates its ledger (the bank balance of the receiver)
Blockchain payments how real-time are theyAs said before blockchain is a distributed ledger a shared
database All parties involved have access to this database
thus the participants that are allowed to participate see the
same version of the truth This means that if one party wants to
send a token of value to another party it updates the distributed
ledger When this update is agreed by the participants the lsquonewrsquo
state of the ledger is accepted With Bitcoin the acceptance
is done by miners validating the transaction via sophisticated
cryptographic encryption A transaction is fully validated in
approximately 8 minutes
The Bitcoin blockchain is a well-developed network with many
miners that can vet a transaction This Bitcoin blockchain
however might not be the best blockchain for B2B payments
There are providers in the market that are building new types
of blockchains that are specifically developed to facilitate
payments within a Supply Chain This means that payments
can be done real-time worldwide at low cost Next to the fast
low-cost payment processing there is another interesting aspect
to blockchain-based payments By using so-called lsquosmart
contractsrsquo payments can be made conditional
There are a wide array of situations this can be applied to
bull A payment can be executed in case certain criteria are met
For example a container with bananas arrives in the Port of
Rotterdam at an agreed time and by using special scanning
equipment the quality and quantity are checked and approved
When these criteria are met a payment is executed automatically
bull A budget can be allocated and this budget can only be spent
on predefined parties For instance a government provides
a rental allowance for individuals with a minimum income
This allowance can only be spent at a pre-approved landlord
In case it is not used before a certain moment in time the
allowance is cancelled
21 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Various parties in a supply chain can all be paid when the end
consumer purchases the product For example a consumer
buys a song online At the moment of purchase the amount
paid is distributed amongst the band the producer the studio
and the record label All parties are rewarded based on their
added value
Blockchain-based payments open up many possibilities
Not only is it possible to trade easier and cheaper but also
payments can be made smarter Banks are particularly interested
in this new technology and are closely investigating the potential
it may offer to them It is exciting times for banks and payment
institutions as with blockchain the real disruption is knocking
on the door The disruption here is not that things are done a
bit smarter more efficient or faster The disruption in payments
is that there is technology available that makes banks PSPs
credit card companies redundant Cutting out these middlemen
by making use of technology that provides the same trust and
robustness (or perhaps even more) will increase the speed of
payments increase the possibility to trade with each other while
significantly reducing costs
About Kris Wielens Kris Wielens is Senior Consultant with Orchard Finance He has more than a decade experience is (corporate) payments with various fims He has been active as Head of Strategic Partnerships EMEA Business Development Manager Sales Manager and Credit Analyst
About Orchard Finance Orchard Finance is a leading independent consultancy and staffing company specialized in the areas of Finance and Treasury Tailoring to our clients we offer advisory services project management and staff ing support Our professionals have a long standing reputation based on operational and project experience in banking corporate finance and treasury management amp control
wwworchardfinancecom
Kris Wielens
Senior ConsultantOrchard Finance
22 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Three-Phased Transformation of Supply Chain Finance with Blockchain Technology
Innopay
At Innopay we saw the early discussions around Bitcoin in 2010
transforming into a discussion about blockchain technology
by 2015 When blockchain was eventually seen as a promising
technology the discussions transformed to ldquoSo where can we
use itrdquo Although many contexts for the usage of blockchain
concepts have been discussed this article specifically discusses
the use of blockchain concepts as a transformative force in
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) SCF as we broadly define it is the
management of financial flows in the supply chain which includes
financial processes (transaction processes data processing
invoice matching etc) and SC financing techniques
We believe blockchain concepts could fundamentally change
how we organise SCF in the nearby future but it will take time
before involved stakeholders will have gained the desired
level of common understanding needed to make it a reality
The fundamental reason behind this is that the benefits of
blockchain only get realised within the context of a network and
the level of usage of a technology within a network is largely
dependent on usersrsquo collective level of understanding
We predict that the collective understanding comes in phases (as
it is currently unfolding in the banking and insurance industries)
namely shared database transactional network and automatable
transactional network This development of the collective
understanding provides a tidy framework in which we can
describe the abovementioned transformation of SCF
Phase 1 Setting up shared databases (0-3 years)One of the fundamental e-business process challenges has
always been how do companies cross each otherrsquos organisational
boundaries to allow a secure dependable and synchronised flow
of goods and transactional data The most logical means would
be by using a shared database Currently blockchain technology
is the de facto instrument for shared database where all the
involved parties can read and write on the database while the
state of the database can be trusted without the involvement of
intermediaries As the communal understanding ndash and subsequent
use ndash of blockchain as a shared database gains traction within the
context of SCF we will see fundamental improvements in essential
processes such as
bull Synchronising processes
bull Harmonised naming and numbering conventions
bull Deducing the current state of invoices
bull Invoice double spending when it comes to financing
bull Insight into goods flows (ownership and arrivals)
bull Less administrative steps for goods receipt to activate invoice
sending and subsequent payout
bull Cheap and transparent dispute resolution
Phase 2 Transactional network (3-5 years)In the development of an understanding of blockchain technology
the knowledge that a transaction is nothing more or nothing less
than an accepted change to a database is an essential step
Although this insight may sound straightforward it is counterintuitive
based on the ubiquitousness of the traditional banking payment
and escrow services for transactions in SCF Their role is seldom
questioned or re-examined As soon as this insight becomes
common knowledge the potential of blockchain technologies
within transactions for both financial and ownership of goods
purposes will be understood at a more innovative level
With blockchain-based transactional networks any type of
transaction can be directly executed without the need for third
parties As soon as this functionality becomes part of the collective
understanding of the SCF community the community can take
advantage of this by reducing complexity by coordinating
financial information monetary flows and goods movements into
one transactional network
Currently transactional complexity and challenges surrounding
the coordination of different transactional flows are limiting
scalability and international breadth of SCF networks Blockchain
technology can provide elegant solutions to these impediments
and unlock value at an international level by further linking small
SMEs to global corporates and financiers
23 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Phase 3 Automatable transactional network (5-7 years)As soon as the SCF community gains communal understanding
of blockchain as a transactional network then the next natural
line of inquiry could be the nature of transaction initiation During
this inquiry the following components of blockchain technology
will be discovered and the third phase might commence
bull Multi-signature capability ndash a means of separate entities to
safely and securely state whether an event took place or not
bull Smart contracts ndash agreements that automatically execute the
change of ownership of funds or goods based on whether an
event took place or not
bull Cryptocurrencies ndash a set of tokens of a variable but crypto-
graphi cally verifiable amount which is used for efficient value
transfers
By means of combining multi-signature and smart contracts with
existing e-mandates or cryptocurrencies the automatic payment
of invoice amounts or other types of collateral could be initiated
and executed instantaneously and automatically This will open
the path towards an international SCF network that automatically
creates investment grade financial instruments as a seamless
part of the supply chain process
ConclusionAlthough history shows us that we can only have so much
foresight we see a clear match between the features of blockchain
concepts and SCF we believe that at some point blockchain will
be a prominent part of SCF The speed at which SCF will evolve
and innovate will depend on the creativity of its stakeholders
and how fast the common understanding on how to use the
technology will develop Seeing that blockchain technology has
something compelling to offer at each phase of understanding we
see rapid developments taking place sooner than later
About Gys Hough Gys Hough follows the develop-ment of blockchain concepts since 2012 and was involved in shaping several business ideas based on blockchain concepts in the field He is also involved in the facilitation of various discussions surrounding blockchain applications in the financial industry
About Innopay Innopay is an independent consulting company specialised in online payments digital identity and e-business We help our clients including financial institutions governments and corporates to develop the compelling strategies and digital services for consumers and companies that are key for successful competition in a rapidly digitising world
wwwinnopaycom
Gys Hough
ConsultantInnopay
Innovation In Payments amp Banking
26 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
SWIFT
Launched in December 2015 to much anticipation in the industry
the initiative has received strong backing with more than 50
leading banks already signed up The Paypers spoke to Wim
Raymaekers SWIFTrsquos Head of Banking Market and programme
manager of the global payments innovation initiative to find out
more about this exciting move
We often hear that B2B payments are opaque complex and risky Why do you think that is and where do you think that improvements can be madeYes currently when a corporate treasurer sends a request
for a cross-border transaction to his bank he typically has no
sight on what actually happens with that demand They often
liken this to a lsquoblack holersquo saying they have no view on when
payments occur or their final costs This can lead to problems
with suppliers or end-customers not to mention increasing
financial risks resulting from payment delays or non-compliance
with regulatory requirements
I think improvements can be made in three main areas firstly
the speed of payments corporates want fastest payments so
banks need to be able to guarantee that they are made within
certain timeframe Secondly corporates want to know the
exact payment amount that will reach their counterparty ndash here
banks need to provide transparency on the fees involved and
the amount credited to the creditor And thirdly they want to
be able to track payments banks need to let corporates know
when payments have been initiated and credited to the creditors
account to avoid delays in the supply chain or frictions between
supplier and seller
What are the opportunities for a corporate to leap forward through the use of the cross-border payment industryCorporates are not in the business of payments they just want
to buy and sell Yet they do have to manage their treasury to
make those payments ndash so a better faster more transparent
payment solution is important to them On top of that having
a good payment infrastructure benefits your supply chain
Because if the money does not get to the supplier in time the
credit line will go up causing delays on all fronts So the better
your payment infrastructure is the stronger and more reliable
your supply chain is
Designed for the corporate treasurer SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation initiative offers an ambitious roadmap for reinventing the correspondent banking model as we know it today With ever increasing competition from new entrants offering same-day or even real-time payment facilities SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
Correspondent banking rejuvenated
SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
27 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What can you tell us about the global payments innovation initiative (gpii) and what are SWIFTrsquos plans in regard to this initiativeAs part of the initiative SWIFT is working in close collaboration
with the largest transactions banks in the world to enhance
their corporate customersrsquo cross-border payment experience
Together we will strive to provide a faster service with upfront
clarity on costs confirmation of delivery and richer remittance
information data
We are now working together with the banks to commonly
agree service level agreements (SLAs) to which all the initiative
member banks must comply The new service will be designed
to address end-customer needs without compromising banks
abilities to meet their compliance obligations market credit and
liquidity risk requirements
What is the role of blockchain in this initiativeSWIFT is devoting significant resources to instigate the
opportunities and challenges of deploying blockchain and
distributed ledger technologies more broadly on our platform
While the initiative aims to first make improvements based on the
existing infrastructures in parallel we are building a gpii vision
for cross-border payments This will set out how we will adopt
new technologies in order to ensure corporate customers receive
the best possible payments experience in the near future
Wim Raymaekers
Head of Banking MarketSWIFT
About Wim Raymaekers Wim Raymaekers leads SWIFTrsquos banking initiatives worldwide and is responsible for developing and driving value propositions across the banking community In this capacity Wimrsquos mission is to help banks grow their business particularly in view of changing customer and market requirements
About SWIFT SWIFT is a global member-owned cooperative and the worldrsquos leading provider of secure financial messaging services We provide our community with a platform for messaging and standards for communicating and we offer products and services to facilitate access and integration identification analysis and financial crime compliance
wwwswiftcom
28 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Moving payments into the digital era
UniCredit
Which are UniCreditrsquos strategies to remain competitive in the B2B cross-border payments spaceUniCredit is taking a number of steps to ensure that it offers a highly
competitive portfolio of payments services including a number of
tools for simplifying cross-border transactions
In particular UniCredit has invested considerably in the
Bank Payment Obligation (BPO) ndash a settlement tool which
enables firms to execute secure transactions mediated by
partner banks through a quick and efficient digital process
When carried out properly BPOs combine the risk mitigation and
financing advantages of Letters of Credit (LCs) with the digital
speed of open account settlement This makes them particularly
advantageous for cross-border transactions ndash especially with
unfamiliar counterparties or those concentrated in a particular
region or industry Thanks to bank mediation the risk of non-
payment in such cases is drastically reduced ndash allowing firms
to take on more business and sell their receivables more easily
UniCredit has worked hard to bring these benefits to clients in
the most efficient and convenient format possible ndash offering vast
improvements on LC processing times which are only set to
increase once the process is fully digitalized This principle of
fully digitalized processes is also reflected in UniCreditrsquos virtual
accounts services which enable clients to consolidate their
bank accounts in a given currency into a single ldquoparentrdquo account
This can then be divided internally into as many ldquovirtualrdquo
accounts as required ndash with each account given its own allocated
funds account number and permissions Already available
for affiliatesrsquo incoming and outgoing transactions in nearly 50
countries including the SEPA zone and six CEE markets this
system generates huge benefits to efficiency scalability and
transparency ndash eliminating the need for cash pooling expediting
the process of opening and closing accounts and providing a
comprehensive overview of cash flows without sacrificing detail
Going forward UniCredit intends to remain at the cutting edge
of B2B cross-border payments with new initiatives such as the
integration of big-data analytics into existing payments services
ndash offering clients insights based on payments data and other
relevant information
With increased customer demand to install real-time payment infrastructures what trends do you see happening right nowThe demand for instant payments is part of a wider trend towards
greater speed and efficiency in the industry This is particularly
notable in ecommerce where firms are looking to provide
increasingly rapid delivery services ndash with next-day and even
same-day delivery now possible The use of digital technology to
expedite routine processes is becoming more and more prevalent
with clients increasingly basing their expectations on their
experiences in the retail sector UniCredit is keen to play its part
in this development and is already implementing real-time rates
for instant payments ndash including for cross-border transactions ndash
ahead of the November 2017 implementation date
How has UniCredit adapted to the digitalisation of the transaction banking industryUniCredit has established itself as a frontrunner in the
development of key advances such as the BPO and virtual
accounts and continues to search for new and innovative ways
to leverage technology for the benefit of its clients To this end
it has taken a number of steps to ensure continued innovation
ndash with product development teams harnessing the expertise of
traditional banking experts and technology specialists along
with a wide range of external perspectives
This has already seen blockchain technology become a reality
for custody services clients while virtual accounts technology
is being supplemented by CAMT messages ndash enhancing
standardisation even beyond the SEPA zone with automated
reconciliation between banks and corporates
The field of payments is undergoing a period of transformation as digitalisation paves the way for greater speed and efficiency
29 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
UniCredit has also adopted a more holistic client interface
including its IT solutions provider in client meetings This enables
UniCredit to adapt its solutions to clientsrsquo individual technological
requirements rather than expecting them to adapt to accommo-
date the solution
How do you support your CEE-based clients in their efforts to optimise working capitalUniCredit offers its CEE-based clients a full range of support for
their working capital optimisation programmes ndash having been the
first in Russia Bulgaria and Croatia to offer classic services such
as cross-border cash pooling UniCredit also offers unrivalled
BPO coverage with the instrument already available in Bulgaria
and Romania In terms of approach we encourage firms to avoid
the lsquosilorsquo mindset of asking how they can benefit from individual
tools such as receivables finance or approved payables finance
ndash instead promoting a focus on overarching short- mid- and
long-term goals Mostly it turns out that short-term liquidity
generation is not corporatesrsquo main concern ndash especially given the
abundance of liquidity in todayrsquos market Other factors however
such as risk mitigation supply-chain stability and balance-sheet
optimisation almost always figure in their plans ndash demanding
a holistic programme for working capital optimisation This of
course also means being prepared for the eventuality of liquidity
suddenly or gradually drying up
In the face of fintech disruption which areas can banks capitalise onFintech companies certainly bring new impulses to the transaction
banking sector but banks almost always excel by capitalising
on their existing strengths ndash drawing on their holistic financial
expertise and their status as trusted and highly regulated
partners to corporate clients These strengths can to a certain
extent be amplified through digitalisation within banks ndash
translating greater efficiency into greater convenience for clients
Even more promising however is the potential for co-operation
between banks and specialist technology companies with banks
combining their core strengths and broad client base with fintech
independence and nimbleness to create the ideal conditions for
innovation
About Markus Strauszligfeld Since 2005 Markus Strauszligfeld has been Head of International Cash Management Sales at UniCredit responsible for cash management and eBanking sales to large and multi-national organisations in Europe the US and Asia
About UniCredit UniCredit is a bank with a substantial footprint in Europe and an extensive international network of branches representative offices and correspondent banks ndash enabling it to follow its clients wherever they go Its payments services come under the Global Transaction Banking (GTB) unit
wwwgtbunicrediteu
Markus Strauszligfeld
Head of International Cash Management SalesUniCredit
30 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Making One-Click Finance Possible ndash Who Are the Relevant Stakeholders and How They Should Work Together
sharedserviceslink
There are 6 stakeholders in your supplier financing programme
(SFP) This article examines each of the groups and what their
contribution to the SFP is
Accounts PayableIn recent years the AP function has nudged its way to the front
of the crowd becoming the owner of most SFPs This is an
interesting development as the owner in the past was Treasury
This shift has come because of the evolution in invoice
processing technology Ten years ago APrsquos focus was to (slowly)
pay paper invoices Since then most multi-nationals have
implemented e-invoicing Sizeable volumes of invoices are now
received electronically meaning invoices are processed posted
and paid quicker And whether or not AP realised it at the time
the scene was being set for something greater to unfold early
pay programmes
Accounts Payablersquos contributionAP teams have become experts in onboarding suppliers This
expertise was established during earlier e-invoicing or P-card
programmes Supplier onboarding is complicated but after a
few rounds of reaching out and asking suppliers to change
something you soon become proficient in onboarding AP has
been driven to become expert in supplier onboarding as the
financial gain relies on supplier engagement This positions AP
to own the supplier onboarding process for your SFP
ProcurementWhereas AP owns the onboarding process Procurement
will own the actual relationship with suppliers which means
owning the message contained in the supplier communication
Suppliers listen to Procurement and see it as the key point of
contact Procurement can help make the SFP more successful
by drafting and signing off on clever messaging
Procurementrsquos contributionProcurement also owns the assessment of supplier risk ndash
assessing each supplierrsquos financial risk year-end and the
suitable rate that should be applied (given their credit history
etc) Forensic research into each supplier will further your
understanding of the opportunities and risk and the effect on
the return
ITYou may decide to use your own cash or a third partyrsquos cash
Either way technology will be involved You will want IT brought
into the project early to understand macro considerations
like security connectivity and compatibility IT will likely leave
business process and functional requirements to AP Treasury
and Procurement
ITrsquos contributionSFP technologies have been on the market for years They are
developing and becoming more varied Itrsquos likely that someone
in the IT team has installed a SFP tool before Make sure this
person sits on the team Also make this program a priority SFPs
will not drain IT (wo)man days so it need not compete with more
demanding IT initiatives Work with someone in IT that lsquogetsrsquo this
and can approve on security etc at a quick pace
TreasuryAlthough Treasury was historically the owner and leader of SFPs
it has taken on the role of collaborator in recent years offering
crucial perspective regarding the larger levers that should or
shouldnrsquot be pulled given the companyrsquos cash position
Treasuryrsquos contributionTreasury understands the flow of cash and its real cost and
opportunity to the business Because of this it is well placed to
regularly assess which approach to take ndash is it better to use the
companyrsquos own cash use a third partyrsquos cash (and if so which
party) or to stall on early payments altogether Treasury has a
360ordm view of the companyrsquos strategic aims the balance sheet
the bank account real-time rates and alternative rates through
alternative methods as well as whats most important given
where the company is in its financial year Treasury is the brains
behind the SFP
31 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
C-SuiteThe CFO needs to back your project and this support must
be visible It is important to educate them on the SFP early by
presenting them with relevant case studies you have gathered
and the possible business case
C-Suite contributionThey will need your direction but the CFO and CPO will add
panache to your SFP The lsquosignaturersquo on the comms piece sent to
suppliers should be theirs If any buyer in the business becomes
concerned about this programme the C-Suite needs to have
a response at hand To realise the significant savings that can
come from your SFP your C-Suite must be ready to provide the
required PR
SuppliersBuyers rarely push back against SFPs because a) itrsquos optional
for suppliers and b) itrsquos attractive for suppliers However getting
the suppliers to engage is instrumental and makes the supplier
a key stakeholder
Supplier contributionSuccess Without their participation your business case is a flop
So make sure they understand what the SFP is whatrsquos in it for
them what they need to do who they can reach out to with
questions or concerns and that participation in SFP inevitably
qualifies them as a preferred supplier
ConclusionGet the first five stakeholders onboard early at concept stage
so they feel supportive of the SFPrsquos direction and purpose and
ask them how involved they would like to be given their role
About Susie West Susie West is the CEO and Founder at sharedserviceslink and proudly labels herself as a shared services geek She has been in the shared services industry since 1998 In 2007 she set up sharedserviceslink a leading global business community for professionals looking to improve performance in shared services Her central aim is to help individuals companies and the market mature through the sharing and consumption of (mostly peer generated) best practice information
About sharedserviceslink sharedserviceslink is a business community for professionals working in shared services sharederserviceslink is viewed as trusted advisors to this market because it offers exceptional content connection insight and overall value
wwwsharedserviceslinkcom
Susie West
CEO and Foundersharedserviceslink
Exclusive interview
32 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About the companyToken provides digital payment solutions for banks and their clients to deliver instant end-to-end secure and frictionless payments worldwide The solution addresses the key concerns of PSD2 security disintermediation and lack of revenue
wwwtokenio
Marten Nelson
VP MarketingToken
Website wwwtokenioOffices location Redwood City California USAFounded in 2015Categories payments psd2 fintech
Token
The next generation of payments infrastructure will first of all help banks open up
What drives real-time payments infrastructure adoption in the US vs EUA number of valuable business cases drive the adoption of real-
time payments infrastructure Both consumers and businesses
expect funds to be instantly available during a payment
transaction 25 years ago the invention of the Worldwide Web
allowed us to share data instantly and globally Exchanging value
should be just as easy and fast as moving information but for
a number of reasons this hasnrsquot yet happened While there are
regional real-time payments solutions the US and many parts
of Europe are still lagging But there is hope ndash the Feds in the
US and the ECB have launched real-time payments initiatives
Why did Token choose to leverage the bankrsquos existing ledger instead of using blockchain The main reasons were that we found the bankrsquos ledger to
perform pretty well in most cases and to leverage existing
infrastructure typically reduces the complexity of deployment
and therefore cost It was simply a cost-benefit analysis
There are many interesting use cases for distributed ledgers
and for some of our functions and in some situations it makes
sense Thatrsquos why we designed the solution with distributed
ledgers being optional
What is the value proposition for European banks by integrating Token Token solves the main issues banks are facing in terms of
PSD2 security disintermediation and the economics First you
can think of Token as a PSD2 firewall that protects the bank
infrastructure from poorly behaving third parties Second Token
retains the bankrsquos customer experience even when accessed by
third parties Last we allow banks to offer value-added services
that generate incremental net revenue
33 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Future of Banking Innovation and the Fintech Startups Journey
Future Asia Ventures
The financial services sector has become the poster child for
corporate innovation Over the last 5 years banks have been
investigating and experimenting with several new financial
technologies in the crowd funding trade processing lending
and wealth management areas These experiments have come
in different shapes and sizes Based on our research we know
21 banks that have launched accelerator programs around the
world Other banks have launched pre-accelerators incubators
and labs
As a research amp advisory firm we regularly speak with many
corporations startups and venture investors We are constantly
learning about the landscape Here are 5 perspectives we would
like to share
1 Fintech is old but the market conditions have never been betterMost experienced financial sector professionals understand that
this recent wave of fintech startups is just that ndash a wave Fintech
is a new term that captures a large category of existing and
growing technologies which involve transaction processing data
and record keeping Fintech companies have been innovating
since the 1950s The last 60 years produced ATMs credit cards
online banking and online stock investing to name only a few
Innovation in fintech is nothing new What is new is the explosion
of startups in the last six years There are now approximately
6000 fintech startups The playing field is crowded and thatrsquos
because the opportunity to innovate has never been greater
The combination of cheap capital a dry period in bank innovation
and a credit crisis followed by heavy regulation created the
right environment for startups to rise There has never been a
better time to be an entrepreneur
2 Regulation matters It might sound obvious but regulatory rules and compliance are
a very important part of the startup journey for fintech founders
This makes fintech different from other startup sectors
Founders in fintech are generally a decade or more experienced
than their peers Regulation is often an entry barrier because
you need to be licensed by regulatory bodies to do business in
each jurisdiction For startups that want to expand compliance
is mandatory and expensive The financial system for good
reason doesnrsquot tolerate risk As a result founders need to
cooperate with regulators budget for long waiting periods find
strategic partnerships that help their growth efforts and be in this
for the long haul Fintech is marathon not a sprint
3 Innovation canrsquot be measuredWhen speaking with innovation officers I am often asked
which program or format is the best People are looking for a
quantitative measure or a definitive leader among corporations
The truth is there is no one best model or best innovator
An innovation program should be designed around your
budget your timeline and the problem you are trying to solve
These factors are different for each company For some a
hackathon might be best while for others a robust corporate
ventures program might make more sense Available capital
decision-making dynamics and pain points vary per company
Each company has to do whatrsquos right for them However one
thing is certain ndash good innovation programs have a clearly
defined problem and success criteria Without a mandate you
are bound to go in circles
Number of Corporate Accelerators Launched Each Year Corporate accelerator launches have peaked So far in 2016 2 new accelerators have launched Going forward companies will design tailored open innovation programs and formats to engage and collaborate with startups
34 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
About Falguni Desai She is the Founder amp Managing Director of Future Asia Ventures and has over 18 years of corporate strategy innovation and MampA experience She has worked globally with business leaders at Fortune 500 firms in the financial media and technology sectors to foster growth amp expansion
About Future Asia Ventures Future Asia Ventures is an innovation advisory amp research firm Through our research and services we help new ventures grow and connect investors with innovative opportunities We serve private investors foundations and corporations around the world
wwwfutureasiaventurescom
Falguni Desai
Founder amp Managing DirectorFuture Asia Ventures
4 Innovation is inherently wastefulSeveral companies are still sitting on the sidelines While our
latest research has uncovered that 116 companies around the
world have set up corporate accelerators and several dozens
have launched incubators and labs the majority of large
companies are not engaged in this type of open innovation
They might be wondering whether an innovation program will
generate returns The answer is no not in the short term But in
the long run yes Innovation creates waste Companies wonrsquot
solve the problem on the first try Several partnerships and
investments will fail Incubated ideas may not scale and those
looking to try their hand at innovation should swallow this pill
and be prepared for failure To be good at innovation you need to
try things and then quickly stop them when they donrsquot work and
quickly try again
5 The endgame is collaboration not conflictI still see articles which predict a future without banks how
disruption will cause banks to fail and shut down The reality
is banks play a very important role in the lending infrastructure
of most modern economies Peeling back through fintech
history the innovations that survived and scaled were the
ones that worked with banks not against them In the 1990s
online stock brokers appeared on the scene Stock exchanges
and brokers didnrsquot disappear but they now operate differently
Today fintech marketplace lenders offer loans more efficiently
to retail customers The capital for these loans comes from
traditional banks and large asset managers Banks brokers and
asset managers wonrsquot disappear instead their processes and
the customer experience they offer will change dramatically The
moral here is that new fintech services will become part of the
overall financial infrastructure Fintech startups will eventually
grow into companies that are counterparties and partners to
banks not necessarily competitors Of course not all of them
will succeed but the future of banking will be formed through
collaboration
VISIT OUR ENHANCED ONLINE COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING MARKET GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
wwwe-invoicingthepayperscom
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
The Power Of Data amp Traceability
37 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
1 Idea of exchanging invoice statuses + benefitsIncreasing financial pressure forces firms to focus on their cash
positions For this reason effective Working Capital Management
is a high priority There are different ways to improve the cash
position of companies in supply chains ndash and here comes one
of them exchanging invoice statuses positively influences the
cash position of selling parties After the purchase of a product
or service the seller sends his buyer an invoice and waits for
payment The unpredictability of the moment of payment leads
to significant challenges for sellers in managing their cash
positions Smaller companies (SMEs) particularly struggle with
liquidity shortages and unpredictable cash flows Payment
deadlines vary between 30 and 90 days and buyers tend to use
their free liquidity as long as possible In the case of long payment
deadlines sellers may want to have their receivables financed by
financiers The answer to this problem is offered by the Status
Based Receivables Finance Model (SBRF) a track and trace
solution for electronic and paper-based invoices The model
allows the actors to gain more insight in the invoice statuses
After the buyer grants the sellerrsquos financier permission to access
the invoice status the financier can lsquotrack and tracersquo the invoice
in the buyerrsquos ERP system It allows financiers to operate
more effectively and efficiently with reduced risks and lower
financing costs when providing invoice based finance to sellers
For sellers planning incoming cash flows becomes easier
because the provided transparency enables them to further
optimise their working capital position But there is even better
news the SBRF model allows for process efficiencies and better
risk management for all actors in the supply chain A detailed
overview of the various benefits is provided in the table below
2 Need for standardisationStandardisation is the key to successful processes and a
profitable outcome ndash in this case the working capital optimisation
Where does the need for standardisation originate
The SBRF Model directly connects to the financing instrument
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) While the seller waits for his payment
after the delivery his liquidity is reduced hence this becomes a
major problem for SMEs Due to their small size they often suffer
from poor borrowing terms even if they would urgently need
access to capital
SCF releases liquidity and creates benefits for all actors along
the supply chain The seller obtains a credit from a financier
against the buyerrsquos credit rating for the period of the payment
and benefits from the buyerrsquos credit conditions Normally the
process is automated through an electronic platform which
can onboard a variety of suppliers (and financiers if needed)
potentially combined with e-invoicing
Yet due to the number of SCF providers there is a heterogeneity
of concepts and technological solutions which leads to
inefficiency and process disruptions Additionally there is an
untapped potential of SCF because of insufficient dissemination
and misunderstanding of the concept These difficulties will
only be dissolved by standardisation and clear definition of
concepts processes and technologies Possible benefits of
standardisation are cost advantages facilitated implementation
and compatibility of technology and processes
E-invoicing as a prerequisite of SCF is already subject to
standardisation efforts throughout Europe reflected by different
guidelines and directives Even so a great deal remains to
be done The SBRF Model is one step in the right direction
towards standardised processes of SCF and working capital
optimisation
Track and Trace of Invoices for Working Capital Optimisation
Fraunhofer Institute
1 Better risk assessment2 Process efficiency and
resulting lower costs3 New financing markets
because it becomes economically viable to finance sellers based on smaller invoices
1 Better cash flow forecasting visibility and working capital optimisation
2 Less operational debtor handling
3 Better access to financing instruments faster more choice easier
1 Less manual handling of incoming invoice inquiries
2 Improving financial stability of the supply chain
3 Optimise internal procurement and invoice approval processes
4 Possibility of later payment or discount
Financier Seller Buyer
38 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About Prof Dr Michael Henke Prof Dr Michael Henke completes the board of directors of Fraunhofer IML as new director of the section Enterprise Logistics and he also holds the chair of Enterprise Logistics at the faculty of Mechanical Engineering at TU Dortmund University His research focuses lie among others on the area of eg management of the Industry 40 purchasing and supply management supply chain risk management and financial supply chain management
About Fraunhofer Fraunhofer IML is said to be first address for all questions with respect to holistic logistics the employees work on all fields of internal and external logistics Made-to-measure arranged teams create cross-industry and customer-specific solutions in the area of materials handling warehouse management supply chain management simulation supported business and system planning and also traffic systems closed loop economy resources logistics building logistics and e-business
wwwimlfraunhoferde
Share this story
3 First steps were takenInnopay an e-business consultancy firm from the Netherlands
the Dutch factoring company lsquovoldaanrsquo and a client of voldaan
developed the SBRF Model in 2015 Within the scope of the
Workshops on Standardisation in SCF by the Supply Chain
Finance Community Innopay and the Fraunhofer Institute
of Material Flow and Logistics (IML) presented the SBRF
demonstration since November 2015
The ldquoProof of Conceptrdquo demonstrated the financier tracking the
status of an outstanding invoice electronically He gained insight
into the progress of the invoice and could assess the associated
risks
During the Workshop Series the model as well as development
improvement and extension potentials have been discussed
actively by the participants European experts on SCF and
e-invoicing Subjects to the discussions have also been technical
specifications and the integration with other solutions
4 More Proofs of ConceptIn the first half of 2016 the SBRF concept will extend to more
financiers sellers buyers and ERP solutions across Germany
and Italy at least The well-established network of the SCF
Community and its members will provide a basis for the
development and geographical extension
The practical integration with e-invoicing and SCF platforms and
the standardisation along the dimensions of Legal Operational
Functional and Technical dimensions will be investigated in detail
For Germany a planned SCF event at the House of Logistics
and Mobility (HOLM) in Frankfurt organised by the Fraunhofer
IML and Innopay makes an important contribution to the Proof
of Concept The event is scheduled for summer 2016 and will
include workshops on the SBRF Model Moreover further
aspects of SCF standardisation according to the SCF research
focus of the Fraunhofer IML will be covered
Prof Dr Michael Henke
Director Enterprise LogisticsFraunhofer
39 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Turning Financial Messaging Data into Business Profit ndash the new challenge for financial institutions
INTIX
Long-term considered an impenetrable space dominated by
a few the financial services industry is currently riding a giant
wave of entrepreneurial disruption disintermediation and
digital innovation Recent developments such as the regulatory
pressure as well as the criticality of business intelligence and
customer experience are impacting banks more than ever
Financial Institutions (FIs) are caught between increasingly
strict and costly regulations and the need to compete through
continuous innovation The competitive position of incumbent
institutions is at stake
Todayrsquos challenges determine tomorrowrsquos needsFIs face a series of strategic challenges that will determine their
own future
1 Regulatory compliance ndash between 2008 and 2013 US banks
paid more than USD 100 billion in penalties and settlements
2 Business intelligence ndash turning data into a competitive advantage
is nowadays seen as the Holy Grail However only a few
succeed to become masters of their own data and conquer Big
Data problems
3 Customer service ndash Big Data and advanced analytics offer a
transformative potential to predict the ldquonext best actionsrdquo and
understand customer needs
4 Risk management ndash regulatory bodies now require information
management to be a foundational effort within all FIs for pur-
poses of risk management however the responsibility around
data quality is fragmented and unclear within the organisation
How will FIs be able to face such obstacles and in a cost effective
way Which strategy will help them survive (How) could technology
support the new needs in this journey
Digitisation and regulatory compliance are transformativeThe Financial Services industry faces an unprecedented accele-
ration of digitisation and regulations which leads to a series of
major impacts
1 The increased digitisation produces new electronic information
digital processes data semantics and structures as well as
new IT systems within FIs
2 The extended digital environment leads to higher complexity
for staff to find and interpret information given the growing
number of data sources
3 As critical information is siloed enterprise-level reporting
decision-making customer service and performance
optimisation are impaired
4 Working across data sources can be tedious or impossible
given the variety of data semantics in use
5 The regulatory mandates make effective information manage-
ment no longer optional As per Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision (BCBS) 239 regulation Systemically Important
Banks (SIBs) must prioritise addressing gaps in their Risk
Data Aggregation and Reporting (RDAR) capabilities Without
these senior management is unable to obtain an accurate and
in-depth picture of the risks the bank faces
6 A siloed approach to information management raises non-
compliance risks Many banks continue to lack the high-quality
data capture and aggregation processes full compliance requires
Information whether based on structured and unstructured data is
increasingly seen as the lifeblood of the business Regulatory bodies
identified this too and now require information management to be a
foundational effort within all FIs for purposes of risk management
and compliance reporting This has led FIs to recognise their need
to become information-centric
The information management challengeGiven the continuous evolution of their IT infrastructure and
adoption of digital processes FIs deal with a myriad of systems
and applications all having their own software technology
access method security user interfaces data semantics and
structures messaging formats etc This situation does not
simplify the work of the business and operations teams who
have to face such complex environment and rely on a series of
unconnected tools to execute their daily jobs Consequently
activities requiring access to customer and transaction details
as well as history and statistics are severely slowed down
Examples include handling of customer enquiries reporting on
transactions towards regulators reporting on SLAs to clients
management information reports and so on
40 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
FIs must consider those challenges strategically
bull First and foremost they must elevate information to its deserved
status of strategic asset This will help ensure that data is
actively managed on enterprise level for its embedded value to
be realised
bull They also need to equip themselves with the right technology in
order to turn information to their advantage
However some barriers exist
bull Integration with legacy systems many legacy systems make it
difficult to extract data and may not be best suited for Big Data
technologies
bull Connecting data silos there is no uniform view of data and most
organisations have not integrated disparate data sources given
the complexity of the task
Data integration tools are becoming key to connecting various
data sources and data sets and delivering on the promise of
information or data management
FIs become master of your dataBy conquering Big Data challenges FIs will be able to draw a
competitive advantage through enhanced strategic decision-
making improved customer service and effective risk management
Information management technology and governance are
key to break down the organisational silos that typically exist
within financial institutions to provide a complete picture of an
institutionrsquos financial transactions and client information across
a myriad of sources Not only does this make it easy for FIs to
respond to the increasing requirements for compliance and
reporting it also provides the opportunity to turn such data into
valuable insights and information for the customersrsquo benefit
Information management tools will help financial institutions
address a series of strategic objectives including regulatory
readiness and responsiveness enhanced strategic decision-
making faster customer service effective risk management
In sum FIs that become master of their own data will benefit from
a competitive advantage which they will turn into business profit
About Andreacute Casterman Andreacute Casterman is Chief Marketing Officer at INTIX and a Member of the Banking ExCo of the ICC During the past 5 years Andreacute was SWIFTrsquos head of the corporate amp trade markets in charge of strategy governance and product initiatives Andreacute Casterman has two masterrsquos degrees from VUB and a masterrsquos degree from ICHEC
About INTIX INTIX helps financial institutions and corporates address financial data management challenges in four strategic areas regulatory compliance business intelligence customer services and risk management INTIX helps its clients retrieve consolidate and reconcile any type of financial messaging data and protects them from any IT complexity and obsolescence issues
wwwintixeuinfointixeu
Andreacute Casterman
Chief Marketing OfficerINTIX
Commercial Payments
42 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Gaining Management Support for Your P-Card Programme
NAPCP
Achieving buy-in of the card programme especially by
management is a frequently cited challenge by the NAPCPs
audience The concern is justifiable Lack of buy-in can result
in never getting a programme implemented having a static card
programme or the elimination of the programme altogether
Whether you are considering implementing a new programme
or expanding the current one there are several questions to
address that can help in preparing your case to management
bull What are you seeking buy-in for and from whom Do you want
to ldquosellrdquo the existing P-Card programme to a new manager or
do you want to propose programme expansion
bull What is the rationale for your goal Management will only buy
into something that benefits the organisation and is supported
by facts including a cost justification
bull How does your goal support the goals of the organisation or
solve an organisational challenge Management decision-
making is driven by accountability for goals and the ability to
resolve issues
bull Are you aware of common objections to P-Card programmes
1 Data from the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation a report based on more than 3123 survey responses from end-user organisations
bull Who are the stakeholders There is nothing more defeating
than trying to move an idea or goal forward then learning that
someone with ldquoveto powerrdquo was left out of the discussions
inadvertently List who should be involved and why They might
provide good input in support of the card programme andor
express concerns such as the common objections listed above
The Business CaseThe next step is to create a solid business case based on the
answered questions above as well as other common business
case elements Include
bull statement of purpose (what you are seekingmdashyour goal)
bull where you are today (current metricsKey Performance Indicators
(KPIs) and how they compare to industry benchmarks) where
you want to be and ldquowhy nowrdquo
bull how your idea aligns with organisational goals
bull input from stakeholders plus common objections industry-wide
(if different from stakeholder input) address any concerns and
objections with facts
bull cost justifications to support the value proposition such as
anticipated andor actual process savings reductions in full-
time equivalents (FTEs) especially within the procurement and
or accounts payable departments and other hard- and soft-
dollar savings
bull implementation plan if applicable (eg for programme expansion)
Present cost saving benefits such as the cost of traditional
cheques versus P-Cards If your organisation has not completed
an internal process cost analysis use the NAPCP average
process costs shown below
1 As specified within the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation
2 Based on average monthly card spend of USD 1M and average transaction size of USD 559 per the results of a 2015 NAPCP poll
If expanding an existing programme it is important to consider
the value your card provider can add to this process They can
provide an analysis of your accounts payable vendor filemdash
identifying those vendors who accept card payments
43 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Working with the ldquolow hanging fruitrdquo can help your organisation
reap immediate benefits The larger ticket transactions can be
moved to card-type payments as well with the most popular
being a virtual or electronic card payment method
Continue to Provide Results-Driven CommunicationIt is important to relay results and successes to management
Use the following keys to successful communication
bull Be brief by limiting communication to a one-page summary
Put conclusions firstmdashgive highlights up front and supporting
detail second
bull Title the document presentation or email subject line with a key
message (eg ldquoP-Card Program Saved USD 4M in 2015rdquo versus
ldquoP-Card Program Report Attachedrdquo)
bull Focus on the facts Show numbers as often as possible and
summarise whether the numbers meet fall below or exceed
expectations Then explain Verify numbers with other team
members to build a coalition of support and ensure that you
have the complete picture
bull Facts and figures must be formatted consistently from one
communication to the next allowing for easy comparison
bull In verbal and written discussion keep your presentation analytical
bull If asked by management to give results ldquoon the flyrdquo synthesise
the key points for management into three to four concise bullet
points Add recommendations or alternative courses of action
if you have time Stay ahead of management requests by
monitoring your KPIs frequently
bull Ask to be part of upcoming meetings and do not be afraid to be
proactive rather than reactive
What if They Say ldquoNordquoExplore what could change a ldquonordquo into a ldquoyesrdquo When you are
ready to address the issue again with new insight go back to
your stakeholders It is generally okay to respectfully disagree
with management but as noted earlier ensure you have the
supporting documentation to make your point Finally know when
it is time to move on However moving on does not mean giving
up on the programme altogether It is still prudent to share the
status of the programme
About Terri Brustad Terri Brustad CPCP is the NAPCP Manager of Content Services Her previous experience includes 10 years in the Commercial Card industry mainly in the role of a public-sector P-Card Administrator Terri achieved the Certified Purchasing Card Professional (CPCP) credential in 2009
About NAPCP The NAPCP is a membership-based professional association committed to advancing Commercial Card and Payment professionals and industry practices worldwide The NAPCP is a respected voice in the industry serving as an impartial resource for members at all experience levels in the public and private sectors The 2016 NAPCP European Conference will be held in London on 23 June 2016
wwwnapcporg
Terri Brustad
Manager of Content ServicesNAPCP
44 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Commercial Payments under the Scrutiny of New Technology
KAE
New technology and innovation are words typically associated with
consumer payments Whilst technology and payments continue
to converge in our consumer lives the pace of convergence and
innovation has accelerated in the commercial payments space
Recent innovations have impacted corporate payment behaviour
but are yet to truly disrupt commercial payments In this article
we call out three themes that hold the potential to disrupt the
payments space
Shared ledger technologies There has been increasing interest in shared ledger technologies
with many global financial institutions looking into its use as a
commercially viable tool eg for trade finance transactions for
more streamlined cross-border payments etc
Shared ledgers or blockchains are digital and publically open
records allowing transactions to take place without an inter-
mediary such as a clearing house The open source nature of these
ledgers allows corporates to trade directly with any counterparties
around the globe offering various cost and time-saving benefits
Uneditable records are also created and shared with anyone
associated with a lsquotradersquo to enhance control and transparency
The challenge for the industry is that wider adoption will impact
existing operating models as corporates come to expect faster
and lower-cost transactions This technology could also drive
disintermediation within the commercial payments space eg by
removing the need for the card payment schemes
Mobile Wearables amp BiometricsThe rise of the mobile savvy and the constantly connected
customer is forcing traditional providers to rethink how they
deliver commercial payment solutions to satisfy ever-changing
and increasingly demanding expectations
Mobility is a key word and mobile devices and wearable techno-
logy are ideal bedfellows People are increasingly mobile in both
their corporate and personal lives and expect technological
advancements to support this
Mobile and wearable technology not only provides a more
streamlined and frictionless payment experience but also offers
benefits such as more accurate employee location tracking
(helping to reduce fraud incidents and supporting an employerrsquos
duty of care)
The convergence of commercial payment solutions with mobile
devices is a salient trend and one that will remain at the crest of the
innovation wave We have already seen a number of mobile apps
being developed for commercial banking and commercial cards
being included as part of digital wallets ndash this is only the beginning
Wearable payment development has also gathered pace
be it wristbands smartwatches or NFC-enabled clothing
Device battery life (imposed by device size and current screen
energy consumption) data privacy and security remain key
barriers to wider adoption
Biometrics will become interwoven with mobile and wearable
technology Passwords can be broken and authentication will
shift towards identifiers like facial features fingerprint retina
heartbeat and vein recognition All of which could be performed
by a smartphone or wearable device
Although challenges remain surrounding data privacy and educating
corporate clients biometric technology will eventually help increase
payment security and provide more convenience when making
payments
Virtual cards Virtual cards or single-use accounts also have the potential to
disrupt the payments space Corporates travel companies and
governments increasingly understand the benefits these solutions
offer (real-time expense capture enhanced control security recon-
ciliation and reporting) and spend levels have skyrocketed in
coun tries where virtual cards are being effectively marketed
Growth has also been fuelled by the productrsquos success in unlocking
B2B and increasingly TampE spend that has traditionally been
captured by other payment solutions eg cash cheque etc
45 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Virtual cards hold the potential to disrupt the commercial
payments space on two fronts
1) Physical cards are likely to disappear
2) These solutions hold the potential to drive a step change in card
adoption and usage levels
The challenge for the industry is clearly communicating and
providing compelling evidence of the benefits that virtual cards
offer and ensuring sales teams are trained to sell the solutions
over and above traditional ones eg corporate cards To help
unlock the opportunities in underpenetrated industries such as
telco construction and healthcare etc issuers must develop
tailored solutions to cater for any idiosyncrasies and overcome
the card acceptance challenge
The FutureTechnology holds the key to disrupting commercial payments
and the growing FinTech movement will support this Traditional
commercial payment providers will look towards and work more
closely with FinTechrsquos as an alternative source of innovation to their
own product development and delivery functions The opportunity
for banks is to build and launch disruptive technologies more
quickly The challenge is picking the right FinTech(s) that will help
deliver scalable solutions In the short-term we expect issuers to
increasingly focus their attention on developing virtual solutions
and integrating these onto mobile and wearable devices
Stargazing into the future wearables will be the game changer
as mobility becomes ever more important Wearables will also
be the bridging technology for embeddables In the next 10-15
years embedded chips in humans could become a reality
We are increasingly connected and interact with technology in
our personal and business lives and embeddables are the next
logical step More sophisticated chips will soon replace wearable
technology such as payment devices and fitness bands and will
help us all get used to a more connected and augmented lifestyle
As a concept it is well aligned to payments Embedded and inner-
connected biometrics will enhance security and offer a more
seamless experience
The future looks bright for commercial payments but will not be
without its challenges
About Chris Holmes Chris leads various work streams across the Financial Services practice He has managed multiple global projects across the payments banking FinTech AltFi and tech industries His specialist skills are geared to NPD sizing and opportunity assessments benchmarking and best practice identification
About KAE KAE is a strategic marketing consultancy that has provided support to some of the worldrsquos largest payment and tech brands for the past 25 years Operating globally from a London HQ KAE has provided consulting and strategic advice in more than 50 countries across three core areas Insight Strategy and Analytics
wwwkaecom
Chris Holmes
Senior Vice President KAE
Trade amp Finance
48 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Financing International Supply Chains An Idea Whose Time Has Come
Supply Chain Finance Terminology Drafting Group
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) was the subject of serious debate
among senior practitioners just a while ago Was SCF a
legitimate substantive new proposition in the financing of trade
and supply chains or was it a hollow marketing device aimed
at countering the threat of bank disintermediation as businesses
decisively shifted to trade on open account terms
The initial innovation and contribution of SCF were less in the
specifics of financing techniques and more around the shift
from a limited bilateral view of trade to a holistic network-based
view of trade based on complex ecosystems and commercial
relationships
The debate about the substance of SCF can now be put to
rest as its adoption grows and as the techniques of SCF are
increasingly recognised in both domestic and international
supply chains Whatrsquos more public entities in the UK the
Netherlands the US and elsewhere begin to embrace certain
forms of SCF to driving liquidity and affordable financing to the
globally important but typically underserved SME segment
Additionally the usage rates of SCF programmes and facilities
have grown significantly now reaching 80-90 or higher In
comparison programmes were once considered successful if
they exhibited usage rates of 30 or more
SCF development and adoption rates have varied significantly
by region and by individual institution be it a bank multilateral
ECA fintech or another market player and as a result a veritable
lsquomazersquo of definitions terminology and common parlance
developed relative to SCF Leading institutions effectively
developed their own terminology in the absence of anything else
in the market invested in marketing collateral and branding and
devised technology solutions on the basis of their techniques
and related nomenclature This extended to the point that it
has been difficult to engage in any discussion around SCF
without the need to pause and check on mutual understanding
(or worse progress a discussion or interaction only to later
realise that language has been a barrier rather than an enabler
of understanding)
Leading industry associations gathered over two years ago
and agreed that it would be valuable to begin the process of
devising a common set of global terminology around SCF
The Euro Banking Association Factors Chain International
ITFA (The International Trade and Forfaiting Association) the
International Factors Group (since merged) and BAFT (the
Bankers Association for Finance and Trade) came together with
the ICC Banking Commission to create and launch the Global
Supply Chain Finance Forum (GSCFF) Its global drafting team
and the steering committee were mandated to review existing
material develop and disseminate a draft set of definitions
circulate widely for comment and update to a final version which
was then to be the focus of a global advocacy campaign to drive
adoption by market stakeholders
The ldquoStandard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Financerdquo was launched at the 4th Annual ICC Supply Chain
Finance Summit Singapore under the auspices of the ICC
Academy The setting was particularly appropriate given the
educational nature of the publication and the reality that major
international supply chains today are at least partly anchored in
Asia where SCF propositions are expected to show significant
growth in the coming years
The focus of SCF in some areas thus far has been on what we
refer to in the Definitions as ldquoPayables Financerdquo to the extent
that this single technique has often incorrectly been referred
to as Supply Chain Finance Financial institutions as well as
non-bank providers have placed a significant priority on these
buyer-led structures with supplier onboarding being a common
challenge And yet we are seeing demand for the development
of end-to-end solutions across the procure-to-pay and order-
to-cash cycles with an increasing number of market actors
venturing beyond some of the familiar techniques to begin to
embrace for example distributor finance
49 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Large supplier communities are based in emerging Asia
and Africa yet major economies like China and Indonesia are
experiencing great increases in disposable income and thus
engaging more on the consumer side of supply chains The
combined dynamics are shaping economic activity and flows in
ways that need a wider range of financing and risk mitigation
solutions including end-to-end SCF
Supply Chain Finance is defined as the use of financing and risk
mitigation practices and techniques to optimise the management
of the working capital and liquidity invested in supply chain
processes and transactions SCF is typically applied to
open account trade and is triggered by supply chain events
Visibility of underlying trade flows by the finance provider(s) is
a necessary component of such financing arrangements which
can be enabled by a technology platform
Source Standard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Finance 2016
Practitioners and financial institutions based in Asia are proactively
working to develop their SCF propositions in response to evolving
market demand and region-specific practices With ASEAN
integration progressing the Trans-Pacific Partnership advancing
and intra-regional trade growing in importance the central role of
cross-border supply chains and SCF in particular will increase
in the next several years as enablers of trade development and
inclusion
The Standard Definitions are a ldquoliving documentrdquo meant to evolve
with market practice the needs of clients financiers regulatory
authorities and others The next phase will focus on dissemination
education and advocacy in support of global adoption
This is the start of a journey that will only speed up in adoption
impact and importance SCF an idea whose time has come
About Alexander R Malaket A recognised specialist in international trade including trade and supply chain finance Mr Malaket has advised government international institution banking and corporate clients around the world developed and delivered training materials and seminars and authored numerous white papers briefing and policy papers and research reports on a variety of topics in international business finance and international development
About International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) The ICC Banking Commission is a leading global rule-making body for the banking industry It produces universally accepted rules and guidelines for international banking practice With 85 years of experience and more than 600 members in +100 countries the ICC Banking Commission ndash the largest commission of ICC the World Business Organization ndash has rightly gained a reputation as the most authoritative voice in the field of trade finance
wwwiccwboorg
Alexander R Malaket
PresidentOPUS Advisory Services International IncDeputy Head of the Executive CommitteeICC Banking CommissionChairSCF Terminology Drafting Group
Share this story
50 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Improving Access to Finance for SMEs with the Open RFI Project
SCF Community
IntroductionFor a financial service that claims to have a tripartite win-win-win
value current market adoption of Supply Chain Finance (SCF)
is still in its infancy As the credit rating of the larger corporate
is leveraged for SCF solutions suppliers have faster access to
cheaper liquidity from invoices The large corporate can achieve
working capital benefits through payment term harmonisation
or it can reduce the COGS (Cost of Goods Sold) Despite clear
benefits the cost and complexity of onboarding small suppliers
have resulted in a slower uptake in this group of suppliers and
hence there has been little possibility to take advantage of the
benefits SCF can offer
The Open Request for Information (RFI) launched by the
SCF Community on behalf of a group of Dutch multinational
corporations invited over 30 vendors to show how they would
apply SCF solutions to smaller suppliers ndash those with volumes of
EUR 200000 and below Corporates recognise the importance
of SME suppliers and are looking for ways to improve their
access to finance This recognition is underlined by the support
of the Dutch Ministry of Economic Affairs for the Betaalmenu ndash
initiative in early 2015 which is aimed at injecting liquidity into
Dutch SMEs
The objective of the Open RFI was threefold 1) to provide
participating corporates with an overview of available SCF
solutions and solution providers 2) to facilitate structured
engagement between SCF solution providers and corporates 3)
to perform a structured analysis of the SCF market and available
solutions for SMEs This project allowed for direct comparison of
leading SCF vendors for the first time in history
Preparations for an SCF implementationThere are a number of things corporates should address before
starting with an SCF implementation Firstly the overall SCF
strategy should align with strategy on other areas such as
procurement finance and IT Next due to the multidisciplinary
character various internal departments have to be involved in
the setup and enrolment of an SCF program
Thirdly a spend analysis of the corporatersquos supplier base needs
to be made in order to support a clear and segmented approach
to offer selected suppliers the intended SCF solution Finally in
order to fully reap the benefits of an SCF solution the internal
processes have to be analysed focussing on the efficiency of the
procure-to-pay process
RFI process and preliminary resultsIn total over 30 vendors were invited to participate and eventually
23 completed the RFI ABN Amro Asyx C2FO CRX Markets
Flinqer GT Nexus ING Kyriba OpusCapita Orbian Oxygen
Finance PrimeRevenue ProQuidity Rabobank Remitia Riskco
Santander Taulia Terbit TradeShift Trefi Finance Tungsten and
Urica The RFI contained seven categories and participants were
ranked relatively in each category
1) Qualifications and Strategy The proposed SCF solution had
to be well proven in the market and therefore participants
were required to give insights of their track record
2) Solution Scope Vendors should be able to onboard suppliers
in various countries and currencies and work together with
other liquidity providers Half of the vendors claimed to have
a global solution covering all currencies while the rest focused
more on Europe
3) Platform Technology Vendors had to elaborate how their
SCF platform interacts with current IT systems and P2P
processes on the corporate side Almost all platforms were
accessible online flexible to adapt to current infrastructure
and offered manual to fully integrated options to connect to
the corporatersquos ERP
4) Implementation and onboarding Given the scope of the
RFI (small suppliers) fast onboarding was deemed crucial to
participating corporates Differences exist between vendors
in terms of availability of online resources KYC and due
diligence and administrative requirements
51 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
5) Transaction Volume Availability of both funding and platform
is an important factor in selecting a solution provider The
benefits and pitfalls of various sources of funds and structures
are examined and collated
6) Accounting amp Legal Maintaining trade payable status is
important for corporates and accounting regulations should
be considered Each vendor responded with its legal structure
to reassure no reclassification issues would arise
7) Incumbent SCF provider Since the majority of large buyers
have existing SCF programs in place vendors were asked if
and how they would be able to co-exist All vendors indicated
that working side-by-side would be possible but not all of
them had prior experience with this matter
Outcome of RFI projectThe relative ranking combined with a weighting of the importance
for each category by the supporting corporates has generated
the final shortlist The SCF Community named C2FO ING Orbian
PrimeRevenue Santander and Taulia as the six vendors in its
lsquoOpen RFIrsquo project All six have presented their responses to the
Open RFI during the SCF Community Forum in Amsterdam on
18th November 2015
By gathering and assessing available solutions in the marketplace
the SCF Community has improved transparency for its corporates
by providing an overview of SCF solutions and facilitating
engagement This initiative contributes to the Communityrsquos
goals in developing knowledge on SCF while simultaneously
increasing adoption and standards in the practitionerrsquos field
The whitepaper that contains both a detailed analysis of the
SCF market as well as a checklist for corporates interested in
offering their own SCF solution can be downloaded from the
wwwscfacademyorg soon
About Matthijs van Bergen Matthijs currently holds
a position as researcher SCF at Windesheim and
is responsible for developing business cases for
Corporates and for the project management of Open
RFI He studied Supply Chain Finance and is an
experienced independent consultant for over 5 years
About Steven van der Hooft Steven gained extensive
experience in the field of Supply Chain Finance
through roles as director banking at Inchainge senior
management consultant at Capgemini Consulting and
while working at ING In 2015 he founded Capital
Chains a company that specialises in Training amp
Consultancy on Financial Supply Chain Management
issues for both banks as well as corporates
About SCF Community The Supply Chain Finance
Community is a not-for-profit group for all those
involved in supply chains manufacturers transport
companies banks consultancies technology
providers and academics Its mission is to share
experience best practice and new research linking
across finance treasury supply chain operations
logistics and procurement
wwwscfcommunityorg
Matthijs van Bergen
Researcher SCF Windesheim
Steven van der Hooft
CEOCapital Chains
Share this story
52 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
If Supply Chain Finance is Supplier-Centric Financial Supply Chain is Customer-Centric
Magnus Lind The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
Fintech is not only disrupting banks itrsquos disrupting corporate
finance as well At The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
conference in Malmo Sweden in April of 2016 both corporates
and vendors discussed the significant changes we can expect in
the way we engage with suppliers and customers in the future
The Talent Show highlighted the increasingly popular Supply
Chain Finance (SCF) solutions as one essential ingredient to
cater for the unbalanced capabilities of bank financing in the
corporate sector Investment graded companies enjoy excellent
access however SMEs and sub-investment grade companies
still suffer Change is nowhere on the horizon
SCF is one remedy to support the first tier suppliers of very large
customers with fair priced and sufficient financing SCF has
many benefits and the solutions have matured and now
provide reliable backbones for financing of approved invoices
Yet despite all the advantages of SCF it only solves a limited
amount of challenges in the whole corporate supply chain At
The Talent Show we discussed the supply and demand chain
holistically and mapped SCF as a subsection of the financial
supply chain (FSC) The FSC is much broader in scope includes
all tiers of suppliers and also the full demand chain With SCF as a
base we need to include second and higher tier suppliers and our
financial processing and the customers into the mindset If SCF is
supplier-centric FSC is customer-centric
The champion to implement SCF is often the treasury department
whereas it is procurement that eventually owns and runs the
programme Wersquove detected the CPO (Chief Procurement
Officer) usually has significant acumen to drive other supply
chain initiatives with his or hers combined customer and supplier
relations What the CPO lacks in financial skills are many
times balanced through a sense of urgency to understand the
rationalisation potential and how it improves the overall business
At the Show we heard about initiatives to bridge stakeholders
over the supply chain with treasurers and procurement actively
working together Anthony Buchanan Treasurer Procurement at
SABMiller gave a much-appreciated presentation of how the two
departments work together to build a sustainable chain for both
the large and the small suppliers
We heard fintech leaders introducing their solutions over the whole
FSC Taulia on supplier finance SAP Ariba on supplier networks
e-invoicing and their new partnership with PrimeRevenue We heard
Basware introduce ldquocorporate financial social responsibilityrdquo and
its new financing service Kurt Cavano from GT Nexus presented
ways to connect the physical supply chain with the financial one
and finally Danny Aranda from Ripple shared how blockchain is
taking over as the main rail for payments Gerard Chick Chief
Knowledge Officer at Optimum Procurement gave an appreciated
endnote at The Talent Show
We are continuously improving our abilities to adapt quickly
Being big isnt enough to sustain when new competitors are
unbundling large businesses in almost all industries The need
for large corporations to think and act more entrepreneurial is
imperative Peter Carlsson recent CPO at Tesla explained how
Tesla is driven by a few group-wide targets at a time providing
high speed over ground Many large companies have too complex
strategies and objectives even creating conflicting behaviour in
their own organisations Enterprises have to rethink their models
of management to fight off the attacks or they risk being killed
by a thousand cuts from a multitude of new entrants especially
if they are organised to fight the single cuts from their main (big)
competitors
53 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The EVP and CFO at Turkcell Murat Dogan Erden proved
in his keynote that even mature companies can adapt quickly to
game changers Turkcell is a dominant telecoms operator that
has successfully managed the transition from a pay-per-minute
market through providing world leading surf speeds content
and services Turkcell is also exploiting its credit management
competence to expand into consumer finance Turkcell will use
its market access through all the connected devices
Developing the FSC doesnrsquot only consist of cutting costs and
lead times It also enables expanding the core business offering
with financial components
About Magnus Lind Magnus Lind is co-founder of The Talent Show He has a background as an international business executive in Europe SE Asia and North America and he has founded companies in 7 different countries where he acted as CEO board director and investor The Talent Show puts innovation and disruption above case studies and legacy thinking
About The Talent Show The Talent Show is a corporate driven event focusing on the whole corporate Financial Supply Chain (CFSC) and how it links to the physical chain The audience consists of CFO and CPO supply chain treasurers and IT Participants include Sandvik Turkcell Port of Rotterdam Abengoa Octal Arriva DONG Energy Ericsson and SABMiller
wwwsupply-chain-financerocks
Magnus Lind
co-founderThe Talent Show
54 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Supply Chain Finance Time for SMEs to Take Position
Anita Gerrits
For a long time the deployment of supply chain finance (SCF)
was seen to be the domain of large corporates only but times
are changing Nowadays large SMEs are also able to reap the
benefits of innovative ways to free up liquidity reduce working
capital and approve their ROI
Imagine an SME company supplying goods to retailers and a
significant part of its turnover is achieved with only a few large
customers The DSO has increased dramatically over the past
few years as these retailers have increased their payment terms
to 60 or even 90 days Some of these customers have a reverse
factoring program in place but donrsquot offer access to all their SME
suppliers some donrsquot have a program in place The margins in
the business are tight and although the suppliers are begging
for early payments extending the terms with them seems to be
the only way possible to fill the working capital gap What other
options does this company have
One of the options is to consider Receivables Finance (RF)
This solution allows the company to sell open invoices (receivables)
of customers with a good credit standing to a third party on a non-
recourse basis As this is classified as a true sale of receivables
whereby the default risk on the customer gets transferred in full
to the third party that buys the invoices the receivables position
(DSO) will decrease with the amount of invoices sold The discount
paid for early payment is based on the creditworthiness of its
customers and presuming these are healthy these rates are
attractive For instance this is only a fraction of what traditional
factoring solutions would cost The other benefit is that the
company selling the invoices has full control over what and when
they sell Flexible on-demand access to cash is what it delivers
Although his the creditworthiness of the customer is key the
customer is not directly involved in the transaction and oesnrsquot
even need to be made aware of it As the solution carries the word
ldquoFinancerdquo in its name it might suggest that RF is a loan or a specific
type of debt Neither of them is the case What it boils down to is
that the seller gets upfront cash on receivables and not just 80
of the full invoiced amount but up to 95 PrimeRevenue one of
the leading SCF solution providers successfully implemented this
innovative solution for a wide range of clients worldwide
With the current interest rates it doesnrsquot make much sense to
free up cash to put in on a savings account where the return
is zero or even negative Freeing up cash enables companies
to take advantage of (investment) opportunities to increase the
ROI thereby improving their overall financial healthiness In
a low-margin business environment offering a program with
attractive early payment discount terms to your suppliers is a
way to improve your gross margin and generate a high return
on excess cash And yes working capital increases but less
than the decrease that was generated on the receivables side
so in total working capital is being reduced and your balance
sheet total is shortened Dynamic discounting is one of the
Payables (Finance) solutions that is growing in popularity in the
SME world As banks and solution providers have lowered their
entrance barriers this solution is now within reach of a larger
part of the business community The benefit for the supplier is
that he reduces his working capital position (DSO) and gets paid
earlier at an attractive discount below its WACC to ensure a
better ROI
Another option for the SME is to offer an SCF (read Reverse
factoring) program to selected suppliers In that way there is
no impact on the working capital position of the buyer in case
the payment terms remain unchanged or alternatively when
terms are extended the payables position will increase and so
working capital decreases The good news is that some banks
and platform providers indeed are starting to offer large SME
companies to set up their own SCF program The downside
however is that the discount rates the funders charge for
medium-sized companies are fairly high in comparison to the
rates for big creditworthy corporates This can be explained
mainly by the sheer purchase volume of big corporates versus
medium-sized companies the size of the SCF program is thus
of a different order of magnitude Whatrsquos more the risk profile of
SME companies is often rated relatively high in comparison to
corporates which has a significant impact on the risk premium
component of the total discount rate
55 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Some banks and platform providers offer both Dynamic
Discounting as well as SCF with the option to switch between
the two might an opportunity arise for the buyer to invest its cash
for other purposes than to prepay its suppliers A bank will then
be brought in to take over the funding
All in all with all developments in the SCF market it would make
sense for SMEs to explore the potential benefits of SCF for the
business they are in Having said that SCF awareness is still
not very widespread amongst SMEs despite several initiatives
to change that for the better What a pity In the end there is
nothing to lose and everything to gain
About Anita Gerrits For the past 7 years Anita has been a strong believer in and advocate of the concept of SCF She provides consultancy support in this exciting relative new area of finance She also organises workshops acts as guest speaker and trainer to business management as well to students to create awareness and understanding of this topic It all began in 2009 when she played a leading role in achieving a cash flow turnaround of the European Consumer Business of Kimberly-Clark through a massive reduction in working capital She has a corporate background studied business economics credit rating advisory and business valuation
wwwg-raybiz
Anita Gerrits
Supply Chain Finance Specialist
Follow on Twitter Tweet aboutExchangeSummit EXCS16
From E-Invoicing toSupply Chain Financing
October 10 and 11 2016Barcelona Spain
Exchange Summit with 2 major E-Invoicing events in 2016
June 7 and 8 2016Orlando Florida USA
100 FREE TICKETS
100 FREE TICKETS
Apply now on
Apply now on
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
Key topics 2016
bull E-Invoicing entering a new era ndash global market development and forecast
bull E-Invoicing from a corporate and governmental perspective
bull Implementing tax compliance in a paperless world
bull Compliance and fraud prevention within E-Invoicing
bull Driving forward ARAP and end-to-end P2P automation
bull Global standardisation and status of E-Invoicing interoperability
bull Best practice in onboarding customers to E-Invoicing
bull Supply chain financing ndash new opportunities and challenges
wwwexchange-summitcom
Within our two major E-Invoicing events in 2016 you will
bull network with more than 500 participants
bull meet experts from over 40 different countries
bull evaluate solutions from 50+ service providers
bull benefit from exclusive keynotes best-practices and discussions
Anzeige_EXC_Paypers_Layout 1 14042016 1530 Seite 1
E-invoicing
58 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Cross-border Invoicing ndash The Real Challenge For Multinational Projects
Comarch EDI
Global approach with local adjustments Nowadays a significant majority of enterprises cooperates with
foreign business partners Whatrsquos more an increasing number
of organisations have been changing their document flow from
paper to digital formats to optimise processes in the supply
chain Thus there has been growing demand for solutions
enabling onboarding of partners worldwide exchanging the
whole set of messages in the supply chain (order-to-cash
procure-to-pay) and guaranteeing legal compliance project
management and local support Letrsquos explore the electronic
invoicing process in particular since it is an essential part of the
efficient B2B collaboration
Various legislations in forceIn Europe the Council Directive 201045EU has been
implemented in the Member States in 2013 which treats paper
and electronic invoices equally Also it is widely known that
each taxable person shall determine the way to ensure the
authenticity of the origin the integrity of the content and the
legibility of the invoice
However each Member State defines its rulings on electronic
invoicing and in spite of progress even within the EU there are
significant differences For instance in Portugal the taxable
person has to use certified invoicing software (assuming the
annual turnover of more than EUR 100 000) What is common
for both Portugal and Hungary is that the solution should be able
to present the data for audit purposes in the countryrsquos defined
SAF-T formats When considering the form to assure authenticity
and integrity besides business controls EDI and electronic
signature should be considered Then local requirements differ
for outsourcing of invoice issuance (unilateral or bilateral
written with some content requirements) notifications of tax
administration the obligation of EDI agreement based on EU
1994 Recommendation system documentation describing
software and procedures to name only a few
In the archiving area the unification is even lower Besides various
retention periods and tax authoritiesrsquo notification obligation Italy
requires an invoice preservation process France has lsquopartner
filersquo and lsquosummary listrsquo functionalities while in Germany the law
introduces three access mechanisms known as Z1 (direct access
to electronic data) Z2 (indirect) and Z3 (through the transfer of
extracted data)
Challenges to approach just outside EU bordersAssuming that all peculiarities were analysed (mostly thanks
to the EU documentation available in many languages) and
technical design and implementation were done yet even within
Europe further adjustments are needed For instance take into
consideration Norwayrsquos restrictions of storage Switzerlandrsquos
requirement for the service provider to be registered in the local
commercial register and the fact that electronic invoices have to
be ensured by electronic signature
Of course the European model called post-audit does not
rule worldwide Beyond the EU borders the regulations are
more complicated In Turkey or Russia there is a clearance
model implemented in which an electronic invoice must be
sent to the tax administration or licensed certified providers for
authorisation before during or just after issuance as an original
tax invoice LATAM has implemented the model and observes
high penetration of electronic invoice usage
MILLION DOCUMENTS
500were transmitted in 2015
Capacity of up to
400 DOCUMENTS PER SECOND
12LANGUAGESapplications available in 17 languages
Service Desk in
confirmed by tests carried out by an independent institution
ACTIVE USERS FROM
40 COUNTRIES
50 000 PROCESSEDDOCUMENTS
998
in less than30 seconds
59 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Click here for the company profile
Thus the cross-border invoicing issuance for companies
with subsidiaries worldwide is a real challenge where the law is
applicable (ie country of establishment place of VAT registration
transport invoicing goods or services)
Electronic invoice still on the riseDespite the legal and technical obstacles enterprisesrsquo awareness
of process automation with electronic invoicing and cost
reduction has been steadily increasing Most of them would take
the decision to start e-invoicing shortly if the legislation would be
clearer and standardised On the other hand the governments
are aware of the scale of the VAT fraud and are looking for tools
to seal the system ndash unfortunately each country is trying to find
its own way
However it is highly unlikely that the EU will implement the
clearance model there are several initiatives to speed up
the process The Member States decided to organise multi-
stakeholders forums to implement a European Standard for
e-invoicing (expected in 2017) and increase the interoperability
among service providers Hopefully the Directive 201455
EU on electronic invoicing in public procurement will prove to
be a significant milestone resulting in the mass adoption of
electronic invoices in the structured form (not PDF invoices)
and public authorities will realise the benefits of e-invoicing and
hasten the implementation of common understandable and
unified legislation on cross-border e-invoicing In a nutshell
the stage of market education and convincing towards adopting
automated invoices processing is coming to an end Most of
the enterprises have launched or consider the implementation
of e-invoicing at a country level in the short term Currently the
biggest challenge is to enable the smooth extension of their
projects on the transnational level Finding a service provider with
vast international experience is essential Comarch EDI enables
compliance with all local legal requirements Its membership
in organisations such as the GS1 or the European E-Invoicing
Service Providers Association (EESPA) guarantees that the
company is a reliable partner Comarch EDI has cooperated with
GS1 and EESPA for many years in several countries to make
sure that our services are of the highest quality and the solution
is compliant with national and international requirements
About Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz He has over 10 years of experience in the field of B2B communication in the supply chain Initially responsible for the EDI market development in Southern and Central Europe he is currently responsible for the development of Comarch EDI portfolio
About Comarch EDI Comarch EDI is a B2B platform which provides a competitive advantage by a fast and secure data exchange with business partners The solution provides the automation of data processing throughout the supply chain from the procurement process through the logistics to invoicing and payment processing
wwwcomarchcom
Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz
Product Development ManagerComarch EDI
60 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Why lsquoOpenness Should Be The 1 Selection Criteria for Any E-invoicing RFP Process
Simplerinvoicing
In the previous editions of this report I talked about the
opportunities e-invoicing brings in supply chain finance and
streamlining payments and collection processes I also talked
about strategies for businesses to adopt e-invoicing on a
large scale Whatrsquos more I spoke about the EU directive that
makes e-invoicing to (semi-) governments mandatory as of
October 2018 In the past year numerous driving forces pushed
e-invoicing forward The most important one however was the
high interest from e-invoicing providers and ERP and accounting
software to collaborate platforms are increasingly sharing data
(such as invoice data) with others through interoperability
Yet as we can see in the reports from Billentis lsquotruersquo e-invoicing
adoption rates (counting only full XML invoices no PDFs) are
still below 15 in most European countries The reason is
that companies have not fully embraced the concept of open
e-invoicing Open e-invoicing requires a different view from
e-invoicing service providers but also their clients the business
partners
The move towards open e-invoicing has one major benefit for
trading partners it eliminates the need for onboarding them on
your e-invoicing platform by enabling the exchange of invoices
using their own software The result increased reach ie a larger
number of suppliers that can send e-invoices to you as a buyer
hence better business case Plus extent is one of the key success
factors in grasping as many trading counterparties as possible
A typical lsquoopenrsquo service provider has numerous interoperability
agreements with other service providers Some of them have
over 100 agreements The ultimate form of openness for an
e-invoicing service provider ERP or accounting software provider
is the adoption of PEPPOL a protocol for the secure exchange
of invoices It is the most far-reaching way of connecting with
the largest base of your suppliers against minimal cost You
can also describe PEPPOL as a standard API defined by the
industry of e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
for exchanging invoices
The lsquoclosedrsquo service providers typically embrace the paradigm
that all partners have to be on-boarded on the providerrsquos
e-invoicing platform This may work for top business partners
but for the partners with less volume (longtail) this approach
usually leads to low conversion to e-invoicing Whatrsquos more
closed service providers may see the open model as a threat
the platform becomes accessible for trading entities on other
platforms However in reality the open model is an opportunity
it adds reach and thus invoice volume potential to the platform
that would otherwise be untapped
So what should participants do bull Put lsquoopennessrsquo as the 1 criteria for your e-invoicing RFP
if your service provider does not follow the lsquoopenrsquo paradigm
the chances that you will successfully onboard your longtail
suppliers in a supplier friendly way are very limited If your
service provider does not support the open model put pressure
on him to embrace it After all openness is not a threat just an
opportunity
bull Choose an e-invoice that only complies for 80 over a
paper invoice Be less rigid for your longtail suppliers with
regards to invoice standards and data requirements in favour
of a single industry standard the one agreed by accounting
e-invoicing and ERP software vendors This implies that you
do not impose your own data requirements Instead you adjust
your system to efficiently process industry standard invoices
bull Use PEPPOL discovery engine (aka SML) where possible
and make e-invoicing the default The PEPPOL protocol
has a very sophisticated discovery service accessible via
a very simple DNS(1) mechanism it allows you to discover if
your buyer requires an e-invoice Use that discovery engine to
assess if your buyer requires an e-invoice rather than depend
on an onboarding process with your buyer
61 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Donrsquot overestimate VAT compliance many companies
think VAT compliance requires parties to agree bilaterally on
e-invoicing that conversion by parties is forbidden by VAT law
that invoice originality is a major concern and that authenticity
and integrity are complex The reality is that none of these are
true Conversion of invoices is fact of live for years and no
show-stopper at all Invoice originality is in most European
countries easily solvable by service providers and ERP vendors
in the market the PEPPOL regulatory framework solves
authenticity and integrity and is not a concern anymore for
participants
What should service providers and ERP vendors do Embrace
openness Opening your platform does not harm your business
model Instead it allows easy integration of your platform with
many other e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
with only one standard and protocol (PEPPOL) It eliminates the
need for costly bilateral agreements And it also empowers your
existing and new customers to use your services beyond your
platform
In a nutshell the paradigm of open e-invoicing and further
collaboration between e-invoicing providers ERP and accounting
software vendors in the area of interoperability is essential to
move Europe further in e-invoicing The private sector should now
step in and leverage that growth
(1) DNS is the same mechanism that makes sure that www
simplerinvoicingorg is translated into a technical IP address
of our web server The same mechanism is used to resolve
for example a VAT number into the IP address to which an
e-invoice can be delivered
About Jaap Jan Nienhuis Jaap Jan Nienhuis is Manager Simplerinvoicing at SIDN He is responsible for managing the Simplerinvoicing scheme authority Jaap Jan has a special interest in the development of new services in 4-corner models In his former roles he has been involved in a number of European collaborative e-invoicing initiatives including the EBA E-invoicing Working Group
About SIDN Simplerinvoicing is a collaboration between leading European e-invoicing and accounting software providers who all strive for mass adoption of e-invoicing by interoperability and standardisation Simplerinvoicing is a PEPPOL Authority The Dutch government is connected via Simplerinvoicing
wwwsimplerinvocingorg
Jaap Jan Nienhuis
Manager SimplerinvoicingSimplerinvoicing
DONT MISS THE OPPORTUNITY OF BEING PART OF LARGE-SCALE PAYMENTS INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The Paypers offers the most valuable source of information and guidance for all parties interested in the current state of affairs of the payments industry
Paul Alfing Chairman e-Payments Committee Ecommerce Europe
Once a year The Paypers releases three large-scale industry overviews covering the latest trends developments disruptive innovations and challenges that define the global onlinemobile payments e-invoicing B2B payments ecommerce and web fraud prevention amp digital identity space Industry consultants policy makers service providers merchants from all over the world share their views and expertise on different key topics within the industry Listings and advertorial options are also part of the Guides for the purpose of ensuring effective company exposure at a global level
For the latest edition please check the Reports section
ONLINE PAYMENTSAn all-in-one reference guide on (online) payments amp ecommerce industry trends evolving business models top players and relevant (alternative) payment methods
B2B PAYMENTS SCF amp E-INVOICINGIndustry voices from the online finance space share insights into the dynamic B2B payment e-invoicing supply chain finance industries to support innovative solutions amp thriving businesses
WEB FRAUD PREVENTION ONLINE SECURITY amp DIGITAL IDENTITYIn-depth source of information highlighting key facts amp trends into the global digital identity transactional and web fraud prevention amp detection ecosystem
Regulation amp Law
64 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
PSD2 XS2A ndash a Step Towards Open Banking
Evolution Payments Consulting
The world of retail banking and payments has become a very
engaging and dynamic environment We have seen new
products and services emerging over the past few years aimed
at disrupting the status quo For a market that has remained
relatively stable over the decades we are on the verge of
witnessing great change
To facilitate this change current payment regulation needs to
be amended to give financial service providers new and old
the opportunity to access systems and data so that they can
participate in the market and offer innovative products and services
To address this the European Commission published the Payment
Services Directive 2 (PSD2) in the Open Journal of the European
Union in January 2016 which will be transposed into Member
States national laws in January 2018
The aim of the Payment Services Directive 2 (PSD2) is to harmonise
the European payments landscape from a regulatory perspective
ensuring that all relevant organisations and activities are
adequately covered This marks a shift towards an integrated
single market for safe electronic payments that strives to support
the growth of the European Union (EU) economy Moreover the
aim is to ensure that consumers merchants and companies
enjoy choice and transparent secure payment services so that
they will fully benefit from the internal market
One of the principles of PSD2 is to foster an environment
whereby customers wanting to use value-added services from
Third Party Providers (TPPs) can do so safely in the knowledge
that their personal security credentials have not been shared with
a third party and that the service provider can access only the
information for which the customer has given explicit consent
However for these products and services to become mainstream
and widely adopted by consumers the TPPs require access to
the customerrsquos online bank accounts to access data in real-time
The mechanism by which this will be achieved is through Access
to Accounts more commonly referred to as XS2A which is set
out in PSD2
Access to accountsThe European Banking Authority (EBA) in cooperation with
the European Central Bank (ECB) will publish Regulatory
Technical Specifications (RTS) which will determine how TPPs
with a customerrsquos consent can access account information in
a secure manner to provide value-added services How this will
be achieved has yet to be determined the EBA will publish a
consultation paper with the draft RTS in late 2016
It is anticipated that the EBA will recommend the use of Application
Programming Interfaces (APIs) to deliver the vision of Access to
Accounts Yet it is still unclear on what API standards they will
focus and how these will practically be managed
The implications for regulated businessesHowever what is known is that this will have a profound impact
on incumbent banks payment organisations and fintechs
The implementation of an API environment whereby TTPs
can access customer account data to provide new innovative
products and services will challenge existing business models
There is going to be an influx of new market entrants Some will
be familiar names looking to extend the scope of their offerings in
the new API market economy Others are going to be nimble agile
fintechs that will deliver new compelling propositions and services
by doing things differently and looking to take market share from
incumbent organisations When PSD2 becomes a reality there is
nothing to stop companies applying to be a regulated entity as
a Payment Initiation Service Provider (PISP) andor Application
Initiation Service Provider (AISP) delivering new innovative
products and services directly to consumers
Are we seeing the conditions for a perfect storm On the one
hand we have banks that need to provide access to accounts
through PSD2 Regulation Some of them will become PISPs
andor AISPs to protect their existing business and revenues
and attract new customers
65 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
On the other we have the challengers a mix of established
organisations looking to grow their business through extension
and diversification of their core competencies through fintechs
and start-ups looking to carve a niche into the market with
focused products and services
The current status quo will be challenged Established technology
giants (eg Google Apple Samsung etc) with their financial
muscle large customer base across the majority of European
countries significant brand reputation and a strong understanding
of what drives consumers could potentially look to position
themselves as digital financial services providers
Nimble agile fintechs that donrsquot have the legacy IT environments
developed over many years are in a prime position to deliver and
launch new services
These organisations will look to realise a vision of a digital financial
services provider that can offer the consumer one place where
they can consolidate all the financial services data into an easily
understandable format with tools to manage their money and
without the legacy banking infrastructure and complexities
associated with it
A place where the customer can look apply and be granted
services (ie secureunsecure loans payday advances credit
card application foreign exchange services etc) in a quick
easy and frictionless manner from a variety of service providers
Automation and great UX being the name of the game
They do not have to provide the financial services directly to
the customer They can act as the broker the digital conduit
for products and services benefiting from the commercial
relationships struck with selected service providers
The world of retail banking and payments is set for great change
About Brendan Jones A senior management consultant with over 30 yearsrsquo experience in the payments industry working with a variety of organisations including technology amp service providers and financial organisations Previously held senior roles focusing on business strategy regu lat ion bus iness deve lopment MampA product development programme amp operations management and business process reengineering
About Evolution Payments Consulting Evolution Payments Consulting (EPC) provides payment consulting services to the financial services industry and allied organisations EPC provides payments industry advice to companies looking to support the implementation of new regulation developlaunch new banking and payment propositions re-purpose existing products and services to meet the new and existing regulatory requirements
uklinkedincominjonesbrendan
Brendan Jones
Director
Evolution Payments Consulting
66 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Late Payment ndash A Perspective
ABFA
Research reports or surveys into late payment are what seem to
pass for lsquoclick-baitrsquo in the rarefied world of SME and commercial
finance media The Asset Based Finance Association (ABFA)
regularly carries out its own studies our most recent review of
Companies House data finds that whilst in the manufacturing
sector the biggest businesses are benefiting from a slight fall in
payment times those benefits are not being passed down the
supply chain to smaller manufacturing businesses who still
suffer an ever-increasing wait for payment
Unfortunately this is a longstanding issue In 1997 the then
(literally) new Labour government launched the Better Payment
Practice Campaign with the business groups to address these
very issues Now the flag is flown by the Chartered Institute of
Credit Management with the Prompt Payment Code
There has been legislative action since 2010 as well with changes
to the legal framework at the EU level being implemented through
the Late Payment of Commercial Debts Regulations (2013) and
more significantly with last yearrsquos Small Business Enterprise
and Employment Act bringing forward a wide-ranging package
of measures to bolster the Code including requirements around
mandatory reporting of payment times
These measures are slowly coming through in Regulations now
and additional legislation in the form of the Enterprise Act 2016
(which received Royal Assent during the writing of this article) will
enable the establishment of the Small Business Commissioner
that will specifically focus on payment issues
But nine years on from the credit crunch and after several years of
intense political focus on these issues concerns about payment
times and the knock-on implications for cash-flow and availability
of working capital still regularly top the lists of concerns for small
business owners As indicated by our own research the nagging
concern is that whilst it might be getting better for the larger
businesses ndash who are arguably not the ones being imperilled in
the first place ndash the situation for smaller businesses is worsening
each and every year
What can be done Well depending on its resources and final
remit the Small Business Commissioner could be an interesting
proposition Despite relatively limited formal powers the
Groceries Code Adjudicator (GCA) has made some effective
interventions in its bailiwick naming and shaming one player
in particular earlier in the year in a spectacular example of
lsquobehavioural economicsrsquo in action However whether this media
and political pile-on will prompt and sustain meaningful change
across a notoriously cut-throat sector remains to be seen
For our part the ABFA and others have been calling for the
Small Business Commissioner to be established as a serious
proposition with a wide remit to identify all instances and
circumstances where smaller businesses are treated unfairly We
argue that such a body will need teeth as well as a big mouth if it
is really going to level the playing field
What is actually meant by late payment gets to the heart of
this and is why the ABFA argues that the conversation should
be about poor payment practices more generally not just late
payment
Delaying payment to a supplier outside agreed payment terms
unless there are legitimate reasons for not doing so is late
payment and is clearly unacceptable
What about a larger customer business leveraging the market
power it has over its smaller suppliers to impose extended payment
terms It is not lsquolatersquo payment but it is no less unacceptable and the
economic effect on supply chains is the same What about using
that same market position to impose retrospective discounts
as the GCA found What about the imposition of contractual
clauses that have the net effect of passing contractual risk from
the larger businesses that are best able to manage it down the
supply chain to the smaller businesses that are not
67 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Prominent amongst these are pay when paid clauses
(prevalent in the recruitment process outsourcing (RPO) world)
unlimited liquidated damages clauses and ban on assignment
clauses The latter contractual terms seek to prevent suppliers
from using their unpaid invoices to access invoice finance
Admirably the government is already taking specific legislative
action against these with the aforementioned Small Business
Act enabling Regulations (expected shortly) to render such
clauses ineffective belatedly bringing the UK into line with
most of the other major world economies This will allow invoice
financiers to provide more funding to more businesses and will
particularly benefit the smaller supplier businesses that suffer
most from these unnecessary clauses
Ultimately this should also be good for larger customer businesses
who will benefit from more stable and well-funded supply chains
Of course whilst invoice finance can help SMEs unlock funding
it is not a silver bullet and is not a substitute for paying suppliers
promptly and treating them fairly For that there needs to be a
cultural shift and that is where an empowered and resourced
Small Business Commissioner could have a real impact
About Matthew Davies Matthew is the Director of Policy and Communications at ABFA
About ABFA The ABFA represents the asset based finance industry in the UK and the Republic of Ireland Members include UK and Irish high street banks specialist and challenger banks specialist businesses of international banks and corporates and independent nonbank finance providers
wwwabfaorguk
Matthew Davies
Director of Policy and CommunicationsAsset Based Finance Association
68 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Directive 201455EU for E-invoicing and Procurement How Public Authorities Should Respond
EESPA
Important developments are underway in the promotion of
e-invoicing in public procurement Under the Directive 201455
EU Member States must ensure that all public sector contracting
authorities are able to receive and process electronic invoices
from suppliers which follow a new European standard for an
e-invoice This will happen over the next three or four years and
is a major opportunity for encouraging e-invoicing adoption
E-invoicing is supportive of public policy priorities such as
deficit reduction financial transparency and sustainability and
will specifically make a material contribution to public sector
cost reduction and efficiency Moreover it will provide benefits
to private sector suppliers Its ease of implementation can be
demonstrated with reference to many successful private sector
and public sector experiences and to the extensive range of
existing market solutions and service provider offerings
The European Union and the Member States have in recent
years taken some steps to promote e-invoicing as a public policy
priority in support of the Single Market and Digital Agendas
For instance the EU has funded important building blocks and
initiatives such as PEPPOL and the CEF programme to support
the adoption process With this clear public policy support
European public administrations of all kinds are getting ready to
adopt e-invoicing on a broad scale
The new standardDirective 201455EU provides a clear definition of an electronic
invoice an invoice that has been issued transmitted and
received in a structured electronic format which allows for its
automatic and electronic processingrdquo
The Commission has requested CEN a key European standardi-
sation organisation to draft a European standard for the semantic
data model of the core elements of an electronic invoice
CEN has created a CEN Technical Committee ndash CEN TC434 ndash to
carry out the work The lsquosemantic data modelrsquo will be a structured
and logically interrelated set of terms and their meanings
relevant to the business functions of an invoice To ease the use
of such standard the Commission has also requested CEN to
provide a limited number of syntaxes which follow the European
standard on electronic invoicing the appropriate syntax bindings
and guidelines on transmission interoperability lsquoSyntaxrsquo means
the machine-readable language or lsquodialectrsquo used to represent
the data elements contained in an electronic invoice and for
structuring messages based on the lsquosemanticrsquo data model
The European standard is now under preparation in the CEN TC
434 and will be approved and published by the early part of 2017
lsquoThe benefits of electronic invoicing are maximised when the
generation sending transmission reception and processing of
an invoice can be fully automated For this reason only machine-
readable invoices which can be processed automatically and
digitally by the recipient should be considered to be compliant
with the European standard on electronic invoicing A mere
image file should not be considered to be an electronic invoice
for the purpose of the Directive
How should public authorities respondThe Directive does not itself create a mandatory rule for the
parties contracting authorities and their suppliers to move all
their invoicing to electronic exclusively based on the European
standard at least not at this stage The Member States may
keep e-invoicing based on existing national standards and are
not forced to move away from traditional invoicing Having said
this the arrival of a European standard creates an opportunity
for harmonisation and a concerted process of adoption across
national public sectors and the EU
To make all this happen policy-making regulation and the
distribution of operational responsibilities are all critical factors
for the success of e-invoicing For the development of a suitable
policy framework the Member States will typically wish to
establish a national strategy with detailed action plans to ensure
implementation to decide on the degree of compulsion the
various ways and standards for adoption and to agree on a
centralised or decentralised infrastructure
69 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
European E-invoicing Service Providers Association
Member Public administrations may consider the use of lsquoshared
servicesrsquo the use of third-party e-procurement and e-invoicing
solutions and services and the degree of integration between
pre-award and post-award processes Contracting authorities
will wish to ensure that the necessary technical infrastructure
is deployed to receive invoices confor ming to the European
standard in the required formats
Once received the Directive does not require the contracting
authority to do more than lsquoprocessrsquo such invoices This can be
done in a fully automated way particularly if the contracting
authority is already processing e-invoices in a semi-automated
way or the invoices can be simply converted to a human
readable form (using available technology) and processed
manually The authority can leave it to suppliers to choose
whether to adopt the standard and render invoices in the format
and neither encourage nor discourage its use This describes a
minimalist strategy
It is recognised that the minimum requirements are a starting
point and likely to evolve as the e-invoicing journey progresses
The opportunity presented by the new European standard
calls for more ambitious and various e-invoicing adoption
programmes For this contracting authorities would think about
moving towards completely automated processing of e-invoices
after they are received perhaps only based on the new
standard Such an approach describes a maximalist strategy ndash
a recommended goal by many commentators
This will be a challenging and exciting period for the public sector
and their service and solution providers It is a real opportunity to
spread the e-invoicing habit and save money for buyers and their
suppliers whilst promoting supply chain efficiency
[The above material is drawn from a Guidance Paper prepared
for the European Multi-Stakeholder Forum on e-Invoicing and
prepared by the writer in conjunction with an Activity Group of
the Forum]
About Charles Bryant Charles Bryant is Secretary General of EESPA and also active in the Global Supply Chain Finance Forum
About EESPA The European E-invoicing Service Providers Association acts as a trade association at European level for a large and dynamic community of e-invoicing service providers drawn from organisations that provide network business outsourcing financial technology and EDI services EESPA is an International Not-for-Profit Association organised under Belgian law Formed in 2011 it has over 60 full and associate members and is involved with a range of important initiatives in interoperability the public policy debate and promoting adoption
wwweespaeu
Charles Bryant
Secretary GeneralEESPA
70 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The International Association for Alternative Finance
Growth of alternative financeSince 1999 and the early days of the internet we have seen
business models such as the travel sector been transformed
High street shops with glossy travel catalogues have given way
to web stores and ultimately travel comparison websites These
new models have enhanced the customer journey and delivered
rates of return to operators who have embraced these new
ways of working Not least with these models is the low cost of
operation low point of entry and typically higher yield per traveler
particularly when ldquoadd onrdquo sales such as insurance are achieved
From a slower start alternative finance has embraced similar
models Against a moribund collection of banks and traditional
finance providers the transition is starting to be made from
those high street shops which represent the traditional banks to
online web stores The resultant growth of alternative finance has
surprised even its staunchest critics
Standards and regulationAgainst this background of growth the alternative finance sector
has been slow to recognise the power of regulation as a way
to slow or indeed kill growth A good historical comparison is
the battle of the airlines in the 1980rsquos where heavyweight and
dominant airlines very nearly killed the growth of fast moving
low cost airlines through regulation
Differently to the street fighters of the Bransonrsquos alternative
finance providers have approached the threat from regulation
almost naively The predominant view is that each player will
develop its own approach to standards and regulation and that
all will be well However there is a massive under-estimation
of the traditional banks who spend tens of millions engaging
with regulators and influencers in order to maintain the status
quo The experience of challenger banks who were unable to
get exemptions from the UK bank tax is probably an indicator of
where such influence has acted against new entrants
The contradictionThe contradiction of platforms and funding providers is that
they want to be regulated This seems totally contra to a newly
developing sector where agility is everything
In addition regulators have been relatively disinterested in
regulating alternative finance as it represents such a tiny
proportion of finance Regulators are busy elsewhere
So what is the danger Well the danger is that alternative
finance providers may get regulated but in a way that they
had not expected This could be the result of regulators not
understanding the dynamics of this new market and may purely
by accident kill the sector
So what are the alternatives There are a number of different
segments to the alternative finance market consumer related
activity for sure touching on elements of regulatory space
However there are common threads which need standards to
be developed which could act as a guide for future but informed
regulation
These guidelines need to cover some real basics reflecting a new
industry For instance how much time is spent on staff vetting
crucial where sales staff are often responsible for authenticating
transactions And what happens with IT security both for
the platforms themselves and the feeds to and from funding
providers Again how long is it before a platform is hacked
If it can happen to the closed SWIFT network new technology
platforms could be even more vulnerable Resilience and
security is the responsibility of each platform at the moment but
a failure of the weakest link could have a devastating impact on
the sector
Regulation and Growth in Alternative Finance ndash A Contradiction in the Making
71 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The International Association of Alternative Finance (IAAF
orguk) has been taking a lead through 2015 in encouraging
platforms to work together to develop standards The concept
is to not make anything mandatory at this stage but to build
guidelines that members can work towards This has been
achieved in parallel with key stakeholders and regulators
The latter have been especially supportive as they do not want to
kill an embryonic alternative finance sector
However the fate of the sector very much rests in the decisions
of platforms and funding providers Do they lose the agility
of alternative finance or do they work together on building
guidelines and standards which could become the kind of
regulation that will support growth The IAAF is launching the
first Guidelines for the growth of alternative finance on June 16
The guidelines cover key areas required to support the growth
of the sector and will hopefully provide the pathway that the
industry needs
About Tony Duggan Tony was previously Supply Chain Development Director at Wickes where he developed Europersquos largest B2B platform As Consulting Services Director at Bolero a division of the SWIFT banking network he worked with some of the worldrsquos largest banks on global SCF initiatives This unique experience along with his real experience in start-ups and SMEs has provided him with real insights into the challenges of SCF and has been fundamental in the design of the Crossflow solution
About IAAF Founded in London in 2014 the International Association for Alternative Finance (IAAF) is an industry body committed to the promotion and development of the Alternative Business Finance sector IAAF sets out its drive for the Business Alternative Finance to be applied with excellence globally thereby creating opportunities for members and supporting the economy development as a whole The Associationrsquos four key focus areas are regulation reputation operational environment and future growth
wwwiaafinorg
Tony Duggan
Founder and DirectorIAAF
Company profiles
73 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company CloudTrade
CloudTrade is one of the fastest growing e-invoice networks and built firmly on the premise that e-invoicing should be free for suppliers easy-to-use and non-disruptive ndash only then will suppliers move away from paper These principles underpin the CloudTrade service which ensures high supplier adoption is guaranteed
Website wwwcloudtradenetworkcom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider
Head office location UK
In which market do you provide your services
North America Europe Middle EastAfrica AsiaPacific
Contact details Mr Richard Manson Commercial Director richardmansoncloud-tradecom +44 (0)7956 441898 2-6 Boundary Row London SE1 8HP
Active since 2010
Keywords electronic invoicing e-invoicing PDF invoicing P2P purchase to pay e-order O2C order to cash
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry)
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Ordering supply chain invoicing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes ndash we currently interoperate with a number of service providers Furthermore CloudTrade is a registered Access Point on the PEPPOL network
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription and transaction-based
Solution description CloudTrade removes the barriers to supplier adoption Our patented solution provides a non-disruptive way for a supplier to send electronic invoices ndash without having to change systems or infrastructure The net result is that we will remove more paper from an organisation in a shorter time frame than any other e-invoicing approach
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip No
Matching of related transactions Yes ndash match invoices to POs contracts service entry sheets or goods receipt Business rules can be amended per customer
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal No ndash a portal is available for the receiving organisation but not for the sending organisation Processing updates are provided to the supplier via e-mail
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
(Dynamic) discounting Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
74 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes ndash each document is validated against a set of document and customer specific validations
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes ndash due to the ease by which suppliers are able to adopt CloudTradersquos e-invoicing service typically more than 90 of suppliers that we are asked to on-board will come on board
Other services The core technology underpinning CloudTradersquos service is document agnostic We can (and do) provide e-document services across numerous sectors and document flows
75 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Comarch
Comarch is a global provider of IT solutions Comarch has more than 20 years of industry experience thousands successfully completed projects in over 40 countries worldwide references own RampD department made up of high-end IT engineers high ranking IT analyst ratings Gartner IDC Truffle 100 custom data centers in Poland and Germany
Website wwwcomarchcom wwwedicomarchcom
Service provider type Software vendor e-invoicing provider
Head office location Poland
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details Mr Bartlomiej Wojtowicz Product Manager bartlomiejwojtowiczcomarchcom +48 12 684 8735
Active since 1993
Keywords supplier onboarding supplier portal e-invoicing purchase-to-pay archiving electronic invoices master data management supply chain financing
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Broad scope of industries including FMCG retail DIY automotive logistics oilampgas pharma electronics
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Supplier onboarding master data management ordering supply chain logistics e-invoicing supply chain financing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Licensed SaaS transaction-based
Solution description Comarch EDI provides the companies with smart solution enabling exchange of validated and tax compliant invoices in the format adjusted to back office systems It provides electronic archive and electronic signature as well as Service Desk in 12 languages (including English German French Turkish Russian) to guarantee onboarding of each partner
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting No
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes via partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
76 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing Yes via partners
Workflow functionality No
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management No
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support Support for various formats
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Suppliers onboarding
78 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company ebpSource Limited
The most experienced team in the e-billing and payment industry ebpSource delivers software solutions consultancy and support to billers banks payment processors and outsourcers ebpSource brings unparalleled knowledge and a highly successful track-record designing developing deploying integrating and supporting many of the largest and highest-adoption services of this kind worldwide
Website wwwebpsourcecom
Service provider type Software vendor and reseller ndash e-billing e-invoicing e-signing mobile payment supply chain finance and authentication specialists Large-scale projects at a national and international level Ongoing support and specialist consultancy
Head office location United Kingdom
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Steve Wright Commercial Director swrightebpsourcecom +44 1753 567896
Active since 2006
Keywords ebpsource e-billing payment software solution e-invoicing e-signing authentication
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Cross-industry with specific specialisations in national e-bill consolidation bank-based e-invoicing and payment telecoms and utility e-billing e-signing and smart authentication
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Authentication e-invoicing payments online banking integration supply chain finance ordering e-signing
Support interoperability with other service providers
ebpSource has a wealth of experience in connecting e-billing and payment infrastructures at a national and regional level
Which pricing model do you mainly use
License subscription transaction-based
Solution description ebpSource provides a range of software consultancy and support services to help clients achieve new levels of operational efficiency customer service and cost reduction The team works closely with clients to design develop deploy integrate and support end customer applications Our key focus is long-term strategic partnerships with customers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices No
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
79 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Technology development consultancy and application support
81 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Order2Cash
Order2Cash is a pioneering provider of global order to cash optimisation services Cited by Gartner as a pure-play Order2Cash solution provider our services empower the work of Fortune 500 companies and leading enterprises around the world helping them to reduce costs and optimise spending on resources and technology Discover more at wwworder2cashcom Order2Cash is an Anachron company wwwanachroncom
Website
Service provider type
Head office location
In which market do you provide your services
Contact details
Active since
Keywords
wwworder2cashcomOrder2Cash provides flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe End-to-end global SaaS solutions including credit checks secure online contract signing multi-channel e-invoicing online payments credit management and document archiving
EMEA Head office Amsterdam the Netherlands US Head office NY USA
Globally
Phone EMEA +31 20 531 39 00 USA +1 347 478 5398 Email infoorder2cashcom Twitter O2CAnachron LinkedIn linkedincomcompanyorder2cash
2000
order to cash e-invoicing credit management payments contracting interoperability
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Mid-large corporates and multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Our solutions are focused on AR automation and accelerating the order to cash process As such they are suitable for use in all industries
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Support interoperability with other service providers
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Solution description
Credit checks online document signing e-invoicing payments cash application credit management collections
Yes we have interoperability agreements with an extensive range of B2BB2G e-invoicing networks and are a member of the European E-Invoicing Service Providers Association (EESPA)
Transaction-based pricing
Order2Cashcom offers a suite of SaaS solutions that combine to create a flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe Its modules support credit checks contracting e-invoicing payments and credit management Select components and tailor a solution to suit your business needs
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes Our solutions integrate with 700+ ERP systems for easy document exchange In addition we are connected with over 25 P2P platforms
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools We work closely together with partners such as PwC and EY to ensure international TaxVAT compliancy
TAXVAT compliancy Global coverage
e-Signature service Every document is signed with an e-signature (QES or AES) to guarantee integrity and authenticity and to meet VAT requirements This can be completed with a timestamp
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Offered through partner network of financial institutions
View company profile in online database
82 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Every document is securely archived complete legal storage period
Scanning of paper invoices Yes in cooperation with our network of output partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes in cooperation with our network of global output partners
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Available in cooperation with our network of output patners
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We have established connections with over 700 ERP systems
Which standards do you support UNCEFACT CII ISO20022 Financial Invoice UBL 20 and others if required
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes Any structured data can be converted to XML format
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes All data is validated and reported
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes Full support guidelines and advice is offered to all clients on customer activation
Other services Related to invoicing reporting query management customer grouping authorisation tools consolidated billing Alongside invoicing services your Order2Cash solution can expand to include online payment functionalities robust credit management and cash application tools as well as a secure online contract and document signing service Further details on the full platform can be found on our website
Connecting everyone everywhere
Flawless integration of the entire AR process across the enterprise
and around the globe
wwworder2cashcom
Fix Your Leaky Receivables Scan the QR code to claim your FREE Diagnostic Spreadsheet and measure the hidden costs in your accounts receivables processes
84 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Saphety Level ndash Trusted Services SA
Saphety is a leading company in global network solutions for electronic documents exchange document presentment data synchronisation and public procurement Saphety has 4700 companies and over 129000 users throughout more than 30 countries
Website httpwwwsaphetycom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider bank software vendor reseller or specialist
Head office location Portugal (headquarters in Lisbon and operational offices in Bogotaacute Colombia and Satildeo Paulo Brazil)
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details infosaphetycom +351 210 114 640
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic documents exchange e-invoice invoice software paperless transactions EDI document presentment public procurement data synchronisation
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Buyers suppliers both
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates and government
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Automotive government healthcare retail utilities telecom tourism oil amp energy finance (bank and insurance) mass businesses and others
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Contracting ordering supply chain invoicing payments
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription transaction-based
Solution description SaphetyDoc enables you to exchange business documentation electronically including purchase orders delivery notes and invoices in a simple way at a low cost While complying with all legal requirements related to e-invoicing SaphetyDoc allows to completely eliminate the use of paper in the invoicing process from issuance to sending and approval
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy AU AT BE BG CA CY CZ DK EE FI FR DE GR HK HU IS IE IM IL IT LV LI LT LU MT MX MA NL NZ NO PL PT RO SG SK SI ZA ES SE CH GB US
e-Signature service Yes we provide e-Signature Service We can also use external e-Signature service if requested by client
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
85 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support UBL 20 EDIFACT Flat files TXT XML Idoc etc
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services IPC Invoice Payment Control Doc+ Market reports in progress
Please stop wasting paperBest RegardsMother Earth
Learn more at saphetycom
Saphety offers the best paperless solutions to help your businessbe more environmentally friendly while improving your efficiencyand workflow process
87 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Tungsten Corporation Ltd
Tungsten Corporation accelerates global trade by enabling customers to streamline invoice processing improve cash-flow management and make better buying decisions Tungsten Network helps buying organisations reduce their invoice-processing costs by 60 and profit by applying real-time spend analytics to their line-level invoice data Suppliers gain efficiencies greater payment-status visibility and optional early payment
Website wwwtungsten-networkcom
Service provider type Global e-invoicing network invoice finance and spend analytics
Head office location London UK
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Mr Ruud van Hilten SVP Global Buyer Sales ruudvanhiltentungsten-networkcom +44 87 0165 7420
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic invoicing accounts payable procurement supplier network purchase to pay invoice finance spend analytics AP workflow
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B amp B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry) E-invoicing is a horizontal process
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Invoicing purchase to pay working capital financing purchasing orders supplier self-service real-time spend analytics
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes We interoperate with compliant service providers where there is customer demand qualifying invoice volume and compliance is maintained
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Balanced-costs are shared by buyers and suppliers Low volume suppliers receive 52 free invoices annually and high volume suppliers receive 520 free invoices annually After these free invoice transactions have been used a flat fee structure is applied per invoice transaction
Solution description The worldrsquos largest organisations connect with thousands of suppliers around the globe through Tungsten Network We enable companies to send and receive error-free tax-compliant invoices around the globe without the need to install any hardware or software We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme to ensure that suppliers participate and transact with their buyers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes We can take POs from all sources in a buyerrsquos structure and present these to the supply chain Suppliers can convert POs directly into invoices on our portal
Matching of related transactions Yes We match invoices with POs online-level if required
Distribution of e-invoices Yes We enable companies to send and receive compliant B2B invoices
Invoice presentment portal Yes Suppliers can use our portal to manually enter their invoice data convert a PO check the status of their invoices and select early payment
Legal compliance tools Yes Our rules engine enables companies to receive compliant invoices in all the jurisdictions we are compliant in
TAXVAT compliancy Yes We work with local tax authorities to enable companies to send and receive compliant invoices We are currently compliant in 47 countries with a pipeline of new countries in progress
View company profile in online database
88 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
e-Signature service Yes All compliant invoices are digitally signed where required by local regulations We provide at-source signature verification
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes Invoice financing is a service we offer through Tungsten Network Finance This can be funded by Tungstenrsquos own financing partners the buyer or the buyerrsquos banking partners
(Dynamic) discounting Yes We offer this service on a case-by-case basis via Tungsten Network
e-Archiving Yes We provide legally compliant archiving
Scanning of paper invoices Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Printing Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Workflow functionality Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Direct integration with payments Yes Tungsten Bank has access to all relevant payment systems
Accounts Payable management No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Accounts Receivable management
No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We fully integrate with any ERP financial software
Which standards do you support Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes We use extensive and flexible rule-sets to ensure compliance with our buyersrsquo business processes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme and can contractually guarantee paper conversion rates in best practice projects
Other services Purchase order services invoice status service spend analytics supply chain finance
89 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Glossary3-Corner Model3-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoices are connected to a single service provider for
the dispatch and receipt of messages
Another definition 3-Corner Model is an invoicing process set-up
whereby trading partners have separate contractual relationships
with the same service provider When both senders and receivers
of invoices are connected to a single hub for the dispatch and
receipt of invoices it is referred to as a 3-Corner model This central
hub consolidates the invoices of several receivers and many
senders in the case of accounts payable and several senders and
many receivers in the case of accounts receivable processing
Consolidators and trade platforms are usually 3-Corner Models in
which both senders and receivers are connected to the service
The 3-Corner Model in principle can only offer reach to the
parties that are connected to the central hub This means that
either invoice senders or invoice receivers often have to connect
to multiple hubs in order to increase their reach To solve limited
reach in 3-Corner Models roaming has been introduced
4-Corner Model4-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoice messages are supported by their own service
provider
Another definition 4-Corner Model is an invoicing process
set-up whereby each trading partner has contracted with one
or several separate service providers whereby the service
providers ensure the correct interchange of invoices between the
trading partners The concept of the 4-Corner model originated
in the banking sector When senders and receivers of invoices
are supported by their own consolidator service provider (for the
sender) and aggregator service provider (for the receiver) it is
referred to as a 4-Corner Model A network usually based on open
standards provides connectivity and the facilities for the secure
trusted exchange of invoices and or other business documents
In the 4-Corner Models the consolidator and aggregator roles are
often two different service providers
AAccess to financeAccess to finance is the ability of individuals or enterprises to
obtain financial services including credit deposit payment
insurance and other risk management services
Accounts payableAccounts payable refers to the money a business owes to others
current liabilities incurred in the normal course of business as an
organisation purchases goods or services with the understanding
that payment is due at a later date Accounts payable is also
the department within an organisation responsible for paying
invoices on behalf of the organisation
Accounts payable automationAccounts payable automation represents the (semi-) automated
management of accounts payable administration by automated
processing of invoices Accounts payable automation requires
integration of the invoicing process with accounting software
Accounts receivableAccounts receivable refers to money which is owed to a company
by customer for products and services provided on credit This
is often treated as a current asset on a balance sheet A specific
sale is generally only treated as an account receivable after the
customer is sent an invoice
Advanced electronic signature (AES)Advanced electronic signature (AES) means an electronic
signature which meets the following requirements a) it is
uniquely linked to the signatory b) it is capable of identifying
the signatory c) it is created using means that the signatory van
maintain under its sole control and d) it is linked to the data to
which it relates in such a manner that any subsequent change of
the date is detectable
90 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Alternative financeAlternative financial services (AFS) is a term often used to
describe the array of financial services offered by providers
that operate outside of federally insured banks and thrifts
(hereafter referred to as lsquobanksrsquo) Check-cashing outlets money
transmitters car title lenders payday loan stores pawnshops
and rent-to-own stores are all considered AFS providers
However many of the products and services they provide
are not lsquoalternativersquo rather they are the same as or similar to
those offered by banks AFS also sometimes refers to financial
products delivered outside brick-and-mortar bank branches or
storefronts through alternative channels such as the internet
financial services kiosks and mobile phones
Online platform-based alternative financing activities include
donation- reward- and equity-based crowdfunding peer-to-
peer consumer and business lending invoice trading debt-
based securities and others
Asset based lending (ABL)Asset based lending (ABL) is a specialised form of secured
lending whereby a company uses its current assets (accounts
receivable and inventory) as collateral for a loan The loan is
structured so that the amount of credit is limited in relation to the
value of the collateral The product is differentiated from other
types of lending secured by accounts receivable and inventory by
the lenders use of controls over the borrowerrsquos cash receipts and
disbursements and the quality of collateral rather than ownership
of the receivables as in factoring
Asset based loanAsset based loan is a business loan in which the borrower pledges
as loan collateral any assets used in the conduct of his or her
business Funds are used for business-related expenses All
asset-based loans are secured
Automated clearing house (ACH)Automated clearing house (ACH) is an electronic payments
system (outside the card networks) for clearing and settling
transactions Funds are electronically exchanged directly to
from participantsrsquo accounts Frequently used by end-user
organisations as the payment method by which to pay their
issuer
BBasel IIIBasel III is a comprehensive set of reform measures designed to
improve the regulation supervision and risk management within
the banking sector The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
published the first version of Basel III in late 2009 giving banks
approximately three years to satisfy all requirements Largely
in response to the credit crisis banks are required to maintain
proper leverage ratios and meet certain capital requirements
Bank payment obligation (BPO)Bank payment obligation (BPO) is a class of settlement solution
in international supply chain finance Bank payment obligation is
an irrevocable undertaking given by an obligator bank (typically
buyerrsquos bank) to a recipient bank (usually sellers bank) to pay
a specified amount on an agreed date under the condition
of successful electronic matching of data according to an
industry-wide set of rules adopted by International Chamber of
Commerce (ICC) Banking Commission
Bill of ladingA bill of lading (sometimes abbreviated as BL or BoL) is a
legal document between the shipper of a particular good and
the carrier detailing the type quantity and destination of the
good being carried The bill of lading also serves as a receipt
of shipment when the good is delivered to the predetermined
destination This document must accompany the shipped goods
no matter the form of transportation and must be signed by an
authorised representative from the carrier shipper and receiver
BlockchainBlockchain is a distributed ledger comprised of digitally recorded
data in packages called blocks These digitally recorded blocks of
data are stored in a linear chain Each block in the chain contains
cryptographically hashed data (such as Bitcoin transactions)
The blocks of hashed data draw upon the previous-block in the
chain
Business interoperability interfaces (BII)Business interoperability interfaces on public procurement
in Europe (BII) is CEN Workshop providing a basic framework
for technical interoperability in pan-European electronic
transactions expressed as a set of technical specifications that
in particular are compatible with UNCEFACT
91 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Business Process Outsourcing (BPO)Business process outsourcing (BPO) is the contracting of a
specific business task such as payroll to a third-party service
provider Usually BPO is implemented as a cost-saving measure
for tasks that a company requires but does not depend upon to
maintain their position in the marketplace
Business-to-business (B2B)Business-to-business is a type of commerce transaction
that exists between businesses such as those involving a
manufacturer and wholesaler or a wholesaler and a retailer
Business to business refers to business that is conducted
between companies rather than between a company and
individual consumers This is in contrast to business to consumer
(B2C) and business to government (B2G) A typical supply
chain involves multiple business to business transactions as
companies purchase components and other raw materials
for use in its manufacturing processes The finished product
can then be sold to individuals via business to consumer
transactions
Business-to-business paymentsBusiness-to-business payments represent the payments that
are made between businesses for various goods services and
expenses
Business-to-consumer (B2C)Businesses or transactions conducted directly between a
company and consumers who are the end-users of its products
or services Business-to-consumer as a business model differs
significantly from the business-to-business model which refers
to commerce between two or more businesses
Business networksMany businesses use networking as a key factor in their
marketing plan It helps to develop a strong feeling of trust
between those involved and play a big part in raising the profile
and takings of a company Suppliers and businesses can be
seen as networked businesses and will tend to source the
business and their suppliers through their existing relationships
and those of the companies they work closely with Networked
businesses tend to be open random and supportive whereas
those relying on hierarchical traditional managed approaches
are closed selective and controlling
CCard schemeCard schemes such as Visa or MasterCard promote the use of
various card types which carry their logos Banks and financial
institutions have to apply for membership of the appropriate card
scheme before they can issue cards or acquire transactions
Cash flowCash flow represents the pattern of company income and
expenditures and resulting availability of cash
CENBII CENBII is an UBL-based XML format used for the OpenPEPPOL
network it currently exists in a version 1 and version 2 CENBII
is meant to be used for international transfers on OpenPEPPOL
whereas domestic transfers will generally use a localised version
of CENBII (eg EHF SimpleInvoice)
CFDIComprobante Fiscal Digital a traveacutes de Internet (CFDI) or Digital
Tax Receipt through Internet refers to the current mandated
form of e-invoicing in Mexico All e-invoices in Mexico are issued
as CFDI as of January 1 2014
ClearingClearing is the process of exchanging financial transaction
details between an acquirer and an issuer to facilitate posting
of a card-holderrsquos account and reconciliation of a customerrsquos
settlement position
Clearing house automated payment system (CHAPS)The company has responsibility for the operation of an electronic
transfer system for sending real-time gross settlement same-day
payments for CHAPS Sterling and CHAPS Euro
Commercial cardA commercial card is the generic umbrella term for a variety
of card types used for business-to-business (B2B) payments
Some of the cards listed as commercial are purchase cards
entertainment cards corporate cards travel cards and business
cards
92 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Commercial financeCommercial finance is a generic term for a range of asset based
finance services which include factoring invoice discounting
international factoring reverse factoring and asset based lending
facilities There are many variations on each of these product
sets (and the precise nomenclature varies from market to
market) but all exist to provide working capital funding solutions
to businesses
ConversionConversion represents the act of automatically converting the
format of an electronic invoice from the format of the sender
to the format of the recipient (format conversion) or converting
the encoding of content (eg different code list or units of
measure) using agreed mapping processes that do not alter the
information represented by the document (content conversion)
Corporate cardCorporate card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business travel and entertainment (TampE)
expenses It is also referred to as a travel card The liability for
abuse of the card typically rests with the company and not with
the employee
Corporate liabilityThe end-user organisation is liable for the commercial card
charges this is the case for purchasing card programs and
sometimes corporate card programs
CovenantThe covenant represents a promise in an indenture or any other
formal debt agreement that certain activities will or will not be
carried out Covenants in finance most often relate to terms in
a financial contracting such as loan documentation stating
the limits at which the borrower can further lend or other such
stipulations Covenants are put in place by lenders to protect
themselves from borrowers defaulting on their obligations due to
financial actions detrimental to themselves or the business
DDays payable outstanding (DPO) Days payable outstanding (DPO) is an efficiency ratio that
measures the average number of days a company takes to pay
its suppliers
Days sales outstanding (DSO)Days sales outstanding (DSO days receivables) is a calculation
used by a company to estimate their average collection period It
is a financial ratio that illustrates how well a companyrsquos accounts
receivables are being managed
Debtor (buyer)A debtor or buyer constitutes a business that has been supplied
with goods or services by the client and is obliged to make
payment for them It is also referred to as the purchaser of
goods or services supplied by a client whose debts have been
assigned sold to a factor
Debtor finance Debtor finance also called cash flow finance is an umbrella
term used to describe a process to fund a business using its
accounts receivable ledger as collateral Generally companies
that have low working capital reserves can get into cash flow
problems because invoices are paid on net 30 terms Debtor
finance solutions fund slow paying invoices which improves the
cash flow of the company This puts it in a better position to pay
operating expenses Types of debtor financing solutions include
invoice discounting factoring cash flow finance asset finance
invoice finance and working capital finance
Debt financingDebt financing refers to when a firm raises money for working
capital or capital expenditures by selling bonds bills or notes
to individual andor institutional investors In return for lending
the money the individuals or institutions become creditors and
receive a promise that the principal and interest on the debt will
be repaid
Directive of the European CommissionThe Directive of the European Commission is a legal act of the
European Union regarding defining a new legal framework for
payments
Distributed ledgerA distributed ledger is a consensus of data shared and synchronized
geographically across multiple websites countries and institutions
93 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Dynamic discounting Dynamic discounting represents the collection of methods in
which payment terms can be established between a buyer and
supplier to accelerate payment for goods or services in return for
a reduced price or discount
EElectronic invoice (e-invoice) An e-invoice is an electronic invoice that contains the information
required by Council Directive 201045EU and which has been
issued and received in any electronic format It contains more
than just an image of an invoice An e-invoice also contains data
in a format that computers can understand This means that an
e-mail with a PDF file attached is not an e-invoice
E-invoice addressE-invoice address is the ID used to send or receive an e-invoice
The type of ID used differs depending on the country and the
format in use Typical IDs include GLN DUNS VAT-ID IBAN and
OVT A sender must know a recipientrsquos e-invoice address in order
to send an e-invoice The message is routed to the recipient by
any operator along the way using the e-invoice address
E-invoicing service providerIt is a provider that on the basis of an agreement performs
certain e-invoicing processes on behalf of a trading partner or
that is active in the provision of support services necessary to
realise such processes To determine whether an IT vendor is a
service provider the following circumstances should be taken
into account a) That the contract with the trading partner(s)
leads the latter to expect a VAT-compliant service b) The nature
of the service is such that VAT compliance is appropriate c) The
provider is insured against service related risks to his clientsrsquo tax
compliance Trading partners can use multiple e-invoicing service
providers see 3-Corner Model and 4-Corner Model definitions
An e-invoicing service provider can subcontract all of parts of
its services to other providers such subcontractors can also be
e-invoicing service providers if they meet the criteria set out in this
definition
Early payment discountAn early payment discount is offered by some companies to
motivate credit customers to pay sooner The early payment
discount is also referred to as a prompt payment discount
or cash discount The seller often refers to the early payment
discount as a sales discount while the buyer may refer to the
early payment discount as a purchases discount
Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP)Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP) usually
consumer-oriented lsquobill payingrsquo presented and paid through
the internet Other terms such as internet bill presentment and
payment (IBPP) electronic bill presentment (EBP) and online bill
presentment and payment (OBPP) are also in use
Electronic data interchange (EDI)Electronic data interchange (EDI) constitutes the electronic
communication of business transactions such as orders
confirmations and invoices between organisations Third-parties
provide EDI services that enable organisations with different
equipment to connect Although interactive access may be a
part of it EDI implies direct computer-to-computer transactions
into vendorsrsquo databases and ordering systems
Electronic funds transfer (EFT)Electronic funds transfer (EFT) represents the moving of funds
between different accounts in the same or different banks
through the use of wire transfer automatic teller machines
(ATMs) or computers but without the use of paper documents
Electronic invoice life cycleA process comprising a) the issue of the electronic invoice by or
in name and on behalf of the supplier b) receipt of the invoice by
or on behalf of the buyer and c) storage of the electronic invoice
during the storage period by or on behalf the supplier and the
buyer
Electronic invoice presentment and payment (EIPP)Electronic invoice presentment and payment has originated
in the B2B world and describes the process through which
companies present invoices and organise payments through the
internet
94 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Electronic invoicingElectronic invoicing represents the management of an electronic
invoice life cycle without the use of paper-based invoices as tax
originals
Electronic payablesA form of electronic payment using the card infrastructure
managed centrally within an organisation typically by accounts
payable (AP) Also known as electronic accounts payable (EAP)
automated payables e-payables push payments straight
through payments (STP) buyer initiated payments (BIP) single-
use accounts and electronic invoice presentment and payment
(EIPP) Each provider has a proprietary name for its particular
solution functionality and processes vary for each
Electronic procurementElectronic procurement represents the use of the internet or a
companyrsquos intranet to procure goods and services used in the
conduct of business An e-procurement system can streamline
all aspects of the purchasing process while applying tighter
controls over spending and product preferences
Electronic signatureAn electronic signature or e-signature is any electronic means
that indicates either that a person adopts the contents of an
electronic message or more broadly that the person who claims
to have written a message is the one who wrote it (and that the
message received is the one that was sent) By comparison
a signature is a stylised script associated with a person In
commerce and the law a signature on a document is an indication
that the person adopts the intentions recorded in the document
Both are comparable to a seal
Electronic statement presentation (ESP)It refers to the electronic presentment of a variety of other
commercial documents apart from invoices such as account
statements purchase orders delivery notifications and others
Not included are many unstructured documents that are
exchanged
Enterprise resource planning (ERP) Enterprise resource planning (ERP) is an integrated information
system that serves all departments within an enterprise Evolving
out of the manufacturing industry ERP implies the use of
packaged software rather than proprietary software written by or
for one customer ERP modules may be able to interface with an
organisationrsquos own software with varying degrees of effort and
depending on the software ERP modules may be alterable via
the vendorrsquos proprietary tools as well as proprietary or standard
programming languages
EscrowEscrow is a financial instrument held by a third-party on behalf
of the other two parties in a transaction The funds are held by
the escrow service until it receives the appropriate written or oral
instructions or until obligations have been fulfilled Securities
funds and other assets can be held in escrow
FFactorThe factor is a financial entity providing factoring facilities
FactoringFactoring is an agreement between a business (assignor) and
a financial entity (factor) in which the assignor assignssells its
receivables to the factor and the factor provides the assignor
with a combination of one or more of the following services with
regard to the receivables assigned advance of a percentage of
the amount of receivables assigned receivables management
collection and credit protection Usually the factor administers
the assignorrsquos sales ledger and collects the receivables in its
own name The assignment can be disclosed to the debtor
Faster PaymentsFaster Payments enable interbank funds transfers in near real
time typically initiated via the internet or phone The Faster
Payments Service represents the biggest advancement in UK
payments for several decades and is designed to run in parallel
with the existing Bacs and CHAPS services Other financial
institutions are able to join either as members or to access
the system through agency arrangements with a member in the
same way they do with other payment systems
95 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Fleet CardA fleet card is a specialised commercial card used to capture
fleet-related expenses (eg fuel vehicle maintenance repair
and service)
Four-party payment systemThe four-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user and issuer on one side and the merchant
and acquirer on the othermdashall of whom are linked by the network
includes the Visa and MasterCard models
GGlobal process owner (GPO)A global process owner is a professional who has (or should have)
complete ownership of an end-to-end process globally This
means that once the correct process has been established there
should be no process deviation unless approved by the global
process owner A global process owner has final approval of the
adoption of any technology affecting the given process
IInterchange feesThe interchange fee also called the discount rate or swipe fee
is the sum paid by merchants to the credit card processor as a
fee for accepting credit cards The amount of the rate will vary
depending on the type of transaction but averages about 2 of
the purchase amount The interchange fee is typically higher for
online purchases than for in-person purchases because in the
latter the card is physically present and available for inspection
InteroperabilityInteroperability is the ability of making systems and organisations
work together (inter-operate) While the term was initially defined
for information technology or systems engineering services to
allow for information exchange a more broad definition takes
into account social political and organisational factors that
impact system to system performance Another definition refers
to interoperability as being a task of building coherent services
for users when the individual components are technically different
and managed by different organisations
InvoiceAn invoice is an itemised bill for goods sold or services provided
containing details such as individual prices the total charge and
payment terms
Invoice discounting Invoice discounting is a form of short-term borrowing often used
to improve a companyrsquos working capital and cash flow position
Invoice discounting allows a business to draw money against its
sales invoices before the customer has actually paid
Invoice financeSee Debtor finance
Invoice trackingInvoice tracking represents the process of collecting and
managing data and information about an Invoice Item and its
various traits andor states as it is followed or tracked throughout
different phases of its life cycle (lifecycle)
LLevel I dataIt refers to standard transaction data including date supplier and
total purchase amount Also written as lsquolevel 1rsquo data
Level II dataIt represents the enhanced transaction data including Level
I data plus a customer-defined reference number such as a
purchase order number and separate sales tax amount Also
written as lsquolevel 2rsquo data
Level III dataIt constitutes the detailed transaction data including Level II data
plus line-item detail such as the item purchased Sometimes
referred to as simply lsquoline-item detailrsquo Also written as lsquolevel 3rsquo
data
Line-item detailIt is a transaction data reflecting what was purchased See also
Level III data
NNetwork providerA network provider is a service provider that connects directly to
both the supplier and the buyer The supplier or buyer is required
to make only one connection to the network provider enabling
them to connect to multiple buyers andor suppliers With an
e-invoicing network there is no requirement to interoperate as
connection is independent of data format and a global network
enables the flow of data cross-border
96 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
OOne cardOne card is a type of hybrid card in which a single card is issued
to an employee for more than one category of expenses (eg
goodsservices and travel expenses) eliminating the need to
carry two separate cards
One card plus fleetA single card used for purchasing travel and fleet-related
expenses (fuel vehicle maintenance others) It combines the
functionality of a P Card corporate card and fleet card
OpenPEPPOL OpenPEPPOL is an open point-to-point network of sending
receiving web services to cover all of Europe it is currently
primarily in use in Finland the Netherlands Norway and Sweden
CENBII v1 is the base format but domestic transfers might use
a localised version
Order-to-cashOrder-to-cash also known as OTC or O2C is the end-to-end
process by which companies receive an order from a customer
deliver the goods or services raise the invoice for the transaction
to send to the customer and receive the payment from the
customerrsquos bank account Increasingly the OTC process (which
is part sales and part accounts receivable) is being managed as
an end-to-end process See also Accounts Receivable
PPACPAC stands for Authorised Provider of Certified Tax Receipts via
Internet Authorisation as a PAC is issued by SAT after an entity
proofs the technical and legal requirements to ensure the safety
capacity and infrastructure of the provider in delivering services
to the taxpayer
Peer-to-peer (P2P) lending A method of debt financing that enables individuals to borrow
and lend money ndash without the use of an official financial institution
as an intermediary Peer-to-peer lending removes the middleman
from the process but it also involves more time effort and risk
than the general brick-and-mortar lending scenarios
PO flippingPurchase order (PO) flipping happens when a supplier receives a
purchase order from its customer through a supplier portal and
at the time of raising an invoice converts the data provided in
the purchase order into the data on the invoice The benefit of
this process is that by the time the invoice has been received
by the customer the matching of the invoice with the purchase
order information will be perfect PO flipping is however only
appropriate for the type of supplier that uses a supplier portal
to create invoices typically a lower volume supplier See also
Supplier portals
ProcurementProcurement is the process of obtaining or acquiring goods and
services It also represents the department within an organisation
that is usually responsible for the development of requests for
proposals (RFPs) proposal analysis supplier market research
negotiations buying activities contract administration inventory
control etc Also referred to as purchasing sourcing or similar
term
Procure-to-pay (P2P) processThe steps the employees of an end-user organisation follow to
make a purchase and the associated payment An organisation
typically has different P2P processes for different types of
purchasespayments a P-Card P2P process is usually the most
streamlined Also referred to as purchase-to-pay or source-to-
settle process
Purchase order (PO)Purchase order is a written authorisation for a supplier to
deliver products andor services at a specified price according
to specified terms and conditions becoming a legally binding
agreement upon supplier acceptance
Purchase-to-pay processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Purchasing card (P-Card)A purchasing card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business-related goods and services
end-user organisation must pay its issuer in full each month for
the total of all P-Card transactions Also called a procurement
card (ProCard) and purchase card
97 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
RRebateIt refers to money paid by an issuer to its customer (an end-user
organisation) in conjunction with the end-userrsquos commercial card
usage the rebate amount is based on various criteria as defined
within the contract terms between issuer and end-user Also
sometimes called revenue share
ReceivablesReceivables represent an asset designation applicable to all
debts unsettled transactions or other monetary obligations
owed to a company by its debtors or customers Receivables
are recorded by a companyrsquos accountants and reported on the
balance sheet and they include all debts owed to the company
even if the debts are not currently due
Receivable financeReceivable finance allows suppliers to finance their receivables
relating to one or many buyers and to receive early payment
usually at a discount on the value
ReconciliationThis is the matching of orders done by (internet) shoppers with
incoming payments Only after a successful reconciliation the
merchant will start the delivery process The extent to which
payment service providers carry out reconciliation and the way
in which they do so (sending an e-mail providing files) may vary
Reverse factoringReverse factoring is an arrangement made between large buying
organisations and banks with the intention to finance suppliers
and provide a lower buying price to the buyer Like lsquofactoringrsquo
there are three parties involved ndash the buyer supplier and the
factoring company (in this case typically a bank) The bank
takes on the responsibility to pay the supplierrsquos invoice early
for a discounted price The buyer then settles with the bank
according to the terms of the original invoice The supplier has
offered or agreed to a discount based on early payment and this
discount is shared between the bank and the buyer
SSales tax (VAT)Referred to as value added tax in the UK or sales tax in the
US this form of indirect tax is applied to almost all business
transactions It is the companyrsquos responsibility to add the tax
amount to its sales transactions and pay the tax on purchase
transactions At the end of each period (each quarter) it is the
companyrsquos responsibility to net off the charged tax on the sales
invoices and the paid tax on the purchase invoices and if there
is a positive balance to pay this to the government Increasingly
the management of VAT is moving into the shared services
organisation as this is where purchase and sales invoices are
processed
SettlementSettlement is the process by which merchant and cardholder
banks exchange financial data and value resulting from sales
transactions cash disbursements and merchandise credits
Shared servicesShared services refer to a business model which is largely
applied by mid-tier or enterprise-sized companies It is larger
companies who typically adopt shared services because scale is
one key element of the model The intention of shared services
is to run operations more efficiently and more cost-effectively
Using the finance function as an example shared services works
in the following ways Firstly it is the centralisation of a finance
activity the consolidation of systems that activity runs off the
standardisation of the processes that support that activity and
the automation (and continuous improvement) of that activityrsquos
processes Secondly it is the running of this centralised
consolidated activity as a ldquobusiness within a businessrdquo which
means the shared services organisation will often have its own
profit and loss account (PampL) will treat the rest of the business
as its customer will hire and develop service oriented staff will
possibly have service level agreements (SLAs) with its customers
and will charge for its services When a company centralises
a function it is not quite accurate to call it shared services
Centralisation is just one aspect of shared services
98 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
SOAP (Finvoice)Transmission frame (SOAP) specifies the sender recipient and
service provider data The service provider routes the message
to its recipient on the basis of frame data File may include
several Finvoice messages Each message must include a
transmission frame (SOAP)
SOAP (generic)Simple object access protocol (SOAP) is a web service protocol
or message framework for transferring XML-based messages
between web services BT does not support UBL directly but it is
able to identify and handle an UBL message wrapped in a SOAP-
envelope
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS)SaaS is a cost-effective way for companies to lsquorentrsquo software
without the burden of installation and maintenance because it is
supplied hosted (via the internet) and maintained by an external
vendor
Source-to-settle processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs)
SMEs are organisations which employ fewer than 250 persons
and which have an annual turnover not exceeding EUR 50
million and or an annual balance sheet total not exceeding EUR
43 million
Split liabilityLiability for commercial card charges is split between the
cardholder and end-user organisation based on merchant
category codes for example the cardholder might be liable for
travel and entertainment (TampE) expenses while the organisation
is liable for the other transactions
Straight-through payment (STP)Straight-through payment (STP) is a specific version of electronic
payables an end-user organisation receives and approves a
supplier invoice then initiates payment to the supplier through its
issuer The supplier does not need to process a card transaction
as payment is made directly through its merchant account
SupplierThe supplier represents a merchantvendor with whom the
organisation does business
Supplier financeSupplier finance is a set of solutions that optimises cash flow
by allowing businesses to lengthen their payment terms to
their suppliers while providing the option for their large and
SME suppliers to get paid early See also Supply chain finance
Reverse factoring
Supplier onboardingThis refers to getting a supplier set up on a particular program
such as purchase-cards dynamic discounting or electronic
invoicing Supplier onboarding involves both the communications
concerning the process change and the supplierrsquos role within it
and the technical set-up of the program
Supplier portalA supplier portal is the front end of the e-invoicing or
e-procurement platform which enrolled suppliers connect to via
the internet Here suppliers can accept purchase orders change
profile information such as bank details and addresses flip
purchase orders (see PO flipping) and raise invoices Supplier
portals are generally used by low volume suppliers as the
supplier will have to re-key the data into its own billing system
One significant benefit for a supplier using a supplier portal is
that it gets full visibility of the invoice process namely when the
invoice will be paid
Supply chain finance (SCF)The use of financial instruments practices and technologies to
optimise the management of the working capital and liquidity
tied up in supply chain processes for collaborating business
partners SCF is largely lsquoevent-drivenrsquo Each intervention
(finance risk mitigation or payment) in the financial supply
chain is driven by an event in the physical supply chain The
development of advanced technologies to track and control
events in the physical supply chain creates opportunities to
automate the initiation of SCF interventions
99 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Supply chain paymentsSupply chain payments optimises cash flow by allowing
businesses to lengthen their payment terms to their suppliers
while also providing an alternative option to their suppliers to get
paid early
TTrade financeTrade finance signifies financing for trade and it concerns both
domestic and international trade transactions Trade finance
includes such activities as lending issuing letters of credit
factoring export credit and insurance Companies involved
with trade finance include importers and exporters banks and
financiers insurers and export credit agencies as well as other
service providers
TreasuryTreasury is defined as the funds of a group institution or
government or to the department responsible for budgeting
and spending Another definition refers to treasury as being
the department of a government in charge of the collection
management and expenditure of the public revenue
Three-party payment systemThe three-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user on one side and the merchant on the
othermdashlinked by the network which also fulfills the role of issuer
and acquirer includes the American Express and Discover
models
UUBL Universal Business Language (UBL) is an XML-based format with
corresponding business processes created by OASIS it amongst
others contains scenarios for sourcing ordering and billing Many
newer formats (EHF CENBII and OIOUBL) are localisations of UBL
20
UnderwritingIn B2B payments underwriting represents the department within
an acquirerprocessor organisation that evaluates the financial
stability and risk of a potential merchant customer
VValidation E-invoice XML-data is validated usually against schema which
means that the structure and content of the data is checked Failed
validation means that the invoice is going to be rejected by the
receiving operator which then sends negative acknowledgement
to sending operator which forwards the acknowledgement to
sender
Value addedThe enhancement a company gives its product or service before
offering the product to customers Value added is used to describe
instances where a firm takes a product that may be considered a
homogeneous product with few differences (if any) from that of
a competitor and provides potential customers with a feature or
add-on that gives it a greater sense of value
WWorking capitalWorking capital represents the cash and other liquid assets
needed to finance the everyday running of a business such as the
payment of salaries and then purchase of raw materials
XXMLThe Extensible Markup Language (XML) is a flexible markup
language for structured electronic documents XML is based on
SGML (standard generalised markup language) an international
standard for electronic documents XML is commonly used by
data-exchange services to send information between otherwise
incompatible systems
7 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
4 Trends in B2B Payments and Financing Innovation
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
I lived to see the US electing its first black president I watched
the 2008 financial crisis crushing many dreams I witnessed the
creation of Anonymous and Wikileaks two organisations that
changed the way we the people (and the organisations) carry
ourselves online Blockchain is being built right under my curious
eye by someone whorsquos identity is virtually unknown (or is it)
I am a young business professional curiously watching how
things unfold and change my life and others forever And I have
questions Lots of them What if one day I will be able to make B2B
payments from my mobile phone enjoying the same convenience I
have in my personal life And without any fees And cross-border
Real-time would be nice too Could blockchain help Are the
incumbent players ready to respond to my needsrequirements
What do new companies offer What is the risk working with
them What can help me identify the best solution Where are the
innovations heading What are the use cases for blockchain
In the sea of options here are 4 trends that I picked up and that
will make a dent in my history and that of payments amp financing
innovation
Trend no 1 FintechOne thing I learned while working at The Paypers as an expert on
B2B payments is that I should always ask these three questions
what was what is and what will be And I first looked at the
current payments infrastructure
Intuitively modernizing the internal infrastructure and operations
to meet new payments needs unleashes new market innovations
but the reality is that they ndash both old and new infrastructure ndash will
have to co-exist for a while
But first things first ndash how does the current payments infrastructure
stack up compared to the online sectors For instance in the UK
Fintech sector EY experts believe the entire UK industry currently
generates GBP 20 bn in revenue annually The payments
infrastructure alone accounts for GBP 81 bn while the online
sector for GBP 19 bln The former is dominated by established
players (card schemes issuers processors merchant acquirers
national payment infrastructures) while the latter sees a huge
number of newbies and thus remains largely fragmented
What has changed Everything and nothing at the same time
Some established fintechs are seeking to deliver a step change
in legacy infrastructure and the need for faster payments has
visibly increased in the B2B segment yet Ardent Partners
research still points to ACH commercial cards amp wire transfers
as the fastest growing e-payment methods in 2016
Also if you look at a bankrsquos product portfolio one will discover a
range of solutions in retail private commercial investment and
transacnottion banking along with wealth and asset management
and insurance However if you look at the fintech landscape one
will discover an increasing number of service providers that focus
on improving specific parts of this traditional broad portfolio by
using innovative technology In other words fintechs build and
execute specific parts of the banking value chain better cheaper
and faster than what is currently on offer at banks Cheaper and
faster sound compelling
Investors seem to enjoy the show too Globally investment in
fintech ventures tripled from USD 4 billion in 2013 to USD 12
billion in 2014 with Europe being the fastest growing region in the
world according to a report by Accenture
How banks corporates amp payment schemes react to the inflow of new entrantsMore than 90 of bankers expect that fintech will have a
significant impact on the future landscape of banking Almost a
third believe that fintech will win an equal share or even dominate
the market
Interestingly this yearrsquos Davos event was a lot about financial
technology (compared to previous years when it was much more
about banking) and what industry experts picked up was that
when it comes to big banks and payment schemes they all
consider themselves part of fintech or driving it
8 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
ldquoBiggest Global Banks at Davos Were All Fintech Innovators
Nowrdquo -Bloomberg
The way that is unfolding is that for instance big banks started
to consolidate their position in the fintech world through heavy
investments in startups through acquisition and mergers via
opening innovation labshubs via high-profile partnerships etc
Some examples include JPMorgan Chase and Banco Santander
announced an investment in ex-banker Blythe Mastersrsquo blockchain
startup Deutsche Bank invested in PayPal and OnDeck Bank
of America has a USD 3 billion annual budget for investing in
technology and innovation a figure thats doubled since 2010
Visa has disclosed a 10 stake in the fintech unicorn Square
and alongside Nasdaq Citi and other industry players invested
USD 30 million in Chaincom a blockchain developer platform
that serves an enterprise market
Whatrsquos more all big players ndash banks payments providers card
schemes ndash poured their money into innovation labs hubs
accelerators The highlights of 2015 are as follows Visa Europe
launched Visa Europe Collab its new international innovation
hub and argued that the company is in a unique position to
help innovators develop and scale their ideas MasterCard on
the other hand has selected in February 2016 together with
Silicon Valley Bank four startups to take part in the fourth class
of CommerceInnovated a virtual accelerator designed to help
commerce startups grow their businesses The solutions that will
be built here range from mobile lending to instant authentication
and identity checks As part of the program the startups will
gain access to operational expertise from Silicon Valley Bank
MasterCard and their respective networks
Wells Fargo is committed to ldquohelp innovative entrepreneurs
overcome challenges and seize opportunitiesrdquo with investments
of up to USD 500000 through its Startup Accelerator a program
focused on startups that create solutions for financial institutions
and enterprise customers Since its inception in 2014 the
Wells Fargo Startup Accelerator has received applications from
innovative companies in 23 countries
Peeking through the corporate sector window Future Asia
Ventures talks about 116 corporate accelerators being live
worldwide Europe takes the lionrsquos share with 54 accelerators
mostly based in the UK and Germany however companies are
increasingly launching and adding more accelerators in EMEA
and Asia Pacific locations as well
No matter what the approach is the consensus is that there is
a huge need to reduce costs to align with a digital strategy not
merely upgrade the IT systems
ldquoThe state of corporate banking IT in the digital business world is
precariousrdquo ndash Gartner amp BCSG
Survey data indicates CIOs are underestimating the importance
of digital technology lack adequate staff and resources and are
mostly ignoring nonbank disrupters
Although concerned some banks do not appear to be stepping
up to the challenge A majority of bankers (54) believe that
banks are either ignoring the issue or that they ldquotalk about
disruption but are not making changesrdquo
Make no mistake banks are actively engaged in digitalization
and most firms have an IT strategy that is aligned and integrated
with an attendant technology roadmap for implementing a digital
business However although 62 of institutions reported that
they have already started deploying a digital banking roadmap
only 53 of them have not appointed an executive to define and
lead implementation This suggests several significant road bumps
are likely to appear during the digital transformation journey
Whatrsquos more if you look at the relationship between banks and
corporates things have a different shade of gray In a 2014
report from EY 63 of corporates reported product and service
innovation to be a critical part of their relationship with banks
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
9 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
Yet those respondents suggested that only 40 of banks
have satisfactory performance levels Moreover a more recent
report (September 2015) from Total Solutions and Innopay shows
that only 14 of corporates make use of B2B FinTech solutions
(survey among large corporates in the Netherlands) Another 70
of the corporates are following the B2B fintech market but have
not engaged yet According to the survey the two main reasons
not to engage are a lack of sufficient knowledge about and
insight into the impact of using finTech solutions and concerns
about the continuity of the finTech company Only 125 of the
questioned companies state that they do not want to jeopardise
their bank relation
Trend no 2 Cross-border payments amp B2B commerce80 of cross-border payments revenues are B2B according to
McKinsey Emerging Asian and Eastern European economies are
set to experience the greatest growth
So if the contribution of cross-border payments to total payments
revenue growth will climb from 5 in 2013-2014 to 14 in 2014-
2019 there is money to be made and fintech is the front-runner to
help remove some of the frictions
As nonbank players increasingly encroach on the traditional
cross-border turf of banksmdash moving from consumer-to-consumer
to B2B cross-border paymentsmdashthey will force many banks to
rethink their longstanding approaches to cross-border payments
ndash McKinsey
In this scenario of lsquounbundling of the full-service model of banks
into bits and piecesrsquo the market depicts new names Traxpay
Align Commerce Payoneer Transpay Ripple eeDOCS Earthport
Kontox to name only a few
Good news though major banks around the world take action
to improve the customer experience in cross-border payments
dramatically by signing up to SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation
initiative announced at the end of December 2015 The +45
participating firms include major transaction banks from Europe
Asia Pacific Africa and the Americas
The goal is to enhance cross-border transactions by leveraging
SWIFTrsquos messaging platform and global reach
Trend no 3 BlockchainBlockchain is the technology underpinning Bitcoin and one of its
biggest advantages is that it allows two parties to transact without
making use of a central authority of third party intermediaries
Oversimplifying a bit it removes huge costs and adds transparency
speed and security Ripple Ethereum Monero Lightning Network
Amiko Pay Bitfury and others act as agents of disruption in the
B2B payments world by using blockchain rails
ldquoBanks foresee benefits for corporations by virtue of the
applications running on the blockchain that will ripple down to
the banksrsquo corporate clients Consequently before launching
any blockchain-related program a bank must be very clear and
extremely convincing about what is in it for its corporate clients
- Enrico Camerinelli senior analyst at Aite Group
Other players lsquorewiringrsquo the way payments are processed through
the use of blockchain include GoCoin Blade GemPay Gazeebo
io etc as depicted by William Mougayar author of the book lsquoThe
Business Blockchainrsquo
Trend no 4 Alternative financingAccording to the lsquo2016 UK Alternative Finance Industry Reportrsquo
by Nesta and KPGM the UK online alternative finance industry
grew to GBP 32 billion ndash an 84 increase compared to the GBP
174 billion of 2014 In 2015 almost 20000 British SMEs raised
alternative finance through online channels receiving GBP 22
billion in business funding The online alternative finance industry
is pushing the needle of market growth business models public
awareness corporate partnerships institutional funding product
innovation international expansion as well as further regulatory
support and policy acceptance
Among all models peer-to-peer business lending and invoice
trading are the largest models by volume of the UK online
alternative finance market
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
10
Share this story
B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
In total nearly GBP 149 billion was lent to SMEs in the UK
(a 99 year-on-year growth rate and 194 average growth rate
between 2013 and 2015)
Interestingly enough innovative corporate partnerships are
being forged between alternative finance platforms with the likes
of Virgin Amazon Uber Sage and KPMG This has certainly
pushed boundaries ndash merging the traditional corporate world
with the disruptive models of alternative finance
Invoice trading the second highest model continues to be a
popular financing tool for small and medium-sized enterprises
wanting to trade their invoices or receivables at a discount
in exchange for the speedy procurement of working capital
However while the GBP 270 million market size in 2014 grew by
178 compared to 2013 growth from 2014 ndash 2015 was more
modest with a 20 growth rate to GBP 325 million
Zooming in on the strategies banks (and alternative finance
providers for that matter) use to better position themselves we
identify a lot of partnerships Banks teaming up with online lenders
This is a different dynamic ndash instead of trying to displace banks
online lenders decided to strike partnerships For instance On
Deck teamed up with JP Morgan Chase and said it will help speed
up the process of offering small business loans to the banks 4
million customers Lending Club another online lender tied-up
with Citi Moven partnered marketplace lender CommonBond
In a game of tongue twisters American Banker said that fintechs
team up to become more like a bank I would argue that banks
team up with fintechs to become more like a fintech
Also another question arises what if a corporate want to expand
into more countries That may mean to establish a physical
presence in each location that is relevant to their client Could
banks satisfy that need too
The industry is dynamic and some companies leapfrogged some
steps but although the developments are innovative and exciting
the road ahead is paved with many bumps
About Mirela Amariei Crafting large-scale industry reports carrying out interviews and writing about innovation in payments and fintech are Mirelarsquos daily treats As the Senior Editor at The Paypers she speaks frequently with key thoughts leaders to identify trends and trendsetters She can be reached at mirelathepayperscom and via Linkedin wwwlinkedincominamarieim
About The Paypers The Paypers is the leading source of news and intelligence for professionals in the payment community worldwide Our products are aimed at merchants payment services providers processors financial institutions start-ups technology vendors and payment professionals and have a special focus on all major trends and developments in payments-related industries including online and mobile payments and banking ecommerce e-invoicing supply chain finance web fraud amp security and many others
wwwthepayperscom
Mirela Amariei
Senior EditorThe Paypers
Thought Leadership Section
B2B Payments
13 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B payment innovation the beginning of exciting times
Deutsche Bank
Why should banks and corporates invest in real-time payments For corporates the benefits stem from the capability for executing
time-sensitive transactions ndash such as High-Value critical vendor
or MampA-related payments ndash while receiving close-to-immediate
proof of execution instead of waiting for the specific entry to be
documented by standard intraday reporting
For banks to serve client needs they need to be involved in these
developments which is why Deutsche Bank and others are helping
develop a Pan-European Instant Payment Solution For large
banks involvement in establishing such future paymentcollection
platforms is a revenue loss avoidance tactic rather than a
profit creation one as they will otherwise lose market share to
disruptors And while urgent payments can currently be more
expensive there may be a regulatory push for banks to provide
real-time payments with no extra charges in the near future
What are the benefits and challenges of implementing pay-on-behalf-ofcollect-on-behalf-of structuresPOBOCOBO structures help corporates consolidate cash
flows and rationalise account structures as well as increasing
purchasing power when negotiating cash management terms
with banks POBOCOBO simplifies liquidity management as
cash is centralised through domestic and cross-border cash
concentration It also allows for streamlined cash management
activities across subsidiaries as payments and receivables
are bundled in one place (such as a Shared Service Centre)
for execution out of the central account Improving cash and
liquidity management in these ways reduces credit need and the
operational burden on subsidiaries
Deutsche Bankrsquos experience and feasibility studies on POBO
COBO in Europe over the past four years have shown four kinds
of challenges market-specific practices and legal tax and
operational considerations In addition POBOCOBO structures
differ in the status of the underlying account For POBO the
ordering account can be a normal operating account in most
jurisdictions but since funds collected within COBO structures
often relate to different legal entities the underlying account is
often considered a trust account This has further implications
For instance depending on regional Anti-Money Laundering laws
an account can contain either own funds of the account holder
or funds that belong to third parties (trust accounts) ndash not both
That in turn may require corporates to separate some incoming
transaction flows from the entities flowsrsquo part of the on-behalf-of
structure
What main friction points in B2B cross-border payments will disappear in the next five yearsDevelopments driven by regulatory change or facilitated by
technology and solution-based improvements will ultimately
allow for more frictionless and cost-effective transaction
processing For example the Payment Services Directive (to be
updated soon by PSD-2) affected cut-off times and value-dating
habits and a shift will likely take place in this area to align cross-
border payments in different currencies with the same value-
dating as SEPA payments
Similarly currency payments will likely become easier thanks
to automated conversion services such as Deutsche Bankrsquos
FX4Cash which offers client ease-of-use real-time FX rates
and enhanced transaction data And solutions such as Virtual
Accounts will improve reconciliation and accounting (through the
rationalisation of physical bank accounts across a region)
Retail banking has experienced futuristic leaps in the payments space ndash now is the time for the same level of transformation and convenience in the B2B space
The industry is poised to apply such innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration will this be possible
14 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What bank-core competencies foster innovation and growth through fintech partnerships in the B2B payments space We have witnessed the effects of the first wave of digitalisation
on daily activities particularly through smart devices and apps
Peer-to-peer and C2B processes have already experienced
radical transformation and the industry is poised to apply such
innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration
between incumbents and new players will this be possible
Fintechs have the technical skills and understanding of consumer
behaviour fail-friendly mindset and regulatory freedom to be
innovative ndash but in an increasingly competitive landscape that
will see market consolidation over coming years they need more
than that to survive Banks conversely experience internal and
external obstacles to innovating independently including legacy
systems internal siloes a cautious culture and tighter regulatory
restrictions But by offering the strength of their established
reputation global infrastructure existing client-base and expertise
regarding risk regulation and treasury needs banks can support
fintech growth bring new products to market through such
strategic alliances and successfully scale-up new offerings
What are the Bankrsquos plans for blockchainDistributed Ledger Technology is not new but interest around its
potential applications is rising and opportunities for blockchain
ndash from fraud prevention and risk reduction to quicker and more
transparent payment flows ndash cannot be ignored We are at the
beginning of the blockchain journey and the ways it will change
business models processes and ecosystems are yet to be
seen but we predict immense potential up and down the value-
chain Participants ndash for example it was one of the first banks to
test smart contracts for corporate bonds which was conducted
in-house in collaboration with the DB Labs Deutsche Bank
recently opened innovation labs in London and Berlin with a third
just opened in Silicon Valley which will help the Bank best utilise
new technologies and deepen relationships with start-ups In a
decade there will be myriad different blockchain technologies and
interoperability will be crucial The Bank is an initial driving member
of blockchain consortium R3 CEV and participated in trials of five
distinct blockchain technologies with other member banks
About Andrew Reid Appointed to his current role in 2013 Andrew has been with the Bank for 17 years within corporate cash management and trade finance Andrew supports and advises clients in adapting to the new regulatory environment and optimising their treasury operations
About Deutsche Bank Deutsche Bank provides commercial and investment banking retai l banking transaction banking and asset and wealth management products and services to corporations governments institutional investors businesses and private individuals Deutsche Bank is Germanyrsquos leading bank with a strong position in Europe and a significant presence in the Americas and Asia Pacific
gtbdbcom
Andrew P Reid
Managing Director and Head of Cash Management Corporates EMEA Global Transaction Banking
Deutsche Bank
15 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Blockchain In B2B Payments
Aite Group
Financial institutions are spending time and resources to find
out how much business they can gain by adopting blockchain
technology This hype on the bank side does not correspond
to similar interest from corporations nor itrsquos clear whether
blockchain technology creates similar business opportunities
for each side Yet a significant roadblock must be removed
That is the extremely poor understanding corporate people
have about blockchain In a January 2016 survey 95 corporate
executivesmdash66 of whom were supply chain and treasury
managers with the remaining coming from IT legal and salesmdash
were asked if they were familiar at all with the term ldquoblockchainrdquo
Over 80 answered ldquonordquo The first step of the journey is thus to
align on terms and definitions Consider blockchain as a ldquosecured
spreadsheetrdquo that sits in the cloud that multiple parties can review
Each of the transactions that are a part of it is guaranteed by a
set of cryptographic keys and all transactions are stored in one
database The blockchain is essentially an enormous database
that runs across a global network of independent computers
Main characteristics of blockchainIrrevocability There is an irrevocable trail (ie time-stamping)
of all the transactions that have ever been made which makes
attempts at hacking or fraud unsuccessful
Title transfer It allows property whose ownership is controlled
via the blockchain (ie physical property such as cars phones
or houses)
Distributed The ledger represents the truth because mass
collaboration constantly reconciles without having the need to
trust because thatrsquos built into the mechanism
Smart contracts Perhaps the most relevant blockchain feature
smart contracts are self-executing contractual states stored on
the blockchain which nobody controls and therefore everyone
can trust The code can control and restrict how the data is
accessed and used
Where do we go from hereA bitcoin that transfers ownership of title of a crypto-currency
can be applied between two parties that exchange goods for
money in business-to-business (B2B) transactions B2B partners
would best benefit from blockchain-based applications in the
increasingly global B2B payments There are complexities with
foreign payments that are not experienced in domestic payments
such as foreign exchange value-added taxes in certain countries
interfaces with many clearing and settlement networks and
the need to understand and apply specific country laws with
regard to payments processing Knowledge about the status of
payments can be even more important than settling the payment
itself The status of payments may affect the ability of a buyer
to make a purchase from a seller depending on the amount of
credit extended by the seller to the purchaser It may also impact
future pricing provided by the seller to a buyer For time-critical
payments knowing the location of a particular transaction in the
payment process allows the payer to take action if the payment is
delayed The more corporate treasurers know about outgoing and
incoming payments the better their cash forecasts
Blockchain and B2B paymentsThis article examines which blockchain drivers best apply to
current B2B payment process elements and intermediaries
ndash eg banks network providers clearing and settlement
structures Rather than revolutionary the analysis determines
how blockchain supports improves and- eventually- replaces
current B2B payments processes (see Figure 1)
Figure 1 Blockchain Features Applied to B2B Payment Process Elements
Source Aite Group
16 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
When paying the supplier the buyer issues a payment
instruction from its accounts payable to the bank This initiates
the transfer of title of currency and a time-stamp makes the
transaction irrevocable The intermediary bank may enjoy
blockchainrsquos irrevocability and title transfer to secure the
uniqueness and traceability of the transactions underpinning
the cash transfer The distributed nature of the blockchain
ledger avoids any delayed centralized control of AML screening
checking of availability of funds and clearing billing and
reporting activities All executed operations are validated within
The ledger offers the extra capability to the bank to swiftly handle
format translations from the clientrsquos accounting system A smart
contract on the blockchain provides the bank with the capability
to charge transparent and auditable service fees
The distributed ledger operates as the connectivity software
that the clearing network provides to all trading parties and
intermediaries The network is also capable of offering time-
stamping services as well as detect transactions that may trigger
the execution of smart contract applications Format translations
can be easily offered as a value added service
The beneficiary bank receives notice of an irrevocable transfer of
cash title that the distributed ledger renders valid and immediately
executable The ledger also streamlines all necessary account
management verifications to validate the payment data The sellerrsquos
account is immediately credited and all subsequent regulatory
and accounting reporting is made auditable and irrevocable
Bank services can be charged via smart contract applications
agreed between the parties The blockchain enables the seller-
ie the B2B payment receiving party- to update the accounts
receivable database with a payment confirmation that becomes
an auditable transaction
Blockchain is certainly not the panacea for all problems but the
frequency of applied features to the B2B payment processes
tells however that all parties involved could strongly benefit
from this technology without the need for anyone to be removed
About Enrico Camerinelli Enrico Camerinelli is a senior analyst at Aite Group specializing in wholesale banking cash and trade finance and payments He brings a strong European focus to Aite Grouprsquos Wholesale Banking practice Mr Camerinelli has been widely quoted by publications ranging from American Banker to the Financial Times
About Aite Group Aite Group is an independent research and advisory firm focused on business technology and regulatory issues and their impact on the financial services industry With expertise in banking payments wealth management capital markets and insurance Aite Groups analysts work with clients as partner advisor and catalyst
wwwaitegroupcom
Enrico Camerinelli
senior analystAite Group
17 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Emerging Internet of Payments
Traxiant
New offerings have been proliferating in B2B payments not
to mention financing solutions of various kinds Their growth
however and the shift from paper to electronic has long been
stymied by a lack of interoperability Most industry actors see the
need for an industry-scale solution to this problem and believe it
will happen eventually But fewer are clear on the path to get there
In the USD 700 trillion of B2B payments globally connecting
the many buyers sellers and providers of payments financing
and software solutions might seem an impossible task And
yet we have the example of the Internet A framework for
such payments interoperability would also almost inevitably be
standards-based and global So itrsquos reasonable to use the term
the ldquoInternet of Paymentsrdquo (ldquoIoPrdquo) to talk about this The naming
of such a phenomenon however is of course less important
than questions such as ldquowhetherrdquo ldquowhatrdquo ldquohowrdquo and ldquowhenrdquo
Unlike most industry actors we believe that the conditions for
the IoP to emerge have recently been falling into place Tactical
business needs are aligning with cloud-based technology
platforms and solution options And alignment with standards
frameworks notably around ISO 20022 offers the potential for
faster and wider scaling of such solutions with lower investment
The payments solutions that account for most B2B volume
today such as cheque and ACH are commoditized Their
transaction revenue models donrsquot support much investment
in next-generation solutions Basis point revenue streams
from receivablestrade financing forex and card models by
contrast can support such investments Buyers nowadays donrsquot
pay much for those services most rather expect to receive
discounts or rebate payments Thus a critical driver of revenue
in such businesses is the ability to get suppliers enrolled and
agreeing to pay the relevant fees This supplier onboarding
process is invariably hard work especially as you get further
out on the ldquolong tailrdquo Most new ldquosolutionsrdquo being promoted to
suppliers offer benefits of earlier or faster payment But they are
from the supplierrsquos perspective typically exception processes
and thus value-subtracting
Among enterprise buyers card e-payables and global payments
solutions are now relatively widely adopted ndash as indeed are
supplier networks Increasing competition from financial
institutions but also fintech players makes it ever more important
that providers optimise for adoption and value also on the
supplier side of the equation Strategically the requirement here
is for an extensible standards framework and platform that can
connect suppliers globally across both commodity payment and
value-added trade and financing scenarios
Tactical solutions however are also needed more narrowly
focused but aligned with the larger strategic goals One essential
element of such tactical solutions is enabling suppliers to
connect using their existing payments and software solutions
For ldquolong tailrdquo suppliers their ability to do so via a low friction
ldquoconsumerizedrdquo experience will also matter In recent years
cloud solutions and APIs to enable this have become available
for some widely-used financial solutions No silver bullet will
work for every supplier instantly And yet solving the problem for
supplier systems one by one is clearly an approach that wonrsquot
scale However by aligning with ndash and shaping ndash a standards-
based IoP framework early movers can start to build network
effects that do scale Proprietary network effects can and will
drive competitive advantage especially for early movers even
when built on top of standards A broader network effect will
come from the technical openness of the growing IoP ecosystem
As that happens industry actors of all kinds will invest in
solutions based on IoP standards so as to get connected
18 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
No discussion of B2B payments futures would be complete
without touching on the blockchain Such solutions seem likely
to play an important role How the various ldquonot-Bitcoinsrdquo with
their technical and regulatory benefits will fare against Bitcoin
itself remains unclear Standards such as the ldquoInterledger
Protocolrdquo could play a role perhaps enabling an ldquoInternet of
Valuerdquo layer for the IoP That said in global B2B payments
the ldquochicken-and-eggrdquo challenges that are inherent in any
new network technology clearly exist Blockchain adoption as
a purely ldquoback officerdquo or inter-bank technology seems likely
to happen first within narrowly-defined early use cases and
communities Adding value to pre-existing end-user (buyer-
seller) interactions like Skype did may be one plausible early
adoption scenario ldquoPiggy-backingrdquo on another network layer or
use case like Paypalrsquos initial use for eBay payments is another
way to think about this Combining all of these may work best
end user demand can be effective in driving adoption by solution
providers notably banks in this case
An Internet of Payments as it emerges will reshape the B2B
payments industry and much more besides It will likely develop
quite suddenly as a mass phenomenon much like the Internet in
the mid-nineties It will create winners and losers Those who move
early to test learn and shape the emerging Internet of Payments
ecosystem and framework will be best positioned to win
About Roger Bass Roger Bass is Founder CEO and Principal of Traxiant Previously with Intuit for eleven years he recently led a Network Payments initiative Other instrumental roles included the launch of Intuitrsquos European operations first online banking solution SMB Internet group and the QuickBooks platform Reach out via rogertraxiantcom
About Traxiant Traxiant provides software and consulting solutions to help financial and technology providers grow their B2B Payments and Financing solutions and profit from the Internet of Payments Solutions and areas of expertise include card e-payables global payments receivables financing and supplier networks
wwwtraxiantcom
Roger Bass
CEO and PrincipalTraxiant
Blockchain
20 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B Blockchain-based Payments Can it Beat the Banks
Orchard Finance
For those interested in Supply Chain FinanceTrade Finance
there is an increasing amount of articles about blockchain
For those who are not yet familiar with this term it is the
underlying technology behind Bitcoin The starting point for this
technology was to allow two parties to transfer a token of value
(Bitcoin) from one to another in a cheap reliable and fast way
Three main criteria for it are the two parties can be anywhere in
the world there should not be a central authority processing a
transaction and the same token (Bitcoin) cannot be spent more
than once
To meet all these criteria the solution proved to be a distributed
ledger containing all transactions visible for all participants in
the network A transaction is approved by consensus which is
reached by cryptographic encryption This technology is called
blockchain Many articles about blockchain are focused on the
way it works (hence are very technical) but because of the
complex terminology being used it causes more confusion than
clarity Perhaps the authors of these articles have been inspired
by former American president Harry S Truman when he said lsquoIf
you canrsquot convince them confuse themrsquo
Instead of focusing on the technology it is far more interesting to
understand what it can do for businesses The technology itself
is very powerful and it has the potential to radically transform
how businesses work and how payments are done If a Bitcoin
can be transferred in such a cheap fast reliable manner why
not a Euro or a Dollar
The current situation of a lsquoreal-time paymentrsquo is still depending on
cut off times of banks The party that initiates the payment sees
the amount deducted from their bank balance then the receiver
will get the amount some time later Depending on the sending
and receiving bank this can range from a couple of hours up to
a couple of days What happens is that the bank of the sender
updates its ledger (the bank balance of the sender) sends the
transaction via (most likely) the SWIFT network to the receiving
bank Afterwards the receiving bank receives the transaction
and updates its ledger (the bank balance of the receiver)
Blockchain payments how real-time are theyAs said before blockchain is a distributed ledger a shared
database All parties involved have access to this database
thus the participants that are allowed to participate see the
same version of the truth This means that if one party wants to
send a token of value to another party it updates the distributed
ledger When this update is agreed by the participants the lsquonewrsquo
state of the ledger is accepted With Bitcoin the acceptance
is done by miners validating the transaction via sophisticated
cryptographic encryption A transaction is fully validated in
approximately 8 minutes
The Bitcoin blockchain is a well-developed network with many
miners that can vet a transaction This Bitcoin blockchain
however might not be the best blockchain for B2B payments
There are providers in the market that are building new types
of blockchains that are specifically developed to facilitate
payments within a Supply Chain This means that payments
can be done real-time worldwide at low cost Next to the fast
low-cost payment processing there is another interesting aspect
to blockchain-based payments By using so-called lsquosmart
contractsrsquo payments can be made conditional
There are a wide array of situations this can be applied to
bull A payment can be executed in case certain criteria are met
For example a container with bananas arrives in the Port of
Rotterdam at an agreed time and by using special scanning
equipment the quality and quantity are checked and approved
When these criteria are met a payment is executed automatically
bull A budget can be allocated and this budget can only be spent
on predefined parties For instance a government provides
a rental allowance for individuals with a minimum income
This allowance can only be spent at a pre-approved landlord
In case it is not used before a certain moment in time the
allowance is cancelled
21 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Various parties in a supply chain can all be paid when the end
consumer purchases the product For example a consumer
buys a song online At the moment of purchase the amount
paid is distributed amongst the band the producer the studio
and the record label All parties are rewarded based on their
added value
Blockchain-based payments open up many possibilities
Not only is it possible to trade easier and cheaper but also
payments can be made smarter Banks are particularly interested
in this new technology and are closely investigating the potential
it may offer to them It is exciting times for banks and payment
institutions as with blockchain the real disruption is knocking
on the door The disruption here is not that things are done a
bit smarter more efficient or faster The disruption in payments
is that there is technology available that makes banks PSPs
credit card companies redundant Cutting out these middlemen
by making use of technology that provides the same trust and
robustness (or perhaps even more) will increase the speed of
payments increase the possibility to trade with each other while
significantly reducing costs
About Kris Wielens Kris Wielens is Senior Consultant with Orchard Finance He has more than a decade experience is (corporate) payments with various fims He has been active as Head of Strategic Partnerships EMEA Business Development Manager Sales Manager and Credit Analyst
About Orchard Finance Orchard Finance is a leading independent consultancy and staffing company specialized in the areas of Finance and Treasury Tailoring to our clients we offer advisory services project management and staff ing support Our professionals have a long standing reputation based on operational and project experience in banking corporate finance and treasury management amp control
wwworchardfinancecom
Kris Wielens
Senior ConsultantOrchard Finance
22 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Three-Phased Transformation of Supply Chain Finance with Blockchain Technology
Innopay
At Innopay we saw the early discussions around Bitcoin in 2010
transforming into a discussion about blockchain technology
by 2015 When blockchain was eventually seen as a promising
technology the discussions transformed to ldquoSo where can we
use itrdquo Although many contexts for the usage of blockchain
concepts have been discussed this article specifically discusses
the use of blockchain concepts as a transformative force in
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) SCF as we broadly define it is the
management of financial flows in the supply chain which includes
financial processes (transaction processes data processing
invoice matching etc) and SC financing techniques
We believe blockchain concepts could fundamentally change
how we organise SCF in the nearby future but it will take time
before involved stakeholders will have gained the desired
level of common understanding needed to make it a reality
The fundamental reason behind this is that the benefits of
blockchain only get realised within the context of a network and
the level of usage of a technology within a network is largely
dependent on usersrsquo collective level of understanding
We predict that the collective understanding comes in phases (as
it is currently unfolding in the banking and insurance industries)
namely shared database transactional network and automatable
transactional network This development of the collective
understanding provides a tidy framework in which we can
describe the abovementioned transformation of SCF
Phase 1 Setting up shared databases (0-3 years)One of the fundamental e-business process challenges has
always been how do companies cross each otherrsquos organisational
boundaries to allow a secure dependable and synchronised flow
of goods and transactional data The most logical means would
be by using a shared database Currently blockchain technology
is the de facto instrument for shared database where all the
involved parties can read and write on the database while the
state of the database can be trusted without the involvement of
intermediaries As the communal understanding ndash and subsequent
use ndash of blockchain as a shared database gains traction within the
context of SCF we will see fundamental improvements in essential
processes such as
bull Synchronising processes
bull Harmonised naming and numbering conventions
bull Deducing the current state of invoices
bull Invoice double spending when it comes to financing
bull Insight into goods flows (ownership and arrivals)
bull Less administrative steps for goods receipt to activate invoice
sending and subsequent payout
bull Cheap and transparent dispute resolution
Phase 2 Transactional network (3-5 years)In the development of an understanding of blockchain technology
the knowledge that a transaction is nothing more or nothing less
than an accepted change to a database is an essential step
Although this insight may sound straightforward it is counterintuitive
based on the ubiquitousness of the traditional banking payment
and escrow services for transactions in SCF Their role is seldom
questioned or re-examined As soon as this insight becomes
common knowledge the potential of blockchain technologies
within transactions for both financial and ownership of goods
purposes will be understood at a more innovative level
With blockchain-based transactional networks any type of
transaction can be directly executed without the need for third
parties As soon as this functionality becomes part of the collective
understanding of the SCF community the community can take
advantage of this by reducing complexity by coordinating
financial information monetary flows and goods movements into
one transactional network
Currently transactional complexity and challenges surrounding
the coordination of different transactional flows are limiting
scalability and international breadth of SCF networks Blockchain
technology can provide elegant solutions to these impediments
and unlock value at an international level by further linking small
SMEs to global corporates and financiers
23 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Phase 3 Automatable transactional network (5-7 years)As soon as the SCF community gains communal understanding
of blockchain as a transactional network then the next natural
line of inquiry could be the nature of transaction initiation During
this inquiry the following components of blockchain technology
will be discovered and the third phase might commence
bull Multi-signature capability ndash a means of separate entities to
safely and securely state whether an event took place or not
bull Smart contracts ndash agreements that automatically execute the
change of ownership of funds or goods based on whether an
event took place or not
bull Cryptocurrencies ndash a set of tokens of a variable but crypto-
graphi cally verifiable amount which is used for efficient value
transfers
By means of combining multi-signature and smart contracts with
existing e-mandates or cryptocurrencies the automatic payment
of invoice amounts or other types of collateral could be initiated
and executed instantaneously and automatically This will open
the path towards an international SCF network that automatically
creates investment grade financial instruments as a seamless
part of the supply chain process
ConclusionAlthough history shows us that we can only have so much
foresight we see a clear match between the features of blockchain
concepts and SCF we believe that at some point blockchain will
be a prominent part of SCF The speed at which SCF will evolve
and innovate will depend on the creativity of its stakeholders
and how fast the common understanding on how to use the
technology will develop Seeing that blockchain technology has
something compelling to offer at each phase of understanding we
see rapid developments taking place sooner than later
About Gys Hough Gys Hough follows the develop-ment of blockchain concepts since 2012 and was involved in shaping several business ideas based on blockchain concepts in the field He is also involved in the facilitation of various discussions surrounding blockchain applications in the financial industry
About Innopay Innopay is an independent consulting company specialised in online payments digital identity and e-business We help our clients including financial institutions governments and corporates to develop the compelling strategies and digital services for consumers and companies that are key for successful competition in a rapidly digitising world
wwwinnopaycom
Gys Hough
ConsultantInnopay
Innovation In Payments amp Banking
26 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
SWIFT
Launched in December 2015 to much anticipation in the industry
the initiative has received strong backing with more than 50
leading banks already signed up The Paypers spoke to Wim
Raymaekers SWIFTrsquos Head of Banking Market and programme
manager of the global payments innovation initiative to find out
more about this exciting move
We often hear that B2B payments are opaque complex and risky Why do you think that is and where do you think that improvements can be madeYes currently when a corporate treasurer sends a request
for a cross-border transaction to his bank he typically has no
sight on what actually happens with that demand They often
liken this to a lsquoblack holersquo saying they have no view on when
payments occur or their final costs This can lead to problems
with suppliers or end-customers not to mention increasing
financial risks resulting from payment delays or non-compliance
with regulatory requirements
I think improvements can be made in three main areas firstly
the speed of payments corporates want fastest payments so
banks need to be able to guarantee that they are made within
certain timeframe Secondly corporates want to know the
exact payment amount that will reach their counterparty ndash here
banks need to provide transparency on the fees involved and
the amount credited to the creditor And thirdly they want to
be able to track payments banks need to let corporates know
when payments have been initiated and credited to the creditors
account to avoid delays in the supply chain or frictions between
supplier and seller
What are the opportunities for a corporate to leap forward through the use of the cross-border payment industryCorporates are not in the business of payments they just want
to buy and sell Yet they do have to manage their treasury to
make those payments ndash so a better faster more transparent
payment solution is important to them On top of that having
a good payment infrastructure benefits your supply chain
Because if the money does not get to the supplier in time the
credit line will go up causing delays on all fronts So the better
your payment infrastructure is the stronger and more reliable
your supply chain is
Designed for the corporate treasurer SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation initiative offers an ambitious roadmap for reinventing the correspondent banking model as we know it today With ever increasing competition from new entrants offering same-day or even real-time payment facilities SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
Correspondent banking rejuvenated
SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
27 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What can you tell us about the global payments innovation initiative (gpii) and what are SWIFTrsquos plans in regard to this initiativeAs part of the initiative SWIFT is working in close collaboration
with the largest transactions banks in the world to enhance
their corporate customersrsquo cross-border payment experience
Together we will strive to provide a faster service with upfront
clarity on costs confirmation of delivery and richer remittance
information data
We are now working together with the banks to commonly
agree service level agreements (SLAs) to which all the initiative
member banks must comply The new service will be designed
to address end-customer needs without compromising banks
abilities to meet their compliance obligations market credit and
liquidity risk requirements
What is the role of blockchain in this initiativeSWIFT is devoting significant resources to instigate the
opportunities and challenges of deploying blockchain and
distributed ledger technologies more broadly on our platform
While the initiative aims to first make improvements based on the
existing infrastructures in parallel we are building a gpii vision
for cross-border payments This will set out how we will adopt
new technologies in order to ensure corporate customers receive
the best possible payments experience in the near future
Wim Raymaekers
Head of Banking MarketSWIFT
About Wim Raymaekers Wim Raymaekers leads SWIFTrsquos banking initiatives worldwide and is responsible for developing and driving value propositions across the banking community In this capacity Wimrsquos mission is to help banks grow their business particularly in view of changing customer and market requirements
About SWIFT SWIFT is a global member-owned cooperative and the worldrsquos leading provider of secure financial messaging services We provide our community with a platform for messaging and standards for communicating and we offer products and services to facilitate access and integration identification analysis and financial crime compliance
wwwswiftcom
28 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Moving payments into the digital era
UniCredit
Which are UniCreditrsquos strategies to remain competitive in the B2B cross-border payments spaceUniCredit is taking a number of steps to ensure that it offers a highly
competitive portfolio of payments services including a number of
tools for simplifying cross-border transactions
In particular UniCredit has invested considerably in the
Bank Payment Obligation (BPO) ndash a settlement tool which
enables firms to execute secure transactions mediated by
partner banks through a quick and efficient digital process
When carried out properly BPOs combine the risk mitigation and
financing advantages of Letters of Credit (LCs) with the digital
speed of open account settlement This makes them particularly
advantageous for cross-border transactions ndash especially with
unfamiliar counterparties or those concentrated in a particular
region or industry Thanks to bank mediation the risk of non-
payment in such cases is drastically reduced ndash allowing firms
to take on more business and sell their receivables more easily
UniCredit has worked hard to bring these benefits to clients in
the most efficient and convenient format possible ndash offering vast
improvements on LC processing times which are only set to
increase once the process is fully digitalized This principle of
fully digitalized processes is also reflected in UniCreditrsquos virtual
accounts services which enable clients to consolidate their
bank accounts in a given currency into a single ldquoparentrdquo account
This can then be divided internally into as many ldquovirtualrdquo
accounts as required ndash with each account given its own allocated
funds account number and permissions Already available
for affiliatesrsquo incoming and outgoing transactions in nearly 50
countries including the SEPA zone and six CEE markets this
system generates huge benefits to efficiency scalability and
transparency ndash eliminating the need for cash pooling expediting
the process of opening and closing accounts and providing a
comprehensive overview of cash flows without sacrificing detail
Going forward UniCredit intends to remain at the cutting edge
of B2B cross-border payments with new initiatives such as the
integration of big-data analytics into existing payments services
ndash offering clients insights based on payments data and other
relevant information
With increased customer demand to install real-time payment infrastructures what trends do you see happening right nowThe demand for instant payments is part of a wider trend towards
greater speed and efficiency in the industry This is particularly
notable in ecommerce where firms are looking to provide
increasingly rapid delivery services ndash with next-day and even
same-day delivery now possible The use of digital technology to
expedite routine processes is becoming more and more prevalent
with clients increasingly basing their expectations on their
experiences in the retail sector UniCredit is keen to play its part
in this development and is already implementing real-time rates
for instant payments ndash including for cross-border transactions ndash
ahead of the November 2017 implementation date
How has UniCredit adapted to the digitalisation of the transaction banking industryUniCredit has established itself as a frontrunner in the
development of key advances such as the BPO and virtual
accounts and continues to search for new and innovative ways
to leverage technology for the benefit of its clients To this end
it has taken a number of steps to ensure continued innovation
ndash with product development teams harnessing the expertise of
traditional banking experts and technology specialists along
with a wide range of external perspectives
This has already seen blockchain technology become a reality
for custody services clients while virtual accounts technology
is being supplemented by CAMT messages ndash enhancing
standardisation even beyond the SEPA zone with automated
reconciliation between banks and corporates
The field of payments is undergoing a period of transformation as digitalisation paves the way for greater speed and efficiency
29 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
UniCredit has also adopted a more holistic client interface
including its IT solutions provider in client meetings This enables
UniCredit to adapt its solutions to clientsrsquo individual technological
requirements rather than expecting them to adapt to accommo-
date the solution
How do you support your CEE-based clients in their efforts to optimise working capitalUniCredit offers its CEE-based clients a full range of support for
their working capital optimisation programmes ndash having been the
first in Russia Bulgaria and Croatia to offer classic services such
as cross-border cash pooling UniCredit also offers unrivalled
BPO coverage with the instrument already available in Bulgaria
and Romania In terms of approach we encourage firms to avoid
the lsquosilorsquo mindset of asking how they can benefit from individual
tools such as receivables finance or approved payables finance
ndash instead promoting a focus on overarching short- mid- and
long-term goals Mostly it turns out that short-term liquidity
generation is not corporatesrsquo main concern ndash especially given the
abundance of liquidity in todayrsquos market Other factors however
such as risk mitigation supply-chain stability and balance-sheet
optimisation almost always figure in their plans ndash demanding
a holistic programme for working capital optimisation This of
course also means being prepared for the eventuality of liquidity
suddenly or gradually drying up
In the face of fintech disruption which areas can banks capitalise onFintech companies certainly bring new impulses to the transaction
banking sector but banks almost always excel by capitalising
on their existing strengths ndash drawing on their holistic financial
expertise and their status as trusted and highly regulated
partners to corporate clients These strengths can to a certain
extent be amplified through digitalisation within banks ndash
translating greater efficiency into greater convenience for clients
Even more promising however is the potential for co-operation
between banks and specialist technology companies with banks
combining their core strengths and broad client base with fintech
independence and nimbleness to create the ideal conditions for
innovation
About Markus Strauszligfeld Since 2005 Markus Strauszligfeld has been Head of International Cash Management Sales at UniCredit responsible for cash management and eBanking sales to large and multi-national organisations in Europe the US and Asia
About UniCredit UniCredit is a bank with a substantial footprint in Europe and an extensive international network of branches representative offices and correspondent banks ndash enabling it to follow its clients wherever they go Its payments services come under the Global Transaction Banking (GTB) unit
wwwgtbunicrediteu
Markus Strauszligfeld
Head of International Cash Management SalesUniCredit
30 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Making One-Click Finance Possible ndash Who Are the Relevant Stakeholders and How They Should Work Together
sharedserviceslink
There are 6 stakeholders in your supplier financing programme
(SFP) This article examines each of the groups and what their
contribution to the SFP is
Accounts PayableIn recent years the AP function has nudged its way to the front
of the crowd becoming the owner of most SFPs This is an
interesting development as the owner in the past was Treasury
This shift has come because of the evolution in invoice
processing technology Ten years ago APrsquos focus was to (slowly)
pay paper invoices Since then most multi-nationals have
implemented e-invoicing Sizeable volumes of invoices are now
received electronically meaning invoices are processed posted
and paid quicker And whether or not AP realised it at the time
the scene was being set for something greater to unfold early
pay programmes
Accounts Payablersquos contributionAP teams have become experts in onboarding suppliers This
expertise was established during earlier e-invoicing or P-card
programmes Supplier onboarding is complicated but after a
few rounds of reaching out and asking suppliers to change
something you soon become proficient in onboarding AP has
been driven to become expert in supplier onboarding as the
financial gain relies on supplier engagement This positions AP
to own the supplier onboarding process for your SFP
ProcurementWhereas AP owns the onboarding process Procurement
will own the actual relationship with suppliers which means
owning the message contained in the supplier communication
Suppliers listen to Procurement and see it as the key point of
contact Procurement can help make the SFP more successful
by drafting and signing off on clever messaging
Procurementrsquos contributionProcurement also owns the assessment of supplier risk ndash
assessing each supplierrsquos financial risk year-end and the
suitable rate that should be applied (given their credit history
etc) Forensic research into each supplier will further your
understanding of the opportunities and risk and the effect on
the return
ITYou may decide to use your own cash or a third partyrsquos cash
Either way technology will be involved You will want IT brought
into the project early to understand macro considerations
like security connectivity and compatibility IT will likely leave
business process and functional requirements to AP Treasury
and Procurement
ITrsquos contributionSFP technologies have been on the market for years They are
developing and becoming more varied Itrsquos likely that someone
in the IT team has installed a SFP tool before Make sure this
person sits on the team Also make this program a priority SFPs
will not drain IT (wo)man days so it need not compete with more
demanding IT initiatives Work with someone in IT that lsquogetsrsquo this
and can approve on security etc at a quick pace
TreasuryAlthough Treasury was historically the owner and leader of SFPs
it has taken on the role of collaborator in recent years offering
crucial perspective regarding the larger levers that should or
shouldnrsquot be pulled given the companyrsquos cash position
Treasuryrsquos contributionTreasury understands the flow of cash and its real cost and
opportunity to the business Because of this it is well placed to
regularly assess which approach to take ndash is it better to use the
companyrsquos own cash use a third partyrsquos cash (and if so which
party) or to stall on early payments altogether Treasury has a
360ordm view of the companyrsquos strategic aims the balance sheet
the bank account real-time rates and alternative rates through
alternative methods as well as whats most important given
where the company is in its financial year Treasury is the brains
behind the SFP
31 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
C-SuiteThe CFO needs to back your project and this support must
be visible It is important to educate them on the SFP early by
presenting them with relevant case studies you have gathered
and the possible business case
C-Suite contributionThey will need your direction but the CFO and CPO will add
panache to your SFP The lsquosignaturersquo on the comms piece sent to
suppliers should be theirs If any buyer in the business becomes
concerned about this programme the C-Suite needs to have
a response at hand To realise the significant savings that can
come from your SFP your C-Suite must be ready to provide the
required PR
SuppliersBuyers rarely push back against SFPs because a) itrsquos optional
for suppliers and b) itrsquos attractive for suppliers However getting
the suppliers to engage is instrumental and makes the supplier
a key stakeholder
Supplier contributionSuccess Without their participation your business case is a flop
So make sure they understand what the SFP is whatrsquos in it for
them what they need to do who they can reach out to with
questions or concerns and that participation in SFP inevitably
qualifies them as a preferred supplier
ConclusionGet the first five stakeholders onboard early at concept stage
so they feel supportive of the SFPrsquos direction and purpose and
ask them how involved they would like to be given their role
About Susie West Susie West is the CEO and Founder at sharedserviceslink and proudly labels herself as a shared services geek She has been in the shared services industry since 1998 In 2007 she set up sharedserviceslink a leading global business community for professionals looking to improve performance in shared services Her central aim is to help individuals companies and the market mature through the sharing and consumption of (mostly peer generated) best practice information
About sharedserviceslink sharedserviceslink is a business community for professionals working in shared services sharederserviceslink is viewed as trusted advisors to this market because it offers exceptional content connection insight and overall value
wwwsharedserviceslinkcom
Susie West
CEO and Foundersharedserviceslink
Exclusive interview
32 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About the companyToken provides digital payment solutions for banks and their clients to deliver instant end-to-end secure and frictionless payments worldwide The solution addresses the key concerns of PSD2 security disintermediation and lack of revenue
wwwtokenio
Marten Nelson
VP MarketingToken
Website wwwtokenioOffices location Redwood City California USAFounded in 2015Categories payments psd2 fintech
Token
The next generation of payments infrastructure will first of all help banks open up
What drives real-time payments infrastructure adoption in the US vs EUA number of valuable business cases drive the adoption of real-
time payments infrastructure Both consumers and businesses
expect funds to be instantly available during a payment
transaction 25 years ago the invention of the Worldwide Web
allowed us to share data instantly and globally Exchanging value
should be just as easy and fast as moving information but for
a number of reasons this hasnrsquot yet happened While there are
regional real-time payments solutions the US and many parts
of Europe are still lagging But there is hope ndash the Feds in the
US and the ECB have launched real-time payments initiatives
Why did Token choose to leverage the bankrsquos existing ledger instead of using blockchain The main reasons were that we found the bankrsquos ledger to
perform pretty well in most cases and to leverage existing
infrastructure typically reduces the complexity of deployment
and therefore cost It was simply a cost-benefit analysis
There are many interesting use cases for distributed ledgers
and for some of our functions and in some situations it makes
sense Thatrsquos why we designed the solution with distributed
ledgers being optional
What is the value proposition for European banks by integrating Token Token solves the main issues banks are facing in terms of
PSD2 security disintermediation and the economics First you
can think of Token as a PSD2 firewall that protects the bank
infrastructure from poorly behaving third parties Second Token
retains the bankrsquos customer experience even when accessed by
third parties Last we allow banks to offer value-added services
that generate incremental net revenue
33 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Future of Banking Innovation and the Fintech Startups Journey
Future Asia Ventures
The financial services sector has become the poster child for
corporate innovation Over the last 5 years banks have been
investigating and experimenting with several new financial
technologies in the crowd funding trade processing lending
and wealth management areas These experiments have come
in different shapes and sizes Based on our research we know
21 banks that have launched accelerator programs around the
world Other banks have launched pre-accelerators incubators
and labs
As a research amp advisory firm we regularly speak with many
corporations startups and venture investors We are constantly
learning about the landscape Here are 5 perspectives we would
like to share
1 Fintech is old but the market conditions have never been betterMost experienced financial sector professionals understand that
this recent wave of fintech startups is just that ndash a wave Fintech
is a new term that captures a large category of existing and
growing technologies which involve transaction processing data
and record keeping Fintech companies have been innovating
since the 1950s The last 60 years produced ATMs credit cards
online banking and online stock investing to name only a few
Innovation in fintech is nothing new What is new is the explosion
of startups in the last six years There are now approximately
6000 fintech startups The playing field is crowded and thatrsquos
because the opportunity to innovate has never been greater
The combination of cheap capital a dry period in bank innovation
and a credit crisis followed by heavy regulation created the
right environment for startups to rise There has never been a
better time to be an entrepreneur
2 Regulation matters It might sound obvious but regulatory rules and compliance are
a very important part of the startup journey for fintech founders
This makes fintech different from other startup sectors
Founders in fintech are generally a decade or more experienced
than their peers Regulation is often an entry barrier because
you need to be licensed by regulatory bodies to do business in
each jurisdiction For startups that want to expand compliance
is mandatory and expensive The financial system for good
reason doesnrsquot tolerate risk As a result founders need to
cooperate with regulators budget for long waiting periods find
strategic partnerships that help their growth efforts and be in this
for the long haul Fintech is marathon not a sprint
3 Innovation canrsquot be measuredWhen speaking with innovation officers I am often asked
which program or format is the best People are looking for a
quantitative measure or a definitive leader among corporations
The truth is there is no one best model or best innovator
An innovation program should be designed around your
budget your timeline and the problem you are trying to solve
These factors are different for each company For some a
hackathon might be best while for others a robust corporate
ventures program might make more sense Available capital
decision-making dynamics and pain points vary per company
Each company has to do whatrsquos right for them However one
thing is certain ndash good innovation programs have a clearly
defined problem and success criteria Without a mandate you
are bound to go in circles
Number of Corporate Accelerators Launched Each Year Corporate accelerator launches have peaked So far in 2016 2 new accelerators have launched Going forward companies will design tailored open innovation programs and formats to engage and collaborate with startups
34 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
About Falguni Desai She is the Founder amp Managing Director of Future Asia Ventures and has over 18 years of corporate strategy innovation and MampA experience She has worked globally with business leaders at Fortune 500 firms in the financial media and technology sectors to foster growth amp expansion
About Future Asia Ventures Future Asia Ventures is an innovation advisory amp research firm Through our research and services we help new ventures grow and connect investors with innovative opportunities We serve private investors foundations and corporations around the world
wwwfutureasiaventurescom
Falguni Desai
Founder amp Managing DirectorFuture Asia Ventures
4 Innovation is inherently wastefulSeveral companies are still sitting on the sidelines While our
latest research has uncovered that 116 companies around the
world have set up corporate accelerators and several dozens
have launched incubators and labs the majority of large
companies are not engaged in this type of open innovation
They might be wondering whether an innovation program will
generate returns The answer is no not in the short term But in
the long run yes Innovation creates waste Companies wonrsquot
solve the problem on the first try Several partnerships and
investments will fail Incubated ideas may not scale and those
looking to try their hand at innovation should swallow this pill
and be prepared for failure To be good at innovation you need to
try things and then quickly stop them when they donrsquot work and
quickly try again
5 The endgame is collaboration not conflictI still see articles which predict a future without banks how
disruption will cause banks to fail and shut down The reality
is banks play a very important role in the lending infrastructure
of most modern economies Peeling back through fintech
history the innovations that survived and scaled were the
ones that worked with banks not against them In the 1990s
online stock brokers appeared on the scene Stock exchanges
and brokers didnrsquot disappear but they now operate differently
Today fintech marketplace lenders offer loans more efficiently
to retail customers The capital for these loans comes from
traditional banks and large asset managers Banks brokers and
asset managers wonrsquot disappear instead their processes and
the customer experience they offer will change dramatically The
moral here is that new fintech services will become part of the
overall financial infrastructure Fintech startups will eventually
grow into companies that are counterparties and partners to
banks not necessarily competitors Of course not all of them
will succeed but the future of banking will be formed through
collaboration
VISIT OUR ENHANCED ONLINE COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING MARKET GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
wwwe-invoicingthepayperscom
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
The Power Of Data amp Traceability
37 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
1 Idea of exchanging invoice statuses + benefitsIncreasing financial pressure forces firms to focus on their cash
positions For this reason effective Working Capital Management
is a high priority There are different ways to improve the cash
position of companies in supply chains ndash and here comes one
of them exchanging invoice statuses positively influences the
cash position of selling parties After the purchase of a product
or service the seller sends his buyer an invoice and waits for
payment The unpredictability of the moment of payment leads
to significant challenges for sellers in managing their cash
positions Smaller companies (SMEs) particularly struggle with
liquidity shortages and unpredictable cash flows Payment
deadlines vary between 30 and 90 days and buyers tend to use
their free liquidity as long as possible In the case of long payment
deadlines sellers may want to have their receivables financed by
financiers The answer to this problem is offered by the Status
Based Receivables Finance Model (SBRF) a track and trace
solution for electronic and paper-based invoices The model
allows the actors to gain more insight in the invoice statuses
After the buyer grants the sellerrsquos financier permission to access
the invoice status the financier can lsquotrack and tracersquo the invoice
in the buyerrsquos ERP system It allows financiers to operate
more effectively and efficiently with reduced risks and lower
financing costs when providing invoice based finance to sellers
For sellers planning incoming cash flows becomes easier
because the provided transparency enables them to further
optimise their working capital position But there is even better
news the SBRF model allows for process efficiencies and better
risk management for all actors in the supply chain A detailed
overview of the various benefits is provided in the table below
2 Need for standardisationStandardisation is the key to successful processes and a
profitable outcome ndash in this case the working capital optimisation
Where does the need for standardisation originate
The SBRF Model directly connects to the financing instrument
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) While the seller waits for his payment
after the delivery his liquidity is reduced hence this becomes a
major problem for SMEs Due to their small size they often suffer
from poor borrowing terms even if they would urgently need
access to capital
SCF releases liquidity and creates benefits for all actors along
the supply chain The seller obtains a credit from a financier
against the buyerrsquos credit rating for the period of the payment
and benefits from the buyerrsquos credit conditions Normally the
process is automated through an electronic platform which
can onboard a variety of suppliers (and financiers if needed)
potentially combined with e-invoicing
Yet due to the number of SCF providers there is a heterogeneity
of concepts and technological solutions which leads to
inefficiency and process disruptions Additionally there is an
untapped potential of SCF because of insufficient dissemination
and misunderstanding of the concept These difficulties will
only be dissolved by standardisation and clear definition of
concepts processes and technologies Possible benefits of
standardisation are cost advantages facilitated implementation
and compatibility of technology and processes
E-invoicing as a prerequisite of SCF is already subject to
standardisation efforts throughout Europe reflected by different
guidelines and directives Even so a great deal remains to
be done The SBRF Model is one step in the right direction
towards standardised processes of SCF and working capital
optimisation
Track and Trace of Invoices for Working Capital Optimisation
Fraunhofer Institute
1 Better risk assessment2 Process efficiency and
resulting lower costs3 New financing markets
because it becomes economically viable to finance sellers based on smaller invoices
1 Better cash flow forecasting visibility and working capital optimisation
2 Less operational debtor handling
3 Better access to financing instruments faster more choice easier
1 Less manual handling of incoming invoice inquiries
2 Improving financial stability of the supply chain
3 Optimise internal procurement and invoice approval processes
4 Possibility of later payment or discount
Financier Seller Buyer
38 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About Prof Dr Michael Henke Prof Dr Michael Henke completes the board of directors of Fraunhofer IML as new director of the section Enterprise Logistics and he also holds the chair of Enterprise Logistics at the faculty of Mechanical Engineering at TU Dortmund University His research focuses lie among others on the area of eg management of the Industry 40 purchasing and supply management supply chain risk management and financial supply chain management
About Fraunhofer Fraunhofer IML is said to be first address for all questions with respect to holistic logistics the employees work on all fields of internal and external logistics Made-to-measure arranged teams create cross-industry and customer-specific solutions in the area of materials handling warehouse management supply chain management simulation supported business and system planning and also traffic systems closed loop economy resources logistics building logistics and e-business
wwwimlfraunhoferde
Share this story
3 First steps were takenInnopay an e-business consultancy firm from the Netherlands
the Dutch factoring company lsquovoldaanrsquo and a client of voldaan
developed the SBRF Model in 2015 Within the scope of the
Workshops on Standardisation in SCF by the Supply Chain
Finance Community Innopay and the Fraunhofer Institute
of Material Flow and Logistics (IML) presented the SBRF
demonstration since November 2015
The ldquoProof of Conceptrdquo demonstrated the financier tracking the
status of an outstanding invoice electronically He gained insight
into the progress of the invoice and could assess the associated
risks
During the Workshop Series the model as well as development
improvement and extension potentials have been discussed
actively by the participants European experts on SCF and
e-invoicing Subjects to the discussions have also been technical
specifications and the integration with other solutions
4 More Proofs of ConceptIn the first half of 2016 the SBRF concept will extend to more
financiers sellers buyers and ERP solutions across Germany
and Italy at least The well-established network of the SCF
Community and its members will provide a basis for the
development and geographical extension
The practical integration with e-invoicing and SCF platforms and
the standardisation along the dimensions of Legal Operational
Functional and Technical dimensions will be investigated in detail
For Germany a planned SCF event at the House of Logistics
and Mobility (HOLM) in Frankfurt organised by the Fraunhofer
IML and Innopay makes an important contribution to the Proof
of Concept The event is scheduled for summer 2016 and will
include workshops on the SBRF Model Moreover further
aspects of SCF standardisation according to the SCF research
focus of the Fraunhofer IML will be covered
Prof Dr Michael Henke
Director Enterprise LogisticsFraunhofer
39 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Turning Financial Messaging Data into Business Profit ndash the new challenge for financial institutions
INTIX
Long-term considered an impenetrable space dominated by
a few the financial services industry is currently riding a giant
wave of entrepreneurial disruption disintermediation and
digital innovation Recent developments such as the regulatory
pressure as well as the criticality of business intelligence and
customer experience are impacting banks more than ever
Financial Institutions (FIs) are caught between increasingly
strict and costly regulations and the need to compete through
continuous innovation The competitive position of incumbent
institutions is at stake
Todayrsquos challenges determine tomorrowrsquos needsFIs face a series of strategic challenges that will determine their
own future
1 Regulatory compliance ndash between 2008 and 2013 US banks
paid more than USD 100 billion in penalties and settlements
2 Business intelligence ndash turning data into a competitive advantage
is nowadays seen as the Holy Grail However only a few
succeed to become masters of their own data and conquer Big
Data problems
3 Customer service ndash Big Data and advanced analytics offer a
transformative potential to predict the ldquonext best actionsrdquo and
understand customer needs
4 Risk management ndash regulatory bodies now require information
management to be a foundational effort within all FIs for pur-
poses of risk management however the responsibility around
data quality is fragmented and unclear within the organisation
How will FIs be able to face such obstacles and in a cost effective
way Which strategy will help them survive (How) could technology
support the new needs in this journey
Digitisation and regulatory compliance are transformativeThe Financial Services industry faces an unprecedented accele-
ration of digitisation and regulations which leads to a series of
major impacts
1 The increased digitisation produces new electronic information
digital processes data semantics and structures as well as
new IT systems within FIs
2 The extended digital environment leads to higher complexity
for staff to find and interpret information given the growing
number of data sources
3 As critical information is siloed enterprise-level reporting
decision-making customer service and performance
optimisation are impaired
4 Working across data sources can be tedious or impossible
given the variety of data semantics in use
5 The regulatory mandates make effective information manage-
ment no longer optional As per Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision (BCBS) 239 regulation Systemically Important
Banks (SIBs) must prioritise addressing gaps in their Risk
Data Aggregation and Reporting (RDAR) capabilities Without
these senior management is unable to obtain an accurate and
in-depth picture of the risks the bank faces
6 A siloed approach to information management raises non-
compliance risks Many banks continue to lack the high-quality
data capture and aggregation processes full compliance requires
Information whether based on structured and unstructured data is
increasingly seen as the lifeblood of the business Regulatory bodies
identified this too and now require information management to be a
foundational effort within all FIs for purposes of risk management
and compliance reporting This has led FIs to recognise their need
to become information-centric
The information management challengeGiven the continuous evolution of their IT infrastructure and
adoption of digital processes FIs deal with a myriad of systems
and applications all having their own software technology
access method security user interfaces data semantics and
structures messaging formats etc This situation does not
simplify the work of the business and operations teams who
have to face such complex environment and rely on a series of
unconnected tools to execute their daily jobs Consequently
activities requiring access to customer and transaction details
as well as history and statistics are severely slowed down
Examples include handling of customer enquiries reporting on
transactions towards regulators reporting on SLAs to clients
management information reports and so on
40 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
FIs must consider those challenges strategically
bull First and foremost they must elevate information to its deserved
status of strategic asset This will help ensure that data is
actively managed on enterprise level for its embedded value to
be realised
bull They also need to equip themselves with the right technology in
order to turn information to their advantage
However some barriers exist
bull Integration with legacy systems many legacy systems make it
difficult to extract data and may not be best suited for Big Data
technologies
bull Connecting data silos there is no uniform view of data and most
organisations have not integrated disparate data sources given
the complexity of the task
Data integration tools are becoming key to connecting various
data sources and data sets and delivering on the promise of
information or data management
FIs become master of your dataBy conquering Big Data challenges FIs will be able to draw a
competitive advantage through enhanced strategic decision-
making improved customer service and effective risk management
Information management technology and governance are
key to break down the organisational silos that typically exist
within financial institutions to provide a complete picture of an
institutionrsquos financial transactions and client information across
a myriad of sources Not only does this make it easy for FIs to
respond to the increasing requirements for compliance and
reporting it also provides the opportunity to turn such data into
valuable insights and information for the customersrsquo benefit
Information management tools will help financial institutions
address a series of strategic objectives including regulatory
readiness and responsiveness enhanced strategic decision-
making faster customer service effective risk management
In sum FIs that become master of their own data will benefit from
a competitive advantage which they will turn into business profit
About Andreacute Casterman Andreacute Casterman is Chief Marketing Officer at INTIX and a Member of the Banking ExCo of the ICC During the past 5 years Andreacute was SWIFTrsquos head of the corporate amp trade markets in charge of strategy governance and product initiatives Andreacute Casterman has two masterrsquos degrees from VUB and a masterrsquos degree from ICHEC
About INTIX INTIX helps financial institutions and corporates address financial data management challenges in four strategic areas regulatory compliance business intelligence customer services and risk management INTIX helps its clients retrieve consolidate and reconcile any type of financial messaging data and protects them from any IT complexity and obsolescence issues
wwwintixeuinfointixeu
Andreacute Casterman
Chief Marketing OfficerINTIX
Commercial Payments
42 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Gaining Management Support for Your P-Card Programme
NAPCP
Achieving buy-in of the card programme especially by
management is a frequently cited challenge by the NAPCPs
audience The concern is justifiable Lack of buy-in can result
in never getting a programme implemented having a static card
programme or the elimination of the programme altogether
Whether you are considering implementing a new programme
or expanding the current one there are several questions to
address that can help in preparing your case to management
bull What are you seeking buy-in for and from whom Do you want
to ldquosellrdquo the existing P-Card programme to a new manager or
do you want to propose programme expansion
bull What is the rationale for your goal Management will only buy
into something that benefits the organisation and is supported
by facts including a cost justification
bull How does your goal support the goals of the organisation or
solve an organisational challenge Management decision-
making is driven by accountability for goals and the ability to
resolve issues
bull Are you aware of common objections to P-Card programmes
1 Data from the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation a report based on more than 3123 survey responses from end-user organisations
bull Who are the stakeholders There is nothing more defeating
than trying to move an idea or goal forward then learning that
someone with ldquoveto powerrdquo was left out of the discussions
inadvertently List who should be involved and why They might
provide good input in support of the card programme andor
express concerns such as the common objections listed above
The Business CaseThe next step is to create a solid business case based on the
answered questions above as well as other common business
case elements Include
bull statement of purpose (what you are seekingmdashyour goal)
bull where you are today (current metricsKey Performance Indicators
(KPIs) and how they compare to industry benchmarks) where
you want to be and ldquowhy nowrdquo
bull how your idea aligns with organisational goals
bull input from stakeholders plus common objections industry-wide
(if different from stakeholder input) address any concerns and
objections with facts
bull cost justifications to support the value proposition such as
anticipated andor actual process savings reductions in full-
time equivalents (FTEs) especially within the procurement and
or accounts payable departments and other hard- and soft-
dollar savings
bull implementation plan if applicable (eg for programme expansion)
Present cost saving benefits such as the cost of traditional
cheques versus P-Cards If your organisation has not completed
an internal process cost analysis use the NAPCP average
process costs shown below
1 As specified within the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation
2 Based on average monthly card spend of USD 1M and average transaction size of USD 559 per the results of a 2015 NAPCP poll
If expanding an existing programme it is important to consider
the value your card provider can add to this process They can
provide an analysis of your accounts payable vendor filemdash
identifying those vendors who accept card payments
43 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Working with the ldquolow hanging fruitrdquo can help your organisation
reap immediate benefits The larger ticket transactions can be
moved to card-type payments as well with the most popular
being a virtual or electronic card payment method
Continue to Provide Results-Driven CommunicationIt is important to relay results and successes to management
Use the following keys to successful communication
bull Be brief by limiting communication to a one-page summary
Put conclusions firstmdashgive highlights up front and supporting
detail second
bull Title the document presentation or email subject line with a key
message (eg ldquoP-Card Program Saved USD 4M in 2015rdquo versus
ldquoP-Card Program Report Attachedrdquo)
bull Focus on the facts Show numbers as often as possible and
summarise whether the numbers meet fall below or exceed
expectations Then explain Verify numbers with other team
members to build a coalition of support and ensure that you
have the complete picture
bull Facts and figures must be formatted consistently from one
communication to the next allowing for easy comparison
bull In verbal and written discussion keep your presentation analytical
bull If asked by management to give results ldquoon the flyrdquo synthesise
the key points for management into three to four concise bullet
points Add recommendations or alternative courses of action
if you have time Stay ahead of management requests by
monitoring your KPIs frequently
bull Ask to be part of upcoming meetings and do not be afraid to be
proactive rather than reactive
What if They Say ldquoNordquoExplore what could change a ldquonordquo into a ldquoyesrdquo When you are
ready to address the issue again with new insight go back to
your stakeholders It is generally okay to respectfully disagree
with management but as noted earlier ensure you have the
supporting documentation to make your point Finally know when
it is time to move on However moving on does not mean giving
up on the programme altogether It is still prudent to share the
status of the programme
About Terri Brustad Terri Brustad CPCP is the NAPCP Manager of Content Services Her previous experience includes 10 years in the Commercial Card industry mainly in the role of a public-sector P-Card Administrator Terri achieved the Certified Purchasing Card Professional (CPCP) credential in 2009
About NAPCP The NAPCP is a membership-based professional association committed to advancing Commercial Card and Payment professionals and industry practices worldwide The NAPCP is a respected voice in the industry serving as an impartial resource for members at all experience levels in the public and private sectors The 2016 NAPCP European Conference will be held in London on 23 June 2016
wwwnapcporg
Terri Brustad
Manager of Content ServicesNAPCP
44 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Commercial Payments under the Scrutiny of New Technology
KAE
New technology and innovation are words typically associated with
consumer payments Whilst technology and payments continue
to converge in our consumer lives the pace of convergence and
innovation has accelerated in the commercial payments space
Recent innovations have impacted corporate payment behaviour
but are yet to truly disrupt commercial payments In this article
we call out three themes that hold the potential to disrupt the
payments space
Shared ledger technologies There has been increasing interest in shared ledger technologies
with many global financial institutions looking into its use as a
commercially viable tool eg for trade finance transactions for
more streamlined cross-border payments etc
Shared ledgers or blockchains are digital and publically open
records allowing transactions to take place without an inter-
mediary such as a clearing house The open source nature of these
ledgers allows corporates to trade directly with any counterparties
around the globe offering various cost and time-saving benefits
Uneditable records are also created and shared with anyone
associated with a lsquotradersquo to enhance control and transparency
The challenge for the industry is that wider adoption will impact
existing operating models as corporates come to expect faster
and lower-cost transactions This technology could also drive
disintermediation within the commercial payments space eg by
removing the need for the card payment schemes
Mobile Wearables amp BiometricsThe rise of the mobile savvy and the constantly connected
customer is forcing traditional providers to rethink how they
deliver commercial payment solutions to satisfy ever-changing
and increasingly demanding expectations
Mobility is a key word and mobile devices and wearable techno-
logy are ideal bedfellows People are increasingly mobile in both
their corporate and personal lives and expect technological
advancements to support this
Mobile and wearable technology not only provides a more
streamlined and frictionless payment experience but also offers
benefits such as more accurate employee location tracking
(helping to reduce fraud incidents and supporting an employerrsquos
duty of care)
The convergence of commercial payment solutions with mobile
devices is a salient trend and one that will remain at the crest of the
innovation wave We have already seen a number of mobile apps
being developed for commercial banking and commercial cards
being included as part of digital wallets ndash this is only the beginning
Wearable payment development has also gathered pace
be it wristbands smartwatches or NFC-enabled clothing
Device battery life (imposed by device size and current screen
energy consumption) data privacy and security remain key
barriers to wider adoption
Biometrics will become interwoven with mobile and wearable
technology Passwords can be broken and authentication will
shift towards identifiers like facial features fingerprint retina
heartbeat and vein recognition All of which could be performed
by a smartphone or wearable device
Although challenges remain surrounding data privacy and educating
corporate clients biometric technology will eventually help increase
payment security and provide more convenience when making
payments
Virtual cards Virtual cards or single-use accounts also have the potential to
disrupt the payments space Corporates travel companies and
governments increasingly understand the benefits these solutions
offer (real-time expense capture enhanced control security recon-
ciliation and reporting) and spend levels have skyrocketed in
coun tries where virtual cards are being effectively marketed
Growth has also been fuelled by the productrsquos success in unlocking
B2B and increasingly TampE spend that has traditionally been
captured by other payment solutions eg cash cheque etc
45 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Virtual cards hold the potential to disrupt the commercial
payments space on two fronts
1) Physical cards are likely to disappear
2) These solutions hold the potential to drive a step change in card
adoption and usage levels
The challenge for the industry is clearly communicating and
providing compelling evidence of the benefits that virtual cards
offer and ensuring sales teams are trained to sell the solutions
over and above traditional ones eg corporate cards To help
unlock the opportunities in underpenetrated industries such as
telco construction and healthcare etc issuers must develop
tailored solutions to cater for any idiosyncrasies and overcome
the card acceptance challenge
The FutureTechnology holds the key to disrupting commercial payments
and the growing FinTech movement will support this Traditional
commercial payment providers will look towards and work more
closely with FinTechrsquos as an alternative source of innovation to their
own product development and delivery functions The opportunity
for banks is to build and launch disruptive technologies more
quickly The challenge is picking the right FinTech(s) that will help
deliver scalable solutions In the short-term we expect issuers to
increasingly focus their attention on developing virtual solutions
and integrating these onto mobile and wearable devices
Stargazing into the future wearables will be the game changer
as mobility becomes ever more important Wearables will also
be the bridging technology for embeddables In the next 10-15
years embedded chips in humans could become a reality
We are increasingly connected and interact with technology in
our personal and business lives and embeddables are the next
logical step More sophisticated chips will soon replace wearable
technology such as payment devices and fitness bands and will
help us all get used to a more connected and augmented lifestyle
As a concept it is well aligned to payments Embedded and inner-
connected biometrics will enhance security and offer a more
seamless experience
The future looks bright for commercial payments but will not be
without its challenges
About Chris Holmes Chris leads various work streams across the Financial Services practice He has managed multiple global projects across the payments banking FinTech AltFi and tech industries His specialist skills are geared to NPD sizing and opportunity assessments benchmarking and best practice identification
About KAE KAE is a strategic marketing consultancy that has provided support to some of the worldrsquos largest payment and tech brands for the past 25 years Operating globally from a London HQ KAE has provided consulting and strategic advice in more than 50 countries across three core areas Insight Strategy and Analytics
wwwkaecom
Chris Holmes
Senior Vice President KAE
Trade amp Finance
48 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Financing International Supply Chains An Idea Whose Time Has Come
Supply Chain Finance Terminology Drafting Group
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) was the subject of serious debate
among senior practitioners just a while ago Was SCF a
legitimate substantive new proposition in the financing of trade
and supply chains or was it a hollow marketing device aimed
at countering the threat of bank disintermediation as businesses
decisively shifted to trade on open account terms
The initial innovation and contribution of SCF were less in the
specifics of financing techniques and more around the shift
from a limited bilateral view of trade to a holistic network-based
view of trade based on complex ecosystems and commercial
relationships
The debate about the substance of SCF can now be put to
rest as its adoption grows and as the techniques of SCF are
increasingly recognised in both domestic and international
supply chains Whatrsquos more public entities in the UK the
Netherlands the US and elsewhere begin to embrace certain
forms of SCF to driving liquidity and affordable financing to the
globally important but typically underserved SME segment
Additionally the usage rates of SCF programmes and facilities
have grown significantly now reaching 80-90 or higher In
comparison programmes were once considered successful if
they exhibited usage rates of 30 or more
SCF development and adoption rates have varied significantly
by region and by individual institution be it a bank multilateral
ECA fintech or another market player and as a result a veritable
lsquomazersquo of definitions terminology and common parlance
developed relative to SCF Leading institutions effectively
developed their own terminology in the absence of anything else
in the market invested in marketing collateral and branding and
devised technology solutions on the basis of their techniques
and related nomenclature This extended to the point that it
has been difficult to engage in any discussion around SCF
without the need to pause and check on mutual understanding
(or worse progress a discussion or interaction only to later
realise that language has been a barrier rather than an enabler
of understanding)
Leading industry associations gathered over two years ago
and agreed that it would be valuable to begin the process of
devising a common set of global terminology around SCF
The Euro Banking Association Factors Chain International
ITFA (The International Trade and Forfaiting Association) the
International Factors Group (since merged) and BAFT (the
Bankers Association for Finance and Trade) came together with
the ICC Banking Commission to create and launch the Global
Supply Chain Finance Forum (GSCFF) Its global drafting team
and the steering committee were mandated to review existing
material develop and disseminate a draft set of definitions
circulate widely for comment and update to a final version which
was then to be the focus of a global advocacy campaign to drive
adoption by market stakeholders
The ldquoStandard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Financerdquo was launched at the 4th Annual ICC Supply Chain
Finance Summit Singapore under the auspices of the ICC
Academy The setting was particularly appropriate given the
educational nature of the publication and the reality that major
international supply chains today are at least partly anchored in
Asia where SCF propositions are expected to show significant
growth in the coming years
The focus of SCF in some areas thus far has been on what we
refer to in the Definitions as ldquoPayables Financerdquo to the extent
that this single technique has often incorrectly been referred
to as Supply Chain Finance Financial institutions as well as
non-bank providers have placed a significant priority on these
buyer-led structures with supplier onboarding being a common
challenge And yet we are seeing demand for the development
of end-to-end solutions across the procure-to-pay and order-
to-cash cycles with an increasing number of market actors
venturing beyond some of the familiar techniques to begin to
embrace for example distributor finance
49 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Large supplier communities are based in emerging Asia
and Africa yet major economies like China and Indonesia are
experiencing great increases in disposable income and thus
engaging more on the consumer side of supply chains The
combined dynamics are shaping economic activity and flows in
ways that need a wider range of financing and risk mitigation
solutions including end-to-end SCF
Supply Chain Finance is defined as the use of financing and risk
mitigation practices and techniques to optimise the management
of the working capital and liquidity invested in supply chain
processes and transactions SCF is typically applied to
open account trade and is triggered by supply chain events
Visibility of underlying trade flows by the finance provider(s) is
a necessary component of such financing arrangements which
can be enabled by a technology platform
Source Standard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Finance 2016
Practitioners and financial institutions based in Asia are proactively
working to develop their SCF propositions in response to evolving
market demand and region-specific practices With ASEAN
integration progressing the Trans-Pacific Partnership advancing
and intra-regional trade growing in importance the central role of
cross-border supply chains and SCF in particular will increase
in the next several years as enablers of trade development and
inclusion
The Standard Definitions are a ldquoliving documentrdquo meant to evolve
with market practice the needs of clients financiers regulatory
authorities and others The next phase will focus on dissemination
education and advocacy in support of global adoption
This is the start of a journey that will only speed up in adoption
impact and importance SCF an idea whose time has come
About Alexander R Malaket A recognised specialist in international trade including trade and supply chain finance Mr Malaket has advised government international institution banking and corporate clients around the world developed and delivered training materials and seminars and authored numerous white papers briefing and policy papers and research reports on a variety of topics in international business finance and international development
About International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) The ICC Banking Commission is a leading global rule-making body for the banking industry It produces universally accepted rules and guidelines for international banking practice With 85 years of experience and more than 600 members in +100 countries the ICC Banking Commission ndash the largest commission of ICC the World Business Organization ndash has rightly gained a reputation as the most authoritative voice in the field of trade finance
wwwiccwboorg
Alexander R Malaket
PresidentOPUS Advisory Services International IncDeputy Head of the Executive CommitteeICC Banking CommissionChairSCF Terminology Drafting Group
Share this story
50 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Improving Access to Finance for SMEs with the Open RFI Project
SCF Community
IntroductionFor a financial service that claims to have a tripartite win-win-win
value current market adoption of Supply Chain Finance (SCF)
is still in its infancy As the credit rating of the larger corporate
is leveraged for SCF solutions suppliers have faster access to
cheaper liquidity from invoices The large corporate can achieve
working capital benefits through payment term harmonisation
or it can reduce the COGS (Cost of Goods Sold) Despite clear
benefits the cost and complexity of onboarding small suppliers
have resulted in a slower uptake in this group of suppliers and
hence there has been little possibility to take advantage of the
benefits SCF can offer
The Open Request for Information (RFI) launched by the
SCF Community on behalf of a group of Dutch multinational
corporations invited over 30 vendors to show how they would
apply SCF solutions to smaller suppliers ndash those with volumes of
EUR 200000 and below Corporates recognise the importance
of SME suppliers and are looking for ways to improve their
access to finance This recognition is underlined by the support
of the Dutch Ministry of Economic Affairs for the Betaalmenu ndash
initiative in early 2015 which is aimed at injecting liquidity into
Dutch SMEs
The objective of the Open RFI was threefold 1) to provide
participating corporates with an overview of available SCF
solutions and solution providers 2) to facilitate structured
engagement between SCF solution providers and corporates 3)
to perform a structured analysis of the SCF market and available
solutions for SMEs This project allowed for direct comparison of
leading SCF vendors for the first time in history
Preparations for an SCF implementationThere are a number of things corporates should address before
starting with an SCF implementation Firstly the overall SCF
strategy should align with strategy on other areas such as
procurement finance and IT Next due to the multidisciplinary
character various internal departments have to be involved in
the setup and enrolment of an SCF program
Thirdly a spend analysis of the corporatersquos supplier base needs
to be made in order to support a clear and segmented approach
to offer selected suppliers the intended SCF solution Finally in
order to fully reap the benefits of an SCF solution the internal
processes have to be analysed focussing on the efficiency of the
procure-to-pay process
RFI process and preliminary resultsIn total over 30 vendors were invited to participate and eventually
23 completed the RFI ABN Amro Asyx C2FO CRX Markets
Flinqer GT Nexus ING Kyriba OpusCapita Orbian Oxygen
Finance PrimeRevenue ProQuidity Rabobank Remitia Riskco
Santander Taulia Terbit TradeShift Trefi Finance Tungsten and
Urica The RFI contained seven categories and participants were
ranked relatively in each category
1) Qualifications and Strategy The proposed SCF solution had
to be well proven in the market and therefore participants
were required to give insights of their track record
2) Solution Scope Vendors should be able to onboard suppliers
in various countries and currencies and work together with
other liquidity providers Half of the vendors claimed to have
a global solution covering all currencies while the rest focused
more on Europe
3) Platform Technology Vendors had to elaborate how their
SCF platform interacts with current IT systems and P2P
processes on the corporate side Almost all platforms were
accessible online flexible to adapt to current infrastructure
and offered manual to fully integrated options to connect to
the corporatersquos ERP
4) Implementation and onboarding Given the scope of the
RFI (small suppliers) fast onboarding was deemed crucial to
participating corporates Differences exist between vendors
in terms of availability of online resources KYC and due
diligence and administrative requirements
51 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
5) Transaction Volume Availability of both funding and platform
is an important factor in selecting a solution provider The
benefits and pitfalls of various sources of funds and structures
are examined and collated
6) Accounting amp Legal Maintaining trade payable status is
important for corporates and accounting regulations should
be considered Each vendor responded with its legal structure
to reassure no reclassification issues would arise
7) Incumbent SCF provider Since the majority of large buyers
have existing SCF programs in place vendors were asked if
and how they would be able to co-exist All vendors indicated
that working side-by-side would be possible but not all of
them had prior experience with this matter
Outcome of RFI projectThe relative ranking combined with a weighting of the importance
for each category by the supporting corporates has generated
the final shortlist The SCF Community named C2FO ING Orbian
PrimeRevenue Santander and Taulia as the six vendors in its
lsquoOpen RFIrsquo project All six have presented their responses to the
Open RFI during the SCF Community Forum in Amsterdam on
18th November 2015
By gathering and assessing available solutions in the marketplace
the SCF Community has improved transparency for its corporates
by providing an overview of SCF solutions and facilitating
engagement This initiative contributes to the Communityrsquos
goals in developing knowledge on SCF while simultaneously
increasing adoption and standards in the practitionerrsquos field
The whitepaper that contains both a detailed analysis of the
SCF market as well as a checklist for corporates interested in
offering their own SCF solution can be downloaded from the
wwwscfacademyorg soon
About Matthijs van Bergen Matthijs currently holds
a position as researcher SCF at Windesheim and
is responsible for developing business cases for
Corporates and for the project management of Open
RFI He studied Supply Chain Finance and is an
experienced independent consultant for over 5 years
About Steven van der Hooft Steven gained extensive
experience in the field of Supply Chain Finance
through roles as director banking at Inchainge senior
management consultant at Capgemini Consulting and
while working at ING In 2015 he founded Capital
Chains a company that specialises in Training amp
Consultancy on Financial Supply Chain Management
issues for both banks as well as corporates
About SCF Community The Supply Chain Finance
Community is a not-for-profit group for all those
involved in supply chains manufacturers transport
companies banks consultancies technology
providers and academics Its mission is to share
experience best practice and new research linking
across finance treasury supply chain operations
logistics and procurement
wwwscfcommunityorg
Matthijs van Bergen
Researcher SCF Windesheim
Steven van der Hooft
CEOCapital Chains
Share this story
52 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
If Supply Chain Finance is Supplier-Centric Financial Supply Chain is Customer-Centric
Magnus Lind The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
Fintech is not only disrupting banks itrsquos disrupting corporate
finance as well At The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
conference in Malmo Sweden in April of 2016 both corporates
and vendors discussed the significant changes we can expect in
the way we engage with suppliers and customers in the future
The Talent Show highlighted the increasingly popular Supply
Chain Finance (SCF) solutions as one essential ingredient to
cater for the unbalanced capabilities of bank financing in the
corporate sector Investment graded companies enjoy excellent
access however SMEs and sub-investment grade companies
still suffer Change is nowhere on the horizon
SCF is one remedy to support the first tier suppliers of very large
customers with fair priced and sufficient financing SCF has
many benefits and the solutions have matured and now
provide reliable backbones for financing of approved invoices
Yet despite all the advantages of SCF it only solves a limited
amount of challenges in the whole corporate supply chain At
The Talent Show we discussed the supply and demand chain
holistically and mapped SCF as a subsection of the financial
supply chain (FSC) The FSC is much broader in scope includes
all tiers of suppliers and also the full demand chain With SCF as a
base we need to include second and higher tier suppliers and our
financial processing and the customers into the mindset If SCF is
supplier-centric FSC is customer-centric
The champion to implement SCF is often the treasury department
whereas it is procurement that eventually owns and runs the
programme Wersquove detected the CPO (Chief Procurement
Officer) usually has significant acumen to drive other supply
chain initiatives with his or hers combined customer and supplier
relations What the CPO lacks in financial skills are many
times balanced through a sense of urgency to understand the
rationalisation potential and how it improves the overall business
At the Show we heard about initiatives to bridge stakeholders
over the supply chain with treasurers and procurement actively
working together Anthony Buchanan Treasurer Procurement at
SABMiller gave a much-appreciated presentation of how the two
departments work together to build a sustainable chain for both
the large and the small suppliers
We heard fintech leaders introducing their solutions over the whole
FSC Taulia on supplier finance SAP Ariba on supplier networks
e-invoicing and their new partnership with PrimeRevenue We heard
Basware introduce ldquocorporate financial social responsibilityrdquo and
its new financing service Kurt Cavano from GT Nexus presented
ways to connect the physical supply chain with the financial one
and finally Danny Aranda from Ripple shared how blockchain is
taking over as the main rail for payments Gerard Chick Chief
Knowledge Officer at Optimum Procurement gave an appreciated
endnote at The Talent Show
We are continuously improving our abilities to adapt quickly
Being big isnt enough to sustain when new competitors are
unbundling large businesses in almost all industries The need
for large corporations to think and act more entrepreneurial is
imperative Peter Carlsson recent CPO at Tesla explained how
Tesla is driven by a few group-wide targets at a time providing
high speed over ground Many large companies have too complex
strategies and objectives even creating conflicting behaviour in
their own organisations Enterprises have to rethink their models
of management to fight off the attacks or they risk being killed
by a thousand cuts from a multitude of new entrants especially
if they are organised to fight the single cuts from their main (big)
competitors
53 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The EVP and CFO at Turkcell Murat Dogan Erden proved
in his keynote that even mature companies can adapt quickly to
game changers Turkcell is a dominant telecoms operator that
has successfully managed the transition from a pay-per-minute
market through providing world leading surf speeds content
and services Turkcell is also exploiting its credit management
competence to expand into consumer finance Turkcell will use
its market access through all the connected devices
Developing the FSC doesnrsquot only consist of cutting costs and
lead times It also enables expanding the core business offering
with financial components
About Magnus Lind Magnus Lind is co-founder of The Talent Show He has a background as an international business executive in Europe SE Asia and North America and he has founded companies in 7 different countries where he acted as CEO board director and investor The Talent Show puts innovation and disruption above case studies and legacy thinking
About The Talent Show The Talent Show is a corporate driven event focusing on the whole corporate Financial Supply Chain (CFSC) and how it links to the physical chain The audience consists of CFO and CPO supply chain treasurers and IT Participants include Sandvik Turkcell Port of Rotterdam Abengoa Octal Arriva DONG Energy Ericsson and SABMiller
wwwsupply-chain-financerocks
Magnus Lind
co-founderThe Talent Show
54 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Supply Chain Finance Time for SMEs to Take Position
Anita Gerrits
For a long time the deployment of supply chain finance (SCF)
was seen to be the domain of large corporates only but times
are changing Nowadays large SMEs are also able to reap the
benefits of innovative ways to free up liquidity reduce working
capital and approve their ROI
Imagine an SME company supplying goods to retailers and a
significant part of its turnover is achieved with only a few large
customers The DSO has increased dramatically over the past
few years as these retailers have increased their payment terms
to 60 or even 90 days Some of these customers have a reverse
factoring program in place but donrsquot offer access to all their SME
suppliers some donrsquot have a program in place The margins in
the business are tight and although the suppliers are begging
for early payments extending the terms with them seems to be
the only way possible to fill the working capital gap What other
options does this company have
One of the options is to consider Receivables Finance (RF)
This solution allows the company to sell open invoices (receivables)
of customers with a good credit standing to a third party on a non-
recourse basis As this is classified as a true sale of receivables
whereby the default risk on the customer gets transferred in full
to the third party that buys the invoices the receivables position
(DSO) will decrease with the amount of invoices sold The discount
paid for early payment is based on the creditworthiness of its
customers and presuming these are healthy these rates are
attractive For instance this is only a fraction of what traditional
factoring solutions would cost The other benefit is that the
company selling the invoices has full control over what and when
they sell Flexible on-demand access to cash is what it delivers
Although his the creditworthiness of the customer is key the
customer is not directly involved in the transaction and oesnrsquot
even need to be made aware of it As the solution carries the word
ldquoFinancerdquo in its name it might suggest that RF is a loan or a specific
type of debt Neither of them is the case What it boils down to is
that the seller gets upfront cash on receivables and not just 80
of the full invoiced amount but up to 95 PrimeRevenue one of
the leading SCF solution providers successfully implemented this
innovative solution for a wide range of clients worldwide
With the current interest rates it doesnrsquot make much sense to
free up cash to put in on a savings account where the return
is zero or even negative Freeing up cash enables companies
to take advantage of (investment) opportunities to increase the
ROI thereby improving their overall financial healthiness In
a low-margin business environment offering a program with
attractive early payment discount terms to your suppliers is a
way to improve your gross margin and generate a high return
on excess cash And yes working capital increases but less
than the decrease that was generated on the receivables side
so in total working capital is being reduced and your balance
sheet total is shortened Dynamic discounting is one of the
Payables (Finance) solutions that is growing in popularity in the
SME world As banks and solution providers have lowered their
entrance barriers this solution is now within reach of a larger
part of the business community The benefit for the supplier is
that he reduces his working capital position (DSO) and gets paid
earlier at an attractive discount below its WACC to ensure a
better ROI
Another option for the SME is to offer an SCF (read Reverse
factoring) program to selected suppliers In that way there is
no impact on the working capital position of the buyer in case
the payment terms remain unchanged or alternatively when
terms are extended the payables position will increase and so
working capital decreases The good news is that some banks
and platform providers indeed are starting to offer large SME
companies to set up their own SCF program The downside
however is that the discount rates the funders charge for
medium-sized companies are fairly high in comparison to the
rates for big creditworthy corporates This can be explained
mainly by the sheer purchase volume of big corporates versus
medium-sized companies the size of the SCF program is thus
of a different order of magnitude Whatrsquos more the risk profile of
SME companies is often rated relatively high in comparison to
corporates which has a significant impact on the risk premium
component of the total discount rate
55 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Some banks and platform providers offer both Dynamic
Discounting as well as SCF with the option to switch between
the two might an opportunity arise for the buyer to invest its cash
for other purposes than to prepay its suppliers A bank will then
be brought in to take over the funding
All in all with all developments in the SCF market it would make
sense for SMEs to explore the potential benefits of SCF for the
business they are in Having said that SCF awareness is still
not very widespread amongst SMEs despite several initiatives
to change that for the better What a pity In the end there is
nothing to lose and everything to gain
About Anita Gerrits For the past 7 years Anita has been a strong believer in and advocate of the concept of SCF She provides consultancy support in this exciting relative new area of finance She also organises workshops acts as guest speaker and trainer to business management as well to students to create awareness and understanding of this topic It all began in 2009 when she played a leading role in achieving a cash flow turnaround of the European Consumer Business of Kimberly-Clark through a massive reduction in working capital She has a corporate background studied business economics credit rating advisory and business valuation
wwwg-raybiz
Anita Gerrits
Supply Chain Finance Specialist
Follow on Twitter Tweet aboutExchangeSummit EXCS16
From E-Invoicing toSupply Chain Financing
October 10 and 11 2016Barcelona Spain
Exchange Summit with 2 major E-Invoicing events in 2016
June 7 and 8 2016Orlando Florida USA
100 FREE TICKETS
100 FREE TICKETS
Apply now on
Apply now on
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
Key topics 2016
bull E-Invoicing entering a new era ndash global market development and forecast
bull E-Invoicing from a corporate and governmental perspective
bull Implementing tax compliance in a paperless world
bull Compliance and fraud prevention within E-Invoicing
bull Driving forward ARAP and end-to-end P2P automation
bull Global standardisation and status of E-Invoicing interoperability
bull Best practice in onboarding customers to E-Invoicing
bull Supply chain financing ndash new opportunities and challenges
wwwexchange-summitcom
Within our two major E-Invoicing events in 2016 you will
bull network with more than 500 participants
bull meet experts from over 40 different countries
bull evaluate solutions from 50+ service providers
bull benefit from exclusive keynotes best-practices and discussions
Anzeige_EXC_Paypers_Layout 1 14042016 1530 Seite 1
E-invoicing
58 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Cross-border Invoicing ndash The Real Challenge For Multinational Projects
Comarch EDI
Global approach with local adjustments Nowadays a significant majority of enterprises cooperates with
foreign business partners Whatrsquos more an increasing number
of organisations have been changing their document flow from
paper to digital formats to optimise processes in the supply
chain Thus there has been growing demand for solutions
enabling onboarding of partners worldwide exchanging the
whole set of messages in the supply chain (order-to-cash
procure-to-pay) and guaranteeing legal compliance project
management and local support Letrsquos explore the electronic
invoicing process in particular since it is an essential part of the
efficient B2B collaboration
Various legislations in forceIn Europe the Council Directive 201045EU has been
implemented in the Member States in 2013 which treats paper
and electronic invoices equally Also it is widely known that
each taxable person shall determine the way to ensure the
authenticity of the origin the integrity of the content and the
legibility of the invoice
However each Member State defines its rulings on electronic
invoicing and in spite of progress even within the EU there are
significant differences For instance in Portugal the taxable
person has to use certified invoicing software (assuming the
annual turnover of more than EUR 100 000) What is common
for both Portugal and Hungary is that the solution should be able
to present the data for audit purposes in the countryrsquos defined
SAF-T formats When considering the form to assure authenticity
and integrity besides business controls EDI and electronic
signature should be considered Then local requirements differ
for outsourcing of invoice issuance (unilateral or bilateral
written with some content requirements) notifications of tax
administration the obligation of EDI agreement based on EU
1994 Recommendation system documentation describing
software and procedures to name only a few
In the archiving area the unification is even lower Besides various
retention periods and tax authoritiesrsquo notification obligation Italy
requires an invoice preservation process France has lsquopartner
filersquo and lsquosummary listrsquo functionalities while in Germany the law
introduces three access mechanisms known as Z1 (direct access
to electronic data) Z2 (indirect) and Z3 (through the transfer of
extracted data)
Challenges to approach just outside EU bordersAssuming that all peculiarities were analysed (mostly thanks
to the EU documentation available in many languages) and
technical design and implementation were done yet even within
Europe further adjustments are needed For instance take into
consideration Norwayrsquos restrictions of storage Switzerlandrsquos
requirement for the service provider to be registered in the local
commercial register and the fact that electronic invoices have to
be ensured by electronic signature
Of course the European model called post-audit does not
rule worldwide Beyond the EU borders the regulations are
more complicated In Turkey or Russia there is a clearance
model implemented in which an electronic invoice must be
sent to the tax administration or licensed certified providers for
authorisation before during or just after issuance as an original
tax invoice LATAM has implemented the model and observes
high penetration of electronic invoice usage
MILLION DOCUMENTS
500were transmitted in 2015
Capacity of up to
400 DOCUMENTS PER SECOND
12LANGUAGESapplications available in 17 languages
Service Desk in
confirmed by tests carried out by an independent institution
ACTIVE USERS FROM
40 COUNTRIES
50 000 PROCESSEDDOCUMENTS
998
in less than30 seconds
59 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Click here for the company profile
Thus the cross-border invoicing issuance for companies
with subsidiaries worldwide is a real challenge where the law is
applicable (ie country of establishment place of VAT registration
transport invoicing goods or services)
Electronic invoice still on the riseDespite the legal and technical obstacles enterprisesrsquo awareness
of process automation with electronic invoicing and cost
reduction has been steadily increasing Most of them would take
the decision to start e-invoicing shortly if the legislation would be
clearer and standardised On the other hand the governments
are aware of the scale of the VAT fraud and are looking for tools
to seal the system ndash unfortunately each country is trying to find
its own way
However it is highly unlikely that the EU will implement the
clearance model there are several initiatives to speed up
the process The Member States decided to organise multi-
stakeholders forums to implement a European Standard for
e-invoicing (expected in 2017) and increase the interoperability
among service providers Hopefully the Directive 201455
EU on electronic invoicing in public procurement will prove to
be a significant milestone resulting in the mass adoption of
electronic invoices in the structured form (not PDF invoices)
and public authorities will realise the benefits of e-invoicing and
hasten the implementation of common understandable and
unified legislation on cross-border e-invoicing In a nutshell
the stage of market education and convincing towards adopting
automated invoices processing is coming to an end Most of
the enterprises have launched or consider the implementation
of e-invoicing at a country level in the short term Currently the
biggest challenge is to enable the smooth extension of their
projects on the transnational level Finding a service provider with
vast international experience is essential Comarch EDI enables
compliance with all local legal requirements Its membership
in organisations such as the GS1 or the European E-Invoicing
Service Providers Association (EESPA) guarantees that the
company is a reliable partner Comarch EDI has cooperated with
GS1 and EESPA for many years in several countries to make
sure that our services are of the highest quality and the solution
is compliant with national and international requirements
About Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz He has over 10 years of experience in the field of B2B communication in the supply chain Initially responsible for the EDI market development in Southern and Central Europe he is currently responsible for the development of Comarch EDI portfolio
About Comarch EDI Comarch EDI is a B2B platform which provides a competitive advantage by a fast and secure data exchange with business partners The solution provides the automation of data processing throughout the supply chain from the procurement process through the logistics to invoicing and payment processing
wwwcomarchcom
Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz
Product Development ManagerComarch EDI
60 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Why lsquoOpenness Should Be The 1 Selection Criteria for Any E-invoicing RFP Process
Simplerinvoicing
In the previous editions of this report I talked about the
opportunities e-invoicing brings in supply chain finance and
streamlining payments and collection processes I also talked
about strategies for businesses to adopt e-invoicing on a
large scale Whatrsquos more I spoke about the EU directive that
makes e-invoicing to (semi-) governments mandatory as of
October 2018 In the past year numerous driving forces pushed
e-invoicing forward The most important one however was the
high interest from e-invoicing providers and ERP and accounting
software to collaborate platforms are increasingly sharing data
(such as invoice data) with others through interoperability
Yet as we can see in the reports from Billentis lsquotruersquo e-invoicing
adoption rates (counting only full XML invoices no PDFs) are
still below 15 in most European countries The reason is
that companies have not fully embraced the concept of open
e-invoicing Open e-invoicing requires a different view from
e-invoicing service providers but also their clients the business
partners
The move towards open e-invoicing has one major benefit for
trading partners it eliminates the need for onboarding them on
your e-invoicing platform by enabling the exchange of invoices
using their own software The result increased reach ie a larger
number of suppliers that can send e-invoices to you as a buyer
hence better business case Plus extent is one of the key success
factors in grasping as many trading counterparties as possible
A typical lsquoopenrsquo service provider has numerous interoperability
agreements with other service providers Some of them have
over 100 agreements The ultimate form of openness for an
e-invoicing service provider ERP or accounting software provider
is the adoption of PEPPOL a protocol for the secure exchange
of invoices It is the most far-reaching way of connecting with
the largest base of your suppliers against minimal cost You
can also describe PEPPOL as a standard API defined by the
industry of e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
for exchanging invoices
The lsquoclosedrsquo service providers typically embrace the paradigm
that all partners have to be on-boarded on the providerrsquos
e-invoicing platform This may work for top business partners
but for the partners with less volume (longtail) this approach
usually leads to low conversion to e-invoicing Whatrsquos more
closed service providers may see the open model as a threat
the platform becomes accessible for trading entities on other
platforms However in reality the open model is an opportunity
it adds reach and thus invoice volume potential to the platform
that would otherwise be untapped
So what should participants do bull Put lsquoopennessrsquo as the 1 criteria for your e-invoicing RFP
if your service provider does not follow the lsquoopenrsquo paradigm
the chances that you will successfully onboard your longtail
suppliers in a supplier friendly way are very limited If your
service provider does not support the open model put pressure
on him to embrace it After all openness is not a threat just an
opportunity
bull Choose an e-invoice that only complies for 80 over a
paper invoice Be less rigid for your longtail suppliers with
regards to invoice standards and data requirements in favour
of a single industry standard the one agreed by accounting
e-invoicing and ERP software vendors This implies that you
do not impose your own data requirements Instead you adjust
your system to efficiently process industry standard invoices
bull Use PEPPOL discovery engine (aka SML) where possible
and make e-invoicing the default The PEPPOL protocol
has a very sophisticated discovery service accessible via
a very simple DNS(1) mechanism it allows you to discover if
your buyer requires an e-invoice Use that discovery engine to
assess if your buyer requires an e-invoice rather than depend
on an onboarding process with your buyer
61 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Donrsquot overestimate VAT compliance many companies
think VAT compliance requires parties to agree bilaterally on
e-invoicing that conversion by parties is forbidden by VAT law
that invoice originality is a major concern and that authenticity
and integrity are complex The reality is that none of these are
true Conversion of invoices is fact of live for years and no
show-stopper at all Invoice originality is in most European
countries easily solvable by service providers and ERP vendors
in the market the PEPPOL regulatory framework solves
authenticity and integrity and is not a concern anymore for
participants
What should service providers and ERP vendors do Embrace
openness Opening your platform does not harm your business
model Instead it allows easy integration of your platform with
many other e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
with only one standard and protocol (PEPPOL) It eliminates the
need for costly bilateral agreements And it also empowers your
existing and new customers to use your services beyond your
platform
In a nutshell the paradigm of open e-invoicing and further
collaboration between e-invoicing providers ERP and accounting
software vendors in the area of interoperability is essential to
move Europe further in e-invoicing The private sector should now
step in and leverage that growth
(1) DNS is the same mechanism that makes sure that www
simplerinvoicingorg is translated into a technical IP address
of our web server The same mechanism is used to resolve
for example a VAT number into the IP address to which an
e-invoice can be delivered
About Jaap Jan Nienhuis Jaap Jan Nienhuis is Manager Simplerinvoicing at SIDN He is responsible for managing the Simplerinvoicing scheme authority Jaap Jan has a special interest in the development of new services in 4-corner models In his former roles he has been involved in a number of European collaborative e-invoicing initiatives including the EBA E-invoicing Working Group
About SIDN Simplerinvoicing is a collaboration between leading European e-invoicing and accounting software providers who all strive for mass adoption of e-invoicing by interoperability and standardisation Simplerinvoicing is a PEPPOL Authority The Dutch government is connected via Simplerinvoicing
wwwsimplerinvocingorg
Jaap Jan Nienhuis
Manager SimplerinvoicingSimplerinvoicing
DONT MISS THE OPPORTUNITY OF BEING PART OF LARGE-SCALE PAYMENTS INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The Paypers offers the most valuable source of information and guidance for all parties interested in the current state of affairs of the payments industry
Paul Alfing Chairman e-Payments Committee Ecommerce Europe
Once a year The Paypers releases three large-scale industry overviews covering the latest trends developments disruptive innovations and challenges that define the global onlinemobile payments e-invoicing B2B payments ecommerce and web fraud prevention amp digital identity space Industry consultants policy makers service providers merchants from all over the world share their views and expertise on different key topics within the industry Listings and advertorial options are also part of the Guides for the purpose of ensuring effective company exposure at a global level
For the latest edition please check the Reports section
ONLINE PAYMENTSAn all-in-one reference guide on (online) payments amp ecommerce industry trends evolving business models top players and relevant (alternative) payment methods
B2B PAYMENTS SCF amp E-INVOICINGIndustry voices from the online finance space share insights into the dynamic B2B payment e-invoicing supply chain finance industries to support innovative solutions amp thriving businesses
WEB FRAUD PREVENTION ONLINE SECURITY amp DIGITAL IDENTITYIn-depth source of information highlighting key facts amp trends into the global digital identity transactional and web fraud prevention amp detection ecosystem
Regulation amp Law
64 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
PSD2 XS2A ndash a Step Towards Open Banking
Evolution Payments Consulting
The world of retail banking and payments has become a very
engaging and dynamic environment We have seen new
products and services emerging over the past few years aimed
at disrupting the status quo For a market that has remained
relatively stable over the decades we are on the verge of
witnessing great change
To facilitate this change current payment regulation needs to
be amended to give financial service providers new and old
the opportunity to access systems and data so that they can
participate in the market and offer innovative products and services
To address this the European Commission published the Payment
Services Directive 2 (PSD2) in the Open Journal of the European
Union in January 2016 which will be transposed into Member
States national laws in January 2018
The aim of the Payment Services Directive 2 (PSD2) is to harmonise
the European payments landscape from a regulatory perspective
ensuring that all relevant organisations and activities are
adequately covered This marks a shift towards an integrated
single market for safe electronic payments that strives to support
the growth of the European Union (EU) economy Moreover the
aim is to ensure that consumers merchants and companies
enjoy choice and transparent secure payment services so that
they will fully benefit from the internal market
One of the principles of PSD2 is to foster an environment
whereby customers wanting to use value-added services from
Third Party Providers (TPPs) can do so safely in the knowledge
that their personal security credentials have not been shared with
a third party and that the service provider can access only the
information for which the customer has given explicit consent
However for these products and services to become mainstream
and widely adopted by consumers the TPPs require access to
the customerrsquos online bank accounts to access data in real-time
The mechanism by which this will be achieved is through Access
to Accounts more commonly referred to as XS2A which is set
out in PSD2
Access to accountsThe European Banking Authority (EBA) in cooperation with
the European Central Bank (ECB) will publish Regulatory
Technical Specifications (RTS) which will determine how TPPs
with a customerrsquos consent can access account information in
a secure manner to provide value-added services How this will
be achieved has yet to be determined the EBA will publish a
consultation paper with the draft RTS in late 2016
It is anticipated that the EBA will recommend the use of Application
Programming Interfaces (APIs) to deliver the vision of Access to
Accounts Yet it is still unclear on what API standards they will
focus and how these will practically be managed
The implications for regulated businessesHowever what is known is that this will have a profound impact
on incumbent banks payment organisations and fintechs
The implementation of an API environment whereby TTPs
can access customer account data to provide new innovative
products and services will challenge existing business models
There is going to be an influx of new market entrants Some will
be familiar names looking to extend the scope of their offerings in
the new API market economy Others are going to be nimble agile
fintechs that will deliver new compelling propositions and services
by doing things differently and looking to take market share from
incumbent organisations When PSD2 becomes a reality there is
nothing to stop companies applying to be a regulated entity as
a Payment Initiation Service Provider (PISP) andor Application
Initiation Service Provider (AISP) delivering new innovative
products and services directly to consumers
Are we seeing the conditions for a perfect storm On the one
hand we have banks that need to provide access to accounts
through PSD2 Regulation Some of them will become PISPs
andor AISPs to protect their existing business and revenues
and attract new customers
65 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
On the other we have the challengers a mix of established
organisations looking to grow their business through extension
and diversification of their core competencies through fintechs
and start-ups looking to carve a niche into the market with
focused products and services
The current status quo will be challenged Established technology
giants (eg Google Apple Samsung etc) with their financial
muscle large customer base across the majority of European
countries significant brand reputation and a strong understanding
of what drives consumers could potentially look to position
themselves as digital financial services providers
Nimble agile fintechs that donrsquot have the legacy IT environments
developed over many years are in a prime position to deliver and
launch new services
These organisations will look to realise a vision of a digital financial
services provider that can offer the consumer one place where
they can consolidate all the financial services data into an easily
understandable format with tools to manage their money and
without the legacy banking infrastructure and complexities
associated with it
A place where the customer can look apply and be granted
services (ie secureunsecure loans payday advances credit
card application foreign exchange services etc) in a quick
easy and frictionless manner from a variety of service providers
Automation and great UX being the name of the game
They do not have to provide the financial services directly to
the customer They can act as the broker the digital conduit
for products and services benefiting from the commercial
relationships struck with selected service providers
The world of retail banking and payments is set for great change
About Brendan Jones A senior management consultant with over 30 yearsrsquo experience in the payments industry working with a variety of organisations including technology amp service providers and financial organisations Previously held senior roles focusing on business strategy regu lat ion bus iness deve lopment MampA product development programme amp operations management and business process reengineering
About Evolution Payments Consulting Evolution Payments Consulting (EPC) provides payment consulting services to the financial services industry and allied organisations EPC provides payments industry advice to companies looking to support the implementation of new regulation developlaunch new banking and payment propositions re-purpose existing products and services to meet the new and existing regulatory requirements
uklinkedincominjonesbrendan
Brendan Jones
Director
Evolution Payments Consulting
66 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Late Payment ndash A Perspective
ABFA
Research reports or surveys into late payment are what seem to
pass for lsquoclick-baitrsquo in the rarefied world of SME and commercial
finance media The Asset Based Finance Association (ABFA)
regularly carries out its own studies our most recent review of
Companies House data finds that whilst in the manufacturing
sector the biggest businesses are benefiting from a slight fall in
payment times those benefits are not being passed down the
supply chain to smaller manufacturing businesses who still
suffer an ever-increasing wait for payment
Unfortunately this is a longstanding issue In 1997 the then
(literally) new Labour government launched the Better Payment
Practice Campaign with the business groups to address these
very issues Now the flag is flown by the Chartered Institute of
Credit Management with the Prompt Payment Code
There has been legislative action since 2010 as well with changes
to the legal framework at the EU level being implemented through
the Late Payment of Commercial Debts Regulations (2013) and
more significantly with last yearrsquos Small Business Enterprise
and Employment Act bringing forward a wide-ranging package
of measures to bolster the Code including requirements around
mandatory reporting of payment times
These measures are slowly coming through in Regulations now
and additional legislation in the form of the Enterprise Act 2016
(which received Royal Assent during the writing of this article) will
enable the establishment of the Small Business Commissioner
that will specifically focus on payment issues
But nine years on from the credit crunch and after several years of
intense political focus on these issues concerns about payment
times and the knock-on implications for cash-flow and availability
of working capital still regularly top the lists of concerns for small
business owners As indicated by our own research the nagging
concern is that whilst it might be getting better for the larger
businesses ndash who are arguably not the ones being imperilled in
the first place ndash the situation for smaller businesses is worsening
each and every year
What can be done Well depending on its resources and final
remit the Small Business Commissioner could be an interesting
proposition Despite relatively limited formal powers the
Groceries Code Adjudicator (GCA) has made some effective
interventions in its bailiwick naming and shaming one player
in particular earlier in the year in a spectacular example of
lsquobehavioural economicsrsquo in action However whether this media
and political pile-on will prompt and sustain meaningful change
across a notoriously cut-throat sector remains to be seen
For our part the ABFA and others have been calling for the
Small Business Commissioner to be established as a serious
proposition with a wide remit to identify all instances and
circumstances where smaller businesses are treated unfairly We
argue that such a body will need teeth as well as a big mouth if it
is really going to level the playing field
What is actually meant by late payment gets to the heart of
this and is why the ABFA argues that the conversation should
be about poor payment practices more generally not just late
payment
Delaying payment to a supplier outside agreed payment terms
unless there are legitimate reasons for not doing so is late
payment and is clearly unacceptable
What about a larger customer business leveraging the market
power it has over its smaller suppliers to impose extended payment
terms It is not lsquolatersquo payment but it is no less unacceptable and the
economic effect on supply chains is the same What about using
that same market position to impose retrospective discounts
as the GCA found What about the imposition of contractual
clauses that have the net effect of passing contractual risk from
the larger businesses that are best able to manage it down the
supply chain to the smaller businesses that are not
67 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Prominent amongst these are pay when paid clauses
(prevalent in the recruitment process outsourcing (RPO) world)
unlimited liquidated damages clauses and ban on assignment
clauses The latter contractual terms seek to prevent suppliers
from using their unpaid invoices to access invoice finance
Admirably the government is already taking specific legislative
action against these with the aforementioned Small Business
Act enabling Regulations (expected shortly) to render such
clauses ineffective belatedly bringing the UK into line with
most of the other major world economies This will allow invoice
financiers to provide more funding to more businesses and will
particularly benefit the smaller supplier businesses that suffer
most from these unnecessary clauses
Ultimately this should also be good for larger customer businesses
who will benefit from more stable and well-funded supply chains
Of course whilst invoice finance can help SMEs unlock funding
it is not a silver bullet and is not a substitute for paying suppliers
promptly and treating them fairly For that there needs to be a
cultural shift and that is where an empowered and resourced
Small Business Commissioner could have a real impact
About Matthew Davies Matthew is the Director of Policy and Communications at ABFA
About ABFA The ABFA represents the asset based finance industry in the UK and the Republic of Ireland Members include UK and Irish high street banks specialist and challenger banks specialist businesses of international banks and corporates and independent nonbank finance providers
wwwabfaorguk
Matthew Davies
Director of Policy and CommunicationsAsset Based Finance Association
68 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Directive 201455EU for E-invoicing and Procurement How Public Authorities Should Respond
EESPA
Important developments are underway in the promotion of
e-invoicing in public procurement Under the Directive 201455
EU Member States must ensure that all public sector contracting
authorities are able to receive and process electronic invoices
from suppliers which follow a new European standard for an
e-invoice This will happen over the next three or four years and
is a major opportunity for encouraging e-invoicing adoption
E-invoicing is supportive of public policy priorities such as
deficit reduction financial transparency and sustainability and
will specifically make a material contribution to public sector
cost reduction and efficiency Moreover it will provide benefits
to private sector suppliers Its ease of implementation can be
demonstrated with reference to many successful private sector
and public sector experiences and to the extensive range of
existing market solutions and service provider offerings
The European Union and the Member States have in recent
years taken some steps to promote e-invoicing as a public policy
priority in support of the Single Market and Digital Agendas
For instance the EU has funded important building blocks and
initiatives such as PEPPOL and the CEF programme to support
the adoption process With this clear public policy support
European public administrations of all kinds are getting ready to
adopt e-invoicing on a broad scale
The new standardDirective 201455EU provides a clear definition of an electronic
invoice an invoice that has been issued transmitted and
received in a structured electronic format which allows for its
automatic and electronic processingrdquo
The Commission has requested CEN a key European standardi-
sation organisation to draft a European standard for the semantic
data model of the core elements of an electronic invoice
CEN has created a CEN Technical Committee ndash CEN TC434 ndash to
carry out the work The lsquosemantic data modelrsquo will be a structured
and logically interrelated set of terms and their meanings
relevant to the business functions of an invoice To ease the use
of such standard the Commission has also requested CEN to
provide a limited number of syntaxes which follow the European
standard on electronic invoicing the appropriate syntax bindings
and guidelines on transmission interoperability lsquoSyntaxrsquo means
the machine-readable language or lsquodialectrsquo used to represent
the data elements contained in an electronic invoice and for
structuring messages based on the lsquosemanticrsquo data model
The European standard is now under preparation in the CEN TC
434 and will be approved and published by the early part of 2017
lsquoThe benefits of electronic invoicing are maximised when the
generation sending transmission reception and processing of
an invoice can be fully automated For this reason only machine-
readable invoices which can be processed automatically and
digitally by the recipient should be considered to be compliant
with the European standard on electronic invoicing A mere
image file should not be considered to be an electronic invoice
for the purpose of the Directive
How should public authorities respondThe Directive does not itself create a mandatory rule for the
parties contracting authorities and their suppliers to move all
their invoicing to electronic exclusively based on the European
standard at least not at this stage The Member States may
keep e-invoicing based on existing national standards and are
not forced to move away from traditional invoicing Having said
this the arrival of a European standard creates an opportunity
for harmonisation and a concerted process of adoption across
national public sectors and the EU
To make all this happen policy-making regulation and the
distribution of operational responsibilities are all critical factors
for the success of e-invoicing For the development of a suitable
policy framework the Member States will typically wish to
establish a national strategy with detailed action plans to ensure
implementation to decide on the degree of compulsion the
various ways and standards for adoption and to agree on a
centralised or decentralised infrastructure
69 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
European E-invoicing Service Providers Association
Member Public administrations may consider the use of lsquoshared
servicesrsquo the use of third-party e-procurement and e-invoicing
solutions and services and the degree of integration between
pre-award and post-award processes Contracting authorities
will wish to ensure that the necessary technical infrastructure
is deployed to receive invoices confor ming to the European
standard in the required formats
Once received the Directive does not require the contracting
authority to do more than lsquoprocessrsquo such invoices This can be
done in a fully automated way particularly if the contracting
authority is already processing e-invoices in a semi-automated
way or the invoices can be simply converted to a human
readable form (using available technology) and processed
manually The authority can leave it to suppliers to choose
whether to adopt the standard and render invoices in the format
and neither encourage nor discourage its use This describes a
minimalist strategy
It is recognised that the minimum requirements are a starting
point and likely to evolve as the e-invoicing journey progresses
The opportunity presented by the new European standard
calls for more ambitious and various e-invoicing adoption
programmes For this contracting authorities would think about
moving towards completely automated processing of e-invoices
after they are received perhaps only based on the new
standard Such an approach describes a maximalist strategy ndash
a recommended goal by many commentators
This will be a challenging and exciting period for the public sector
and their service and solution providers It is a real opportunity to
spread the e-invoicing habit and save money for buyers and their
suppliers whilst promoting supply chain efficiency
[The above material is drawn from a Guidance Paper prepared
for the European Multi-Stakeholder Forum on e-Invoicing and
prepared by the writer in conjunction with an Activity Group of
the Forum]
About Charles Bryant Charles Bryant is Secretary General of EESPA and also active in the Global Supply Chain Finance Forum
About EESPA The European E-invoicing Service Providers Association acts as a trade association at European level for a large and dynamic community of e-invoicing service providers drawn from organisations that provide network business outsourcing financial technology and EDI services EESPA is an International Not-for-Profit Association organised under Belgian law Formed in 2011 it has over 60 full and associate members and is involved with a range of important initiatives in interoperability the public policy debate and promoting adoption
wwweespaeu
Charles Bryant
Secretary GeneralEESPA
70 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The International Association for Alternative Finance
Growth of alternative financeSince 1999 and the early days of the internet we have seen
business models such as the travel sector been transformed
High street shops with glossy travel catalogues have given way
to web stores and ultimately travel comparison websites These
new models have enhanced the customer journey and delivered
rates of return to operators who have embraced these new
ways of working Not least with these models is the low cost of
operation low point of entry and typically higher yield per traveler
particularly when ldquoadd onrdquo sales such as insurance are achieved
From a slower start alternative finance has embraced similar
models Against a moribund collection of banks and traditional
finance providers the transition is starting to be made from
those high street shops which represent the traditional banks to
online web stores The resultant growth of alternative finance has
surprised even its staunchest critics
Standards and regulationAgainst this background of growth the alternative finance sector
has been slow to recognise the power of regulation as a way
to slow or indeed kill growth A good historical comparison is
the battle of the airlines in the 1980rsquos where heavyweight and
dominant airlines very nearly killed the growth of fast moving
low cost airlines through regulation
Differently to the street fighters of the Bransonrsquos alternative
finance providers have approached the threat from regulation
almost naively The predominant view is that each player will
develop its own approach to standards and regulation and that
all will be well However there is a massive under-estimation
of the traditional banks who spend tens of millions engaging
with regulators and influencers in order to maintain the status
quo The experience of challenger banks who were unable to
get exemptions from the UK bank tax is probably an indicator of
where such influence has acted against new entrants
The contradictionThe contradiction of platforms and funding providers is that
they want to be regulated This seems totally contra to a newly
developing sector where agility is everything
In addition regulators have been relatively disinterested in
regulating alternative finance as it represents such a tiny
proportion of finance Regulators are busy elsewhere
So what is the danger Well the danger is that alternative
finance providers may get regulated but in a way that they
had not expected This could be the result of regulators not
understanding the dynamics of this new market and may purely
by accident kill the sector
So what are the alternatives There are a number of different
segments to the alternative finance market consumer related
activity for sure touching on elements of regulatory space
However there are common threads which need standards to
be developed which could act as a guide for future but informed
regulation
These guidelines need to cover some real basics reflecting a new
industry For instance how much time is spent on staff vetting
crucial where sales staff are often responsible for authenticating
transactions And what happens with IT security both for
the platforms themselves and the feeds to and from funding
providers Again how long is it before a platform is hacked
If it can happen to the closed SWIFT network new technology
platforms could be even more vulnerable Resilience and
security is the responsibility of each platform at the moment but
a failure of the weakest link could have a devastating impact on
the sector
Regulation and Growth in Alternative Finance ndash A Contradiction in the Making
71 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The International Association of Alternative Finance (IAAF
orguk) has been taking a lead through 2015 in encouraging
platforms to work together to develop standards The concept
is to not make anything mandatory at this stage but to build
guidelines that members can work towards This has been
achieved in parallel with key stakeholders and regulators
The latter have been especially supportive as they do not want to
kill an embryonic alternative finance sector
However the fate of the sector very much rests in the decisions
of platforms and funding providers Do they lose the agility
of alternative finance or do they work together on building
guidelines and standards which could become the kind of
regulation that will support growth The IAAF is launching the
first Guidelines for the growth of alternative finance on June 16
The guidelines cover key areas required to support the growth
of the sector and will hopefully provide the pathway that the
industry needs
About Tony Duggan Tony was previously Supply Chain Development Director at Wickes where he developed Europersquos largest B2B platform As Consulting Services Director at Bolero a division of the SWIFT banking network he worked with some of the worldrsquos largest banks on global SCF initiatives This unique experience along with his real experience in start-ups and SMEs has provided him with real insights into the challenges of SCF and has been fundamental in the design of the Crossflow solution
About IAAF Founded in London in 2014 the International Association for Alternative Finance (IAAF) is an industry body committed to the promotion and development of the Alternative Business Finance sector IAAF sets out its drive for the Business Alternative Finance to be applied with excellence globally thereby creating opportunities for members and supporting the economy development as a whole The Associationrsquos four key focus areas are regulation reputation operational environment and future growth
wwwiaafinorg
Tony Duggan
Founder and DirectorIAAF
Company profiles
73 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company CloudTrade
CloudTrade is one of the fastest growing e-invoice networks and built firmly on the premise that e-invoicing should be free for suppliers easy-to-use and non-disruptive ndash only then will suppliers move away from paper These principles underpin the CloudTrade service which ensures high supplier adoption is guaranteed
Website wwwcloudtradenetworkcom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider
Head office location UK
In which market do you provide your services
North America Europe Middle EastAfrica AsiaPacific
Contact details Mr Richard Manson Commercial Director richardmansoncloud-tradecom +44 (0)7956 441898 2-6 Boundary Row London SE1 8HP
Active since 2010
Keywords electronic invoicing e-invoicing PDF invoicing P2P purchase to pay e-order O2C order to cash
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry)
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Ordering supply chain invoicing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes ndash we currently interoperate with a number of service providers Furthermore CloudTrade is a registered Access Point on the PEPPOL network
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription and transaction-based
Solution description CloudTrade removes the barriers to supplier adoption Our patented solution provides a non-disruptive way for a supplier to send electronic invoices ndash without having to change systems or infrastructure The net result is that we will remove more paper from an organisation in a shorter time frame than any other e-invoicing approach
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip No
Matching of related transactions Yes ndash match invoices to POs contracts service entry sheets or goods receipt Business rules can be amended per customer
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal No ndash a portal is available for the receiving organisation but not for the sending organisation Processing updates are provided to the supplier via e-mail
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
(Dynamic) discounting Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
74 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes ndash each document is validated against a set of document and customer specific validations
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes ndash due to the ease by which suppliers are able to adopt CloudTradersquos e-invoicing service typically more than 90 of suppliers that we are asked to on-board will come on board
Other services The core technology underpinning CloudTradersquos service is document agnostic We can (and do) provide e-document services across numerous sectors and document flows
75 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Comarch
Comarch is a global provider of IT solutions Comarch has more than 20 years of industry experience thousands successfully completed projects in over 40 countries worldwide references own RampD department made up of high-end IT engineers high ranking IT analyst ratings Gartner IDC Truffle 100 custom data centers in Poland and Germany
Website wwwcomarchcom wwwedicomarchcom
Service provider type Software vendor e-invoicing provider
Head office location Poland
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details Mr Bartlomiej Wojtowicz Product Manager bartlomiejwojtowiczcomarchcom +48 12 684 8735
Active since 1993
Keywords supplier onboarding supplier portal e-invoicing purchase-to-pay archiving electronic invoices master data management supply chain financing
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Broad scope of industries including FMCG retail DIY automotive logistics oilampgas pharma electronics
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Supplier onboarding master data management ordering supply chain logistics e-invoicing supply chain financing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Licensed SaaS transaction-based
Solution description Comarch EDI provides the companies with smart solution enabling exchange of validated and tax compliant invoices in the format adjusted to back office systems It provides electronic archive and electronic signature as well as Service Desk in 12 languages (including English German French Turkish Russian) to guarantee onboarding of each partner
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting No
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes via partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
76 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing Yes via partners
Workflow functionality No
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management No
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support Support for various formats
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Suppliers onboarding
78 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company ebpSource Limited
The most experienced team in the e-billing and payment industry ebpSource delivers software solutions consultancy and support to billers banks payment processors and outsourcers ebpSource brings unparalleled knowledge and a highly successful track-record designing developing deploying integrating and supporting many of the largest and highest-adoption services of this kind worldwide
Website wwwebpsourcecom
Service provider type Software vendor and reseller ndash e-billing e-invoicing e-signing mobile payment supply chain finance and authentication specialists Large-scale projects at a national and international level Ongoing support and specialist consultancy
Head office location United Kingdom
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Steve Wright Commercial Director swrightebpsourcecom +44 1753 567896
Active since 2006
Keywords ebpsource e-billing payment software solution e-invoicing e-signing authentication
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Cross-industry with specific specialisations in national e-bill consolidation bank-based e-invoicing and payment telecoms and utility e-billing e-signing and smart authentication
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Authentication e-invoicing payments online banking integration supply chain finance ordering e-signing
Support interoperability with other service providers
ebpSource has a wealth of experience in connecting e-billing and payment infrastructures at a national and regional level
Which pricing model do you mainly use
License subscription transaction-based
Solution description ebpSource provides a range of software consultancy and support services to help clients achieve new levels of operational efficiency customer service and cost reduction The team works closely with clients to design develop deploy integrate and support end customer applications Our key focus is long-term strategic partnerships with customers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices No
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
79 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Technology development consultancy and application support
81 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Order2Cash
Order2Cash is a pioneering provider of global order to cash optimisation services Cited by Gartner as a pure-play Order2Cash solution provider our services empower the work of Fortune 500 companies and leading enterprises around the world helping them to reduce costs and optimise spending on resources and technology Discover more at wwworder2cashcom Order2Cash is an Anachron company wwwanachroncom
Website
Service provider type
Head office location
In which market do you provide your services
Contact details
Active since
Keywords
wwworder2cashcomOrder2Cash provides flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe End-to-end global SaaS solutions including credit checks secure online contract signing multi-channel e-invoicing online payments credit management and document archiving
EMEA Head office Amsterdam the Netherlands US Head office NY USA
Globally
Phone EMEA +31 20 531 39 00 USA +1 347 478 5398 Email infoorder2cashcom Twitter O2CAnachron LinkedIn linkedincomcompanyorder2cash
2000
order to cash e-invoicing credit management payments contracting interoperability
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Mid-large corporates and multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Our solutions are focused on AR automation and accelerating the order to cash process As such they are suitable for use in all industries
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Support interoperability with other service providers
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Solution description
Credit checks online document signing e-invoicing payments cash application credit management collections
Yes we have interoperability agreements with an extensive range of B2BB2G e-invoicing networks and are a member of the European E-Invoicing Service Providers Association (EESPA)
Transaction-based pricing
Order2Cashcom offers a suite of SaaS solutions that combine to create a flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe Its modules support credit checks contracting e-invoicing payments and credit management Select components and tailor a solution to suit your business needs
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes Our solutions integrate with 700+ ERP systems for easy document exchange In addition we are connected with over 25 P2P platforms
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools We work closely together with partners such as PwC and EY to ensure international TaxVAT compliancy
TAXVAT compliancy Global coverage
e-Signature service Every document is signed with an e-signature (QES or AES) to guarantee integrity and authenticity and to meet VAT requirements This can be completed with a timestamp
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Offered through partner network of financial institutions
View company profile in online database
82 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Every document is securely archived complete legal storage period
Scanning of paper invoices Yes in cooperation with our network of output partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes in cooperation with our network of global output partners
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Available in cooperation with our network of output patners
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We have established connections with over 700 ERP systems
Which standards do you support UNCEFACT CII ISO20022 Financial Invoice UBL 20 and others if required
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes Any structured data can be converted to XML format
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes All data is validated and reported
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes Full support guidelines and advice is offered to all clients on customer activation
Other services Related to invoicing reporting query management customer grouping authorisation tools consolidated billing Alongside invoicing services your Order2Cash solution can expand to include online payment functionalities robust credit management and cash application tools as well as a secure online contract and document signing service Further details on the full platform can be found on our website
Connecting everyone everywhere
Flawless integration of the entire AR process across the enterprise
and around the globe
wwworder2cashcom
Fix Your Leaky Receivables Scan the QR code to claim your FREE Diagnostic Spreadsheet and measure the hidden costs in your accounts receivables processes
84 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Saphety Level ndash Trusted Services SA
Saphety is a leading company in global network solutions for electronic documents exchange document presentment data synchronisation and public procurement Saphety has 4700 companies and over 129000 users throughout more than 30 countries
Website httpwwwsaphetycom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider bank software vendor reseller or specialist
Head office location Portugal (headquarters in Lisbon and operational offices in Bogotaacute Colombia and Satildeo Paulo Brazil)
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details infosaphetycom +351 210 114 640
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic documents exchange e-invoice invoice software paperless transactions EDI document presentment public procurement data synchronisation
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Buyers suppliers both
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates and government
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Automotive government healthcare retail utilities telecom tourism oil amp energy finance (bank and insurance) mass businesses and others
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Contracting ordering supply chain invoicing payments
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription transaction-based
Solution description SaphetyDoc enables you to exchange business documentation electronically including purchase orders delivery notes and invoices in a simple way at a low cost While complying with all legal requirements related to e-invoicing SaphetyDoc allows to completely eliminate the use of paper in the invoicing process from issuance to sending and approval
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy AU AT BE BG CA CY CZ DK EE FI FR DE GR HK HU IS IE IM IL IT LV LI LT LU MT MX MA NL NZ NO PL PT RO SG SK SI ZA ES SE CH GB US
e-Signature service Yes we provide e-Signature Service We can also use external e-Signature service if requested by client
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
85 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support UBL 20 EDIFACT Flat files TXT XML Idoc etc
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services IPC Invoice Payment Control Doc+ Market reports in progress
Please stop wasting paperBest RegardsMother Earth
Learn more at saphetycom
Saphety offers the best paperless solutions to help your businessbe more environmentally friendly while improving your efficiencyand workflow process
87 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Tungsten Corporation Ltd
Tungsten Corporation accelerates global trade by enabling customers to streamline invoice processing improve cash-flow management and make better buying decisions Tungsten Network helps buying organisations reduce their invoice-processing costs by 60 and profit by applying real-time spend analytics to their line-level invoice data Suppliers gain efficiencies greater payment-status visibility and optional early payment
Website wwwtungsten-networkcom
Service provider type Global e-invoicing network invoice finance and spend analytics
Head office location London UK
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Mr Ruud van Hilten SVP Global Buyer Sales ruudvanhiltentungsten-networkcom +44 87 0165 7420
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic invoicing accounts payable procurement supplier network purchase to pay invoice finance spend analytics AP workflow
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B amp B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry) E-invoicing is a horizontal process
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Invoicing purchase to pay working capital financing purchasing orders supplier self-service real-time spend analytics
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes We interoperate with compliant service providers where there is customer demand qualifying invoice volume and compliance is maintained
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Balanced-costs are shared by buyers and suppliers Low volume suppliers receive 52 free invoices annually and high volume suppliers receive 520 free invoices annually After these free invoice transactions have been used a flat fee structure is applied per invoice transaction
Solution description The worldrsquos largest organisations connect with thousands of suppliers around the globe through Tungsten Network We enable companies to send and receive error-free tax-compliant invoices around the globe without the need to install any hardware or software We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme to ensure that suppliers participate and transact with their buyers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes We can take POs from all sources in a buyerrsquos structure and present these to the supply chain Suppliers can convert POs directly into invoices on our portal
Matching of related transactions Yes We match invoices with POs online-level if required
Distribution of e-invoices Yes We enable companies to send and receive compliant B2B invoices
Invoice presentment portal Yes Suppliers can use our portal to manually enter their invoice data convert a PO check the status of their invoices and select early payment
Legal compliance tools Yes Our rules engine enables companies to receive compliant invoices in all the jurisdictions we are compliant in
TAXVAT compliancy Yes We work with local tax authorities to enable companies to send and receive compliant invoices We are currently compliant in 47 countries with a pipeline of new countries in progress
View company profile in online database
88 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
e-Signature service Yes All compliant invoices are digitally signed where required by local regulations We provide at-source signature verification
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes Invoice financing is a service we offer through Tungsten Network Finance This can be funded by Tungstenrsquos own financing partners the buyer or the buyerrsquos banking partners
(Dynamic) discounting Yes We offer this service on a case-by-case basis via Tungsten Network
e-Archiving Yes We provide legally compliant archiving
Scanning of paper invoices Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Printing Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Workflow functionality Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Direct integration with payments Yes Tungsten Bank has access to all relevant payment systems
Accounts Payable management No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Accounts Receivable management
No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We fully integrate with any ERP financial software
Which standards do you support Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes We use extensive and flexible rule-sets to ensure compliance with our buyersrsquo business processes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme and can contractually guarantee paper conversion rates in best practice projects
Other services Purchase order services invoice status service spend analytics supply chain finance
89 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Glossary3-Corner Model3-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoices are connected to a single service provider for
the dispatch and receipt of messages
Another definition 3-Corner Model is an invoicing process set-up
whereby trading partners have separate contractual relationships
with the same service provider When both senders and receivers
of invoices are connected to a single hub for the dispatch and
receipt of invoices it is referred to as a 3-Corner model This central
hub consolidates the invoices of several receivers and many
senders in the case of accounts payable and several senders and
many receivers in the case of accounts receivable processing
Consolidators and trade platforms are usually 3-Corner Models in
which both senders and receivers are connected to the service
The 3-Corner Model in principle can only offer reach to the
parties that are connected to the central hub This means that
either invoice senders or invoice receivers often have to connect
to multiple hubs in order to increase their reach To solve limited
reach in 3-Corner Models roaming has been introduced
4-Corner Model4-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoice messages are supported by their own service
provider
Another definition 4-Corner Model is an invoicing process
set-up whereby each trading partner has contracted with one
or several separate service providers whereby the service
providers ensure the correct interchange of invoices between the
trading partners The concept of the 4-Corner model originated
in the banking sector When senders and receivers of invoices
are supported by their own consolidator service provider (for the
sender) and aggregator service provider (for the receiver) it is
referred to as a 4-Corner Model A network usually based on open
standards provides connectivity and the facilities for the secure
trusted exchange of invoices and or other business documents
In the 4-Corner Models the consolidator and aggregator roles are
often two different service providers
AAccess to financeAccess to finance is the ability of individuals or enterprises to
obtain financial services including credit deposit payment
insurance and other risk management services
Accounts payableAccounts payable refers to the money a business owes to others
current liabilities incurred in the normal course of business as an
organisation purchases goods or services with the understanding
that payment is due at a later date Accounts payable is also
the department within an organisation responsible for paying
invoices on behalf of the organisation
Accounts payable automationAccounts payable automation represents the (semi-) automated
management of accounts payable administration by automated
processing of invoices Accounts payable automation requires
integration of the invoicing process with accounting software
Accounts receivableAccounts receivable refers to money which is owed to a company
by customer for products and services provided on credit This
is often treated as a current asset on a balance sheet A specific
sale is generally only treated as an account receivable after the
customer is sent an invoice
Advanced electronic signature (AES)Advanced electronic signature (AES) means an electronic
signature which meets the following requirements a) it is
uniquely linked to the signatory b) it is capable of identifying
the signatory c) it is created using means that the signatory van
maintain under its sole control and d) it is linked to the data to
which it relates in such a manner that any subsequent change of
the date is detectable
90 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Alternative financeAlternative financial services (AFS) is a term often used to
describe the array of financial services offered by providers
that operate outside of federally insured banks and thrifts
(hereafter referred to as lsquobanksrsquo) Check-cashing outlets money
transmitters car title lenders payday loan stores pawnshops
and rent-to-own stores are all considered AFS providers
However many of the products and services they provide
are not lsquoalternativersquo rather they are the same as or similar to
those offered by banks AFS also sometimes refers to financial
products delivered outside brick-and-mortar bank branches or
storefronts through alternative channels such as the internet
financial services kiosks and mobile phones
Online platform-based alternative financing activities include
donation- reward- and equity-based crowdfunding peer-to-
peer consumer and business lending invoice trading debt-
based securities and others
Asset based lending (ABL)Asset based lending (ABL) is a specialised form of secured
lending whereby a company uses its current assets (accounts
receivable and inventory) as collateral for a loan The loan is
structured so that the amount of credit is limited in relation to the
value of the collateral The product is differentiated from other
types of lending secured by accounts receivable and inventory by
the lenders use of controls over the borrowerrsquos cash receipts and
disbursements and the quality of collateral rather than ownership
of the receivables as in factoring
Asset based loanAsset based loan is a business loan in which the borrower pledges
as loan collateral any assets used in the conduct of his or her
business Funds are used for business-related expenses All
asset-based loans are secured
Automated clearing house (ACH)Automated clearing house (ACH) is an electronic payments
system (outside the card networks) for clearing and settling
transactions Funds are electronically exchanged directly to
from participantsrsquo accounts Frequently used by end-user
organisations as the payment method by which to pay their
issuer
BBasel IIIBasel III is a comprehensive set of reform measures designed to
improve the regulation supervision and risk management within
the banking sector The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
published the first version of Basel III in late 2009 giving banks
approximately three years to satisfy all requirements Largely
in response to the credit crisis banks are required to maintain
proper leverage ratios and meet certain capital requirements
Bank payment obligation (BPO)Bank payment obligation (BPO) is a class of settlement solution
in international supply chain finance Bank payment obligation is
an irrevocable undertaking given by an obligator bank (typically
buyerrsquos bank) to a recipient bank (usually sellers bank) to pay
a specified amount on an agreed date under the condition
of successful electronic matching of data according to an
industry-wide set of rules adopted by International Chamber of
Commerce (ICC) Banking Commission
Bill of ladingA bill of lading (sometimes abbreviated as BL or BoL) is a
legal document between the shipper of a particular good and
the carrier detailing the type quantity and destination of the
good being carried The bill of lading also serves as a receipt
of shipment when the good is delivered to the predetermined
destination This document must accompany the shipped goods
no matter the form of transportation and must be signed by an
authorised representative from the carrier shipper and receiver
BlockchainBlockchain is a distributed ledger comprised of digitally recorded
data in packages called blocks These digitally recorded blocks of
data are stored in a linear chain Each block in the chain contains
cryptographically hashed data (such as Bitcoin transactions)
The blocks of hashed data draw upon the previous-block in the
chain
Business interoperability interfaces (BII)Business interoperability interfaces on public procurement
in Europe (BII) is CEN Workshop providing a basic framework
for technical interoperability in pan-European electronic
transactions expressed as a set of technical specifications that
in particular are compatible with UNCEFACT
91 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Business Process Outsourcing (BPO)Business process outsourcing (BPO) is the contracting of a
specific business task such as payroll to a third-party service
provider Usually BPO is implemented as a cost-saving measure
for tasks that a company requires but does not depend upon to
maintain their position in the marketplace
Business-to-business (B2B)Business-to-business is a type of commerce transaction
that exists between businesses such as those involving a
manufacturer and wholesaler or a wholesaler and a retailer
Business to business refers to business that is conducted
between companies rather than between a company and
individual consumers This is in contrast to business to consumer
(B2C) and business to government (B2G) A typical supply
chain involves multiple business to business transactions as
companies purchase components and other raw materials
for use in its manufacturing processes The finished product
can then be sold to individuals via business to consumer
transactions
Business-to-business paymentsBusiness-to-business payments represent the payments that
are made between businesses for various goods services and
expenses
Business-to-consumer (B2C)Businesses or transactions conducted directly between a
company and consumers who are the end-users of its products
or services Business-to-consumer as a business model differs
significantly from the business-to-business model which refers
to commerce between two or more businesses
Business networksMany businesses use networking as a key factor in their
marketing plan It helps to develop a strong feeling of trust
between those involved and play a big part in raising the profile
and takings of a company Suppliers and businesses can be
seen as networked businesses and will tend to source the
business and their suppliers through their existing relationships
and those of the companies they work closely with Networked
businesses tend to be open random and supportive whereas
those relying on hierarchical traditional managed approaches
are closed selective and controlling
CCard schemeCard schemes such as Visa or MasterCard promote the use of
various card types which carry their logos Banks and financial
institutions have to apply for membership of the appropriate card
scheme before they can issue cards or acquire transactions
Cash flowCash flow represents the pattern of company income and
expenditures and resulting availability of cash
CENBII CENBII is an UBL-based XML format used for the OpenPEPPOL
network it currently exists in a version 1 and version 2 CENBII
is meant to be used for international transfers on OpenPEPPOL
whereas domestic transfers will generally use a localised version
of CENBII (eg EHF SimpleInvoice)
CFDIComprobante Fiscal Digital a traveacutes de Internet (CFDI) or Digital
Tax Receipt through Internet refers to the current mandated
form of e-invoicing in Mexico All e-invoices in Mexico are issued
as CFDI as of January 1 2014
ClearingClearing is the process of exchanging financial transaction
details between an acquirer and an issuer to facilitate posting
of a card-holderrsquos account and reconciliation of a customerrsquos
settlement position
Clearing house automated payment system (CHAPS)The company has responsibility for the operation of an electronic
transfer system for sending real-time gross settlement same-day
payments for CHAPS Sterling and CHAPS Euro
Commercial cardA commercial card is the generic umbrella term for a variety
of card types used for business-to-business (B2B) payments
Some of the cards listed as commercial are purchase cards
entertainment cards corporate cards travel cards and business
cards
92 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Commercial financeCommercial finance is a generic term for a range of asset based
finance services which include factoring invoice discounting
international factoring reverse factoring and asset based lending
facilities There are many variations on each of these product
sets (and the precise nomenclature varies from market to
market) but all exist to provide working capital funding solutions
to businesses
ConversionConversion represents the act of automatically converting the
format of an electronic invoice from the format of the sender
to the format of the recipient (format conversion) or converting
the encoding of content (eg different code list or units of
measure) using agreed mapping processes that do not alter the
information represented by the document (content conversion)
Corporate cardCorporate card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business travel and entertainment (TampE)
expenses It is also referred to as a travel card The liability for
abuse of the card typically rests with the company and not with
the employee
Corporate liabilityThe end-user organisation is liable for the commercial card
charges this is the case for purchasing card programs and
sometimes corporate card programs
CovenantThe covenant represents a promise in an indenture or any other
formal debt agreement that certain activities will or will not be
carried out Covenants in finance most often relate to terms in
a financial contracting such as loan documentation stating
the limits at which the borrower can further lend or other such
stipulations Covenants are put in place by lenders to protect
themselves from borrowers defaulting on their obligations due to
financial actions detrimental to themselves or the business
DDays payable outstanding (DPO) Days payable outstanding (DPO) is an efficiency ratio that
measures the average number of days a company takes to pay
its suppliers
Days sales outstanding (DSO)Days sales outstanding (DSO days receivables) is a calculation
used by a company to estimate their average collection period It
is a financial ratio that illustrates how well a companyrsquos accounts
receivables are being managed
Debtor (buyer)A debtor or buyer constitutes a business that has been supplied
with goods or services by the client and is obliged to make
payment for them It is also referred to as the purchaser of
goods or services supplied by a client whose debts have been
assigned sold to a factor
Debtor finance Debtor finance also called cash flow finance is an umbrella
term used to describe a process to fund a business using its
accounts receivable ledger as collateral Generally companies
that have low working capital reserves can get into cash flow
problems because invoices are paid on net 30 terms Debtor
finance solutions fund slow paying invoices which improves the
cash flow of the company This puts it in a better position to pay
operating expenses Types of debtor financing solutions include
invoice discounting factoring cash flow finance asset finance
invoice finance and working capital finance
Debt financingDebt financing refers to when a firm raises money for working
capital or capital expenditures by selling bonds bills or notes
to individual andor institutional investors In return for lending
the money the individuals or institutions become creditors and
receive a promise that the principal and interest on the debt will
be repaid
Directive of the European CommissionThe Directive of the European Commission is a legal act of the
European Union regarding defining a new legal framework for
payments
Distributed ledgerA distributed ledger is a consensus of data shared and synchronized
geographically across multiple websites countries and institutions
93 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Dynamic discounting Dynamic discounting represents the collection of methods in
which payment terms can be established between a buyer and
supplier to accelerate payment for goods or services in return for
a reduced price or discount
EElectronic invoice (e-invoice) An e-invoice is an electronic invoice that contains the information
required by Council Directive 201045EU and which has been
issued and received in any electronic format It contains more
than just an image of an invoice An e-invoice also contains data
in a format that computers can understand This means that an
e-mail with a PDF file attached is not an e-invoice
E-invoice addressE-invoice address is the ID used to send or receive an e-invoice
The type of ID used differs depending on the country and the
format in use Typical IDs include GLN DUNS VAT-ID IBAN and
OVT A sender must know a recipientrsquos e-invoice address in order
to send an e-invoice The message is routed to the recipient by
any operator along the way using the e-invoice address
E-invoicing service providerIt is a provider that on the basis of an agreement performs
certain e-invoicing processes on behalf of a trading partner or
that is active in the provision of support services necessary to
realise such processes To determine whether an IT vendor is a
service provider the following circumstances should be taken
into account a) That the contract with the trading partner(s)
leads the latter to expect a VAT-compliant service b) The nature
of the service is such that VAT compliance is appropriate c) The
provider is insured against service related risks to his clientsrsquo tax
compliance Trading partners can use multiple e-invoicing service
providers see 3-Corner Model and 4-Corner Model definitions
An e-invoicing service provider can subcontract all of parts of
its services to other providers such subcontractors can also be
e-invoicing service providers if they meet the criteria set out in this
definition
Early payment discountAn early payment discount is offered by some companies to
motivate credit customers to pay sooner The early payment
discount is also referred to as a prompt payment discount
or cash discount The seller often refers to the early payment
discount as a sales discount while the buyer may refer to the
early payment discount as a purchases discount
Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP)Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP) usually
consumer-oriented lsquobill payingrsquo presented and paid through
the internet Other terms such as internet bill presentment and
payment (IBPP) electronic bill presentment (EBP) and online bill
presentment and payment (OBPP) are also in use
Electronic data interchange (EDI)Electronic data interchange (EDI) constitutes the electronic
communication of business transactions such as orders
confirmations and invoices between organisations Third-parties
provide EDI services that enable organisations with different
equipment to connect Although interactive access may be a
part of it EDI implies direct computer-to-computer transactions
into vendorsrsquo databases and ordering systems
Electronic funds transfer (EFT)Electronic funds transfer (EFT) represents the moving of funds
between different accounts in the same or different banks
through the use of wire transfer automatic teller machines
(ATMs) or computers but without the use of paper documents
Electronic invoice life cycleA process comprising a) the issue of the electronic invoice by or
in name and on behalf of the supplier b) receipt of the invoice by
or on behalf of the buyer and c) storage of the electronic invoice
during the storage period by or on behalf the supplier and the
buyer
Electronic invoice presentment and payment (EIPP)Electronic invoice presentment and payment has originated
in the B2B world and describes the process through which
companies present invoices and organise payments through the
internet
94 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Electronic invoicingElectronic invoicing represents the management of an electronic
invoice life cycle without the use of paper-based invoices as tax
originals
Electronic payablesA form of electronic payment using the card infrastructure
managed centrally within an organisation typically by accounts
payable (AP) Also known as electronic accounts payable (EAP)
automated payables e-payables push payments straight
through payments (STP) buyer initiated payments (BIP) single-
use accounts and electronic invoice presentment and payment
(EIPP) Each provider has a proprietary name for its particular
solution functionality and processes vary for each
Electronic procurementElectronic procurement represents the use of the internet or a
companyrsquos intranet to procure goods and services used in the
conduct of business An e-procurement system can streamline
all aspects of the purchasing process while applying tighter
controls over spending and product preferences
Electronic signatureAn electronic signature or e-signature is any electronic means
that indicates either that a person adopts the contents of an
electronic message or more broadly that the person who claims
to have written a message is the one who wrote it (and that the
message received is the one that was sent) By comparison
a signature is a stylised script associated with a person In
commerce and the law a signature on a document is an indication
that the person adopts the intentions recorded in the document
Both are comparable to a seal
Electronic statement presentation (ESP)It refers to the electronic presentment of a variety of other
commercial documents apart from invoices such as account
statements purchase orders delivery notifications and others
Not included are many unstructured documents that are
exchanged
Enterprise resource planning (ERP) Enterprise resource planning (ERP) is an integrated information
system that serves all departments within an enterprise Evolving
out of the manufacturing industry ERP implies the use of
packaged software rather than proprietary software written by or
for one customer ERP modules may be able to interface with an
organisationrsquos own software with varying degrees of effort and
depending on the software ERP modules may be alterable via
the vendorrsquos proprietary tools as well as proprietary or standard
programming languages
EscrowEscrow is a financial instrument held by a third-party on behalf
of the other two parties in a transaction The funds are held by
the escrow service until it receives the appropriate written or oral
instructions or until obligations have been fulfilled Securities
funds and other assets can be held in escrow
FFactorThe factor is a financial entity providing factoring facilities
FactoringFactoring is an agreement between a business (assignor) and
a financial entity (factor) in which the assignor assignssells its
receivables to the factor and the factor provides the assignor
with a combination of one or more of the following services with
regard to the receivables assigned advance of a percentage of
the amount of receivables assigned receivables management
collection and credit protection Usually the factor administers
the assignorrsquos sales ledger and collects the receivables in its
own name The assignment can be disclosed to the debtor
Faster PaymentsFaster Payments enable interbank funds transfers in near real
time typically initiated via the internet or phone The Faster
Payments Service represents the biggest advancement in UK
payments for several decades and is designed to run in parallel
with the existing Bacs and CHAPS services Other financial
institutions are able to join either as members or to access
the system through agency arrangements with a member in the
same way they do with other payment systems
95 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Fleet CardA fleet card is a specialised commercial card used to capture
fleet-related expenses (eg fuel vehicle maintenance repair
and service)
Four-party payment systemThe four-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user and issuer on one side and the merchant
and acquirer on the othermdashall of whom are linked by the network
includes the Visa and MasterCard models
GGlobal process owner (GPO)A global process owner is a professional who has (or should have)
complete ownership of an end-to-end process globally This
means that once the correct process has been established there
should be no process deviation unless approved by the global
process owner A global process owner has final approval of the
adoption of any technology affecting the given process
IInterchange feesThe interchange fee also called the discount rate or swipe fee
is the sum paid by merchants to the credit card processor as a
fee for accepting credit cards The amount of the rate will vary
depending on the type of transaction but averages about 2 of
the purchase amount The interchange fee is typically higher for
online purchases than for in-person purchases because in the
latter the card is physically present and available for inspection
InteroperabilityInteroperability is the ability of making systems and organisations
work together (inter-operate) While the term was initially defined
for information technology or systems engineering services to
allow for information exchange a more broad definition takes
into account social political and organisational factors that
impact system to system performance Another definition refers
to interoperability as being a task of building coherent services
for users when the individual components are technically different
and managed by different organisations
InvoiceAn invoice is an itemised bill for goods sold or services provided
containing details such as individual prices the total charge and
payment terms
Invoice discounting Invoice discounting is a form of short-term borrowing often used
to improve a companyrsquos working capital and cash flow position
Invoice discounting allows a business to draw money against its
sales invoices before the customer has actually paid
Invoice financeSee Debtor finance
Invoice trackingInvoice tracking represents the process of collecting and
managing data and information about an Invoice Item and its
various traits andor states as it is followed or tracked throughout
different phases of its life cycle (lifecycle)
LLevel I dataIt refers to standard transaction data including date supplier and
total purchase amount Also written as lsquolevel 1rsquo data
Level II dataIt represents the enhanced transaction data including Level
I data plus a customer-defined reference number such as a
purchase order number and separate sales tax amount Also
written as lsquolevel 2rsquo data
Level III dataIt constitutes the detailed transaction data including Level II data
plus line-item detail such as the item purchased Sometimes
referred to as simply lsquoline-item detailrsquo Also written as lsquolevel 3rsquo
data
Line-item detailIt is a transaction data reflecting what was purchased See also
Level III data
NNetwork providerA network provider is a service provider that connects directly to
both the supplier and the buyer The supplier or buyer is required
to make only one connection to the network provider enabling
them to connect to multiple buyers andor suppliers With an
e-invoicing network there is no requirement to interoperate as
connection is independent of data format and a global network
enables the flow of data cross-border
96 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
OOne cardOne card is a type of hybrid card in which a single card is issued
to an employee for more than one category of expenses (eg
goodsservices and travel expenses) eliminating the need to
carry two separate cards
One card plus fleetA single card used for purchasing travel and fleet-related
expenses (fuel vehicle maintenance others) It combines the
functionality of a P Card corporate card and fleet card
OpenPEPPOL OpenPEPPOL is an open point-to-point network of sending
receiving web services to cover all of Europe it is currently
primarily in use in Finland the Netherlands Norway and Sweden
CENBII v1 is the base format but domestic transfers might use
a localised version
Order-to-cashOrder-to-cash also known as OTC or O2C is the end-to-end
process by which companies receive an order from a customer
deliver the goods or services raise the invoice for the transaction
to send to the customer and receive the payment from the
customerrsquos bank account Increasingly the OTC process (which
is part sales and part accounts receivable) is being managed as
an end-to-end process See also Accounts Receivable
PPACPAC stands for Authorised Provider of Certified Tax Receipts via
Internet Authorisation as a PAC is issued by SAT after an entity
proofs the technical and legal requirements to ensure the safety
capacity and infrastructure of the provider in delivering services
to the taxpayer
Peer-to-peer (P2P) lending A method of debt financing that enables individuals to borrow
and lend money ndash without the use of an official financial institution
as an intermediary Peer-to-peer lending removes the middleman
from the process but it also involves more time effort and risk
than the general brick-and-mortar lending scenarios
PO flippingPurchase order (PO) flipping happens when a supplier receives a
purchase order from its customer through a supplier portal and
at the time of raising an invoice converts the data provided in
the purchase order into the data on the invoice The benefit of
this process is that by the time the invoice has been received
by the customer the matching of the invoice with the purchase
order information will be perfect PO flipping is however only
appropriate for the type of supplier that uses a supplier portal
to create invoices typically a lower volume supplier See also
Supplier portals
ProcurementProcurement is the process of obtaining or acquiring goods and
services It also represents the department within an organisation
that is usually responsible for the development of requests for
proposals (RFPs) proposal analysis supplier market research
negotiations buying activities contract administration inventory
control etc Also referred to as purchasing sourcing or similar
term
Procure-to-pay (P2P) processThe steps the employees of an end-user organisation follow to
make a purchase and the associated payment An organisation
typically has different P2P processes for different types of
purchasespayments a P-Card P2P process is usually the most
streamlined Also referred to as purchase-to-pay or source-to-
settle process
Purchase order (PO)Purchase order is a written authorisation for a supplier to
deliver products andor services at a specified price according
to specified terms and conditions becoming a legally binding
agreement upon supplier acceptance
Purchase-to-pay processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Purchasing card (P-Card)A purchasing card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business-related goods and services
end-user organisation must pay its issuer in full each month for
the total of all P-Card transactions Also called a procurement
card (ProCard) and purchase card
97 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
RRebateIt refers to money paid by an issuer to its customer (an end-user
organisation) in conjunction with the end-userrsquos commercial card
usage the rebate amount is based on various criteria as defined
within the contract terms between issuer and end-user Also
sometimes called revenue share
ReceivablesReceivables represent an asset designation applicable to all
debts unsettled transactions or other monetary obligations
owed to a company by its debtors or customers Receivables
are recorded by a companyrsquos accountants and reported on the
balance sheet and they include all debts owed to the company
even if the debts are not currently due
Receivable financeReceivable finance allows suppliers to finance their receivables
relating to one or many buyers and to receive early payment
usually at a discount on the value
ReconciliationThis is the matching of orders done by (internet) shoppers with
incoming payments Only after a successful reconciliation the
merchant will start the delivery process The extent to which
payment service providers carry out reconciliation and the way
in which they do so (sending an e-mail providing files) may vary
Reverse factoringReverse factoring is an arrangement made between large buying
organisations and banks with the intention to finance suppliers
and provide a lower buying price to the buyer Like lsquofactoringrsquo
there are three parties involved ndash the buyer supplier and the
factoring company (in this case typically a bank) The bank
takes on the responsibility to pay the supplierrsquos invoice early
for a discounted price The buyer then settles with the bank
according to the terms of the original invoice The supplier has
offered or agreed to a discount based on early payment and this
discount is shared between the bank and the buyer
SSales tax (VAT)Referred to as value added tax in the UK or sales tax in the
US this form of indirect tax is applied to almost all business
transactions It is the companyrsquos responsibility to add the tax
amount to its sales transactions and pay the tax on purchase
transactions At the end of each period (each quarter) it is the
companyrsquos responsibility to net off the charged tax on the sales
invoices and the paid tax on the purchase invoices and if there
is a positive balance to pay this to the government Increasingly
the management of VAT is moving into the shared services
organisation as this is where purchase and sales invoices are
processed
SettlementSettlement is the process by which merchant and cardholder
banks exchange financial data and value resulting from sales
transactions cash disbursements and merchandise credits
Shared servicesShared services refer to a business model which is largely
applied by mid-tier or enterprise-sized companies It is larger
companies who typically adopt shared services because scale is
one key element of the model The intention of shared services
is to run operations more efficiently and more cost-effectively
Using the finance function as an example shared services works
in the following ways Firstly it is the centralisation of a finance
activity the consolidation of systems that activity runs off the
standardisation of the processes that support that activity and
the automation (and continuous improvement) of that activityrsquos
processes Secondly it is the running of this centralised
consolidated activity as a ldquobusiness within a businessrdquo which
means the shared services organisation will often have its own
profit and loss account (PampL) will treat the rest of the business
as its customer will hire and develop service oriented staff will
possibly have service level agreements (SLAs) with its customers
and will charge for its services When a company centralises
a function it is not quite accurate to call it shared services
Centralisation is just one aspect of shared services
98 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
SOAP (Finvoice)Transmission frame (SOAP) specifies the sender recipient and
service provider data The service provider routes the message
to its recipient on the basis of frame data File may include
several Finvoice messages Each message must include a
transmission frame (SOAP)
SOAP (generic)Simple object access protocol (SOAP) is a web service protocol
or message framework for transferring XML-based messages
between web services BT does not support UBL directly but it is
able to identify and handle an UBL message wrapped in a SOAP-
envelope
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS)SaaS is a cost-effective way for companies to lsquorentrsquo software
without the burden of installation and maintenance because it is
supplied hosted (via the internet) and maintained by an external
vendor
Source-to-settle processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs)
SMEs are organisations which employ fewer than 250 persons
and which have an annual turnover not exceeding EUR 50
million and or an annual balance sheet total not exceeding EUR
43 million
Split liabilityLiability for commercial card charges is split between the
cardholder and end-user organisation based on merchant
category codes for example the cardholder might be liable for
travel and entertainment (TampE) expenses while the organisation
is liable for the other transactions
Straight-through payment (STP)Straight-through payment (STP) is a specific version of electronic
payables an end-user organisation receives and approves a
supplier invoice then initiates payment to the supplier through its
issuer The supplier does not need to process a card transaction
as payment is made directly through its merchant account
SupplierThe supplier represents a merchantvendor with whom the
organisation does business
Supplier financeSupplier finance is a set of solutions that optimises cash flow
by allowing businesses to lengthen their payment terms to
their suppliers while providing the option for their large and
SME suppliers to get paid early See also Supply chain finance
Reverse factoring
Supplier onboardingThis refers to getting a supplier set up on a particular program
such as purchase-cards dynamic discounting or electronic
invoicing Supplier onboarding involves both the communications
concerning the process change and the supplierrsquos role within it
and the technical set-up of the program
Supplier portalA supplier portal is the front end of the e-invoicing or
e-procurement platform which enrolled suppliers connect to via
the internet Here suppliers can accept purchase orders change
profile information such as bank details and addresses flip
purchase orders (see PO flipping) and raise invoices Supplier
portals are generally used by low volume suppliers as the
supplier will have to re-key the data into its own billing system
One significant benefit for a supplier using a supplier portal is
that it gets full visibility of the invoice process namely when the
invoice will be paid
Supply chain finance (SCF)The use of financial instruments practices and technologies to
optimise the management of the working capital and liquidity
tied up in supply chain processes for collaborating business
partners SCF is largely lsquoevent-drivenrsquo Each intervention
(finance risk mitigation or payment) in the financial supply
chain is driven by an event in the physical supply chain The
development of advanced technologies to track and control
events in the physical supply chain creates opportunities to
automate the initiation of SCF interventions
99 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Supply chain paymentsSupply chain payments optimises cash flow by allowing
businesses to lengthen their payment terms to their suppliers
while also providing an alternative option to their suppliers to get
paid early
TTrade financeTrade finance signifies financing for trade and it concerns both
domestic and international trade transactions Trade finance
includes such activities as lending issuing letters of credit
factoring export credit and insurance Companies involved
with trade finance include importers and exporters banks and
financiers insurers and export credit agencies as well as other
service providers
TreasuryTreasury is defined as the funds of a group institution or
government or to the department responsible for budgeting
and spending Another definition refers to treasury as being
the department of a government in charge of the collection
management and expenditure of the public revenue
Three-party payment systemThe three-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user on one side and the merchant on the
othermdashlinked by the network which also fulfills the role of issuer
and acquirer includes the American Express and Discover
models
UUBL Universal Business Language (UBL) is an XML-based format with
corresponding business processes created by OASIS it amongst
others contains scenarios for sourcing ordering and billing Many
newer formats (EHF CENBII and OIOUBL) are localisations of UBL
20
UnderwritingIn B2B payments underwriting represents the department within
an acquirerprocessor organisation that evaluates the financial
stability and risk of a potential merchant customer
VValidation E-invoice XML-data is validated usually against schema which
means that the structure and content of the data is checked Failed
validation means that the invoice is going to be rejected by the
receiving operator which then sends negative acknowledgement
to sending operator which forwards the acknowledgement to
sender
Value addedThe enhancement a company gives its product or service before
offering the product to customers Value added is used to describe
instances where a firm takes a product that may be considered a
homogeneous product with few differences (if any) from that of
a competitor and provides potential customers with a feature or
add-on that gives it a greater sense of value
WWorking capitalWorking capital represents the cash and other liquid assets
needed to finance the everyday running of a business such as the
payment of salaries and then purchase of raw materials
XXMLThe Extensible Markup Language (XML) is a flexible markup
language for structured electronic documents XML is based on
SGML (standard generalised markup language) an international
standard for electronic documents XML is commonly used by
data-exchange services to send information between otherwise
incompatible systems
8 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
ldquoBiggest Global Banks at Davos Were All Fintech Innovators
Nowrdquo -Bloomberg
The way that is unfolding is that for instance big banks started
to consolidate their position in the fintech world through heavy
investments in startups through acquisition and mergers via
opening innovation labshubs via high-profile partnerships etc
Some examples include JPMorgan Chase and Banco Santander
announced an investment in ex-banker Blythe Mastersrsquo blockchain
startup Deutsche Bank invested in PayPal and OnDeck Bank
of America has a USD 3 billion annual budget for investing in
technology and innovation a figure thats doubled since 2010
Visa has disclosed a 10 stake in the fintech unicorn Square
and alongside Nasdaq Citi and other industry players invested
USD 30 million in Chaincom a blockchain developer platform
that serves an enterprise market
Whatrsquos more all big players ndash banks payments providers card
schemes ndash poured their money into innovation labs hubs
accelerators The highlights of 2015 are as follows Visa Europe
launched Visa Europe Collab its new international innovation
hub and argued that the company is in a unique position to
help innovators develop and scale their ideas MasterCard on
the other hand has selected in February 2016 together with
Silicon Valley Bank four startups to take part in the fourth class
of CommerceInnovated a virtual accelerator designed to help
commerce startups grow their businesses The solutions that will
be built here range from mobile lending to instant authentication
and identity checks As part of the program the startups will
gain access to operational expertise from Silicon Valley Bank
MasterCard and their respective networks
Wells Fargo is committed to ldquohelp innovative entrepreneurs
overcome challenges and seize opportunitiesrdquo with investments
of up to USD 500000 through its Startup Accelerator a program
focused on startups that create solutions for financial institutions
and enterprise customers Since its inception in 2014 the
Wells Fargo Startup Accelerator has received applications from
innovative companies in 23 countries
Peeking through the corporate sector window Future Asia
Ventures talks about 116 corporate accelerators being live
worldwide Europe takes the lionrsquos share with 54 accelerators
mostly based in the UK and Germany however companies are
increasingly launching and adding more accelerators in EMEA
and Asia Pacific locations as well
No matter what the approach is the consensus is that there is
a huge need to reduce costs to align with a digital strategy not
merely upgrade the IT systems
ldquoThe state of corporate banking IT in the digital business world is
precariousrdquo ndash Gartner amp BCSG
Survey data indicates CIOs are underestimating the importance
of digital technology lack adequate staff and resources and are
mostly ignoring nonbank disrupters
Although concerned some banks do not appear to be stepping
up to the challenge A majority of bankers (54) believe that
banks are either ignoring the issue or that they ldquotalk about
disruption but are not making changesrdquo
Make no mistake banks are actively engaged in digitalization
and most firms have an IT strategy that is aligned and integrated
with an attendant technology roadmap for implementing a digital
business However although 62 of institutions reported that
they have already started deploying a digital banking roadmap
only 53 of them have not appointed an executive to define and
lead implementation This suggests several significant road bumps
are likely to appear during the digital transformation journey
Whatrsquos more if you look at the relationship between banks and
corporates things have a different shade of gray In a 2014
report from EY 63 of corporates reported product and service
innovation to be a critical part of their relationship with banks
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
9 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
Yet those respondents suggested that only 40 of banks
have satisfactory performance levels Moreover a more recent
report (September 2015) from Total Solutions and Innopay shows
that only 14 of corporates make use of B2B FinTech solutions
(survey among large corporates in the Netherlands) Another 70
of the corporates are following the B2B fintech market but have
not engaged yet According to the survey the two main reasons
not to engage are a lack of sufficient knowledge about and
insight into the impact of using finTech solutions and concerns
about the continuity of the finTech company Only 125 of the
questioned companies state that they do not want to jeopardise
their bank relation
Trend no 2 Cross-border payments amp B2B commerce80 of cross-border payments revenues are B2B according to
McKinsey Emerging Asian and Eastern European economies are
set to experience the greatest growth
So if the contribution of cross-border payments to total payments
revenue growth will climb from 5 in 2013-2014 to 14 in 2014-
2019 there is money to be made and fintech is the front-runner to
help remove some of the frictions
As nonbank players increasingly encroach on the traditional
cross-border turf of banksmdash moving from consumer-to-consumer
to B2B cross-border paymentsmdashthey will force many banks to
rethink their longstanding approaches to cross-border payments
ndash McKinsey
In this scenario of lsquounbundling of the full-service model of banks
into bits and piecesrsquo the market depicts new names Traxpay
Align Commerce Payoneer Transpay Ripple eeDOCS Earthport
Kontox to name only a few
Good news though major banks around the world take action
to improve the customer experience in cross-border payments
dramatically by signing up to SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation
initiative announced at the end of December 2015 The +45
participating firms include major transaction banks from Europe
Asia Pacific Africa and the Americas
The goal is to enhance cross-border transactions by leveraging
SWIFTrsquos messaging platform and global reach
Trend no 3 BlockchainBlockchain is the technology underpinning Bitcoin and one of its
biggest advantages is that it allows two parties to transact without
making use of a central authority of third party intermediaries
Oversimplifying a bit it removes huge costs and adds transparency
speed and security Ripple Ethereum Monero Lightning Network
Amiko Pay Bitfury and others act as agents of disruption in the
B2B payments world by using blockchain rails
ldquoBanks foresee benefits for corporations by virtue of the
applications running on the blockchain that will ripple down to
the banksrsquo corporate clients Consequently before launching
any blockchain-related program a bank must be very clear and
extremely convincing about what is in it for its corporate clients
- Enrico Camerinelli senior analyst at Aite Group
Other players lsquorewiringrsquo the way payments are processed through
the use of blockchain include GoCoin Blade GemPay Gazeebo
io etc as depicted by William Mougayar author of the book lsquoThe
Business Blockchainrsquo
Trend no 4 Alternative financingAccording to the lsquo2016 UK Alternative Finance Industry Reportrsquo
by Nesta and KPGM the UK online alternative finance industry
grew to GBP 32 billion ndash an 84 increase compared to the GBP
174 billion of 2014 In 2015 almost 20000 British SMEs raised
alternative finance through online channels receiving GBP 22
billion in business funding The online alternative finance industry
is pushing the needle of market growth business models public
awareness corporate partnerships institutional funding product
innovation international expansion as well as further regulatory
support and policy acceptance
Among all models peer-to-peer business lending and invoice
trading are the largest models by volume of the UK online
alternative finance market
Mirela Amariei The Paypers
10
Share this story
B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016
In total nearly GBP 149 billion was lent to SMEs in the UK
(a 99 year-on-year growth rate and 194 average growth rate
between 2013 and 2015)
Interestingly enough innovative corporate partnerships are
being forged between alternative finance platforms with the likes
of Virgin Amazon Uber Sage and KPMG This has certainly
pushed boundaries ndash merging the traditional corporate world
with the disruptive models of alternative finance
Invoice trading the second highest model continues to be a
popular financing tool for small and medium-sized enterprises
wanting to trade their invoices or receivables at a discount
in exchange for the speedy procurement of working capital
However while the GBP 270 million market size in 2014 grew by
178 compared to 2013 growth from 2014 ndash 2015 was more
modest with a 20 growth rate to GBP 325 million
Zooming in on the strategies banks (and alternative finance
providers for that matter) use to better position themselves we
identify a lot of partnerships Banks teaming up with online lenders
This is a different dynamic ndash instead of trying to displace banks
online lenders decided to strike partnerships For instance On
Deck teamed up with JP Morgan Chase and said it will help speed
up the process of offering small business loans to the banks 4
million customers Lending Club another online lender tied-up
with Citi Moven partnered marketplace lender CommonBond
In a game of tongue twisters American Banker said that fintechs
team up to become more like a bank I would argue that banks
team up with fintechs to become more like a fintech
Also another question arises what if a corporate want to expand
into more countries That may mean to establish a physical
presence in each location that is relevant to their client Could
banks satisfy that need too
The industry is dynamic and some companies leapfrogged some
steps but although the developments are innovative and exciting
the road ahead is paved with many bumps
About Mirela Amariei Crafting large-scale industry reports carrying out interviews and writing about innovation in payments and fintech are Mirelarsquos daily treats As the Senior Editor at The Paypers she speaks frequently with key thoughts leaders to identify trends and trendsetters She can be reached at mirelathepayperscom and via Linkedin wwwlinkedincominamarieim
About The Paypers The Paypers is the leading source of news and intelligence for professionals in the payment community worldwide Our products are aimed at merchants payment services providers processors financial institutions start-ups technology vendors and payment professionals and have a special focus on all major trends and developments in payments-related industries including online and mobile payments and banking ecommerce e-invoicing supply chain finance web fraud amp security and many others
wwwthepayperscom
Mirela Amariei
Senior EditorThe Paypers
Thought Leadership Section
B2B Payments
13 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B payment innovation the beginning of exciting times
Deutsche Bank
Why should banks and corporates invest in real-time payments For corporates the benefits stem from the capability for executing
time-sensitive transactions ndash such as High-Value critical vendor
or MampA-related payments ndash while receiving close-to-immediate
proof of execution instead of waiting for the specific entry to be
documented by standard intraday reporting
For banks to serve client needs they need to be involved in these
developments which is why Deutsche Bank and others are helping
develop a Pan-European Instant Payment Solution For large
banks involvement in establishing such future paymentcollection
platforms is a revenue loss avoidance tactic rather than a
profit creation one as they will otherwise lose market share to
disruptors And while urgent payments can currently be more
expensive there may be a regulatory push for banks to provide
real-time payments with no extra charges in the near future
What are the benefits and challenges of implementing pay-on-behalf-ofcollect-on-behalf-of structuresPOBOCOBO structures help corporates consolidate cash
flows and rationalise account structures as well as increasing
purchasing power when negotiating cash management terms
with banks POBOCOBO simplifies liquidity management as
cash is centralised through domestic and cross-border cash
concentration It also allows for streamlined cash management
activities across subsidiaries as payments and receivables
are bundled in one place (such as a Shared Service Centre)
for execution out of the central account Improving cash and
liquidity management in these ways reduces credit need and the
operational burden on subsidiaries
Deutsche Bankrsquos experience and feasibility studies on POBO
COBO in Europe over the past four years have shown four kinds
of challenges market-specific practices and legal tax and
operational considerations In addition POBOCOBO structures
differ in the status of the underlying account For POBO the
ordering account can be a normal operating account in most
jurisdictions but since funds collected within COBO structures
often relate to different legal entities the underlying account is
often considered a trust account This has further implications
For instance depending on regional Anti-Money Laundering laws
an account can contain either own funds of the account holder
or funds that belong to third parties (trust accounts) ndash not both
That in turn may require corporates to separate some incoming
transaction flows from the entities flowsrsquo part of the on-behalf-of
structure
What main friction points in B2B cross-border payments will disappear in the next five yearsDevelopments driven by regulatory change or facilitated by
technology and solution-based improvements will ultimately
allow for more frictionless and cost-effective transaction
processing For example the Payment Services Directive (to be
updated soon by PSD-2) affected cut-off times and value-dating
habits and a shift will likely take place in this area to align cross-
border payments in different currencies with the same value-
dating as SEPA payments
Similarly currency payments will likely become easier thanks
to automated conversion services such as Deutsche Bankrsquos
FX4Cash which offers client ease-of-use real-time FX rates
and enhanced transaction data And solutions such as Virtual
Accounts will improve reconciliation and accounting (through the
rationalisation of physical bank accounts across a region)
Retail banking has experienced futuristic leaps in the payments space ndash now is the time for the same level of transformation and convenience in the B2B space
The industry is poised to apply such innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration will this be possible
14 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What bank-core competencies foster innovation and growth through fintech partnerships in the B2B payments space We have witnessed the effects of the first wave of digitalisation
on daily activities particularly through smart devices and apps
Peer-to-peer and C2B processes have already experienced
radical transformation and the industry is poised to apply such
innovation to the B2B space ndash but only through collaboration
between incumbents and new players will this be possible
Fintechs have the technical skills and understanding of consumer
behaviour fail-friendly mindset and regulatory freedom to be
innovative ndash but in an increasingly competitive landscape that
will see market consolidation over coming years they need more
than that to survive Banks conversely experience internal and
external obstacles to innovating independently including legacy
systems internal siloes a cautious culture and tighter regulatory
restrictions But by offering the strength of their established
reputation global infrastructure existing client-base and expertise
regarding risk regulation and treasury needs banks can support
fintech growth bring new products to market through such
strategic alliances and successfully scale-up new offerings
What are the Bankrsquos plans for blockchainDistributed Ledger Technology is not new but interest around its
potential applications is rising and opportunities for blockchain
ndash from fraud prevention and risk reduction to quicker and more
transparent payment flows ndash cannot be ignored We are at the
beginning of the blockchain journey and the ways it will change
business models processes and ecosystems are yet to be
seen but we predict immense potential up and down the value-
chain Participants ndash for example it was one of the first banks to
test smart contracts for corporate bonds which was conducted
in-house in collaboration with the DB Labs Deutsche Bank
recently opened innovation labs in London and Berlin with a third
just opened in Silicon Valley which will help the Bank best utilise
new technologies and deepen relationships with start-ups In a
decade there will be myriad different blockchain technologies and
interoperability will be crucial The Bank is an initial driving member
of blockchain consortium R3 CEV and participated in trials of five
distinct blockchain technologies with other member banks
About Andrew Reid Appointed to his current role in 2013 Andrew has been with the Bank for 17 years within corporate cash management and trade finance Andrew supports and advises clients in adapting to the new regulatory environment and optimising their treasury operations
About Deutsche Bank Deutsche Bank provides commercial and investment banking retai l banking transaction banking and asset and wealth management products and services to corporations governments institutional investors businesses and private individuals Deutsche Bank is Germanyrsquos leading bank with a strong position in Europe and a significant presence in the Americas and Asia Pacific
gtbdbcom
Andrew P Reid
Managing Director and Head of Cash Management Corporates EMEA Global Transaction Banking
Deutsche Bank
15 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Blockchain In B2B Payments
Aite Group
Financial institutions are spending time and resources to find
out how much business they can gain by adopting blockchain
technology This hype on the bank side does not correspond
to similar interest from corporations nor itrsquos clear whether
blockchain technology creates similar business opportunities
for each side Yet a significant roadblock must be removed
That is the extremely poor understanding corporate people
have about blockchain In a January 2016 survey 95 corporate
executivesmdash66 of whom were supply chain and treasury
managers with the remaining coming from IT legal and salesmdash
were asked if they were familiar at all with the term ldquoblockchainrdquo
Over 80 answered ldquonordquo The first step of the journey is thus to
align on terms and definitions Consider blockchain as a ldquosecured
spreadsheetrdquo that sits in the cloud that multiple parties can review
Each of the transactions that are a part of it is guaranteed by a
set of cryptographic keys and all transactions are stored in one
database The blockchain is essentially an enormous database
that runs across a global network of independent computers
Main characteristics of blockchainIrrevocability There is an irrevocable trail (ie time-stamping)
of all the transactions that have ever been made which makes
attempts at hacking or fraud unsuccessful
Title transfer It allows property whose ownership is controlled
via the blockchain (ie physical property such as cars phones
or houses)
Distributed The ledger represents the truth because mass
collaboration constantly reconciles without having the need to
trust because thatrsquos built into the mechanism
Smart contracts Perhaps the most relevant blockchain feature
smart contracts are self-executing contractual states stored on
the blockchain which nobody controls and therefore everyone
can trust The code can control and restrict how the data is
accessed and used
Where do we go from hereA bitcoin that transfers ownership of title of a crypto-currency
can be applied between two parties that exchange goods for
money in business-to-business (B2B) transactions B2B partners
would best benefit from blockchain-based applications in the
increasingly global B2B payments There are complexities with
foreign payments that are not experienced in domestic payments
such as foreign exchange value-added taxes in certain countries
interfaces with many clearing and settlement networks and
the need to understand and apply specific country laws with
regard to payments processing Knowledge about the status of
payments can be even more important than settling the payment
itself The status of payments may affect the ability of a buyer
to make a purchase from a seller depending on the amount of
credit extended by the seller to the purchaser It may also impact
future pricing provided by the seller to a buyer For time-critical
payments knowing the location of a particular transaction in the
payment process allows the payer to take action if the payment is
delayed The more corporate treasurers know about outgoing and
incoming payments the better their cash forecasts
Blockchain and B2B paymentsThis article examines which blockchain drivers best apply to
current B2B payment process elements and intermediaries
ndash eg banks network providers clearing and settlement
structures Rather than revolutionary the analysis determines
how blockchain supports improves and- eventually- replaces
current B2B payments processes (see Figure 1)
Figure 1 Blockchain Features Applied to B2B Payment Process Elements
Source Aite Group
16 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
When paying the supplier the buyer issues a payment
instruction from its accounts payable to the bank This initiates
the transfer of title of currency and a time-stamp makes the
transaction irrevocable The intermediary bank may enjoy
blockchainrsquos irrevocability and title transfer to secure the
uniqueness and traceability of the transactions underpinning
the cash transfer The distributed nature of the blockchain
ledger avoids any delayed centralized control of AML screening
checking of availability of funds and clearing billing and
reporting activities All executed operations are validated within
The ledger offers the extra capability to the bank to swiftly handle
format translations from the clientrsquos accounting system A smart
contract on the blockchain provides the bank with the capability
to charge transparent and auditable service fees
The distributed ledger operates as the connectivity software
that the clearing network provides to all trading parties and
intermediaries The network is also capable of offering time-
stamping services as well as detect transactions that may trigger
the execution of smart contract applications Format translations
can be easily offered as a value added service
The beneficiary bank receives notice of an irrevocable transfer of
cash title that the distributed ledger renders valid and immediately
executable The ledger also streamlines all necessary account
management verifications to validate the payment data The sellerrsquos
account is immediately credited and all subsequent regulatory
and accounting reporting is made auditable and irrevocable
Bank services can be charged via smart contract applications
agreed between the parties The blockchain enables the seller-
ie the B2B payment receiving party- to update the accounts
receivable database with a payment confirmation that becomes
an auditable transaction
Blockchain is certainly not the panacea for all problems but the
frequency of applied features to the B2B payment processes
tells however that all parties involved could strongly benefit
from this technology without the need for anyone to be removed
About Enrico Camerinelli Enrico Camerinelli is a senior analyst at Aite Group specializing in wholesale banking cash and trade finance and payments He brings a strong European focus to Aite Grouprsquos Wholesale Banking practice Mr Camerinelli has been widely quoted by publications ranging from American Banker to the Financial Times
About Aite Group Aite Group is an independent research and advisory firm focused on business technology and regulatory issues and their impact on the financial services industry With expertise in banking payments wealth management capital markets and insurance Aite Groups analysts work with clients as partner advisor and catalyst
wwwaitegroupcom
Enrico Camerinelli
senior analystAite Group
17 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Emerging Internet of Payments
Traxiant
New offerings have been proliferating in B2B payments not
to mention financing solutions of various kinds Their growth
however and the shift from paper to electronic has long been
stymied by a lack of interoperability Most industry actors see the
need for an industry-scale solution to this problem and believe it
will happen eventually But fewer are clear on the path to get there
In the USD 700 trillion of B2B payments globally connecting
the many buyers sellers and providers of payments financing
and software solutions might seem an impossible task And
yet we have the example of the Internet A framework for
such payments interoperability would also almost inevitably be
standards-based and global So itrsquos reasonable to use the term
the ldquoInternet of Paymentsrdquo (ldquoIoPrdquo) to talk about this The naming
of such a phenomenon however is of course less important
than questions such as ldquowhetherrdquo ldquowhatrdquo ldquohowrdquo and ldquowhenrdquo
Unlike most industry actors we believe that the conditions for
the IoP to emerge have recently been falling into place Tactical
business needs are aligning with cloud-based technology
platforms and solution options And alignment with standards
frameworks notably around ISO 20022 offers the potential for
faster and wider scaling of such solutions with lower investment
The payments solutions that account for most B2B volume
today such as cheque and ACH are commoditized Their
transaction revenue models donrsquot support much investment
in next-generation solutions Basis point revenue streams
from receivablestrade financing forex and card models by
contrast can support such investments Buyers nowadays donrsquot
pay much for those services most rather expect to receive
discounts or rebate payments Thus a critical driver of revenue
in such businesses is the ability to get suppliers enrolled and
agreeing to pay the relevant fees This supplier onboarding
process is invariably hard work especially as you get further
out on the ldquolong tailrdquo Most new ldquosolutionsrdquo being promoted to
suppliers offer benefits of earlier or faster payment But they are
from the supplierrsquos perspective typically exception processes
and thus value-subtracting
Among enterprise buyers card e-payables and global payments
solutions are now relatively widely adopted ndash as indeed are
supplier networks Increasing competition from financial
institutions but also fintech players makes it ever more important
that providers optimise for adoption and value also on the
supplier side of the equation Strategically the requirement here
is for an extensible standards framework and platform that can
connect suppliers globally across both commodity payment and
value-added trade and financing scenarios
Tactical solutions however are also needed more narrowly
focused but aligned with the larger strategic goals One essential
element of such tactical solutions is enabling suppliers to
connect using their existing payments and software solutions
For ldquolong tailrdquo suppliers their ability to do so via a low friction
ldquoconsumerizedrdquo experience will also matter In recent years
cloud solutions and APIs to enable this have become available
for some widely-used financial solutions No silver bullet will
work for every supplier instantly And yet solving the problem for
supplier systems one by one is clearly an approach that wonrsquot
scale However by aligning with ndash and shaping ndash a standards-
based IoP framework early movers can start to build network
effects that do scale Proprietary network effects can and will
drive competitive advantage especially for early movers even
when built on top of standards A broader network effect will
come from the technical openness of the growing IoP ecosystem
As that happens industry actors of all kinds will invest in
solutions based on IoP standards so as to get connected
18 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
No discussion of B2B payments futures would be complete
without touching on the blockchain Such solutions seem likely
to play an important role How the various ldquonot-Bitcoinsrdquo with
their technical and regulatory benefits will fare against Bitcoin
itself remains unclear Standards such as the ldquoInterledger
Protocolrdquo could play a role perhaps enabling an ldquoInternet of
Valuerdquo layer for the IoP That said in global B2B payments
the ldquochicken-and-eggrdquo challenges that are inherent in any
new network technology clearly exist Blockchain adoption as
a purely ldquoback officerdquo or inter-bank technology seems likely
to happen first within narrowly-defined early use cases and
communities Adding value to pre-existing end-user (buyer-
seller) interactions like Skype did may be one plausible early
adoption scenario ldquoPiggy-backingrdquo on another network layer or
use case like Paypalrsquos initial use for eBay payments is another
way to think about this Combining all of these may work best
end user demand can be effective in driving adoption by solution
providers notably banks in this case
An Internet of Payments as it emerges will reshape the B2B
payments industry and much more besides It will likely develop
quite suddenly as a mass phenomenon much like the Internet in
the mid-nineties It will create winners and losers Those who move
early to test learn and shape the emerging Internet of Payments
ecosystem and framework will be best positioned to win
About Roger Bass Roger Bass is Founder CEO and Principal of Traxiant Previously with Intuit for eleven years he recently led a Network Payments initiative Other instrumental roles included the launch of Intuitrsquos European operations first online banking solution SMB Internet group and the QuickBooks platform Reach out via rogertraxiantcom
About Traxiant Traxiant provides software and consulting solutions to help financial and technology providers grow their B2B Payments and Financing solutions and profit from the Internet of Payments Solutions and areas of expertise include card e-payables global payments receivables financing and supplier networks
wwwtraxiantcom
Roger Bass
CEO and PrincipalTraxiant
Blockchain
20 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
B2B Blockchain-based Payments Can it Beat the Banks
Orchard Finance
For those interested in Supply Chain FinanceTrade Finance
there is an increasing amount of articles about blockchain
For those who are not yet familiar with this term it is the
underlying technology behind Bitcoin The starting point for this
technology was to allow two parties to transfer a token of value
(Bitcoin) from one to another in a cheap reliable and fast way
Three main criteria for it are the two parties can be anywhere in
the world there should not be a central authority processing a
transaction and the same token (Bitcoin) cannot be spent more
than once
To meet all these criteria the solution proved to be a distributed
ledger containing all transactions visible for all participants in
the network A transaction is approved by consensus which is
reached by cryptographic encryption This technology is called
blockchain Many articles about blockchain are focused on the
way it works (hence are very technical) but because of the
complex terminology being used it causes more confusion than
clarity Perhaps the authors of these articles have been inspired
by former American president Harry S Truman when he said lsquoIf
you canrsquot convince them confuse themrsquo
Instead of focusing on the technology it is far more interesting to
understand what it can do for businesses The technology itself
is very powerful and it has the potential to radically transform
how businesses work and how payments are done If a Bitcoin
can be transferred in such a cheap fast reliable manner why
not a Euro or a Dollar
The current situation of a lsquoreal-time paymentrsquo is still depending on
cut off times of banks The party that initiates the payment sees
the amount deducted from their bank balance then the receiver
will get the amount some time later Depending on the sending
and receiving bank this can range from a couple of hours up to
a couple of days What happens is that the bank of the sender
updates its ledger (the bank balance of the sender) sends the
transaction via (most likely) the SWIFT network to the receiving
bank Afterwards the receiving bank receives the transaction
and updates its ledger (the bank balance of the receiver)
Blockchain payments how real-time are theyAs said before blockchain is a distributed ledger a shared
database All parties involved have access to this database
thus the participants that are allowed to participate see the
same version of the truth This means that if one party wants to
send a token of value to another party it updates the distributed
ledger When this update is agreed by the participants the lsquonewrsquo
state of the ledger is accepted With Bitcoin the acceptance
is done by miners validating the transaction via sophisticated
cryptographic encryption A transaction is fully validated in
approximately 8 minutes
The Bitcoin blockchain is a well-developed network with many
miners that can vet a transaction This Bitcoin blockchain
however might not be the best blockchain for B2B payments
There are providers in the market that are building new types
of blockchains that are specifically developed to facilitate
payments within a Supply Chain This means that payments
can be done real-time worldwide at low cost Next to the fast
low-cost payment processing there is another interesting aspect
to blockchain-based payments By using so-called lsquosmart
contractsrsquo payments can be made conditional
There are a wide array of situations this can be applied to
bull A payment can be executed in case certain criteria are met
For example a container with bananas arrives in the Port of
Rotterdam at an agreed time and by using special scanning
equipment the quality and quantity are checked and approved
When these criteria are met a payment is executed automatically
bull A budget can be allocated and this budget can only be spent
on predefined parties For instance a government provides
a rental allowance for individuals with a minimum income
This allowance can only be spent at a pre-approved landlord
In case it is not used before a certain moment in time the
allowance is cancelled
21 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Various parties in a supply chain can all be paid when the end
consumer purchases the product For example a consumer
buys a song online At the moment of purchase the amount
paid is distributed amongst the band the producer the studio
and the record label All parties are rewarded based on their
added value
Blockchain-based payments open up many possibilities
Not only is it possible to trade easier and cheaper but also
payments can be made smarter Banks are particularly interested
in this new technology and are closely investigating the potential
it may offer to them It is exciting times for banks and payment
institutions as with blockchain the real disruption is knocking
on the door The disruption here is not that things are done a
bit smarter more efficient or faster The disruption in payments
is that there is technology available that makes banks PSPs
credit card companies redundant Cutting out these middlemen
by making use of technology that provides the same trust and
robustness (or perhaps even more) will increase the speed of
payments increase the possibility to trade with each other while
significantly reducing costs
About Kris Wielens Kris Wielens is Senior Consultant with Orchard Finance He has more than a decade experience is (corporate) payments with various fims He has been active as Head of Strategic Partnerships EMEA Business Development Manager Sales Manager and Credit Analyst
About Orchard Finance Orchard Finance is a leading independent consultancy and staffing company specialized in the areas of Finance and Treasury Tailoring to our clients we offer advisory services project management and staff ing support Our professionals have a long standing reputation based on operational and project experience in banking corporate finance and treasury management amp control
wwworchardfinancecom
Kris Wielens
Senior ConsultantOrchard Finance
22 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Three-Phased Transformation of Supply Chain Finance with Blockchain Technology
Innopay
At Innopay we saw the early discussions around Bitcoin in 2010
transforming into a discussion about blockchain technology
by 2015 When blockchain was eventually seen as a promising
technology the discussions transformed to ldquoSo where can we
use itrdquo Although many contexts for the usage of blockchain
concepts have been discussed this article specifically discusses
the use of blockchain concepts as a transformative force in
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) SCF as we broadly define it is the
management of financial flows in the supply chain which includes
financial processes (transaction processes data processing
invoice matching etc) and SC financing techniques
We believe blockchain concepts could fundamentally change
how we organise SCF in the nearby future but it will take time
before involved stakeholders will have gained the desired
level of common understanding needed to make it a reality
The fundamental reason behind this is that the benefits of
blockchain only get realised within the context of a network and
the level of usage of a technology within a network is largely
dependent on usersrsquo collective level of understanding
We predict that the collective understanding comes in phases (as
it is currently unfolding in the banking and insurance industries)
namely shared database transactional network and automatable
transactional network This development of the collective
understanding provides a tidy framework in which we can
describe the abovementioned transformation of SCF
Phase 1 Setting up shared databases (0-3 years)One of the fundamental e-business process challenges has
always been how do companies cross each otherrsquos organisational
boundaries to allow a secure dependable and synchronised flow
of goods and transactional data The most logical means would
be by using a shared database Currently blockchain technology
is the de facto instrument for shared database where all the
involved parties can read and write on the database while the
state of the database can be trusted without the involvement of
intermediaries As the communal understanding ndash and subsequent
use ndash of blockchain as a shared database gains traction within the
context of SCF we will see fundamental improvements in essential
processes such as
bull Synchronising processes
bull Harmonised naming and numbering conventions
bull Deducing the current state of invoices
bull Invoice double spending when it comes to financing
bull Insight into goods flows (ownership and arrivals)
bull Less administrative steps for goods receipt to activate invoice
sending and subsequent payout
bull Cheap and transparent dispute resolution
Phase 2 Transactional network (3-5 years)In the development of an understanding of blockchain technology
the knowledge that a transaction is nothing more or nothing less
than an accepted change to a database is an essential step
Although this insight may sound straightforward it is counterintuitive
based on the ubiquitousness of the traditional banking payment
and escrow services for transactions in SCF Their role is seldom
questioned or re-examined As soon as this insight becomes
common knowledge the potential of blockchain technologies
within transactions for both financial and ownership of goods
purposes will be understood at a more innovative level
With blockchain-based transactional networks any type of
transaction can be directly executed without the need for third
parties As soon as this functionality becomes part of the collective
understanding of the SCF community the community can take
advantage of this by reducing complexity by coordinating
financial information monetary flows and goods movements into
one transactional network
Currently transactional complexity and challenges surrounding
the coordination of different transactional flows are limiting
scalability and international breadth of SCF networks Blockchain
technology can provide elegant solutions to these impediments
and unlock value at an international level by further linking small
SMEs to global corporates and financiers
23 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Phase 3 Automatable transactional network (5-7 years)As soon as the SCF community gains communal understanding
of blockchain as a transactional network then the next natural
line of inquiry could be the nature of transaction initiation During
this inquiry the following components of blockchain technology
will be discovered and the third phase might commence
bull Multi-signature capability ndash a means of separate entities to
safely and securely state whether an event took place or not
bull Smart contracts ndash agreements that automatically execute the
change of ownership of funds or goods based on whether an
event took place or not
bull Cryptocurrencies ndash a set of tokens of a variable but crypto-
graphi cally verifiable amount which is used for efficient value
transfers
By means of combining multi-signature and smart contracts with
existing e-mandates or cryptocurrencies the automatic payment
of invoice amounts or other types of collateral could be initiated
and executed instantaneously and automatically This will open
the path towards an international SCF network that automatically
creates investment grade financial instruments as a seamless
part of the supply chain process
ConclusionAlthough history shows us that we can only have so much
foresight we see a clear match between the features of blockchain
concepts and SCF we believe that at some point blockchain will
be a prominent part of SCF The speed at which SCF will evolve
and innovate will depend on the creativity of its stakeholders
and how fast the common understanding on how to use the
technology will develop Seeing that blockchain technology has
something compelling to offer at each phase of understanding we
see rapid developments taking place sooner than later
About Gys Hough Gys Hough follows the develop-ment of blockchain concepts since 2012 and was involved in shaping several business ideas based on blockchain concepts in the field He is also involved in the facilitation of various discussions surrounding blockchain applications in the financial industry
About Innopay Innopay is an independent consulting company specialised in online payments digital identity and e-business We help our clients including financial institutions governments and corporates to develop the compelling strategies and digital services for consumers and companies that are key for successful competition in a rapidly digitising world
wwwinnopaycom
Gys Hough
ConsultantInnopay
Innovation In Payments amp Banking
26 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
SWIFT
Launched in December 2015 to much anticipation in the industry
the initiative has received strong backing with more than 50
leading banks already signed up The Paypers spoke to Wim
Raymaekers SWIFTrsquos Head of Banking Market and programme
manager of the global payments innovation initiative to find out
more about this exciting move
We often hear that B2B payments are opaque complex and risky Why do you think that is and where do you think that improvements can be madeYes currently when a corporate treasurer sends a request
for a cross-border transaction to his bank he typically has no
sight on what actually happens with that demand They often
liken this to a lsquoblack holersquo saying they have no view on when
payments occur or their final costs This can lead to problems
with suppliers or end-customers not to mention increasing
financial risks resulting from payment delays or non-compliance
with regulatory requirements
I think improvements can be made in three main areas firstly
the speed of payments corporates want fastest payments so
banks need to be able to guarantee that they are made within
certain timeframe Secondly corporates want to know the
exact payment amount that will reach their counterparty ndash here
banks need to provide transparency on the fees involved and
the amount credited to the creditor And thirdly they want to
be able to track payments banks need to let corporates know
when payments have been initiated and credited to the creditors
account to avoid delays in the supply chain or frictions between
supplier and seller
What are the opportunities for a corporate to leap forward through the use of the cross-border payment industryCorporates are not in the business of payments they just want
to buy and sell Yet they do have to manage their treasury to
make those payments ndash so a better faster more transparent
payment solution is important to them On top of that having
a good payment infrastructure benefits your supply chain
Because if the money does not get to the supplier in time the
credit line will go up causing delays on all fronts So the better
your payment infrastructure is the stronger and more reliable
your supply chain is
Designed for the corporate treasurer SWIFTrsquos global payments innovation initiative offers an ambitious roadmap for reinventing the correspondent banking model as we know it today With ever increasing competition from new entrants offering same-day or even real-time payment facilities SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
Correspondent banking rejuvenated
SWIFT is uniting the banking industry to provide corporates with a cross-border payment service that offers greater speed transparency and predictability
27 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
What can you tell us about the global payments innovation initiative (gpii) and what are SWIFTrsquos plans in regard to this initiativeAs part of the initiative SWIFT is working in close collaboration
with the largest transactions banks in the world to enhance
their corporate customersrsquo cross-border payment experience
Together we will strive to provide a faster service with upfront
clarity on costs confirmation of delivery and richer remittance
information data
We are now working together with the banks to commonly
agree service level agreements (SLAs) to which all the initiative
member banks must comply The new service will be designed
to address end-customer needs without compromising banks
abilities to meet their compliance obligations market credit and
liquidity risk requirements
What is the role of blockchain in this initiativeSWIFT is devoting significant resources to instigate the
opportunities and challenges of deploying blockchain and
distributed ledger technologies more broadly on our platform
While the initiative aims to first make improvements based on the
existing infrastructures in parallel we are building a gpii vision
for cross-border payments This will set out how we will adopt
new technologies in order to ensure corporate customers receive
the best possible payments experience in the near future
Wim Raymaekers
Head of Banking MarketSWIFT
About Wim Raymaekers Wim Raymaekers leads SWIFTrsquos banking initiatives worldwide and is responsible for developing and driving value propositions across the banking community In this capacity Wimrsquos mission is to help banks grow their business particularly in view of changing customer and market requirements
About SWIFT SWIFT is a global member-owned cooperative and the worldrsquos leading provider of secure financial messaging services We provide our community with a platform for messaging and standards for communicating and we offer products and services to facilitate access and integration identification analysis and financial crime compliance
wwwswiftcom
28 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Moving payments into the digital era
UniCredit
Which are UniCreditrsquos strategies to remain competitive in the B2B cross-border payments spaceUniCredit is taking a number of steps to ensure that it offers a highly
competitive portfolio of payments services including a number of
tools for simplifying cross-border transactions
In particular UniCredit has invested considerably in the
Bank Payment Obligation (BPO) ndash a settlement tool which
enables firms to execute secure transactions mediated by
partner banks through a quick and efficient digital process
When carried out properly BPOs combine the risk mitigation and
financing advantages of Letters of Credit (LCs) with the digital
speed of open account settlement This makes them particularly
advantageous for cross-border transactions ndash especially with
unfamiliar counterparties or those concentrated in a particular
region or industry Thanks to bank mediation the risk of non-
payment in such cases is drastically reduced ndash allowing firms
to take on more business and sell their receivables more easily
UniCredit has worked hard to bring these benefits to clients in
the most efficient and convenient format possible ndash offering vast
improvements on LC processing times which are only set to
increase once the process is fully digitalized This principle of
fully digitalized processes is also reflected in UniCreditrsquos virtual
accounts services which enable clients to consolidate their
bank accounts in a given currency into a single ldquoparentrdquo account
This can then be divided internally into as many ldquovirtualrdquo
accounts as required ndash with each account given its own allocated
funds account number and permissions Already available
for affiliatesrsquo incoming and outgoing transactions in nearly 50
countries including the SEPA zone and six CEE markets this
system generates huge benefits to efficiency scalability and
transparency ndash eliminating the need for cash pooling expediting
the process of opening and closing accounts and providing a
comprehensive overview of cash flows without sacrificing detail
Going forward UniCredit intends to remain at the cutting edge
of B2B cross-border payments with new initiatives such as the
integration of big-data analytics into existing payments services
ndash offering clients insights based on payments data and other
relevant information
With increased customer demand to install real-time payment infrastructures what trends do you see happening right nowThe demand for instant payments is part of a wider trend towards
greater speed and efficiency in the industry This is particularly
notable in ecommerce where firms are looking to provide
increasingly rapid delivery services ndash with next-day and even
same-day delivery now possible The use of digital technology to
expedite routine processes is becoming more and more prevalent
with clients increasingly basing their expectations on their
experiences in the retail sector UniCredit is keen to play its part
in this development and is already implementing real-time rates
for instant payments ndash including for cross-border transactions ndash
ahead of the November 2017 implementation date
How has UniCredit adapted to the digitalisation of the transaction banking industryUniCredit has established itself as a frontrunner in the
development of key advances such as the BPO and virtual
accounts and continues to search for new and innovative ways
to leverage technology for the benefit of its clients To this end
it has taken a number of steps to ensure continued innovation
ndash with product development teams harnessing the expertise of
traditional banking experts and technology specialists along
with a wide range of external perspectives
This has already seen blockchain technology become a reality
for custody services clients while virtual accounts technology
is being supplemented by CAMT messages ndash enhancing
standardisation even beyond the SEPA zone with automated
reconciliation between banks and corporates
The field of payments is undergoing a period of transformation as digitalisation paves the way for greater speed and efficiency
29 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
UniCredit has also adopted a more holistic client interface
including its IT solutions provider in client meetings This enables
UniCredit to adapt its solutions to clientsrsquo individual technological
requirements rather than expecting them to adapt to accommo-
date the solution
How do you support your CEE-based clients in their efforts to optimise working capitalUniCredit offers its CEE-based clients a full range of support for
their working capital optimisation programmes ndash having been the
first in Russia Bulgaria and Croatia to offer classic services such
as cross-border cash pooling UniCredit also offers unrivalled
BPO coverage with the instrument already available in Bulgaria
and Romania In terms of approach we encourage firms to avoid
the lsquosilorsquo mindset of asking how they can benefit from individual
tools such as receivables finance or approved payables finance
ndash instead promoting a focus on overarching short- mid- and
long-term goals Mostly it turns out that short-term liquidity
generation is not corporatesrsquo main concern ndash especially given the
abundance of liquidity in todayrsquos market Other factors however
such as risk mitigation supply-chain stability and balance-sheet
optimisation almost always figure in their plans ndash demanding
a holistic programme for working capital optimisation This of
course also means being prepared for the eventuality of liquidity
suddenly or gradually drying up
In the face of fintech disruption which areas can banks capitalise onFintech companies certainly bring new impulses to the transaction
banking sector but banks almost always excel by capitalising
on their existing strengths ndash drawing on their holistic financial
expertise and their status as trusted and highly regulated
partners to corporate clients These strengths can to a certain
extent be amplified through digitalisation within banks ndash
translating greater efficiency into greater convenience for clients
Even more promising however is the potential for co-operation
between banks and specialist technology companies with banks
combining their core strengths and broad client base with fintech
independence and nimbleness to create the ideal conditions for
innovation
About Markus Strauszligfeld Since 2005 Markus Strauszligfeld has been Head of International Cash Management Sales at UniCredit responsible for cash management and eBanking sales to large and multi-national organisations in Europe the US and Asia
About UniCredit UniCredit is a bank with a substantial footprint in Europe and an extensive international network of branches representative offices and correspondent banks ndash enabling it to follow its clients wherever they go Its payments services come under the Global Transaction Banking (GTB) unit
wwwgtbunicrediteu
Markus Strauszligfeld
Head of International Cash Management SalesUniCredit
30 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Making One-Click Finance Possible ndash Who Are the Relevant Stakeholders and How They Should Work Together
sharedserviceslink
There are 6 stakeholders in your supplier financing programme
(SFP) This article examines each of the groups and what their
contribution to the SFP is
Accounts PayableIn recent years the AP function has nudged its way to the front
of the crowd becoming the owner of most SFPs This is an
interesting development as the owner in the past was Treasury
This shift has come because of the evolution in invoice
processing technology Ten years ago APrsquos focus was to (slowly)
pay paper invoices Since then most multi-nationals have
implemented e-invoicing Sizeable volumes of invoices are now
received electronically meaning invoices are processed posted
and paid quicker And whether or not AP realised it at the time
the scene was being set for something greater to unfold early
pay programmes
Accounts Payablersquos contributionAP teams have become experts in onboarding suppliers This
expertise was established during earlier e-invoicing or P-card
programmes Supplier onboarding is complicated but after a
few rounds of reaching out and asking suppliers to change
something you soon become proficient in onboarding AP has
been driven to become expert in supplier onboarding as the
financial gain relies on supplier engagement This positions AP
to own the supplier onboarding process for your SFP
ProcurementWhereas AP owns the onboarding process Procurement
will own the actual relationship with suppliers which means
owning the message contained in the supplier communication
Suppliers listen to Procurement and see it as the key point of
contact Procurement can help make the SFP more successful
by drafting and signing off on clever messaging
Procurementrsquos contributionProcurement also owns the assessment of supplier risk ndash
assessing each supplierrsquos financial risk year-end and the
suitable rate that should be applied (given their credit history
etc) Forensic research into each supplier will further your
understanding of the opportunities and risk and the effect on
the return
ITYou may decide to use your own cash or a third partyrsquos cash
Either way technology will be involved You will want IT brought
into the project early to understand macro considerations
like security connectivity and compatibility IT will likely leave
business process and functional requirements to AP Treasury
and Procurement
ITrsquos contributionSFP technologies have been on the market for years They are
developing and becoming more varied Itrsquos likely that someone
in the IT team has installed a SFP tool before Make sure this
person sits on the team Also make this program a priority SFPs
will not drain IT (wo)man days so it need not compete with more
demanding IT initiatives Work with someone in IT that lsquogetsrsquo this
and can approve on security etc at a quick pace
TreasuryAlthough Treasury was historically the owner and leader of SFPs
it has taken on the role of collaborator in recent years offering
crucial perspective regarding the larger levers that should or
shouldnrsquot be pulled given the companyrsquos cash position
Treasuryrsquos contributionTreasury understands the flow of cash and its real cost and
opportunity to the business Because of this it is well placed to
regularly assess which approach to take ndash is it better to use the
companyrsquos own cash use a third partyrsquos cash (and if so which
party) or to stall on early payments altogether Treasury has a
360ordm view of the companyrsquos strategic aims the balance sheet
the bank account real-time rates and alternative rates through
alternative methods as well as whats most important given
where the company is in its financial year Treasury is the brains
behind the SFP
31 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
C-SuiteThe CFO needs to back your project and this support must
be visible It is important to educate them on the SFP early by
presenting them with relevant case studies you have gathered
and the possible business case
C-Suite contributionThey will need your direction but the CFO and CPO will add
panache to your SFP The lsquosignaturersquo on the comms piece sent to
suppliers should be theirs If any buyer in the business becomes
concerned about this programme the C-Suite needs to have
a response at hand To realise the significant savings that can
come from your SFP your C-Suite must be ready to provide the
required PR
SuppliersBuyers rarely push back against SFPs because a) itrsquos optional
for suppliers and b) itrsquos attractive for suppliers However getting
the suppliers to engage is instrumental and makes the supplier
a key stakeholder
Supplier contributionSuccess Without their participation your business case is a flop
So make sure they understand what the SFP is whatrsquos in it for
them what they need to do who they can reach out to with
questions or concerns and that participation in SFP inevitably
qualifies them as a preferred supplier
ConclusionGet the first five stakeholders onboard early at concept stage
so they feel supportive of the SFPrsquos direction and purpose and
ask them how involved they would like to be given their role
About Susie West Susie West is the CEO and Founder at sharedserviceslink and proudly labels herself as a shared services geek She has been in the shared services industry since 1998 In 2007 she set up sharedserviceslink a leading global business community for professionals looking to improve performance in shared services Her central aim is to help individuals companies and the market mature through the sharing and consumption of (mostly peer generated) best practice information
About sharedserviceslink sharedserviceslink is a business community for professionals working in shared services sharederserviceslink is viewed as trusted advisors to this market because it offers exceptional content connection insight and overall value
wwwsharedserviceslinkcom
Susie West
CEO and Foundersharedserviceslink
Exclusive interview
32 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About the companyToken provides digital payment solutions for banks and their clients to deliver instant end-to-end secure and frictionless payments worldwide The solution addresses the key concerns of PSD2 security disintermediation and lack of revenue
wwwtokenio
Marten Nelson
VP MarketingToken
Website wwwtokenioOffices location Redwood City California USAFounded in 2015Categories payments psd2 fintech
Token
The next generation of payments infrastructure will first of all help banks open up
What drives real-time payments infrastructure adoption in the US vs EUA number of valuable business cases drive the adoption of real-
time payments infrastructure Both consumers and businesses
expect funds to be instantly available during a payment
transaction 25 years ago the invention of the Worldwide Web
allowed us to share data instantly and globally Exchanging value
should be just as easy and fast as moving information but for
a number of reasons this hasnrsquot yet happened While there are
regional real-time payments solutions the US and many parts
of Europe are still lagging But there is hope ndash the Feds in the
US and the ECB have launched real-time payments initiatives
Why did Token choose to leverage the bankrsquos existing ledger instead of using blockchain The main reasons were that we found the bankrsquos ledger to
perform pretty well in most cases and to leverage existing
infrastructure typically reduces the complexity of deployment
and therefore cost It was simply a cost-benefit analysis
There are many interesting use cases for distributed ledgers
and for some of our functions and in some situations it makes
sense Thatrsquos why we designed the solution with distributed
ledgers being optional
What is the value proposition for European banks by integrating Token Token solves the main issues banks are facing in terms of
PSD2 security disintermediation and the economics First you
can think of Token as a PSD2 firewall that protects the bank
infrastructure from poorly behaving third parties Second Token
retains the bankrsquos customer experience even when accessed by
third parties Last we allow banks to offer value-added services
that generate incremental net revenue
33 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Future of Banking Innovation and the Fintech Startups Journey
Future Asia Ventures
The financial services sector has become the poster child for
corporate innovation Over the last 5 years banks have been
investigating and experimenting with several new financial
technologies in the crowd funding trade processing lending
and wealth management areas These experiments have come
in different shapes and sizes Based on our research we know
21 banks that have launched accelerator programs around the
world Other banks have launched pre-accelerators incubators
and labs
As a research amp advisory firm we regularly speak with many
corporations startups and venture investors We are constantly
learning about the landscape Here are 5 perspectives we would
like to share
1 Fintech is old but the market conditions have never been betterMost experienced financial sector professionals understand that
this recent wave of fintech startups is just that ndash a wave Fintech
is a new term that captures a large category of existing and
growing technologies which involve transaction processing data
and record keeping Fintech companies have been innovating
since the 1950s The last 60 years produced ATMs credit cards
online banking and online stock investing to name only a few
Innovation in fintech is nothing new What is new is the explosion
of startups in the last six years There are now approximately
6000 fintech startups The playing field is crowded and thatrsquos
because the opportunity to innovate has never been greater
The combination of cheap capital a dry period in bank innovation
and a credit crisis followed by heavy regulation created the
right environment for startups to rise There has never been a
better time to be an entrepreneur
2 Regulation matters It might sound obvious but regulatory rules and compliance are
a very important part of the startup journey for fintech founders
This makes fintech different from other startup sectors
Founders in fintech are generally a decade or more experienced
than their peers Regulation is often an entry barrier because
you need to be licensed by regulatory bodies to do business in
each jurisdiction For startups that want to expand compliance
is mandatory and expensive The financial system for good
reason doesnrsquot tolerate risk As a result founders need to
cooperate with regulators budget for long waiting periods find
strategic partnerships that help their growth efforts and be in this
for the long haul Fintech is marathon not a sprint
3 Innovation canrsquot be measuredWhen speaking with innovation officers I am often asked
which program or format is the best People are looking for a
quantitative measure or a definitive leader among corporations
The truth is there is no one best model or best innovator
An innovation program should be designed around your
budget your timeline and the problem you are trying to solve
These factors are different for each company For some a
hackathon might be best while for others a robust corporate
ventures program might make more sense Available capital
decision-making dynamics and pain points vary per company
Each company has to do whatrsquos right for them However one
thing is certain ndash good innovation programs have a clearly
defined problem and success criteria Without a mandate you
are bound to go in circles
Number of Corporate Accelerators Launched Each Year Corporate accelerator launches have peaked So far in 2016 2 new accelerators have launched Going forward companies will design tailored open innovation programs and formats to engage and collaborate with startups
34 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
About Falguni Desai She is the Founder amp Managing Director of Future Asia Ventures and has over 18 years of corporate strategy innovation and MampA experience She has worked globally with business leaders at Fortune 500 firms in the financial media and technology sectors to foster growth amp expansion
About Future Asia Ventures Future Asia Ventures is an innovation advisory amp research firm Through our research and services we help new ventures grow and connect investors with innovative opportunities We serve private investors foundations and corporations around the world
wwwfutureasiaventurescom
Falguni Desai
Founder amp Managing DirectorFuture Asia Ventures
4 Innovation is inherently wastefulSeveral companies are still sitting on the sidelines While our
latest research has uncovered that 116 companies around the
world have set up corporate accelerators and several dozens
have launched incubators and labs the majority of large
companies are not engaged in this type of open innovation
They might be wondering whether an innovation program will
generate returns The answer is no not in the short term But in
the long run yes Innovation creates waste Companies wonrsquot
solve the problem on the first try Several partnerships and
investments will fail Incubated ideas may not scale and those
looking to try their hand at innovation should swallow this pill
and be prepared for failure To be good at innovation you need to
try things and then quickly stop them when they donrsquot work and
quickly try again
5 The endgame is collaboration not conflictI still see articles which predict a future without banks how
disruption will cause banks to fail and shut down The reality
is banks play a very important role in the lending infrastructure
of most modern economies Peeling back through fintech
history the innovations that survived and scaled were the
ones that worked with banks not against them In the 1990s
online stock brokers appeared on the scene Stock exchanges
and brokers didnrsquot disappear but they now operate differently
Today fintech marketplace lenders offer loans more efficiently
to retail customers The capital for these loans comes from
traditional banks and large asset managers Banks brokers and
asset managers wonrsquot disappear instead their processes and
the customer experience they offer will change dramatically The
moral here is that new fintech services will become part of the
overall financial infrastructure Fintech startups will eventually
grow into companies that are counterparties and partners to
banks not necessarily competitors Of course not all of them
will succeed but the future of banking will be formed through
collaboration
VISIT OUR ENHANCED ONLINE COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING MARKET GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
wwwe-invoicingthepayperscom
ALL COMPANY PROFILES IN THE B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE ARE
AVAILABLE ONLINE IN AN ENHANCED COMPANY PROFILES DATABASE COMPLETE WITH KEYWORDS COMPANY LOGO
AND ADVANCED SEARCH FUNCTIONALITY
The Power Of Data amp Traceability
37 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
1 Idea of exchanging invoice statuses + benefitsIncreasing financial pressure forces firms to focus on their cash
positions For this reason effective Working Capital Management
is a high priority There are different ways to improve the cash
position of companies in supply chains ndash and here comes one
of them exchanging invoice statuses positively influences the
cash position of selling parties After the purchase of a product
or service the seller sends his buyer an invoice and waits for
payment The unpredictability of the moment of payment leads
to significant challenges for sellers in managing their cash
positions Smaller companies (SMEs) particularly struggle with
liquidity shortages and unpredictable cash flows Payment
deadlines vary between 30 and 90 days and buyers tend to use
their free liquidity as long as possible In the case of long payment
deadlines sellers may want to have their receivables financed by
financiers The answer to this problem is offered by the Status
Based Receivables Finance Model (SBRF) a track and trace
solution for electronic and paper-based invoices The model
allows the actors to gain more insight in the invoice statuses
After the buyer grants the sellerrsquos financier permission to access
the invoice status the financier can lsquotrack and tracersquo the invoice
in the buyerrsquos ERP system It allows financiers to operate
more effectively and efficiently with reduced risks and lower
financing costs when providing invoice based finance to sellers
For sellers planning incoming cash flows becomes easier
because the provided transparency enables them to further
optimise their working capital position But there is even better
news the SBRF model allows for process efficiencies and better
risk management for all actors in the supply chain A detailed
overview of the various benefits is provided in the table below
2 Need for standardisationStandardisation is the key to successful processes and a
profitable outcome ndash in this case the working capital optimisation
Where does the need for standardisation originate
The SBRF Model directly connects to the financing instrument
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) While the seller waits for his payment
after the delivery his liquidity is reduced hence this becomes a
major problem for SMEs Due to their small size they often suffer
from poor borrowing terms even if they would urgently need
access to capital
SCF releases liquidity and creates benefits for all actors along
the supply chain The seller obtains a credit from a financier
against the buyerrsquos credit rating for the period of the payment
and benefits from the buyerrsquos credit conditions Normally the
process is automated through an electronic platform which
can onboard a variety of suppliers (and financiers if needed)
potentially combined with e-invoicing
Yet due to the number of SCF providers there is a heterogeneity
of concepts and technological solutions which leads to
inefficiency and process disruptions Additionally there is an
untapped potential of SCF because of insufficient dissemination
and misunderstanding of the concept These difficulties will
only be dissolved by standardisation and clear definition of
concepts processes and technologies Possible benefits of
standardisation are cost advantages facilitated implementation
and compatibility of technology and processes
E-invoicing as a prerequisite of SCF is already subject to
standardisation efforts throughout Europe reflected by different
guidelines and directives Even so a great deal remains to
be done The SBRF Model is one step in the right direction
towards standardised processes of SCF and working capital
optimisation
Track and Trace of Invoices for Working Capital Optimisation
Fraunhofer Institute
1 Better risk assessment2 Process efficiency and
resulting lower costs3 New financing markets
because it becomes economically viable to finance sellers based on smaller invoices
1 Better cash flow forecasting visibility and working capital optimisation
2 Less operational debtor handling
3 Better access to financing instruments faster more choice easier
1 Less manual handling of incoming invoice inquiries
2 Improving financial stability of the supply chain
3 Optimise internal procurement and invoice approval processes
4 Possibility of later payment or discount
Financier Seller Buyer
38 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
About Prof Dr Michael Henke Prof Dr Michael Henke completes the board of directors of Fraunhofer IML as new director of the section Enterprise Logistics and he also holds the chair of Enterprise Logistics at the faculty of Mechanical Engineering at TU Dortmund University His research focuses lie among others on the area of eg management of the Industry 40 purchasing and supply management supply chain risk management and financial supply chain management
About Fraunhofer Fraunhofer IML is said to be first address for all questions with respect to holistic logistics the employees work on all fields of internal and external logistics Made-to-measure arranged teams create cross-industry and customer-specific solutions in the area of materials handling warehouse management supply chain management simulation supported business and system planning and also traffic systems closed loop economy resources logistics building logistics and e-business
wwwimlfraunhoferde
Share this story
3 First steps were takenInnopay an e-business consultancy firm from the Netherlands
the Dutch factoring company lsquovoldaanrsquo and a client of voldaan
developed the SBRF Model in 2015 Within the scope of the
Workshops on Standardisation in SCF by the Supply Chain
Finance Community Innopay and the Fraunhofer Institute
of Material Flow and Logistics (IML) presented the SBRF
demonstration since November 2015
The ldquoProof of Conceptrdquo demonstrated the financier tracking the
status of an outstanding invoice electronically He gained insight
into the progress of the invoice and could assess the associated
risks
During the Workshop Series the model as well as development
improvement and extension potentials have been discussed
actively by the participants European experts on SCF and
e-invoicing Subjects to the discussions have also been technical
specifications and the integration with other solutions
4 More Proofs of ConceptIn the first half of 2016 the SBRF concept will extend to more
financiers sellers buyers and ERP solutions across Germany
and Italy at least The well-established network of the SCF
Community and its members will provide a basis for the
development and geographical extension
The practical integration with e-invoicing and SCF platforms and
the standardisation along the dimensions of Legal Operational
Functional and Technical dimensions will be investigated in detail
For Germany a planned SCF event at the House of Logistics
and Mobility (HOLM) in Frankfurt organised by the Fraunhofer
IML and Innopay makes an important contribution to the Proof
of Concept The event is scheduled for summer 2016 and will
include workshops on the SBRF Model Moreover further
aspects of SCF standardisation according to the SCF research
focus of the Fraunhofer IML will be covered
Prof Dr Michael Henke
Director Enterprise LogisticsFraunhofer
39 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Turning Financial Messaging Data into Business Profit ndash the new challenge for financial institutions
INTIX
Long-term considered an impenetrable space dominated by
a few the financial services industry is currently riding a giant
wave of entrepreneurial disruption disintermediation and
digital innovation Recent developments such as the regulatory
pressure as well as the criticality of business intelligence and
customer experience are impacting banks more than ever
Financial Institutions (FIs) are caught between increasingly
strict and costly regulations and the need to compete through
continuous innovation The competitive position of incumbent
institutions is at stake
Todayrsquos challenges determine tomorrowrsquos needsFIs face a series of strategic challenges that will determine their
own future
1 Regulatory compliance ndash between 2008 and 2013 US banks
paid more than USD 100 billion in penalties and settlements
2 Business intelligence ndash turning data into a competitive advantage
is nowadays seen as the Holy Grail However only a few
succeed to become masters of their own data and conquer Big
Data problems
3 Customer service ndash Big Data and advanced analytics offer a
transformative potential to predict the ldquonext best actionsrdquo and
understand customer needs
4 Risk management ndash regulatory bodies now require information
management to be a foundational effort within all FIs for pur-
poses of risk management however the responsibility around
data quality is fragmented and unclear within the organisation
How will FIs be able to face such obstacles and in a cost effective
way Which strategy will help them survive (How) could technology
support the new needs in this journey
Digitisation and regulatory compliance are transformativeThe Financial Services industry faces an unprecedented accele-
ration of digitisation and regulations which leads to a series of
major impacts
1 The increased digitisation produces new electronic information
digital processes data semantics and structures as well as
new IT systems within FIs
2 The extended digital environment leads to higher complexity
for staff to find and interpret information given the growing
number of data sources
3 As critical information is siloed enterprise-level reporting
decision-making customer service and performance
optimisation are impaired
4 Working across data sources can be tedious or impossible
given the variety of data semantics in use
5 The regulatory mandates make effective information manage-
ment no longer optional As per Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision (BCBS) 239 regulation Systemically Important
Banks (SIBs) must prioritise addressing gaps in their Risk
Data Aggregation and Reporting (RDAR) capabilities Without
these senior management is unable to obtain an accurate and
in-depth picture of the risks the bank faces
6 A siloed approach to information management raises non-
compliance risks Many banks continue to lack the high-quality
data capture and aggregation processes full compliance requires
Information whether based on structured and unstructured data is
increasingly seen as the lifeblood of the business Regulatory bodies
identified this too and now require information management to be a
foundational effort within all FIs for purposes of risk management
and compliance reporting This has led FIs to recognise their need
to become information-centric
The information management challengeGiven the continuous evolution of their IT infrastructure and
adoption of digital processes FIs deal with a myriad of systems
and applications all having their own software technology
access method security user interfaces data semantics and
structures messaging formats etc This situation does not
simplify the work of the business and operations teams who
have to face such complex environment and rely on a series of
unconnected tools to execute their daily jobs Consequently
activities requiring access to customer and transaction details
as well as history and statistics are severely slowed down
Examples include handling of customer enquiries reporting on
transactions towards regulators reporting on SLAs to clients
management information reports and so on
40 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
FIs must consider those challenges strategically
bull First and foremost they must elevate information to its deserved
status of strategic asset This will help ensure that data is
actively managed on enterprise level for its embedded value to
be realised
bull They also need to equip themselves with the right technology in
order to turn information to their advantage
However some barriers exist
bull Integration with legacy systems many legacy systems make it
difficult to extract data and may not be best suited for Big Data
technologies
bull Connecting data silos there is no uniform view of data and most
organisations have not integrated disparate data sources given
the complexity of the task
Data integration tools are becoming key to connecting various
data sources and data sets and delivering on the promise of
information or data management
FIs become master of your dataBy conquering Big Data challenges FIs will be able to draw a
competitive advantage through enhanced strategic decision-
making improved customer service and effective risk management
Information management technology and governance are
key to break down the organisational silos that typically exist
within financial institutions to provide a complete picture of an
institutionrsquos financial transactions and client information across
a myriad of sources Not only does this make it easy for FIs to
respond to the increasing requirements for compliance and
reporting it also provides the opportunity to turn such data into
valuable insights and information for the customersrsquo benefit
Information management tools will help financial institutions
address a series of strategic objectives including regulatory
readiness and responsiveness enhanced strategic decision-
making faster customer service effective risk management
In sum FIs that become master of their own data will benefit from
a competitive advantage which they will turn into business profit
About Andreacute Casterman Andreacute Casterman is Chief Marketing Officer at INTIX and a Member of the Banking ExCo of the ICC During the past 5 years Andreacute was SWIFTrsquos head of the corporate amp trade markets in charge of strategy governance and product initiatives Andreacute Casterman has two masterrsquos degrees from VUB and a masterrsquos degree from ICHEC
About INTIX INTIX helps financial institutions and corporates address financial data management challenges in four strategic areas regulatory compliance business intelligence customer services and risk management INTIX helps its clients retrieve consolidate and reconcile any type of financial messaging data and protects them from any IT complexity and obsolescence issues
wwwintixeuinfointixeu
Andreacute Casterman
Chief Marketing OfficerINTIX
Commercial Payments
42 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Gaining Management Support for Your P-Card Programme
NAPCP
Achieving buy-in of the card programme especially by
management is a frequently cited challenge by the NAPCPs
audience The concern is justifiable Lack of buy-in can result
in never getting a programme implemented having a static card
programme or the elimination of the programme altogether
Whether you are considering implementing a new programme
or expanding the current one there are several questions to
address that can help in preparing your case to management
bull What are you seeking buy-in for and from whom Do you want
to ldquosellrdquo the existing P-Card programme to a new manager or
do you want to propose programme expansion
bull What is the rationale for your goal Management will only buy
into something that benefits the organisation and is supported
by facts including a cost justification
bull How does your goal support the goals of the organisation or
solve an organisational challenge Management decision-
making is driven by accountability for goals and the ability to
resolve issues
bull Are you aware of common objections to P-Card programmes
1 Data from the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation a report based on more than 3123 survey responses from end-user organisations
bull Who are the stakeholders There is nothing more defeating
than trying to move an idea or goal forward then learning that
someone with ldquoveto powerrdquo was left out of the discussions
inadvertently List who should be involved and why They might
provide good input in support of the card programme andor
express concerns such as the common objections listed above
The Business CaseThe next step is to create a solid business case based on the
answered questions above as well as other common business
case elements Include
bull statement of purpose (what you are seekingmdashyour goal)
bull where you are today (current metricsKey Performance Indicators
(KPIs) and how they compare to industry benchmarks) where
you want to be and ldquowhy nowrdquo
bull how your idea aligns with organisational goals
bull input from stakeholders plus common objections industry-wide
(if different from stakeholder input) address any concerns and
objections with facts
bull cost justifications to support the value proposition such as
anticipated andor actual process savings reductions in full-
time equivalents (FTEs) especially within the procurement and
or accounts payable departments and other hard- and soft-
dollar savings
bull implementation plan if applicable (eg for programme expansion)
Present cost saving benefits such as the cost of traditional
cheques versus P-Cards If your organisation has not completed
an internal process cost analysis use the NAPCP average
process costs shown below
1 As specified within the 2014 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results by RPMG Research Corporation
2 Based on average monthly card spend of USD 1M and average transaction size of USD 559 per the results of a 2015 NAPCP poll
If expanding an existing programme it is important to consider
the value your card provider can add to this process They can
provide an analysis of your accounts payable vendor filemdash
identifying those vendors who accept card payments
43 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Working with the ldquolow hanging fruitrdquo can help your organisation
reap immediate benefits The larger ticket transactions can be
moved to card-type payments as well with the most popular
being a virtual or electronic card payment method
Continue to Provide Results-Driven CommunicationIt is important to relay results and successes to management
Use the following keys to successful communication
bull Be brief by limiting communication to a one-page summary
Put conclusions firstmdashgive highlights up front and supporting
detail second
bull Title the document presentation or email subject line with a key
message (eg ldquoP-Card Program Saved USD 4M in 2015rdquo versus
ldquoP-Card Program Report Attachedrdquo)
bull Focus on the facts Show numbers as often as possible and
summarise whether the numbers meet fall below or exceed
expectations Then explain Verify numbers with other team
members to build a coalition of support and ensure that you
have the complete picture
bull Facts and figures must be formatted consistently from one
communication to the next allowing for easy comparison
bull In verbal and written discussion keep your presentation analytical
bull If asked by management to give results ldquoon the flyrdquo synthesise
the key points for management into three to four concise bullet
points Add recommendations or alternative courses of action
if you have time Stay ahead of management requests by
monitoring your KPIs frequently
bull Ask to be part of upcoming meetings and do not be afraid to be
proactive rather than reactive
What if They Say ldquoNordquoExplore what could change a ldquonordquo into a ldquoyesrdquo When you are
ready to address the issue again with new insight go back to
your stakeholders It is generally okay to respectfully disagree
with management but as noted earlier ensure you have the
supporting documentation to make your point Finally know when
it is time to move on However moving on does not mean giving
up on the programme altogether It is still prudent to share the
status of the programme
About Terri Brustad Terri Brustad CPCP is the NAPCP Manager of Content Services Her previous experience includes 10 years in the Commercial Card industry mainly in the role of a public-sector P-Card Administrator Terri achieved the Certified Purchasing Card Professional (CPCP) credential in 2009
About NAPCP The NAPCP is a membership-based professional association committed to advancing Commercial Card and Payment professionals and industry practices worldwide The NAPCP is a respected voice in the industry serving as an impartial resource for members at all experience levels in the public and private sectors The 2016 NAPCP European Conference will be held in London on 23 June 2016
wwwnapcporg
Terri Brustad
Manager of Content ServicesNAPCP
44 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Commercial Payments under the Scrutiny of New Technology
KAE
New technology and innovation are words typically associated with
consumer payments Whilst technology and payments continue
to converge in our consumer lives the pace of convergence and
innovation has accelerated in the commercial payments space
Recent innovations have impacted corporate payment behaviour
but are yet to truly disrupt commercial payments In this article
we call out three themes that hold the potential to disrupt the
payments space
Shared ledger technologies There has been increasing interest in shared ledger technologies
with many global financial institutions looking into its use as a
commercially viable tool eg for trade finance transactions for
more streamlined cross-border payments etc
Shared ledgers or blockchains are digital and publically open
records allowing transactions to take place without an inter-
mediary such as a clearing house The open source nature of these
ledgers allows corporates to trade directly with any counterparties
around the globe offering various cost and time-saving benefits
Uneditable records are also created and shared with anyone
associated with a lsquotradersquo to enhance control and transparency
The challenge for the industry is that wider adoption will impact
existing operating models as corporates come to expect faster
and lower-cost transactions This technology could also drive
disintermediation within the commercial payments space eg by
removing the need for the card payment schemes
Mobile Wearables amp BiometricsThe rise of the mobile savvy and the constantly connected
customer is forcing traditional providers to rethink how they
deliver commercial payment solutions to satisfy ever-changing
and increasingly demanding expectations
Mobility is a key word and mobile devices and wearable techno-
logy are ideal bedfellows People are increasingly mobile in both
their corporate and personal lives and expect technological
advancements to support this
Mobile and wearable technology not only provides a more
streamlined and frictionless payment experience but also offers
benefits such as more accurate employee location tracking
(helping to reduce fraud incidents and supporting an employerrsquos
duty of care)
The convergence of commercial payment solutions with mobile
devices is a salient trend and one that will remain at the crest of the
innovation wave We have already seen a number of mobile apps
being developed for commercial banking and commercial cards
being included as part of digital wallets ndash this is only the beginning
Wearable payment development has also gathered pace
be it wristbands smartwatches or NFC-enabled clothing
Device battery life (imposed by device size and current screen
energy consumption) data privacy and security remain key
barriers to wider adoption
Biometrics will become interwoven with mobile and wearable
technology Passwords can be broken and authentication will
shift towards identifiers like facial features fingerprint retina
heartbeat and vein recognition All of which could be performed
by a smartphone or wearable device
Although challenges remain surrounding data privacy and educating
corporate clients biometric technology will eventually help increase
payment security and provide more convenience when making
payments
Virtual cards Virtual cards or single-use accounts also have the potential to
disrupt the payments space Corporates travel companies and
governments increasingly understand the benefits these solutions
offer (real-time expense capture enhanced control security recon-
ciliation and reporting) and spend levels have skyrocketed in
coun tries where virtual cards are being effectively marketed
Growth has also been fuelled by the productrsquos success in unlocking
B2B and increasingly TampE spend that has traditionally been
captured by other payment solutions eg cash cheque etc
45 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Virtual cards hold the potential to disrupt the commercial
payments space on two fronts
1) Physical cards are likely to disappear
2) These solutions hold the potential to drive a step change in card
adoption and usage levels
The challenge for the industry is clearly communicating and
providing compelling evidence of the benefits that virtual cards
offer and ensuring sales teams are trained to sell the solutions
over and above traditional ones eg corporate cards To help
unlock the opportunities in underpenetrated industries such as
telco construction and healthcare etc issuers must develop
tailored solutions to cater for any idiosyncrasies and overcome
the card acceptance challenge
The FutureTechnology holds the key to disrupting commercial payments
and the growing FinTech movement will support this Traditional
commercial payment providers will look towards and work more
closely with FinTechrsquos as an alternative source of innovation to their
own product development and delivery functions The opportunity
for banks is to build and launch disruptive technologies more
quickly The challenge is picking the right FinTech(s) that will help
deliver scalable solutions In the short-term we expect issuers to
increasingly focus their attention on developing virtual solutions
and integrating these onto mobile and wearable devices
Stargazing into the future wearables will be the game changer
as mobility becomes ever more important Wearables will also
be the bridging technology for embeddables In the next 10-15
years embedded chips in humans could become a reality
We are increasingly connected and interact with technology in
our personal and business lives and embeddables are the next
logical step More sophisticated chips will soon replace wearable
technology such as payment devices and fitness bands and will
help us all get used to a more connected and augmented lifestyle
As a concept it is well aligned to payments Embedded and inner-
connected biometrics will enhance security and offer a more
seamless experience
The future looks bright for commercial payments but will not be
without its challenges
About Chris Holmes Chris leads various work streams across the Financial Services practice He has managed multiple global projects across the payments banking FinTech AltFi and tech industries His specialist skills are geared to NPD sizing and opportunity assessments benchmarking and best practice identification
About KAE KAE is a strategic marketing consultancy that has provided support to some of the worldrsquos largest payment and tech brands for the past 25 years Operating globally from a London HQ KAE has provided consulting and strategic advice in more than 50 countries across three core areas Insight Strategy and Analytics
wwwkaecom
Chris Holmes
Senior Vice President KAE
Trade amp Finance
48 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Financing International Supply Chains An Idea Whose Time Has Come
Supply Chain Finance Terminology Drafting Group
Supply Chain Finance (SCF) was the subject of serious debate
among senior practitioners just a while ago Was SCF a
legitimate substantive new proposition in the financing of trade
and supply chains or was it a hollow marketing device aimed
at countering the threat of bank disintermediation as businesses
decisively shifted to trade on open account terms
The initial innovation and contribution of SCF were less in the
specifics of financing techniques and more around the shift
from a limited bilateral view of trade to a holistic network-based
view of trade based on complex ecosystems and commercial
relationships
The debate about the substance of SCF can now be put to
rest as its adoption grows and as the techniques of SCF are
increasingly recognised in both domestic and international
supply chains Whatrsquos more public entities in the UK the
Netherlands the US and elsewhere begin to embrace certain
forms of SCF to driving liquidity and affordable financing to the
globally important but typically underserved SME segment
Additionally the usage rates of SCF programmes and facilities
have grown significantly now reaching 80-90 or higher In
comparison programmes were once considered successful if
they exhibited usage rates of 30 or more
SCF development and adoption rates have varied significantly
by region and by individual institution be it a bank multilateral
ECA fintech or another market player and as a result a veritable
lsquomazersquo of definitions terminology and common parlance
developed relative to SCF Leading institutions effectively
developed their own terminology in the absence of anything else
in the market invested in marketing collateral and branding and
devised technology solutions on the basis of their techniques
and related nomenclature This extended to the point that it
has been difficult to engage in any discussion around SCF
without the need to pause and check on mutual understanding
(or worse progress a discussion or interaction only to later
realise that language has been a barrier rather than an enabler
of understanding)
Leading industry associations gathered over two years ago
and agreed that it would be valuable to begin the process of
devising a common set of global terminology around SCF
The Euro Banking Association Factors Chain International
ITFA (The International Trade and Forfaiting Association) the
International Factors Group (since merged) and BAFT (the
Bankers Association for Finance and Trade) came together with
the ICC Banking Commission to create and launch the Global
Supply Chain Finance Forum (GSCFF) Its global drafting team
and the steering committee were mandated to review existing
material develop and disseminate a draft set of definitions
circulate widely for comment and update to a final version which
was then to be the focus of a global advocacy campaign to drive
adoption by market stakeholders
The ldquoStandard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Financerdquo was launched at the 4th Annual ICC Supply Chain
Finance Summit Singapore under the auspices of the ICC
Academy The setting was particularly appropriate given the
educational nature of the publication and the reality that major
international supply chains today are at least partly anchored in
Asia where SCF propositions are expected to show significant
growth in the coming years
The focus of SCF in some areas thus far has been on what we
refer to in the Definitions as ldquoPayables Financerdquo to the extent
that this single technique has often incorrectly been referred
to as Supply Chain Finance Financial institutions as well as
non-bank providers have placed a significant priority on these
buyer-led structures with supplier onboarding being a common
challenge And yet we are seeing demand for the development
of end-to-end solutions across the procure-to-pay and order-
to-cash cycles with an increasing number of market actors
venturing beyond some of the familiar techniques to begin to
embrace for example distributor finance
49 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Large supplier communities are based in emerging Asia
and Africa yet major economies like China and Indonesia are
experiencing great increases in disposable income and thus
engaging more on the consumer side of supply chains The
combined dynamics are shaping economic activity and flows in
ways that need a wider range of financing and risk mitigation
solutions including end-to-end SCF
Supply Chain Finance is defined as the use of financing and risk
mitigation practices and techniques to optimise the management
of the working capital and liquidity invested in supply chain
processes and transactions SCF is typically applied to
open account trade and is triggered by supply chain events
Visibility of underlying trade flows by the finance provider(s) is
a necessary component of such financing arrangements which
can be enabled by a technology platform
Source Standard Definitions for Techniques of Supply Chain
Finance 2016
Practitioners and financial institutions based in Asia are proactively
working to develop their SCF propositions in response to evolving
market demand and region-specific practices With ASEAN
integration progressing the Trans-Pacific Partnership advancing
and intra-regional trade growing in importance the central role of
cross-border supply chains and SCF in particular will increase
in the next several years as enablers of trade development and
inclusion
The Standard Definitions are a ldquoliving documentrdquo meant to evolve
with market practice the needs of clients financiers regulatory
authorities and others The next phase will focus on dissemination
education and advocacy in support of global adoption
This is the start of a journey that will only speed up in adoption
impact and importance SCF an idea whose time has come
About Alexander R Malaket A recognised specialist in international trade including trade and supply chain finance Mr Malaket has advised government international institution banking and corporate clients around the world developed and delivered training materials and seminars and authored numerous white papers briefing and policy papers and research reports on a variety of topics in international business finance and international development
About International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) The ICC Banking Commission is a leading global rule-making body for the banking industry It produces universally accepted rules and guidelines for international banking practice With 85 years of experience and more than 600 members in +100 countries the ICC Banking Commission ndash the largest commission of ICC the World Business Organization ndash has rightly gained a reputation as the most authoritative voice in the field of trade finance
wwwiccwboorg
Alexander R Malaket
PresidentOPUS Advisory Services International IncDeputy Head of the Executive CommitteeICC Banking CommissionChairSCF Terminology Drafting Group
Share this story
50 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Improving Access to Finance for SMEs with the Open RFI Project
SCF Community
IntroductionFor a financial service that claims to have a tripartite win-win-win
value current market adoption of Supply Chain Finance (SCF)
is still in its infancy As the credit rating of the larger corporate
is leveraged for SCF solutions suppliers have faster access to
cheaper liquidity from invoices The large corporate can achieve
working capital benefits through payment term harmonisation
or it can reduce the COGS (Cost of Goods Sold) Despite clear
benefits the cost and complexity of onboarding small suppliers
have resulted in a slower uptake in this group of suppliers and
hence there has been little possibility to take advantage of the
benefits SCF can offer
The Open Request for Information (RFI) launched by the
SCF Community on behalf of a group of Dutch multinational
corporations invited over 30 vendors to show how they would
apply SCF solutions to smaller suppliers ndash those with volumes of
EUR 200000 and below Corporates recognise the importance
of SME suppliers and are looking for ways to improve their
access to finance This recognition is underlined by the support
of the Dutch Ministry of Economic Affairs for the Betaalmenu ndash
initiative in early 2015 which is aimed at injecting liquidity into
Dutch SMEs
The objective of the Open RFI was threefold 1) to provide
participating corporates with an overview of available SCF
solutions and solution providers 2) to facilitate structured
engagement between SCF solution providers and corporates 3)
to perform a structured analysis of the SCF market and available
solutions for SMEs This project allowed for direct comparison of
leading SCF vendors for the first time in history
Preparations for an SCF implementationThere are a number of things corporates should address before
starting with an SCF implementation Firstly the overall SCF
strategy should align with strategy on other areas such as
procurement finance and IT Next due to the multidisciplinary
character various internal departments have to be involved in
the setup and enrolment of an SCF program
Thirdly a spend analysis of the corporatersquos supplier base needs
to be made in order to support a clear and segmented approach
to offer selected suppliers the intended SCF solution Finally in
order to fully reap the benefits of an SCF solution the internal
processes have to be analysed focussing on the efficiency of the
procure-to-pay process
RFI process and preliminary resultsIn total over 30 vendors were invited to participate and eventually
23 completed the RFI ABN Amro Asyx C2FO CRX Markets
Flinqer GT Nexus ING Kyriba OpusCapita Orbian Oxygen
Finance PrimeRevenue ProQuidity Rabobank Remitia Riskco
Santander Taulia Terbit TradeShift Trefi Finance Tungsten and
Urica The RFI contained seven categories and participants were
ranked relatively in each category
1) Qualifications and Strategy The proposed SCF solution had
to be well proven in the market and therefore participants
were required to give insights of their track record
2) Solution Scope Vendors should be able to onboard suppliers
in various countries and currencies and work together with
other liquidity providers Half of the vendors claimed to have
a global solution covering all currencies while the rest focused
more on Europe
3) Platform Technology Vendors had to elaborate how their
SCF platform interacts with current IT systems and P2P
processes on the corporate side Almost all platforms were
accessible online flexible to adapt to current infrastructure
and offered manual to fully integrated options to connect to
the corporatersquos ERP
4) Implementation and onboarding Given the scope of the
RFI (small suppliers) fast onboarding was deemed crucial to
participating corporates Differences exist between vendors
in terms of availability of online resources KYC and due
diligence and administrative requirements
51 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
5) Transaction Volume Availability of both funding and platform
is an important factor in selecting a solution provider The
benefits and pitfalls of various sources of funds and structures
are examined and collated
6) Accounting amp Legal Maintaining trade payable status is
important for corporates and accounting regulations should
be considered Each vendor responded with its legal structure
to reassure no reclassification issues would arise
7) Incumbent SCF provider Since the majority of large buyers
have existing SCF programs in place vendors were asked if
and how they would be able to co-exist All vendors indicated
that working side-by-side would be possible but not all of
them had prior experience with this matter
Outcome of RFI projectThe relative ranking combined with a weighting of the importance
for each category by the supporting corporates has generated
the final shortlist The SCF Community named C2FO ING Orbian
PrimeRevenue Santander and Taulia as the six vendors in its
lsquoOpen RFIrsquo project All six have presented their responses to the
Open RFI during the SCF Community Forum in Amsterdam on
18th November 2015
By gathering and assessing available solutions in the marketplace
the SCF Community has improved transparency for its corporates
by providing an overview of SCF solutions and facilitating
engagement This initiative contributes to the Communityrsquos
goals in developing knowledge on SCF while simultaneously
increasing adoption and standards in the practitionerrsquos field
The whitepaper that contains both a detailed analysis of the
SCF market as well as a checklist for corporates interested in
offering their own SCF solution can be downloaded from the
wwwscfacademyorg soon
About Matthijs van Bergen Matthijs currently holds
a position as researcher SCF at Windesheim and
is responsible for developing business cases for
Corporates and for the project management of Open
RFI He studied Supply Chain Finance and is an
experienced independent consultant for over 5 years
About Steven van der Hooft Steven gained extensive
experience in the field of Supply Chain Finance
through roles as director banking at Inchainge senior
management consultant at Capgemini Consulting and
while working at ING In 2015 he founded Capital
Chains a company that specialises in Training amp
Consultancy on Financial Supply Chain Management
issues for both banks as well as corporates
About SCF Community The Supply Chain Finance
Community is a not-for-profit group for all those
involved in supply chains manufacturers transport
companies banks consultancies technology
providers and academics Its mission is to share
experience best practice and new research linking
across finance treasury supply chain operations
logistics and procurement
wwwscfcommunityorg
Matthijs van Bergen
Researcher SCF Windesheim
Steven van der Hooft
CEOCapital Chains
Share this story
52 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
If Supply Chain Finance is Supplier-Centric Financial Supply Chain is Customer-Centric
Magnus Lind The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
Fintech is not only disrupting banks itrsquos disrupting corporate
finance as well At The Talent Show ndash Supply Chain Finance
conference in Malmo Sweden in April of 2016 both corporates
and vendors discussed the significant changes we can expect in
the way we engage with suppliers and customers in the future
The Talent Show highlighted the increasingly popular Supply
Chain Finance (SCF) solutions as one essential ingredient to
cater for the unbalanced capabilities of bank financing in the
corporate sector Investment graded companies enjoy excellent
access however SMEs and sub-investment grade companies
still suffer Change is nowhere on the horizon
SCF is one remedy to support the first tier suppliers of very large
customers with fair priced and sufficient financing SCF has
many benefits and the solutions have matured and now
provide reliable backbones for financing of approved invoices
Yet despite all the advantages of SCF it only solves a limited
amount of challenges in the whole corporate supply chain At
The Talent Show we discussed the supply and demand chain
holistically and mapped SCF as a subsection of the financial
supply chain (FSC) The FSC is much broader in scope includes
all tiers of suppliers and also the full demand chain With SCF as a
base we need to include second and higher tier suppliers and our
financial processing and the customers into the mindset If SCF is
supplier-centric FSC is customer-centric
The champion to implement SCF is often the treasury department
whereas it is procurement that eventually owns and runs the
programme Wersquove detected the CPO (Chief Procurement
Officer) usually has significant acumen to drive other supply
chain initiatives with his or hers combined customer and supplier
relations What the CPO lacks in financial skills are many
times balanced through a sense of urgency to understand the
rationalisation potential and how it improves the overall business
At the Show we heard about initiatives to bridge stakeholders
over the supply chain with treasurers and procurement actively
working together Anthony Buchanan Treasurer Procurement at
SABMiller gave a much-appreciated presentation of how the two
departments work together to build a sustainable chain for both
the large and the small suppliers
We heard fintech leaders introducing their solutions over the whole
FSC Taulia on supplier finance SAP Ariba on supplier networks
e-invoicing and their new partnership with PrimeRevenue We heard
Basware introduce ldquocorporate financial social responsibilityrdquo and
its new financing service Kurt Cavano from GT Nexus presented
ways to connect the physical supply chain with the financial one
and finally Danny Aranda from Ripple shared how blockchain is
taking over as the main rail for payments Gerard Chick Chief
Knowledge Officer at Optimum Procurement gave an appreciated
endnote at The Talent Show
We are continuously improving our abilities to adapt quickly
Being big isnt enough to sustain when new competitors are
unbundling large businesses in almost all industries The need
for large corporations to think and act more entrepreneurial is
imperative Peter Carlsson recent CPO at Tesla explained how
Tesla is driven by a few group-wide targets at a time providing
high speed over ground Many large companies have too complex
strategies and objectives even creating conflicting behaviour in
their own organisations Enterprises have to rethink their models
of management to fight off the attacks or they risk being killed
by a thousand cuts from a multitude of new entrants especially
if they are organised to fight the single cuts from their main (big)
competitors
53 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The EVP and CFO at Turkcell Murat Dogan Erden proved
in his keynote that even mature companies can adapt quickly to
game changers Turkcell is a dominant telecoms operator that
has successfully managed the transition from a pay-per-minute
market through providing world leading surf speeds content
and services Turkcell is also exploiting its credit management
competence to expand into consumer finance Turkcell will use
its market access through all the connected devices
Developing the FSC doesnrsquot only consist of cutting costs and
lead times It also enables expanding the core business offering
with financial components
About Magnus Lind Magnus Lind is co-founder of The Talent Show He has a background as an international business executive in Europe SE Asia and North America and he has founded companies in 7 different countries where he acted as CEO board director and investor The Talent Show puts innovation and disruption above case studies and legacy thinking
About The Talent Show The Talent Show is a corporate driven event focusing on the whole corporate Financial Supply Chain (CFSC) and how it links to the physical chain The audience consists of CFO and CPO supply chain treasurers and IT Participants include Sandvik Turkcell Port of Rotterdam Abengoa Octal Arriva DONG Energy Ericsson and SABMiller
wwwsupply-chain-financerocks
Magnus Lind
co-founderThe Talent Show
54 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Supply Chain Finance Time for SMEs to Take Position
Anita Gerrits
For a long time the deployment of supply chain finance (SCF)
was seen to be the domain of large corporates only but times
are changing Nowadays large SMEs are also able to reap the
benefits of innovative ways to free up liquidity reduce working
capital and approve their ROI
Imagine an SME company supplying goods to retailers and a
significant part of its turnover is achieved with only a few large
customers The DSO has increased dramatically over the past
few years as these retailers have increased their payment terms
to 60 or even 90 days Some of these customers have a reverse
factoring program in place but donrsquot offer access to all their SME
suppliers some donrsquot have a program in place The margins in
the business are tight and although the suppliers are begging
for early payments extending the terms with them seems to be
the only way possible to fill the working capital gap What other
options does this company have
One of the options is to consider Receivables Finance (RF)
This solution allows the company to sell open invoices (receivables)
of customers with a good credit standing to a third party on a non-
recourse basis As this is classified as a true sale of receivables
whereby the default risk on the customer gets transferred in full
to the third party that buys the invoices the receivables position
(DSO) will decrease with the amount of invoices sold The discount
paid for early payment is based on the creditworthiness of its
customers and presuming these are healthy these rates are
attractive For instance this is only a fraction of what traditional
factoring solutions would cost The other benefit is that the
company selling the invoices has full control over what and when
they sell Flexible on-demand access to cash is what it delivers
Although his the creditworthiness of the customer is key the
customer is not directly involved in the transaction and oesnrsquot
even need to be made aware of it As the solution carries the word
ldquoFinancerdquo in its name it might suggest that RF is a loan or a specific
type of debt Neither of them is the case What it boils down to is
that the seller gets upfront cash on receivables and not just 80
of the full invoiced amount but up to 95 PrimeRevenue one of
the leading SCF solution providers successfully implemented this
innovative solution for a wide range of clients worldwide
With the current interest rates it doesnrsquot make much sense to
free up cash to put in on a savings account where the return
is zero or even negative Freeing up cash enables companies
to take advantage of (investment) opportunities to increase the
ROI thereby improving their overall financial healthiness In
a low-margin business environment offering a program with
attractive early payment discount terms to your suppliers is a
way to improve your gross margin and generate a high return
on excess cash And yes working capital increases but less
than the decrease that was generated on the receivables side
so in total working capital is being reduced and your balance
sheet total is shortened Dynamic discounting is one of the
Payables (Finance) solutions that is growing in popularity in the
SME world As banks and solution providers have lowered their
entrance barriers this solution is now within reach of a larger
part of the business community The benefit for the supplier is
that he reduces his working capital position (DSO) and gets paid
earlier at an attractive discount below its WACC to ensure a
better ROI
Another option for the SME is to offer an SCF (read Reverse
factoring) program to selected suppliers In that way there is
no impact on the working capital position of the buyer in case
the payment terms remain unchanged or alternatively when
terms are extended the payables position will increase and so
working capital decreases The good news is that some banks
and platform providers indeed are starting to offer large SME
companies to set up their own SCF program The downside
however is that the discount rates the funders charge for
medium-sized companies are fairly high in comparison to the
rates for big creditworthy corporates This can be explained
mainly by the sheer purchase volume of big corporates versus
medium-sized companies the size of the SCF program is thus
of a different order of magnitude Whatrsquos more the risk profile of
SME companies is often rated relatively high in comparison to
corporates which has a significant impact on the risk premium
component of the total discount rate
55 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Some banks and platform providers offer both Dynamic
Discounting as well as SCF with the option to switch between
the two might an opportunity arise for the buyer to invest its cash
for other purposes than to prepay its suppliers A bank will then
be brought in to take over the funding
All in all with all developments in the SCF market it would make
sense for SMEs to explore the potential benefits of SCF for the
business they are in Having said that SCF awareness is still
not very widespread amongst SMEs despite several initiatives
to change that for the better What a pity In the end there is
nothing to lose and everything to gain
About Anita Gerrits For the past 7 years Anita has been a strong believer in and advocate of the concept of SCF She provides consultancy support in this exciting relative new area of finance She also organises workshops acts as guest speaker and trainer to business management as well to students to create awareness and understanding of this topic It all began in 2009 when she played a leading role in achieving a cash flow turnaround of the European Consumer Business of Kimberly-Clark through a massive reduction in working capital She has a corporate background studied business economics credit rating advisory and business valuation
wwwg-raybiz
Anita Gerrits
Supply Chain Finance Specialist
Follow on Twitter Tweet aboutExchangeSummit EXCS16
From E-Invoicing toSupply Chain Financing
October 10 and 11 2016Barcelona Spain
Exchange Summit with 2 major E-Invoicing events in 2016
June 7 and 8 2016Orlando Florida USA
100 FREE TICKETS
100 FREE TICKETS
Apply now on
Apply now on
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
wwwexchange-summitcomfree100
Key topics 2016
bull E-Invoicing entering a new era ndash global market development and forecast
bull E-Invoicing from a corporate and governmental perspective
bull Implementing tax compliance in a paperless world
bull Compliance and fraud prevention within E-Invoicing
bull Driving forward ARAP and end-to-end P2P automation
bull Global standardisation and status of E-Invoicing interoperability
bull Best practice in onboarding customers to E-Invoicing
bull Supply chain financing ndash new opportunities and challenges
wwwexchange-summitcom
Within our two major E-Invoicing events in 2016 you will
bull network with more than 500 participants
bull meet experts from over 40 different countries
bull evaluate solutions from 50+ service providers
bull benefit from exclusive keynotes best-practices and discussions
Anzeige_EXC_Paypers_Layout 1 14042016 1530 Seite 1
E-invoicing
58 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Cross-border Invoicing ndash The Real Challenge For Multinational Projects
Comarch EDI
Global approach with local adjustments Nowadays a significant majority of enterprises cooperates with
foreign business partners Whatrsquos more an increasing number
of organisations have been changing their document flow from
paper to digital formats to optimise processes in the supply
chain Thus there has been growing demand for solutions
enabling onboarding of partners worldwide exchanging the
whole set of messages in the supply chain (order-to-cash
procure-to-pay) and guaranteeing legal compliance project
management and local support Letrsquos explore the electronic
invoicing process in particular since it is an essential part of the
efficient B2B collaboration
Various legislations in forceIn Europe the Council Directive 201045EU has been
implemented in the Member States in 2013 which treats paper
and electronic invoices equally Also it is widely known that
each taxable person shall determine the way to ensure the
authenticity of the origin the integrity of the content and the
legibility of the invoice
However each Member State defines its rulings on electronic
invoicing and in spite of progress even within the EU there are
significant differences For instance in Portugal the taxable
person has to use certified invoicing software (assuming the
annual turnover of more than EUR 100 000) What is common
for both Portugal and Hungary is that the solution should be able
to present the data for audit purposes in the countryrsquos defined
SAF-T formats When considering the form to assure authenticity
and integrity besides business controls EDI and electronic
signature should be considered Then local requirements differ
for outsourcing of invoice issuance (unilateral or bilateral
written with some content requirements) notifications of tax
administration the obligation of EDI agreement based on EU
1994 Recommendation system documentation describing
software and procedures to name only a few
In the archiving area the unification is even lower Besides various
retention periods and tax authoritiesrsquo notification obligation Italy
requires an invoice preservation process France has lsquopartner
filersquo and lsquosummary listrsquo functionalities while in Germany the law
introduces three access mechanisms known as Z1 (direct access
to electronic data) Z2 (indirect) and Z3 (through the transfer of
extracted data)
Challenges to approach just outside EU bordersAssuming that all peculiarities were analysed (mostly thanks
to the EU documentation available in many languages) and
technical design and implementation were done yet even within
Europe further adjustments are needed For instance take into
consideration Norwayrsquos restrictions of storage Switzerlandrsquos
requirement for the service provider to be registered in the local
commercial register and the fact that electronic invoices have to
be ensured by electronic signature
Of course the European model called post-audit does not
rule worldwide Beyond the EU borders the regulations are
more complicated In Turkey or Russia there is a clearance
model implemented in which an electronic invoice must be
sent to the tax administration or licensed certified providers for
authorisation before during or just after issuance as an original
tax invoice LATAM has implemented the model and observes
high penetration of electronic invoice usage
MILLION DOCUMENTS
500were transmitted in 2015
Capacity of up to
400 DOCUMENTS PER SECOND
12LANGUAGESapplications available in 17 languages
Service Desk in
confirmed by tests carried out by an independent institution
ACTIVE USERS FROM
40 COUNTRIES
50 000 PROCESSEDDOCUMENTS
998
in less than30 seconds
59 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Click here for the company profile
Thus the cross-border invoicing issuance for companies
with subsidiaries worldwide is a real challenge where the law is
applicable (ie country of establishment place of VAT registration
transport invoicing goods or services)
Electronic invoice still on the riseDespite the legal and technical obstacles enterprisesrsquo awareness
of process automation with electronic invoicing and cost
reduction has been steadily increasing Most of them would take
the decision to start e-invoicing shortly if the legislation would be
clearer and standardised On the other hand the governments
are aware of the scale of the VAT fraud and are looking for tools
to seal the system ndash unfortunately each country is trying to find
its own way
However it is highly unlikely that the EU will implement the
clearance model there are several initiatives to speed up
the process The Member States decided to organise multi-
stakeholders forums to implement a European Standard for
e-invoicing (expected in 2017) and increase the interoperability
among service providers Hopefully the Directive 201455
EU on electronic invoicing in public procurement will prove to
be a significant milestone resulting in the mass adoption of
electronic invoices in the structured form (not PDF invoices)
and public authorities will realise the benefits of e-invoicing and
hasten the implementation of common understandable and
unified legislation on cross-border e-invoicing In a nutshell
the stage of market education and convincing towards adopting
automated invoices processing is coming to an end Most of
the enterprises have launched or consider the implementation
of e-invoicing at a country level in the short term Currently the
biggest challenge is to enable the smooth extension of their
projects on the transnational level Finding a service provider with
vast international experience is essential Comarch EDI enables
compliance with all local legal requirements Its membership
in organisations such as the GS1 or the European E-Invoicing
Service Providers Association (EESPA) guarantees that the
company is a reliable partner Comarch EDI has cooperated with
GS1 and EESPA for many years in several countries to make
sure that our services are of the highest quality and the solution
is compliant with national and international requirements
About Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz He has over 10 years of experience in the field of B2B communication in the supply chain Initially responsible for the EDI market development in Southern and Central Europe he is currently responsible for the development of Comarch EDI portfolio
About Comarch EDI Comarch EDI is a B2B platform which provides a competitive advantage by a fast and secure data exchange with business partners The solution provides the automation of data processing throughout the supply chain from the procurement process through the logistics to invoicing and payment processing
wwwcomarchcom
Bartłomiej Woacutejtowicz
Product Development ManagerComarch EDI
60 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Why lsquoOpenness Should Be The 1 Selection Criteria for Any E-invoicing RFP Process
Simplerinvoicing
In the previous editions of this report I talked about the
opportunities e-invoicing brings in supply chain finance and
streamlining payments and collection processes I also talked
about strategies for businesses to adopt e-invoicing on a
large scale Whatrsquos more I spoke about the EU directive that
makes e-invoicing to (semi-) governments mandatory as of
October 2018 In the past year numerous driving forces pushed
e-invoicing forward The most important one however was the
high interest from e-invoicing providers and ERP and accounting
software to collaborate platforms are increasingly sharing data
(such as invoice data) with others through interoperability
Yet as we can see in the reports from Billentis lsquotruersquo e-invoicing
adoption rates (counting only full XML invoices no PDFs) are
still below 15 in most European countries The reason is
that companies have not fully embraced the concept of open
e-invoicing Open e-invoicing requires a different view from
e-invoicing service providers but also their clients the business
partners
The move towards open e-invoicing has one major benefit for
trading partners it eliminates the need for onboarding them on
your e-invoicing platform by enabling the exchange of invoices
using their own software The result increased reach ie a larger
number of suppliers that can send e-invoices to you as a buyer
hence better business case Plus extent is one of the key success
factors in grasping as many trading counterparties as possible
A typical lsquoopenrsquo service provider has numerous interoperability
agreements with other service providers Some of them have
over 100 agreements The ultimate form of openness for an
e-invoicing service provider ERP or accounting software provider
is the adoption of PEPPOL a protocol for the secure exchange
of invoices It is the most far-reaching way of connecting with
the largest base of your suppliers against minimal cost You
can also describe PEPPOL as a standard API defined by the
industry of e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
for exchanging invoices
The lsquoclosedrsquo service providers typically embrace the paradigm
that all partners have to be on-boarded on the providerrsquos
e-invoicing platform This may work for top business partners
but for the partners with less volume (longtail) this approach
usually leads to low conversion to e-invoicing Whatrsquos more
closed service providers may see the open model as a threat
the platform becomes accessible for trading entities on other
platforms However in reality the open model is an opportunity
it adds reach and thus invoice volume potential to the platform
that would otherwise be untapped
So what should participants do bull Put lsquoopennessrsquo as the 1 criteria for your e-invoicing RFP
if your service provider does not follow the lsquoopenrsquo paradigm
the chances that you will successfully onboard your longtail
suppliers in a supplier friendly way are very limited If your
service provider does not support the open model put pressure
on him to embrace it After all openness is not a threat just an
opportunity
bull Choose an e-invoice that only complies for 80 over a
paper invoice Be less rigid for your longtail suppliers with
regards to invoice standards and data requirements in favour
of a single industry standard the one agreed by accounting
e-invoicing and ERP software vendors This implies that you
do not impose your own data requirements Instead you adjust
your system to efficiently process industry standard invoices
bull Use PEPPOL discovery engine (aka SML) where possible
and make e-invoicing the default The PEPPOL protocol
has a very sophisticated discovery service accessible via
a very simple DNS(1) mechanism it allows you to discover if
your buyer requires an e-invoice Use that discovery engine to
assess if your buyer requires an e-invoice rather than depend
on an onboarding process with your buyer
61 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
bull Donrsquot overestimate VAT compliance many companies
think VAT compliance requires parties to agree bilaterally on
e-invoicing that conversion by parties is forbidden by VAT law
that invoice originality is a major concern and that authenticity
and integrity are complex The reality is that none of these are
true Conversion of invoices is fact of live for years and no
show-stopper at all Invoice originality is in most European
countries easily solvable by service providers and ERP vendors
in the market the PEPPOL regulatory framework solves
authenticity and integrity and is not a concern anymore for
participants
What should service providers and ERP vendors do Embrace
openness Opening your platform does not harm your business
model Instead it allows easy integration of your platform with
many other e-invoicing ERP and accounting software vendors
with only one standard and protocol (PEPPOL) It eliminates the
need for costly bilateral agreements And it also empowers your
existing and new customers to use your services beyond your
platform
In a nutshell the paradigm of open e-invoicing and further
collaboration between e-invoicing providers ERP and accounting
software vendors in the area of interoperability is essential to
move Europe further in e-invoicing The private sector should now
step in and leverage that growth
(1) DNS is the same mechanism that makes sure that www
simplerinvoicingorg is translated into a technical IP address
of our web server The same mechanism is used to resolve
for example a VAT number into the IP address to which an
e-invoice can be delivered
About Jaap Jan Nienhuis Jaap Jan Nienhuis is Manager Simplerinvoicing at SIDN He is responsible for managing the Simplerinvoicing scheme authority Jaap Jan has a special interest in the development of new services in 4-corner models In his former roles he has been involved in a number of European collaborative e-invoicing initiatives including the EBA E-invoicing Working Group
About SIDN Simplerinvoicing is a collaboration between leading European e-invoicing and accounting software providers who all strive for mass adoption of e-invoicing by interoperability and standardisation Simplerinvoicing is a PEPPOL Authority The Dutch government is connected via Simplerinvoicing
wwwsimplerinvocingorg
Jaap Jan Nienhuis
Manager SimplerinvoicingSimplerinvoicing
DONT MISS THE OPPORTUNITY OF BEING PART OF LARGE-SCALE PAYMENTS INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The Paypers offers the most valuable source of information and guidance for all parties interested in the current state of affairs of the payments industry
Paul Alfing Chairman e-Payments Committee Ecommerce Europe
Once a year The Paypers releases three large-scale industry overviews covering the latest trends developments disruptive innovations and challenges that define the global onlinemobile payments e-invoicing B2B payments ecommerce and web fraud prevention amp digital identity space Industry consultants policy makers service providers merchants from all over the world share their views and expertise on different key topics within the industry Listings and advertorial options are also part of the Guides for the purpose of ensuring effective company exposure at a global level
For the latest edition please check the Reports section
ONLINE PAYMENTSAn all-in-one reference guide on (online) payments amp ecommerce industry trends evolving business models top players and relevant (alternative) payment methods
B2B PAYMENTS SCF amp E-INVOICINGIndustry voices from the online finance space share insights into the dynamic B2B payment e-invoicing supply chain finance industries to support innovative solutions amp thriving businesses
WEB FRAUD PREVENTION ONLINE SECURITY amp DIGITAL IDENTITYIn-depth source of information highlighting key facts amp trends into the global digital identity transactional and web fraud prevention amp detection ecosystem
Regulation amp Law
64 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
PSD2 XS2A ndash a Step Towards Open Banking
Evolution Payments Consulting
The world of retail banking and payments has become a very
engaging and dynamic environment We have seen new
products and services emerging over the past few years aimed
at disrupting the status quo For a market that has remained
relatively stable over the decades we are on the verge of
witnessing great change
To facilitate this change current payment regulation needs to
be amended to give financial service providers new and old
the opportunity to access systems and data so that they can
participate in the market and offer innovative products and services
To address this the European Commission published the Payment
Services Directive 2 (PSD2) in the Open Journal of the European
Union in January 2016 which will be transposed into Member
States national laws in January 2018
The aim of the Payment Services Directive 2 (PSD2) is to harmonise
the European payments landscape from a regulatory perspective
ensuring that all relevant organisations and activities are
adequately covered This marks a shift towards an integrated
single market for safe electronic payments that strives to support
the growth of the European Union (EU) economy Moreover the
aim is to ensure that consumers merchants and companies
enjoy choice and transparent secure payment services so that
they will fully benefit from the internal market
One of the principles of PSD2 is to foster an environment
whereby customers wanting to use value-added services from
Third Party Providers (TPPs) can do so safely in the knowledge
that their personal security credentials have not been shared with
a third party and that the service provider can access only the
information for which the customer has given explicit consent
However for these products and services to become mainstream
and widely adopted by consumers the TPPs require access to
the customerrsquos online bank accounts to access data in real-time
The mechanism by which this will be achieved is through Access
to Accounts more commonly referred to as XS2A which is set
out in PSD2
Access to accountsThe European Banking Authority (EBA) in cooperation with
the European Central Bank (ECB) will publish Regulatory
Technical Specifications (RTS) which will determine how TPPs
with a customerrsquos consent can access account information in
a secure manner to provide value-added services How this will
be achieved has yet to be determined the EBA will publish a
consultation paper with the draft RTS in late 2016
It is anticipated that the EBA will recommend the use of Application
Programming Interfaces (APIs) to deliver the vision of Access to
Accounts Yet it is still unclear on what API standards they will
focus and how these will practically be managed
The implications for regulated businessesHowever what is known is that this will have a profound impact
on incumbent banks payment organisations and fintechs
The implementation of an API environment whereby TTPs
can access customer account data to provide new innovative
products and services will challenge existing business models
There is going to be an influx of new market entrants Some will
be familiar names looking to extend the scope of their offerings in
the new API market economy Others are going to be nimble agile
fintechs that will deliver new compelling propositions and services
by doing things differently and looking to take market share from
incumbent organisations When PSD2 becomes a reality there is
nothing to stop companies applying to be a regulated entity as
a Payment Initiation Service Provider (PISP) andor Application
Initiation Service Provider (AISP) delivering new innovative
products and services directly to consumers
Are we seeing the conditions for a perfect storm On the one
hand we have banks that need to provide access to accounts
through PSD2 Regulation Some of them will become PISPs
andor AISPs to protect their existing business and revenues
and attract new customers
65 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
On the other we have the challengers a mix of established
organisations looking to grow their business through extension
and diversification of their core competencies through fintechs
and start-ups looking to carve a niche into the market with
focused products and services
The current status quo will be challenged Established technology
giants (eg Google Apple Samsung etc) with their financial
muscle large customer base across the majority of European
countries significant brand reputation and a strong understanding
of what drives consumers could potentially look to position
themselves as digital financial services providers
Nimble agile fintechs that donrsquot have the legacy IT environments
developed over many years are in a prime position to deliver and
launch new services
These organisations will look to realise a vision of a digital financial
services provider that can offer the consumer one place where
they can consolidate all the financial services data into an easily
understandable format with tools to manage their money and
without the legacy banking infrastructure and complexities
associated with it
A place where the customer can look apply and be granted
services (ie secureunsecure loans payday advances credit
card application foreign exchange services etc) in a quick
easy and frictionless manner from a variety of service providers
Automation and great UX being the name of the game
They do not have to provide the financial services directly to
the customer They can act as the broker the digital conduit
for products and services benefiting from the commercial
relationships struck with selected service providers
The world of retail banking and payments is set for great change
About Brendan Jones A senior management consultant with over 30 yearsrsquo experience in the payments industry working with a variety of organisations including technology amp service providers and financial organisations Previously held senior roles focusing on business strategy regu lat ion bus iness deve lopment MampA product development programme amp operations management and business process reengineering
About Evolution Payments Consulting Evolution Payments Consulting (EPC) provides payment consulting services to the financial services industry and allied organisations EPC provides payments industry advice to companies looking to support the implementation of new regulation developlaunch new banking and payment propositions re-purpose existing products and services to meet the new and existing regulatory requirements
uklinkedincominjonesbrendan
Brendan Jones
Director
Evolution Payments Consulting
66 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Late Payment ndash A Perspective
ABFA
Research reports or surveys into late payment are what seem to
pass for lsquoclick-baitrsquo in the rarefied world of SME and commercial
finance media The Asset Based Finance Association (ABFA)
regularly carries out its own studies our most recent review of
Companies House data finds that whilst in the manufacturing
sector the biggest businesses are benefiting from a slight fall in
payment times those benefits are not being passed down the
supply chain to smaller manufacturing businesses who still
suffer an ever-increasing wait for payment
Unfortunately this is a longstanding issue In 1997 the then
(literally) new Labour government launched the Better Payment
Practice Campaign with the business groups to address these
very issues Now the flag is flown by the Chartered Institute of
Credit Management with the Prompt Payment Code
There has been legislative action since 2010 as well with changes
to the legal framework at the EU level being implemented through
the Late Payment of Commercial Debts Regulations (2013) and
more significantly with last yearrsquos Small Business Enterprise
and Employment Act bringing forward a wide-ranging package
of measures to bolster the Code including requirements around
mandatory reporting of payment times
These measures are slowly coming through in Regulations now
and additional legislation in the form of the Enterprise Act 2016
(which received Royal Assent during the writing of this article) will
enable the establishment of the Small Business Commissioner
that will specifically focus on payment issues
But nine years on from the credit crunch and after several years of
intense political focus on these issues concerns about payment
times and the knock-on implications for cash-flow and availability
of working capital still regularly top the lists of concerns for small
business owners As indicated by our own research the nagging
concern is that whilst it might be getting better for the larger
businesses ndash who are arguably not the ones being imperilled in
the first place ndash the situation for smaller businesses is worsening
each and every year
What can be done Well depending on its resources and final
remit the Small Business Commissioner could be an interesting
proposition Despite relatively limited formal powers the
Groceries Code Adjudicator (GCA) has made some effective
interventions in its bailiwick naming and shaming one player
in particular earlier in the year in a spectacular example of
lsquobehavioural economicsrsquo in action However whether this media
and political pile-on will prompt and sustain meaningful change
across a notoriously cut-throat sector remains to be seen
For our part the ABFA and others have been calling for the
Small Business Commissioner to be established as a serious
proposition with a wide remit to identify all instances and
circumstances where smaller businesses are treated unfairly We
argue that such a body will need teeth as well as a big mouth if it
is really going to level the playing field
What is actually meant by late payment gets to the heart of
this and is why the ABFA argues that the conversation should
be about poor payment practices more generally not just late
payment
Delaying payment to a supplier outside agreed payment terms
unless there are legitimate reasons for not doing so is late
payment and is clearly unacceptable
What about a larger customer business leveraging the market
power it has over its smaller suppliers to impose extended payment
terms It is not lsquolatersquo payment but it is no less unacceptable and the
economic effect on supply chains is the same What about using
that same market position to impose retrospective discounts
as the GCA found What about the imposition of contractual
clauses that have the net effect of passing contractual risk from
the larger businesses that are best able to manage it down the
supply chain to the smaller businesses that are not
67 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
Prominent amongst these are pay when paid clauses
(prevalent in the recruitment process outsourcing (RPO) world)
unlimited liquidated damages clauses and ban on assignment
clauses The latter contractual terms seek to prevent suppliers
from using their unpaid invoices to access invoice finance
Admirably the government is already taking specific legislative
action against these with the aforementioned Small Business
Act enabling Regulations (expected shortly) to render such
clauses ineffective belatedly bringing the UK into line with
most of the other major world economies This will allow invoice
financiers to provide more funding to more businesses and will
particularly benefit the smaller supplier businesses that suffer
most from these unnecessary clauses
Ultimately this should also be good for larger customer businesses
who will benefit from more stable and well-funded supply chains
Of course whilst invoice finance can help SMEs unlock funding
it is not a silver bullet and is not a substitute for paying suppliers
promptly and treating them fairly For that there needs to be a
cultural shift and that is where an empowered and resourced
Small Business Commissioner could have a real impact
About Matthew Davies Matthew is the Director of Policy and Communications at ABFA
About ABFA The ABFA represents the asset based finance industry in the UK and the Republic of Ireland Members include UK and Irish high street banks specialist and challenger banks specialist businesses of international banks and corporates and independent nonbank finance providers
wwwabfaorguk
Matthew Davies
Director of Policy and CommunicationsAsset Based Finance Association
68 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The Directive 201455EU for E-invoicing and Procurement How Public Authorities Should Respond
EESPA
Important developments are underway in the promotion of
e-invoicing in public procurement Under the Directive 201455
EU Member States must ensure that all public sector contracting
authorities are able to receive and process electronic invoices
from suppliers which follow a new European standard for an
e-invoice This will happen over the next three or four years and
is a major opportunity for encouraging e-invoicing adoption
E-invoicing is supportive of public policy priorities such as
deficit reduction financial transparency and sustainability and
will specifically make a material contribution to public sector
cost reduction and efficiency Moreover it will provide benefits
to private sector suppliers Its ease of implementation can be
demonstrated with reference to many successful private sector
and public sector experiences and to the extensive range of
existing market solutions and service provider offerings
The European Union and the Member States have in recent
years taken some steps to promote e-invoicing as a public policy
priority in support of the Single Market and Digital Agendas
For instance the EU has funded important building blocks and
initiatives such as PEPPOL and the CEF programme to support
the adoption process With this clear public policy support
European public administrations of all kinds are getting ready to
adopt e-invoicing on a broad scale
The new standardDirective 201455EU provides a clear definition of an electronic
invoice an invoice that has been issued transmitted and
received in a structured electronic format which allows for its
automatic and electronic processingrdquo
The Commission has requested CEN a key European standardi-
sation organisation to draft a European standard for the semantic
data model of the core elements of an electronic invoice
CEN has created a CEN Technical Committee ndash CEN TC434 ndash to
carry out the work The lsquosemantic data modelrsquo will be a structured
and logically interrelated set of terms and their meanings
relevant to the business functions of an invoice To ease the use
of such standard the Commission has also requested CEN to
provide a limited number of syntaxes which follow the European
standard on electronic invoicing the appropriate syntax bindings
and guidelines on transmission interoperability lsquoSyntaxrsquo means
the machine-readable language or lsquodialectrsquo used to represent
the data elements contained in an electronic invoice and for
structuring messages based on the lsquosemanticrsquo data model
The European standard is now under preparation in the CEN TC
434 and will be approved and published by the early part of 2017
lsquoThe benefits of electronic invoicing are maximised when the
generation sending transmission reception and processing of
an invoice can be fully automated For this reason only machine-
readable invoices which can be processed automatically and
digitally by the recipient should be considered to be compliant
with the European standard on electronic invoicing A mere
image file should not be considered to be an electronic invoice
for the purpose of the Directive
How should public authorities respondThe Directive does not itself create a mandatory rule for the
parties contracting authorities and their suppliers to move all
their invoicing to electronic exclusively based on the European
standard at least not at this stage The Member States may
keep e-invoicing based on existing national standards and are
not forced to move away from traditional invoicing Having said
this the arrival of a European standard creates an opportunity
for harmonisation and a concerted process of adoption across
national public sectors and the EU
To make all this happen policy-making regulation and the
distribution of operational responsibilities are all critical factors
for the success of e-invoicing For the development of a suitable
policy framework the Member States will typically wish to
establish a national strategy with detailed action plans to ensure
implementation to decide on the degree of compulsion the
various ways and standards for adoption and to agree on a
centralised or decentralised infrastructure
69 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
European E-invoicing Service Providers Association
Member Public administrations may consider the use of lsquoshared
servicesrsquo the use of third-party e-procurement and e-invoicing
solutions and services and the degree of integration between
pre-award and post-award processes Contracting authorities
will wish to ensure that the necessary technical infrastructure
is deployed to receive invoices confor ming to the European
standard in the required formats
Once received the Directive does not require the contracting
authority to do more than lsquoprocessrsquo such invoices This can be
done in a fully automated way particularly if the contracting
authority is already processing e-invoices in a semi-automated
way or the invoices can be simply converted to a human
readable form (using available technology) and processed
manually The authority can leave it to suppliers to choose
whether to adopt the standard and render invoices in the format
and neither encourage nor discourage its use This describes a
minimalist strategy
It is recognised that the minimum requirements are a starting
point and likely to evolve as the e-invoicing journey progresses
The opportunity presented by the new European standard
calls for more ambitious and various e-invoicing adoption
programmes For this contracting authorities would think about
moving towards completely automated processing of e-invoices
after they are received perhaps only based on the new
standard Such an approach describes a maximalist strategy ndash
a recommended goal by many commentators
This will be a challenging and exciting period for the public sector
and their service and solution providers It is a real opportunity to
spread the e-invoicing habit and save money for buyers and their
suppliers whilst promoting supply chain efficiency
[The above material is drawn from a Guidance Paper prepared
for the European Multi-Stakeholder Forum on e-Invoicing and
prepared by the writer in conjunction with an Activity Group of
the Forum]
About Charles Bryant Charles Bryant is Secretary General of EESPA and also active in the Global Supply Chain Finance Forum
About EESPA The European E-invoicing Service Providers Association acts as a trade association at European level for a large and dynamic community of e-invoicing service providers drawn from organisations that provide network business outsourcing financial technology and EDI services EESPA is an International Not-for-Profit Association organised under Belgian law Formed in 2011 it has over 60 full and associate members and is involved with a range of important initiatives in interoperability the public policy debate and promoting adoption
wwweespaeu
Charles Bryant
Secretary GeneralEESPA
70 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
The International Association for Alternative Finance
Growth of alternative financeSince 1999 and the early days of the internet we have seen
business models such as the travel sector been transformed
High street shops with glossy travel catalogues have given way
to web stores and ultimately travel comparison websites These
new models have enhanced the customer journey and delivered
rates of return to operators who have embraced these new
ways of working Not least with these models is the low cost of
operation low point of entry and typically higher yield per traveler
particularly when ldquoadd onrdquo sales such as insurance are achieved
From a slower start alternative finance has embraced similar
models Against a moribund collection of banks and traditional
finance providers the transition is starting to be made from
those high street shops which represent the traditional banks to
online web stores The resultant growth of alternative finance has
surprised even its staunchest critics
Standards and regulationAgainst this background of growth the alternative finance sector
has been slow to recognise the power of regulation as a way
to slow or indeed kill growth A good historical comparison is
the battle of the airlines in the 1980rsquos where heavyweight and
dominant airlines very nearly killed the growth of fast moving
low cost airlines through regulation
Differently to the street fighters of the Bransonrsquos alternative
finance providers have approached the threat from regulation
almost naively The predominant view is that each player will
develop its own approach to standards and regulation and that
all will be well However there is a massive under-estimation
of the traditional banks who spend tens of millions engaging
with regulators and influencers in order to maintain the status
quo The experience of challenger banks who were unable to
get exemptions from the UK bank tax is probably an indicator of
where such influence has acted against new entrants
The contradictionThe contradiction of platforms and funding providers is that
they want to be regulated This seems totally contra to a newly
developing sector where agility is everything
In addition regulators have been relatively disinterested in
regulating alternative finance as it represents such a tiny
proportion of finance Regulators are busy elsewhere
So what is the danger Well the danger is that alternative
finance providers may get regulated but in a way that they
had not expected This could be the result of regulators not
understanding the dynamics of this new market and may purely
by accident kill the sector
So what are the alternatives There are a number of different
segments to the alternative finance market consumer related
activity for sure touching on elements of regulatory space
However there are common threads which need standards to
be developed which could act as a guide for future but informed
regulation
These guidelines need to cover some real basics reflecting a new
industry For instance how much time is spent on staff vetting
crucial where sales staff are often responsible for authenticating
transactions And what happens with IT security both for
the platforms themselves and the feeds to and from funding
providers Again how long is it before a platform is hacked
If it can happen to the closed SWIFT network new technology
platforms could be even more vulnerable Resilience and
security is the responsibility of each platform at the moment but
a failure of the weakest link could have a devastating impact on
the sector
Regulation and Growth in Alternative Finance ndash A Contradiction in the Making
71 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | THOUGHT LEADERSHIP
Share this story
The International Association of Alternative Finance (IAAF
orguk) has been taking a lead through 2015 in encouraging
platforms to work together to develop standards The concept
is to not make anything mandatory at this stage but to build
guidelines that members can work towards This has been
achieved in parallel with key stakeholders and regulators
The latter have been especially supportive as they do not want to
kill an embryonic alternative finance sector
However the fate of the sector very much rests in the decisions
of platforms and funding providers Do they lose the agility
of alternative finance or do they work together on building
guidelines and standards which could become the kind of
regulation that will support growth The IAAF is launching the
first Guidelines for the growth of alternative finance on June 16
The guidelines cover key areas required to support the growth
of the sector and will hopefully provide the pathway that the
industry needs
About Tony Duggan Tony was previously Supply Chain Development Director at Wickes where he developed Europersquos largest B2B platform As Consulting Services Director at Bolero a division of the SWIFT banking network he worked with some of the worldrsquos largest banks on global SCF initiatives This unique experience along with his real experience in start-ups and SMEs has provided him with real insights into the challenges of SCF and has been fundamental in the design of the Crossflow solution
About IAAF Founded in London in 2014 the International Association for Alternative Finance (IAAF) is an industry body committed to the promotion and development of the Alternative Business Finance sector IAAF sets out its drive for the Business Alternative Finance to be applied with excellence globally thereby creating opportunities for members and supporting the economy development as a whole The Associationrsquos four key focus areas are regulation reputation operational environment and future growth
wwwiaafinorg
Tony Duggan
Founder and DirectorIAAF
Company profiles
73 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company CloudTrade
CloudTrade is one of the fastest growing e-invoice networks and built firmly on the premise that e-invoicing should be free for suppliers easy-to-use and non-disruptive ndash only then will suppliers move away from paper These principles underpin the CloudTrade service which ensures high supplier adoption is guaranteed
Website wwwcloudtradenetworkcom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider
Head office location UK
In which market do you provide your services
North America Europe Middle EastAfrica AsiaPacific
Contact details Mr Richard Manson Commercial Director richardmansoncloud-tradecom +44 (0)7956 441898 2-6 Boundary Row London SE1 8HP
Active since 2010
Keywords electronic invoicing e-invoicing PDF invoicing P2P purchase to pay e-order O2C order to cash
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry)
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Ordering supply chain invoicing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes ndash we currently interoperate with a number of service providers Furthermore CloudTrade is a registered Access Point on the PEPPOL network
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription and transaction-based
Solution description CloudTrade removes the barriers to supplier adoption Our patented solution provides a non-disruptive way for a supplier to send electronic invoices ndash without having to change systems or infrastructure The net result is that we will remove more paper from an organisation in a shorter time frame than any other e-invoicing approach
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip No
Matching of related transactions Yes ndash match invoices to POs contracts service entry sheets or goods receipt Business rules can be amended per customer
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal No ndash a portal is available for the receiving organisation but not for the sending organisation Processing updates are provided to the supplier via e-mail
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
(Dynamic) discounting Yes ndash offered through a CloudTrade partner
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
74 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes ndash each document is validated against a set of document and customer specific validations
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes ndash due to the ease by which suppliers are able to adopt CloudTradersquos e-invoicing service typically more than 90 of suppliers that we are asked to on-board will come on board
Other services The core technology underpinning CloudTradersquos service is document agnostic We can (and do) provide e-document services across numerous sectors and document flows
75 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Comarch
Comarch is a global provider of IT solutions Comarch has more than 20 years of industry experience thousands successfully completed projects in over 40 countries worldwide references own RampD department made up of high-end IT engineers high ranking IT analyst ratings Gartner IDC Truffle 100 custom data centers in Poland and Germany
Website wwwcomarchcom wwwedicomarchcom
Service provider type Software vendor e-invoicing provider
Head office location Poland
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details Mr Bartlomiej Wojtowicz Product Manager bartlomiejwojtowiczcomarchcom +48 12 684 8735
Active since 1993
Keywords supplier onboarding supplier portal e-invoicing purchase-to-pay archiving electronic invoices master data management supply chain financing
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Broad scope of industries including FMCG retail DIY automotive logistics oilampgas pharma electronics
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Supplier onboarding master data management ordering supply chain logistics e-invoicing supply chain financing
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Licensed SaaS transaction-based
Solution description Comarch EDI provides the companies with smart solution enabling exchange of validated and tax compliant invoices in the format adjusted to back office systems It provides electronic archive and electronic signature as well as Service Desk in 12 languages (including English German French Turkish Russian) to guarantee onboarding of each partner
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting No
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes via partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
76 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing Yes via partners
Workflow functionality No
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management No
Accounts Receivable management
No
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support Support for various formats
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Suppliers onboarding
78 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company ebpSource Limited
The most experienced team in the e-billing and payment industry ebpSource delivers software solutions consultancy and support to billers banks payment processors and outsourcers ebpSource brings unparalleled knowledge and a highly successful track-record designing developing deploying integrating and supporting many of the largest and highest-adoption services of this kind worldwide
Website wwwebpsourcecom
Service provider type Software vendor and reseller ndash e-billing e-invoicing e-signing mobile payment supply chain finance and authentication specialists Large-scale projects at a national and international level Ongoing support and specialist consultancy
Head office location United Kingdom
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Steve Wright Commercial Director swrightebpsourcecom +44 1753 567896
Active since 2006
Keywords ebpsource e-billing payment software solution e-invoicing e-signing authentication
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Corporates
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Cross-industry with specific specialisations in national e-bill consolidation bank-based e-invoicing and payment telecoms and utility e-billing e-signing and smart authentication
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Authentication e-invoicing payments online banking integration supply chain finance ordering e-signing
Support interoperability with other service providers
ebpSource has a wealth of experience in connecting e-billing and payment infrastructures at a national and regional level
Which pricing model do you mainly use
License subscription transaction-based
Solution description ebpSource provides a range of software consultancy and support services to help clients achieve new levels of operational efficiency customer service and cost reduction The team works closely with clients to design develop deploy integrate and support end customer applications Our key focus is long-term strategic partnerships with customers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy Yes
e-Signature service Yes
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices No
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
View company profile in online database
79 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Printing No
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support All current major e-invoicing e-billing and payment standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services Technology development consultancy and application support
81 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Order2Cash
Order2Cash is a pioneering provider of global order to cash optimisation services Cited by Gartner as a pure-play Order2Cash solution provider our services empower the work of Fortune 500 companies and leading enterprises around the world helping them to reduce costs and optimise spending on resources and technology Discover more at wwworder2cashcom Order2Cash is an Anachron company wwwanachroncom
Website
Service provider type
Head office location
In which market do you provide your services
Contact details
Active since
Keywords
wwworder2cashcomOrder2Cash provides flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe End-to-end global SaaS solutions including credit checks secure online contract signing multi-channel e-invoicing online payments credit management and document archiving
EMEA Head office Amsterdam the Netherlands US Head office NY USA
Globally
Phone EMEA +31 20 531 39 00 USA +1 347 478 5398 Email infoorder2cashcom Twitter O2CAnachron LinkedIn linkedincomcompanyorder2cash
2000
order to cash e-invoicing credit management payments contracting interoperability
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both suppliers and buyers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2C B2G
Target customer Mid-large corporates and multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Our solutions are focused on AR automation and accelerating the order to cash process As such they are suitable for use in all industries
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Support interoperability with other service providers
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Solution description
Credit checks online document signing e-invoicing payments cash application credit management collections
Yes we have interoperability agreements with an extensive range of B2BB2G e-invoicing networks and are a member of the European E-Invoicing Service Providers Association (EESPA)
Transaction-based pricing
Order2Cashcom offers a suite of SaaS solutions that combine to create a flawless integration of the entire accounts receivable process across the enterprise and around the globe Its modules support credit checks contracting e-invoicing payments and credit management Select components and tailor a solution to suit your business needs
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes Our solutions integrate with 700+ ERP systems for easy document exchange In addition we are connected with over 25 P2P platforms
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools We work closely together with partners such as PwC and EY to ensure international TaxVAT compliancy
TAXVAT compliancy Global coverage
e-Signature service Every document is signed with an e-signature (QES or AES) to guarantee integrity and authenticity and to meet VAT requirements This can be completed with a timestamp
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Offered through partner network of financial institutions
View company profile in online database
82 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Every document is securely archived complete legal storage period
Scanning of paper invoices Yes in cooperation with our network of output partners
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes in cooperation with our network of global output partners
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments Yes
Accounts Payable management Available in cooperation with our network of output patners
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We have established connections with over 700 ERP systems
Which standards do you support UNCEFACT CII ISO20022 Financial Invoice UBL 20 and others if required
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes Any structured data can be converted to XML format
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes All data is validated and reported
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes Full support guidelines and advice is offered to all clients on customer activation
Other services Related to invoicing reporting query management customer grouping authorisation tools consolidated billing Alongside invoicing services your Order2Cash solution can expand to include online payment functionalities robust credit management and cash application tools as well as a secure online contract and document signing service Further details on the full platform can be found on our website
Connecting everyone everywhere
Flawless integration of the entire AR process across the enterprise
and around the globe
wwworder2cashcom
Fix Your Leaky Receivables Scan the QR code to claim your FREE Diagnostic Spreadsheet and measure the hidden costs in your accounts receivables processes
84 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Saphety Level ndash Trusted Services SA
Saphety is a leading company in global network solutions for electronic documents exchange document presentment data synchronisation and public procurement Saphety has 4700 companies and over 129000 users throughout more than 30 countries
Website httpwwwsaphetycom
Service provider type E-invoicing service provider bank software vendor reseller or specialist
Head office location Portugal (headquarters in Lisbon and operational offices in Bogotaacute Colombia and Satildeo Paulo Brazil)
In which market do you provide your services
Global
Contact details infosaphetycom +351 210 114 640
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic documents exchange e-invoice invoice software paperless transactions EDI document presentment public procurement data synchronisation
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Buyers suppliers both
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates and government
Are you specialised in a certain industry
Automotive government healthcare retail utilities telecom tourism oil amp energy finance (bank and insurance) mass businesses and others
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Contracting ordering supply chain invoicing payments
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Subscription transaction-based
Solution description SaphetyDoc enables you to exchange business documentation electronically including purchase orders delivery notes and invoices in a simple way at a low cost While complying with all legal requirements related to e-invoicing SaphetyDoc allows to completely eliminate the use of paper in the invoicing process from issuance to sending and approval
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes
Matching of related transactions Yes
Distribution of e-invoices Yes
Invoice presentment portal Yes
Legal compliance tools Yes
TAXVAT compliancy AU AT BE BG CA CY CZ DK EE FI FR DE GR HK HU IS IE IM IL IT LV LI LT LU MT MX MA NL NZ NO PL PT RO SG SK SI ZA ES SE CH GB US
e-Signature service Yes we provide e-Signature Service We can also use external e-Signature service if requested by client
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes
(Dynamic) discounting Yes
e-Archiving Yes
Scanning of paper invoices Yes
View company profile in online database
85 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes
Printing Yes
Workflow functionality Yes
Direct integration with payments No
Accounts Payable management Yes
Accounts Receivable management
Yes
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes
Which standards do you support UBL 20 EDIFACT Flat files TXT XML Idoc etc
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes
Other services IPC Invoice Payment Control Doc+ Market reports in progress
Please stop wasting paperBest RegardsMother Earth
Learn more at saphetycom
Saphety offers the best paperless solutions to help your businessbe more environmentally friendly while improving your efficiencyand workflow process
87 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
Company Tungsten Corporation Ltd
Tungsten Corporation accelerates global trade by enabling customers to streamline invoice processing improve cash-flow management and make better buying decisions Tungsten Network helps buying organisations reduce their invoice-processing costs by 60 and profit by applying real-time spend analytics to their line-level invoice data Suppliers gain efficiencies greater payment-status visibility and optional early payment
Website wwwtungsten-networkcom
Service provider type Global e-invoicing network invoice finance and spend analytics
Head office location London UK
In which market do you provide your services
Globally
Contact details Mr Ruud van Hilten SVP Global Buyer Sales ruudvanhiltentungsten-networkcom +44 87 0165 7420
Active since 2000
Keywords electronic invoicing accounts payable procurement supplier network purchase to pay invoice finance spend analytics AP workflow
Markets
Which side in the supply chain is your primary target group
Both buyers and suppliers
B2B B2C andor B2G (Government)
B2B amp B2G
Target customer Micro SMEs SMEs corporates multinationals
Are you specialized in a certain industry
Generic (no specific industry) E-invoicing is a horizontal process
Proposition
Which processes in the supply chain do you facilitate
Invoicing purchase to pay working capital financing purchasing orders supplier self-service real-time spend analytics
Support interoperability with other service providers
Yes We interoperate with compliant service providers where there is customer demand qualifying invoice volume and compliance is maintained
Which pricing model do you mainly use
Balanced-costs are shared by buyers and suppliers Low volume suppliers receive 52 free invoices annually and high volume suppliers receive 520 free invoices annually After these free invoice transactions have been used a flat fee structure is applied per invoice transaction
Solution description The worldrsquos largest organisations connect with thousands of suppliers around the globe through Tungsten Network We enable companies to send and receive error-free tax-compliant invoices around the globe without the need to install any hardware or software We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme to ensure that suppliers participate and transact with their buyers
Services which of the following services do you offer
Purchase Order Flip Yes We can take POs from all sources in a buyerrsquos structure and present these to the supply chain Suppliers can convert POs directly into invoices on our portal
Matching of related transactions Yes We match invoices with POs online-level if required
Distribution of e-invoices Yes We enable companies to send and receive compliant B2B invoices
Invoice presentment portal Yes Suppliers can use our portal to manually enter their invoice data convert a PO check the status of their invoices and select early payment
Legal compliance tools Yes Our rules engine enables companies to receive compliant invoices in all the jurisdictions we are compliant in
TAXVAT compliancy Yes We work with local tax authorities to enable companies to send and receive compliant invoices We are currently compliant in 47 countries with a pipeline of new countries in progress
View company profile in online database
88 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | COMPANY PROFILES
e-Signature service Yes All compliant invoices are digitally signed where required by local regulations We provide at-source signature verification
Finance amp (reversed) factoring services
Yes Invoice financing is a service we offer through Tungsten Network Finance This can be funded by Tungstenrsquos own financing partners the buyer or the buyerrsquos banking partners
(Dynamic) discounting Yes We offer this service on a case-by-case basis via Tungsten Network
e-Archiving Yes We provide legally compliant archiving
Scanning of paper invoices Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Total invoice management 100 paper to electronic
Yes As a component of a structured e-invoicing programme
Printing Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Workflow functionality Yes We can arrange this service through a partner
Direct integration with payments Yes Tungsten Bank has access to all relevant payment systems
Accounts Payable management No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Accounts Receivable management
No We partner with the worldrsquos largest BPO providers
Integration with ERPaccounting software
Yes We fully integrate with any ERP financial software
Which standards do you support Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Conversion from or into various XML formats (mapping)
Yes We support all structured file formats and most data standards
Content validation of incoming invoice data
Yes We use extensive and flexible rule-sets to ensure compliance with our buyersrsquo business processes
Facilitate customer onboarding Yes We provide a unique supplier engagement and onboarding programme and can contractually guarantee paper conversion rates in best practice projects
Other services Purchase order services invoice status service spend analytics supply chain finance
89 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Glossary3-Corner Model3-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoices are connected to a single service provider for
the dispatch and receipt of messages
Another definition 3-Corner Model is an invoicing process set-up
whereby trading partners have separate contractual relationships
with the same service provider When both senders and receivers
of invoices are connected to a single hub for the dispatch and
receipt of invoices it is referred to as a 3-Corner model This central
hub consolidates the invoices of several receivers and many
senders in the case of accounts payable and several senders and
many receivers in the case of accounts receivable processing
Consolidators and trade platforms are usually 3-Corner Models in
which both senders and receivers are connected to the service
The 3-Corner Model in principle can only offer reach to the
parties that are connected to the central hub This means that
either invoice senders or invoice receivers often have to connect
to multiple hubs in order to increase their reach To solve limited
reach in 3-Corner Models roaming has been introduced
4-Corner Model4-Corner Model is an exchange model where senders and
receivers of invoice messages are supported by their own service
provider
Another definition 4-Corner Model is an invoicing process
set-up whereby each trading partner has contracted with one
or several separate service providers whereby the service
providers ensure the correct interchange of invoices between the
trading partners The concept of the 4-Corner model originated
in the banking sector When senders and receivers of invoices
are supported by their own consolidator service provider (for the
sender) and aggregator service provider (for the receiver) it is
referred to as a 4-Corner Model A network usually based on open
standards provides connectivity and the facilities for the secure
trusted exchange of invoices and or other business documents
In the 4-Corner Models the consolidator and aggregator roles are
often two different service providers
AAccess to financeAccess to finance is the ability of individuals or enterprises to
obtain financial services including credit deposit payment
insurance and other risk management services
Accounts payableAccounts payable refers to the money a business owes to others
current liabilities incurred in the normal course of business as an
organisation purchases goods or services with the understanding
that payment is due at a later date Accounts payable is also
the department within an organisation responsible for paying
invoices on behalf of the organisation
Accounts payable automationAccounts payable automation represents the (semi-) automated
management of accounts payable administration by automated
processing of invoices Accounts payable automation requires
integration of the invoicing process with accounting software
Accounts receivableAccounts receivable refers to money which is owed to a company
by customer for products and services provided on credit This
is often treated as a current asset on a balance sheet A specific
sale is generally only treated as an account receivable after the
customer is sent an invoice
Advanced electronic signature (AES)Advanced electronic signature (AES) means an electronic
signature which meets the following requirements a) it is
uniquely linked to the signatory b) it is capable of identifying
the signatory c) it is created using means that the signatory van
maintain under its sole control and d) it is linked to the data to
which it relates in such a manner that any subsequent change of
the date is detectable
90 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Alternative financeAlternative financial services (AFS) is a term often used to
describe the array of financial services offered by providers
that operate outside of federally insured banks and thrifts
(hereafter referred to as lsquobanksrsquo) Check-cashing outlets money
transmitters car title lenders payday loan stores pawnshops
and rent-to-own stores are all considered AFS providers
However many of the products and services they provide
are not lsquoalternativersquo rather they are the same as or similar to
those offered by banks AFS also sometimes refers to financial
products delivered outside brick-and-mortar bank branches or
storefronts through alternative channels such as the internet
financial services kiosks and mobile phones
Online platform-based alternative financing activities include
donation- reward- and equity-based crowdfunding peer-to-
peer consumer and business lending invoice trading debt-
based securities and others
Asset based lending (ABL)Asset based lending (ABL) is a specialised form of secured
lending whereby a company uses its current assets (accounts
receivable and inventory) as collateral for a loan The loan is
structured so that the amount of credit is limited in relation to the
value of the collateral The product is differentiated from other
types of lending secured by accounts receivable and inventory by
the lenders use of controls over the borrowerrsquos cash receipts and
disbursements and the quality of collateral rather than ownership
of the receivables as in factoring
Asset based loanAsset based loan is a business loan in which the borrower pledges
as loan collateral any assets used in the conduct of his or her
business Funds are used for business-related expenses All
asset-based loans are secured
Automated clearing house (ACH)Automated clearing house (ACH) is an electronic payments
system (outside the card networks) for clearing and settling
transactions Funds are electronically exchanged directly to
from participantsrsquo accounts Frequently used by end-user
organisations as the payment method by which to pay their
issuer
BBasel IIIBasel III is a comprehensive set of reform measures designed to
improve the regulation supervision and risk management within
the banking sector The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
published the first version of Basel III in late 2009 giving banks
approximately three years to satisfy all requirements Largely
in response to the credit crisis banks are required to maintain
proper leverage ratios and meet certain capital requirements
Bank payment obligation (BPO)Bank payment obligation (BPO) is a class of settlement solution
in international supply chain finance Bank payment obligation is
an irrevocable undertaking given by an obligator bank (typically
buyerrsquos bank) to a recipient bank (usually sellers bank) to pay
a specified amount on an agreed date under the condition
of successful electronic matching of data according to an
industry-wide set of rules adopted by International Chamber of
Commerce (ICC) Banking Commission
Bill of ladingA bill of lading (sometimes abbreviated as BL or BoL) is a
legal document between the shipper of a particular good and
the carrier detailing the type quantity and destination of the
good being carried The bill of lading also serves as a receipt
of shipment when the good is delivered to the predetermined
destination This document must accompany the shipped goods
no matter the form of transportation and must be signed by an
authorised representative from the carrier shipper and receiver
BlockchainBlockchain is a distributed ledger comprised of digitally recorded
data in packages called blocks These digitally recorded blocks of
data are stored in a linear chain Each block in the chain contains
cryptographically hashed data (such as Bitcoin transactions)
The blocks of hashed data draw upon the previous-block in the
chain
Business interoperability interfaces (BII)Business interoperability interfaces on public procurement
in Europe (BII) is CEN Workshop providing a basic framework
for technical interoperability in pan-European electronic
transactions expressed as a set of technical specifications that
in particular are compatible with UNCEFACT
91 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Business Process Outsourcing (BPO)Business process outsourcing (BPO) is the contracting of a
specific business task such as payroll to a third-party service
provider Usually BPO is implemented as a cost-saving measure
for tasks that a company requires but does not depend upon to
maintain their position in the marketplace
Business-to-business (B2B)Business-to-business is a type of commerce transaction
that exists between businesses such as those involving a
manufacturer and wholesaler or a wholesaler and a retailer
Business to business refers to business that is conducted
between companies rather than between a company and
individual consumers This is in contrast to business to consumer
(B2C) and business to government (B2G) A typical supply
chain involves multiple business to business transactions as
companies purchase components and other raw materials
for use in its manufacturing processes The finished product
can then be sold to individuals via business to consumer
transactions
Business-to-business paymentsBusiness-to-business payments represent the payments that
are made between businesses for various goods services and
expenses
Business-to-consumer (B2C)Businesses or transactions conducted directly between a
company and consumers who are the end-users of its products
or services Business-to-consumer as a business model differs
significantly from the business-to-business model which refers
to commerce between two or more businesses
Business networksMany businesses use networking as a key factor in their
marketing plan It helps to develop a strong feeling of trust
between those involved and play a big part in raising the profile
and takings of a company Suppliers and businesses can be
seen as networked businesses and will tend to source the
business and their suppliers through their existing relationships
and those of the companies they work closely with Networked
businesses tend to be open random and supportive whereas
those relying on hierarchical traditional managed approaches
are closed selective and controlling
CCard schemeCard schemes such as Visa or MasterCard promote the use of
various card types which carry their logos Banks and financial
institutions have to apply for membership of the appropriate card
scheme before they can issue cards or acquire transactions
Cash flowCash flow represents the pattern of company income and
expenditures and resulting availability of cash
CENBII CENBII is an UBL-based XML format used for the OpenPEPPOL
network it currently exists in a version 1 and version 2 CENBII
is meant to be used for international transfers on OpenPEPPOL
whereas domestic transfers will generally use a localised version
of CENBII (eg EHF SimpleInvoice)
CFDIComprobante Fiscal Digital a traveacutes de Internet (CFDI) or Digital
Tax Receipt through Internet refers to the current mandated
form of e-invoicing in Mexico All e-invoices in Mexico are issued
as CFDI as of January 1 2014
ClearingClearing is the process of exchanging financial transaction
details between an acquirer and an issuer to facilitate posting
of a card-holderrsquos account and reconciliation of a customerrsquos
settlement position
Clearing house automated payment system (CHAPS)The company has responsibility for the operation of an electronic
transfer system for sending real-time gross settlement same-day
payments for CHAPS Sterling and CHAPS Euro
Commercial cardA commercial card is the generic umbrella term for a variety
of card types used for business-to-business (B2B) payments
Some of the cards listed as commercial are purchase cards
entertainment cards corporate cards travel cards and business
cards
92 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Commercial financeCommercial finance is a generic term for a range of asset based
finance services which include factoring invoice discounting
international factoring reverse factoring and asset based lending
facilities There are many variations on each of these product
sets (and the precise nomenclature varies from market to
market) but all exist to provide working capital funding solutions
to businesses
ConversionConversion represents the act of automatically converting the
format of an electronic invoice from the format of the sender
to the format of the recipient (format conversion) or converting
the encoding of content (eg different code list or units of
measure) using agreed mapping processes that do not alter the
information represented by the document (content conversion)
Corporate cardCorporate card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business travel and entertainment (TampE)
expenses It is also referred to as a travel card The liability for
abuse of the card typically rests with the company and not with
the employee
Corporate liabilityThe end-user organisation is liable for the commercial card
charges this is the case for purchasing card programs and
sometimes corporate card programs
CovenantThe covenant represents a promise in an indenture or any other
formal debt agreement that certain activities will or will not be
carried out Covenants in finance most often relate to terms in
a financial contracting such as loan documentation stating
the limits at which the borrower can further lend or other such
stipulations Covenants are put in place by lenders to protect
themselves from borrowers defaulting on their obligations due to
financial actions detrimental to themselves or the business
DDays payable outstanding (DPO) Days payable outstanding (DPO) is an efficiency ratio that
measures the average number of days a company takes to pay
its suppliers
Days sales outstanding (DSO)Days sales outstanding (DSO days receivables) is a calculation
used by a company to estimate their average collection period It
is a financial ratio that illustrates how well a companyrsquos accounts
receivables are being managed
Debtor (buyer)A debtor or buyer constitutes a business that has been supplied
with goods or services by the client and is obliged to make
payment for them It is also referred to as the purchaser of
goods or services supplied by a client whose debts have been
assigned sold to a factor
Debtor finance Debtor finance also called cash flow finance is an umbrella
term used to describe a process to fund a business using its
accounts receivable ledger as collateral Generally companies
that have low working capital reserves can get into cash flow
problems because invoices are paid on net 30 terms Debtor
finance solutions fund slow paying invoices which improves the
cash flow of the company This puts it in a better position to pay
operating expenses Types of debtor financing solutions include
invoice discounting factoring cash flow finance asset finance
invoice finance and working capital finance
Debt financingDebt financing refers to when a firm raises money for working
capital or capital expenditures by selling bonds bills or notes
to individual andor institutional investors In return for lending
the money the individuals or institutions become creditors and
receive a promise that the principal and interest on the debt will
be repaid
Directive of the European CommissionThe Directive of the European Commission is a legal act of the
European Union regarding defining a new legal framework for
payments
Distributed ledgerA distributed ledger is a consensus of data shared and synchronized
geographically across multiple websites countries and institutions
93 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Dynamic discounting Dynamic discounting represents the collection of methods in
which payment terms can be established between a buyer and
supplier to accelerate payment for goods or services in return for
a reduced price or discount
EElectronic invoice (e-invoice) An e-invoice is an electronic invoice that contains the information
required by Council Directive 201045EU and which has been
issued and received in any electronic format It contains more
than just an image of an invoice An e-invoice also contains data
in a format that computers can understand This means that an
e-mail with a PDF file attached is not an e-invoice
E-invoice addressE-invoice address is the ID used to send or receive an e-invoice
The type of ID used differs depending on the country and the
format in use Typical IDs include GLN DUNS VAT-ID IBAN and
OVT A sender must know a recipientrsquos e-invoice address in order
to send an e-invoice The message is routed to the recipient by
any operator along the way using the e-invoice address
E-invoicing service providerIt is a provider that on the basis of an agreement performs
certain e-invoicing processes on behalf of a trading partner or
that is active in the provision of support services necessary to
realise such processes To determine whether an IT vendor is a
service provider the following circumstances should be taken
into account a) That the contract with the trading partner(s)
leads the latter to expect a VAT-compliant service b) The nature
of the service is such that VAT compliance is appropriate c) The
provider is insured against service related risks to his clientsrsquo tax
compliance Trading partners can use multiple e-invoicing service
providers see 3-Corner Model and 4-Corner Model definitions
An e-invoicing service provider can subcontract all of parts of
its services to other providers such subcontractors can also be
e-invoicing service providers if they meet the criteria set out in this
definition
Early payment discountAn early payment discount is offered by some companies to
motivate credit customers to pay sooner The early payment
discount is also referred to as a prompt payment discount
or cash discount The seller often refers to the early payment
discount as a sales discount while the buyer may refer to the
early payment discount as a purchases discount
Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP)Electronic bill presentment and payment (EBPP) usually
consumer-oriented lsquobill payingrsquo presented and paid through
the internet Other terms such as internet bill presentment and
payment (IBPP) electronic bill presentment (EBP) and online bill
presentment and payment (OBPP) are also in use
Electronic data interchange (EDI)Electronic data interchange (EDI) constitutes the electronic
communication of business transactions such as orders
confirmations and invoices between organisations Third-parties
provide EDI services that enable organisations with different
equipment to connect Although interactive access may be a
part of it EDI implies direct computer-to-computer transactions
into vendorsrsquo databases and ordering systems
Electronic funds transfer (EFT)Electronic funds transfer (EFT) represents the moving of funds
between different accounts in the same or different banks
through the use of wire transfer automatic teller machines
(ATMs) or computers but without the use of paper documents
Electronic invoice life cycleA process comprising a) the issue of the electronic invoice by or
in name and on behalf of the supplier b) receipt of the invoice by
or on behalf of the buyer and c) storage of the electronic invoice
during the storage period by or on behalf the supplier and the
buyer
Electronic invoice presentment and payment (EIPP)Electronic invoice presentment and payment has originated
in the B2B world and describes the process through which
companies present invoices and organise payments through the
internet
94 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Electronic invoicingElectronic invoicing represents the management of an electronic
invoice life cycle without the use of paper-based invoices as tax
originals
Electronic payablesA form of electronic payment using the card infrastructure
managed centrally within an organisation typically by accounts
payable (AP) Also known as electronic accounts payable (EAP)
automated payables e-payables push payments straight
through payments (STP) buyer initiated payments (BIP) single-
use accounts and electronic invoice presentment and payment
(EIPP) Each provider has a proprietary name for its particular
solution functionality and processes vary for each
Electronic procurementElectronic procurement represents the use of the internet or a
companyrsquos intranet to procure goods and services used in the
conduct of business An e-procurement system can streamline
all aspects of the purchasing process while applying tighter
controls over spending and product preferences
Electronic signatureAn electronic signature or e-signature is any electronic means
that indicates either that a person adopts the contents of an
electronic message or more broadly that the person who claims
to have written a message is the one who wrote it (and that the
message received is the one that was sent) By comparison
a signature is a stylised script associated with a person In
commerce and the law a signature on a document is an indication
that the person adopts the intentions recorded in the document
Both are comparable to a seal
Electronic statement presentation (ESP)It refers to the electronic presentment of a variety of other
commercial documents apart from invoices such as account
statements purchase orders delivery notifications and others
Not included are many unstructured documents that are
exchanged
Enterprise resource planning (ERP) Enterprise resource planning (ERP) is an integrated information
system that serves all departments within an enterprise Evolving
out of the manufacturing industry ERP implies the use of
packaged software rather than proprietary software written by or
for one customer ERP modules may be able to interface with an
organisationrsquos own software with varying degrees of effort and
depending on the software ERP modules may be alterable via
the vendorrsquos proprietary tools as well as proprietary or standard
programming languages
EscrowEscrow is a financial instrument held by a third-party on behalf
of the other two parties in a transaction The funds are held by
the escrow service until it receives the appropriate written or oral
instructions or until obligations have been fulfilled Securities
funds and other assets can be held in escrow
FFactorThe factor is a financial entity providing factoring facilities
FactoringFactoring is an agreement between a business (assignor) and
a financial entity (factor) in which the assignor assignssells its
receivables to the factor and the factor provides the assignor
with a combination of one or more of the following services with
regard to the receivables assigned advance of a percentage of
the amount of receivables assigned receivables management
collection and credit protection Usually the factor administers
the assignorrsquos sales ledger and collects the receivables in its
own name The assignment can be disclosed to the debtor
Faster PaymentsFaster Payments enable interbank funds transfers in near real
time typically initiated via the internet or phone The Faster
Payments Service represents the biggest advancement in UK
payments for several decades and is designed to run in parallel
with the existing Bacs and CHAPS services Other financial
institutions are able to join either as members or to access
the system through agency arrangements with a member in the
same way they do with other payment systems
95 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Fleet CardA fleet card is a specialised commercial card used to capture
fleet-related expenses (eg fuel vehicle maintenance repair
and service)
Four-party payment systemThe four-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user and issuer on one side and the merchant
and acquirer on the othermdashall of whom are linked by the network
includes the Visa and MasterCard models
GGlobal process owner (GPO)A global process owner is a professional who has (or should have)
complete ownership of an end-to-end process globally This
means that once the correct process has been established there
should be no process deviation unless approved by the global
process owner A global process owner has final approval of the
adoption of any technology affecting the given process
IInterchange feesThe interchange fee also called the discount rate or swipe fee
is the sum paid by merchants to the credit card processor as a
fee for accepting credit cards The amount of the rate will vary
depending on the type of transaction but averages about 2 of
the purchase amount The interchange fee is typically higher for
online purchases than for in-person purchases because in the
latter the card is physically present and available for inspection
InteroperabilityInteroperability is the ability of making systems and organisations
work together (inter-operate) While the term was initially defined
for information technology or systems engineering services to
allow for information exchange a more broad definition takes
into account social political and organisational factors that
impact system to system performance Another definition refers
to interoperability as being a task of building coherent services
for users when the individual components are technically different
and managed by different organisations
InvoiceAn invoice is an itemised bill for goods sold or services provided
containing details such as individual prices the total charge and
payment terms
Invoice discounting Invoice discounting is a form of short-term borrowing often used
to improve a companyrsquos working capital and cash flow position
Invoice discounting allows a business to draw money against its
sales invoices before the customer has actually paid
Invoice financeSee Debtor finance
Invoice trackingInvoice tracking represents the process of collecting and
managing data and information about an Invoice Item and its
various traits andor states as it is followed or tracked throughout
different phases of its life cycle (lifecycle)
LLevel I dataIt refers to standard transaction data including date supplier and
total purchase amount Also written as lsquolevel 1rsquo data
Level II dataIt represents the enhanced transaction data including Level
I data plus a customer-defined reference number such as a
purchase order number and separate sales tax amount Also
written as lsquolevel 2rsquo data
Level III dataIt constitutes the detailed transaction data including Level II data
plus line-item detail such as the item purchased Sometimes
referred to as simply lsquoline-item detailrsquo Also written as lsquolevel 3rsquo
data
Line-item detailIt is a transaction data reflecting what was purchased See also
Level III data
NNetwork providerA network provider is a service provider that connects directly to
both the supplier and the buyer The supplier or buyer is required
to make only one connection to the network provider enabling
them to connect to multiple buyers andor suppliers With an
e-invoicing network there is no requirement to interoperate as
connection is independent of data format and a global network
enables the flow of data cross-border
96 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
OOne cardOne card is a type of hybrid card in which a single card is issued
to an employee for more than one category of expenses (eg
goodsservices and travel expenses) eliminating the need to
carry two separate cards
One card plus fleetA single card used for purchasing travel and fleet-related
expenses (fuel vehicle maintenance others) It combines the
functionality of a P Card corporate card and fleet card
OpenPEPPOL OpenPEPPOL is an open point-to-point network of sending
receiving web services to cover all of Europe it is currently
primarily in use in Finland the Netherlands Norway and Sweden
CENBII v1 is the base format but domestic transfers might use
a localised version
Order-to-cashOrder-to-cash also known as OTC or O2C is the end-to-end
process by which companies receive an order from a customer
deliver the goods or services raise the invoice for the transaction
to send to the customer and receive the payment from the
customerrsquos bank account Increasingly the OTC process (which
is part sales and part accounts receivable) is being managed as
an end-to-end process See also Accounts Receivable
PPACPAC stands for Authorised Provider of Certified Tax Receipts via
Internet Authorisation as a PAC is issued by SAT after an entity
proofs the technical and legal requirements to ensure the safety
capacity and infrastructure of the provider in delivering services
to the taxpayer
Peer-to-peer (P2P) lending A method of debt financing that enables individuals to borrow
and lend money ndash without the use of an official financial institution
as an intermediary Peer-to-peer lending removes the middleman
from the process but it also involves more time effort and risk
than the general brick-and-mortar lending scenarios
PO flippingPurchase order (PO) flipping happens when a supplier receives a
purchase order from its customer through a supplier portal and
at the time of raising an invoice converts the data provided in
the purchase order into the data on the invoice The benefit of
this process is that by the time the invoice has been received
by the customer the matching of the invoice with the purchase
order information will be perfect PO flipping is however only
appropriate for the type of supplier that uses a supplier portal
to create invoices typically a lower volume supplier See also
Supplier portals
ProcurementProcurement is the process of obtaining or acquiring goods and
services It also represents the department within an organisation
that is usually responsible for the development of requests for
proposals (RFPs) proposal analysis supplier market research
negotiations buying activities contract administration inventory
control etc Also referred to as purchasing sourcing or similar
term
Procure-to-pay (P2P) processThe steps the employees of an end-user organisation follow to
make a purchase and the associated payment An organisation
typically has different P2P processes for different types of
purchasespayments a P-Card P2P process is usually the most
streamlined Also referred to as purchase-to-pay or source-to-
settle process
Purchase order (PO)Purchase order is a written authorisation for a supplier to
deliver products andor services at a specified price according
to specified terms and conditions becoming a legally binding
agreement upon supplier acceptance
Purchase-to-pay processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Purchasing card (P-Card)A purchasing card is a type of commercial card used by
organisations to pay for business-related goods and services
end-user organisation must pay its issuer in full each month for
the total of all P-Card transactions Also called a procurement
card (ProCard) and purchase card
97 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
RRebateIt refers to money paid by an issuer to its customer (an end-user
organisation) in conjunction with the end-userrsquos commercial card
usage the rebate amount is based on various criteria as defined
within the contract terms between issuer and end-user Also
sometimes called revenue share
ReceivablesReceivables represent an asset designation applicable to all
debts unsettled transactions or other monetary obligations
owed to a company by its debtors or customers Receivables
are recorded by a companyrsquos accountants and reported on the
balance sheet and they include all debts owed to the company
even if the debts are not currently due
Receivable financeReceivable finance allows suppliers to finance their receivables
relating to one or many buyers and to receive early payment
usually at a discount on the value
ReconciliationThis is the matching of orders done by (internet) shoppers with
incoming payments Only after a successful reconciliation the
merchant will start the delivery process The extent to which
payment service providers carry out reconciliation and the way
in which they do so (sending an e-mail providing files) may vary
Reverse factoringReverse factoring is an arrangement made between large buying
organisations and banks with the intention to finance suppliers
and provide a lower buying price to the buyer Like lsquofactoringrsquo
there are three parties involved ndash the buyer supplier and the
factoring company (in this case typically a bank) The bank
takes on the responsibility to pay the supplierrsquos invoice early
for a discounted price The buyer then settles with the bank
according to the terms of the original invoice The supplier has
offered or agreed to a discount based on early payment and this
discount is shared between the bank and the buyer
SSales tax (VAT)Referred to as value added tax in the UK or sales tax in the
US this form of indirect tax is applied to almost all business
transactions It is the companyrsquos responsibility to add the tax
amount to its sales transactions and pay the tax on purchase
transactions At the end of each period (each quarter) it is the
companyrsquos responsibility to net off the charged tax on the sales
invoices and the paid tax on the purchase invoices and if there
is a positive balance to pay this to the government Increasingly
the management of VAT is moving into the shared services
organisation as this is where purchase and sales invoices are
processed
SettlementSettlement is the process by which merchant and cardholder
banks exchange financial data and value resulting from sales
transactions cash disbursements and merchandise credits
Shared servicesShared services refer to a business model which is largely
applied by mid-tier or enterprise-sized companies It is larger
companies who typically adopt shared services because scale is
one key element of the model The intention of shared services
is to run operations more efficiently and more cost-effectively
Using the finance function as an example shared services works
in the following ways Firstly it is the centralisation of a finance
activity the consolidation of systems that activity runs off the
standardisation of the processes that support that activity and
the automation (and continuous improvement) of that activityrsquos
processes Secondly it is the running of this centralised
consolidated activity as a ldquobusiness within a businessrdquo which
means the shared services organisation will often have its own
profit and loss account (PampL) will treat the rest of the business
as its customer will hire and develop service oriented staff will
possibly have service level agreements (SLAs) with its customers
and will charge for its services When a company centralises
a function it is not quite accurate to call it shared services
Centralisation is just one aspect of shared services
98 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
SOAP (Finvoice)Transmission frame (SOAP) specifies the sender recipient and
service provider data The service provider routes the message
to its recipient on the basis of frame data File may include
several Finvoice messages Each message must include a
transmission frame (SOAP)
SOAP (generic)Simple object access protocol (SOAP) is a web service protocol
or message framework for transferring XML-based messages
between web services BT does not support UBL directly but it is
able to identify and handle an UBL message wrapped in a SOAP-
envelope
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS)SaaS is a cost-effective way for companies to lsquorentrsquo software
without the burden of installation and maintenance because it is
supplied hosted (via the internet) and maintained by an external
vendor
Source-to-settle processSee Procure-to-pay (P2P) process
Small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs)
SMEs are organisations which employ fewer than 250 persons
and which have an annual turnover not exceeding EUR 50
million and or an annual balance sheet total not exceeding EUR
43 million
Split liabilityLiability for commercial card charges is split between the
cardholder and end-user organisation based on merchant
category codes for example the cardholder might be liable for
travel and entertainment (TampE) expenses while the organisation
is liable for the other transactions
Straight-through payment (STP)Straight-through payment (STP) is a specific version of electronic
payables an end-user organisation receives and approves a
supplier invoice then initiates payment to the supplier through its
issuer The supplier does not need to process a card transaction
as payment is made directly through its merchant account
SupplierThe supplier represents a merchantvendor with whom the
organisation does business
Supplier financeSupplier finance is a set of solutions that optimises cash flow
by allowing businesses to lengthen their payment terms to
their suppliers while providing the option for their large and
SME suppliers to get paid early See also Supply chain finance
Reverse factoring
Supplier onboardingThis refers to getting a supplier set up on a particular program
such as purchase-cards dynamic discounting or electronic
invoicing Supplier onboarding involves both the communications
concerning the process change and the supplierrsquos role within it
and the technical set-up of the program
Supplier portalA supplier portal is the front end of the e-invoicing or
e-procurement platform which enrolled suppliers connect to via
the internet Here suppliers can accept purchase orders change
profile information such as bank details and addresses flip
purchase orders (see PO flipping) and raise invoices Supplier
portals are generally used by low volume suppliers as the
supplier will have to re-key the data into its own billing system
One significant benefit for a supplier using a supplier portal is
that it gets full visibility of the invoice process namely when the
invoice will be paid
Supply chain finance (SCF)The use of financial instruments practices and technologies to
optimise the management of the working capital and liquidity
tied up in supply chain processes for collaborating business
partners SCF is largely lsquoevent-drivenrsquo Each intervention
(finance risk mitigation or payment) in the financial supply
chain is driven by an event in the physical supply chain The
development of advanced technologies to track and control
events in the physical supply chain creates opportunities to
automate the initiation of SCF interventions
99 B2B FINTECH PAYMENTS SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE amp E-INVOICING GUIDE 2016 | GLOSSARY
Supply chain paymentsSupply chain payments optimises cash flow by allowing
businesses to lengthen their payment terms to their suppliers
while also providing an alternative option to their suppliers to get
paid early
TTrade financeTrade finance signifies financing for trade and it concerns both
domestic and international trade transactions Trade finance
includes such activities as lending issuing letters of credit
factoring export credit and insurance Companies involved
with trade finance include importers and exporters banks and
financiers insurers and export credit agencies as well as other
service providers
TreasuryTreasury is defined as the funds of a group institution or
government or to the department responsible for budgeting
and spending Another definition refers to treasury as being
the department of a government in charge of the collection
management and expenditure of the public revenue
Three-party payment systemThe three-party payment system is a card payment system
involving the end-user on one side and the merchant on the
othermdashlinked by the network which also fulfills the role of issuer
and acquirer includes the American Express and Discover
models
UUBL Universal Business Language (UBL) is an XML-based format with
corresponding business processes created by OASIS it amongst
others contains scenarios for sourcing ordering and billing Many
newer formats (EHF CENBII and OIOUBL) are localisations of UBL
20
UnderwritingIn B2B payments underwriting represents the department within
an acquirerprocessor organisation that evaluates the financial
stability and risk of a potential merchant customer
VValidation E-invoice XML-data is validated usually against schema which
means that the structure and content of the data is checked Failed
validation means that the invoice is going to be rejected by the
receiving operator which then sends negative acknowledgement
to sending operator which forwards the acknowledgement to
sender
Value addedThe enhancement a company gives its product or service before
offering the product to customers Value added is used to describe
instances where a firm takes a product that may be considered a
homogeneous product with few differences (if any) from that of
a competitor and provides potential customers with a feature or
add-on that gives it a greater sense of value
WWorking capitalWorking capital represents the cash and other liquid assets
needed to finance the everyday running of a business such as the
payment of salaries and then purchase of raw materials
XXMLThe Extensible Markup Language (XML) is a flexible markup
language for structured electronic documents XML is based on
SGML (standard generalised markup language) an international
standard for electronic documents XML is commonly used by
data-exchange services to send information between otherwise
incompatible systems